diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb498fc51 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -0,0 +1,1674 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo essentials" +msgstr "Odoo-Grundlagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:3 +msgid "Activities" +msgstr "Aktivitäten" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " +"application." +msgstr "" +"*Aktivitäten* sind Folgeaufgaben, die an einen Datensatz in einer Odoo-" +"Datenbank gebunden sind. Aktivitäten können auf jeder Seite der Datenbank " +"geplant werden, die einen Chatter-Thread, eine Kanban-Ansicht, eine " +"Listenansicht oder eine Aktivitätenansicht einer App enthält." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "Aktivitäten planen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " +"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Eine Möglichkeit, Aktivitäten zu erstellen, ist ein Klick auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Aktivität planen`, die sich am oberen Rand des " +"*Chatters* eines beliebigen Datensatzes befindet. In dem daraufhin " +"angezeigten Pop-up-Fenster wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp` aus " +"dem Dropdown-Menü." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " +"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " +"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Activity Types`." +msgstr "" +"Einzelne Apps verfügen über eine Liste von *Aktivitätstypen*, die für diese " +"App bestimmt sind. Um beispielsweise die für die *CRM-App* verfügbaren " +"Aktivitäten anzuzeigen und zu bearbeiten, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM " +"--> Konfiguration --> Aktivitätstypen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " +"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie einen Titel für die Aktivität in das Feld " +":guilabel:`Zusammenfassung` ein, das sich im Pop-up-Fenster " +":guilabel:`Aktivität planen` befindet." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " +"activity is automatically assigned." +msgstr "" +"Um die Aktivität einem anderen Benutzer zuzuweisen, wählen Sie einen Namen " +"aus dem Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Zugewiesen an`. Andernfalls wird der " +"Benutzer, der die Aktivität erstellt hat, automatisch zugewiesen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " +":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +msgstr "" +"Und schließlich können Sie in das optionale Feld :guilabel:`Notiz " +"hinterlassen ...` zusätzliche Informationen eingeben." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " +"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Fälligkeitsdatum` im Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Aktivität" +" planen` wird automatisch auf der Grundlage der Konfigurationseinstellungen " +"für den ausgewählten :guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp` ausgefüllt. Sie können dieses" +" Datum jedoch ändern, indem Sie einen Tag im Kalender im Feld " +":guilabel:`Fälligkeitsdatum` auswählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 +msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" +msgstr "Klicken Sie schlussendlich auf die folgenden Schaltflächen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Planen`: fügt die Aktivität zum Chatter unter :guilabel:`Geplante" +" Aktivitäten` hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " +"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " +"marked as completed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Als erledigt markieren`: fügt die Details der Aktivität dem " +"Chatter unter :guilabel:`Heute` hinzu. Die Aktivität ist nicht geplant, " +"sondern wird automatisch als abgeschlossen markiert." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " +"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Erledigt & nächste Aktivität planen`: fügt die als erledigt " +"markierte Aufgabe unter :guilabel:`Heute` hinzu und öffnet ein neues " +"Aktivitätsfenster." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Verwerfen`: verwirft alle im Pop-up-Fenster vorgenommenen " +"Änderungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Ansicht von CRM-Leads und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu planen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " +"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Je nach Aktivitätstyp kann die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Planen` durch eine " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern` oder eine Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Kalender öffnen` ersetzt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" +"Geplante Aktivitäten werden dem Chatter für den Datensatz unter " +":guilabel:`Geplante Aktivitäten` hinzugefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " +"of an application." +msgstr "" +"Aktivitäten können auch über die Kanban-, Listen- oder Aktivitätenansicht " +"einer App geplant werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " +"out the pop-up form." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie einen Datensatz aus, für den Sie eine Aktivität planen möchten. " +"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)`, dann auf " +":guilabel:`Aktivität planen` und füllen Sie das Pop-up-Formular aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" +"Kanban-Ansicht der CRM-Pipeline und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu " +"planen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Listenansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " +"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " +"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie einen Datensatz aus, für den Sie eine Aktivität planen möchten. " +"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` und dann auf " +":guilabel:`Aktivität planen`. Wenn für den Datensatz bereits eine Aktivität " +"geplant ist, wird das Uhrensymbol möglicherweise durch das Symbol " +":guilabel:`📞 (Telefon)` oder :guilabel:`✉️ (Umschlag)` ersetzt." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" +"Listenansicht der CRM-Pipeline und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu planen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "Aktivitätsansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " +"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " +"icon for the desired app." +msgstr "" +"Um die Aktivitätsansicht für eine App zu öffnen, wählen Sie das Symbol " +":guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` in der Menüleiste irgendwo in der Datenbank. Wählen Sie " +"eine beliebige App aus dem Dropdown-Menü und klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` für die gewünschte App." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +msgstr "" +"Dropdown-Menü für Aktivitäten mit Fokus auf den Ort, an dem die " +"Aktivitätsansicht für CRM geöffnet wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " +"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie einen Datensatz aus, für den Sie eine Aktivität planen möchten. " +"Bewegen Sie sich über die Zeile, um den gewünschten Aktivitätstyp zu finden," +" und klicken Sie dann auf das :guilabel:`＋ (Pluszeichen)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" +"Aktivitätsansicht der CRM-Pipeline und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu " +"planen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" +"Die Farben der Aktivitäten und ihre Beziehung zum Fälligkeitsdatum einer " +"Aktivität sind in ganz Odoo einheitlich, unabhängig vom Aktivitätstyp oder " +"der Ansicht." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " +"future." +msgstr "" +"Aktivitäten, die in **grün** erscheinen, weisen auf ein Fälligkeitsdatum " +"irgendwann in der Zukunft hin." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 +msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +msgstr "**Gelb** zeigt an, dass das Fälligkeitsdatum der Aktivität heute ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." +msgstr "" +"**Rot** bedeutet, dass die Aktivität überfällig ist und das Fälligkeitsdatum" +" überschritten wurde." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " +"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " +"on the kanban view." +msgstr "" +"Wenn beispielsweise eine Aktivität für einen Telefonanruf erstellt wird und " +"das Fälligkeitsdatum verstreicht, wird die Aktivität in der Listenansicht " +"mit einem roten Telefon und in der Kanban-Ansicht mit einer roten Uhr " +"angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 +msgid "View scheduled activities" +msgstr "Geplante Aktivitäten anzeigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " +":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " +"to the far-right side of the other view options." +msgstr "" +"Um geplante Aktivitäten anzuzeigen, öffnen Sie entweder die " +":menuselection:`Verkaufsapp` oder die :menuselection:`CRM-App` und klicken " +"Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)`, das sich ganz rechts neben den " +"anderen Ansichtsoptionen befindet." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " +"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " +":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie dies tun, öffnet sich das Menü Aktivitäten, in dem standardmäßig " +"alle geplanten Aktivitäten für den Benutzer angezeigt werden. Um alle " +"Aktivitäten für jeden Benutzer anzuzeigen, entfernen Sie den Filter " +":guilabel:`Meine Pipeline` aus der Leiste :guilabel:`Suchen ...`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" +" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" +" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Um eine konsolidierte Liste der Aktivitäten anzuzeigen, getrennt nach der " +"App, in der sie erstellt wurden, und nach Frist, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` im Kopfmenü, um die Aktivitäten für diese spezifische " +"App in einem Dropdown-Menü anzuzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" +" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." +msgstr "" +"Die Möglichkeiten :guilabel:`Neue Notiz hinzufügen` und :guilabel:`Dokument " +"anfragen` erscheinen am unteren Rand dieses Dropdown-Menüs, wenn Sie auf das" +" Symbol :guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` im Kopfmenü klicken." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." +msgstr "" +"Ansicht der Seite für Kundenkontakte mit Hervorhebung des Aktivitätenmenüs" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 +msgid "Configure activity types" +msgstr "Aktivitätstypen konfigurieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" +"Um die Typen von Aktivitäten in der Datenbank zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie zu" +" :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Dialog --> Aktivitäten --> " +"Aktivitätstypen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." +msgstr "" +"Ansicht der Einstellungsseite mit Hervorhebung des Menüs für Aktivitätstypen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" +"Auf diese Weise gelangen Sie auf die Seite :guilabel:`Aktivitätstypen`, auf " +"der Sie die vorhandenen Aktivitätstypen finden." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" +"Um einen vorhandenen Aktivitätstyp zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie sie aus der " +"Liste aus und klicken dann auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`. Um eine neue " +"Aktivitätsart zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 +msgid "" +"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " +":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "" +"Beginnen Sie am Anfang eines leeren Formulars für den Aktivitätstyp damit, " +"einen :guilabel:`Name` für den neuen Aktivitätstyp auszuwählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Formular für neuen Aktivitätstyp." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "Aktivitätseinstellungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Aktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " +"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld *Aktion* gibt den Zweck der Aktivität an. Einige Aktionen lösen " +"bestimmte Verhaltensweisen aus, nachdem eine Aktivität geplant wurde." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " +"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Wenn :guilabel:`Dokument hochladen` ausgewählt ist, wird ein Link zum " +"Hochladen eines Dokuments direkt zu der geplanten Aktivität im Chat " +"hinzugefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " +"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "" +"Wenn entweder :guilabel:`Anruf` oder :guilabel:`Meeting` ausgewählt ist, " +"haben Benutzer die Möglichkeit, ihren Kalender zu öffnen, um einen Termin " +"für diese Aktivität zu planen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" +" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Wenn :guilabel:`Signatur anfragen` ausgewählt ist, wird der geplanten " +"Aktivität im Chat ein Link hinzugefügt, der ein Pop-up-Fenster zur " +"Anforderung der Signatur öffnet." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " +"applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktionen, die Sie für eine Aktivitätsart auswählen können, variieren je " +"nach den derzeit in der Datenbank installierten Apps." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "Standardbenutzer" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " +"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" +" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" +" creates the activity." +msgstr "" +"Um diese Aktivität automatisch einem bestimmten Benutzer zuzuweisen, wenn " +"dieser Aktivitätstyp geplant wird, wählen Sie einen Namen aus dem Dropdown-" +"Menü :guilabel:`Standardbenutzer`. Wenn Sie dieses Feld leer lassen, wird " +"die Aktivität dem Benutzer zugewiesen, der die Aktivität erstellt." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "Standard-Zusammenfassung" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" +" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Notizen einfügen möchten, wenn dieser Aktivitätstyp erstellt wird, " +"geben Sie sie in das Feld :guilabel:`Standard-Zusammenfassung` ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " +"Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " +"be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" +"Die Informationen in den Feldern :guilabel:`Standardbenutzer` und " +":guilabel:`Standard-Zusammenfassung` werden bei der Erstellung einer " +"Aktivität übernommen. Sie können jedoch geändert werden, bevor die Aktivität" +" geplant oder gespeichert wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "Nächste Aktivität" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " +"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "" +"Um automatisch eine neue Aktivität vorzuschlagen oder auszulösen, nachdem " +"eine Aktivität als abgeschlossen markiert wurde, muss der " +":guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` gesetzt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "Nächste Aktivität vorschlagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " +"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " +":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " +"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` die Option :guilabel:`Nächste " +"Aktivität vorschlagen`. Daraufhin ändert sich das Feld darunter in: " +":guilabel:`Vorschlagen`. Klicken Sie auf das Dropdown-Menü des Feldes " +":guilabel:`Vorschlagen`, um die Aktivitäten auszuwählen, die Sie als " +"Folgeaufgaben für diesen Aktivitätstyp empfehlen möchten." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " +"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " +":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " +"deadline`." +msgstr "" +"Im Feld :guilabel:`Planen` wählen Sie eine Standardfrist für diese " +"Aktivitäten. Konfigurieren Sie dazu eine gewünschte Anzahl von " +":guilabel:`Tagen`, :guilabel:`Wochen` oder :guilabel:`Monaten`. Entscheiden " +"Sie dann, ob der Termin :guilabel:`nach Abschlussdatum` oder :guilabel:`nach" +" vorheriger Aktivitätsfrist` liegen soll." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " +"activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" +"Diese Feldinformation :guilabel:`Planen` können geändert werden, bevor die " +"Aktivität geplant wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn alle Konfigurationen abgeschlossen sind, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgstr "Pop-up „Aktivität planen“ mit Hervorhebung empfohlener Aktivitäten." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " +"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " +"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" +"Wenn für eine Aktivität der :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` auf " +":guilabel:`Nächste Aktivität vorschlagen` gesetzt ist und im Feld " +":guilabel:`Vorschlagen` Aktivitäten aufgelistet sind, werden dem Benutzer " +"Empfehlungen für Aktivitäten als nächste Schritte angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "Nächste Aktivität auslösen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " +"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie den :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` auf :guilabel:`Nächste Aktivität " +"auslösen` setzen, wird sofort die nächste Aktivität gestartet, sobald die " +"vorherige abgeschlossen ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " +"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" +" launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" +"Wenn im Feld :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` die Option :guilabel:`Nächste " +"Aktivität auslösen` gewählt wurde, ändert sich das Feld darunter in: " +":guilabel:`Auslöser`. Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü des Feldes " +":guilabel:`Auslöser` die Aktivität aus, die gestartet werden soll, sobald " +"diese Aktivität abgeschlossen ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." +msgstr "" +"Pop.up-Fenster für neue Aktivitäten mit Betonung auf die Schaltfläche " +"„Erledigt und nächste Aktivität\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" +" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " +"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" +"Wenn für eine Aktivität der :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` auf " +":guilabel:`Nächste Aktivität auslösen` gesetzt ist, wird durch das Markieren" +" der Aktivität als `Erledigt` sofort die nächste im Feld " +":guilabel:`Auslöser` aufgeführte Aktivität gestartet." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "Daten exportieren und importieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "Daten von Odoo exportieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie mit einer Datenbank arbeiten, ist es manchmal notwendig, Ihre Daten" +" in eine separate Datei zu exportieren. Dies kann bei der Erstellung von " +"Berichten über Ihre Aktivitäten hilfreich sein (auch wenn Odoo mit jeder " +"verfügbaren Anwendung ein präzises und einfaches Berichtstool anbietet)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" +"Mit Odoo können Sie die Werte aus jedem Feld in jedem Datensatz exportieren." +" Aktivieren Sie dazu die Listenansicht der Elemente, die exportiert werden " +"sollen, klicken Sie auf *Aktion* und dann auf *Exportieren*." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" +"Ansicht der verschiedenen Dinge, die Sie zum Exportieren von Daten " +"aktivieren/anklicken müssen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" +"Diese Aktion ist zwar recht einfach, weist aber dennoch einige " +"Besonderheiten auf. Wenn Sie nämlich auf *Exportieren* klicken, erscheint " +"ein Pop-up-Fenster mit mehreren Optionen für die zu exportierenden Daten:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Übersicht über alle Optionen, die beim Export von Daten in Odoo zu " +"berücksichtigen sind" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Option *Ich will Daten aktualisieren* aktiviert ist, zeigt das " +"System nur die Felder an, die importiert werden können. Dies ist sehr " +"hilfreich, wenn Sie bestehende Datensätze aktualisieren möchten. Im Grunde " +"funktioniert dies wie ein Filter. Wenn Sie das Kästchen nicht ankreuzen, " +"stehen Ihnen wesentlich mehr Feldoptionen zur Verfügung, da alle Felder " +"angezeigt werden, nicht nur die, die importiert werden können." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" +"Beim Exportieren können Sie zwischen zwei Formaten wählen: .csv und .xls. " +"Bei .csv werden die Elemente durch ein Komma getrennt, während .xls " +"Informationen zu allen Arbeitsblättern in einer Datei enthält, " +"einschließlich Inhalt und Formatierung." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" +"Dies sind die Elemente, die Sie exportieren möchten. Verwenden Sie die " +"Pfeile, um weitere Optionen für Unterfelder anzuzeigen. Sie können natürlich" +" auch die Suchleiste verwenden, um bestimmte Felder leichter zu finden. Um " +"die Suchoption effizienter zu nutzen, zeigen Sie alle Felder an, indem Sie " +"auf alle Pfeile klicken!" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "" +"Mit der Schaltfläche + können Sie der Liste „Zu exportieren“ Felder " +"hinzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" +"Mit den „Griffen“ neben den ausgewählten Feldern können Sie die Felder nach " +"oben und unten verschieben, um die Reihenfolge zu ändern, in der sie in der " +"exportierten Datei angezeigt werden sollen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "Der Mülleimer ist da, wenn Sie Felder entfernen müssen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" +"Für wiederkehrende Berichte kann es interessant sein, Exportvorgaben zu " +"speichern. Wählen Sie alle benötigten Vorlagen aus und klicken Sie auf die " +"Vorlagenleiste. Klicken Sie dort auf *Neue Vorlage* und geben Sie Ihrer " +"Vorlage einen Namen. Wenn Sie das nächste Mal die gleiche Liste exportieren " +"müssen, wählen Sie einfach die entsprechende Vorlage aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" +"Es ist gut, wenn Sie den externen Bezeichner des Feldes im Hinterkopf " +"behalten. Zum Beispiel ist *Zugehöriges Unternehmen* gleich *parent_id*. Auf" +" diese Weise können Sie nur das exportieren, was Sie als nächstes " +"importieren möchten." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "Daten in Odoo importieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "Loslegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" +"Sie können Daten zu jedem Odoo-Geschäftsobjekt entweder im Excel- (.xlsx) " +"oder CSV-Format (.csv) importieren: Kontakte, Produkte, Kontoauszüge, " +"Journalbuchungen und sogar Aufträgen!" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie die Ansicht des Objekts, das Sie befüllen möchten, und klicken " +"Sie auf :menuselection:`Favoriten --> Datensätze importieren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" +"Dort werden Ihnen Vorlagen zur Verfügung gestellt, die Sie einfach mit Ihren" +" eigenen Daten füllen können. Solche Vorlagen können mit einem Klick " +"importiert werden; die Datenzuordnung ist bereits erledigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "Wie die Vorlage angepasst wird" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie Spalten hinzu, entfernen Sie sie und sortieren Sie sie so, dass " +"sie am besten zu Ihrer Datenstruktur passen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" +"Wir raten Ihnen, die **ID** nicht zu entfernen (warum, erfahren Sie im " +"nächsten Abschnitt)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" +"Legen Sie für jeden einzelnen Datensatz eine eindeutige ID fest, indem Sie " +"die ID-Sequenzierung nach unten ziehen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine neue Spalte hinzufügen, ist Odoo möglicherweise nicht in der " +"Lage, sie automatisch zuzuordnen, wenn ihre Bezeichnung zu keinem Feld in " +"Odoo passt. Machen Sie sich keine Sorgen! Sie können neue Spalten manuell " +"zuordnen, wenn Sie den Import testen. Suchen Sie in der Liste nach dem " +"entsprechenden Feld." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie dann die Bezeichnung dieses Feldes in Ihrer Datei, damit es " +"beim nächsten Mal direkt funktioniert." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "Wie aus einer anderen App importiert wird" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" +"Um Beziehungen zwischen verschiedenen Datensätzen neu zu erstellen, sollten " +"Sie den eindeutigen Bezeichner aus der ursprünglichen Anwendung verwenden " +"und ihn der Spalte **ID** (Externe ID) in Odoo zuordnen. Wenn Sie einen " +"weiteren Datensatz importieren, der mit dem ersten Datensatz verknüpft ist, " +"verwenden Sie **XXX/ID** (XXX/Externe ID) für den ursprünglichen eindeutigen" +" Bezeichner. Sie können diesen Datensatz auch über seinen Namen finden, aber" +" Sie werden nicht weiterkommen, wenn mindestens 2 Datensätze denselben Namen" +" haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" +"Die **ID** wird auch verwendet, um den ursprünglichen Import zu " +"aktualisieren, wenn Sie später geänderte Daten erneut importieren müssen. Es" +" ist daher eine gute Praxis, sie wann immer möglich anzugeben." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "Ich kann das Feld, dem ich meine Spalte zuordnen möchte, nicht finden" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo versucht, anhand der ersten zehn Zeilen der Dateien mit einer Heuristik" +" den Feldtyp für jede Spalte in Ihrer Datei zu finden. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel" +" eine Spalte haben, die nur Zahlen enthält, werden nur die Felder vom Typ " +"*Ganzzahl* zur Auswahl angezeigt. Obwohl dieses Verhalten in den meisten " +"Fällen gut und einfach ist, ist es auch möglich, dass es schief geht oder " +"dass Sie Ihre Spalte einem Feld zuordnen möchten, das nicht standardmäßig " +"vorgeschlagen wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Fall müssen Sie nur die Option **Felder der Beziehungsfelder " +"anzeigen (erweitert)** aktivieren, dann können Sie aus der vollständigen " +"Liste der Felder für jede Spalte wählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "Wo kann ich das Format für den Datumsimport ändern?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" +"Odoo kann automatisch erkennen, ob es sich bei einer Spalte um ein Datum " +"handelt, und es versucht, das Datumsformat aus einer Reihe der am häufigsten" +" verwendeten Datumsformate zu erraten. Dieser Prozess kann zwar für viele " +"Datumsformate funktionieren, aber einige Datumsformate werden nicht erkannt." +" Dies kann aufgrund von Tag-Monat-Invertierungen zu Verwirrung führen; es " +"ist schwierig zu erraten, welcher Teil eines Datumsformats der Tag und " +"welcher Teil der Monat in einem Datum wie „01-03-2016“ ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" +"Um zu sehen, welches Datumsformat Odoo in Ihrer Datei gefunden hat, können " +"Sie das **Datumsformat** überprüfen, das angezeigt wird, wenn Sie auf " +"**Optionen** unter der Dateiauswahl klicken. Wenn dieses Format nicht " +"korrekt ist, können Sie es nach Ihren Wünschen ändern, indem Sie das Format " +"mit *ISO 8601* definieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Excel-Datei (.xls, .xlsx) importieren, können Sie Datumszellen" +" zum Speichern von Datumsangaben verwenden, da die Anzeige von Datumsangaben" +" in Excel anders ist als die Speicherung. Auf diese Weise können Sie sicher " +"sein, dass das Datumsformat in Odoo korrekt ist, unabhängig vom Datumsformat" +" Ihres Gebietsschemas." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "Kann ich Zahlen mit Währungszeichen importieren (z. B.: 32,00 $)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" +"Ja, wir unterstützen Zahlen mit Klammern, um negative Vorzeichen " +"darzustellen, sowie Zahlen mit angehängtem Währungszeichen. Odoo erkennt " +"auch automatisch, welches Tausender-/Dezimaltrennzeichen Sie verwenden (Sie " +"können dies unter **Optionen** ändern). Wenn Sie ein Währungssymbol " +"verwenden, das Odoo nicht bekannt ist, wird es möglicherweise nicht als Zahl" +" erkannt und es kommt zu einem Absturz." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" +"Beispiele für unterstützte Zahlen (am Beispiel von zweiunddreißigtausend):" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "32000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "-32000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "(32000.00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "Beispiel, was nicht funktionieren wird:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" +"Was kann ich tun, wenn die Tabelle der Importvorschau nicht korrekt " +"angezeigt wird?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" +"Die Importvorschau ist standardmäßig auf Kommas als Feldtrenner und " +"Anführungszeichen als Textbegrenzer eingestellt. Wenn Ihre csv-Datei nicht " +"über diese Einstellungen verfügt, können Sie die Dateiformatoptionen ändern " +"(angezeigt unter der Leiste CSV-Datei durchsuchen, nachdem Sie Ihre Datei " +"ausgewählt haben)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" +"Beachten Sie, dass Odoo die Trennungen nicht erkennt, wenn Ihre CSV-Datei " +"eine Tabellierung als Trennzeichen enthält. Sie müssen die " +"Dateiformatoptionen in Ihrer Tabellenkalkulationsanwendung ändern. Siehe die" +" folgende Frage." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" +"Wie kann ich die Optionen für das CSV-Dateiformat beim Speichern in meiner " +"Tabellenkalkulationsapp ändern?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie CSV-Dateien in Tabellenkalkulationsprogrammen bearbeiten und " +"speichern, werden die regionalen Einstellungen Ihres Computers für das " +"Trennzeichen und den Begrenzer übernommen. Wir empfehlen Ihnen, OpenOffice " +"oder LibreOffice Calc zu verwenden, da Sie dort alle drei Optionen ändern " +"können (in :menuselection:`Dialogfeld „Speichern als“ --> Feld " +"„Filtereinstellungen bearbeiten“ ankreuzen --> Speichern`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" +"In Microsoft Excel können Sie beim Speichern nur die Codierung ändern (in " +":menuselection:`Dialogfeld „Speichern als“ --> Drop-down-Liste „Tools“ --> " +"Reiter „Codierung“ anklicken`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "Was ist der Unterschied zwischen Datenbank-ID und externer ID?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" +"Einige Felder definieren eine Beziehung zu einem anderen Objekt. Zum " +"Beispiel ist das Land eines Kontakts eine Verknüpfung zu einem Datensatz des" +" Objekts „Land“. Wenn Sie solche Felder importieren möchten, muss Odoo die " +"Verknüpfungen zwischen den verschiedenen Datensätzen neu erstellen. Damit " +"Sie solche Felder importieren können, bietet Odoo drei Mechanismen. Sie " +"müssen für jedes Feld, das Sie importieren möchten, einen und nur einen " +"Mechanismus verwenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie z. B. das Land eines Kontakts referenzieren möchten, schlägt Odoo " +"Ihnen 3 verschiedene Felder zum Importieren vor:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "Land: der Name oder Code des Landes" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" +"Land/Datenbank-ID: die eindeutige Odoo-ID für einen Datensatz, definiert " +"durch die Spalte „ID postgresql“" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" +"Land/Externe ID: die ID dieses Datensatzes, auf den in einer anderen App " +"verwiesen wird (oder die .XML-Datei, die ihn importiert hat)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" +"Für das Land Belgien können Sie eine dieser 3 Möglichkeiten zum Import " +"nutzen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "Land: Belgien" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "Land/Datenbank-ID: 21" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "Land/Externe ID: base.be" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" +"Je nach Bedarf sollten Sie eine dieser 3 Möglichkeiten verwenden, um auf " +"Datensätze in Beziehungen zu verweisen. Hier erfahren Sie, wann Sie je nach " +"Bedarf die eine oder die andere Methode verwenden sollten:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" +"Land verwenden: Dies ist der einfachste Weg, wenn Ihre Daten aus CSV-Dateien" +" stammen, die manuell erstellt wurden." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" +"Land/Datenbank-ID verwenden: Sie sollten diese Bezeichnung nur selten " +"verwenden. Sie wird hauptsächlich von Entwicklern verwendet, da ihr " +"Hauptvorteil darin besteht, dass es nie zu Konflikten kommt (Sie können " +"mehrere Datensätze mit demselben Namen haben, aber sie haben immer eine " +"eindeutige Datenbank-ID)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" +"Land/externe ID verwenden: Verwenden Sie die externe ID, wenn Sie Daten aus " +"einer App eines Drittanbieters importieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie externe IDs verwenden, können Sie CSV-Dateien mit der Spalte " +"„Externe ID“ importieren, um die externe ID jedes Datensatzes zu definieren," +" den Sie importieren. Dann können Sie mit Spalten wie „Feld/Externe ID“ " +"einen Verweis auf diesen Datensatz erstellen. Die folgenden zwei CSV-Dateien" +" geben Ihnen ein Beispiel für Produkte und ihre Kategorien." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`CSV-Datei für Kategorien " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`CSV-Datei für Produkte " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "Was kann ich tun, wenn ich mehrere Treffer für ein Feld habe?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie z. B. zwei Produktkategorien mit dem untergeordneten Namen " +"„Verkäuflich“ haben (d. h. „Sonstige Produkte/Verkäuflich“ & „Andere " +"Produkte/Verkäuflich“), wird Ihre Validierung gestoppt, aber Sie können Ihre" +" Daten trotzdem importieren. Wir empfehlen Ihnen jedoch, die Daten nicht zu " +"importieren, da sie alle mit der ersten Kategorie „Verkäuflich“ in der " +"Produktkategorienliste („Sonstige Produkte/Verkäuflich“) verknüpft werden. " +"Wir empfehlen Ihnen, einen der Werte der Duplikate oder Ihre " +"Produktkategorie-Hierarchie zu ändern." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie jedoch Ihre Konfiguration der Produktkategorien nicht ändern " +"möchten, empfehlen wir Ihnen, die externe ID für dieses Feld „Kategorie“ zu " +"verwenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" +"Wie kann ich ein many2many-Beziehungsfeld importieren (z. B. einen Kunden, " +"der mehrere Stichwörter hat)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" +"Die Stichwörter sollten durch ein Komma getrennt werden, ohne dass ein " +"Zwischenraum entsteht. Wenn Sie z. B. möchten, dass Ihr Kunde mit den beiden" +" Stichwörtern „Hersteller“ und „Händler“ verknüpft wird, codieren Sie " +"„Hersteller, Händler“ in derselben Spalte Ihrer CSV-Datei." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" +":download:`CSV-Datei für Hersteller, Händler " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" +"Wie kann ich eine one2many-Beziehung importieren (z. B. mehrere " +"Auftragszeilen eines Verkaufsauftrags)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen Verkaufsauftrag mit mehreren Auftragszeilen importieren " +"möchten, müssen Sie für jede Auftragszeile eine bestimmte Zeile in der CSV-" +"Datei reservieren. Die erste Auftragszeile wird in dieselbe Zeile " +"importiert, in der auch die Informationen zum Auftrag stehen. Für jede " +"weitere Zeile wird eine zusätzliche Zeile benötigt, die keine Informationen " +"in den Feldern für den Auftrag enthält. Als Beispiel sehen Sie hier die " +"Datei ``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` mit einigen " +"Angeboten, die Sie auf der Grundlage von Demo-Daten importieren können." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Datei für einige Angebote " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" +"Die folgende CSV-Datei zeigt, wie Sie Einkaufsaufträge mit den " +"entsprechenden Einkaufsauftragszeilen importieren können:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Einkaufsaufträge mit den entsprechenden Einkaufsauftragszeilen " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" +"Die folgende CSV-Datei zeigt, wie Sie Kunden und die entsprechenden Kontakte" +" importieren können:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Kunden und deren entsprechenden Kontakte " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "Kann ich denselben Datensatz mehrmals importieren?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Datei importieren, die eine der Spalten „Externe ID“ oder " +"„Datenbank-ID“ enthält, werden bereits importierte Datensätze geändert, " +"anstatt sie neu zu erstellen. Dies ist sehr nützlich, da Sie so dieselbe " +"CSV-Datei mehrmals importieren können, während Sie zwischen zwei Importen " +"Änderungen vorgenommen haben. Odoo kümmert sich darum, jeden Datensatz zu " +"erstellen oder zu ändern, je nachdem, ob er neu ist oder nicht." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" +"Mit dieser Funktion können Sie das Import/Export-Tool von Odoo verwenden, um" +" eine Reihe von Datensätzen in Ihrer bevorzugten Tabellenkalkulationsapp zu " +"ändern." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "Was passiert, wenn ich keinen Wert für ein bestimmtes Feld eingebe?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie nicht alle Felder in Ihrer CSV-Datei festlegen, weist Odoo für alle" +" nicht definierten Felder den Standardwert zu. Wenn Sie jedoch Felder mit " +"leeren Werten in Ihrer CSV-Datei festlegen, setzt Odoo den Wert LEER in das " +"Feld, anstatt den Standardwert zuzuweisen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"Wie exportiere/importiere ich verschiedene Tabellen aus einer SQL-Anwendung " +"in Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Daten aus verschiedenen Tabellen importieren müssen, müssen Sie die" +" Beziehungen zwischen Datensätzen, die zu verschiedenen Tabellen gehören, " +"neu erstellen. (Wenn Sie z. B. Unternehmen und Personen importieren, müssen " +"Sie die Verbindung zwischen jeder Person und dem Unternehmen, für die sie " +"arbeitet, neu erstellen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" +"Um Beziehungen zwischen Tabellen zu verwalten, können Sie die Funktionen " +"„Externe ID“ von Odoo nutzen. Die „Externe ID“ eines Datensatzes ist die " +"eindeutige Kennung dieses Datensatzes in einer anderen Anwendung. Diese " +"„Externe ID“ muss für alle Datensätze aller Objekte eindeutig sein, daher " +"ist es eine gute Praxis, dieser „Externen ID“ den Namen der App oder Tabelle" +" voranzustellen. (z. B. 'Unternehmen_1', 'Person_1' anstelle von '1')" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" +"Nehmen wir an, Sie haben eine SQL-Datenbank mit zwei Tabellen, die Sie " +"importieren möchten: Unternehmen und Personen. Jede Person gehört zu einem " +"Unternehmen, also müssen Sie die Verknüpfung zwischen einer Person und dem " +"Unternehmen, für das sie arbeitet, neu erstellen. (Wenn Sie dieses Beispiel " +"testen möchten, finden Sie hier einen :download:`Dump einer solchen " +"PostgreSQL-Datenbank `)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" +"Zunächst exportieren wir alle Unternehmen und ihre „Externe ID“. Schreiben " +"Sie in PSQL den folgenden Befehl:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Dieser SQL-Befehl erstellt die folgende CSV-Datei:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" +"Um die CSV-Datei für Personen, die mit Unternehmen verknüpft sind, zu " +"erstellen, verwenden wir den folgenden SQL-Befehl in PSQL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Die folgende CSV-Datei wird erstellt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" +"Wie Sie in dieser Datei sehen können, arbeiten Fabien und Laurence für das " +"Unternehmen Bigees (Unternehmen_1) und Eric arbeitet für das Unternehmen " +"Organi. Die Beziehung zwischen Personen und Unternehmen wird über die " +"externe ID der Unternehmen hergestellt. Wir mussten der „Externen ID“ den " +"Namen der Tabelle voranstellen, um einen ID-Konflikt zwischen Personen und " +"Unternehmen zu vermeiden (Person_1 und Unternehmen_1, die in der " +"ursprünglichen Datenbank die gleiche ID 1 hatten)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" +"Die beiden erzeugten Dateien können ohne Änderungen in Odoo importiert " +"werden. Nachdem Sie diese beiden CSV-Dateien importiert haben, haben Sie 4 " +"Kontakte und 3 Unternehmen. (die ersten beiden Kontakte sind mit dem ersten " +"Unternehmen verknüpft). Sie müssen zuerst die Unternehmen und dann die " +"Personen importieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "Wie eine Importvorlage angepasst wird" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Im Import-Tool werden Importvorlagen für die am häufigsten zu importierenden" +" Daten (Kontakte, Produkte, Kontoauszüge usw.) bereitgestellt. Sie können " +"sie mit jeder Tabellenkalkulationssoftware (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, " +"Google Drive usw.) öffnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "Wie die Datei angepasst wird" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" +"Entfernen Sie Spalten, die Sie nicht benötigen. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch, die " +"*ID* nicht zu entfernen (siehe unten, warum)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine neue Spalte hinzufügen, ist Odoo möglicherweise nicht in der " +"Lage, sie automatisch zuzuordnen, wenn ihre Bezeichnung zu keinem Feld des " +"Systems passt. Wenn dies der Fall ist, suchen Sie das entsprechende Feld " +"über die Suche." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie dann die Bezeichnung, die Sie in Ihrer Importvorlage gefunden " +"haben, damit es beim nächsten Importversuch sofort funktioniert." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "Warum eine „ID“-Spalte?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Die **ID** (Externe ID) ist ein eindeutiger Bezeichner für die Position. Sie" +" können gerne die aus Ihrer vorherigen Software verwenden, um den Übergang " +"zu Odoo zu erleichtern." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" +"Die Angabe einer ID ist beim Importieren nicht zwingend erforderlich, aber " +"in vielen Fällen hilfreich:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" +"Aktualisierungsimporte: Sie können dieselbe Datei mehrmals importieren, ohne" +" Duplikate zu erzeugen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "Importieren Sie Beziehungsfelder (siehe weiter unten)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "Wie Beziehungsfelder importiert werden" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" +"Ein Odoo-Objekt ist immer mit vielen anderen Objekten verbunden (z. B. ist " +"ein Produkt mit Produktkategorien, Attributen, Lieferanten usw. verbunden). " +"Um diese Beziehungen zu importieren, müssen Sie zunächst die Datensätze der " +"verknüpften Objekte aus deren eigenem Listenmenü importieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" +"Sie können dazu den Namen des Bezugsdatensatzes oder seine ID verwenden. Die" +" ID wird erwartet, wenn zwei Datensätze den gleichen Namen haben. Fügen Sie " +"in einem solchen Fall „ / ID“ am Ende des Spaltentitels hinzu (z. B. für " +"Produktattribute: Produktattribute / Attribut / ID)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "In-App-Käufe (In-App Purchase, IAP)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "Guthaben kaufen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "IAP-Konten" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but " +"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " +"Account`." +msgstr "" +"Guthaben für die Nutzung von IAP-Services werden auf IAP-Konten gespeichert," +" die für jeden Dienst spezifisch sind. Standardmäßig sind die IAP-Konten für" +" alle Unternehmen gleich, können aber auf bestimmte Unternehmen beschränkt " +"werden. Aktivieren Sie den :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` und gehen" +" Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Technische Einstellungen --> IAP-Konto`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "" +"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " +"Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "IAP-Portal" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "Benachrichtigt werden, wenn das Guthaben zur Neige geht" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 0994fe297..047a3e20b 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -2793,7 +2793,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abstimmungsmodelle" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9816,7 +9816,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 32a012f2e..5fd8cb6d3 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 msgid "Apps and modules" @@ -148,6 +148,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`supported versions of Odoo `. To " "be able to use them, you must **upgrade** your app." msgstr "" +"Gelegentlich werden neue Verbesserungen oder App-Funktionen zu den " +":doc:`unterstützten Versionen von Odoo `" +" hinzugefügt. Um diese nutzen zu können, müssen Sie Ihre App **upgraden**." #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -307,6 +310,8 @@ msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" +"Sobald die Unternehmen erstellt sind, verwalten Sie die :doc:`Zugriffsrechte" +" ` Ihrer Mitarbeiter für *Mehrere Unternehmen*." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -397,26 +402,28 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " "<../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Kontenplan <../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../finance/accounting/taxes>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Steuern <../finance/accounting/taxes>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Steuerpositionen <../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Journals <../finance/accounting/bank>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Journale <../finance/accounting/bank>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Steuerliche Lokalisierungen <../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Preislisten <../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -516,7 +523,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Leitfaden für mehrere Unternehmen `" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:3 msgid "Digest Emails" @@ -1417,6 +1424,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`domain name documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen zur Konfiguration Ihrer Domains finden Sie in " +":doc:`der Dokumentation zu Domainnamen " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:246 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" @@ -1695,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "Siehe die :guilabel:`Felderansicht erhalten`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-Mail-Kommunikation" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:3 msgid "Connect Microsoft Outlook 365 to Odoo using Azure OAuth" @@ -1728,7 +1738,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:15 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/azure`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/azure`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook`" @@ -1839,6 +1849,9 @@ msgid "" "In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Delegated " "permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" msgstr "" +"Suchen Sie in der Suchleiste nach den folgenden :guilabel:`Delegated " +"permissions` (Deligierte Berechtigungen) und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Add " +"permissions` (Berechtigungen hinzufügen) für jede einzelne:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" @@ -2421,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`email_servers`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" @@ -3064,6 +3077,11 @@ msgid "" "`_. Incoming and outgoing servers must be configured " "for on-premise databases." msgstr "" +"Dieses Dokument ist **vor allem für Odoo-On-Premise-Datenbanken** gedacht, " +"die im Gegensatz zu `Odoo Online `_ und " +"`Odoo.sh `_ nicht von einer sofort einsatzbereiten " +"Lösung zum Senden und Empfangen von E-Mails in Odoo profitieren. Eingangs- " +"und Ausgangsserver müssen für On-Premise-Datenbanken konfiguriert werden." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3145,14 +3163,23 @@ msgid "" "external email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click " ":guilabel:`Test Connection`." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie als Systemadministrator in Odoo zu :guilabel:`Einstellungen --> " +"Allgemeine Einstellungen --> Dialog` und aktivieren Sie die Option " +":guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierte E-Mail-Server`. Klicken Sie dann auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`. Klicken Sie anschließend auf " +":guilabel:`Postausgangsserver` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`, um einen" +" neuen Eintrag für den Postausgangsserver in Odoo zu erstellen. Verweisen " +"Sie auf die SMTP-Daten des externen E-Mail-Servers. Wenn Sie alle " +"Informationen ausgefüllt haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Verbindung " +"testen`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`google_oauth`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google_oauth`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`azure_oauth`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`azure_oauth`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -3437,6 +3464,10 @@ msgid "" " and Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid or :doc:`Mailjet ` for mass " "mailings." msgstr "" +"In Odoo kann ein separater E-Mail-Server für Transaktionsmails und " +"Massenmails verwendet werden. Beispiel: Verwenden Sie Postmark oder " +"SendinBlue für Transaktionsmails und Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid oder " +":doc:`Mailjet ` für Massenmails." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -3506,6 +3537,14 @@ msgid "" "not have another action attached to it like other aliases might, it is only " "used to collect replies." msgstr "" +"**Antwortnachrichten** auf von Odoo gesendete Nachrichten werden über den " +"Alias des Modells (falls vorhanden) oder über den Catchall-Alias " +"(**catchall@**) an den ursprünglichen Diskussionsthread (und an den " +"Posteingang aller seiner Follower) weitergeleitet. Antworten auf Nachrichten" +" von Modellen, die keinen eigenen Alias haben, verwenden den Catchall-Alias " +"(`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`). Die catchall-Adresse ist jedoch nicht mit " +"einer anderen Aktion verknüpft, wie es bei anderen Aliasen der Fall sein " +"kann, sondern dient nur dazu, Antworten zu sammeln." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -3673,6 +3712,14 @@ msgid "" "a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias, and the " "reply will not be received." msgstr "" +"Um Catchall- und Bounce-Aliase zu bearbeiten, aktivieren Sie zunächst den " +":ref:`Entwicklermodus `. Gehen Sie dann zu " +":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> Parameter --> " +"Systemparameter`, um die Aliase (`mail.catchall.alias` & " +"`mail.bounce.alias`) anzupassen. Diese Art von Änderungen sollten Sie " +"vornehmen, bevor die Datenbank in Betrieb genommen wird. Wenn ein Kunde nach" +" einer Änderung antwortet, erkennt das System den alten Alias nicht und die " +"Antwort wird nicht empfangen." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -3695,7 +3742,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 msgid "Allow alias domain system parameter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Systemparameter für Alias-Domain erlauben" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:280 msgid "" @@ -3704,6 +3751,11 @@ msgid "" "the :ref:`developer mode `. Then, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Email section --> Aliases`." msgstr "" +"Aliase für eingehende Mails werden in der Odoo-Datenbank festgelegt, um " +"Datensätze durch den Empfang eingehender E-Mails zu erstellen. Um die in der" +" Odoo-Datenbank festgelegten Aliase anzuzeigen, aktivieren Sie zunächst den " +":ref:`Entwicklermodus `. Gehen Sie dann zu " +":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> E-Mail --> Aliasse`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:284 msgid "" @@ -3713,6 +3765,13 @@ msgid "" "create a ticket, lead, opportunity, etc., eliminates false positives where " "email addresses with only the prefix alias (not the domain) are present." msgstr "" +"Der folgende Systemparameter, `mail.catchall.domain.allowed`, der mit den " +"Werten für die erlaubte Alias-Domain, getrennt durch Kommata, gesetzt wird, " +"filtert korrekt adressierte E-Mails an Aliasse heraus. Wenn Sie die " +"Domain(s) festlegen, für die der Alias ein Ticket, einen Lead, eine " +"Verkaufschance usw. erstellen kann, werden falsch positive Ergebnisse " +"vermieden, wenn E-Mail-Adressen nur mit dem Präfix-Alias (nicht mit der " +"Domain) vorhanden sind." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -3721,6 +3780,11 @@ msgid "" "incoming email address. This is true in the sender, recipient, and :abbr:`CC" " (Carbon Copy)` email addresses of an incoming email." msgstr "" +"In einigen Fällen wurden in der Odoo-Datenbank Übereinstimmungen " +"festgestellt, wenn eine E-Mail mit demselben Alias-Präfix und einer anderen " +"Domain in der E-Mail-Adresse für eingehende Mails empfangen wurde. Dies " +"trifft auf die Absender-, Empfänger- und :abbr:`CC (Carbon Copy)`-E-Mail-" +"Adressen einer eingehenden E-Mail zu." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -3730,6 +3794,12 @@ msgid "" "email as the full `commercial` alias (with a different domain), and " "therefore, creates a ticket/lead/opportunity/etc." msgstr "" +"Wenn Odoo E-Mails empfängt, die in den Absender-, Empfänger- oder :abbr:`CC " +"(Carbon Copy)`-E-Mail-Adressen (z. B. commercial@gmail.com, " +"commercial@odoo.net) den Aliasnamen `commercial` enthalten, behandelt die " +"Datenbank die E-Mail fälschlicherweise als den vollständigen Alias " +"`commercial` (mit einer anderen Domain) und erstellt daher ein " +"Ticket/Lead/Verkaufschance/etc." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -3739,6 +3809,11 @@ msgid "" " Parameters`. Click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, type in " "`mail.catchall.domain.allowed` for the :guilabel:`Key` field." msgstr "" +"Um den Systemparameter `mail.catchall.domain.allowed` hinzuzufügen, " +"aktivieren Sie zunächst den :ref:`Entwicklermodus `. Gehen " +"Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> Parameter --> " +"Systemparameter`. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`. Geben Sie dann " +"`mail.catchall.domain.allowed` in das Feld :guilabel:`Schlüssel` ein." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -3746,12 +3821,17 @@ msgid "" "comma(s) (if plural domains). Manually :guilabel:`Save`, and the system " "parameter takes immediate effect." msgstr "" +"Als nächstes fügen Sie in das Feld :guilabel:`Wert` die Domain(s) durch " +"Komma(s) getrennt ein (falls es mehrere Domains gibt). Drücken Sie manuell " +":guilabel:`Speichern`, und der Systemparameter wird sofort wirksam." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 msgid "" "mail.catchall.domain.allowed system parameter set with key and value " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Systemparameter mail.catchall.domain.allowed mit Hervorhebung des Schlüssels" +" und Werts" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 msgid "Email issues" @@ -4379,7 +4459,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:15 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/google`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/google`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:18 @@ -5417,7 +5497,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:14 msgid "**OpenStreetMap**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**OpenStreetMap**" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:16 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf708a41d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,10012 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "Personalwesen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "Anwesenheiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Anwesenheiten** funktioniert wie eine Stechuhr. Mitarbeiter melden " +"sich zur Arbeit an und ab, während Manager sehen können, wer zu einem " +"bestimmten Zeitpunkt verfügbar ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Anwesenheiten " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "Hardware" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "Kiosk-Management" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" +"Ein Kiosk ist eine Selbstbedienungsstation, an der sich Mitarbeiter für ihre" +" Arbeitsschichten an- und abmelden können." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "Es gibt zwei Vorgehensweisen, um ein Kiosk einzurichten:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "**Laptop und Desktop-PC**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" +"Die Führung eines Kiosks in einem Webbrowser ist die günstigste und " +"flexibelste Option. Sie können Mitarbeiterausweise mit jedem Thermo- oder " +"Tintendrucker drucken, der mit Ihrem Webbrowser kompatibel ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "**Tablet und Mobiltelefon (Android oder iOS)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" +"Tablets und Mobiltelefone nehmen viel weniger Platz ein und ihre " +"Touchscreens sind einfach zu bedienen. Überlegen Sie, ob Sie sie in einen " +"sicheren Ständer an der Rezeption stellen oder sicher an der Wand befestigen" +" möchten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"Wir empfehlen die Verwendung eines iPads mit dem Ständer `Heckler Design " +"WindFall Stand `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "RFID-Leser mit Schlüsselanhänger" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" +"Mitarbeiter können persönliche RFID-Schlüsselanhänger mit einem RFID-Leser " +"scannen, um An- und Abmeldungen schnell und einfach zu handhaben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "Ein RFID-Schlüsselanhänger wird an den RFID-Leser gehalten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Wir empfehlen die Verwendung des `Neuftech-USB-RFID-Lesers " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "Eine IoT-Box ist **nicht** erforderlich." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "Barcode-Scanner" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" +"Die Mitarbeiter können den Barcode auf ihren Mitarbeiterausweisen scannen, " +"um die An- und Abmeldung schnell und einfach zu handhaben. Der Kioskmodus " +"funktioniert mit den meisten USB-Barcode-Scannern, die direkt an einen " +"Computer angeschlossen sind. Auch Bluetooth-Barcode-Scanner werden nativ " +"unterstützt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" +"Wir empfehlen die Verwendung der `Honeywell-Produktlinie " +"`_. " +"Wenn der Barcode-Scanner direkt an einen Computer angeschlossen ist, muss er" +" konfiguriert werden, um das Tastenlayout des Computers zu verwenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Mitarbeiter" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Mitarbeiter* organisiert die Datensätze, Verträge und Abteilungen " +"eines Unternehmens." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Einen neuen Mitarbeiter hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn ein neuer Mitarbeiter eingestellt wird, besteht der erste Schritt " +"darin, ein neues Mitarbeiterformular zu erstellen. Klicken Sie im Dashboard " +"der :menuselection:`Mitarbeiter`-App auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`, " +"um ein neues Mitarbeiterformular zu erstellen. Füllen Sie die erforderlichen" +" Informationen (in Fett unterstrichen) und zusätzliche Details aus und " +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "Eine neue Mitarbeiterkarte erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" +"Die aktuelle Telefonnummer und der Name des Unternehmens werden in den " +"Feldern :guilabel:`Telefon (geschäftlich)` und :guilabel:`Unternehmen` " +"eingefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "Allgemeine Informationen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "Erforderliche Felder" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie den Namen des Mitarbeiters ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Wählen Sie im Drop-down-Menü das Unternehmen aus, " +"in dem der neue Mitarbeiter eingestellt wird, oder erstellen Sie ein neues " +"Unternehmen, indem Sie den Namen im Feld eingeben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "Optionale Felder" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Foto`: Klicken Sie in der Fotobox oben rechts auf der " +"Mitarbeiterkarte auf das Bearbeitungssymbol :guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)`, um " +"ein Foto hochzuladen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stelle`: Geben Sie die Stellenbezeichnung des Mitarbeiters an." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" +"Stichwörter: Klicken Sie auf ein Stichwort im Drop-down-Menü, um alle " +"Stichwörter hinzuzufügen, die auf den Mitarbeiter zutreffen. In diesem Feld " +"können Sie jedes beliebige Stichwort erstellen, indem Sie es einfach " +"eintippen. Sobald es erstellt wurde, ist das neue Stichwort für alle " +"Mitarbeiterkarten verfügbar. Es gibt keine Begrenzung für die Anzahl der " +"Stichwörter, die hinzugefügt werden können." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Informationen zum Arbeitsvertrag: Geben Sie das :guilabel:`Mobiltelefon " +"(geschäftlich)`, :guilabel:`Telefon (geschäftlich)`, die :guilabel:`Arbeits-" +"E-Mail`, und/oder den Namen des :guilabel:`Unternehmen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Abteilung`: Wählen Sie die Abteilung des Mitarbeiters aus dem " +"Drop-down-Menü." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Wählen Sie den Manager des Mitarbeiters aus dem Drop-" +"down-Menü aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Wählen Sie den Coach des Mitarbeiters aus dem Drop-down-" +"Menü aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen :guilabel:`Manager` ausgewählt haben, das Feld " +":guilabel:`Coach` jedoch leer ist, wird automatisch der ausgewählte Manager " +"im Feld :guilabel:`Coach` eingefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" +"Um die ausgewählten Angaben zu :guilabel:`Abteilung`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, oder :guilabel:`Unternehmen` zu bearbeiten, klicken Sie " +"auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` neben der entsprechenden " +"Auswahl. Die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` öffnet das ausgewählte " +"Formular, in dem Sie Änderungen vornehmen können. Klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`, nachdem Änderungen vorgenommen wurden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "Reiter für zusätzliche Informationen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "Reiter „Lebenslauf“" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Lebenslauf" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " +"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"following information for each entry." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie nun den beruflichen Werdegang des Mitarbeiters im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Lebenslauf` ein. Jede Zeile des Lebenslaufs muss einzeln " +"eingegeben werden. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neuen Eintrag erstellen`, und " +"das Formular :guilabel:`Lebenslaufzeilen erstellen` erscheint. Geben Sie die" +" folgenden Informationen für jeden Eintrag ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" +"Hinzufügen von Informationen für vorherige Arbeitserfahrung in diesem " +"Formular." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Titel`: Geben Sie den Titel der vorherigen Arbeitserfahrung ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Art`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü zwischen " +":guilabel:`Erfahrung`, :guilabel:`Ausbildung`, :guilabel:`Interne " +"Zertifizierung`, :guilabel:`Interne Schulung` oder geben Sie einen neuen " +"Eintrag ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anzeigetyp`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü zwischen " +":guilabel:`Klassisch`, :guilabel:`Zertifizierung` oder :guilabel:`Kurs` aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Startdatum` und :guilabel:`Enddatum`: Geben Sie die Start- und " +"Enddaten für die Arbeitserfahrung ein. Verwenden Sie die Pfeilsymbole " +":guilabel:`< (links)` und :guilabel:`> (rechts)`, um das Datum auszuwählen " +"und zum gewünschten Monat zu scrollen. Klicken Sie dann auf den Tag, um das " +"Datum auszuwählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Beschreibung`: Geben Sie alle relevanten Details in das Feld ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." +msgstr "" +"Sobald Sie alle Informationen eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`, wenn Sie nur einen Eintrag " +"hinzufügen möchten, oder klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den aktuellen Eintrag zu speichern und eine " +"weitere Lebenslaufzeile zu erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," +" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem das Formular für den neuen Mitarbeiter gespeichert wurde, werden die" +" aktuelle Position und das Unternehmen automatisch im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Lebenslauf` als :guilabel:`Erfahrung` hinzugefügt, wobei das " +"Enddatum als :guilabel:`Aktuell` aufgeführt wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Kompetenzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +msgstr "" +"Die Kompetenzen eines Mitarbeiters können im Reiter :guilabel:`Lebenslauf` " +"auf die gleiche Weise eingegeben werden, wie eine Lebenslaufzeile erstellt " +"wird. Klicken Sie unter :guilabel:`Kompetenzen` auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Neuen Eintrag erstellen` und ein Formular :guilabel:`Kompetenzen " +"erstellen` erscheint. Geben Sie die Informationen im Formular ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "Erstellung einer neuen Kompetenz für den Mitarbeiter." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " +"by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kompetenzart`: Wählen Sie eine :ref:`Kompetenzart " +"` aus, indem Sie auf das Optionsfeld neben der " +"Kompetenzart klicken." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kompetenz`: Die entsprechenden Kompetenzen, die mit der " +"ausgewählten :guilabel:`Kompetenzart` verbunden sind, erscheinen in einem " +"Drop-down-Menü. Wenn Sie z. B. :guilabel:`Sprache` als " +":guilabel:`Kompetenzart` auswählen, erscheint unter dem Feld " +":guilabel:`Kompetenzen` eine Reihe von Sprachen zur Auswahl. Wählen Sie die " +"entsprechende vorkonfigurierte Kompetenz aus oder geben Sie eine neue ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " +"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" +" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " +":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kompetenzlevel`: Vordefinierte Kompetenzlevel, die mit der " +"ausgewählten :guilabel:`Kompetenzart` verbunden sind, erscheinen in einem " +"Drop-down-Menü. Wählen Sie ein Kompetenzlevel aus, dann zeigt der " +"Fortschrittsbalken automatisch den vordefinierten Fortschritt für dieses " +"Kompetenzlevel an. Die Kompetenzlevel und der Fortschritt können im Pop-up-" +"Formular :guilabel:`Kompetenzlevel` geändert werden, das Sie über die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` neben dem Feld " +":guilabel:`Kompetenzlevel` erreichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +msgstr "" +"Sobald Sie alle Informationen eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`, wenn Sie nur einen Eintrag " +"hinzufügen möchten, oder klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den aktuellen Eintrag zu speichern und eine " +"weitere Kompetenz zu erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" +"Um Zeilen aus dem Reiter :guilabel:`Lebenslauf` zu löschen, klicken Sie auf " +"das Löschsymbol :guilabel:`🗑️ (Papierkorb)`, um den Eintrag zu löschen. " +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Hinzufügen` neben dem " +"entsprechenden Abschnitt, um eine neue Zeile hinzuzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 +msgid "Skill types" +msgstr "Kompetenzarten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " +"must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " +"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" +" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" +" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"this for all the skill types needed." +msgstr "" +"Um dem Formular eines Mitarbeiters eine Kompetenz hinzuzufügen, müssen die " +":guilabel:`Kompetenzarten` konfiguriert sein. Gehen Sie zur " +":menuselection:`Mitarbeiterapp --> Konfiguration --> Kompetenzarten`, um die" +" aktuell konfigurierten Kompetenzarten zu sehen und neue Kompetenzarten zu " +"erstellen. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` und ein neues Formular " +":guilabel:`Kompetenzart` erscheint. Füllen Sie alle Details aus und klicken " +"Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`. Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle " +"benötigten Kompetenzarten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " +"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" +" category." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kompetenzart`: Geben Sie den Namen der Kompetenzart ein. Diese " +"sollte etwas allgemeiner sein, da die aufgelisteten Kompetenzen in dieser " +"Kategorie untergebracht werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " +"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kompetenzen`: Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` und " +"geben Sie die Informationen für die neue Kompetenz ein, dann wiederholen Sie" +" dies für alle anderen benötigten Kompetenzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " +"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " +"close the form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Level`: Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` und ein " +"Formular :guilabel:`Level erstellen` erscheint. Geben Sie den Namen des " +"Levels ein und legen Sie einen Prozentsatz (0-100) für dieses Level fest. " +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den Eintrag zu speichern und" +" ein weiteres Level hinzuzufügen, oder klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern " +"& Schließen`, um das Level zu speichern und das Formular zu schließen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " +"in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " +"`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " +"`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" +"Um eine mathematische Kompetenz hinzuzufügen, geben Sie in das Feld " +":guilabel:`Name` `Mathe` ein. In das Feld :guilabel:`Kompetenzen` geben Sie " +"`Algebra`, `Differenzial- und Integralrechnung` und `Trigonometrie` ein. Und" +" geben in das Feld :guilabel:`Level` `Anfänger`, `Fortgeschritten` und " +"`Experte` mit dem :guilabel:`Fortschritt`, der als `25`, `50` und `100` " +"angezeigt wird, ein. Klicken Sie dann entweder auf :guilabel:`Speichern & " +"Schließen` oder :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgstr "" +"Neue Mathekompetenzen und -level mit dem Formular für Kompetenzarten " +"hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "Reiter „Arbeitsinformationen“" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " +"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " +"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " +"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " +"information for the new employee." +msgstr "" +"Im Reiter :guilabel:`Arbeitsinformationen` werden die spezifischen " +"arbeitsbezogenen Informationen des Mitarbeiters aufgelistet. Hier werden der" +" Arbeitsplan, die verschiedenen Rollen, die Genehmiger der einzelnen Anträge" +" (Abwesenheiten, Zeiterfassungen und Spesen) und die Details zum Arbeitsort " +"aufgeführt. Geben Sie die folgenden Informationen für den neuen Mitarbeiter " +"ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " +":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " +"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " +"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " +"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " +"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Standort`: Wählen Sie eine :guilabel:`Arbeitsadresse` und einen " +":guilabel:`Arbeitsort` aus dem entsprechenden Drop-down-Menü aus. Die " +"Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` öffnet das Formular des " +"ausgewählten Unternehmens in einem Fenster und ermöglicht die Bearbeitung. " +"Unter :guilabel:`Arbeitsort` sind alle spezifischen Angaben zum Standort " +"vermerkt, wie ein Stockwerk oder ein Gebäude. Wenn kein Arbeitsort notwendig" +" ist, fügen Sie den Standort in das Feld ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Genehmiger`: Verwenden Sie die Drop-down-Menüs, um die " +"Personalverantwortlichen auszuwählen, die :guilabel:`Abwesenheiten`, " +":guilabel:`Spesen` und :guilabel:`Zeiterfassungen` des Mitarbeiters " +"genehmigen. Die Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` öffnet ein " +"Formular mit den Feldern :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`E-Mail-Adresse`, " +":guilabel:`Unternehmen`, :guilabel:`Telefon` und :guilabel:`Mobil`. Diese " +"können bei Bedarf abgeändert werden. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, " +"nachdem Sie Änderungen vorgenommen haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " +":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " +"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbeitsplan`: Wählen Sie die :guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden` und " +":guilabel:`Zeitzone` (beide erforderlich) für den Mitarbeiter. Die " +"Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` öffnet eine detaillierte " +"Übersicht der spezifischen täglichen Arbeitsstunden. Arbeitsstunden können " +"hier bearbeitet oder gelöscht werden. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`," +" um jegliche Änderungen zu speichern." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " +"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " +"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " +"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" +" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " +"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " +"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Planung`: Der Abschnitt :guilabel:`Planung` betrifft die App " +"*Planung* und wird nur angezeigt, wenn die *Planungsapp* installiert ist. " +"Klicken Sie im Drop-down-Menü auf eine Planungsrolle, um eine Rolle für die " +"Felder :guilabel:`Standardrolle` und :guilabel:`Rollen` hinzuzufügen. Es " +"gibt keine Begrenzung für die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Rollen`, die für einen " +"Mitarbeiter ausgewählt werden können, aber es kann nur eine " +":guilabel:`Standardrolle` geben. Die Standardrolle ist die *typische* Rolle," +" die der Mitarbeiter ausübt, während die :guilabel:`Rollen` *alle* " +"spezifischen Rollen sind, die der Mitarbeiter ausführen kann." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" +"Hinzufügen der Arbeitsinformationen im Reiter für Arbeitsinformationen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " +"section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " +"resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +"employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." +msgstr "" +"Die Benutzer, die im Drop-down-Menü für den Bereich :guilabel:`Bewerber` " +"erscheinen, müssen über *Administrator*-Rechte für die entsprechende " +"Personalrolle verfügen. Um zu überprüfen, wer diese Rechte hat, gehen Sie zu" +" :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Benutzer --> Benutzer verwalten`. Klicken" +" Sie auf einen Mitarbeiter und überprüfen Sie im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Zugriffsrechte` den Abschnitt :guilabel:`Personalwesen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " +"or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." +msgstr "" +"Damit der Benutzer als Genehmiger für :guilabel:`Spesenabrechnung` " +"erscheint, muss er entweder :guilabel:`Teamgenehmiger`, :guilabel:`Alle " +"Genehmiger` oder :guilabel:`Administrator` für die Rolle " +":guilabel:`Spesenabrechnung` eingestellt haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " +"for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." +msgstr "" +"Damit der Benutzer als Genehmiger für :guilabel:`Abwesenheiten` erscheint, " +"muss er entweder :guilabel:`Sachbearbeiter` oder :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"für die Rolle :guilabel:`Abwesenheiten` eingestellt haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." +msgstr "" +"Damit der Benutzer als Genehmiger für :guilabel:`Zeiterfassung` erscheint, " +"muss er entweder :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Sachbearbeiter` oder " +":guilabel:`Administrator` für die Rolle :guilabel:`Personalabrechnung` " +"eingestellt haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden` beziehen sich auf die Arbeitszeiten eines " +"Unternehmens und ein Mitarbeiter kann keine Arbeitsstunden haben, die " +"außerhalb der Arbeitszeiten eines Unternehmens liegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" +"Jede einzelne Arbeitszeit ist unternehmensspezifisch, sodass bei Datenbanken" +" mit mehreren Unternehmen jedes Unternehmen seine eigenen Arbeitszeiten " +"festlegen muss." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Arbeitsstunden eines Mitarbeiters nicht als Arbeitszeiten für das " +"Unternehmen konfiguriert sind, können neue Arbeitszeiten hinzugefügt oder " +"bestehende Arbeitszeiten geändert werden. Um eine Arbeitszeit hinzuzufügen " +"oder zu ändern, gehen Sie zur :menuselection:`Personalabrechnungsapp --> " +"Konfiguration --> Arbeitszeiten`, und fügen Sie eine neue Arbeitszeit hinzu " +"oder bearbeiten Sie eine bestehende." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem die neue Arbeitszeit erstellt wurde, legen Sie die Arbeitsstunden " +"für den Mitarbeiter fest." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "Reiter „Private Informationen“" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:224 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" +"Im Reiter :guilabel:`Private Informationen` sind keine Angaben erforderlich." +" Einige Angaben in diesem Bereich können jedoch für die Lohnbuchhaltung des " +"Unternehmens von entscheidender Bedeutung sein. Um die Gehaltsabrechnungen " +"ordnungsgemäß zu bearbeiten und sicherzustellen, dass alle Abzüge " +"berücksichtigt werden, sollten die persönlichen Daten des Mitarbeiters " +"eingegeben werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" +"Hier werden die folgenden Angaben gemacht: :guilabel:`Privater Kontakt`, " +":guilabel:`Familienstand`, :guilabel:`Notfall`, :guilabel:`Ausbildung`, " +":guilabel:`Staatsangehörigkeit`, :guilabel:`Zu Lasten` und " +":guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnis`. Die Eingabe von Feldern erfolgt entweder über " +"ein Drop-down-Menü, durch Anklicken eines Kontrollkästchens oder durch " +"Eingabe der Informationen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " +"employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " +"information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Privater Kontakt`: Geben Sie die private :guilabel:`Adresse` für " +"den Mitarbeiter ein. Die Auswahl kann mit einem Drop-down-Menü durchgeführt " +"werden. Wenn die Informationen nicht verfügbar sind, geben Sie den Namen für" +" die neue Adresse ein. Um die neue Adresse zu bearbeiten, klicken Sie auf " +"die Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links`, um das Adressformular zu " +"öffnen. Geben Sie im Adressformular die erforderlichen Details ein und " +"klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Einige andere Informationen im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Privater Kontakt` werden" +" möglicherweise automatisch ausgefüllt, wenn die Adresse bereits im Drop-" +"down-Menü aufgeführt ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " +"number in the corresponding fields." +msgstr "" +"Als nächstes geben Sie die :guilabel:`E-Mail`-Adresse und die " +":guilabel:`Telefonnummer` des Mitarbeiters in die entsprechenden Felder ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die bevorzugte :guilabel:`Sprache` des Mitarbeiters aus dem Drop-" +"down-Menü." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " +"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " +"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie über das Drop-down-Menü die :guilabel:`Bankkontonummer` des " +"Mitarbeiters ein. Wenn die Bank noch nicht konfiguriert ist (die typische " +"Situation beim Anlegen eines neuen Mitarbeiters), geben Sie die " +"Bankkontonummer ein und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen und " +"Bearbeiten`. Ein Fenster :guilabel:`Erstellen: Bankverbindung` erscheint. " +"Geben Sie die Informationen ein und klicken Sie dann auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " +"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie schließlich die :guilabel:`Distanz des Arbeitsweges` in das Feld " +"ein. Dieses Feld ist nur erforderlich, wenn der Mitarbeiter eine Art von " +"Pendlerpauschale erhält." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Familienstand`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü zwischen " +":guilabel:`Ledig`, :guilabel:`Verheiratet`, :guilabel:`Eheähnliche " +"Gemeinschaft`, :guilabel:`Verwitwet` oder :guilabel:`Geschieden`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " +"emergency contact." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notfall`: Geben Sie den Namen und die Telefonnummer des " +"Notfallkontakts des Mitarbeiters ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ausbildung`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü des " +":guilabel:`Zertifikatslevels` den höchsten Bildungsabschluss des " +"Mitarbeiters aus. Zu den Optionen gehören :guilabel:`Schulabschluss`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, :guilabel:`Doktor` oder " +":guilabel:`Andere`. Geben Sie den :guilabel:`Studienbereich` und den Namen " +"der :guilabel:`Schule` in die entsprechenden Felder ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Staatsangehörigkeit`: In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie alle " +"relevanten Informationen zur Staatsangehörigkeit des Mitarbeiters. Einige " +"Auswahlen verwenden ein Drop-down-Menü, so auch die Abschnitte " +":guilabel:`Nationalität (Land)`, :guilabel:`Geschlecht` und " +":guilabel:`Geburtsland`. Das :guilabel:`Geburtsdatum` verwendet ein " +"Kalendermodul zur Auswahl des Datums. Klicken Sie zunächst auf den Namen des" +" Monats und dann auf das Jahr, um auf die Jahresbereiche zuzugreifen. " +"Verwenden Sie die Pfeilsymbole :guilabel:`< (links)` und :guilabel:`> " +"(rechts)`, navigieren Sie zum richtigen Jahresbereich und klicken Sie auf " +"das Jahr. Als nächstes klicken Sie auf den Monat. Zuletzt klicken Sie auf " +"den Tag, um das Datum auszuwählen. Geben Sie die Informationen für die " +"Felder :guilabel:`Identifikationsnummer`, :guilabel:`Ausweis-Nr.` und " +":guilabel:`Geburtsort` ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " +":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zu Lasten`: Wenn der Mitarbeiter Kinder hat, geben Sie die " +":guilabel:`Anzahl der Kinder` in das Feld ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " +"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " +"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " +"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" +" :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnis`: Wenn der Mitarbeiter eine Arbeitserlaubnis " +"hat, geben Sie die Informationen in diesem Abschnitt ein. Geben Sie die " +":guilabel:`Visum-Nr.` und/oder :guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnisnr.` in die " +"entsprechenden Felder ein. Wählen Sie mithilfe des Kalendermoduls das " +":guilabel:`Ablaufdatum des Visums` und/oder das :guilabel:`Ablaufdatum der " +"Arbeitserlaubnis`, um das/die Ablaufdatum(e) einzugeben. Falls vorhanden, " +"laden Sie eine digitale Kopie des Arbeitserlaubnisbelegs hoch. Klicken Sie " +"auf :guilabel:`Ihre Datei hochladen`, navigieren Sie im Datei-Explorer zu " +"der Arbeitserlaubnisdatei und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Öffnen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" +"Hinzufügen der privaten Informationen im Reiter für Private Informationen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:288 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "Reiter „HR-Einstellungen“" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Reiter enthält verschiedene Felder für verschiedene Informationen, je" +" nachdem, in welchem Land das Unternehmen ansässig ist. Für die " +"verschiedenen Standorte sind unterschiedliche Felder konfiguriert, einige " +"Abschnitte erscheinen jedoch unabhängig davon." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " +"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Mitarbeitertyp` und, falls " +"nötig, einen :ref:`Verknüpften Benutzer ` über die " +"Drop-down-Menüs aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " +":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Personalabrechnung`: Wählen Sie den :guilabel:`aktuellen Vertrag`" +" und die :guilabel:`Stelle` aus den Drop-down-Menüs aus. Falls zutreffend, " +"geben Sie in diesem Abschnitt die :guilabel:`Registrernummer` ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" +" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " +"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vorheriger Arbeitgeber`: Dieser Abschnitt erscheint nur für " +"belgische Unternehmen und ist für andere Standorte nicht sichtbar. Dies sind" +" die Tage, die dem neuen Mitarbeiter ausgezahlt werden. Geben Sie ein " +"beliebiges :guilabel:`Zurückzuzahlendes einfaches Urlaubsgeld`, " +":guilabel:`Anzahl der zurückzuzahlenden Tage` und :guilabel:`Zurückgezahltes" +" einfaches Urlaubsgeld` von einem früheren Arbeitgeber ein, sowohl für die " +"Kategorien N als auch N-1." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" +" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " +":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vorherige Beschäftgungen`: Dieser Abschnitt erscheint nur für " +"belgische Unternehmen und ist für andere Standorte nicht sichtbar. Klicken " +"Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, um Informationen für jede frühere " +"Beschäftigung einzugeben. Geben Sie die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Monate`, den " +":guilabel:`Betrag` und den :guilabel:`Beschäftigungsquote` in die " +"entsprechenden Felder ein. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(Papierkorb)`, um eine Zeile zu löschen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " +"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." +" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " +"badge ID." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anwesenheit/Kassensystem`: Die :guilabel:`Ausweis-ID` und ein " +":guilabel:`PIN-Code` können hier für den Mitarbeiter eingegeben werden, wenn" +" der Mitarbeiter eine/n benötigt/besitzt. Klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Generieren` neben der :guilabel:`Ausweis-ID`, um die Ausweis-ID " +"zu erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " +"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " +"center " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" +" value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anwendungseinstellungen`: Falls zutreffend, geben Sie die Nummer " +"der :guilabel:`Fuhrpark Mobility Card` ein. Geben Sie die Kosten des " +"Mitarbeiters pro Stunde im Format XX,XX € ein. Dies wird berücksichtigt, " +"wenn der Mitarbeiter an einem :doc:`Arbeitsplatz " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>` " +"arbeitet. Dieser Wert wirkt sich auf die Herstellungskosten für ein Produkt " +"aus, wenn der Wert des hergestellten Produkts kein fester Betrag ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Alle Informationen eingeben, die auf dem Reiter für HR-Einstellungen für den" +" Mitarbeiter abgefragt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " +"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " +"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." +msgstr "" +"Mitarbeiter müssen nicht auch Benutzer sein. Ein Mitarbeiter zählt **nicht**" +" für die Abrechnung, während *Benutzer* **für die Abrechnung zählen**. Wenn " +"der neue Mitarbeiter auch ein Benutzer sein soll, muss der Benutzer erstellt" +" werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:327 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " +"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," +" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," +" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie in das Feld :guilabel:`Verknüpfter Benutzer` den Namen des " +"hinzuzufügenden Benutzers ein und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Erstellen " +"und Bearbeiten ...`. Ein :guilabel:`Erstellen: Verknüpfter Benutzer` " +"erscheint. Geben Sie den :guilabel:`Name`, die :guilabel:`E-Mail-Adresse` " +"ein und wählen Sie dann das :guilabel:`Unternehmen` aus dem Dropdown-Menü. " +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, nachdem Sie die Informationen " +"eingegeben haben. Sobald der Datensatz gespeichert ist, erscheint der neue " +"Benutzer im Feld :guilabel:`Verknüpfter Benutzer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "Dokumente" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." +" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " +"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " +"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents " +"smart-button." +msgstr "" +"Alle hochgeladenen Dokumente, die mit dem Mitarbeiter verbunden sind, " +"erscheinen auf der intellifenten Schaltfläche „Dokumente“." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Fuhrpark" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Einstellungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "Benachrichtigung bei Vertragsende" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Hersteller" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "Fahrzeugmodelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modell" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Gehalt" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Maschine" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Modellkategorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Steuern" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Vertrag" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Dienstleistungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Listenansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "Grafikansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "Pivot-Ansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Personalabrechnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Persomalabrechnung* wird verwendet, um Arbeitseinträge zu verarbeiten " +"und Gehaltsabrechnungen für Mitarbeiter zu erstellen, sowohl für reguläre " +"Gehälter als auch für Provisionen. Die Personalabrechnung arbeitet mit " +"anderen Odoo-Apps wie *Mitarbeiter*, *Zeiterfassung*, *Abwesenheiten* und " +"*Anwesenheiten* zusammen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" +"Die *Personalabrechnungsapp* stellt sicher, dass es bei der Validierung von " +"Arbeitseinträgen keine Probleme oder Konflikte gibt. Sie kümmert sich um " +"länderspezifische Lokalisierungen, um sicherzustellen, dass die " +"Gehaltsabrechnungen den lokalen Vorschriften und Steuern entsprechen, und " +"ermöglicht die Zuweisung von Gehältern. Die Konfiguration der " +"Personalabrechnung ist entscheidend für eine genaue und rechtzeitige " +"Verarbeitung der Gehaltsabrechnungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" +"Um auf die *Einstellungen* zuzugreifen, gehen Sie auf " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. " +"Hier können Sie festlegen, ob die Gehaltsabrechnungen in der Buchhaltung " +"gebucht werden sollen und ob SEPA-Zahlungen erstellt werden sollen oder " +"nicht." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" +"Auf dem Bildschirm :guilabel:`Einstellungen` werden die " +"Lokalisierungseinstellungen konfiguriert. *Lokalisierungen* sind " +"länderspezifische Einstellungen, die bei der Erstellung der Datenbank in " +"Odoo vorkonfiguriert werden und alle Steuern, Gebühren und Zuschläge für das" +" jeweilige Land berücksichtigen. Der Abschnitt :guilabel:`Lokalisierung` der" +" :guilabel:`Einstellungen` enthält eine detaillierte Übersicht über alle " +"Leistungen, die den Mitarbeitern gewährt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "Für Personalabrechnung verfügbare Einstellungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" +"Alle länderspezifischen Lokalisierungen werden im Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Lokalisierung` des Bildschirms :guilabel:`Einstellungen` " +"eingerichtet. Alle Lokalisierungspunkte werden vorausgefüllt, wenn das Land " +"bei der Erstellung der Datenbank angegeben wird. Es wird nicht empfohlen, " +"die Lokalisierungseinstellungen zu ändern, wenn dies nicht absolut notwendig" +" ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "Arbeitseinträge" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" +"Ein *Arbeitseintrag* ist ein einzelner Datensatz auf dem " +"Zeiterfasssungsbogen eines Mitarbeiters. Arbeitseinträge können so " +"konfiguriert werden, dass sie alle Arten von Arbeit und Abwesenheit " +"berücksichtigen, z. B. :guilabel:`Anwesenheit`, :guilabel:`Krankheit`, " +":guilabel:`Schulung` oder :guilabel:`Gesetzlicher Feiertag`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:47 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "Arbeitseintragsarten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen Arbeitseintrag in der *Personalabrechnungsapp* erstellen oder" +" wenn ein Mitarbeiter Informationen in der *Zeiterfassungsapp* eingibt, muss" +" eine :guilabel:`Arbeitseintragsart` ausgewählt werden. Die Liste der " +":guilabel:`Arbeitseintragsarten` wird automatisch anhand der in der " +"Datenbank festgelegten Lokalisierungseinstellungen erstellt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" +"Um die aktuell verfügbaren Arbeitseintragsarten anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> " +"Arbeitseintragsarten`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" +"Jede Arbeitseintragsart hat einen Code, der die Erstellung von " +"Gehaltsabrechnungen erleichtert und sicherstellt, dass alle Steuern und " +"Gebühren korrekt eingegeben werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "Liste aller derzeit verfügbaren Arbeitseintragsarten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "Neue Arbeitseintragsart" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" +"Um eine neue Arbeitseintragsart zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu` und füllen dann die Felder aus:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Name der Arbeitseintragsart`: Der Name sollte kurz und " +"aussagekräftig sein, z. B. `Krankheit` oder `Gesetzlicher Feiertag`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Dieser Code erscheint zusammen mit der Arbeitseintragsart " +"auf Zeiterfassungen und Gehaltsabrechnungen. Da der Code in Verbindung mit " +"der *Buchhaltungsapp* verwendet wird, sollten Sie sich bei der Buchhaltung " +"erkundigen, welchen Code Sie verwenden müssen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DMFA Code`: This code is used to identify DMFA entries on a " +"corresponding DMFA report, and is for Belgian-based companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rundung`: Die Rundungsmethode bestimmt, wie die " +"Zeiterfassungseinträge auf der Gehaltsabrechnung angezeigt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Keine Rundung`: Ein Zeiterfassungseintrag wird nicht geändert." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Halber Tag`: Ein Zeiterfassungseintrag wird auf den nächsten " +"halben Tag gerundet." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tag`: Ein Zeiterfassungseintrag wird auf den nächsten vollen Tag " +"gerundet." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Arbeitszeit auf einen 8-Stunden-Arbeitstag (40-Stunden-Woche) " +"festgelegt ist und ein Mitarbeiter eine Zeit von 5,5 Stunden auf einem " +"Zeiterfassungsbogen eingibt und :guilabel:`Rundung` auf :guilabel:`Keine " +"Rundung` gesetzt ist, bleibt der Eintrag bei 5,5 Stunden. Wenn " +":guilabel:`Rundung` auf :guilabel:`Halber Tag` eingestellt ist, wird der " +"Eintrag auf 4 Stunden geändert. Wenn :guilabel:`Tag` eingestellt ist, wird " +"er auf 8 Stunden geändert." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for unpaid " +"work, specify which pay structure the work entry can apply to from the drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list apply to the work entry, check " +"off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "Formular für neue Arbeitseintragsart." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "Arbeitszeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" +"Um die aktuell konfigurierten Arbeitszeiten anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Arbeitszeiten`. Die" +" Arbeitszeiten, die für die Verträge und Arbeitseinträge eines Mitarbeiters " +"verfügbar sind, finden Sie in dieser Liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" +"Arbeitszeiten sind unternehmensspezifisch. Jedes Unternehmen muss jede Art " +"von Arbeitszeit angeben, die es verwendet. Eine Odoo-Datenbank mit mehreren " +"Unternehmen, die eine 40-Stunden-Woche verwenden, muss beispielsweise für " +"jedes Unternehmen, das die 40-Stunden-Woche verwendet, einen eigenen " +"Arbeitszeiteintrag haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "Alle derzeit in der Datenbank eingerichteten Arbeitszeiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "Neue Arbeitszeit" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" +"Um eine neue Arbeitszeit zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Neu`. Geben Sie die Informationen in das Formular ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "Formular für neue Arbeitsart." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" +"Die Felder werden für eine normale 40-Stunden-Woche automatisch ausgefüllt, " +"können aber geändert werden. Ändern Sie zunächst den Namen der Arbeitszeit, " +"indem Sie den Text im Feld :guilabel:`Name` ändern. Als nächstes nehmen Sie " +"die Anpassungen an den Tagen und Uhrzeiten vor, die für die neue Arbeitszeit" +" gelten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" +"Im Reiter :guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden` ändern Sie die Auswahlen " +":guilabel:`Wochentag`, :guilabel:`Tageszeitraum` und " +":guilabel:`Arbeitseintragsart`, indem Sie auf die Drop-down-Menüs in jeder " +"Spalte klicken und die gewünschte Auswahl treffen. Die Spalten " +":guilabel:`Arbeitszeit von` und :guilabel:`Arbeitszeit bis` werden durch " +"Eingabe der Uhrzeit geändert." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" +"Die Zeiten :guilabel:`Arbeitszeit von` und :guilabel:`Arbeitszeit bis` " +"müssen im 24-Stunden-Format angegeben werden. Zum Beispiel würde `2:00 " +"nachmittags` als `14:00` eingegeben werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Arbeitszeit in einer zweiwöchigen Konfiguration sein soll, klicken " +"Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Wechsel zum 2-Wochen-Kalender`. Dadurch " +"werden Einträge für eine :guilabel:`Gerade Woche` und eine " +":guilabel:`Ungerade Woche` erstellt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "Strukturtypen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" +"In Odoo basiert die Gehaltsabrechnung eines Mitarbeiters auf *Strukturen* " +"und *Strukturtypen*, die sich beide darauf auswirken, wie ein Mitarbeiter " +"Zeiterfassungen eingibt. Jeder Strukturtyp ist ein individueller Satz von " +"Regeln für die Verarbeitung einer Zeiterfassung, die aus verschiedenen darin" +" verschachtelten Strukturen besteht. Strukturtypen legen fest, wie oft ein " +"Mitarbeiter bezahlt wird, wie viele Stunden er arbeitet und ob der Lohn auf " +"einem Gehalt basiert (fest) oder wie viele Stunden der Mitarbeiter " +"gearbeitet hat (variabel)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" +"Ein Strukturtyp könnte z. B. `Mitarbeiter` sein, und dieser Strukturtyp " +"könnte zwei verschiedene Strukturen enthalten: eine Struktur für `Reguläres " +"Gehalt`, die alle separaten Regeln für die Verarbeitung des regulären " +"Gehalts enthält, sowie eine Struktur für einen `Jahresendbonus`, die nur die" +" Regeln für den Jahresendbonus enthält. Sowohl die Struktur für `Reguläres " +"Gehalt` als auch die Struktur für `Jahresendbonus` sind Strukturen innerhalb" +" des Strukturtyps `Mitarbeiter`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" +"Die verschiedenen Strukturtypen können Sie unter " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Strukturtypen` " +"einsehen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" +"In Odoo sind zwei Standard-Strukturtypen konfiguriert: *Mitarbeiter* und " +"*Arbeiter*. In der Regel wird *Mitarbeiter* für Angestellte verwendet, " +"weshalb die Lohnart *Monatliches Festgehalt* lautet, und *Arbeiter* wird in " +"der Regel für Mitarbeiter verwendet, die nach Stunden bezahlt werden, " +"weshalb die Lohnart *Stundenlohn* lautet." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "Liste aller Strukturtypen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`, um einen neuen Strukturtyp" +" zu erstellen. Die meisten Felder sind bereits vorausgefüllt, aber alle " +"Felder können bearbeitet werden. Sobald Sie die Felder bearbeitet haben, " +"klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu" +" speichern, oder auf :guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um den Eintrag zu löschen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "Kästchen für neuen Strukturtyp." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "Strukturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" +"*Gehaltsstrukturen* sind die verschiedenen Arten, wie ein Mitarbeiter " +"innerhalb einer bestimmten *Struktur* bezahlt wird, und werden durch " +"verschiedene Regeln definiert." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" +"Die Anzahl der Strukturen, die ein Unternehmen für jeden Strukturtyp " +"benötigt, hängt davon ab, wie viele verschiedene Arten der Bezahlung an " +"Mitarbeiter es gibt und wie die Bezahlung berechnet wird. Eine gängige " +"Struktur, deren Hinzufügung nützlich sein könnte, ist zum Beispiel ein " +"`Bonus`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" +"Um die verschiedenen Strukturen für jeden Strukturtyp anzuzeigen, gehen Sie " +"zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Strukturen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Gehaltsstrukturen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" +"Jeder :ref:`Strukturtyp ` listet die verschiedenen " +"damit verbundenen Strukturen auf. Jede Struktur enthält eine Reihe von " +"Regeln, die sie definieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf eine Struktur, um deren :guilabel:`Gehaltsregeln` " +"anzuzeigen. Anhand dieser Regeln wird die Gehaltsabrechnung für den " +"Mitarbeiter berechnet." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "Details für Gehaltsstruktur für Reguläre Bezahlung." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regeln" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" +"Jede Struktur verfügt über eine Reihe von *Gehaltsregeln*, die für " +"Buchhaltungszwecke zu befolgen sind. Diese Regeln werden durch die " +"Lokalisierung konfiguriert und wirken sich auf die *Buchhaltungsapp* aus, " +"sodass Änderungen an den Standardregeln oder die Erstellung neuer Regeln nur" +" bei Bedarf vorgenommen werden sollten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" +"Um alle Regeln anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zur " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnungsapp --> Konfiguration --> Regeln`. " +"Klicken Sie auf eine Struktur (z. B. :guilabel:`Reguläres Gehalt`), um alle " +"Regeln zu sehen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "Regeln für jeden Gehaltsstrukturtyp." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Um eine neue Regel zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`. Ein " +"Formular für eine neue Regel wird angezeigt. Geben Sie die Informationen in " +"die Felder ein und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "Eingabe der Informationen für die neue Regel." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "Die erforderlichen Felder für eine Regel sind:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie einen Namen für die Regel ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kategorie`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü eine Kategorie aus," +" für die die Regel gelten soll, oder geben Sie eine neue Kategorie ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Geben Sie einen Code ein, der für diese neue Regel " +"verwendet werden soll. Es wird empfohlen, den Code mit der " +"Buchhaltungsabteilung abzustimmen, da er sich auf diese auswirken wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gehaltsstruktur`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü eine " +"Gehaltsstruktur aus, für die die Regel gelten soll, oder geben Sie eine neue" +" ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bedingung basiert auf`: Im Reiter :guilabel:`Allgemein` wählen " +"Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus, ob die Regel :guilabel:`Immer wahr` (gilt " +"immer), ein :guilabel:`Bereich` (gilt für einen bestimmten Bereich, der " +"unterhalb der Auswahl eingegeben wird) oder ein :guilabel:`Python-Ausdruck` " +"(der Code wird unterhalb der Auswahl eingegeben) ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Betragsart`: Wählen Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Allgemein` aus dem " +"Drop-down-Menü aus, ob es sich um einen :guilabel:`Festen Betrag`, einen " +":guilabel:`Prozentsatz (%)` oder einen :guilabel:`Python-Code` handelt. Je " +"nachdem, was ausgewählt wurde, muss als nächstes der feste Betrag, der " +"Prozentsatz oder der Python-Code eingegeben werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "Regelparameter" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"Derzeit befindet sich die Funktion :guilabel:`Regelparameter` im Menü " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration` noch in der " +"Entwicklung und dient nur einem speziellen Anwendungsfall für belgische " +"Märkte. Die Dokumentation wird aktualisiert, wenn dieser Bereich für weitere" +" Märkte ausgereift ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "Andere Eingabetypen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:262 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" +"Bei der Erstellung von Lohn- und Gehaltsabrechnungen ist es manchmal " +"notwendig, andere Eingaben für bestimmte Umstände, wie Ausgaben, " +"Erstattungen oder Abzüge, hinzuzufügen. Diese anderen Eingaben können unter " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Andere " +"Eingabetypen` konfiguriert werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "Andere Eingabetypen für Personalabrechnung." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. If the input " +"type applies to all structures, leave the :guilabel:`Availability in " +"Structure` field blank. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "Einen neuen Eingabetyp erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "Gehaltspaket-Konfigurator" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" +"Die verschiedenen Optionen unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Gehaltspaket-" +"Konfigurator` des Menüs :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " +"Konfiguration` wirken sich alle auf das potenzielle Gehalt eines " +"Mitarbeiters aus. Diese Abschnitte (:guilabel:`Vorteile`, " +":guilabel:`Persönliche Informationen` und :guilabel:`Lebenslauf`) legen " +"fest, welche Leistungen einem Mitarbeiter in seinem Gehaltspaket angeboten " +"werden können." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" +"Je nachdem, welche Informationen ein Mitarbeiter eingibt (z. B. Abzüge, " +"Personen zu Lasten usw.), wird sein Gehalt entsprechend angepasst. Wenn sich" +" ein Bewerber auf der Unternehmenswebsite um eine Stelle bewirbt, wirken " +"sich die Abschnitte unter :guilabel:`Gehaltspaket-Konfigurator` direkt " +"darauf aus, was der Bewerber sieht und was bei der Eingabe von Informationen" +" ausgefüllt wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:294 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "Vorteile" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie potenziellen Mitarbeitern eine Stelle anbieten, können Sie in Odoo " +"zusätzlich zum Gehalt bestimmte *Vorteile* festlegen, um das Angebot " +"attraktiver zu gestalten (z. B. zusätzliche Urlaubstage, Firmenwagen, " +"Kostenerstattung für Telefon oder Internet usw.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" +"Um die Vorteile zu sehen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung " +"--> Konfiguration --> Vorteile`. Die Vorteile sind nach " +":guilabel:`Strukturtyp` gruppiert." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "Für Personalabrechnung verfügbare Einstellungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"Um einen neuen Vorteil zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Neu`. Geben Sie die Informationen in die Felder ein und klicken " +"Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu " +"speichern, oder klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um den Eintrag zu " +"löschen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "Liste der Vorteile, die Mitarbeiter haben können." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "Die erforderlichen Felder für einen Vorteil sind:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie einen Namen für den Vorteil ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vorteilsfeld`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus, in welchem " +"Feld der Gehaltsabrechnung dieser Vorteil erscheint." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vorteilstyp`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus, um welche " +"Art von Vorteil es sich handelt. Wählen Sie aus :guilabel:`Monatliche " +"Sachleistung`, :guilabel:`Monatsvorteile in Netto`, " +":guilabel:`Monatsvorteile in Bargeld` oder :guilabel:`Jahresvorteile in " +"Bargeld`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Art der Gehaltsstruktur`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus, " +"für welche Gehaltsstrukturart dieser Vorteil gilt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "Persönliche Informationen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" +"Jeder Mitarbeiter in Odoo hat eine *Mitarbeiterkarte*, die alle persönlichen" +" Informationen, den Lebenslauf, Arbeitsinformationen und Dokumente enthält. " +"Um die Karte eines Mitarbeiters einzusehen, gehen Sie zum Hauptdashboard der" +" :menuselection:`Personalabrechnungsapp` und klicken Sie auf die Karte des " +"Mitarbeiters, oder gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " +"Mitarbeiter --> Mitarbeiter` und klicken Sie auf die Karte des Mitarbeiters." +" Die Mitarbeiterkarten können auch über die :menuselection:`Mitarbeiter`-App" +" eingesehen werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" +"Eine Mitarbeiterkarte kann als eine Art Personalakte betrachtet werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" +"Im Abschnitt *Persönliche Informationen* sind alle Felder aufgelistet, die " +"auf der Karte des Mitarbeiters eingegeben werden können. Um auf diesen " +"Abschnitt zuzugreifen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " +"Konfiguration --> Persönliche Informationen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" +"Persönliche Informationen eingeben, die auf Mitarbeiterkarten erscheinen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" +"Um einen Eintrag zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie ihn in der Liste aus. Klicken Sie" +" dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und ändern Sie den " +"Eintrag. Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern` oder " +":guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um die Informationen zu speichern oder die Änderungen" +" zu verwerfen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "Neuer Eintrag für persönliche Informationen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" +"Die beiden wichtigsten Felder im Formular für persönliche Informationen sind" +" :guilabel:`Ist erforderlich` und :guilabel:`Anzeigetyp`. Wenn Sie das " +"Kästchen :guilabel:`Ist erforderlich` ankreuzen, wird das Feld auf der Karte" +" des Mitarbeiters obligatorisch." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" +"Das Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Anzeigetyp` ermöglicht die Eingabe von " +"Informationen auf verschiedene Arten, aus einem :guilabel:`Text`-Kästchen " +"über eine anpassbare :guilabel:`Radio`-Schaltfläche bis hin zu einem " +":guilabel:`Kontrollkästchen`, einem :guilabel:`Dokument` und mehr." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die Informationen eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um den Eintrag zu speichern." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "Zusammenfassung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"Derzeit befindet sich die Funktion :guilabel:`Lebenslauf` im Menü " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration` noch in der " +"Entwicklung und dient nur einem speziellen Anwendungsfall für belgische " +"Märkte. Die Dokumentation wird aktualisiert, wenn dieser Bereich für weitere" +" Märkte ausgereift ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Verträge" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" +" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " +"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgstr "" +"Jeder Mitarbeiter in Odoo muss einen Vertrag haben, damit er bezahlt werden " +"kann. In einem Vertrag werden die Bedingungen für die Position eines " +"Mitarbeiters, seine Vergütung, seine Arbeitszeiten und alle anderen Details " +"zu seiner Position festgelegt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " +"application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " +"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" +" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " +"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " +"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." +" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" +"Um die Arbeitsverträge einzusehen, gehen Sie im oberen Menü zu " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Mitarbeiter --> Verträge`. Alle " +"Arbeitsverträge und ihr aktueller Vertragsstatus werden in einer Standard-" +"Kanban-Ansicht angezeigt. In der Standardansicht werden sowohl laufende " +"Verträge als auch Verträge, die bearbeitet werden müssen, angezeigt. " +"Abgelaufene und gekündigte Verträge werden in der Standardansicht " +"ausgeblendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Ansicht des Vertragsdashboard mit laufenden Verträgen und Verträgen mit " +"Problemen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " +"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " +"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " +"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " +"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " +"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgstr "" +"Die Liste der Verträge in der *Personalabrechnungsapp* entspricht der Liste " +"der Verträge in der *Mitarbeiterapp*. Die Standardansicht der Verträge in " +"der *Personalabrechnungsapp* zeigt laufende Verträge und Verträge, die " +"bearbeitet werden müssen, während die Standardansicht der Verträge in der " +"*Mitarbeiterapp* alle Verträge in einer Kanban-Ansicht anzeigt, geordnet " +"nach ihrem Stadium und unabhängig vom Status. Sie können alle Verträge " +"anzeigen lassen, indem Sie die Filter ändern." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new contract" +msgstr "Einen neuen Vertrag erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " +"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" +" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " +"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" +"Damit ein Mitarbeiter bezahlt werden kann, ist ein aktiver Vertrag " +"erforderlich. Wenn Sie einen neuen Vertrag benötigen, klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Erstellen` auf dem Vertragsdashboard. Es erscheint " +"ein Vertragsformular, in das Sie die Informationen eingeben können. " +"Erforderliche Felder sind fett unterstrichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +msgstr "" +"Neues Vertragsformular, das bei der Erstellung eines neuen Vertrags " +"ausgefüllt werden muss." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kontaktreferenz`: Geben Sie den Namen oder Titel des Vertrags " +"ein, z. B. `Vertrag von John Smith`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " +"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " +"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " +"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " +"the company details." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Wählen Sie das Unternehmen, für das der Vertrag " +"gilt, indem Sie auf das Drop-down-Menü klicken. Ein neues Unternehmen können" +" Sie erstellen, indem Sie den Namen in das Feld eingeben und dann entweder " +"auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` klicken, um das neue Unternehmen zu erstellen, " +"oder auf :guilabel:`Erstellen und Bearbeiten`, um das neue Unternehmen zu " +"erstellen und die Unternehmensdetails zu bearbeiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " +"be created by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gehaltsstrukturtyp`: Wählen Sie einen der Gehaltsstrukturtypen " +"aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus. Die Standard-Gehaltsstrukturen sind " +":guilabel:`Mitarbeiter` oder :guilabel:`Arbeiter`. Sie können einen neuen " +"Gehaltsstrukturtyp erstellen, indem Sie den Namen in das Feld eingeben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " +"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " +"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " +":guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Startdatum`: Das Datum, an dem der Vertrag beginnt. Wählen Sie " +"ein Datum, indem Sie auf das Drop-down-Menü klicken, mit den Symbolen " +":guilabel:`< > (Pfeil)` zum richtigen Monat und Jahr navigieren und dann auf" +" das :guilabel:`Datum` klicken." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbeitsplan`: Wählen Sie einen der Arbeitspläne aus dem Drop-" +"down-Menü." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " +"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " +"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " +"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" +" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" +"Das Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Arbeitsplan` zeigt alle Arbeitszeiten für das " +"ausgewählte :guilabel:`Unternehmen` an. Um diese Liste zu ändern oder zu " +"ergänzen, gehen Sie zu :guilabel:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> " +"Arbeitszeiten` und erstellen Sie entweder eine :guilabel:`neue` Arbeitszeit " +"an oder klicken Sie auf eine bestehende Arbeitszeit und bearbeiten Sie sie " +"durch Klicken auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mitarbeiter`: Name des Mitarbeiters, für den dieser Vertrag gilt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Abteilung`: Die Abteilung, für die dieser Vertrag gilt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stelle`: Die bestimmte Stellenbezeichnung, für die dieser Vertrag" +" gilt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " +":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vertragsart`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü zwischen " +":guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD` oder :guilabel:`PFI` aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " +"date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CDI` ist ein unbefristeter Vertrag mit nur einem Startdatum, aber" +" keinem Enddatum." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CDD` ist ein Vertrag mit einem Startdatum und einem Enddatum." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " +"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`PFI` ist ein spezifisch belgischer Vertrag, der bei der " +"Einstellung von Mitarbeitern, die eine Ausbildung benötigen, verwendet wird " +"und speziell die Ausbildungszeit abdeckt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " +"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " +"icons, then click on the date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enddatum`: Wenn der Vertrag ein bestimmtes Enddatum hat, klicken " +"Sie auf das Drop-down-Menü, navigieren Sie mit den Pfeilsymbolen zum " +"richtigen Monat und Jahr und klicken Sie dann auf das Datum." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " +"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Personalverantwortlicher`: Wenn es eine bestimmte Person in der " +"Personalabteilung gibt, die für den Vertrag verantwortlich ist, wählen Sie " +"diese Person aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " +"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kostenstelle`: Dieses Feld ermöglicht eine Verknüpfung zwischen " +"dem Vertrag und einer bestimmten Kostenstelle für Buchhaltungszwecke." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +msgid "Contract details" +msgstr "Vertragsdetailsinformationen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "" +"Der Abschnitt zu den Vertragsdetails ermöglicht das Hinzufügen und " +"Bearbeiten eines Vertrags und die Möglichkeit, den Vertrag zur Genehmigung " +"und Unterschrift an den Mitarbeiter zu senden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "Vertragsdetails im optionalen Reitern für einen neuen Vertrag." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"*Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vertragsvorlage`: Wählen Sie eine bereits existierende " +"Vertragsvorlage aus dem Drop-down-Menü. Vertragsvorlagen werden " +"normalerweise über die *Personalbeschaffungsapp* erstellt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dokumentvorlage für neuen Vertrag`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-" +"Menü einen Vertrag aus, der für diesen neuen Arbeitsvertrag geändert werden " +"soll." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dokumentenvorlage für Vertragsaktualisierung`: Wählen Sie einen " +"Vertrag aus dem Drop-down-Menü, wenn der Mitarbeiter einen bestehenden " +"Vertrag hat, der aktualisiert werden muss." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " +"employee contract can be entered for future reference." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notizen`: Das Notizfeld ist ein Textfeld, in das Sie Notizen zum " +"Vertrag des Mitarbeiters für spätere Bezugnahme eingeben können." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +msgid "Modifying a contract" +msgstr "Einen Vertrag bearbeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " +"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` am Ende jeder " +"Zeile, um die entsprechende Vertragsvorlage zu öffnen und Änderungen " +"vorzunehmen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" +" the contract as needed." +msgstr "" +"Es erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster mit allen Vertragsdetails. Ändern Sie die " +"Felder für den Vertrag nach Bedarf." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the details for the contract." +msgstr "Bearbeiten der Details für den Vertrag." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Wählen Sie mit dem Vertrag verbundende Stichwörter " +"hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " +"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbeitsbereich für unterschriebene Dokumente`: Hier werden die " +"Signaturen gespeichert. Wählen Sie einen vorkonfigurierten Arbeitsbereich " +"oder erstellen Sie einen neuen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " +"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stichwörter für unterzeichnete Dokumente`: Wählen oder erstellen " +"Sie alle Stichwörter, die nur mit dem unterzeichneten Vertrag verbunden " +"sind, im Gegensatz zu dem ursprünglichen, nichtunterzeichneten Vertrag." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " +"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " +"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Weiterleitungslink`: Geben Sie einen Weiterleitungslink ein, über" +" den der Mitarbeiter auf den Vertrag zugreifen kann. Ein Weiterleitungslink " +"führt den Benutzer von einer URL zu einer anderen, in diesem Fall zu dem neu" +" aktualisierten Vertrag, der speziell für ihn geschrieben wurde." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " +":guilabel:`On Invitation`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Wer kann unterzeichnen`: Wählen Sie entweder :guilabel:`Alle " +"Benutzer` oder :guilabel:`Auf Einladung`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alle Benutzer`: Jeder Benutzer in der Organisation kann den " +"Vertrag unterzeichnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " +"contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Auf Einladung`: Nur die in diesem Feld ausgewählten Benutzer " +"können den Vertrag unterzeichnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eingeladene Benutzer`: Wählen Sie die Person(en) aus, die das " +"Dokument unterschreiben dürfen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " +":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " +"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dokument`: Sie können das angehängte Dokument ersetzen, indem Sie" +" auf das Symbol :guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)` klicken. Es erscheint ein Pop-up-" +"Fenster, in dem Sie ein anderes Dokument zum Hochladen auswählen können. Bei" +" der Datei muss es sich um eine PDF-Datei handeln. Um das Dokument zu " +"entfernen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🗑️ (Mülleimer)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " +"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " +":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." +msgstr "" +"Sobald die Änderungen abgeschlossen sind, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Speichern`. Alle Informationen für die ausgewählte " +"Vertragsvorlage werden in die Felder auf der Registerkarte " +":guilabel:`Gehaltsinformationen` eingefügt. Zusätzliche Reiter, wie " +":guilabel:`Persönliche Dokumente`, werden gegebenenfalls angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +msgid "Salary information" +msgstr "Gehaltsinformationen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "Optionale Reiter für einen neuen Vertrag." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +msgid "" +"This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " +"is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " +"fields may vary." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Abschnitt werden die spezifischen Gehaltsangaben definiert. Dieser" +" Abschnitt ist länderspezifisch. Je nachdem, wo das Unternehmen ansässig " +"ist, können diese Felder also variieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " +"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie den Betrag in die verschiedenen Felder ein, oder kreuzen Sie ein " +"Kästchen an, um eine Leistung anzuwenden. Einige Optionen, die hier " +"eingegeben werden können, sind :guilabel:`Mahlzeitschecks`, " +":guilabel:`Tankkarte`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Bezahlter Urlaub`, " +"usw." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " +"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +msgstr "" +"Einige Felder können automatisch ausgefüllt werden, je nachdem, welche " +"Verträge Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Vertragsdetails` ausgewählt haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgstr "Gehaltspfändung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " +"are set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " +"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " +"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " +"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " +"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " +"support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " +"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " +"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" +" :guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " +"the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +msgid "Save and send the contract" +msgstr "Den Vertrag speichern und versenden" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" +" employee to be signed." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem ein Vertrag erstellt und/oder geändert wurde, speichern Sie den " +"Vertrag, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern` klicken. Als " +"nächstes muss der Vertrag zur Unterschrift an den Mitarbeiter geschickt " +"werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf eine der folgenden Schaltflächen, um den Vertrag an den " +"Mitarbeiter zu senden:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." +msgstr "Versand des Vertrags an den Mitarbeiter über eine der Schaltflächen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " +"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " +"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " +"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " +"the employee so they can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +msgid "" +"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " +"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee so they can sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " +"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " +"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " +"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " +"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " +"times, and can compute time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 +msgid "Payslips" +msgstr "Gehaltsabrechnungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, " +"and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once " +"payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by " +"check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` " +"application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All " +"Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for " +"employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission" +" payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21 +msgid "To pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the " +"payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that" +" have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual " +"payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the" +" :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of" +" the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the " +"individual payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41 +msgid "Create new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page " +"(:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips" +" --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-" +"left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the " +"necessary payslip information can be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in " +"with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by " +"**bold** lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired" +" employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other" +" fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a " +"selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the " +":guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` " +"fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form " +"in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On " +"this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater " +"than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to " +"select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this " +"process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract " +"for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the " +"selected employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure" +" type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract" +" for that specific employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the " +"payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select " +"the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, " +"enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found " +"in the *Accounting* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every " +"entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can " +"be entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the " +"entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of " +"Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what " +"was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and " +":guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " +"automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " +"clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on " +"the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the " +":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up " +"window. Then, click on the desired date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting" +" Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged " +"in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the " +"payslip is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116 +msgid "Save and process new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it " +"is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button " +"can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the " +"entry *and* compute the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, " +"and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any " +"modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the " +"desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to " +"have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and " +":guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " +"payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically " +"updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the" +" payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " +":guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which " +"the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against" +" must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top " +"of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " +"entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " +"payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make " +"Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the " +"employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0 +msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 +msgid "All payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app" +" --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch " +"(in a default list view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view" +" all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " +"details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after" +" the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears " +"on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, " +":guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time " +"to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +msgid "" +"`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details " +"can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 +msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " +"separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " +"Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" +" clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " +"reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page," +" enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new" +" payslip ` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " +"clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, " +"click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible " +"payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the " +"payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all " +"payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click " +"on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips " +"to an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " +"each payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218 +msgid "Batches" +msgstr "Stapel" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " +"created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " +":guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its " +":guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View displaying all batches created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " +"separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make" +" any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, " +"proceed to make any necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 +msgid "" +"After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`" +" button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which " +"payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242 +msgid "" +"All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees " +"section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results " +"by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the " +":guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the" +" respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or " +":guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the " +":guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the " +"pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " +"smart button to create a draft of the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say " +":guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-" +"up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +msgid "" +"On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible " +"via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. " +"Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " +"page, or back to the list of all batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280 +msgid "Create a new batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" +" (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank" +" payslip batch form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286 +msgid "" +"On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and" +" select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which" +" reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, " +"navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both " +"the start and end dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit " +"Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the " +"payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated " +"date is reflected in the accounting journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips " +"are written against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click " +"the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be " +"created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x " +"mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs " +"to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down " +"menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to " +"create the payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a " +":guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays " +"payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being " +"generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box" +" disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` " +"icon can be clicked to close the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any " +"payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate`" +" button again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to " +"the payslip batch form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the " +"payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button" +" to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the " +"proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select " +"the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter " +"the appropriate file name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, " +"or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 +msgid "Generate commission payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " +"Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To " +"generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or " +"batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in" +" which the necessary information **must** be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the commission details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " +":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " +"calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips " +"are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " +"appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " +"Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " +":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. " +"Any file type is accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, " +"select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. " +":guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while " +":guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" +" Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "Liniendiagramm" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "Balkendiagramm" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "Tortendiagramm" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "Essensschecks" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Gehaltspfändung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`, provides a " +"visual overview of the individual time sheets of every employee, with each " +"day split into a morning shift and an afternoon shift." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Work Entries dashboard view showing all employee's work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the view so that only the entries for a single day, week, or month" +" are shown, click on one of the corresponding links for :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`, located at the top of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons " +"on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Today` button to adjust the " +"displayed dates. The arrows will adjust the date based on the type of time " +"selected. For example, if month is selected, the arrows will move one month " +"with each click of the arrow. If week or day is selected, the time will move" +" by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Adding a new work entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time or time " +"off, click :guilabel:`Add` to create a new work entry. A pop-up will appear," +" with several fields to fill in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, such as `Sick Time` or any other " +"short description. Select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` from the respective drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the date and time for the work entry in the :guilabel:`From` and" +" :guilabel:`To` drop-downs. First, select the date by navigating to the " +"correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, select the time by clicking on the :guilabel:`⏰ (clock)` icon, and " +"using the :guilabel:`⬆️ (up arrow)` and :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icons " +"for each section to enter the hour, minute, and second for the time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Period` will display the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` " +"and :guilabel:`From` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before clicking either :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`, " +"it is good to double check the :guilabel:`Period` to ensure the time stated " +"corresponds to the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:0 +msgid "Hours entered in the Period field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the " +"entry and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"create another :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60 +msgid "Regenerate work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After a work entry has been either added or modified, the work entries need " +"to be regenerated for the affected employee(s). Click on the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the main dashboard," +" and a pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Employee` to regenerate work entries for from the " +":guilabel:`drop-down menu`, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`To` fields so the correct date range is displayed. Click the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button and the work entries will be " +"recreated. Once finished, the pop-up will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:76 +msgid "Conflicts" +msgstr "Konflikte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick " +"time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as " +"required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved " +"before payslips can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main " +":guilabel:`Work Entry` overview dashboard, located by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Conflicts`, where only " +"conflicts needing resolution are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top left corner of " +"each individual entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the conflict" +" details in a pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93 +msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Details for a conflict appear in the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up. The :guilabel:`From` " +"and :guilabel:`To` date range, as well as the total time requested (in " +"hours), appear in the :guilabel:`Period` field on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If there is a conflict because a time-off request for the same time already " +"exists in the system, the time-off will be entered in the :guilabel:`Time " +"Off` field. Clicking the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the " +":guilabel:`Time Off` entry will bring up the duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The details for the time-off request appear in the pop-up. The request can " +"be modified if needed. Click either the :guilabel:`Validate` or " +":guilabel:`Refuse` button to approve or deny the request, then click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Edit and/or validate a duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the duplicate time-off request has been approved and saved, the screen " +"goes back to the conflict. Click :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` or " +":guilabel:`Approve Time Off` via the buttons in the top right to either " +"approve or deny the request. Repeat for all conflicts until there are no " +"conflicts to resolve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After conflicts have been resolved, work entries must be regenerated for " +"each employee by clicking the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, " +"and entering the corresponding information for each employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate Work Entries button on the Work Entries Regeneration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129 +msgid "Generating payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To generate payslips, navigate to the time period the payslips should be " +"generated for, either day, week, or month. When the desired pay period is " +"displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Generate Payslips button on the Work Entry dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears light " +"turquoise instead of dark turquoise), that indicates there are conflicts. " +"*Solve conflicts first* will appear as a warning when :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` is moused over. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A batch entry will appear for the time period selected. The batch name " +"appears at the top in the :guilabel:`Name` field, typically listing the " +"month and year for the particular batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The date range the payslips apply to appears in the :guilabel:`Period` " +"field. The company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field, along with an " +"option to mark the payslips as a credit note. To make changes, click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button in the top left, make any changes, then click either" +" :guilabel:`Save` to accept the changes or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert to " +"the original data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Batch information that appears when making a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for " +"the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Payslips` button in the top right to view all the " +"payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Payslips will have a status of *Waiting* until the :guilabel:`Create Draft " +"Entry` button has been clicked. After, the payslip status will change to " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payslips can be printed by clicking the box next to each payslip to print, " +"or clicking the box next to :guilabel:`Reference` to select all the payslips" +" at once. Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file will be created" +" with all the specified payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Print button for printing the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174 +msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "Personalbeschaffung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "Erstqualifikation" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Ablehnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Schnelles Einfügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Reiter „Optionen“" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Mitarbeiter anlegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 +msgid "Job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " +"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " +"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" +" but have not yet been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" +" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " +"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +msgid "" +"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " +"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" +" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +msgid "" +"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " +"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " +"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " +"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" +" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " +"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +msgid "Edit a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the job position card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"available jobs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +msgid "" +"All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " +"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " +"located." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: Select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " +"hired for this position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: Check the box to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +"when offering the job to a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: Select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " +"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " +":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " +"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " +"on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " +"will." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 +msgid "Create interview form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " +"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " +"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next the survey form loads. The :guilabel:`Survey Title` is pre-populated " +"based on the job description. Then, select the person " +":guilabel:`Responsible` for the survey from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:309 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Fragen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " +"in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 +msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " +"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " +"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" +" an answer for each row" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:136 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question format will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " +"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " +"position(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " +"background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:241 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Antworten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another " +":guilabel:`Question Type` is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains " +"hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:164 +msgid "" +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question types, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:167 +msgid "" +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:171 +msgid "" +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the photo file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the :guilabel:`↕️ (Up-down arrows)` on the far left of each answer " +"line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers " +"appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Einzeilige Textbox" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Question Type`, only two checkboxes appear in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: Activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: This option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: Activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:203 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrixfrage" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:210 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` :guilabel:`Question Type`, there are two sets of " +"data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. " +"The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the " +"rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:383 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beschreibung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:303 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Optionen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:235 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: The :guilabel:`Answers` section is blank, with " +"no choices needed to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:245 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: A :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:247 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, :guilabel:`Numerical Value`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Datetime`: A :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be " +"verified as adhering to the parameters set in this section. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the :guilabel:`Minimum` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum` values in the corresponding fields. Depending on the " +":guilabel:`Question Type` selected, these fields may reference characters, " +"numbers, or dates. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given " +"does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, " +"enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: The first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:260 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Bedingungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (:guilabel:`This question requires " +"an answer`). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts " +"to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The " +"text should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if " +"there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field appears. Enter the text to appear in the " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have management " +"experience?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years" +" of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant " +"selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have management experience?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have management experience?` as the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the " +"triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:296 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Live-Sitzungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:298 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:317 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:319 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: Choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: Display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: Display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:331 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Zeit und Bewertung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " +"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " +"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: Choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:339 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:344 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: If one of the scoring options was selected, " +"a :guilabel:`Required Score (%)` field appears. Enter the percentage the " +"candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be " +"written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: Check this box if the form is a " +"certification exam. When checked, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: If the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is checked, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the " +"email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant" +" passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of " +"the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Teilnehmer" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:360 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " +"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:364 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " +"field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:368 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "Live-Sitzung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter the access code that will allow the viewers " +"into the live exam session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " +"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:375 +msgid "" +"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:389 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Abschließende Nachricht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is complete the message entered in this tab is displayed for" +" the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Personalempfehlungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " +"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Einführungsphase" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Offene Stellen ansehen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Einem Freund mailen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Punkte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Belohnungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Level" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Alarme" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Time Off" +msgstr "Abwesenheiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " +"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " +"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " +":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" +" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " +":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" +" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " +"` can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +msgid "" +"All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " +"sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " +"access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " +"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " +"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" +" use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " +"then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +msgid "Time off types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " +"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " +"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " +"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " +"can be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " +"top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " +"following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 +msgid "Time off requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " +"the time off type. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " +"requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" +" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"option is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " +"for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " +":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" +" time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" +" :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " +"the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " +"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " +"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" +" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " +"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " +"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " +"deducted from the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " +"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " +"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " +"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 +msgid "Allocation requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " +"employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " +"time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If " +":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " +"Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " +"allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " +"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " +"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " +"what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " +"allocation of this particular type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must approve the " +"allocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" +" off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " +"*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 +msgid "Timesheets section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " +"mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " +"access the developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" +" entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " +"appear in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " +"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"or :guilabel:`Training`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 +msgid "Display option section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " +"application dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 +msgid "Accrual plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " +"specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" +" or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " +"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 +msgid "Create accrual plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," +" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " +"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " +"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " +"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " +"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " +"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " +":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" +" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " +"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " +"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " +"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " +"in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " +"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " +"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " +"their accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." +" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " +"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" +"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " +"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " +"accrual renews." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " +":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " +"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " +":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " +"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " +"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " +"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" +" with this plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" +" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" +" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " +"means any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" +" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" +" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Public holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" +" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 +msgid "" +"It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " +"the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" +" set as a public holiday (non-working days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +msgid "Create public holiday" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Public Holidays`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 +msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" +" the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "Enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " +"populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " +"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company's time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" +" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +"computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " +"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 +msgid "" +"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " +"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" +" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " +"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" +" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" +" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " +"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" +" have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " +"drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " +"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " +"type from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " +"a month view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " +"the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " +"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " +"appears on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" +" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +msgid "" +"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " +"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " +"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " +"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 +msgid "Allocate time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" +" to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " +"to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Approvals --> Allocations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +msgid "" +"This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" +" off that is being allocated to the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." +" Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation" +" is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" +" selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " +":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " +"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +"the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " +":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " +"` is configured (in days or hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " +"assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " +"The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " +"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " +"department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "" +"Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " +":guilabel:`Department`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " +"explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 +msgid "" +"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " +"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " +"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " +"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " +"off requests for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " +"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"time off request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " +"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " +"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" +" pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " +"purple (if applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 +msgid "" +"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" +" click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " +"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " +"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " +"and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " +":guilabel:`Date` selections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " +"approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " +"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " +"be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"information, and submit the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +msgid "Request allocation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +msgid "" +"If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " +"off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " +"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" +" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " +"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " +"all the allocations for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"allocation request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " +"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " +"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " +"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " +"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " +"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." +" This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " +"order to approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" +"sick time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 +msgid "Approvals" +msgstr "Genehmigungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " +"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " +"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " +"specific type of time off is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " +":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 +msgid "Approve allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +msgid "" +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 +msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +msgid "" +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +msgid "" +"The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " +"highlighted in a specific color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" +" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " +"request in detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" +" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +msgid "Approve time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 +msgid "" +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " +"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " +"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " +"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " +"are active and *not* in a draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " +":guilabel:`To Approve`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " +"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 +msgid "" +"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " +"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " +"department are then presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " +"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " +"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " +"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " +"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" +" gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 +msgid "" +"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" +" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " +"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " +"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " +"to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " +"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " +"allocations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"(the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " +"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " +"increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +msgid "" +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " +"summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " +"available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 +msgid "" +"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " +"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " +"requests are shown as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 +msgid "" +"Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " +"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " +"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " +"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 +msgid "" +"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " +":ref:`time off form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +msgid "" +"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" +" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " +"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " +"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " +":guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +msgid "" +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 +msgid "My allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 +msgid "" +"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +msgid "" +"A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " +"by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " +"are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " +"types are being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 +msgid "By employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +msgid "" +"To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +msgid "" +"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " +":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " +"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " +"top of the report to view the data differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +msgid "" +"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " +"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " +":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "By type" +msgstr "Nach Art" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " +"time off type in its own section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " +"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 +msgid "" +"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " +"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index a0427d0ab..157110e21 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/google`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/google`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:13 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -443,11 +443,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/azure`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/azure`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" @@ -474,6 +474,12 @@ msgid "" "Directory (Azure AD)*), which is a representation of an organization to " "manage and register apps." msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie in der `Dokumentation von Microsoft " +"`_, wie Sie eine Microsoft Entra ID " +"(formell *Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)* genannt), das eine " +"Repräsentation einer Organisation zur Verwaltung und Registrierung von Apps " +"ist." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -485,6 +491,13 @@ msgid "" "and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for " ":guilabel:`Supported account types`." msgstr "" +"`Registrieren Sie dann eine Anwendung `_ und wählen Sie" +" den entsprechenden :guilabel:`Unterstützten Kontotyp`. Benutzer, die ihren " +"Outlook-Kalender mit Odoo verbinden möchten, sollten die Option " +":guilabel:`Konten in einem beliebigen Organisationsverzeichnis (Jedes " +"Microsoft-Entra-ID-Verzeichnis - mandantenfähig) und persönliche Microsoft-" +"Konten (z. B. Skype, Xbox)` für :guilabel:`Unterstützte Kontotypen` wählen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -510,6 +523,8 @@ msgid "" "The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " "Microsoft Entra ID portal." msgstr "" +"Die Einstellungen „Unterstützter Kontotyp“ und „Umleitungs-URI“ im Portal " +"von Microsoft Entra ID." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -764,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`google`" @@ -784,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:15 msgid "Choose notifications preference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benachrichtigungspräferenz auswählen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -821,6 +836,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst-1 msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" +"Ansicht einer Posteingangsnachricht und ihrer Aktionsoptionen in Odoo " +"Dialog." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -831,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst-1 msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ansicht der als To-do markierten Nachrichten in Odoo Dialog." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:46 msgid "Start chatting" @@ -850,12 +867,16 @@ msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" "notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" +"Ansicht der Nachrichten unter dem Nachrichtenmenü mit Hervorhebung der " +"Anfrage für Push-Benachrichtigungen für Odoo Dialog." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:57 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " the browser." msgstr "" +"Um keine Desktop-Benachrichtigungen mehr zu erhalten, setzen Sie die " +"Benachrichtigungseinstellungen des Browsers zurück." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -863,22 +884,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " ":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" +"Um einen Chat zu starten, gehen Sie zur App :menuselection:`Dialog` und " +"klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`+ (plus)` neben " +":guilabel:`Direktnachrichten` oder :guilabel:`Kanäle` im linken Menü des " +"Dashboards." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" "Discuss." msgstr "" +"Ansicht des Panels von Dialog mit Hervorhebung der Titelkanäle und Sofortnachrichten in Odoo\n" +"Dialog" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:67 msgid "" "A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " "`." msgstr "" +"Ein Unternehmen kann auch ganz einfach :doc:`öffentliche und private Kanäle " +"` erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:70 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erwähnungen im Chat und im Chatter" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -887,10 +916,14 @@ msgid "" "their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " "settings." msgstr "" +"Um einen Benutzer in einem Chat oder im Chatter zu erwähnen, geben Sie " +"`@Benutzername` ein; um einen Kanal zu erwähnen, geben Sie `#Kanalname` ein." +" Der erwähnte Benutzer wird in seinem *Posteingang* oder per E-Mail " +"benachrichtigt, je nach seinen Kommunikationseinstellungen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst-1 msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ansicht mehrer Chat-Fenster-Nachrichten für Odoo Dialog." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -899,10 +932,15 @@ msgid "" "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Benutzer erwähnt wird, schlägt die Suchliste (Namensliste) Werte " +"vor, die zum einen auf den Followern der Aufgabe und zum anderen auf " +"Mitarbeitern basieren. Wenn der gesuchte Datensatz weder mit einem Follower " +"noch mit einem Mitarbeiter übereinstimmt, wird die Suche auf alle Partner " +"ausgeweitet." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:85 msgid "User status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzerstatus" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -930,16 +968,16 @@ msgstr "Flugzeug = nicht im Büro" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst-1 msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ansicht des Status der Kontakte in Odoo Dialog." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/activities`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/activities`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:3 msgid "Configure ICE servers with Twilio" @@ -1366,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "Ansicht eines Kanals, der durch Filter in Odoo Dialog gesucht wird" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`../discuss`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../discuss`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:3 msgid "Documents" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 0bfd7dca3..a8f22018e 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -71,6 +71,9 @@ msgid "" "provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " "sales person." msgstr "" +"*Leads* dienen als Qualifizierungsschritte, bevor eine Verkaufschance " +"erstellt wird. Dadurch gewinnen Sie zusätzliche Zeit, bevor eine potenzielle" +" Verkaufschance einem Vertriebsmitarbeiter zugewiesen wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 @@ -113,20 +116,25 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Um die Einstellung *Lead* zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM " +"--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und kreuzen Sie das Kästchen " +":guilabel:`Leads` an. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leads-Einstellungen auf der CRM-Konfigurationsseite." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" "Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " "menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie diese Funktion aktivieren, wird ein neues Menü, :guilabel:`Leads`, " +"zur Kopfmenüleiste am oberen Rand des Bildschirms hinzugefügt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leads-Menü in der CRM-App," #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -136,6 +144,12 @@ msgid "" "team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " "box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Sobald die Einstellung *Leads* aktiviert wurde, gilt sie standardmäßig für " +"alle Verkaufsteams. Um Leads für ein bestimmtes Team zu deaktivieren, " +"navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> Verkaufsteams`. " +"Wählen Sie dann ein Team aus der Liste aus, um den Datensatz zu öffnen, und " +"deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Leads`. Klicken Sie " +"anschließend auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" @@ -146,6 +160,9 @@ msgid "" "To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" " Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" +"Um ein Lead in eine *Verkaufschance* umzuwandeln, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads` und klicken Sie in der Liste auf " +":guilabel:`Lead`, um ihn zu öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -153,10 +170,14 @@ msgid "" "Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" " window." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke des Bildschirms auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:In Verkaufschance umwandeln`, die ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:In " +"Verkaufschance umwandeln` öffnet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" +"Schaltfläche zur Erstellung einer Verkaufschance auf einem Lead-Eintrag." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -164,6 +185,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " "opportunity` option." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie im Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`In Verkaufschance umwandeln` im Feld" +" :guilabel:`Umwandlungsaktion` die Option :guilabel:`In Verkaufschance " +"umwandeln`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -172,33 +196,45 @@ msgid "" "more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " "to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" +"Wenn für diesen Kunden bereits ein Lead oder eine Verkaufschance in der " +"Datenbank vorhanden ist, schlägt Odoo automatisch vor, die beiden " +"Leads/Verkaufschancen zusammenzuführen. Weitere Informationen zum " +"Zusammenführen von Leads und Verkaufschancen finden Sie weiter unten im " +"Abschnitt :ref:` Leads zusammenführen `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" "Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" " the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie dann ein :guilabel:`Vertriebsmitarbeiter` und ein " +":guilabel:`Verkaufsteam`, dem die Verkaufschance zugeordnet werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" "If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " "fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" +"Wenn der Lead bereits einem Vertriebsmitarbeiter oder einem Team zugewiesen " +"wurde, werden diese Felder automatisch mit diesen Informationen ausgefüllt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pop-up zur Erstellung einer Verkaufschance." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wählen Sie unter :guilabel:`Kunde` eine der folgenden Optionen:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" " in the lead to create a new customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Einen neuen Kunden erstellen`: Wählen Sie diese Option, um die " +"Informationen im Lead zu verwenden, um einen neuen Kunden zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -206,22 +242,30 @@ msgid "" "customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " "existing customer record." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mit bestehendem Kunden verknüpfen`: Wählen Sie diese Option und " +"wählen Sie dann einen Kunden aus dem daraufhin angezeigten Dropdown-Menü, um" +" diese Verkaufschance mit dem bestehenden Kundendatensatz zu verknüpfen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " "lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nicht mit einem Kunden verknüpfen`: Wählen Sie diese Option, um " +"den Lead umzuwandeln, ihn aber nicht mit einem neuen oder bestehenden Kunden" +" zu verknüpfen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 msgid "" "Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " "Opportunity`." msgstr "" +"Wenn alle Konfigurationen abgeschlossen sind, klicken Sie schließlich auf " +":guilabel:`Verkaufschance erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leads und Verkaufschancen zusammenführen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -230,10 +274,15 @@ msgid "" " found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " "lead/opportunity record." msgstr "" +"Odoo erkennt automatisch ähnliche Leads und Verkaufschancen, indem es die " +"E-Mail-Adressen der zugehörigen Kontakte vergleicht. Wenn ein ähnlicher Lead" +" bzw. eine ähnliche Verkaufschance gefunden wird, erscheint oben im " +"Datensatz des Leads bzw. der Verkaufschance eine intelligente Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Ähnlicher Lead`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Similar leads smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die intelligente Schaltfläche „Ähnliche Leads“." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -242,6 +291,12 @@ msgid "" "similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " "each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." msgstr "" +"Um die Details der ähnlichen Leads/Verkaufschancen zu vergleichen, klicken " +"Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Ähnliche Leads`. Daraufhin wird eine " +"Kanban-Ansicht geöffnet, die nur die ähnlichen Leads/Verkaufschancen " +"enthält. Klicken Sie auf jede Karte, um die Details der einzelnen " +"Leads/Verkaufschancen anzuzeigen und zu bestätigen, ob sie zusammengeführt " +"werden sollen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -251,6 +306,12 @@ msgid "" "the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " "record was created first." msgstr "" +"Beim Zusammenführen gibt Odoo dem Lead bzw. der Verkaufschance, der/die " +"zuerst im System erstellt wurde, den Vorrang und fügt die Informationen in " +"den zuerst erstellten Lead bzw. die Verkaufschance ein. Wenn jedoch ein Lead" +" und eine Verkaufschance zusammengeführt werden, wird der resultierende " +"Datensatz als Verkaufschance bezeichnet, unabhängig davon, welcher Datensatz" +" zuerst erstellt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -772,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fd561baa --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,3458 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" +"Studio ist eine Toolbox, mit der Sie Odoo ohne Programmierkenntnisse " +"anpassen können. Sie können zum Beispiel zu jeder App etwas hinzufügen oder " +"ändern:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr ":doc:`Felder `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr ":doc:`Ansichten `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr ":doc:`Modelle `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr ":doc:`Automatisierte Aktionen `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr ":doc:`PDF-Berichte `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "Genehmigungsregeln" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "Sicherheitsregeln" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "" +"Oder Sie :doc:`bauen eine ganz neue App `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: Studio `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "Automatisierte Aktionen (Automatisierungen)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" +"Automatisierte Aktionen werden verwendet, um automatische Änderungen auf der" +" Grundlage von Benutzeraktionen (z. B. eine Änderung vornehmen, wenn ein " +"Feld auf einen bestimmten Wert gesetzt wird) oder von Zeitbedingungen (z. B." +" einen Datensatz 7 Tage nach seiner letzten Aktualisierung archivieren) " +"auszulösen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" +"Um eine automatisierte Aktion mit Studio zu erstellen, gehen Sie von einer " +"beliebigen Stelle in Studio zu :guilabel:`Automatisierungen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" +"Für jede automatisierte Aktion, die Sie erstellen, sollten die folgenden " +"Elemente definiert werden: :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` und :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "Beispiel einer automatisierten Aktion im Abonnementmodell" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modell" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie das Modell, in dem die automatisierte Aktion angewendet werden " +"soll." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" +"Das Modell, in dem Sie sich befinden, wenn Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Automatisierungen` klicken, ist standardmäßig vorausgewählt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Auslöser" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Legen Sie fest, wann die automatisierte Aktion ausgeführt werden soll. Es " +"sind sechs Auslöser verfügbar." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "Beim Erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn ein Datensatz erstellt und dann gespeichert " +"wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "Beim Aktualisieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn ein vorher gespeicherter Datensatz " +"bearbeitet und dann gespeichert wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie :guilabel:`Auslöser-Felder`, um festzulegen, welche Felder – " +"und nur diese – die Aktion bei ihrer Aktualisierung auslösen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" +"Um zu erkennen, wann ein Datensatz von einem Zustand in einen anderen " +"wechselt, definieren Sie einen Filter :guilabel:`Domain vor Aktualisierung`," +" der überprüft, ob die Bedingung erfüllt ist, bevor der Datensatz " +"aktualisiert wird. Setzen Sie dann eine Filter :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, der prüft, ob die Bedingung erfüllt ist, nachdem der " +"Datensatz aktualisiert wurde." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie möchten, dass die automatisierte Aktion ausgeführt wird, wenn eine " +"E-Mail-Adresse für einen Kontakt festgelegt wird, definieren Sie den " +":guilabel:`Domain vor Aktualisierung` auf `E-Mail ist nicht gesetzt` und den" +" Bereich :guilabel:`Anwenden auf` auf `E-Mail ist gesetzt`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "Beispiel eines „Beim Aktualisieren“-Auslöser" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "Beim Erstellen und Aktualisieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn ein Datensatz erstellt oder danach " +"bearbeitet und gespeichert wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "Beim Löschen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn ein Datensatz gelöscht wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Auslöser wird nur selten verwendet, da die Archivierung von " +"Datensätzen in der Regel der Löschung vorgezogen wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "Auf Basis von Formularanpassungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn der Wert eines Auslöser-Feldes in der " +":ref:`Formularansicht ` geändert wird, noch bevor" +" der Datensatz gespeichert wird. Dieser Auslöser funktioniert nur auf der " +"Benutzeroberfläche, wenn ein Benutzer eine Änderung vornimmt. Wenn das Feld " +"durch eine andere Aktion und nicht durch den Benutzer geändert wird, wird " +"die Aktion nicht ausgeführt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Auslöser kann nur mit der :ref:`Aktion Python-Code ausführen " +"` verwendet werden, daher ist " +"eine Entwicklung erforderlich." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "Auf Basis zeitlicher Bedingung" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn das Datum oder der Datum- und Zeitwert eines" +" Auslöser-Felder erreicht wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" +"Um die Aktion nach dem :guilabel:`Auslösedatum` auszulösen, geben Sie unter " +":guilabel:`Verzögerung nach Auslösedatum` eine Anzahl von Minuten, Stunden, " +"Tagen oder Monaten ein. Um die Aktion vorher auszulösen, geben Sie " +"stattdessen eine negative Zahl ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie 30 Minuten vor Beginn eines Kalenderereignisses eine " +"Erinnerungsmail senden möchten, wählen Sie unter :guilabel:`Start " +"(Kalenderereignis)` das Feld :guilabel:`Auslösedatum` und setzen Sie die " +":guilabel:`Verzögerung nach Auslösedatum` auf **-30** :guilabel:`Minuten`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "Beispeil eines Auslösers „Auf Basis zeitlicher Bedingung“ " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "Standardmäßig prüft der Planer alle 4 Stunden auf Auslösedaten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "Anwenden auf" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" +"Legen Sie fest, auf welche Datensätze des Modells die automatische Aktion " +"angewendet werden soll. Das funktioniert genauso, wie wenn Sie Filter auf " +"ein Modell anwenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Aktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" +"Bestimmen Sie, was die automatisierte Aktion tun soll (Serveraktion). Sie " +"haben die Wahl zwischen acht Arten von Aktionen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Python-Code ausführen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um Python-Code auszuführen. Die verfügbaren " +"Variablen werden im Reiter :guilabel:`Python Code` beschrieben, die auch zum" +" Schreiben Ihres Codes verwendet wird, oder im Reiter :guilabel:`Hilfe`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" +"Damit die Aktion über die Website ausgeführt werden kann, markieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Verfügbar auf der Website` und fügen einen :guilabel:`Website-" +"Pfad` hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "Einen neuen Datensatz erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um einen neuen Datensatz für ein beliebiges " +"Modell zu erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl eines :guilabel:`Zielmodells` ist nur erforderlich, wenn Sie ein" +" anderes Modell als das, auf dem Sie sich befinden, anvisieren möchten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Um den Datensatz zu verknüpfen, der die Erstellung des neuen Datensatzes " +"ausgelöst hat, wählen Sie ein Feld unter :guilabel:`Link-Feld`. Sie könnten " +"zum Beispiel automatisch einen Kontakt erstellen, wenn ein Lead in eine " +"Verkaufschance umgewandelt wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" +"Reiter :guilabel:`Zu schreibende Daten`: Der Reiter wird verwendet, um die " +"Werte des neuen Datensatzes festzulegen. Nachdem Sie ein :guilabel:`Feld` " +"ausgewählt haben, wählen Sie dessen :guilabel:`Bewertungstyp`:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Wert`: wird verwendet, um den Rohwert des Feldes direkt in der " +"Spalte :guilabel:`Wert` anzugeben." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referenz`: wird verwendet, um den Datensatz unter der Spalte " +":guilabel:`Datensatz` auszuwählen und Studio die interne ID in der Spalte " +":guilabel:`Wert` hinzufügen zu lassen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" +"Wenn eine automatisierte Aktion eine neue Aufgabe in einem Projekt erstellt," +" können Sie diese einem bestimmten Benutzer zuweisen, indem Sie das " +":guilabel:`Feld` auf :guilabel:`Verantwortlicher Benutzer (Projekt)`, den " +":guilabel:`Bewertungstyp` auf :guilabel:`Referenz` und den " +":guilabel:`Datensatz` auf einen bestimmten Benutzer setzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "Beispiel für eine Aktion „Neuen Datensatz erstellen“" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Python-Ausdruck`: wird verwendet, um den Wert des neu erstellten " +"Datensatzes für ein Feld dynamisch mit Python-Code in der Spalte " +":guilabel:`Wert` zu definieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "Den Datensatz aktualisieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um Werte für Felder eines beliebigen Datensatzes " +"des aktuellen Modells zu setzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" +"Der Prozess zum Ausfüllen des Reiters :guilabel:`Zu schreibende Daten` ist " +"derselbe wie unter :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record` " +"beschrieben." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Mehrere Aktionen ausführen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um mehrere Aktionen gleichzeitig auszulösen. " +"Klicken Sie dazu auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Aktionen`. Klicken Sie im Pop-up-Fenster " +":guilabel:`Untergeordnete Aktionen` auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` und " +"konfigurieren Sie die Aktion." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "E-Mail versenden" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um eine E-Mail an einen Kontakt zu senden, der " +"mit einem bestimmten Datensatz verknüpft ist. Wählen Sie dazu eine " +":guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage` aus oder erstellen Sie eine solche." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "Follower hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um bestehende Kontakte für den Datensatz zu " +"abonnieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "Nächste Aktivität erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um eine neue Aktivität zu planen, die mit dem " +"Datensatz verknüpft ist. Verwenden Sie den Reiter :guilabel:`Aktivität`, um " +"sie wie gewohnt einzurichten, aber wählen Sie anstelle des Feldes " +":guilabel:`Zugewiesen an` einen :guilabel:`Aktivität-Benutzertyp`. Wählen " +"Sie :guilabel:`Spezifischer Benutzer` und fügen Sie den Benutzer unter " +":guilabel:`Verantwortlich` hinzu, wenn die Aktivität immer demselben " +"Benutzer zugewiesen werden soll. Wenn Sie dynamisch einen mit dem Datensatz " +"verknüpften Benutzer auswählen möchten, wählen Sie stattdessen " +":guilabel:`Generischer Benutzer aus Datensatz` und ändern Sie ggf. den " +":guilabel:`Benutzer-Feldname`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem ein Lead in eine Verkaufschance umgewandelt wurde, möchten Sie, dass" +" Ihre automatisierte Aktion einen Anruf für den Benutzer einrichtet, der für" +" den Lead verantwortlich ist. Dazu setzen Sie :guilabel:`Aktivität` auf " +":guilabel:`Anruf` und setzen das :guilabel:`Benutzertyp der Aktivität` auf " +":guilabel:`Generischer Benutzer aus Datensatz`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "Beispiel für eine Aktion „Neue Aktivität erstellen“" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "SMS-Textnachricht versenden" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" +"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um eine SMS an einen Kontakt zu senden, der mit " +"dem Datensatz verknüpft ist. Wählen Sie dazu eine :guilabel:`SMS-Vorlage` " +"aus oder erstellen Sie eine solche." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie möchten, dass gesendete Nachrichten im Chatter protokolliert " +"werden, markieren Sie :guilabel:`Als Notiz hinterlassen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "Felder und Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" +"Felder strukturieren die Modelle einer Datenbank. Wenn Sie sich ein Modell " +"als Tabelle oder Tabellenkalkulation vorstellen, sind Felder die Spalten, in" +" denen die Daten in den Datensätzen (d. h. den Zeilen) gespeichert werden. " +"Felder definieren auch die Art der Daten, die in ihnen gespeichert sind. Wie" +" die Daten auf der :abbr:`UI (Benutzeroberfläche)` dargestellt und " +"formatiert werden, wird durch ihr Widget definiert." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" +"Aus technischer Sicht gibt es 15 Feldtypen in Odoo. In Studio können Sie " +"jedoch aus 20 Feldern wählen, da einige Feldtypen mehr als einmal mit einem " +"anderen Standard-Widget verfügbar sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Neue Felder` können nur zu den Ansichten " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` und :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` hinzugefügt werden. In anderen Ansichten können Sie nur " +":guilabel:`Vorhandene Felder` :dfn:`(Felder, die bereits im Modell enthalten" +" sind)` hinzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "Einfache Felder" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" +"Einfache Felder enthalten grundlegende Werte, wie Text, Zahlen, Dateien usw." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" +"Widgets, die nicht standardmäßig verfügbar sind, werden im Folgenden als " +"Aufzählungspunkte dargestellt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "Text (`char`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Text` wird für kurzen Text mit beliebigen Zeichen " +"verwendet. Beim Ausfüllen des Feldes wird eine Textzeile angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Abzeichen`: zeigt den Wert in einer abgerundeten Form an, ähnlich" +" wie ein Stichwort. Der Wert kann auf der Benutzeroberfläche nicht " +"bearbeitet werden, aber es kann ein Standardwert festgelegt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`In Zwischenablage kopieren`: Benutzer können den Wert durch " +"Anklicken einer Schaltfläche kopieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-Mail`: Der Wert wird zu einem anklickbaren *mailto*-Link." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bild`: zeigt ein Bild unter Verwendung einer URL an. Der Wert " +"kann nicht manuell bearbeitet werden, aber es kann ein Standardwert " +"festgelegt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" +"Dies funktioniert anders als die direkte Auswahl des :ref:`Bildfeldes " +"`, da das Bild nicht in Odoo gespeichert " +"wird, wenn Sie ein :guilabel:`Text`-Feld mit dem :guilabel:`Bild`-Widget " +"verwenden. Dies kann zum Beispiel nützlich sein, wenn Sie Speicherplatz " +"sparen möchten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefon`: Der Wert wird zu einem anklickbaren *tel*-Link." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" +"Markieren Sie :guilabel:`SMS aktivieren`, um eine Option zum Senden einer " +"SMS direkt aus Odoo neben dem Feld hinzuzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr ":guilabel:`URL`: Der Wert wird zu einer anklickbaren URL." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Beispiele der Textfelder mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "Mehrzeiliger Text (`text`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Mehrzeiliger Text` wird für längeren Text mit beliebigen" +" Zeichen verwendet. Beim Ausfüllen des Feldes werden zwei Textzeilen auf der" +" Benutzeroberfläche angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" +"Beispiele der Felder mit mehrzeiligen Texten mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "Ganzzahl (`integer`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Ganzzahl` wird für alle ganzzahligen Zahlen verwendet " +"(:dfn:`positiv, negativ oder Null, ohne Dezimalstelle`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prozentkreis`: zeigt den Wert innerhalb eines Prozentkreises an, " +"normalerweise für einen berechneten Wert. Der Wert kann auf der " +"Benutzeroberfläche nicht bearbeitet werden, aber Sie können einen " +"Standardwert festlegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fortschrittsbalken`: zeigt den Wert neben einem Prozentbalken an," +" normalerweise für einen berechneten Wert. Das Feld kann nicht manuell " +"bearbeitet werden, aber es kann ein Standardwert festgelegt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ziehpunkt`: zeigt ein Ziehpunkt-Symbol an, um Datensätze manuell " +"in der :ref:`Listenansicht ` zu ordnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Beispiele der Ganzzahlenfelder mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "Dezimal (`float`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Dezimal` wird für alle Dezimalzahlen verwendet " +"(:dfn:`positiv, negativ oder Null, mit Dezimalstelle`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" +"Dezimalzahlen werden auf der Benutzeroberfläche mit zwei Dezimalstellen nach" +" dem Komma angezeigt, in der Datenbank werden sie jedoch mit einer höheren " +"Genauigkeit gespeichert." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Monetär`: ähnelt der Verwendung des Feldes :ref:`Monetär " +"`. Es wird empfohlen, letzteres zu " +"verwenden, da es mehr Funktionalitäten bietet." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prozentsatz`: zeigt ein Prozentzeichen `%` nach dem Wert an." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prozentkreis`: zeigt den Wert innerhalb eines Prozentkreises an, " +"normalerweise für einen berechneten Wert. Das Feld kann nicht manuell " +"bearbeitet werden, aber Sie können einen Standardwert festlegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zeit`: Der Wert muss dem Format *hh:mm* entsprechen, mit einem " +"Maximum von 59 Minuten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Beispiele der Dezimalzahlenfelder mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "Monetär (`monetary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "Das Feld :guilabel:`Monetär` wird für alle Geldbeträge verwendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie zum ersten Mal ein :guilabel:`Monetäres` Feld hinzufügen, werden " +"Sie aufgefordert, ein Feld :guilabel:`Währung` hinzuzufügen, wenn noch " +"keines im Modell vorhanden ist. Odoo bietet Ihnen an, das Feld " +":guilabel:`Währung` für Sie hinzuzufügen. Sobald es hinzugefügt wurde, fügen" +" Sie das :guilabel:`Monetäre` Feld erneut hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "Beispiel für ein monetäres Feld zusammen mit seinem Währungsfeld" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "Html (`html`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Html` wird verwendet, um Text hinzuzufügen, der mit dem " +"Odoo-HTML-Editor bearbeitet werden kann." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mehrzeiliger Text`: deaktiviert den Odoo-HTML-Editor, um die " +"Bearbeitung einer rohen HTML zu ermöglichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Beispiele der HTML-Felder mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "Datum (`date`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Datum` wird verwendet, um ein Datum in einem Kalender " +"auszuwählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Verbleibende Tage`: Die verbleibende Anzahl von Tagen bis zum " +"ausgewählten Datum wird angezeigt (z. B. *In 5 Tagen*), basierend auf dem " +"aktuellen Datum." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Beispiele der Datumsfelder mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "Datum/Zeit (`datetime`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Datum/Zeit` wird verwendet, um ein Datum in einem " +"Kalender und eine Uhrzeit in einer Uhr auszuwählen. Die aktuelle Zeit des " +"Benutzers wird automatisch verwendet, wenn keine Zeit eingestellt ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datum`: wird verwendet, um die Zeit aufzuzeichnen, ohne sie auf " +"der Benutzeroberfläche anzuzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Verbleibende Tage`: zeigt die verbleibende Anzahl von Tagen bis " +"zum ausgewählten Datum an (z. B. *In 5 Tagen*), basierend auf dem aktuellen " +"Datum und der Zeit." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Beispiele der Datums- und Zeitfelder mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "Kontrollkästchen (`boolean`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Kontrollkästchen` wird verwendet, wenn ein Wert nur wahr" +" oder falsch sein soll, was durch das Aktivieren oder Deaktivieren eines " +"Kontrollkästchens angezeigt wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Schaltfläche`: zeigt einen Radiobutton an. Das Widget " +"funktioniert, ohne in den Bearbeitungsmodus zu wechseln." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ein/Aus`: zeigt eine Ein/Aus-Schaltfläche an. Das Widget " +"funktioniert, ohne in den Bearbeitungsmodus zu wechseln." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Beispiele der Kontrollkästchenfelder mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "Auswahl (`selection`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Auswahl` wird verwendet, wenn Benutzer einen einzelnen " +"Wert aus einer Gruppe von vordefinierten Werten auswählen sollen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Abzeichen`: zeigt alle auswählbaren Werte gleichzeitig in " +"rechteckigen Formen an, die horizontal angeordnet sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Priorität`: zeigt anstelle von Werten Sternsymbole an, mit denen " +"Sie z. B. die Wichtigkeit oder den Zufriedenheitsgrad angeben können. Dies " +"hat die gleiche Wirkung wie die Auswahl des Feldes :ref:`Priorität " +"`, obwohl für letzteres bereits vier " +"Prioritätswerte vordefiniert sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: zeigt alle auswählbaren Werte gleichzeitig als " +"Radiobuttons an." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig sind die Radiobuttons vertikal angeordnet. Kreuzen Sie " +":guilabel:`Horizontal anzeigen` an, um die Art der Anzeige zu ändern." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Beispiele der Auswahlfelder mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "Priorität (`selection`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Priorität` dient zur Anzeige eines Drei-Sterne-" +"Bewertungssystems, das zur Angabe der Wichtigkeit oder des " +"Zufriedenheitsgrades verwendet werden kann. Dieser Feldtyp ist ein " +":ref:`Auswahlfeld ` mit dem " +":guilabel:`Priorität`-Widget, das standardmäßig ausgewählt ist und vier " +"Prioritätswerte vorgibt. Folglich haben die Widgets :guilabel:`Abzeichen`, " +":guilabel:`Abzeichen`, :guilabel:`Radio` und :guilabel:`Auswahl` die " +"gleichen Auswirkungen wie unter :ref:`Auswahl ` beschrieben." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" +"Um die Anzahl der verfügbaren Sterne durch Hinzufügen oder Entfernen von " +"Werten zu ändern, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Werte bearbeiten`. Beachten " +"Sie, dass der erste Wert 0 Sternen entspricht (d. h. wenn keine Auswahl " +"getroffen wurde). Wenn Sie also vier Werte haben, ergibt sich ein " +"Bewertungssystem mit drei Sternen, zum Beispiel." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "Beispiel eines Prioritätsfelds" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "Datei (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Datei` dient zum Hochladen einer beliebigen Datei oder " +"zum Unterschreiben eines Formulars (:guilabel:`Unterzeichnen`-Widget)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bild`: Benutzer können eine Bilddatei hochladen, die dann in der " +":ref:`Formularansicht ` angezeigt wird. Dies hat " +"die gleiche Wirkung wie die Verwendung des Feldes " +":ref:`Bild`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`PDF-Viewer`: Benutzer können eine PDF-Datei hochladen, die dann " +"in der :ref:`Formularansicht ` durchsucht werden " +"kann." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unterzeichnen`: Benutzer können das Formular elektronisch " +"unterschreiben. Dies hat die gleiche Wirkung wie die Auswahl des Feldes " +":ref:`Unterzeichnen `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Beispiele der Dateifelder mit unterschiedlichen Widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "Bild (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Bild` wird verwendet, um ein Bild hochzuladen und es in " +"der :ref:`Formularansicht ` anzuzeigen. Dieser " +"Feldtyp ist ein :ref:`Dateifeld ` mit dem " +"standardmäßig ausgewählten :guilabel:`Bild`-Widget. Folglich haben die " +"Widgets :guilabel:`Datei`, :guilabel:`PDF-Viewer` und " +":guilabel:`Unterzeichnen` die gleichen Auswirkungen wie unter :ref:`Datei " +"` beschrieben." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" +"Um die Anzeigegröße der hochgeladenen Bilder zu ändern, wählen Sie " +":guilabel:`Klein`, :guilabel:`Mittel` oder :guilabel:`Groß` unter der Option" +" :guilabel:`Größe`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "Signatur (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Signatur` wird verwendet, um das Formular elektronisch " +"zu signieren. Dieser Feldtyp ist ein :ref:`Dateifeld ` mit dem standardmäßig ausgewählten Widget " +":guilabel:`Signatur`. Folglich haben die Widgets :guilabel:`Datei`, " +":guilabel:`Bild` und :guilabel:`PDF-Viewer` die gleichen Auswirkungen wie " +"unter :ref:`Datei ` beschrieben." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" +"Um Benutzern die Option :guilabel:`Auto` zu geben, wenn sie ihre Signatur " +"zeichnen müssen, wählen Sie eines der verfügbaren :guilabel:`Automatisch " +"ausfüllen mit`-Felder (:ref:`Text `, " +":ref:`Many2One ` und " +":ref:`Zugehöriges Feld ` nur " +"auf dem Modell). Die Signatur wird automatisch unter Verwendung der Daten " +"aus dem ausgewählten Feld erstellt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "Beziehungsfelder" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" +"Beziehungsfelder werden zur Verknüpfung und Anzeige von Daten aus " +"Datensätzen eines anderen Modells verwendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "Many2One (`many2one`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Many2One` wird verwendet, um einen anderen Datensatz " +"(aus einem anderen Modell) mit dem zu bearbeitenden Datensatz zu verknüpfen." +" Der Name des Datensatzes aus dem anderen Modell wird dann in dem zu " +"bearbeitenden Datensatz angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" +"Im Modell *Verkaufsauftrag* ist das Feld :guilabel:`Kunde` ein " +":guilabel:`Many2One`-Feld, das auf das Modell *Kontakt* zeigt. Auf diese " +"Weise können **viele** Verkaufsaufträge mit **einem** Kontakt (Kunde) " +"verknüpft werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "Diagramm mit einer many2one-Beziehung" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" +"Um zu verhindern, dass Benutzer einen neuen Datensatz in dem verknüpften " +"Modell anlegen, markieren Sie :guilabel:`Erstellung deaktivieren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" +"Um zu verhindern, dass Benutzer Datensätze in einem Pop-up-Fenster öffnen, " +"markieren Sie :guilabel:`Öffnen deaktivieren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" +"Um Benutzern zu helfen, nur den richtigen Datensatz auszuwählen, klicken Sie" +" auf :guilabel:`Domain`, um einen Filter zu erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Abzeichen`: zeigt den Wert in einer runden Form an, ähnlich wie " +"ein Tag. Der Wert kann auf der Benutzeroberfläche nicht bearbeitet werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "One2Many (`one2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`One2Many` wird verwendet, um die bestehenden Beziehungen" +" zwischen einem Datensatz im aktuellen Modell und mehreren Datensätzen aus " +"einem anderen Modell anzuzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" +"Sie könnten ein :guilabel:`One2Many`-Feld zum *Kontakt*-Modell hinzufügen, " +"um die **viele** **Verkaufsaufträge **eines** Kunden zu betrachten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "Diagramm mit einer one2many-Beziehung" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" +"Um ein :guilabel:`One2Many`-Feld zu verwenden, müssen die beiden Modelle " +"bereits mit einem :ref:`Many2One-Feld ` verknüpft worden sein. One2Many-Beziehungen existieren " +"nicht unabhängig voneinander: Es wird eine Rückwärtssuche nach bestehenden " +"Many2One-Beziehungen durchgeführt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "Zeilen (`one2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Zeilen` wird verwendet, um eine Tabelle mit Zeilen und " +"Spalten zu erstellen (z. B. die Zeilen der Produkte in einem " +"Verkaufsauftrag)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" +"Um die Spalten zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Feld :guilabel:`Zeilen` und " +"dann auf :guilabel:`Listenansicht bearbeiten`. Um das Formular zu " +"bearbeiten, das sich öffnet, wenn ein Benutzer auf :guilabel:`Zeile " +"hinzufügen` klickt, klicken Sie stattdessen auf :guilabel:`Formularansicht " +"bearbeiten`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "Beispiel eines Zeilenfelds" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "Many2Many (`many2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Many2Many` wird verwendet, um mehrere Datensätze aus " +"einem anderen Modell mit mehreren Datensätzen des aktuellen Modells zu " +"verknüpfen. Many2Many-Felder können :guilabel:`Erstellung deaktivieren`, " +":guilabel:`Öffnen deaktivieren`, :guilabel:`Domain` verwenden, genau wie " +":ref:`Many2One-Felder `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" +"Im Modell *Aufgabe* ist das Feld :guilabel:`Zugewiesen an` ein " +":guilabel:`Many2Many`-Feld, das auf das Modell *Kontakt* zeigt. So kann ein " +"einzelner Benutzer **vielen** Aufgaben zugewiesen werden und **viele** " +"Benutzer einer einzigen Aufgabe." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "Diagramm mit many2many-Beziehungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kontrollkästchen`: Benutzer können mit Hilfe von Kontrollkästchen" +" mehrere Werte auswählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Benutzer können mehrere Werte auswählen, die in " +"abgerundeten Formen erscheinen, auch bekannt als *Stichwörter*. Dies hat die" +" gleiche Wirkung wie die Auswahl des Feldes :ref:`Stichwörter " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "Stichwörter (`many2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Stichwörter` wird verwendet, um mehrere Werte aus einem " +"anderen Modell anzuzeigen, die in abgerundeten Formen erscheinen, auch " +"bekannt als *Stichwörter*. Dieser Feldtyp ist ein :ref:`Many2Many-Feld " +"` mit dem standardmäßig " +"ausgewählten Widget :guilabel:`Stichwörter`. Folglich haben die Widgets " +":guilabel:`Kontrollkästchen` und :guilabel:`Many2Many` die gleichen " +"Auswirkungen wie unter :ref:`Many2Many ` beschrieben." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" +"Um Stichwörter mit unterschiedlichen Hintergrundfarben anzuzeigen, markieren" +" Sie :guilabel:`Farben verwenden`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "Beispiel eines Stichwortfelds" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "Zugehöriges Feld (`related`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" +"Ein :guilabel:`Zugehöriges Feld` ist kein Beziehungsfeld im eigentlichen " +"Sinne; es wird keine Beziehung zwischen Modellen hergestellt. Es verwendet " +"eine bestehende Beziehung, um Informationen aus einem anderen Datensatz " +"abzurufen und anzuzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" +"Um die E-Mail-Adresse eines Kunden im Modell *Verkaufsauftrag* anzuzeigen, " +"verwenden Sie das :guilabel:`Zugehörige Feld` `partner_id.email`, indem Sie " +":guilabel:`Kunde` und dann :guilabel:`E-Mail` auswählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Eigenschaften" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unsichtbar`: Wenn es nicht notwendig ist, dass Benutzer ein Feld " +"auf der Benutzeroberfläche sehen, markieren Sie :guilabel:`Unsichtbar`. " +"Dadurch wird die Benutzeroberfläche übersichtlicher, da nur die wesentlichen" +" Felder angezeigt werden, die für eine bestimmte Situation erforderlich " +"sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" +"In der *Formularansicht* des Modells *Kontakt* wird das Feld " +":guilabel:`Titel` nur angezeigt, wenn :guilabel:`Einzelperson` ausgewählt " +"ist, da dieses Feld für einen :guilabel:`Unternehmenskontakt` nicht " +"hilfreich wäre." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" +"Das Attribut :guilabel:`Unsichtbar` gilt auch für Studio. Um verborgene " +"Felder in Studio anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Ansicht` " +"und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Unsichtbare Elemente anzeigen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Erforderlich`: Wenn ein Feld immer vom Benutzer ausgefüllt werden" +" muss, bevor er fortfahren kann, markieren Sie :guilabel:`Erforderlich`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nur lesen`: Wenn Benutzer ein Feld nicht ändern können sollen, " +"markieren Sie :guilabel:`Nur lesen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" +"Sie können diese drei Eigenschaften nur auf bestimmte Datensätze anwenden, " +"indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Bedingt` klicken und einen Filter erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bezeichnung`: Die :guilabel:`Bezeichnung` ist der Name des Feldes" +" auf der Benutzeroberfläche." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist nicht derselbe Name, der in der PostgreSQL-Datenbank verwendet " +"wird. Um letzteren anzuzeigen und zu ändern, aktivieren Sie den " +":ref:`Entwicklermodus ` und bearbeiten Sie den " +":guilabel:`Technischen Name`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hilfe-Tooltipp`: Um den Zweck eines Feldes zu erklären, schreiben" +" Sie eine Beschreibung unter :guilabel:`Hilfe-Tooltipp`. Sie wird in einem " +"Tooltipp-Feld angezeigt, wenn Sie mit der Maus über die Beschriftung des " +"Feldes fahren." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Platzhalter`: Um ein Beispiel dafür zu geben, wie ein Feld " +"ausgefüllt werden sollte, schreiben Sie es unter :guilabel:`Platzhalter`. Es" +" wird in hellgrau anstelle des Feldwerts angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: Um das Standardaussehen oder die Funktionalität eines " +"Feldes zu ändern, wählen Sie eines der verfügbaren Widgets." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Standardwert`: Um einem Feld einen Standardwert hinzuzufügen, " +"wenn ein Datensatz erstellt wird, verwenden Sie :guilabel:`Standardwert`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit auf Gruppen beschränken`: Um einzuschränken, welche " +"Benutzer das Feld sehen können, wählen Sie eine Benutzerzugriffsgruppe." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "Modelle, Module und Apps" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" +"Modelle bestimmen die logische Struktur einer Datenbank und wie die Daten " +"gespeichert, organisiert und bearbeitet werden. Mit anderen Worten, ein " +"Modell ist eine Tabelle mit Informationen, die mit anderen Tabellen " +"verknüpft werden können. Ein Modell stellt in der Regel ein Geschäftskonzept" +" dar, wie z. B. einen *Verkaufsauftrag*, *Kontakt* oder *Produkt*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" +"Module und Apps enthalten verschiedene Elemente, wie Modelle, Ansichten, " +"Datendateien, Webcontroller und statische Webdaten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" +"Alle Apps sind Module. Größere, eigenständige Module werden in der Regel als" +" Apps bezeichnet, während andere Module in der Regel als Add-Ons zu diesen " +"Apps dienen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Funktionen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie ein neues Modell oder eine neue App mit Studio erstellen, können " +"Sie bis zu 14 Funktionen hinzufügen, um den Erstellungsprozess zu " +"beschleunigen. Diese Funktionen bündeln Felder, Standardeinstellungen und " +"Ansichten, die in der Regel zusammen verwendet werden, um einige " +"Standardfunktionen bereitzustellen. Die meisten dieser Funktionen können " +"später hinzugefügt werden, aber wenn Sie sie von Anfang an hinzufügen, wird " +"der Prozess der Modellerstellung wesentlich einfacher. Außerdem interagieren" +" diese Funktionen in einigen Fällen miteinander, um ihren Nutzen zu erhöhen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie ein Modell mit den Funktionen :ref:`studio/models-modules-" +"apps/suggested-features/picture` und :ref:`studio/models-modules-" +"apps/suggested-features/pipeline-stages` erstellen, wird das Bild in das " +"Kartenlayout der :ref:`Kanban `-Ansicht eingefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" +"Kombination der Funktionen Bild und Pipeline-Phasen in der Kanban-Ansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "Kontaktinformationen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl von :guilabel:`Kontaktdetails` fügt der :ref:`Formularansicht " +"` ein :ref:`Many2One-Feld " +"` hinzu, das mit dem Modell " +"*Kontakt* verknüpft ist, sowie zwei seiner :ref:`Zugehörigen Felder " +"`: :guilabel:`Telefon` und " +":guilabel:`E-Mail`. Das Feld :guilabel:`Kontakt` wird auch der " +":ref:`Listenansicht ` hinzugefügt und " +"die :ref:`Kartenansicht ` wird aktiviert." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Kontaktdetails in der Formularansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "Benutzerzuweisung" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl der :guilabel:`Benutzerzuweisung` fügt der :ref:`Formularansicht" +" ` ein :ref:`Many2One-Feld " +"` hinzu, das mit dem Modell " +"*Kontakt* verknüpft ist, mit folgender :guilabel:`Domain`: `Benutzer teilen " +"ist nicht gesetzt`, um nur die Auswahl von *internen Benutzern* zu " +"ermöglichen. Darüber hinaus wird das Widget :guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user`" +" verwendet, um den Avatar des Benutzers anzuzeigen. Das Feld " +":guilabel:`Verantwortlich` wird auch der :ref:`Listenansicht " +"` hinzugefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Benutzerzuweisungsfunktion in der Formularansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "Datum & Kalender" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie :guilabel:`Datum & Kalender` wählen, wird der :ref:`Formularansicht" +" ` ein :ref:`Datumsfeld ` hinzugefügt und die :ref:`Kalenderansicht " +"` aktiviert." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "Datumsbereich & Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl von :guilabel:`Datumsbereich & Gantt` fügt der " +":ref:`Formularansicht ` zwei :ref:`Datumsfelder " +"` nebeneinander hinzu: eines zum Festlegen" +" eines Startdatums, das andere zum Festlegen eines Enddatums, unter " +"Verwendung des :guilabel:`daterange`-Widgets, und aktiviert die :ref:`Gantt-" +"Ansicht `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "Pipeline-Phasen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl von :guilabel:`Pipeline-Phasen` aktiviert die :ref:`Kanban-" +"Ansicht `, fügt mehrere Felder wie " +":ref:`Priorität ` und " +":guilabel:`Kanban-Status` sowie drei Phasen hinzu: :guilabel:`Neu`, " +":guilabel:`In Bearbeitung` und :guilabel:`Erledigt`. Die " +":guilabel:`Pipeline-Statusleiste` und das Feld :guilabel:`Kanban-Status` " +"werden der :ref:`Formularansicht ` hinzugefügt. " +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Farbe` wird der :ref:`Listenansicht " +"` hinzugefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" +"Die Funktion :guilabel:`Pipeline-Phasen` kann später hinzugefügt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Stichwörter" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl von :guilabel:`Stichwörtern` fügt den Ansichten " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form`- und :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` ein :ref:`Stichwörter-Feld ` hinzu und erstellt dabei ein *Stichwort*-Modell mit " +"vorkonfigurierten Zugriffsrechten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Bild" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie :guilabel:`Bild` wählen, wird oben rechts in der " +":ref:`Formularansicht ` ein :ref:`Bildfeld " +"` hinzugefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" +"Die Funktion :guilabel:`Bild` kann zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt hinzugefügt " +"werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Zeilen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl von :guilabel:`Zeilen`: fügt der :ref:`Formularansicht " +"` ein :ref:`Zeilenfeld ` innerhalb einer :guilabel:`Reiter`-Komponente hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Notizen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie :guilabel:`Notizen` wählen, wird der :ref:`Formularansicht " +"` ein :ref:`Html-Feld ` hinzugefügt, das die volle Breite des Formulars nutzt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "Monetärer Wert" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie :guilabel:`Monetärer Wert` auswählen, wird den Ansichten " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form`- und :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` ein :ref:`Monetäres Feld ` hinzugefügt. Die Ansichten " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` und :ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` " +"sind ebenfalls aktiviert." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "Ein Feld *Währung* wird hinzugefügt und aus der Ansicht ausgeblendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Unternehmen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie :guilabel:`Unternehmen` auswählen, werden der Ansichten " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` ein :ref:`Many2One-Feld ` hinzugefügt, das mit dem Modell *Unternehmen* verknüpft." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist nur sinnvoll, wenn Sie in einer Umgebung mit mehreren Unternehmen " +"arbeiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Sortierung" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl von :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierte Sortierung` fügt der " +":ref:`Listenansicht ` ein Symbol für " +"einen Ziehpunkt hinzu, mit dem Sie Datensätze manuell neu anordnen können." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "Funktion der Benutzerdefinierten Sortierung in der Listenansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl von :guilabel:`Chatter` fügt der :ref:`Formularansicht " +"` Chatter-Funktionen hinzu (Versenden von " +"Nachrichten, Hinterlassen von Notizen und Planen von Aktivitäten)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" +"Die Funktion :guilabel:`Chatter` kann zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt " +"hinzugefügt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Chatter-Funktion in der Formularansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Archivieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl von :guilabel:`Archivieren` fügt den Ansichten " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` und :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` die Aktion :guilabel:`Archivieren` hinzu und verbirgt " +"archivierte Datensätze standardmäßig vor Suchen und Ansichten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "Anpassungen exportieren und importieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Anpassung mit Studio vornehmen, wird Ihrer Datenbank ein neues" +" Modul mit dem Namen :guilabel:`Studio-Anpassungen` hinzugefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" +"Um diese Anpassungen zu exportieren, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Hauptdashboard --> Studio --> Anpassungen --> Exportieren`, " +"um eine ZIP-Datei mit allen Anpassungen herunterzuladen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" +"Um diese Anpassungen in eine andere Datenbank zu importieren und zu " +"installieren, verbinden Sie sich mit der Zieldatenbank und gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Hauptdashboard --> Studio --> Anpassungen --> Importieren`, " +"laden Sie dann die exportierte ZIP-Datei hoch, bevor Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Importieren` klicken." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" +"Vergewissern Sie sich vor dem Importieren, dass die Zieldatenbank dieselben " +"Apps und Module enthält wie die Quelldatenbank. Studio fügt die zugrunde " +"liegenden Module nicht als Abhängigkeiten des exportierten Moduls hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "PDF-Berichte" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" +"Mit Studio können Sie bestehende PDF-Berichte (z. B. Aufträge und Angebote) " +"bearbeiten oder neue Berichte erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" +"Um einen Standard-PDF-Bericht zu bearbeiten, wird dringend empfohlen, ihn zu" +" **duplizieren** und Änderungen an der duplizierten Version vorzunehmen, da " +"Änderungen an Standardberichten nach einem Odoo-Upgrade überschrieben " +"werden. Um einen Bericht zu duplizieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Studio" +" --> Berichte`. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger auf die obere rechte Ecke des " +"Berichts, klicken Sie auf das vertikale Ellipsen-Symbol (:guilabel:`⋮`) und " +"wählen Sie dann :guilabel:`Duplizieren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "Einen PDF-Bericht duplizieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "Standardlayout" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" +"Das Standardlayout der Berichte wird außerhalb von Studio verwaltet. Gehen " +"Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Unternehmen: Dokumentlayout --> " +"Dokumentlayout konfigurieren`. Die Layouteinstellungen gelten für alle " +"Berichte, aber nur für das aktuelle Unternehmen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie :guilabel:`PDF-Ansicht herunterladen`, um zu sehen, wie die " +"unterschiedlichen Einstellungen das Layout einer Beispielrechnung betreffen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "Es gibt vier Layouts." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Hell" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "Layoutbeispiel eines einfachen Berichts" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "In Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "Layoutbeispiel eines Berichts mit Tabelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Fett" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "Layoutbeispiel eines Berichts mit Fettdruck" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Gestreift" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "Layoutbeispiel eines Berichts mit Streifen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Schriftart" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt sieben Schriftarten. Klicken Sie auf die Links unten, um eine " +"Vorschau auf `Google Fonts `_ zu erhalten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "`Lato `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "`Roboto `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" +"`Open Sans `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" +"`Montserrat `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "`Oswald `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "`Raleway `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "`Tajawal `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tajawal` unterstützt sowohl arabische als auch lateinische " +"Schriftzeichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "Unternehmenslogo" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" +"Laden Sie eine Bilddatei hoch, um ein :guilabel:`Unternehmenslogo` " +"hinzuzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" +"Dadurch wird das Logo dem Datensatz des Unternehmens im Modell *Unternehmen*" +" hinzugefügt, auf das Sie über :menuselection:`Allgemeine Einstellungen --> " +"Unternehmen --> Info aktualisieren` zugreifen können." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Farben" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" +"Ändern Sie die in den Berichten verwendeten Primär- und Sekundärfarben, um " +"wichtige Elemente hervorzuheben. Die Standardfarben werden automatisch auf " +"der Grundlage der Farben des Logos generiert." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "Layout-Hintergrund" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "Ändern Sie den :guilabel:`Layout-Hintergrund` des Berichts:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Leer`: Nichts wird angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Geometrisch`: Im Hintergrund wird ein Bild mit geometrischen " +"Formen angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Benutzerdefiniert`: Verwenden Sie ein benutzerdefiniertes " +"Hintergrundbild, indem Sie eines hochladen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "Slogan des Unternehmens" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" +"Der :guilabel:`Slogan des Unternehmens` wird in der Kopfzeile von " +":ref:`Externen Berichten ` " +"angezeigt. Sie können mehrere Textzeilen hinzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "Unternehmensdetails" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Unternehmensdetails` werden in der Kopfzeile von " +":ref:`Externen Berichten ` " +"angezeigt. Sie können mehrere Textzeilen hinzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Fußzeile" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Fußzeile`, um einen beliebigen Text in die" +" Fußzeilen der :ref:`Externen Berichte ` einzufügen. Sie können mehrere Textzeilen hinzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Papierformat" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Papierformat`, um das Papierformat der " +"Berichte zu ändern. Sie können entweder :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29,7 cm) " +"oder :guilabel:`US Letter` (21,59 cm x 27,54 cm) wählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das :guilabel:`Papierformat` für einzelne Berichte ändern. Öffnen" +" Sie die App, die den Bericht enthält, und gehen Sie dann zu " +":menuselection:`Studio --> Berichte --> Bericht auswählen oder erstellen -->" +" Bericht --> Papierformat auswählen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurations-Pop-up-Fenster für das Standardlayout von PDF-Berichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "Kopf- und Fußzeile" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen neuen Bericht in Studio erstellen, müssen Sie sich zunächst " +"für einen von drei Berichtsstilen entscheiden. Damit wird lediglich " +"festgelegt, was in der Kopf- und Fußzeile angezeigt wird. Gehen Sie dazu zur" +" App, zu der Sie einen neuen Bericht hinzufügen möchten, und klicken Sie " +"dann auf die :menuselection:`Studio-Schaltfläche --> Berichte --> Neu` und " +"wählen Sie :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/internal`, oder :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/blank`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Extern" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" +"Die Kopfzeile zeigt das :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/logo` und " +"mehrere Werte, die im Modell *Unternehmen* festgelegt sind: " +":guilabel:`Unternehmensname`, :guilabel:`Telefon`, :guilabel:`E-Mail` und " +":guilabel:`Website`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" +"Um die Informationen einem Unternehmen zu ändern, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Unternehmen --> Info aktualisieren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "Beispiel einer externen Kopfzeile" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" +"Die Fußzeile zeigt die Werte an, die in den Feldern :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/default-layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/details` und :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` " +"festgelegt wurden, sowie die Seitenzahl." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "Beispiel einer externen Fußzeile" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Intern" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" +"In der Kopfzeile werden das aktuelle Datum und die Uhrzeit des Benutzers, " +":guilabel:`Unternehmensname` und die Seitenzahl angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "Es gibt keine Fußzeile." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Leer" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "Es gibt weder eine Kopf- noch eine Fußzeile." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "Reiter hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie einen bestehenden Bericht geöffnet oder einen neuen Bericht " +"erstellt haben, gehen Sie auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, um Elemente" +" hinzuzufügen oder zu bearbeiten. Die Elemente sind in vier Kategorien " +"unterteilt: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/table`, und " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Blockieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" +"Blockelemente beginnen in einer neuen Zeile und nehmen die gesamte Breite " +"der Seite ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Breite eines Elements festlegen, indem Sie es markieren und " +"auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Optionen` wechseln." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Text`: Fügen Sie einen beliebigen Text ein, der standardmäßig " +"eine kleine Schriftgröße hat." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Titelblock`: Fügen Sie einen beliebigen Text ein, der " +"standardmäßig eine größere Schriftgröße hat." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bild`: Fügen Sie ein Bild hinzu. Sie können entweder eines von " +"Ihrem Gerät hochladen, eines von einer URL hinzufügen oder eines auswählen, " +"das bereits in Ihrer Datenbank vorhanden ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Feld`: fügt dynamisch den Wert eines Feldes hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Feld & Bezeichnung`: fügt dynamisch den Wert und die Bezeichnung " +"eines Feldes hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Adressblock`: fügt dynamisch die Werte eines Kontakts (Modell " +"`res.partner`) hinzu, falls vorhanden: *Name*, *Adresse*, *Telefon*, *Mobil*" +" und *E-Mail*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "Beispiel eines Adressblocks" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Inline" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" +"Inline-Elemente werden um andere Elemente herum verwendet. Sie beginnen " +"nicht in einer neuen Zeile und die Breite passt sich der Länge des Inhalts " +"an." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Breite und die Rahmen eines Elements festlegen, indem Sie es " +"markieren und auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Optionen` wechseln." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Tisch" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" +"Tabellenelemente werden zusammen verwendet, um eine Datentabelle zu " +"erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datentabelle`: Erstellen Sie eine Tabelle und fügen Sie dynamisch" +" eine erste Spalte hinzu, die die Werte vom Typ *Name* eines :ref:`Many2Many" +" ` oder :ref:`One2Many " +"`-Feldes in Ihrem Modell anzeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "Beispiel einer Datentabelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Feldspalte`: Fügen Sie der Tabelle eine neue Spalte hinzu, die " +"die Werte eines :ref:`Zugehörigen Feldes ` anzeigt, das zur Erstellung der " +":guilabel:`Datentabelle` verwendet wurde." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Text in Zelle`: Fügen Sie beliebigen Text in einer vorhandene " +"Tabellenzelle hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Feld in Zelle`: fügt in einer bestehenden Tabellenzelle die Werte" +" eines :ref:`Zugehörigen Feldes ` zu dem Feld hinzu, das zur Erstellung der :guilabel:`Datentabelle` " +"verwendet wurde." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zwischensumme & Summe`: Fügen Sie den Wert eines bestehenden " +"Feldes :guilabel:`Gesamtbetrag`. Wenn ein :guilabel:`Steuern`-Feld vorhanden" +" ist, werden die unversteuerten Beträge und die Steuern vor dem Gesamtbetrag" +" addiert." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Spalten" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" +"Spalten werden verwendet, um mehrere :ref:`Block `-Elemente in derselben Zeile einzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zwei Spalten`: Fügen Sie einen beliebigen Text in zwei " +"verschiedenen Spalten ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Drei Spalten`: Fügen Sie einen beliebigen Text in drei " +"verschiedenen Spalten ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "Reiter „Bericht“" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Im Reiter :guilabel:`Bericht` stehen mehrere Konfigurationsoptionen zur " +"Verfügung." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Ändern Sie den Namen des Berichts. Der neue Name wird " +"überall übernommen (in Studio, unter der Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Drucken` " +"und für den Namen der PDF-Datei)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Papierformat`: Ändern Sie die Papiergröße des Berichts." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Im Druck hinzufügen`: Fügen Sie den Bericht unter der " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`🖶 Drucken` hinzu, die im Datensatz verfügbar ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Reiter „Optionen“" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie ein Element im Bericht aus, um auf die Optionen des Elements " +"zuzugreifen und es zu bearbeiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "Der Reiter „Optionen“ für ein Textelement" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Sie können mehrere Elemente gleichzeitig auswählen und bearbeiten, indem Sie" +" auf die verschiedenen Abschnitte oder Bereiche klicken (z. B. `div`, " +"`table` usw.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "Hier finden Sie einige der gängigsten Optionen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rahmen`: fügt Abstände an der :guilabel:`Oberseite`, " +":guilabel:`rechts`, :guilabel:`Unterseite` und :guilabel:`links` vom Element" +" hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Breite`: Legen Sie die maximale Breite des Elements fest." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sichtbar, wenn`: legt fest, unter welchen Bedingungen das Element" +" angezeigt werden soll." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"` the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aus Ansicht entfernen`: entfernt das Element aus der Ansicht des " +"Berichts." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Textdekoration`: Schrift in fett, kursiv und unterstrichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ausrichtung`: Richten Sie das Element links, mittig oder rechts " +"im Bericht aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Schriftart`: Verwenden Sie eine der Standardschriftarten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Farben`: Ändern Sie die Farbe der Schrift und die " +"Hintergrundfarbe." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" +"Möglicherweise müssen Sie einen Abschnitt oder eine Abteilung oberhalb des " +"Elements, das Sie bearbeiten möchten, auswählen, um einige der oben " +"beschriebenen Optionen zu sehen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "Ansichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" +"Ansichten sind die Schnittstelle, über die die in einem Modell enthaltenen " +"Daten angezeigt werden können. Ein Modell kann mehrere Ansichten haben, die " +"einfach nur verschiedene Möglichkeiten sind, dieselben Daten anzuzeigen. In " +"Studio sind die Ansichten in vier Kategorien unterteilt: :ref:`Allgemein " +"`, :ref:`Mehrere Datensätze `, :ref:`Zeitleiste ` und :ref:`Berichtswesen" +" `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" +"Um die Standardansicht eines Modells zu ändern, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Studio --> Ansichten --> Drop-down-Menü (⋮) --> Als Standard" +" festlegen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" +"Sie können Ansichten mit dem integrierten XML-Editor bearbeiten. Aktivieren " +"Sie dazu den :ref:`Entwicklermodus `, gehen Sie zu der " +"Ansicht, die Sie bearbeiten möchten, wählen Sie den Reiter " +":guilabel:`Ansicht` und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:` XML`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Ansicht mit dem XML-Editor bearbeiten, vermeiden Sie es, " +"Änderungen direkt an Standardansichten und geerbten Ansichten vorzunehmen, " +"da diese zurückgesetzt werden und im Falle einer Aktualisierung oder eines " +"Modul-Upgrades nicht beibehalten würden. Stellen Sie immer sicher, dass Sie " +"die richtigen geerbten Studio-Ansichten auswählen. Wenn Sie nämlich eine " +"Ansicht in Studio per Drag-and-drop eines neuen Feldes ändern, werden " +"automatisch eine bestimmte geerbte Studio-Ansicht und ihr XPath generiert, " +"der definiert, welcher Teil der Ansicht geändert wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "Allgemeine Ansichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" +"Die hierunter beschriebenen Einstellungen finden Sie im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Ansicht`, sofern nicht anders angegeben." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "Formular" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" +"Die Ansicht :guilabel:`Formular` wird zum Erstellen und Bearbeiten von " +"Datensätzen verwendet, z. B. von Kontakten, Verkaufsaufträgen, Produkten " +"usw." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" +"Um ein Formular zu strukturieren, ziehen Sie das Element :guilabel:`Reiter " +"und Spalten` per Drag-and-drop, das sich unter dem Reiter :guilabel:`+ " +"Hinzufügen` befindet." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" +"Um zu verhindern, dass Benutzer Datensätze erstellen, bearbeiten oder " +"löschen, deaktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Darf erstellen`, :guilabel:`Darf " +"bearbeiten` oder :guilabel:`Darf löschen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "Formularansicht des Verkaufsauftragsmodell" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "Aktivität" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" +"Die Ansicht :guilabel:`Aktivität` wird verwendet, um Aktivitäten (E-Mails, " +"Anrufe usw.), die mit Datensätzen verknüpft sind, zu planen und im Überblick" +" zu behalten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" +"Diese Ansicht kann nur in Studio durch Bearbeitung des XML-Codes geändert " +"werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "Aktivitätsansicht des Lead/Verkaufschancenmodell" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Suchen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" +"Die Ansicht :guilabel:`Suchen` wird zu anderen Ansichten hinzugefügt, um " +"Datensätze zu filtern, zu gruppieren und zu suchen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" +"Um benutzerdefinierte :guilabel:`Filter` hinzuzufügen und sie mit " +":guilabel:`Trennzeichen` zu strukturieren, gehen Sie auf den Reiter " +":guilabel:`+ Hinzufügen` und ziehen Sie sie per Drag-and-drop unter " +":guilabel:`Filter`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" +"Um ein bestehendes Feld unter dem Drop-down-Menü der Suche hinzuzufügen, " +"gehen Sie zum Reiter :guilabel:`+ Hinzufügen` und ziehen Sie es per Drag-" +"and-drop unter :guilabel:`Felder mit Autovervollständigung`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "Suchen-Ansicht des Projektmodells in der Kanban-Ansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "Ansicht mit mehreren Datensätzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Kanban`-Ansicht wird häufig verwendet, um Geschäftsabläufe zu" +" unterstützen, indem Datensätze über Phasen hinweg verschoben werden oder " +"als alternative Möglichkeit, Datensätze innerhalb von *Karten* anzuzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die :guilabel:`Kanban`-Ansicht existiert, wird sie standardmäßig für " +"die Anzeige von Daten auf mobilen Geräten anstelle der :ref:`Listenansicht " +"` verwendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" +"Um zu verhindern, dass Benutzer neue Datensätze erstellen, deaktivieren Sie " +"das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Darf erstellen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze direkt in der Ansicht in einer minimalistischen Form zu " +"erstellen, aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Schnelles Anlegen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" +"Um die Art und Weise zu ändern, wie Datensätze standardmäßig gruppiert " +"werden, wählen Sie eine neue Gruppe unter :guilabel:`Standardmäßig " +"gruppieren nach`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht des Projektsmodells" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Liste" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Listenansicht` wird verwendet, um viele Datensätze auf einmal" +" zu überblicken, nach Datensätzen zu suchen und einfache Datensätze zu " +"bearbeiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze direkt in der Ansicht zu erstellen und zu bearbeiten, wählen " +"Sie entweder :guilabel:`Neuer Datensatz oben` oder :guilabel:`Neuer " +"Datensatz unten` unter :guilabel:`Bearbeitbar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" +"Dies verhindert, dass Benutzer Datensätze in der :ref:`Formularansicht " +"` aus der :guilabel:`Listenansicht` öffnen " +"können." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" +"Um mehrere Datensätze auf einmal zu bearbeiten, markieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Massenbearbeitung aktivieren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" +"Um zu ändern, wie Datensätze standardmäßig sortiert werden, wählen Sie ein " +"Feld unter :guilabel:`Sortieren nach`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" +"Um ein Ziehpunkt-Symbol hinzuzufügen, mit dem Sie Datensätze manuell neu " +"anordnen können, fügen Sie ein :ref:`Ganzzahl-Feld ` mit dem :guilabel:`Ziehpunkt`-Widget hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" +"Ziehpunkt-Symbol, um Datensätze in der Listenansicht manuell zu sortieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "Listenansicht des Verkaufsauftragsmodell" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "Karte" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Kartenansicht` wird verwendet, um Datensätze auf einer Karte " +"anzuzeigen. Sie wird zum Beispiel in der Außendienst-App verwendet, um eine " +"Route zwischen verschiedenen Aufgaben zu planen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" +"Ein :ref:`Many2One-Feld `, das mit" +" dem *Kontakt*-Modell verknüpft ist, ist erforderlich, um die Ansicht zu " +"aktivieren, da die Kontaktadresse zur Positionierung der Datensätze auf der " +"Karte verwendet wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" +"Um auszuwählen, welche Art von Kontakt auf der Karte verwendet werden soll, " +"wählen Sie ihn unter :guilabel:`Kontaktfeld`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" +"Um den Namen oder die Adresse des Datensatzes auszublenden, markieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Name ausblenden` oder :guilabel:`Adresse ausblenden`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" +"Um Informationen aus anderen Feldern hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie diese unter " +":guilabel:`Zusätzliche Felder` aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" +"Um eine Route zwischen den verschiedenen Datensätzen vorschlagen zu lassen, " +"markieren Sie :guilabel:`Routenplanung aktivieren` und wählen Sie aus, " +"welches Feld für die Sortierung der Datensätze für die Routenplanung " +"verwendet werden soll." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "Kartenansicht des Aufgabenmodells" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "Zeitleistenansichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine der Zeitleistenansichten zum ersten Mal aktivieren, müssen Sie" +" auswählen, welches Feld :ref:`Datum ` " +"oder :ref:`Datum & Zeit ` Ihres " +"Modells verwendet werden sollen, um zu definieren, wann die Datensätze " +"beginnen und enden, um sie in der Ansicht anzuzeigen. Sie können die Felder " +":guilabel:`Startdatumsfeld` und :guilabel:`Enddatumsfeld` nach dem " +"Aktivieren der Ansicht ändern." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Kalender" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Kalender`-Ansicht dient der Übersicht und Verwaltung von " +"Datensätzen in einem Kalender." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze direkt in der Ansicht zu erstellen, anstatt die " +":ref:`Formularansicht ` zu öffnen, aktivieren Sie" +" :guilabel:`Schnelles Anlegen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" +"Dies funktioniert nur bei bestimmten Modellen, die nur mit einem *Namen* " +"schnell erstellt werden können. Die meisten Modelle unterstützen jedoch " +"keine schnelle Erstellung und öffnen die :guilabel:`Formularansicht`, um die" +" erforderlichen Felder auszufüllen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze im Kalender einzufärben, wählen Sie ein Feld unter " +":guilabel:`Farbe`. Alle Datensätze, die den gleichen Wert für dieses Feld " +"haben, werden in der gleichen Farbe angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" +"Da die Anzahl der Farben begrenzt ist, kann es vorkommen, dass dieselbe " +"Farbe verschiedenen Werten zugeordnet wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" +"Um Veranstaltungen, die den ganzen Tag dauern, oben im Kalender anzuzeigen, " +"wählen Sie ein :ref:`Kontrollkästchenfeld `, das angibt, ob der Termin den ganzen Tag dauert." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" +"Um die Standardzeitskala für die Anzeige von Veranstaltungen auszuwählen, " +"wählen Sie :guilabel:`Stichwort`, :guilabel:`Woche`, :guilabel:`Monat` oder " +":guilabel:`Jahr` unter :guilabel:`Standardanzeigemodus`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" +"Sie können auch ein :guilabel:`Verzögerungsfeld` verwenden, um die Dauer des" +" Termins in Stunden anzuzeigen, indem Sie ein Feld :ref:`Dezimalstellen " +"` oder :ref:`Ganzzahl " +"` auf dem Modell auswählen, das die " +"Dauer des Termins angibt. Wenn Sie jedoch ein :guilabel:`Enddatumsfeld` " +"setzen, wird das :guilabel:`Verzögerungsfeld` nicht berücksichtigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "Kalenderansicht des Kalenderereignismodells" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "Kohorte" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Kohortenansicht` wird verwendet, um den Lebenszyklus von " +"Datensätzen über einen bestimmten Zeitraum zu untersuchen. Sie wird zum " +"Beispiel in der Abonnements-App verwendet, um die Kundenbindungsrate von " +"Abonnements zu sehen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" +"Um eine Kennzahl (d. h. den aggregierten Wert eines bestimmten Feldes) " +"standardmäßig in der Ansicht anzuzeigen, wählen Sie ein " +":guilabel:`Wertfeld`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" +"Um auszuwählen, welches Zeitintervall standardmäßig zur Gruppierung der " +"Ergebnisse verwendet wird, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Stichwort`, " +":guilabel:`Woche`, :guilabel:`Monat` oder :guilabel:`Jahr` unter " +":guilabel:`Intervall`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" +"Um den Kohorten-:guilabel:`Modus` zu ändern, wählen Sie entweder " +":guilabel:`Kundenbindung` :dfn:`der Prozentsatz der Datensätze, die über " +"einen bestimmten Zeitraum bleiben – er beginnt bei 100 % und nimmt mit der " +"Zeit ab` oder :guilabel:`Abwanderung` :dfn:`der Prozentsatz der Datensätze, " +"die über einen bestimmten Zeitraum ausscheiden – er beginnt bei 0 % und " +"nimmt mit der Zeit zu`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"Um den Verlauf der :guilabel:`Zeitleiste` (d. h. der Spalten) zu ändern, " +"wählen Sie entweder :guilabel:`Vorwärts` (von 0 bis +15) oder " +":guilabel:`Rückwärts` (von -15 bis 0). Für die meisten Zwecke wird die " +"Zeitleiste :guilabel:`Vorwärts` verwendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "Kohortenansicht des Abonnements-Modells" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Gantt`-Ansicht dient zur Vorhersage und Untersuchung des " +"Gesamtfortschritts von Datensätzen. Datensätze werden durch einen Balken " +"unter einer Zeitskala dargestellt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" +"Um zu verhindern, dass Benutzer Datensätze erstellen oder bearbeiten, " +"deaktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Darf erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Darf " +"bearbeiten`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" +"Um graue Zellen auszufüllen, wenn dort kein Datensatz erstellt werden soll " +"(z. B. an Wochenenden für Mitarbeiter), markieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Nichtverfügbarkeit anzeigen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" +"Das zugrundeliegende Modell muss diese Funktion unterstützen, und die " +"Unterstützung kann nicht über Studio hinzugefügt werden. Sie wird für die " +"Apps Projekt, Abwesenheiten, Planung und Fertigung unterstützt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" +"Um eine Summenzeile am unteren Rand anzuzeigen, markieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Summenzeile anzeigen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" +"Um mehrere Datensätze in einer einzigen Zeile zu komprimieren, markieren Sie" +" :guilabel:`Erste Ebene einklappen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" +"Um festzulegen, wie die Datensätze in den Zeilen standardmäßig gruppiert " +"werden sollen (z .B. pro Mitarbeiter oder Projekt), wählen Sie ein Feld " +"unter :guilabel:`Standardmäßig gruppieren nach`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" +"Um eine Standardzeitskala für die Anzeige von Datensätzen zu definieren, " +"wählen Sie :guilabel:`Stichwort`, :guilabel:`Woche`, :guilabel:`Monat` oder " +":guilabel:`Jahr` unter :guilabel:`Standardskala`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze in der Ansicht einzufärben, wählen Sie ein Feld unter " +":guilabel:`Farbe`. Alle Datensätze, die den gleichen Wert für dieses Feld " +"haben, werden in der gleichen Farbe angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" +"Da die Anzahl der Farben begrenzt ist, kann es vorkommen, dass dieselbe " +"Farbe verschiedenen Werten zugeordnet wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" +"Um festzulegen, mit welcher Genauigkeit jede Zeitskala geteilt werden soll, " +"wählen Sie :guilabel:`Viertelstunde`, :guilabel:`Halbe Stunde` oder " +":guilabel:`Stunde` unter :guilabel:`Tagesgenauigkeit`, :guilabel:`Halber " +"Tag` oder :guilabel:`Tag` unter :guilabel:`Wochengenauigkeit` und " +":guilabel:`Monatsgenauigkeit`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "Gantt-Ansicht des Planungsschichtmodells" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "Ansichten des Berichtwesens" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "Pivot" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Pivot`-Ansicht wird verwendet, um die in den Datensätzen " +"enthaltenen Daten auf interaktive Weise zu untersuchen und zu analysieren. " +"Sie ist besonders nützlich, um numerische Daten zu aggregieren, Kategorien " +"zu erstellen und die Daten aufzuschlüsseln, indem Sie verschiedene " +"Datenebenen aus- und einklappen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" +"Um auf alle Datensätze zuzugreifen, deren Daten unter einer Zelle " +"zusammengefasst sind, markieren Sie :guilabel:`Zugriff auf Datensätze aus " +"Zelle`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" +"Um die Daten in verschiedene Kategorien zu unterteilen, wählen Sie ein oder " +"mehrere Felder unter :guilabel:`Spaltengruppierung`, " +":guilabel:`Zeilengruppierung - Erste Ebene` oder " +":guilabel:`Zeilengruppierung - Zweite Ebene`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" +"Um verschiedene Arten von Daten hinzuzufügen, die mit der Ansicht gemessen " +"werden sollen, wählen Sie ein Feld unter :guilabel:`Werte`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" +"Um die Anzahl der Datensätze anzuzeigen, aus denen sich die aggregierten " +"Daten in einer Zelle zusammensetzen, markieren Sie :guilabel:`Anzahl " +"anzeigen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "Pivot-Ansicht des Einkaufsberichtsmodells" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Grafik" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Diagramm`-Ansicht wird verwendet, um Daten aus Datensätzen in" +" einem Balken-, Linien- oder Kreisdiagramm darzustellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" +"Um das Standarddiagramm zu ändern, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Balken`, " +":guilabel:`Linie` oder :guilabel:`Kreis` unter der Option :guilabel:`Typ`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" +"Um eine Standarddatendimension (Kategorie) auszuwählen, wählen Sie ein Feld " +"unter :guilabel:`Erste Dimension` und, falls erforderlich, ein weiteres " +"unter :guilabel:`Zweite Dimension`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" +"Um einen Standarddatentyp auszuwählen, der in der Ansicht gemessen werden " +"soll, wählen Sie ein Feld unter :guilabel:`Wert`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" +"*Nur für Balken- und Liniendiagramme*: Um die verschiedenen Datenkategorien " +"nach ihrem Wert zu sortieren, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Aufsteigend` (vom " +"niedrigsten zum höchsten Wert) oder :guilabel:`Absteigend` (vom höchsten zum" +" niedrigsten) unter :guilabel:`Sortierung`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" +"*Nur für Balken- und Kreisdiagramme*: Um auf alle Datensätze zuzugreifen, " +"deren Daten unter einer Datenkategorie im Diagramm zusammengefasst sind, " +"markieren Sie :guilabel:`Zugriff auf Datensätze aus Diagramm`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" +"*Nur für Balkendiagramme*: Wenn Sie zwei Datendimensionen (Kategorien) " +"verwenden, zeigen Sie die beiden Spalten standardmäßig übereinander an, " +"indem Sie :guilabel:`Gestapeltes Diagramm` markieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "" +"Das Balkendiagramm des Verkaufsanalyseberichtsmodells in der Diagrammansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Dashboard`-Ansicht wird verwendet, um mehrere " +"Berichtsansichten und Leistungsindikatoren anzuzeigen. Welche Elemente in " +"dieser Ansicht angezeigt werden, hängt von der Konfiguration der anderen " +"Berichtsansichten ab." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "Dashboard-Ansicht des Verkaufsanalyseberichtsmodells" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52c843a0d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -0,0 +1,1687 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Nicole Kist , 2024 +# Josep Anton Belchi, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Pablo Rojas , 2024 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2024 +# Jimmy Ramos , 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo essentials" +msgstr "Fundamentos de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:3 +msgid "Activities" +msgstr "Actividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Las *actividades* son tareas de seguimiento vinculadas a un registro en una " +"base de datos de Odoo. Estas se pueden planear desde cualquier página de la " +"base de datos que contenga un hilo del chatter, una vista kanban, una vista " +"de lista o una vista de actividades de una aplicación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "Planear actividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " +"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Una forma de crear actividades es hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Planear " +"actividades`, ubicado en la parte superior del *chatter* en cualquier " +"registro. En la ventana emergente que aparece, seleccione un :guilabel:`Tipo" +" de actividad` del menú desplegable. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " +"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " +"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Activity Types`." +msgstr "" +"Las aplicaciones individuales tienen una lista de *tipos de actividad* " +"específicas de esa aplicación. Por ejemplo, para ver y editar las " +"actividades disponibles de la aplicación *CRM* debe ir a :menuselection:`CRM" +" --> Configuración --> Tipos de actividad`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " +"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Escriba un titulo para la actividad en el campo :guilabel:`Resumen` que se " +"ubica en la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Planear actividad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " +"activity is automatically assigned." +msgstr "" +"Para asignar la actividad a un usuario diferente, seleccione un nombre del " +"menú desplegable de :guilabel:`Asignado a`. Si no selecciona a nadie, el " +"usuario que crea la actividad será asignado de manera automática. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " +":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +msgstr "" +"Por último, agregue cualquier información adicional necesaria en el campo " +"opcional :guilabel:`Escribir una nota...`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " +"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Fecha límite` en la ventana emergente de " +":guilabel:`Planear actividad` se completa de manera automática según los " +"ajustes de la configuración para el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad` que " +"seleccionó. Sin embargo, puede cambiar esta fecha si selecciona un día en el" +" calendario en el campo :guilabel:`Fecha límite`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 +msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" +msgstr "Por último, haga clic en uno de los siguientes botones: " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Planear`: agrega la actividad al chatter en la sección " +":guilabel:`Actividades planeadas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " +"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " +"marked as completed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Marcar como hecho`: agrega los detalles de la actividad al " +"chatter en la sección :guilabel:`Hoy`. La actividad no se planea, sino que " +"se marca automáticamente como hecha. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " +"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hecha \\y planear siguiente`: agrega la tarea en la sección " +":guilabel:`Hoy` marcada como hecha y abre una nueva ventana para otra " +"actividad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descartar`: descarta cualquier cambio hecho en la ventana " +"emergente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Vista de los leads en CRM y la opción para planear una actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " +"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Según el tipo de actividad, el botón :guilabel:`Planear` se reemplazará por " +"un botón de :guilabel:`Guardar` o uno de :guilabel:`Abrir calendario`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" +"Las actividades planeadas se agregan al chatter para el registro en " +":guilabel:`Actividades planeadas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " +"of an application." +msgstr "" +"Las actividades también se pueden planear desde la vista kanban, de lista o " +"de actividades en una aplicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Vista de kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " +"out the pop-up form." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un registro en donde se planeará una actividad. Haga clic en el " +"icono :guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)`, luego en :guilabel:`Planear una actividad` y " +"luego complete el formulario emergente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" +"Vista kanban de un flujo de CRM y la opción para planear una actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vista de listado" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " +"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " +"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el registro donde se planeará la actividad. Haga clic en el icono" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` y luego en :guilabel:`Planear una actividad`. Si el " +"registro ya tiene una actividad planeada, es posible que, en lugar del el " +"icono del reloj, aparezca el icono de guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)` o de " +":guilabel:`✉️ (sobre)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" +"Vista de lista de un flujo de CRM y la opción de planear una actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "Vista de actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " +"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " +"icon for the desired app." +msgstr "" +"Para abrir la vista de actividad de una aplicación, seleccione el icono de " +":guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` desde la barra del menú en cualquier lugar de la base " +"de datos. Seleccione cualquier aplicación en el menú desplegable y haga clic" +" en el icono de :guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` para la aplicación que desee. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +msgstr "" +"Menú desplegable de actividades resaltando dónde abrir la vista de actividad" +" en CRM." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " +"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un registro en dónde planear una actividad. Navegue a través de " +"la fila para encontrar el tipo de actividad que desee y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`＋ (signo de más)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" +"Vista de actividad de un flujo de CRM y la opción de planear una actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" +"Los colores de actividad, y su relación con la fecha limite de la misma, son" +" consistentes en Odoo sin importar el tipo de actividad o de vista. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " +"future." +msgstr "" +"Las actividades que aparecen de color **verde** indican que la fecha límite " +"es en algún momento del futuro." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 +msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +msgstr "El color **amarillo** indica que la fecha límite es para hoy." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." +msgstr "" +"El color **reojo** indica que la actividad está vencida y la fecha límite ya" +" pasó. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " +"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " +"on the kanban view." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si crea una actividad para una llamada y la fecha límite pasa, " +"la actividad aparecerá con un teléfono rojo en la vista de lista y con reloj" +" rojo en la vista kanban. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 +msgid "View scheduled activities" +msgstr "Vista de las actividades planeadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " +":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " +"to the far-right side of the other view options." +msgstr "" +"Para ver las actividades planeadas, puede abrir la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Ventas` o :menuselection:`CRM` y hacer clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` que se ubica en la extrema derecha de las otras " +"opciones de vista. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " +"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " +":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" +"Esto hará que se abra un menú de actividades donde podrá ver todas las " +"actividades programadas para el usuario por defecto. Para mostrar todas las " +"actividades para todos los usuarios, quite el filtro :guilabel:`Mi flujo` " +"desde la barra :guilabel:`de búsqueda`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" +" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" +" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Para ver una lista consolidada de actividades agrupadas por la aplicación " +"donde se crearon y por fecha límite, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(reloj)` en el menú del encabezado para ver las actividades de esa " +"aplicación específica en un menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" +" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." +msgstr "" +"Al final de este menú desplegable tendrá la posibilidad de " +":guilabel:`agregar una nota nueva` y :guilabel:`solicitar un documento` si " +"hace clic en el icono :guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." +msgstr "" +"Vista de la página de leads de CRM donde se resalta el menú de actividades." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 +msgid "Configure activity types" +msgstr "Configure los tipos de actividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar los tipos de actividades en la base de datos, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Conversaciones --> Actividades --> Tipos de " +"actividades`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." +msgstr "" +"Vista de la página de ajustes donde se resalta el menú de tipos de " +"actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" +"Esto mostrará la página :guilabel:`Tipos de actividad`, donde podrá " +"encontrar los tipos de actividad existentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" +"Para editar un tipo de actividad existente, selecciónelo de la lista y " +"después haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. Para crear un nuevo tipo de " +"actividad, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 +msgid "" +"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " +":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "" +"Primero debe elegir un :guilabel:`Nombre` para el nuevo tipo de actividad. " +"Esto lo puede hacer en la parte superior de un formulario de actividad en " +"blanco." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Formulario para un nuevo tipo de actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "Ajustes de actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Acción" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " +"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" +"El campo *Acción* especifica el propósito de la actividad. Algunas acciones " +"activarán comportamientos específicos después de programar una actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " +"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Subir documento`. se agregará un enlace para subir " +"un documento directamente a la actividad planeada en el chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " +"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Llamada` o :guilabel:`Junta` los usuarios tendrán " +"la opción de abrir su calendario para agendar esta actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" +" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Solicitar firma` se agregará un enlace en el " +"chatter de la actividad planeada. Al hacer clic en este enlace se abrirá una" +" ventana emergente para solicitar la firma." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " +"applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "" +"Las acciones disponibles que puede seleccionar en el tipo de actividad " +"varían dependiendo de las aplicaciones que tienen en la base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "Usuario predeterminado" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " +"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" +" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" +" creates the activity." +msgstr "" +"Para asignar esta actividad a un usuario específico de manera automática al " +"programar este tipo de actividad, seleccione un nombre desde el menú " +"desplegable :guilabel:`Usuario predeterminado`. Si este campo se deja en " +"blanco, se asignará una actividad al usuario que cree la actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "Resumen predeterminado" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" +" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "" +"Para incluir notas al crear este tipo de actividad debe ingresarlas en el " +"campo :guilabel:`Resumen predeterminado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " +"Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " +"be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" +"La información en los campos :guilabel:`Usuario predeterminado` y " +":guilabel:`Resumen predeterminado` se incluye en la actividad creada. Sin " +"embargo, se pueden alterar antes de que la actividad se programe o se " +"guarde." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "Siguiente actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " +"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "" +"Para sugerir o activar una actividad de manera automática después de que una" +" actividad se marca como completada, se debe configurar el :guilabel:`Tipo " +"de encadenamiento`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "Sugerir la siguiente actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " +"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " +":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " +"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento` seleccione :guilabel:`Sugerir" +" siguiente actividad`. Al hacerlo, el campo de abajo cambiará a " +":guilabel:`Sugerir`. Haga clic en este campo para seleccionar las " +"actividades que recomienda como actividades que le sigan a este tipo de " +"actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " +"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " +":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " +"deadline`." +msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Horario` seleccione una fecha límite predeterminada " +"para estas actividades. Para hacerlo, configure un número específico de " +":guilabel:`Días`, :guilabel:`Semanas`, o :guilabel:`Meses`. Después, decida " +"si debe pasar :guilabel:`después de la fecha de finalización` o " +":guilabel:`después de la fecha límite de actividad anterior`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " +"activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" +"Puede alterar la información del campo :guilabel:`Horario` antes de agendar " +"la actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Al completar todas las configuraciones, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgstr "" +"Ventana emergente de actividad programada con las actividades recomendadas " +"resaltadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " +"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " +"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" +"Si una actividad tiene el :guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento` configurado " +"como :guilabel:`Sugerir siguiente actividad` y tiene actividades enlistadas " +"en el campo :guilabel:`Sugerir`, los usuarios obtendrán recomendaciones de " +"actividades que pueden ser el siguiente paso." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "Activar la siguiente actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " +"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" +"Si configura el :guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento` a :guilabel:`Activar " +"siguiente actividad` hara que la siguiente actividad se active de inmediato " +"una vez que la actividad previa se termine." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " +"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" +" launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Activar la siguiente actividad` en el campo " +":guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento`, el campo de abajo cambiará a " +":guilabel:`Activador`. Desde el menú desplegable del campo " +":guilabel:`Activador` seleccione la actividad que se debería iniciar una vez" +" que esta actividad se complete." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." +msgstr "" +"Ventana emergente de programar siguiente información con énfasis en el botón" +" Hecho y continúe con el siguiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" +" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " +"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" +"Cuando una actividad tiene el :guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento` como " +":guilabel:`Activar siguiente actividad`, marque la actividad como `Lista` " +"para iniciar la siguiente actividad enlistada en el campo " +":guilabel:`Activador`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "Exportar e importar datos" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "Exportar datos desde Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" +"Al trabajar con una base de datos, a menudo es necesario exportar sus datos " +"a un archivo distinto. Hacerlo le puede ayudar a crear reportes sobre sus " +"actividades (incluso si Odoo ofrece una herramienta precisa que facilita " +"realizar reportes en cada aplicación disponible)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" +"Con Odoo puede exportar valores desde cualquier campo en cualquier registro." +" Para hacerlo, active la vista de lista en los elementos a exportar, haga " +"clic en *Acción* y, después, en *Exportar*." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" +"Vista de las distintas cosas por habilitar o hacer clic para exportar datos" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" +"A pesar de ser sencillo, esta acción viene con diversas particularidades. Al" +" hacer clic en *Exportar*, aparece una ventana emergente con varias opciones" +" para los datos que se exportarán:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Vista general de todas las opciones a considerar al exportar datos en Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" +"Con la opción de *Deseo actualizar datos* habilitada, el sistema solo " +"muestra los campos que se pueden importar. Esto es muy útil en caso de que " +"quiera actualizar registros existentes. Funciona como una especie de filtro," +" si no selecciona la casilla tiene más opciones de campo porque muestra " +"todos los campos, no solo los que se pueden importar." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" +"Al exportar puede elegir dos formatos: .csv y .xls. Con .csv, los elementos " +"se separan con una coma, mientras que .xls almacena información sobre todas " +"las hojas de trabajo en un archivo e incluye tanto el contenido como el " +"formato." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" +"Esos son los artículos que tal vez desee exportar. Use las flechas para " +"mostrar más opciones de subcampos. Puede usar la barra de búsqueda para " +"encontrar campos específicos con facilidad. Para usar la opción de buscar " +"con mayor eficiencia, haga clic en todas las flechas para mostrar todos los " +"campos." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "Con el botón de + puede agregar más campos a la lista \"por exportar\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" +"Las \"manijas\" junto a los campos seleccionados le permiten mover los " +"campos hacia arriba o abajo para cambiar el orden en el que se mostrarán en " +"el archivo exportado." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "Puede usar la papelera para eliminar campos." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que sean reportes recurrentes, puede guardar los ajustes " +"preestablecidos de una exportación. Seleccione todos las necesarios, haga " +"clic en la barra de la plantilla, luego haga clic en *Nueva plantilla* y " +"proporciónele un nombre a la suya. La próxima vez que necesite exportar la " +"misma lista, solo deberá seleccionar la plantilla relacionada." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" +"Tome en cuenta el identificador externo del campo. Por ejemplo, *Empresa " +"relacionada* es igual a *parent_id*. Hacerlo ayuda a exportar lo que desee " +"importar después." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "Importar datos a Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "Cómo empezar" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" +"Puede importar datos en cualquier objeto empresarial de Odoo usando formatos" +" de Excel (.xlsx) o CSV (.csv) como contactos, productos, estados de cuenta " +"bancarios, asientos contables e incluso órdenes." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" +"Abra la vista del objeto que desea llenar y haga clic en " +":menuselection:`Favoritos --> Importar registros`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" +"Ahí encontrará plantillas que puede completar con sus propios datos con " +"facilidad. Dichas plantillas se pueden importar con solo un clic, el mapeo " +"de datos ya está hecho." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "Cómo adaptar la plantilla" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" +"Agregue, elimine y organice columnas para adaptarse a la estructura de su " +"información." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" +"Recomendamos que no elimine la columna **ID** (explicamos el motivo en la " +"siguiente sección)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" +"Establezca un ID único para cada registro arrastrando la secuencia del ID " +"hacia abajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" +"Al agregar una nueva columna, es posible que Odoo no pueda mapearla " +"automáticamente si la etiqueta no corresponde a ningún campo en Odoo pero " +"puede mapear las nuevas columnas de forma manual cuando pruebe la " +"importación. Busque el campo correspondiente en la lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, use la etiqueta de este campo en su archivo para hacer que " +"funcione correctamente la próxima vez." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "Cómo importar desde otra aplicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" +"Para volver a crear las relaciones entre registros distintos, debe usar el " +"identificador único de la aplicación original y mapearlo con la columna " +"**ID** (ID externo) en Odoo. Al importar otro registro que se relaciona con " +"el primero, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/ID externo) para el identificador único " +"original. También puede encontrar este registro con su nombre, pero puede " +"tardar un poco más si por lo menos 2 registros tienen el mismo nombre." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" +"El **ID** se utilizará para actualizar la importación original si necesita " +"volver a importar los datos modificados después, así que es una buena " +"práctica especificarlo siempre que sea posible." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "No puedo encontrar el campo al que quiero mapear mi columna" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo trata de encontrar con heurística, según las primeras diez líneas de " +"los archivos, el tipo del campo de cada columna dentro de su archivo. Por " +"ejemplo, si tiene una columna que solo contiene números, solo se mostrarán " +"los campos que son de tipo *entero* para que elija. Aunque este " +"comportamiento puede ser bueno y sencillo en la mayoría de los casos, " +"también es posible que no salga bien o que desee mapear su columna a un " +"campo que no fue propuesto de forma predeterminada." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" +"Si eso pasa, solo debe seleccionar la opción **Mostrar campos de campos de " +"relación (avanzado)**, después podrá elegir de la lista completa de campos " +"de cada columna." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "¿Dónde puedo cambiar el formato de la fecha de importación?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" +"Odoo puede detectar de forma automática si una columna es una fecha e " +"intentará deducir el formato de fecha a partir de un conjunto de formatos de" +" fecha más utilizados. Aunque este proceso puede funcionar para varios " +"formatos de fecha, otros no se reconocerán. Esto puede causar confusión " +"debido a la inversión día-mes; es difícil deducir qué parte de un formato de" +" fecha es el día y qué parte es el mes en una fecha como '01-03-2016 '." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" +"Para ver qué formato de fecha encontró Odoo en su archivo, puede revisar el " +"**formato de fecha** que aparece al hacer clic en **Opciones** en el " +"selector de archivos. Si este formato no es correcto, puede cambiarlo usando" +" la *ISO 8601* para definir el formato." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" +"Si importa un archivo de Excel (.xls, .xlsx), puede usar celdas de fecha " +"para guardar fechas, ya que la visualización de fechas en Excel es distinta " +"a la forma en que se almacenan. De esa manera, se asegurará de que el " +"formato de fecha sea correcto en Odoo, sea cual sea su formato de fecha " +"local." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "¿Puedo importar números con el signo de divisa (por ejemplo: $32.00)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" +"Sí, tenemos compatibilidad con los números entre paréntesis para representar" +" el signo negativo, así como los números con el signo de divisa. Odoo " +"también detecta de forma automática qué separador de miles o decimales " +"utiliza (puede cambiarlos en **opciones**). Si usa un símbolo de divisa que " +"Odoo no conoce, es posible que no se reconozca como un número y se " +"bloqueará." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" +"Ejemplos de números compatibles (usando treinta y dos mil como ejemplo):" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "32000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "-32000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "(32000.00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "$ 32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "Ejemplos que no son compatibles:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "ABC 32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "$ (32,000.00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" +"¿Qué puedo hacer si la tabla de vista previa de importación no se muestra " +"correctamente?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" +"De forma automática, la vista previa de la importación se establece en comas" +" como separadores de campo y comillas como delimitadores de texto. Si su " +"archivo csv no tiene estos ajustes, puede modificar las Opciones de formato " +"de archivo que se muestran debajo de la barra Examinar archivo CSV después " +"de seleccionarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que si su archivo CSV tiene una tabulación como separador, " +"Odoo no detectará las separaciones y deberá cambiar las opciones de formato " +"de archivo en su aplicación de hojas de cálculo. Consulte la siguiente " +"pregunta." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" +"¿Cómo puedo cambiar las opciones de formato de archivo CSV al guardar en mi " +"aplicación de hoja de cálculo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" +"Si edita y guarda archivos CSV en aplicaciones de hoja de cálculo, se " +"aplicarán los ajustes regionales de su computadora para el separador y el " +"delimitador. Le sugerimos que utilice OpenOffice o LibreOffice Calc, ya que " +"le permitirán modificar las tres opciones (en el :menuselection:`cuadro de " +"diálogo 'Guardar como' --> seleccione la casilla 'Editar ajustes de filtro' " +"--> Guardar`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" +"Microsoft Excel le permitirá modificar solo la codificación al guardar (en " +"el :menuselection:`cuadro de diálogo 'Guardar como' --> haga clic en la " +"lista desplegable de 'Herramientas' --> Pestaña de codificación`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre el ID de base de datos y el ID externo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" +"Algunos campos definen una relación con otro objeto. Por ejemplo, el país de" +" un contacto es un enlace a un registro del objeto 'País'. Cuando desee " +"importar dichos campos, Odoo tendrá que volver a crear enlaces entre los " +"diferentes registros. Para ayudarle a importar dichos campos, Odoo " +"proporciona tres mecanismos. Debe utilizar solo un mecanismo por cada campo " +"que desee importar." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, para referenciar el país de un contacto, Odoo propone 3 campos " +"distintos para importar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "País: el nombre o código del país." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" +"País/ID de la base de datos: el ID de Odoo único para un registro, definido " +"por la columna ID postgresql." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" +"País/ID externo: el ID de este registro al que se hace referencia en otra " +"aplicación (o el archivo .XML que lo importó)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" +"Para el país Bélgica, puede usar uno de estos 3 métodos de importación:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "País: Bélgica" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "País/ID de la base de datos: 21" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "País/ID externo: base.be" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" +"Utilice una de estas 3 formas de referenciar registros en relaciones. Deberá" +" usar una u otra, según sea necesario:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" +"Usar país: esta es la forma más sencilla cuando los datos provienen de " +"archivos CSV que se crearon de forma manual." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" +"Usar país/ID de la base de datos: es poco probable que deba usar esta " +"notación, ya que en su mayoría la utilizan los desarrolladores. Su principal" +" ventaja es que nunca tiene conflictos, puede tener varios registros con el " +"mismo nombre, pero solo tendrán un ID de base de datos único." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" +"Usar país/ID externo: utilice el ID externo cuando importa datos desde una " +"aplicación de terceros." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" +"Al usar ID externos puede importar archivos CSV con la columna \"ID " +"externo\" para definir el ID externo de cada registro a importar. Luego, " +"podrá hacer referencia a ese registro con columnas de tipo \"Campo/ID " +"externo\". Los siguientes archivos son un ejemplo para los productos y sus " +"categorías." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Archivo CSV para categorías " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Archivo CSV para productos " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "¿Qué puedo hacer si tengo varias coincidencias para un campo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Si, por ejemplo, tiene dos categorías de producto con el nombre secundario " +"\"Se puede vender\" (es decir, \"Productos varios/Se puede vender\" y " +"\"Otros productos/Se puede vender\"), su validación se detiene, pero aún " +"puede importar sus datos. Sin embargo, le recomendamos que no importe los " +"datos porque todos se vincularán a la primera categoría 'Se puede vender' " +"que se encuentra en la lista de Categoría de producto (\"Productos varios/Se" +" puede vender\"), también le recomendamos que modifique uno de los valores " +"duplicados o la jerarquía de su categoría de producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, si no desea cambiar la configuración de las categorías de " +"productos, le recomendamos que utilice el ID externo para este campo " +"'Categoría'." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" +"¿Cómo puedo importar un campo de relación many2many (por ejemplo, un cliente" +" que tiene varias etiquetas)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" +"Las etiquetas deben estar separadas por una coma sin espacios. Por ejemplo, " +"si desea que su cliente esté vinculado a las etiquetas 'Fabricante' y " +"'Minorista', codificará \"Fabricante,Minorista\" en la misma columna de su " +"archivo CSV." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" +":download:`Archivo CSV para Fabricante, Minorista " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" +"¿Cómo puedo importar una relación one2many (por ejemplo, varias líneas de " +"una orden de venta)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" +"Si desea importar una orden de venta con varias líneas debe reservar una " +"fila específica en el archivo CSV para cada línea de la orden. La primera " +"línea de la orden se importará en la misma fila que la información relativa " +"a la orden. Cualquier línea adicional necesitará una fila adicional que no " +"tenga ninguna información en los campos relacionados con la orden. Como " +"ejemplo, aquí está el archivo " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` de algunas " +"cotizaciones que puede importar, según los datos de demostración." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Archivo para algunas cotizaciones " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" +"El siguiente archivo CSV muestra como importar órdenes de compra con sus " +"respectivas líneas de orden de compra:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Órdenes de compra con sus respectivas líneas de orden de compra " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" +"El siguiente archivo CSV muestra cómo importar clientes y sus respectivos " +"contactos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Clientes y sus respectivos contactos " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "¿Se puede importar varias veces el mismo registro?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" +"Si importa un archivo que contiene una columna \"ID externo\" o \"ID de la " +"base de datos\", los registros que ya se hayan importado se modificarán en " +"lugar de crearse. Esto es muy útil, pues le permite importar varias veces el" +" archivo CSV y al mismo tiempo hace algunos cambios entre ambas " +"importaciones. Odoo se encargará de crear o modificar cada registro " +"dependiendo de si es nuevo o no." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" +"Esta función le permite utilizar la herramienta de importación o " +"exportación de Odoo para modificar un lote de registros en la aplicación de " +"hoja de cálculo de su elección." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "¿Qué sucede si no proporciono un valor para un campo específico?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" +"Si no establece todos los campos en su archivo CSV, Odoo asignará el valor " +"predeterminado para cada uno de los campos sin definir. Pero si establece " +"campos con valores vacíos en su archivo CSV, Odoo establecerá el valor VACÍO" +" en el campo, en lugar de asignar el valor predeterminado." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"¿Cómo exportar o importar diferentes tablas desde una aplicación SQL a Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" +"Si necesita importar datos de diferentes tablas, tendrá que volver a crear " +"relaciones entre registros que pertenecen a diferentes tablas. Por ejemplo, " +"si importa empresas y personas, deberá volver a crear el vínculo entre cada " +"persona y la empresa para la que trabaja." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" +"Para gestionar las relaciones entre tablas, puede utilizar las funciones de " +"\"ID externo\" de Odoo. El \"ID externo\" de un registro es el identificador" +" único de este registro en otra aplicación. Este debe ser único en todos los" +" registros de todos los objetos, así que es una buena práctica anteponer " +"este \"ID externo\" al nombre de la aplicación o tabla. (como 'empresa_1', " +"'persona_1' en lugar de '1')" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, imagine que tiene una base de datos SQL con dos tablas que " +"desea importar: empresas y personas. Cada persona pertenece a una empresa, " +"por lo que debe recrear el enlace entre una persona y la empresa para la que" +" trabaja. Si desea probar este ejemplo, consulte este :download:`dump de una" +" base de datos PostgreSQL `." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" +"Primero se exportarán todas las empresas y sus ID externos. Escriba el " +"siguiente comando en PSQL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Este comando SQL creará el siguiente archivo CSV:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" +"Usaremos el siguiente comando SQL en PSQL para crear un archivo CSV para " +"personas vinculadas a empresas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Generará el siguiente archivo CSV:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" +"Como puede ver en el archivo anterior, Fabien y Laurence trabajan para la " +"empresa Bigees (empresa_1) y Eric trabaja para la empresa Organi. La " +"relación entre personas y empresas se realiza mediante el ID externo de las " +"empresas. Tuvimos que usar el nombre de la tabla como prefijo del \"ID " +"externo\" para evitar un conflicto de ID entre personas y empresas " +"(persona_1 y empresa_1 que compartían el mismo ID 1 en la base de datos " +"original)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" +"Los dos archivos que se generaron están listos para importarse a Odoo sin " +"ninguna modificación. Tras importar estos dos archivos CSV, tendrá 4 " +"contactos y 3 empresas, los dos primeros contactos están vinculados a la " +"primera empresa. Primero debe importar las empresas y luego las personas." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "Cómo adaptar una plantilla de importación" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"En la herramienta de importación se proporcionan las plantillas para " +"importar los datos más comunes (contactos, productos, estados de cuenta " +"bancarios, etc.). Puede abrirlas con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo " +"como Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, entre otros." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "Cómo personalizar el archivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" +"Elimine las columnas que no necesita. Recomendamos que no elimine la de " +"*ID*, le haremos saber el motivo de esto más adelante." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" +"Al agregar una nueva columna, es posible que Odoo no pueda mapearla de forma" +" automática si la etiqueta no corresponde a ningún campo en el sistema. Si " +"es así, encuentre el campo correspondiente mediante la búsqueda." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, utilice la etiqueta que encontró en la plantilla de " +"importación para poder hacer que funcione de inmediato la próxima vez que " +"intente importarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "Por qué usar una columna de “ID”" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"El **ID** (ID externo) es un identificador único para cada línea de artículo" +" y puede usar el de su software anterior para facilitar la transición a " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" +"Al realizar una importación no es obligatorio que establezca un ID, pero " +"puede ser útil en muchos casos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" +"Al actualizar importaciones, ya que puede importar el mismo archivo varias " +"veces sin crear duplicados." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" +"Al importar campos de relación, obtenga más información a continuación." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" +"Un objeto de Odoo siempre se relaciona con muchos otros, por ejemplo, un " +"producto está vinculado a categorías de productos, atributos, proveedores y " +"más. Para importar esas relaciones, primero debe importar los registros del " +"objeto relacionado desde su propio menú de lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" +"Puede hacerlo mediante el nombre del registro relacionado o por su ID, este " +"último se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso, " +"agregue \" /ID\" al final del título de la columna. Por ejemplo, para " +"atributos de producto: Atributos de producto / Atributo / ID." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "Compras dentro de la aplicación (IAP)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from your database." +msgstr "" +"Las compras dentro de la aplicación (IAP, por sus siglas en inglés) le " +"proporcionan acceso a servicios adicionales a través de Odoo. Por ejemplo, " +"le permiten enviar mensajes de texto SMS o enviar facturas por correo postal" +" desde la base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "Comprar créditos" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" +"Cada servicio de compras dentro de la aplicación tiene su propio precio y " +"depende de créditos prepagados para funcionar. Para consultar su saldo " +"actual o recargar su cuenta, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Compras " +"dentro de la aplicación de Odoo --> Ver mis servicios`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" +"Si se encuentra en Odoo en línea y tiene la versión Enterprise, cuenta con " +"créditos gratis para probar nuestras funciones de compras dentro de la " +"aplicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "Cuentas de compras dentro de la aplicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but " +"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " +"Account`." +msgstr "" +"Los créditos para usar los servicios de compras dentro de la aplicación se " +"almacenan en las cuentas IAP, estas son específicas para cada servicio y " +"base de datos. De forma predeterminada, las cuentas de compras dentro de la " +"aplicación son comunes para todas las empresas, pero pueden restringirse a " +"algunas en específico. Active el :ref:`modo desarrollador ` " +"y vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes técnicos --> Cuenta IAP`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "" +"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " +"Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgstr "" +"Puede desactivar una cuenta IAP añadiendo `+desactivado` a su token. " +"Revertir este cambio volverá a habilitar la cuenta." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "Portal IAP" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgstr "" +"El portal IAP es una plataforma que reagrupa sus servicios de compras dentro" +" de la aplicación. Puede acceder mediante :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " +"Compras dentro de la aplicación de Odoo --> Ver mis servicios`. Ahí puede " +"consultar su saldo actual, recargar créditos, revisar su consumo y " +"establecer un recordatorio para cuando los créditos lleguen a una cantidad " +"mínima." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" +"Recibir notificaciones cuando los créditos lleguen a una cantidad mínima" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" +msgstr "" +"Para recibir una notificación cuando sea momento de recargar sus créditos, " +"vaya a su portal de compras dentro de la aplicación a través de la " +"aplicación :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Compras dentro de la aplicación de " +"Odoo --> Ver mis servicios`, despliegue un servicio y marque la opción " +"\"recibir advertencia de límite\". Luego, proporcione una cantidad mínima de" +" créditos y direcciones de correo electrónico. Ahora cada que alcance el " +"límite, recibirá un recordatorio automático por correo electrónico." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 019002e24..35a72c6c6 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1441,8 +1441,8 @@ msgid "" "By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" " Accounting." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, `account_online_synchronization` se instala en automático con " -"Contabilidad." +"De forma predeterminada, `account_online_synchronization` se instala en " +"automático con Contabilidad." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:95 @@ -5864,9 +5864,9 @@ msgid "" "To make it a by-default feature, select :guilabel:`Send by Post` in the " ":guilabel:`Default Sending Options` section." msgstr "" -"Para hacer que esta sea una función por defecto, seleccione " -":guilabel:`Enviar por correo postal` en la sección :guilabel:`Opciones de " -"envío predeterminadas`." +"Para que esta sea una función predeterminada, seleccione :guilabel:`Enviar " +"por correo postal` en la sección :guilabel:`Opciones de envío " +"predeterminadas`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst-1 msgid "Under settings enable the snailmail feature in Odoo Accounting" @@ -29317,7 +29317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:251 msgid "It is a **domestic** transaction (i.e., the partner is from Italy);" -msgstr "Es una transacción **nacional** (es decir, el partner es de Italia);" +msgstr "Es una transacción **nacional** (es decir, el contacto es de Italia);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:252 msgid "The buyer's data is **insufficient** for a regular invoice;" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 7e71cbc21..e4597e54f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4226,18 +4226,18 @@ msgid "" "mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -"Las campañas de correo se envían en a una hora programada usando un retardo " -"pre programado en la base de datos. Odoo usa una tarea retardada para enviar" -" correos que se consideran \"no urgentes\" (formatos de boletín, como: " -"correos en masa, automatización de marketing y eventos). La función del " -"sistema **cron** se puede usar para programar que ciertas actividades se " -"ejecuten de manera automática en intervalos determinados. Odoo usa está " -"política para evitar que los servidores de correo se saturen, y en su lugar," -" prioriza la comunicación individual. Este **cron** se llama " -"guilabel:`Correo: administrador de la fila de correos `, y puede acceder a " -"él desde el :ref:`modo desarrollador ` en " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Menpu técnico --> Automatización --> Acciones " -"programadas`. " +"Las campañas de correo electrónico se envían a la hora programada con el " +"atraso preprogramado en la base de datos. Odoo utiliza una tarea postergada " +"para enviar correos electrónicos que se consideran como \"no urgentes\" " +"(boletines como envíos masivos, automatización de marketing y eventos). La " +"utilidad del sistema **cron** se puede utilizar para programar que ciertas " +"actividades se ejecuten de manera automática en intervalos determinados. " +"Odoo usa esta política para evitar saturar los servidores de correo y, en su" +" lugar, prioriza la comunicación individual. Este **cron** se llama " +":guilabel:`Correo: administrador de tareas del correo electrónico` y puede " +"acceder con el :ref:`modo de desarrollador ` desde " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Menú técnico --> Automatización --> Acciones " +"programadas`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." @@ -7842,8 +7842,9 @@ msgid "" "that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" "Si no es ninguno de los casos mencionados con anterioridad, asegúrese de que" -" la Caja IoT se encendió de forma adecuada. Verifique que un LED verde fijo " -"aparece junto al puerto micro USB." +" la caja :abbr:`IoT (internet de las cosas, por sus siglas en inglés)` se " +"encendió de forma adecuada. Verifique que un LED verde fijo aparece junto al" +" puerto micro USB." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 msgid "IoT box is connected but it is not showing in the database" @@ -9214,17 +9215,17 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " "Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -"Para vincular un interruptor de pedal a una acción, primero debe " -"configurarlo en un centro de trabajo. Vaya :menuselection:`Fabricación --> " -"Configuración --> Centros de trabajo`. Después, vaya a al :guilabel:`Centro " -"de trabajo` que desee en donde usará el interruptor de pedal y agregue el " -"dispositivo en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Activadores IoT` en la columna de " -":guilabel:`Dispositivo` al seleccionar :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`. De " -"esta forma, el interruptor de pedal se puede vincular a una opción en la " -"columna desplegable de :guilabel:`Acción` y también puede agregar una clave " -"para activarlo, si así lo desea. Un ejemplo de una :guilabel:`Acción` en la " -"aplicación *Fabricación* son los botones de :guilabel:`Validar` o de " -":guilabel:`Marcar como hecho` en una orden de trabajo de fabricación. " +"Para vincular un pedal a una acción, primero debe configurarlo en un centro " +"de trabajo. Vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Centros" +" de trabajo`. Una vez allí, vaya al :guilabel:`Centro de trabajo` donde " +"desea utilizar el pedal y agregue el dispositivo en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Activadores de IoT` en la columna :guilabel:`Dispositivo`, deberá" +" seleccionar :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`. Así podrá vincular el pedal a " +"una opción de la columna desplegable :guilabel:`Acción` y, si así lo desea, " +"también agregar una clave para activarlo. Un ejemplo de una " +":guilabel:`acción` en la aplicación *Fabricación* son los botones " +":guilabel:`Validar` o :guilabel:`Marcar como hecho` en una orden de trabajo " +"de fabricación." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb34f0b4b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,13274 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# marcescu, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2024 +# Lucia Pacheco, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "Recursos humanos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "Asistencias" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación **Asistencias** de Odoo funciona como un reloj checador. Los " +"empleados registran la entrada y salida de sus jornadas laborales, mientras " +"que los gerentes pueden ver quién está disponible en un momento determinado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Asistencias " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "Hardware" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "Gestión del quiosco" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" +"Un quiosco es una estación de autoservicio que permite a los empleados " +"registrar sus entradas y salidas durante los turnos de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "Hay dos maneras de configurar un quiosco:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "**Computadora portátil y de escritorio**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" +"La forma más barata y flexible de poner un quiosco en marcha es a través de " +"un navegador web. Puede imprimir gafetes para sus empleados con cualquier " +"impresora térmica o de tinta que sea compatible con su navegador." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "**Tableta y teléfono móvil (Android o iOS)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" +"Las tabletas y los teléfonos móviles ocupan mucho menos espacio y sus " +"pantallas táctiles son fáciles de usar. Considere colocarlos en un soporte " +"seguro en la recepción o montarlos en una pared." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"Recomendamos que utilice un iPad con el `soporte WindFall de Heckler Design " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "Lectores de llaveros RFID" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" +"Los empleados pueden escanear los llaveros RFID personales con un lector " +"RFID para gestionar sus registros de entrada y salida de forma rápida y " +"sencilla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "Un llavero RFID sobre un lector RFID" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Recomendamos que utilice el `lector RFID Neuftech USB " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "**No** necesita una caja IoT." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "Lectores de código de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" +"Los empleados pueden escanear el código de barras en sus gafetes para " +"gestionar sus registros de entrada y salida de manera rápida y sencilla. El " +"modo quiosco funciona con la mayoría de los lectores USB de código de barras" +" conectados directamente a una computadora, los lectores Bluetooth también " +"son compatibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" +"Recomendamos que utilice la `línea de productos Honeywell " +"`_. " +"Si el lector de códigos de barras está conectado directamente a una " +"computadora, debe estar configurado para utilizar la distribución de su " +"teclado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Empleados" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Empleados* de Odoo organiza los registros, contratos y " +"departamentos de los empleados de una empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Agregar un nuevo empleado" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Cuando contrata a un nuevo empleado, lo primero que debe hacer es crear un " +"nuevo formulario de empleado. Desde el tablero de la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Empleados`, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para " +"crear un nuevo formulario de empleado. Complete la información necesaria " +"(subrayada con una línea resaltada) y cualquier detalle adicional, luego " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "Creación de una nueva tarjeta de empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" +"El número de teléfono y el nombre de la empresa actual se completan en los " +"campos :guilabel:`Teléfono laboral` y :guilabel:`Empresa`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "Campos necesarios" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre del empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: en el menú desplegable, seleccione la empresa que " +"contrató al empleado. También puede crear una nueva empresa si escribe el " +"nombre en el campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "Campos opcionales" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fotografía`: haga clic en el icono editar :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(representado con un lápiz)` del cuadro de imagen ubicado en la parte " +"superior derecha de la tarjeta del empleado para seleccionar la fotografía " +"correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`: escriba el título del puesto de trabajo del " +"empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: haga clic en una etiqueta del menú desplegable para " +"agregar la que corresponda al empleado. Puede crear cualquier etiqueta si la" +" escribe en este campo. Una vez creada, la nueva etiqueta está disponible " +"para todas las tarjetas de empleado y puede agregar tantas como necesite." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Información de contacto del trabajo`: escriba el " +":guilabel:`teléfono celular laboral`, :guilabel:`teléfono laboral`, " +":guilabel:`correo electrónico laboral` y el nombre de la :guilabel:`empresa`" +" del empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Departamento`: seleccione el departamento del empleado en el menú" +" desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gerente`: seleccione al gerente del empleado en el menú " +"desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instructor`: seleccione al instructor del empleado en el menú " +"desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Si después de seleccionar un :guilabel:`gerente` el campo " +":guilabel:`instructor` está vacío, entonces este instructor también se " +"asignará como :guilabel:`instructor`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" +"Para editar el :guilabel:`departmento`, :guilabel:`gerente`, " +":guilabel:`instructor` o :guilabel:`empresa` que seleccionó, haga clic en el" +" botón :guilabel:`enlace externo` junto al campo correspondiente. Este botón" +" abrirá el formulario de su selección y podrá realizar modificaciones. Haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar los cambios." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "Pestañas de información adicional" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de currículo " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Curriculum vitae" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " +"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"following information for each entry." +msgstr "" +"Luego, ingrese el historial de trabajo del empleado en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Currículum`. Debe llenar cada línea del currículum de manera " +"individual. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear una nueva entrada` y aparecerá el" +" formulario de :guilabel:`Crear líneas de currículum`. Ingrese la siguiente " +"información para cada entrada. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" +"En este formulario se escribe la información sobre la experiencia laboral " +"anterior." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Título`: escriba el título de la experiencia laboral anterior." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo`: seleccione :guilabel:`expreriencia`, " +":guilabel:`educación`, :guilabel:`certificación interna`, " +":guilabel:`capacitación interna` en el menú desplegable o escriba una nueva " +"entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de visualización`: seleccione :guilabel:`clásico`, " +":guilabel:`certificación` o :guilabel:`curso` en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de inicio` y :guilabel:`Fecha de finalización`: seleccione " +"las fechas de inicio y fin de la experiencia laboral. Para elegir las " +"fechas, utilice los iconos de flecha :guilabel:`< (izquierda)` y " +":guilabel:`> (derecha)` para desplazarse al mes correspondiente, luego haga " +"clic en el día para terminar su selección." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: escriba cualquier detalle relevante en este campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya escrito toda la información, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` si solo agregará una sola entrada, o haga clic " +"en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar y crear nuevo` para guardar la entrada actual" +" y crear otra línea del currículum. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," +" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +msgstr "" +"Después de haber guardado el formulario del nuevo empleado, la posición " +"actual y la empresa se añadirán automáticamente a la pestaña de " +":guilabel:`Currículum` como parte de la :guilabel:`Experiencia` con la fecha" +" de finalización como :guilabel:`Actualmente`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Habilidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar las habilidades de un empleado del mismo modo en que creó una " +"línea en el currículo, desde la pestaña :guilabel:`Currículo`. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Crear una nueva entrada` debajo de la sección " +":guilabel:`Habilidades` para abrir el formulario :guilabel:`Crear " +"habilidades`. Complete toda la información." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "Crear una nueva habilidad para el empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " +"by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de habilidad`: seleccione un :ref:`tipo de habilidad " +"` haciendo clic en el botón de radio ubicado junto al" +" tipo de habilidad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Habilidad`: las habilidades correspondientes asociadas con el " +":guilabel:`tipo de habilidad` que seleccionó aparecen en un menú " +"desplegable. Por ejemplo, si selecciona :guilabel:`idioma` como " +":guilabel:`tipo de habilidad` aparecerán varios idiomas que podrá " +"seleccionar en el campo :guilabel:`Habilidad`. Seleccione la habilidad " +"preconfigurada apropiada o escriba una nueva." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " +"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" +" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " +":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nivel de habilidad`: son los niveles de habilidad predefinidos " +"asociados con el :guilabel:`Tipo de habilidad` seleccionado que aparecen en " +"el menú desplegable. Seleccione un nivel de habilidad y la barra de progreso" +" mostrará de manera automática el progreso predefinido para ese nivel de " +"habilidad. Los niveles y el progreso se pueden modificar en el formulario de" +" :guilabel:`Nivel de habilidad`, al que puede acceder desde el botón de " +":guilabel:`Vinculo externo` ubicado junto al campo :guilabel:`Nivel de " +"habilidad`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya escrito toda la información, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` si solo agregará una sola entrada, o haga clic " +"en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar y crear nuevo` para guardar la entrada actual" +" y crear otra línea del currículum. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" +"Para eliminar cualquier línea de la pestaña :guilabel:`Currículo`, haga clic" +" en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)` para eliminar la entrada. Para " +"agregar una nueva línea, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Agregar` junto a " +"la sección correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 +msgid "Skill types" +msgstr "Tipos de habilidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " +"must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " +"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" +" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" +" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"this for all the skill types needed." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una habilidad al formulario del empleado, debe configurar los " +":guilabel:`Tipos de habilidad`. Vaya a la :menuselection:`Aplicación " +"Empleados --> Configuración --> Tipos de habilidad` para ver los tipos de " +"habildiad que están ya configurados y crear nuevos tipos de habilidad. Haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y aparecerá un nuevo formulario para " +":guilabel:`Tipo de habilidad`. Complete todos los detalles y luego haga clic" +" en :guilabel:`Guardar`. Repita esto para todos los tipos de habilidad que " +"necesite. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " +"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" +" category." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de habilidad`: escriba el nombre del tipo de habilidad. Este" +" debe ser genérico, pues las habilidades específicas que incluya, aparecerán" +" bajo esta categoría." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " +"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Habilidades`: haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` y " +"escriba la información para esta nueva habilidad y luego repita el proceso " +"para todas las habilidades que desee. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " +"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " +"close the form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Niveles`: haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` y aparecerá " +"un formulario para :guilabel:`Crear niveles`. Escriba el nombre del nivel y " +"asígnele un porcentaje (0-100) para ese nivel. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Gauradar y crear nuevo` para guardar la entrada y agregar otro " +"nivel, o haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para guardar el nivel y " +"cerrar el formulario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " +"in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " +"`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " +"`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar un conjunto de habilidades matemáticas, escriba `Matemáticas` " +"en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre`. En el campo :guilabel:`Habilidades`, escriba" +" `Álgebra`, `Cálculo` y `Trigonometría`. Después, en el campo " +":guilabel:`Niveles`, escriba `principiante`, `intermedio` y `experto` y para" +" su :guilabel:`Progreso` escriba `25`, `50` y `100` respectivamente. Luego, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` o en :guilabel:`Guardar y crear " +"nuevo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgstr "" +"Agregue nuevas habilidades matemáticas y sus niveles con el formulario de " +"tipos de habilidades." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de información del trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " +"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " +"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " +"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " +"information for the new employee." +msgstr "" +"La pestaña :guilabel:`Información de trabajo` almacena la información del " +"empleado relacionada específicamente con su trabajo. Aquí aparecerá su " +"horario de trabajo, sus funciones, quién aprueba sus solicitudes en " +"específico (tiempo personal, hojas de horas y gastos) y los detalles de su " +"ubicación específica de trabajo. Escriba la siguiente información para el " +"nuevo empleado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " +":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " +"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " +"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " +"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " +"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ubicación`: seleccione la :guilabel:`Dirección laboral` en el " +"menú desplegable. El botón :guilabel:`Enlace externo` abre el formulario de " +"la empresa que seleccionó en una ventana y desde allí puede editar. En el " +"campo :guilabel:`Ubicación de trabajo` debe escribir cualquier detalle más " +"específico, como un piso o un edificio. Si necesita una nueva ubicación de " +"trabajo agréguela escribiéndola en el campo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aprovadores`: seleccione a los usuarios responsables de aprobar " +"el :guilabel:`tiempo personal`, :guilabel:`gastos` y :guilabel:`hojas de " +"horas` del empleado desde los menús desplegables correspondientes. El botón " +":guilabel:`enlace externo` abre un formulario con los campos " +":guilabel:`nombre`, :guilabel:`correo electrónico`, :guilabel:`empresa`, " +":guilabel:`teléfono` y :guilabel:`celular` del aprobador y puede " +"modificarlos si es necesario. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` después de " +"realizar cualquier cambio." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " +":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " +"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horario`: seleccione las :guilabel:`horas laborales` y la " +":guilabel:`zona horaria` (campos obligatorios) para el empleado. El botón de" +" :guilabel:`Vínculo externo` abre una vista detallada de las horas laborales" +" específicas diarias. Aquí podrá modificar o eliminar las horas laborales. " +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar sus cambios." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " +"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " +"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " +"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" +" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " +"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " +"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Planeación`: la sección de :guilabel:`Planeación` afecta la " +"aplicación *Planeación* y solo aparecerá si tiene dicha aplicación " +"instalada. Haga clic en una función de planeación dese el menú desplegable " +"para los campos :guilabel:`Función de planeación predeterminada` y " +":guilabel:`Funciones de planeación` para agregar una función. No existe un " +"límite para la cantidad de :guilabel:`Funciones de planeación` que puede " +"seleccionar para un empleado, pero solo puede tener una :guilabel:`Función " +"de planeación predeterminada`. Esta será la función *típica* que desempeñara" +" el empleado, mientras que las :guilabel:`Funciones de planeación` son " +"*todas* las funciones específicas que puede realizar. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "Agregue la información del trabajo a la pestaña correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " +"section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " +"resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +"employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." +msgstr "" +"Los usuarios que aparezcan en el menú desplegable para la sección de " +":guilabel:`Autorizadores`, deben tener configurados los derechos de " +"*administrador* para la función correspondiente de recursos humanos. Para " +"revisar quién tiene estos derechos, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " +"Usuarios --> Gestionar usuarios`. Haga clic en el empleado y revise la " +"sección :guilabel:`Recursos Humanos` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Derechos de " +"acceso`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " +"or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." +msgstr "" +"Para que el usuario aparezca como aprobador en los :guilabel:`gastos` debe " +"tener configurada la opción :guilabel:`Responsable de aprobar en el equipo`," +" :guilabel:`Aprobador total` o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la función de " +":guilabel:`Gastos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " +"for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." +msgstr "" +"Para que el usuario aparezca como aprobador del :guilabel:`tiempo personal` " +"debe tener configurada la opción :guilabel:`Encargado` o " +":guilabel:`Administrador` en la función de :guilabel:`Tiempo personal`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." +msgstr "" +"Para que el usuario aparezca como aprobador de las :guilabel:`hojas de " +"horas` debe tener configurada la opción :guilabel:`Gerente`, " +":guilabel:`Encargado` o :guilabel:`Administrador` para la función de " +":guilabel:`Nómina`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" +"Las :guilabel:`horas laborables` están relacionadas al horario en el que " +"opera una empresa. Las horas laborables de un empleado no pueden estar fuera" +" del horario de la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" +"Cada empresa tiene sus propio horario laboral, así que para las bases de " +"datos de varias empresas, cada empresa debe tener sus horas laborables. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" +"Si las horas laborables de un empleado no están configuradas dentro del " +"horario de la empresa, puede agregar algunas nuevas o modificar las que ya " +"existen. Para agregar o modificar las horas laborables, vaya a la aplicación" +" :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Horas laborables` y agregue o " +"edite según sea necesario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "Después de crear las horas laborables, proporcióneselas al empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de información privada" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:224 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" +"No es necesario que complete los datos de la pestaña :guilabel:`Información " +"privada`, sin embargo, es posible que algunos sean importantes para el " +"Departamento de Nóminas de la empresa. Con el fin de procesar los recibos de" +" nómina de forma correcta y garantizar que se contabilizan todas las " +"deducciones, debe proporcionar la información personal del empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede proporcionar la información relacionada con el " +":guilabel:`contacto privado`, :guilabel:`estado civil`, :guilabel:`contacto " +"de emergencia`, :guilabel:`educación`, :guilabel:`ciudadanía`, " +":guilabel:`dependendientes` y :guilabel:`permiso de trabajo` del empleado. " +"Puede completar los campos mediante el menú desplegable, al hacer clic en " +"una casilla o si escribe la información." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " +"employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " +"information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Contacto privado`: ingrese la :guilabel:`dirección` personal del " +"empleado, puede seleccionarla desde el menú desplegable. Si la información " +"no está disponible, escriba un nombre para la nueva dirección. Para " +"editarla, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`enlace externo`, esto abrirá el " +"formulario correspondiente. En el formulario de dirección, escriba los " +"detalles necesarios y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Es probable que otra información en la sección :guilabel:`Contacto privado` " +"se complete de forma automática si la dirección ya aparece en el menú " +"desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " +"number in the corresponding fields." +msgstr "" +"Luego, escriba el :guilabel:`Correo electrónico` del empleado y su " +":guilabel:`Número de teléfono` en los campos correspondientes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el :guilabel:`Idioma` preferido del empleado desde el menú " +"desplegable. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " +"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " +"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Escriba el :guilabel:`Número de cuenta bancaria` del empleado desde el menú " +"desplegable. Si el banco todavía no está configurado (lo normal al crear un " +"nuevo empleado), escriba el número de cuenta bancaria y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Crear y editar`. Aparecerá un formulario de :guilabel:`Crearo: " +"número de cuenta bancaria` y deberá completar la información. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " +"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, escriba la :guilabel:`Distancia del hogar al trabajo`. Este " +"campo solo será necesario si el empleado recibe algún tipo de beneficio de " +"transporte." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Estado civil`: seleccione :guilabel:`soltero(a)`, " +":guilabel:`casado(a)`, :guilabel:`cohabitante legal`, :guilabel:`viudo(a)` o" +" :guilabel:`divorciado(a)` en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " +"emergency contact." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Contacto de emergencia`: escriba el nombre y número telefónico " +"del contacto de emergencia del empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Educación`: seleccione el nivel más alto de educación que " +"completó el empleado en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Nivel de " +"certificado`. Las opciones incluyen :guilabel:`egresado`, " +":guilabel:`licenciatura`, :guilabel:`maestro`, :guilabel:`doctor` u " +":guilabel:`otro`. Escriba el :guilabel:`campo de estudio` y el nombre de la " +":guilabel:`escuela` en los campos correspondientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ciudadanía`: esta sección contiene toda la información " +"relacionada con la ciudadanía del empleado. Algunos campos utilizan un menú " +"desplegable, al igual que las secciones :guilabel:`Nacionalidad (país)`, " +":guilabel:`Género` y :guilabel:`País de nacimiento`. La :guilabel:`fecha de " +"nacimiento` utiliza un módulo de calendario para elegir la fecha. Primero, " +"haga clic en el nombre del mes y luego en el año para acceder a los " +"intervalos de años. Utilice los iconos de flecha :guilabel:`< (izquierda)` y" +" :guilabel:`> (derecha)`, diríjase hasta el intervalo de año correcto y haga" +" clic en el año. Después, haga clic en el mes y por último en el día. " +"Escriba la información en los campos :guilabel:`Número de identificación`, " +":guilabel:`Número de pasaporte` y :guilabel:`Lugar de nacimiento`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " +":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dependiente`: si el empleado tiene hijos, escriba el " +":guilabel:`Número de hijos` en el campo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " +"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " +"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " +"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" +" :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Permiso de trabajo`: si el empleado tiene un permiso de trabajo, " +"escriba la información en esta sección. Escriba el :guilabel:`Número de " +"Visa` y/o el :guilabel:`Núnero de permiso de trabajo` en los campos " +"correspondientes. Use el calendario del modulo para seleccionar la " +":guilabel:`Fecha de vencimiento de la Visa` y/o la :guilabel:`Fecha de " +"vencimiento del permiso de trabajo`. Si lo tiene a la mano, suba una copia " +"digital del documento del permiso de trabajo. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Subir " +"archivo`, vaya a la carpeta del permiso de trabajo en el navegador de " +"archivos y haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "Agregue la información privada a la pestaña correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:288 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de ajustes de RR. HH." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" +"Esta pestaña proporciona varios campos que se completan con información que " +"varía según el país donde se encuentre la empresa. Se configuran diferentes " +"campos dependiendo de la ubicación, sin embargo, puede que algunas secciones" +" sigan apareciendo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " +"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Estado`: seleccione un :guilabel:`Tipo de empleado` y si aplica, " +"un a :ref:`Usuario relacionado `, con ayuda de los " +"menús desplegables." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " +":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nómina`: seleccione el :guilabel:`Contrato actual` y el " +":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo` con los menúes desplegables. Si aplica, " +"escriba el :guilabel:`Número de registro` en esta sección. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" +" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " +"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empleador previo`: esta sección aparece solo para empresas belgas" +" y no es visible para otras ubicaciones. Estos son días que se le pagarán al" +" nuevo empleado. Escriba cualquier :guilabel:`Pago de día feriado ordinario " +"por recuperar`, :guilabel:`Número de días por recuperar`, y :guilabel:`Pago " +"recuperado de día festivo ordinario` del empleador anterior tanto para la " +"categoría N como para la N-1. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" +" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " +":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ocupaciones previas`: esta sección aparece solo para empresas " +"belgas y no es visible para otras ubicaciones. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Agregar una línea` para escribir la infromación de su anterior " +"trabajo. Escriba el npumero de :guilabel:`Meses`, la :guilabel:`Cantidad` y " +"la :guilabel:`Tasa ocupacional` en los campos correspondientes. Haga clic en" +" el icono de :guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)` para eliminar una línea. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " +"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." +" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " +"badge ID." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Asist4encia/Punto de venta`: aquí puede escribir la :guilabel:`ID" +" de insignia` y el :guilabel:`Código PIN` del empleado, si tiene uno. Haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Generar` junto a la :guilabel:`ID de insignia` para " +"crear una. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " +"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " +"center " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" +" value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ajustes de la aplicación`: si aplica, escriba el número de " +":guilabel:`Tarjeta de movilidad para flota`. Escriba el costo por hora del " +"empleado en formato $XX.XX format. Esto se factoriza cuando em empleado está" +" trabajando en un :doc:`centro de trabajo " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. Este" +" valor afecta los costos de fabricación de un producto, si el valor del " +"producto fabricado no es una cantidad fija. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Escriba toda la información del empleado que se le solicita en la pestaña " +"Ajustes de RR. HH." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " +"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " +"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." +msgstr "" +"Los empleados no necesitan ser usuarios. Un empleado **no** cuenta para " +"facturación, pero los *usuarios* **sí**. Si el nuevo empleado también debe " +"ser un usuario, debe crearlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:327 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " +"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," +" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," +" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." +msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Usuario relacionado` escriba el nombre del usuario " +"que agregará, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...`. Aparecerá el" +" formulario :guilabel:`Crear: usuario relacionado`, allí escriba el " +":guilabel:`nombre` y la :guilabel:`dirección de correo electrónico`, luego " +"seleccione la :guilabel:`empresa` en el menú desplegable y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar` después de ingresar la información. Una vez que haya " +"guardado el registro, el nuevo usuario aparecerá en el campo " +":guilabel:`Usuario relacionado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "Documentos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." +" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " +"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " +"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Todos los documentos relacionados a un empleado se almacenan en la " +"aplicación *Documentos*. El número de estos documentos aparece en el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Documentos` que se encuentra en el formulario del " +"empleado. Si hace clic en el botón inteligente, podrá acceder a los " +"documentos. Para obtener más información sobre la aplicación *Documentos*, " +"consulte la :doc:`documentación relacionada " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents " +"smart-button." +msgstr "" +"Todos los documentos que ha subido y están relacionados con el empleado " +"aparecen en el botón inteligente \"Documentos\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Flota" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Flota* de Odoo organiza todos los vehículos, contratos y " +"reparaciones de la flota de vehículos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "Menú de configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Este documento describe todas las configuraciones y ajustes para la " +"aplicación *Flota* tales como :ref:`ajustes `," +" :ref:`fabricantes `, :ref:`modelos de " +"vehículos ` y :ref:`categorías de modelo " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Ajustes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder al menú de ajustes, vaya a :menuselection:`Flota --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`. Hay dos ajustes que debe modificar: la alerta de" +" fecha de finalización del contrato del vehículo y un límite para las " +"solicitudes de nuevos vehículos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "Ajustes disponibles para la aplicación Flota." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "Alerta de fecha de finalización del contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Alerta de fecha de finalización del contrato` define un " +"retraso de alerta para las personas responsables de los contratos de los " +"vehículos. Las personas responsables recibirán un correo electrónico en la " +"cantidad de días definidos en este campo informándoles que el contrato de un" +" vehículo está por finalizar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" +"Abra un contrato para determinar quién es la persona responsable del mismo. " +"La persona que aparece como :guilabel:`Responsable` en la sección " +":guilabel:`Información del contrato` es la persona que recibirá la alerta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a todos los contratos, vaya a la :menuselection:`aplicación " +"Flota --> Flota --> Contratos` y todos los contratos aparecerán en la lista." +" Haga clic en un :guilabel:`Contrato` para visualizarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" +"También puede visualizar un contrato individual desde la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Flota --> Flota --> Flota`, luego haga clic en un" +" vehículo individual. En el formulario del vehículo, haga clic en el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Contratos` en la parte superior de la página. En la " +"lista solo aparecerán los contratos asociados con este vehículo. Haga clic " +"en un contrato individual para abrirlo. La persona :guilabel:`responsable` " +"aparece en el contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "Solicitud de nuevo vehículo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Solicitud de nuevo vehículo` establece un límite para la" +" cantidad de nuevos vehículos que se pueden solicitar según la " +"disponibilidad de la flota. Un empleado que completó el formulario de " +"configuración salarial (luego de recibir una oferta de trabajo) *no* podrá " +"solicitar un nuevo automóvil si el número de automóviles existentes es mayor" +" que el número especificado en el campo :guilabel:`Solicitud de nuevo " +"vehículo`. Ingrese el límite específico con el número de automóviles " +"disponibles existentes en este campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" +"Si el límite de :guilabel:`Solicitud de nuevo vehículo` está configurado en " +"20 vehículos y hay 25 vehículos disponibles, entonces un empleado no podrá " +"solicitar uno nuevo. Si solo hay 10 automóviles disponibles, podrá " +"solicitarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Fabricantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Flota* de Odoo está preconfigurada con sesenta y seis " +"fabricantes de automóviles y bicicletas que se usan con frecuencia en la " +"base de datos, junto con sus logotipos. Para poder visualizarlos, vaya a la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Flota --> Configuración --> Fabricantes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" +"Los fabricantes aparecen en una vista de lista en orden alfabético. En la " +"tarjeta de cada fabricante se muestra cuántos modelos específicos están " +"configurados para ese fabricante en particular. Odoo cuenta con cuarenta y " +"seis :ref:`modelos ` preconfigurados de cuatro " +"grandes fabricantes de vehículos y un importante fabricante de bicicletas: " +"Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (automóviles) y Eddy Merckx (bicicletas)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "Tarjeta del fabricante con la cantidad de modelos enumerados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "Agregar un fabricante" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar un nuevo fabricante a la base de datos, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`, aparecerá el formulario correspondiente. Solo es " +"necesario proporcionar dos datos, el :guilabel:`nombre` del fabricante y su " +"logotipo. Escriba el nombre del fabricante en el campo indicado y seleccione" +" una imagen para establecer como logotipo. Una vez que haya completado la " +"información, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "Modelos de vehículos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" +"Muchos fabricantes producen varios modelos distintos, así que es importante " +"que especifique el modelo de vehículo que agrega a la flota. Odoo cuenta con" +" modelos preconfigurados de automóviles de cuatro principales fabricantes de" +" automóviles y uno de un fabricante de bicicletas: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel" +" (vehículos) y Eddy Merckx (bicicleta). Si un vehículo *que no está " +"incluido* en estos modelos preconfigurados de los fabricantes es parte de " +"una flota, tendrá que agregar el modelo (o el fabricante) a la base de " +"datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "Modelos preconfigurados" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" +"Los siguientes modelos están preconfigurados en Odoo y no es necesario que " +"los agregue a la base de datos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "AUDI" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "BMW" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "Eddy Merckx" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "Mercedes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "Opel" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "A1" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "Serie 1" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "San Remo 76" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "Clase A" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "Agilia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "A3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "Serie 3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "Clase B" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "Ampera" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "Serie 5" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "Clase C" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "Antara" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "A5" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "Serie 6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "Clase CL" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "Astra" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "Serie 7" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "Clase CLS" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "Astra GTC" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "A7" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "Serie Híbrido" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "Clase E" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "Combo Tour" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "A8" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "Serie M" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "Clase GL" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "Corsa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "Serie X" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "Clase GLK" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "Insignia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "Q5" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "Serie Z4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "Clase M" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "Meriva" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "Q7" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "Clase R" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "Mokka" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "TT" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "Clase S" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "Zafira" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "Clase SLK" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "Zafira Tourer" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "Clase SLS" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "Agregar un nuevo modelo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar nuevos modelos de vehículos con facilidad a la base de datos. " +"Para agregar uno, vaya a la :menuselection:`aplicación Flota --> " +"Configuración --> Modelos`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para abrir un " +"formulario de modelo de vehículo. Escriba la siguiente información en el " +"formulario y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. Tenga en cuenta que " +"algunos campos son específicos de empresas con sede en Bélgica, por lo que " +"no todos los campos o secciones pueden estar visibles, dependen de la " +"ubicación de la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre del modelo`: escriba el nombre del modelo en el campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fabricante`: seleccione el fabricante del menú desplegable. En " +"caso de que no esté configurado, escriba el nombre del fabricante y luego " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` o :guilabel:`Crear y editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de vehículo`: seleccione uno de los dos tipos de vehículos " +"preconfigurados desde el menú desplegable, puede elegir entre " +":guilabel:`Automóvil` o :guilabel:`Bicicleta`. Los tipos de vehículos están " +"codificados en Odoo y están integrados con la aplicación *Nómina*, pues los " +"vehículos pueden formar parte de los beneficios de un empleado. No es " +"posible agregar tipos de vehículos adicionales, esto afectaría a la nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Categoría`: seleccione la categoría a la que pertenece el " +"vehículo desde el menú desplegable. Para crear una nueva categoría, escriba " +"la categoría y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear (nueva categoría)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" +"Al seleccionar el fabricante, su logotipo aparecerá en automático en el " +"cuadro de imagen ubicado en la esquina superior derecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de información" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modelo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Número de asientos`: escriba el número de asientos para pasajeros" +" que tiene el vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Número de puertas`: escriba el número de puertas que tiene el " +"vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Color`: proporcione el color del vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Año del modelo`: escriba el año en que se fabricó el vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enganche de remolque`: seleccione esta casilla si el vehículo " +"cuenta con un enganche de remolque instalado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Salario" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" +"La sección de :guilabel:`Sueldo` aparece solo para las empresas con sede en " +"Bélgica y solo si la configuración de localización de la empresa está " +"establecida en ese mismo país. Todos los valores de costos son **mensuales**" +" con excepción del :guilabel:`Valor del catálogo (IVA incluido)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Se puede solicitar`: seleccione esta casilla si los empleados " +"pueden solicitar este modelo de vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valor del catálogo (IVA incluido)`: proporcione el :abbr:`MSRP " +"(Precio de venta sugerido por el fabricante)` del vehículo en el momento de " +"la compra o el alquiler." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tarifa de CO2`: este valor se calcula de forma automática según " +"las leyes y regulaciones de Bélgica y no se puede modificar. El valor está " +"sustentado en la cifra ingresada en el campo :guilabel:`Emisiones de CO2` en" +" la sección :guilabel:`Motor` del formulario del vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" +"Si modifica el campo :guilabel:`emisiones de CO2`, el valor en el campo " +":guilabel:`tarifa de CO2` se ajustará según corresponda." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Costo (depreciado)`: escriba el costo mensual del vehículo, el " +"próximo empleado en recibir una oferta de trabajo podrá visualizar esta " +"información desde el configurador salarial disponible. Este valor modifica " +"el salario bruto y neto del empleado asignado al vehículo. Esta cifra se " +"deprecia con el tiempo según las leyes fiscales locales. El :guilabel:`costo" +" (depreciado)`: no se deprecia en automático en el *modelo de vehículo*, " +"solo se deprecia en función del *contrato* vinculado a un vehículo " +"específico y no en el modelo general." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Costo total (depreciado)`: este valor es la combinación de los " +"campos :guilabel:`Costo (depreciado)` y :guilabel:`Tarifa de CO2`. También " +"se deprecia con el tiempo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Motor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de combustible`: seleccione el tipo de combustible que " +"utiliza el vehículo en el menú desplegable. Las opciones son: " +":guilabel:`Diésel`, :guilabel:`Gasolina`, :guilabel:`Híbrido de diésel`, " +":guilabel:`Híbrido de gasolina`, :guilabel:`Híbrido de diésel enchufable`, " +":guilabel:`Híbrido de gasolina enchufable`, :guilabel:`GNC`, " +":guilabel:`GLP`, :guilabel:`Hidrógeno` o :guilabel:`Eléctrico`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Emisiones de CO2`: escriba las emisiones promedio de dióxido de " +"carbono que produce el vehículo en gramos por kilómetro (g/km). Esta " +"información la proporciona el fabricante del automóvil." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Estándar de CO2`: escriba la cantidad estándar de dióxido de " +"carbono en gramos por kilómetro (g/km) para un vehículo de tamaño similar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Transmisión`: seleccione el tipo de transmisión con menú " +"desplegable, puede ser :guilabel:`Manual` o :guilabel:`Automática`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Potencia`: si el vehículo es eléctrico o híbrido, proporcione la " +"potencia que utiliza el vehículo en kilovatios (kW)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Caballos de fuerza`: ingrese los caballos de fuerza del vehículo " +"en este campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Impuestos sobre caballos de fuerza`: proporcione el importe " +"gravado en función del tamaño del motor del vehículo. Esto se determina a " +"través de los impuestos y regulaciones locales, además varía según la " +"ubicación. Le recomendamos que consulte a su departamento de contabilidad " +"para asegurarse de que el valor es correcto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Deducción fiscal: este campo se completa de forma automática " +"según las especificaciones del motor y no se puede modificar. El porcentaje " +"toma como base los ajustes de localización y las leyes fiscales locales." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de proveedores" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" +"Los proveedores específicos de vehículos (por ejemplo, las concesionarias) " +"no se enumeran por separado de otros. Los proveedores a los que puede " +"comprar un vehículo también aparecen en la lista correspondiente en la " +"aplicación *Compra*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" +"En esta pestaña debe agregar a los proveedores de los que puede comprar " +"vehículos. Para agregar uno haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar`, esta acción " +"abrirá una ventana emergente con una lista de todos los proveedores " +"disponibles en la base de datos. Para seleccionar al proveedor que desee " +"agregar, haga clic en la casilla junto al nombre del proveedor y luego en " +":guilabel:`Seleccionar`. Puede agregar tantos proveedores como desee a esta " +"lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" +"Si un proveedor no está en la base de datos puede agregarlo si hace clic en " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`. El formulario de proveedor se abrirá y allí deberá " +"ingresar la información en la pestaña correspondiente, luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para agregar el proveedor y cerrar la ventana o" +" en :guilabel:`Guardar y nuevo` para agregar el proveedor actual y crear " +"otro." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "Formulario de proveedor a completar al momento de agregar uno nuevo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Categoría del modelo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Para organizar mejor una flota le recomendamos agrupar los modelos de " +"vehículos en una categoría específica, así podrá visualizar con mayor " +"facilidad qué tipos de vehículos la componen. Las categorías de modelos se " +"establecen en el :ref:`formulario de modelo de vehículo " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a la :menuselection:`aplicación Flota --> Configuración --> Categoría " +"de modelos` para visualizar todos los modelos configurados hasta el momento," +" aparecerán en una vista de lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "Agregar una nueva categoría de modelos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para agregar una nueva categoría, aparecerá " +"una nueva línea de entrada en la parte inferior de la lista. Escriba la " +"nueva categoría y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para almacenar la " +"entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" +"Para reorganizar cómo aparecen las categorías en la lista, haga clic en las " +"flechas de arriba y abajo ubicadas a la izquierda de la categoría a mover y " +"luego arrastre la línea a la posición deseada. El orden de la lista no " +"afecta a la base de datos de ninguna manera, pero es posible que prefiera " +"ver las categorías de vehículos en un orden específico, por ejemplo, por " +"tamaño o por el número de pasajeros que puede transportar en el vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "Vista de lista de los modelos en la flota." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "Crear nuevos vehículos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Flota* de Odoo gestiona todos los vehículos y los documentos " +"que acompañan al mantenimiento del vehículo y los registros del conductor." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" +"Todos los vehículos están organizados en el tablero principal de " +":guilabel:`Flota`. Cada vehículo cuenta con su propio *formulario de " +"vehículo* y aparece como una tarjeta en la vista de kanban según su estado y" +" aparece en la etapa correspondiente actual. Las etapas predeterminadas son " +":guilabel:`Nueva solicitud`, :guilabel:`Por ordenar`, :guilabel:`Ordenado`, " +":guilabel:`Registrado`, :guilabel:`Degradado`, :guilabel:`Reserva` y " +":guilabel:`Lista de espera`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar un nuevo vehículo a la flota haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`. Esta acción abrirá un formulario de vehículo en blanco, " +"complete los campos con la información correspondiente y luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "Campos del formulario de vehículo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modelo`: seleccione el modelo del vehículo con el menú " +"desplegable. Si el modelo no aparece en la lista, escriba el nombre del " +"modelo y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` o :guilabel:`Crear y editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Matrícula`: ingrese el número de matrícula del vehículo en este " +"campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: seleccione las etiquetas en el menú desplegable o " +"escriba una nueva. Puede seleccionar la cantidad de etiquetas que desee." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`modelo` es el único campo obligatorio en el formulario del " +"nuevo vehículo. Al seleccionar un modelo aparecerán otros campos en el " +"formulario y la información correspondiente completará los campos " +"relacionados con el modelo de forma automática. Si algunos de los campos no " +"aparecen, podría ser indicio de que no seleccionó ningún modelo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "Sección sobre el conductor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección del formulario del vehículo está relacionada con la persona que" +" en este momento conduce el automóvil, así como cualquier cambio futuro de " +"conductor y cuándo ocurrirá." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Conductor`: seleccione al conductor en el menú desplegable o " +"escriba un nuevo conductor y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` o " +":guilabel:`Crear y editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tarjeta de movilidad`: el número de la tarjeta de movilidad del " +"conductor seleccionado aparecerá en este campo si tiene una tarjeta de " +"movilidad registrada en su tarjeta de empleado en la aplicación *Empleados*." +" Si no hay ninguna tarjeta de movilidad registrada y desea agregar una " +"deberá :ref:`editar la tarjeta del empleado ` en la " +"aplicación *Empleados*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Próximo conductor`: si conoce al próximo conductor del vehículo " +"selecciónelo en el menú desplegable o escriba el nombre del siguiente " +"conductor y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` o :guilabel:`Crear y editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plan para cambiar de automóvil`: marque esta casilla si el " +"conductor actual asignado a este vehículo tiene planes de cambiar de " +"vehículo porque está en espera de un nuevo vehículo o porque se trata de una" +" asignación temporal y sabe cuál será el próximo vehículo que conducirá. Si " +"el conductor actual no tiene planes de cambiar de vehículo y utilizará este," +" no marque la casilla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de asignación`: con el calendario desplegable seleccione la" +" fecha en la que el vehículo estará disponible para otro conductor. Para " +"elegir la fecha vaya al mes y año correctos con los iconos :guilabel:`⬅️ " +"(flecha izquierda)` y :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha derecha)`, luego haga clic en el" +" día específico. Si este campo está vacío, eso indica que por el momento el " +"vehículo está disponible y que puede asignarlo a otro conductor. Si cuenta " +"con información, no podrá asignar el vehículo a otro conductor hasta la " +"fecha que aparece en el campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" +"Un conductor **no** tiene que ser un empleado, pero sí debe estar registrado" +" en la aplicación *Contactos*. Cuando crea un nuevo conductor este se agrega" +" a la aplicación *Contactos*, no a *Empleados*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "Sección sobre el vehículo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección del formulario del vehículo está relacionada con el vehículo " +"físico, sus distintas propiedades, cuándo se agregó, dónde se encuentra y " +"quién lo administra." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de registro vehicular`: seleccione la fecha de adquisición " +"del vehículo con el calendario desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de cancelación`: con el calendario desplegable seleccione " +"la fecha en que vencerá el alquiler del vehículo o la fecha en la que el " +"vehículo ya no estará disponible." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Número de chasis`: escriba el número de chasis en este campo. En " +"algunos países, a esto se le conoce como el :abbr:`VIN (Número de " +"identificación vehicular)` o NIV." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Último odómetro`: proporcione la última lectura conocida del " +"odómetro en el campo numérico. Con el menú desplegable ubicado junto al " +"campo numérico seleccione si la lectura del odómetro está en kilómetros " +":guilabel:`(km)` o en millas :guilabel:`(mi)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gerente de flota`: seleccione al gerente de la flota desde el " +"menú desplegable o escriba uno nuevo y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` o en " +":guilabel:`Crear y editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ubicación`: escriba la ubicación del vehículo en este campo, el " +"escenario más común para completarlo es cuando una empresa tiene varias " +"oficinas. La ubicación habitual de la oficina donde se encuentra el vehículo" +" debería ser la ubicación que proporcione." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione la empresa en la que utilizará y a la que " +"asociará el vehículo desde el menú desplegable o escriba una nueva empresa y" +" haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` o en :guilabel:`Crear y editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" +"Crear una nueva empresa puede ocasionar un cambio en el precio de la " +"suscripción según el plan actual. Consulte el `plan de precios de Odoo " +"`_ para obtener más información." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" +"Visualización del formulario del nuevo vehículo, destaca la sección de " +"impuestos del vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de información fiscal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiscalidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Impuestos sobre caballos de fuerza`: proporcione el importe " +"gravado en función del tamaño del motor del vehículo. Esto se determina a " +"través de los impuestos y regulaciones locales, además varía según la " +"ubicación. Le recomendamos que consulte a su departamento de contabilidad " +"para asegurarse de que el valor es correcto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tasa de gastos rechazados`: este es el importe correspondiente a " +"los gastos no deducibles del vehículo. No se contabiliza para ninguna " +"deducción en una declaración de impuestos o para un gasto permitido al " +"calcular el ingreso gravable. Le recomendamos que consulte a su departamento" +" de contabilidad para asegurarse de que los valores introducidos son " +"correctos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de inicio`: ingrese la :guilabel:`fecha de inicio` y el " +":guilabel:`porcentaje (%)` para cuando el valor de :guilabel:`tasa de gastos" +" rechazados` entre en vigencia. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` " +"para proporcionar una fecha. Haga clic en la línea vacía para que aparezca " +"el calendario y seleccione una fecha, seleccione el mes y año correctos con " +"los iconos :guilabel:`⬅️ (flecha izquierda)` y :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha " +"derecha)`, luego haga clic en el día específico. Ingrese el porcentaje " +"rechazado en el campo :guilabel:`% (porcentaje)` que está ubicado a la " +"derecha de la fecha. Proporcione el porcentaje en un formato XX.XX. Repita " +"esto para todas las entradas necesarias." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha del primer contrato`: con el calendario desplegable " +"seleccione la fecha de inicio del primer contrato del vehículo. Por lo " +"general es el día en que lo compró o alquiló." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valor del catálogo (IVA incluido)`: proporcione el precio de " +"venta sugerido del vehículo por el fabricante en el momento de la compra o " +"el alquiler." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valor de compra`: proporcione el precio de compra o el valor del " +"alquiler del vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Valor residual`: escriba el valor actual del vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" +"Los valores que se mencionan arriba influirán en el departamento de " +"contabilidad. Le recomendamos que verifique todo con su equipo contable para" +" obtener más información o asistencia relacionada con estos valores." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de modelo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Si el modelo del nuevo vehículo ya está configurado en la base de datos, " +"entonces la pestaña :guilabel:`Modelo` se completará con la información " +"correspondiente. Si el modelo aún no está en la base de datos y debe " +"configurar la pestaña :guilabel:`Modelo`, entonces :ref:`configure el modelo" +" del nuevo vehículo `." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" +"Verifique la información en la pestaña :guilabel:`Modelo` para comprobar que" +" es correcta. Algunos de los ejemplos de la información que puede necesitar " +"una actualización son el color del vehículo o si hay un enganche de remolque" +" instalado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de nota" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "Escriba cualquier nota relacionada con el vehículo en esta sección." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Servicios" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" +"Para preservar de manera óptima una flota de vehículos, es necesario llevar " +"a cabo mantenimiento con regularidad y reparaciones periódicas. Es muy " +"importante que programe reparaciones y gestione los servicios para toda la " +"flota, esto garantizará que todos los vehículos se encuentren en buen estado" +" de funcionamiento cuando se requieran." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "Crear un registro de servicio" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" +"Para registrar un servicio, vaya al tablero principal de servicios desde la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Flota --> Flota --> Servicios`. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`, esto abrirá un formulario de servicio. Complete la " +"información correspondiente y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. Los únicos " +"dos campos obligatorios son :guilabel:`Tipo de servicio` y " +":guilabel:`Vehículo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "Los campos son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: agregue una breve descripción relacionada con el " +"servicio." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de servicio`: seleccione el tipo de servicio realizado en el" +" menú desplegable o escriba uno nuevo y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` o en " +":guilabel:`Crear y editar...`. Esta lista no está preconfigurada en Odoo. Al" +" crear una flota y registrar un servicio, es necesario que también cree los " +"tipos de servicio." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha`: con el módulo de calendario seleccione la fecha en que el" +" servicio se proporcionó o está programado para realizarse. Vaya al mes " +"deseado a través de los iconos de flecha izquierda y derecha, luego haga " +"clic en la fecha para seleccionarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Costo`: proporcione el costo del servicio." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Proveedor`: seleccione el proveedor que realizó el servicio desde" +" el menú desplegable. Si el proveedor aún no forma parte del sistema, " +"escriba su nombre y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` para agregarlo o en " +":guilabel:`Crear y editar...` para crearlo y editar su formulario. El " +"formulario del proveedor permite ingresar otros detalles además del nombre, " +"como su información de contacto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vehículo`: seleccione el vehículo al que se le proporcionó " +"servicio desde el menú desplegable. Al seleccionar el vehículo, el campo " +":guilabel:`Conductor` se completa y la unidad de medida para el campo " +":guilabel:`Kilometraje` aparece." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Conductor`: el conductor actual asignado al vehículo seleccionado" +" se completa al seleccionar el :guilabel:`Vehículo`. Si es necesario cambiar" +" al conductor, puede seleccionar otro desde el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valor del odómetro`: proporcione la lectura del odómetro cuando " +"se realizó el servicio. Las unidades de medida pueden ser kilómetros " +"(:guilabel:`km`) o millas (:guilabel:`mi`). La unidad de medida se completa " +"al seleccionar el :guilabel:`Vehículo`, este dato se toma de su formulario. " +"Para cambiar de kilómetros a millas, o viceversa, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Enlace externo` ubicado junto al vehículo que seleccionó en el " +"campo :guilabel:`Vehículo`. Modifique la unidad de medida y luego haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Guardar`. La unidad de medida se actualizará en el campo " +":guilabel:`Valor del odómetro`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notas`: escriba las notas para la reparación en la pestaña de " +"notas ubicada en la parte inferior del formulario de servicio." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" +"Proporcionar la información para un nuevo servicio. Los campos obligatorios " +"son Tipo de servicio y Vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "Lista de servicios" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" +"Para ver todos los servicios registrados en la base de datos, entre ellos " +"las solicitudes antiguas y nuevas, vaya a la :menuselection:`aplicación " +"Flota --> Flota --> Servicios`. Todos los servicios aparecerán en una vista " +"de lista junto a sus detalles correspondientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "Todos los servicios muestran la siguiente información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha`: la fecha en que se realizó o solicitó el servicio o la " +"reparación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: una breve descripción del tipo específico de " +"servicio o reparación que se realizó para puntualizar el servicio en " +"específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de servicio`: el servicio o la reparación que se realizó. " +"Este dato se selecciona de la lista de servicios que debe configurar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Vehículo`: el vehículo específico que recibió el servicio." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Conductor`: quién es el conductor actual del vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Proveedor`: el proveedor específico que realizó el servicio o la " +"reparación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Costo`: el costo total del servicio o la reparación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notas`: cualquier información relacionada con el servicio o " +"reparación que se documenta para agregar explicaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etapa`: el estado del servicio o reparación. Las opciones " +"disponibles son :guilabel:`Nuevo`, :guilabel:`En proceso`, " +":guilabel:`Cancelado` y :guilabel:`Listo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "La lista completa de servicios en la base de datos de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "Ver servicios" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" +"Le recomendamos visualizar la lista de servicios en alguna de las formas " +"preconfiguradas para ver mejor la información presentada. En la esquina " +"superior derecha de la lista hay varios iconos disponibles en los que puede " +"hacer clic, estas opciones presentarán los datos de diferentes maneras." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" +"Los iconos ubicados en la esquina superior derecha en los que puede hacer clic para visualizar la información de\n" +"diferentes maneras." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vista de listado" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" +"La vista predeterminada de los servicios es la vista de lista. Todos los " +"servicios aparecerán en una lista por orden cronológico, de más antiguo a " +"más nuevo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" +"La información se puede ordenar por cualquier columna. Al pasar el cursor " +"sobre el nombre en la parte superior de la columna aparecerá una flecha a la" +" derecha del nombre. Haga clic en ella para ordenar los datos por esa " +"columna específica." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" +"El orden predeterminado es el orden alfabético descendente (A a Z). Vuelva a" +" hacer clic en la flecha para invertir el orden y clasificar en orden " +"alfabético ascendente (Z a A). La única excepción a esta clasificación es la" +" columna predeterminada :guilabel:`Fecha`, que ordena la información en " +"orden cronológico (de enero a diciembre) en lugar de orden alfabético." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Vista de kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" +"Para visualizar los servicios por etapa haga clic en el :guilabel:`icono de " +"Kanban`, es el segundo icono en la esquina superior derecha y está " +"representado por cuatro cuadrados negros en un cubo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" +"Todos los servicios con el mismo estado aparecen en la columna " +"correspondiente, desde :guilabel:`En proceso` hasta :guilabel:`Cancelado`. " +"Para cambiar el estado de un servicio, solo haga clic y arrastre la tarjeta " +"del servicio a la etapa deseada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "Vista de gráfico" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" +"Otra forma de ver los datos es en un gráfico. Para esto, haga clic en el " +":guilabel:`icono de gráfico`, es el tercer icono en la esquina superior " +"derecha y está representado por un pequeño gráfico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" +"El gráfico muestra la información en un gráfico donde el eje X representa la" +" :guilabel:`fecha` y el eje Y representa el :guilabel:`costo`. Cada columna " +"representa un solo mes y luego se organiza por vehículo. Cada vehículo está " +"representado por un color diferente y la barra de cada mes se divide por " +"cada vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "Vista de tabla dinámica" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" +"La última forma de visualizar los datos del servicio es en una tabla " +"dinámica de hoja de cálculo. Haga clic en el :guilabel:`icono de Tabla " +"dinámica`, es el último icono en la esquina superior derecha y está " +"representado por una pequeña hoja de cálculo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" +"Los datos que aparecen en la tabla muestran el costo de cada servicio o " +"reparación. Las filas representan a los proveedores y cada vehículo que " +"recibió servicio aparece debajo de cada proveedor. La columna representa los" +" diferentes tipos de servicio realizados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" +"Puede insertar la tabla en una hoja de cálculo o descargarla. Para agregar " +"la tabla dinámica a una hoja de cálculo en Odoo, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Insertar en hoja de cálculo` y aparecerá una ventana emergente. " +"Seleccione la hoja de cálculo a la que debe agregar los datos desde el menú " +"desplegable y haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar`. La hoja de cálculo " +"aparecerá en la pantalla. Las hojas de cálculo se almacenan en la aplicación" +" *Documentos* de Odoo. Para descargar la tabla en formato `.xlsx` haga clic " +"en el :guilabel:`icono de descarga`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" +"Descargar la tabla dinámica en un archivo .xlsx o insertar los datos en una " +"hoja de cálculo en la aplicación Documentos de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Nómina" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Nómina* de Odoo se utiliza para procesar entradas de trabajo " +"y crear recibos de nómina para los empleados, estos pueden incluir su paga " +"regular y comisiones. Además, funciona en conjunto con otras de nuestras " +"aplicaciones como *Empleados*, *Hojas de horas*, *Tiempo personal* y " +"*Asistencias*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Nómina* ayuda a asegurar que no haya problemas o conflictos " +"al validar entradas de trabajo, gestiona localizaciones específicas de cada " +"país para garantizar que los recibos de nómina cumplan con reglas e " +"impuestos locales y permite realizar asignaciones salariales. Su " +"configuración es fundamental para asegurar el procesamiento preciso y " +"oportuno de los recibos de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a los *ajustes*, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`. Aquí seleccionará si los recibos de nómina se " +"registran en contabilidad y si se crean pagos SEPA." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" +"Los ajustes de localización se configuran desde la pantalla de " +":guilabel:`ajustes`. Las *localizaciones* son ajustes específicos para cada " +"país. Se preconfiguran en Odoo al crear una base de datos y representan " +"todos los impuestos, tarifas y subsidios para ese país en particular. La " +"sección :guilabel:`localización` en los :guilabel:`ajustes` incluye una " +"vista detallada de todos los beneficios que se proporcionan a los empleados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "Ajustes disponibles para Nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" +"Cualquier :guilabel:`localización` específica para un país se configura en " +"la sección correspondiente en la pantalla de :guilabel:`ajustes`. Todos los " +"elementos de localización se completan previamente al especificar el país " +"durante la creación de la base de datos. No recomendamos modificar los " +"ajustes de localización a menos que sea necesario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "Entradas de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" +"Una *entrada de trabajo* es un registro individual en la hoja de horas de un" +" empleado. Las entradas de trabajo se pueden configurar para tener en cuenta" +" todos los tipos de trabajo y permisos como :guilabel:`asistencias`, " +":guilabel:`permisos por enfermedad`, :guilabel:`capacitaciones` o " +":guilabel:`días feriados`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:47 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "Tipos de entradas de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" +"Al crear una entrada de trabajo en la aplicación *Nómina* o cuando un " +"empleado ingresa información en la aplicación *Hojas de horas*, se debe " +"seleccionar un :guilabel:`Tipo de entrada de trabajo`. La lista de " +":guilabel:`tipos de entrada de trabajo` se crea de forma automática según " +"los ajustes de localización establecidos en la base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" +"Para consultar los tipos de entradas de trabajo disponibles, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Tipos de entradas de trabajo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" +"Cada tipo de entrada de trabajo tiene un código para asistir en la creación " +"de los recibos de nómina y garantizar que todos los impuestos y tarifas se " +"introducen de forma correcta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "" +"Lista de todos los tipos de entradas de trabajo que están disponibles " +"actualmente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "Nuevo tipo de entrada de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo tipo de entrada de trabajo, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` y complete el formulario con la siguiente información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre del tipo de entrada de trabajo`: el nombre debe ser corto " +"y descriptivo, como `permiso por enfermedad` o `día feriado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Código`: este código aparece con el tipo de entrada de trabajo en" +" las hojas de horas y los recibos de nómina. Como se utiliza junto con la " +"aplicación Contabilidad, se recomienda que lo verifique con el Departamento " +"de contabilidad." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DMFA Code`: This code is used to identify DMFA entries on a " +"corresponding DMFA report, and is for Belgian-based companies only." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Código DMFA`: este código se utiliza para identificar las " +"entradas DMFA en el reporte correspondiente. Solo es para las empresas con " +"sede en Bélgica." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Color`: seleccione un color para ese tipo de entrada de trabajo " +"en particular." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Redondeo`: el método de redondeo determina cómo se muestran las " +"entradas de la hoja de horas en el recibo de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sin redondeo`: la entrada en la hoja de horas no se modifica." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Medio día`: la entrada de la hoja de horas se redondea a la " +"cantidad de medio día más cercana." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Día`: la entrada de la hoja de horas se redondea a la cantidad de" +" día completo más cercana." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" +"Si el horario de trabajo corresponde a un día de 8 horas (semana de trabajo " +"de 40 horas) y un empleado agrega 5.5 horas en una hoja de horas con el " +"método de :guilabel:`redondeo` configurado como :guilabel:`Sin redondeo`, la" +" entrada permanece con 5.5 horas. Si está configurado como :guilabel:`Medio " +"día`, la entrada cambia a 4 horas y si es :guilabel:`Día` entonces cambia a " +"8 horas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for unpaid " +"work, specify which pay structure the work entry can apply to from the drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trabajo no remunerado en tipos de estructura`: Si la entrada de " +"trabajo es para trabajo no remunerado, especifique a qué estructura salarial" +" se puede aplicar la entrada de trabajo en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list apply to the work entry, check " +"off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" +"Casillas de verificación: si alguno de los elementos de la lista aplica a la" +" entrada de trabajo, haga clic en ella para seleccionarla. Si selecciona " +":guilabel:`Tiempo personal`, aparece el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo " +"personal`. Este campo tiene un menú desplegable para seleccionar un tipo " +"específico, también puede crear uno nuevo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "Formulario para agregar un nuevo tipo de entrada de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "Horas laborables" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" +"Para consultar las horas laborables configuradas, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Horarios de trabajo`. \n" +"En esta lista se encuentran los horarios de trabajo que están disponibles para los contratos de un empleado y las entradas de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" +"Cada empresa utiliza sus propias horas laborables y también deben " +"identificar el tipo de horas que utilizan. Por ejemplo, una base de datos de" +" Odoo que contiene varias empresas que utilizan una semana laboral estándar " +"de 40 horas debe tener una entrada de horas laborables por separado para " +"cada empresa que utiliza la semana laboral estándar de 40 horas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" +"Todas las horas laborables establecidas actualmente en la base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "Nuevas horas laborables" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" +"Para crear nuevas horas laborables, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` " +"y complete el formulario con la información correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "Formulario para crear nuevas horas laborables." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" +"Los campos se completan de forma automática para una semana laboral normal " +"de 40 horas, pero se pueden modificar. Cambie el nombre del horario de " +"trabajo en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre` y después realice las modificaciones " +"a los días y horas que correspondan en el nuevo horario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Horas laborales` puede modificar el :guilabel:`Día " +"de la semana`, :guilabel:`Periodo del día` y :guilabel:`Tipo de entrada de " +"trabajo`, haga clic en los menús desplegables de cada columna y luego " +"realice su selección. Las columnas :guilabel:`Trabajar desde` y " +":guilabel:`Trabajar hasta` se modifican al escribir la hora." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" +"Los campos :guilabel:`Trabajar desde` y :guilabel:`Trabajar hasta` deben " +"estar en un formato de 24 horas. Por ejemplo, las `2:00 p. m.` se ingresan " +"como `14:00`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" +"Si las horas laborables deben tener una configuración de dos semanas, haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Cambiar a calendario de 2 semanas`. Esto crea " +"entradas para una :guilabel:`semana par` y una :guilabel:`semana impar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "Tipos de estructura" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, el recibo de nómina de un empleado depende de *estructuras* y " +"*tipos de estructura*, esto afecta a la forma en que un empleado ingresa " +"datos a las hojas de horas. Cada tipo de estructura es un conjunto " +"individual de reglas para procesar una entrada en la hoja de horas y " +"consiste en diferentes estructuras anidadas. También definen la frecuencia " +"con la que se paga a un empleado y si se proporciona por salario (fijo) o " +"por las horas que trabajó (variadas), además de sus horas laborables." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, un tipo de estructura podría ser `Empleado` y ese tipo de " +"estructura podría tener dos estructuras diferentes en ella, es decir, una " +"estructura de `Salario regular` con todas las reglas separadas para procesar" +" un pago regular y una estructura para un `Bono de fin de año` que incluye " +"las reglas solo para el bono correspondiente. Tanto la estructura de " +"`Salario regular` como la estructura de `Bono de fin de año` están dentro " +"del tipo de estructura de `Empleado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" +"Puede consultar los distintos tipos de estructura desde " +":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Tipos de estructura`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" +"Los dos tipos de estructura predeterminados configurados en Odoo son " +"*empleado* y *trabajador*. Por lo general, *empleado* se utiliza para los " +"empleados asalariados y el tipo de salario es *Salario fijo mensual*, " +"*trabajador* se utiliza para los empleados que reciben un pago por hora y su" +" tipo de salario es *Salario por hora*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "Lista con todos los tipos de estructura. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear un tipo de estructura. La" +" mayoría de los campos se completan de forma automática, pero todos se " +"pueden editar. Una vez que termine de modificar los campos, " +":guilabel:`guarde` los cambios o haga clic en :guilabel:`descartar` para " +"eliminar la entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "Cuadro de nuevo tipo de estructura." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "Estructuras" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" +"Las *estructuras salariales* son las diferentes formas en que se paga a un " +"empleado dentro de una estructura *específica* y están definidas por varias " +"reglas particulares." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" +"La cantidad de estructuras que necesita una empresa para cada tipo de " +"estructura depende de cuántas formas diferentes existen para pagarles a los " +"empleados y cómo se calcula su salario. Por ejemplo, una estructura común " +"que resultaría útil agregar podría ser un `Bono`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" +"Puede consultar todas las diferentes estructuras para cada tipo de " +"estructura desde :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Estructuras`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "Todas las estructuras salariales disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" +"Cada :ref:`tipo de estructura ` enumera las " +"diversas estructuras asociadas. Cada estructura contiene un conjunto de " +"reglas que la definen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en una estructura para ver sus :guilabel:`reglas salariales`, " +"estas son las que calculan el recibo de nómina del empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "Detalles de la estructura salarial para un pago regular." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Reglas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" +"Cada estructura tiene un conjunto de *reglas salariales* a seguir para fines" +" contables. La localización configura estas reglas y afectan a la aplicación" +" *Contabilidad*, por lo que las modificaciones a las reglas predeterminadas," +" o la creación de nuevas reglas, solo se debe realizar cuando sea necesario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" +"Para consultar todas las reglas, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Nómina" +" --> Configuración --> Reglas`. Haga clic en una estructura (por ejemplo, en" +" :guilabel:`pago regular`) para ver todas las reglas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "Reglas para cada tipo de estructura salarial." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Se desplegará un" +" formulario en blanco, complete los campos con la información " +"correspondiente y haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "Escribir la información para la nueva regla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "Los campos necesarios para una regla son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba un nombre para la regla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Categoría`: seleccione una categoría para la que aplica la regla " +"en el menú desplegable o escriba una nueva." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Código`: introduzca el código que se utilizará para esta nueva " +"regla. Se recomienda que se coordine con el Departamento de contabilidad, ya" +" que esto les afectará." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Estructura salarial`: seleccione una estructura salarial para la " +"que aplica la regla en el menú desplegable o escriba una nueva." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Condición basada en`: en la pestaña :guilabel:`General` se " +"encuentra el menú desplegable para seleccionar si la regla es " +":guilabel:`siempre verdadero` (siempre aplica), :guilabel:`intervalo` (se " +"aplica a un intervalo específico, que se introduce debajo de la selección) o" +" una :guilabel:`expresión de Python` (el código se escribe debajo de la " +"selección)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de importe`: en la pestaña :guilabel:`General`, seleccione " +"en el menú desplegable si el importe es un :guilabel:`importe fijo`, un " +":guilabel:`porcentaje (%)` o un :guilabel:`código Python`. Según lo que " +"seleccione, deberá escribir el importe fijo, porcentaje o código de Python." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "Parámetros de regla" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"Por el momento, la función :guilabel:`Parámetros de regla` que se encuentra " +"en :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración` sigue en desarrollo y solo " +"funciona para un caso de uso específico en el mercado de Bélgica. La " +"documentación se actualizará cuando esta sección se haya expandido a otros " +"mercados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "Otros tipos de entrada" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:262 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" +"Al crear recibos de nómina, a veces es necesario agregar otras entradas para" +" circunstancias específicas como gastos, reembolsos o deducciones. Puede " +"configurar estas otras entradas desde :menuselection:`Nómina --> " +"Configuración --> Otros tipos de entrada`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "Otros tipos de entrada para la nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. If the input " +"type applies to all structures, leave the :guilabel:`Availability in " +"Structure` field blank. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo tipo de entrada, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`. Escriba la :guilabel:`descripción`, el :guilabel:`código`" +" y a qué estructura se aplica en el campo :guilabel:`Disponibilidad en " +"estructura`. Si el tipo de entrada aplica a todas las estructuras, deje el " +"campo :guilabel:`Disponibilidad en estructura` en blanco. Haga clic en el " +"botón correspondiente para :guilabel:`guardar` los cambios o en " +":guilabel:`descartar` para eliminar la entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "Crear un nuevo tipo de entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "Configurador del paquete salarial" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Configurador del paquete salarial` del menú " +":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración` hay varias opciones que afectan el" +" salario potencial de un empleado. Estas secciones (:guilabel:`Ventajas`, " +":guilabel:`Información personal` y :guilabel:`Currículo`) especifican qué " +"beneficios se pueden ofrecer a un empleado en su paquete salarial." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" +"El salario de un empleado se ajusta según la información que ingrese, como " +"sus deducciones, personas que dependen de él o ella y otros datos más. " +"Cuando un candidato solicita un trabajo en el sitio web de la empresa, las " +"secciones en :guilabel:`Configurador del paquete salarial` afectan " +"directamente lo que el solicitante ve y, por lo tanto, lo que se completa " +"conforme el candidato introduce información." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:294 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "Ventajas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Al ofrecer un puesto a los empleados potenciales, puede establecer ciertas " +"*ventajas* en Odoo además del salario para que la oferta sea más atractiva. " +"Puede agregar tiempo personal adicional, acceso a un vehículo de la empresa," +" reembolso por gastos de teléfono o internet, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" +"Para consultar las ventajas, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración" +" --> Ventajas`, estas se agrupan por :guilabel:`tipo de estructura`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "Ajustes disponibles para Nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva ventaja, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`. " +"Complete los campos con la información correspondiente y :guilabel:`guarde`" +" los cambios o haga clic en :guilabel:`descartar` para eliminar la entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "Lista con las ventajas que puede tener un empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "Los campos necesarios para crear una ventaja son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre de la ventaja." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Campo de ventaja`: seleccione en el menú desplegable en qué campo" +" del recibo de nómina aparece esta ventaja." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de ventaja`: seleccione en el menú desplegable qué tipo de " +"ventaja corresponde al beneficio. Seleccione si es un :guilabel:`beneficio " +"mensual en especie`, :guilabel:`ventajas mensuales en neto`, " +":guilabel:`ventajas mensuales en efectivo` o :guilabel:`ventajas anuales en " +"efectivo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de estructura salarial`: seleccione en el menú desplegable a" +" qué tipo de estructura salarial se aplica esta ventaja." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "Información personal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, cada empleado tiene una *tarjeta de empleado* que incluye toda su " +"información personal, currículo, información de trabajo y documentos. Para " +"ver la tarjeta de un empleado, vaya al tablero principal de la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Nómina` y haga clic en la tarjeta o vaya a " +":menuselection:`Nómina --> Empleados --> Empleados` y seleccione una " +"tarjeta. También puede ver las tarjetas de los empleados desde la aplicación" +" :menuselection:`Empleados`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" +"Una tarjeta de empleado se puede considerar el expediente personal de un " +"empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" +"La sección *información personal* agrupa todos los campos que están " +"disponibles para introducir en la tarjeta del empleado. Para ingresar a esta" +" sección, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Información " +"personal`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "Información personal de un empleado que aparece en una tarjeta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" +"Para editar una entrada, selecciónela de la lista y luego haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`editar` para realizar las modificaciones correspondientes. " +"Cuando haya terminado, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar` o en " +":guilabel:`descartar` para cancelar las ediciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "Nueva entrada de información personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" +"Los dos campos más importantes en el formulario de información personal son " +":guilabel:`Es necesario` y :guilabel:`Mostrar tipo`. Al seleccionar la " +"casilla :guilabel:`Es necesario` hace que el campo en la tarjeta del " +"empleado sea obligatorio." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" +"El menú desplegable :guilabel:`Mostrar tipo` permite introducir la " +"información de varias maneras, puede elegir entre un cuadro de " +":guilabel:`texto`, un botón de :guilabel:`opción` personalizable, una " +":guilabel:`casilla`, un :guilabel:`documento` y otros." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que terminó de ingresar la información, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`guardar` para almacenar la entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "Continuar" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"Por el momento, la función :guilabel:`Currículo` que se encuentra en " +":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración` sigue en desarrollo y solo " +"funciona para un caso de uso específico en el mercado de Bélgica. La " +"documentación se actualizará cuando esta sección se haya expandido a otros " +"mercados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Contratos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" +" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " +"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgstr "" +"Todos los empleados en Odoo deben tener un contrato para poder recibir su " +"salario. Un contrato describe los términos del puesto de un empleado, su " +"paga, sus horas de trabajo y otros detalles importantes sobre su puesto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " +"application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " +"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" +" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +msgstr "" +"Los documentos de contrato (en formato PDF) se cargan y organizan con la " +"aplicación *Documentos* y se firman a través de la aplicación *Firma " +"electrónica*. Para poder realizar estas actividades debe tener las " +"aplicaciones correspondientes instaladas, consulte la documentación sobre " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` y " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " +"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " +"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." +" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" +"Para ver los contratos de los empleados, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Nómina --> Empleados --> Contratos`, esta ruta se encuentra " +"en el menú superior. Estos documentos y su estado actual se muestran en una " +"vista kanban de forma predeterminada. Esta vista muestra tanto los contratos" +" activos como los contratos que necesitan alguna acción. Los contratos " +"vencidos y cancelados están ocultos en la vista predeterminada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"En este tablero aparece una vista donde aparecen los contratos activos y los" +" que tienen acciones pendientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " +"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " +"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " +"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " +"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " +"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgstr "" +"La lista de contratos de la aplicación *Nómina* coincide con la lista de " +"contratos de la aplicación *Empleados*. La vista predeterminada de contratos" +" en la aplicación *Nómina* muestra los contratos en ejecución y los " +"contratos que necesitan atención, mientras que la vista predeterminada para " +"estos documentos en la aplicación *Empleados* muestra todos los contratos en" +" una vista kanban, organizada por su etapa, sin importar su estado. Puede " +"ver todos los contratos si cambia los filtros." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new contract" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " +"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" +" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " +"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" +"Para que un empleado pueda recibir su salario debe tener un contrato activo." +" Si necesita un nuevo contrato, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Crear` " +"ubicado en el tablero de contratos. Aparecerá un formulario de contrato en " +"el tendrá que ingresar toda la información correspondiente, los campos " +"obligatorios están resaltados en negritas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +msgstr "Formulario para un nuevo contrato que se debe completar al crear uno." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referencia de contrato`: escriba el nombre o el título del " +"contrato, por ejemplo `Contrato de Juan Pérez`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " +"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " +"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " +"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " +"the company details." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione la empresa a la que se aplica el contrato " +"desde el menú desplegable. Puede crear una nueva empresa si escribe el " +"nombre en el campo y luego hace clic en :guilabel:`Crear`, si hace clic en " +":guilabel:`Crear y editar` puede crearla y luego editar sus detalles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " +"be created by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de estructura salarial`: seleccione uno de los tipos de " +"estructura salarial que están disponibles en el menú desplegable. Los tipos " +"de estructura salarial predeterminados son :guilabel:`Empleado` o " +":guilabel:`Trabajador`. Puede crear un nuevo tipo de estructura salarial si " +"escribe el nombre en el campo correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " +"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " +"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " +":guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de inicio`: esta es la fecha de inicio del contrato. Para " +"elegir una, haga clic en el menú desplegable, vaya al mes y año correcto con" +" los iconos :guilabel:`< > (de flecha)` y luego haga clic en la " +":guilabel:`fecha` correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horario de trabajo`: seleccione uno de los horarios de trabajo " +"disponibles en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " +"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " +"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " +"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" +" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" +"El menú desplegable para el :guilabel:`horario de trabajo` muestra todos los" +" que están disponibles para la :guilabel:`empresa` que seleccionó. Para " +"modificar o agregar otros a esta lista, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> " +"Configuración --> Horas laborables` y :guilabel:`cree` uno nuevo o haga clic" +" en uno que ya exista y edítelo con el botón :guilabel:`Editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empleado`: el nombre del empleado al que se aplica el contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Departmento`: el departamento al que se aplica el contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`: el puesto de trabajo específico al que se " +"aplica el contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " +":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de contrato`: seleccione :guilabel:`contrato indefinido`, " +":guilabel:`contrato de duración determinada` o :guilabel:`plan de formación " +"e inserción laboral` en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " +"date." +msgstr "" +"Un :guilabel:`contrato indefinido` tiene fecha de inicio pero no de " +"terminación laboral." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +msgstr "" +"Un :guilabel:`contrato de duración determinada` tiene fechas de inicio y de " +"terminación laboral específicas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " +"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`plan de formación e inserción laboral` es un contrato " +"específico que se usa en Bélgica cuando se contrata a algún empleado que " +"primero debe ser capacitado y solo cubre el período de formación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " +"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " +"icons, then click on the date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de finalización`: si el contrato tiene una fecha de " +"finalización específica debe hacer clic en el menú desplegable, luego vaya " +"al mes y el año correcto con los iconos de flecha y por último haga clic en " +"la fecha correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " +"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsable de RR. HH.`: si hay una persona específica en " +"recursos humanos que es responsable del contrato, selecciónela en el menú " +"desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " +"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuenta analítica`: este campo le permite establecer un vínculo " +"entre el contrato y una cuenta analítica específica para fines contables." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +msgid "Contract details" +msgstr "Detalles del contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "" +"La sección de detalles del contrato le permite agregar y editar contratos. " +"Desde aquí también puede enviar el contrato al empleado para que lo apruebe " +"y lo firme." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" +"Detalles del contrato en las pestañas opcionales de un nuevo contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"*Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plantilla de contrato`: seleccione una plantilla de contrato " +"preexistente desde el menú desplegable. Por lo general, las plantillas de " +"contrato se crean mediante la aplicación *Reclutamiento*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plantilla de nuevo documento de contrato`: seleccione un contrato" +" en el menú desplegable, podrá modificarlo para este nuevo contrato de " +"empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plantilla de documento de actualización de contrato`: seleccione " +"un contrato en el menú desplegable si el empleado tiene un contrato " +"existente que necesita alguna actualización." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " +"employee contract can be entered for future reference." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notas`: el campo de notas es un campo de texto donde puede " +"escribir cualquier nota relacionada con el contrato del empleado, puede " +"verlas en cualquier momento futuro." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +msgid "Modifying a contract" +msgstr "Modificar un contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " +"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`enlace externo` que se encuentra ubicado al" +" final de cada línea para abrir la plantilla de contrato correspondiente y " +"realizar cualquier modificación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" +" the contract as needed." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerá una ventana emergente con todos los detalles del contrato. " +"Modifique los campos del contrato en caso de que sea necesario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the details for the contract." +msgstr "Edición de los detalles del contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: seleccione todas las etiquetas relacionadas con el " +"contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " +"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Espacio de trabajo de documentos firmados`: aquí es donde se " +"almacenan las firmas. Seleccione un espacio de trabajo preconfigurado o cree" +" uno nuevo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " +"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas de documentos firmados`: seleccione o cree cualquier " +"etiqueta asociada solo con el contrato firmado en lugar del contrato " +"original que no tiene firmas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " +"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " +"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enlace de redireccionamiento`: proporcione un enlace de " +"redireccionamiento para que el empleado pueda acceder al contrato. Un enlace" +" de redireccionamiento lleva al usuario de una URL a otra, en este caso, se " +"le redirige al nuevo contrato actualizado especóificamente escrito para " +"ellos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " +":guilabel:`On Invitation`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quién puede firmar`: seleccione :guilabel:`todos los usuarios` o " +":guilabel:`por invitación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Todos los usuarios`: cualquier usuario que pertenezca a la " +"empresa puede firmar el contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " +"contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por invitación`: solo los usuarios que seleccionó en este campo " +"pueden firmar el contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Usuarios invitados`: seleccione las personas que pueden firmar el" +" documento." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " +":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " +"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Documento`: El documento adjunto se puede reemplazar si hace clic" +" en el icono :guilabel:✏️ (lápiz)` . Aparece una ventana emergente para que " +"pueda seleccionar y subir otro documento. El archivo debe ser un PDF. Si " +"necesita eliminar el documento, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(papelera)` ." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " +"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " +":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya terminado de realizar las modificaciones, haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Guardar`. Toda la información de la plantilla de contrato " +"que seleccionó completa los campos ubicados en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Información salarial`, cualquier otra pestaña, como " +":guilabel:`Documentos personales`, aparece solo si corresponde." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +msgid "Salary information" +msgstr "Información salarial" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "Pestañas opcionales para un nuevo contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +msgid "" +"This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " +"is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " +"fields may vary." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección es donde debe definir los detalles salariales específicos. " +"Además, esta sección es específica para país, así que estos campos pueden " +"variar según el lugar en dónde se encuentre la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " +"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +msgstr "" +"Introduzca el importe correspondiente en cada campo o marque una casilla si " +"necesita aplicar un beneficio. Algunas opciones que puede introducir aquí " +"incluyen :guilabel:`vales para restaurantes`, :guilabel:`vales para " +"gasolina`, :guilabel:`internet`, :guilabel:`permisos pagados`, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " +"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +msgstr "" +"Algunos campos pueden completarse de forma automática si hay contratos " +"seleccionados en la pestaña :guilabel:`Detalles del contrato`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgstr "Deducciones salariales" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " +"are set." +msgstr "" +"Las deducciones o asignaciones automáticas de un empleado, como los pagos de" +" manutención alimenticia y los embargos salariales, se denominan " +"*deducciones salariales*. En esta sección se establecen todas estas " +"deducciones o asignaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " +"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una nueva deducción, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`" +" y escriba una :guilabel:`descripción` para la asignación en el campo " +"correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." +msgstr "Agregue una nueva línea para cada tipo de embargo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un :guilabel:`tipo de embargo` desde el menú desplegable, entre " +"las opciones que puede elegir se encuentran las siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " +"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " +"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Deducción salarial`: cualquier pago que se realiza para alguna " +"cosa que es *no* es la pensión alimenticia. Por lo general suelen ser los " +"embargos relacionados a pagos por acciones legales, pagos por impuestos " +"adeudados, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " +"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Asignación salarial`: cualquier deducción que no es necesaria " +"sino voluntaria, por ejemplo una asignación antes de impuestos a una cuenta " +"de ahorros universitaria." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " +"support." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pensión alimenticia`: Cualquier pago realizado específicamente " +"para la manutención de los hijos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " +"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " +"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" +" :guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" +"Introduzca las fechas de inicio y fin para el registro. Haga clic en el menú" +" desplegable de :guilabel:`De` y :guilabel:`Para`, seleccione el mes y el " +"año correctos con los iconos :guilabel:`< > (flecha)` y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`fecha`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." +msgstr "" +"Por último, introduzca el :guilabel:`Importe` de cada nómina en el concepto " +"de ingreso." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " +"the line." +msgstr "" +"Si desea eliminar una línea, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)`" +" situado al final de la línea." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +msgid "Save and send the contract" +msgstr "Guardar y enviar un contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" +" employee to be signed." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que ha creado o modificado un contrato, guárdelo al hacer clic en el" +" botón :guilabel:`Guardar`. Lo siguiente es enviar el contrato al empleado " +"para que lo firme." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en uno de los siguientes botones para enviar el contrato al " +"empleado:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." +msgstr "Envío del contrato al empleado a través de uno de los botones." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " +"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " +"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " +"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " +"the employee so they can sign the contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Generar enlace de simulación`: esta opción es solo para empresas " +"belgas. Al hacer clic se abre una ventana emergente que contiene la " +"información general del contrato, así como un enlace para el contrato cuando" +" se utiliza el configurador de salarios. Haga clic en :guilabel:`enviar " +"oferta` para enviar un correo electrónico al empleado y pueda firmar el " +"contrato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." +msgstr "Envío de enlace al empleado con el contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +msgid "" +"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " +"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee so they can sign it." +msgstr "" +"Para enviar el contrato mediante el :guilabel:`enlace de simulación`, " +"asegúrese de que haya un campo de firma en el PDF del contrato para que el " +"empleado pueda firmarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " +"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " +"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " +"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Solicitar firma`: haga clic en esta opción y aparecerá una " +"ventana emergente en la que podrá escribir un correo electrónico al " +"empleado. Seleccione el documento en el menú desplegable, por ejemplo, un " +"contrato, un acuerdo de confidencialidad o una política de trabajo en casa y" +" escriba el correo electrónico. Haga clic en :guilabel:`enviar` cuando el " +"correo electrónico esté listo para enviarse." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +msgstr "Solicitud de firma del contrato mediante correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " +"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " +"times, and can compute time off." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hora de crédito`: esta opción solo está disponible para las " +"empresas belgas. Haga clic en esta opción y aparecerá una ventana emergente " +"que permite modificar los horarios de trabajo y calcular el tiempo personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 +msgid "Payslips" +msgstr "Recibos de nómina" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, " +"and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once " +"payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by " +"check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"La creación de los recibos de nómina está a cargo de los propios empleados o" +" sus gerentes y luego los empleados autorizados (por lo general, también los" +" gerentes) deben aprobarlos. Una vez que los recibos están aprobados, se " +"entregan a los empleados y se efectúa el pago mediante cheque o depósito, " +"según la configuración del perfil de empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` " +"application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All " +"Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`." +msgstr "" +"El menú desplegable :guilabel:`Recibos de nómina` ubicado en el encabezado " +"de la aplicación :menuselection:`Nómina` consta de tres secciones: " +":guilabel:`Por pagar`, :guilabel:`Todos los recibos de nómina` y " +":guilabel:`Lotes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for " +"employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission" +" payslips." +msgstr "" +"Estas tres secciones le proporcionan todas las herramientas necesarias para " +"crear recibos de nómina para los empleados, por ejemplo, recibos " +"individuales, por lote o por comisión." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll." +msgstr "El menú Recibos de nómina aparece resaltado en la aplicación Nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21 +msgid "To pay" +msgstr "Por pagar" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the " +"payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that" +" have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en la :menuselection:`aplicación Nómina --> Recibos de nómina --> " +"Por pagar` para ver los recibos que debe pagar. En esta página, Odoo muestra" +" los recibos que aún no han sido generados y puede crearlos desde este " +"tablero." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." +msgstr "" +"Visualización de todos los recibos de nómina a pagar en la página \"Por " +"pagar\" en la aplicación Nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual " +"payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the" +" :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of" +" the payslip." +msgstr "" +"Cada recibo de nómina incluye el número de :guilabel:`referencia` del recibo" +" individual, el nombre del :guilabel:`empleado`, el :guilabel:`nombre del " +"lote`, el rango de fechas :guilabel:`desde` y :guilabel:`hasta`, la " +":guilabel:`empresa`, el :guilabel:`salario básico`, el :guilabel:`salario " +"neto` y el :guilabel:`estado` del recibo de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the " +"individual payslip." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en una entrada individual de un recibo de nómina aparecerán " +"los detalles correspondientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41 +msgid "Create new payslip" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo recibo de nómina" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page " +"(:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips" +" --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-" +"left corner." +msgstr "" +"Puede crear un nuevo recibo de nómina desde la página :guilabel:`Recibos de " +"nómina por pagar` (en la :menuselection:`aplicación Nómina --> Recibos de " +"nómina --> Por pagar`) o desde la página :guilabel:`Recibos de nómina del " +"empleado` (en la :menuselection:`aplicación Nómina --> Recibos de nómina -->" +" Todos los recibos de nómina`) si hace clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` " +"que se ubica en la esquina superior izquierda." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the " +"necessary payslip information can be entered." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` aparece un formulario en blanco para " +"recibo de nómina que debe completar con la información necesaria." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in " +"with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by " +"**bold** lines." +msgstr "" +"En el formulario en blanco para recibo de nómina debe completar varios " +"campos, algunos de ellos son obligatorios y están representados por líneas " +"en **negrita**." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip." +msgstr "Los campos necesarios para crear un nuevo recibo de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired" +" employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other" +" fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a " +"selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the " +":guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` " +"fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form " +"in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empleado`: escriba el nombre de un empleado o seleccione uno con " +"la lista desplegable. Es posible que cuando seleccione un empleado se " +"completen otros campos del formulario de forma automática. Por lo general, " +"después de elegir a un :guilabel:`empleado` en el campo correspondiente, " +"Odoo puede completar los campos :guilabel:`Contrato`, :guilabel:`Estructura`" +" y :guilabel:`Nombre del recibo de nómina`, pero **solo** si esa información" +" está disponible en el formulario de ese empleado en la aplicación " +"*Empleados*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On " +"this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater " +"than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to " +"select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this " +"process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Periodo`: haga clic en la fecha predeterminada para abrir el " +"calendario emergente. Use los iconos :guilabel:`< (menos que)` y " +":guilabel:`> (más que)` que aparecen en el calendario para elegir un mes, " +"luego haga clic en un día para seleccionar esa fecha específica como la " +"fecha de inicio del recibo de nómina. Repita este proceso para agregar una " +"fecha de finalización en el siguiente campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract " +"for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the " +"selected employee appear as options." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Contrato`: seleccione el contrato correspondiente para el " +"empleado con el menú desplegable. Solo aparecerán como opciones los " +"contratos disponibles para el empleado seleccionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure" +" type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract" +" for that specific employee appear as options." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Estructura`: seleccione el tipo de estructura salarial con el " +"menú desplegable. Solo aparecerán como opciones las estructuras salariales " +"disponibles para el contrato seleccionado de ese empleado en específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the " +"payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre del recibo de nómina`: escriba el nombre para el recibo de" +" nómina en el campo vacío. El nombre debe ser breve y descriptivo, por " +"ejemplo, `Abril de 2023`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select " +"the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione la empresa a la que aplica el recibo de " +"nómina con el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Empresa`, está ubicado en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Información contable`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, " +"enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found " +"in the *Accounting* application." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Diario de salarios`: elija el diario de salarios en el cual se " +"reflejará el pago en la pestaña :guilabel:`Información contable`. Debe estar" +" en la aplicación *Contabilidad*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab." +msgstr "" +"Los campos necesarios para crear un nuevo recibo de nómina en la pestaña " +"Información contable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every " +"entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct." +msgstr "" +"Le recomendamos que verifique los datos con el departamento de contabilidad " +"para garantizar que cada entrada que influye en la aplicación *Contabilidad*" +" sea correcta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can " +"be entered here." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referencia`: aquí puede escribir cualquier nota o mensaje de " +"referencia para la nueva entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Automóvil de la empresa`: en caso de ser necesario, seleccione el" +" vehículo de la empresa en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the " +"entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of " +"Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what " +"was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and " +":guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Días trabajados`: en la pestaña :guilabel:`Días trabajados y " +"entradas`, las entradas que están en :guilabel:`días trabajados` (como " +":guilabel:`Tipo`, :guilabel:`Descripción`, :guilabel:`Número de días`, " +":guilabel:`Número de horas` y :guilabel:`Cantidad`) se completan de forma " +"automática con la información de los campos :guilabel:`Periodo`, " +":guilabel:`Contrato` y :guilabel:`Estructura` del formulario del recibo de " +"nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " +"automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " +"clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the " +"entry." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cálculo del salario`: la pestaña :guilabel:`Cálculo del salario` " +"se completa de forma automática luego de hacer clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Calcular hoja`. Después, aparecen todos los salarios, " +"deducciones, impuestos y otros datos correspondientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre del lote`: seleccione el lote de recibos al que pertenece " +"este nuevo recibo de nómina con el menú desplegable. Esto se encuentra en la" +" pestaña :guilabel:`Información contable`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on " +"the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the " +":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up " +"window. Then, click on the desired date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha contable`: esta parte se encuentra en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Información contable`. Proporcione la fecha en que se debe " +"registrar el recibo de nómina, haga clic en el menú desplegable y vaya al " +"mes y año correctos con los iconos :guilabel:`< > (menos que y más que)` en " +"el calendario emergente. Seleccione la fecha correcta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting" +" Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged " +"in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Diario de salarios`: este campo está ubicado en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Información contable` y es el diario en el que se registrarán los" +" recibos de nómina. Se selecciona en automático al ingresar el " +":guilabel:`contrato` y la :guilabel:`estructura` en el formulario " +"correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the " +"payslip is confirmed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Asiento contable`: este campo se ubica en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Información contable` y se completa de forma automática una vez " +"que confirma el recibo de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116 +msgid "Save and process new payslip" +msgstr "Guardar y procesar un nuevo recibo de nómina" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete " +"the entry." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya ingresado toda la información necesaria en el recibo de " +"nómina, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para almacenar los datos. También " +"puede hacer clic en :guilabel:`Cancelar` si desea eliminar la entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it " +"is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button " +"can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the " +"entry *and* compute the sheet." +msgstr "" +"No es necesario que guarde la entrada antes de calcular la nómina aunque se " +"considera una buena práctica hacerlo. Puede hacer clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Calcular hoja` sin necesidad de guardar primero el recibo de " +"nómina, pues al hacerlo guardará la entrada *y* se calculará la nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, " +"and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any " +"modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the " +"desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to " +"have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and " +":guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Calcular hoja` para registrar toda la " +"información y completar la pestaña :guilabel:`Cálculo de salario`. En caso " +"de que deba realizar modificaciones, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Editar`, haga los cambios y luego haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Recalcular días trabajados` para que los cambios aparezcan en las" +" pestañas :guilabel:`Días trabajados` y :guilabel:`Cálculo de salario`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " +"payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Imprimir` para imprimir el recibo de " +"nómina. Para cancelarlo, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Cancelar recibo de" +" nómina`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically " +"updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the" +" payslip." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que todos los datos en el formulario del recibo de nómina son " +"correctos, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Crear borrador` para crear el " +"recibo. El chatter se actualizará en automático y aparecerá el correo " +"electrónico que se envió al empleado, junto con una copia en PDF del recibo " +"de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"El nuevo recibo de pago se envía por correo electrónico al empleado y el " +"correo electrónico aparece en el chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " +":guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which " +"the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against" +" must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip." +msgstr "" +"Lo que debe hacer a continuación es enviar el pago al empleado. Haga clic en" +" el botón :guilabel:`Realizar pago`, aparecerá un formulario emergente en el" +" que debe seleccionar el :guilabel:`Diario bancario` correspondiente en " +"donde se recibe el pago desde un menú desplegable. Luego, haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar el diario y volver al recibo de " +"nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "Clic en Realizar pago para enviar el pago al empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top " +"of the payslip form." +msgstr "" +"Si necesita cancelar o reembolsar un pago, haga clic en los botones " +":guilabel:`Reembolso` o :guilabel:`Cancelar recibo de nómina`. Estos botones" +" están ubicados en la parte superior del formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " +"entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " +"payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make " +"Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the " +"employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing." +msgstr "" +"Para poder hacer el pago de una nómina, el empleado *debe* tener una cuenta " +"bancaria en su información de contacto. Si no hay información bancaria, no " +"podrá recibir su salario y aparecerá un error al hacer clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Realizar pago`. La información bancaria está disponible en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Información privada` de la tarjeta del empleado. Edite la" +" tarjeta del empleado y, en caso de que sea necesaria, agregue la " +"información bancaria." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0 +msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." +msgstr "Puede agregar la información bancaria a la tarjeta de un empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 +msgid "All payslips" +msgstr "Todos los recibos de nómina" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app" +" --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch " +"(in a default list view)." +msgstr "" +"Para ver todos los recibos de nómina sin importar el estado que tengan, vaya" +" a la aplicación :menuselection:`Nómina --> Recibos de nómina --> Todos los " +"recibos de nómina`. Aquí aparecerán todos los recibos de nómina organizados " +"por lote en una vista de lista predeterminada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view" +" all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " +"details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after" +" the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears " +"on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, " +":guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`▶ (flecha)` junto al nombre de uno de los " +"lotes para ver todos los recibos de nómina dentro de ese lote y sus " +"respectivos detalles. El número de recibos está escrito entre paréntesis " +"después del nombre del lote. El :guilabel:`estado` de cada recibo de nómina " +"se encuentra del lado derecho e indica si está en :guilabel:`borrador`, " +":guilabel:`en espera` o si está :guilabel:`listo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time " +"to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated." +msgstr "" +"El estado de :guilabel:`Borrador` indica que creó el recibo de nómina y que " +"aún puede realizar modificaciones, pues los importes todavía no se han " +"calculado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +msgid "" +"`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details " +"can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." +msgstr "" +"Si se encuentra en el estado `En espera`, entonces ya se calculó el recibo " +"de nómina y los detalles salariales están disponibles en la pestaña *Cálculo" +" del salario*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 +msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." +msgstr "" +"`Listo` indica que el recibo de nómina ya está calculado y se puede pagar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each " +"batch." +msgstr "" +"Visualización de todos los recibos de nómina organizados por lotes. Cada " +"lote se abre al hacer clic en la flecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " +"separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " +"Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en un recibo de nómina individual para ver los detalles en una " +"página por separado. Use el menú de migas de pan y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Recibos de nómina del empleado` para volver a la vista de lista " +"de todos los recibos de nómina. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" +" clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " +"reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page," +" enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new" +" payslip ` section." +msgstr "" +"Puede crear un nuevo recibo de nómina desde la página de :guilabel:`Recibos " +"de nómina` con el botón :guilabel:`Crear` que se ubica en la esquina " +"superior izquierda. Al hacerlo, aparecerá un formulario por separado en " +"blanco para un nuevo recibo, donde deberá ingresar toda la información " +"necesaria como se especifica en la sección :ref:`Crear un nuevo recibo de " +"nómina `." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " +"clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, " +"click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible " +"payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the " +"payslips." +msgstr "" +"Para imprimir la versión en PDF de los recibos de nómina, vaya a " +":guilabel:`Recibos de nómina por pagar` o :guilabel:`Recibos de nómina de " +"los empleados` y seleccione los recibos que desee haciendo clic en las " +"casillas individuales junto a cada recibo. También puede hacer clic junto a " +"la casilla junto a :guilabel:`Referencia` y así seleccionará todos los " +"recibos de nómina visibles en la página. Luego, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Imprimir` para imprimir los recibos de nómina. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón inteligente de Imprimir para imprimir los recibos de " +"nómina en PDF." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all " +"payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click " +"on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips " +"to an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" +"También puede exportar los recibos de nómina a una hoja de cálculo de Excel." +" Al hacerlo, todos los recibos se exportan sin importar si algunos están " +"seleccionados o no. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Exportar todo` (icono " +"de descargar) para exportar todos los recibos de nómina a una hoja de " +"cálculo de Excel. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel " +"payslip." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón inteligente de Exportar todo para exportar todos los " +"recibos de nómina a un recibo de Excel. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " +"each payslip." +msgstr "" +"Tanto *Por pagar* como *Todos los recibos de nómina* muestran toda la " +"información detallada para cada recibo de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218 +msgid "Batches" +msgstr "Lotes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " +"created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." +msgstr "" +"Para ver los recibos de nómina por lotes, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> " +"Recibos de nómina --> Lotes` para mostrar todos los lotes de los recibos de " +"nómina que se han creado. De manera predeterminada, estos lotes aparecen en " +"una lista. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " +":guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its " +":guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." +msgstr "" +"Cada lote muestra el :guilabel:`Nombre`, las fechas :guilabel:`Desde` y " +":guilabel:`Hasta`, si es una :guilabel:`Nota de crédito`, su " +":guilabel:`Estado` y la :guilabel:`Empresa`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View displaying all batches created." +msgstr "Vista de todos los lotes creados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " +"separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make" +" any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, " +"proceed to make any necessary changes." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en un lote individual para ver los detalles de ese lote en una " +"página por separado, donde también podrá modificarlo. Para ello, haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Editar` y luego haga los cambios que desee. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original " +"data." +msgstr "" +"Cuando termine de editarlo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar " +"los cambios, o en :guilabel:`Descartar` para recuperar los datos originales." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 +msgid "" +"After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`" +" button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which " +"payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified." +msgstr "" +"Después de guardar las modificaciones, haga clic en :guilabel:`Recibir " +"recibo de nómina` para que aparezca un formulario emergente, en donde podrá " +"crear o modificar los recibos de nómina afectados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242 +msgid "" +"All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees " +"section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results " +"by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the " +":guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the" +" respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" +"Todos los recibos de nómina asociados con el lote aparecen en la sección de " +"empleados del formulario emergente de :guilabel:`Generar recibos de nómina`." +" Para filtrar los resultados por :guilabel:`Estructura salarial` y/o " +":guilabel:`Departamento`, seleccione una estructura salarial y/o " +"departamento de los respectivos menús desplegables. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or " +":guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the " +":guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the " +"pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Solo los empleados que coincidan con la :guilabel:`Estructura salarial` y/o " +"el :guilabel:`Departamento` aparecerán en la lista de empleados. Haga clic " +"en el botón :guilabel:`Generar` que se ubica en la parte inferior de la " +"ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Generar recibos de nómina` para generar los " +"recibos modificados, y cierre la ventana emergente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." +msgstr "Generar recibos de nómina del lote editado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " +"smart button to create a draft of the payslips." +msgstr "" +"Al volver a la página de detalles del lote, haga clic en el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Crear un asiento en estado de borrador` para crear un" +" borrador de los recibos de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say " +":guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-" +"up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees." +msgstr "" +"Una vez creados los borradores de los recibos de nómina, haga clic en el " +"botón que cambiará a :guilabel:`Realizar pagos`. Aparecerá una ventana " +"emergente en donde deberá ingresar información del diario bancario. " +"Seleccione el :guilabel:`Diario bancario` desde la lista desplegable y haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para procesar el recibo de nómina, y realice " +"el pago a sus empleados. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +msgid "" +"On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible " +"via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. " +"Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" +"En la página de detalles del lote, podrá ver el número de recibos de nómina " +"en los lotes y los recibos individuales para un lote a través del botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Recibos de nómina` que se ubica en la parte superior " +"derecha. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " +"page, or back to the list of all batches." +msgstr "" +"Utilice las migas de pan para volver a la página de detalles de un lote " +"individual, o a la lista de todos los lotes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the " +"batch." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón inteligente de recibos de nómina para ver los recibos " +"de nómina individuales en el lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280 +msgid "Create a new batch" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo lote" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" +" (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank" +" payslip batch form on a separate page." +msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo lote de recibos de nómina desde la página de " +":guilabel:`Lotes de recibos de nómina` (:menuselection:`Nómina --> Recibos " +"de nómina --> Lotes`), haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Crear` que se ubica " +"del lado superior izquierdo. De esta forma, aparecerá un formulario en " +"blanco para un lote de recibos de nómina en una página por separado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286 +msgid "" +"On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and" +" select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which" +" reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, " +"navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both " +"the start and end dates." +msgstr "" +"En el nuevo formulario para un lote de recibos de nómina, escriba un " +":guilabel:`Nombre` para el lote y seleccione el rango de fechas para el cuál" +" aplicará dicho lote con el icono :guilabel:`▼ (flecha desplegable)` en el " +"campo :guilabel:`Periodo`, que mostrará una ventana emergente con un " +"calendario. Desde aquí, vaya al mes que desee y haga clic en el día " +"correspondiente tanto para la fecha de inicio como para la fecha de " +"finalización. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." +msgstr "Escriba la información para el nuevo lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit " +"Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the " +"payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated " +"date is reflected in the accounting journal entries." +msgstr "" +"Si el lote es una nota de crédito, seleccione la casilla junto a " +":guilabel:`Nota de crédito`. Luego, en el campo :guilabel:`Fecha de " +"generación`, seleccione la fecha en la que se deben generar los recibos de " +"nómina desde la ventana emergente con el calendario. Esta fecha se verá " +"reflejada en los asientos contables. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips " +"are written against." +msgstr "" +"Por último, en el campo :guilabel:`Empresa`, seleccione la empresa contra la" +" que se emiten estas nóminas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click " +"the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" +"Cuando toda la información del formulario para el lote de recibos de nómina " +"esté correcta, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar la información." +" Para eliminar el asiento, haga clic en :guilabel:`Descartar`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form." +msgstr "" +"Para crear los recibos de nómina para el nuevo lote, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Generar recibos de nómina` ubicados en la parte superior del " +"formulario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be " +"created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x " +"mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic sobre él, aparecerá una ventana emergente con todos los " +"recibos de nómina que se crearán. Para eliminar cualquier recibo de nómina " +"individual, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`✖ (tache)` en la extrema " +"derecha de la línea del recibo de nómina. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs " +"to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down " +"menus." +msgstr "" +"Si desea especificar una :guilabel:`Estructura salarial` o un " +":guilabel:`Departamento` para el lote, selecciónelo desde el menú " +"desplegable correspondiente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to " +"create the payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Generar` en la parte inferior de la ventana" +" emergente para crear los recibos de nómina para el lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch." +msgstr "Generar recibos de nómina para el nuevo lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a " +":guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays " +"payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters." +msgstr "" +"En la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Generar recibos de nómina`, al " +"seleccionar un :guilabel:`Departmento` y/o una :guilabel:`Estructura " +"salarial` solo aparecerán los recibos de nómina que cumplan con esos " +"parámetros específicos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being " +"generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box" +" disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` " +"icon can be clicked to close the alert." +msgstr "" +"Si se generan errores o problemas que no permiten que se generen los recibos" +" de nómina, aparecerá un mensaje de error en la parte superior de la " +"sección. Este mensaje desaparecerá después de algunos segundos o puede hacer" +" clic en el icono :guilabel:`✖ (tache)` para cerrarlo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any " +"payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate`" +" button again." +msgstr "" +"Para solucionar el problema, haga las modificaciones necesarias (por " +"ejemplo, eliminar cualquier línea del recibo de nómina que no se pueda " +"procesar), luego haga clic de nuevo en el botón :guilabel:`Generar`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to " +"the payslip batch form." +msgstr "" +"Una que vez que los recibos de nómina se generen con éxito, la pantalla " +"regresa al formulario del lote de los recibos de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the " +"payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" +"Desde aquí, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Generar asientos en estado de " +"borrador` para cambiar el estado de los recibos de nómina de " +":guilabel:`Borrador` a :guilabel:`Hecho`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button" +" to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the " +"proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select " +"the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter " +"the appropriate file name." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se generan los recibos de nómina, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Realizar pago` para procesar los pagos. Al hacerlo, aparecerá una" +" ventana emergente en donde deberá ingresar la información bancaria " +"correcta. En esta ventana emergente, seleccione el :guilabel:`Diario " +"bancario` desde el menú desplegable y escriba el nombre del archivo " +"adecuado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, " +"or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard." +msgstr "" +"Al terminar, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar la " +"información o haga clic en :guilabel:`Cancelar` para descartar. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 +msgid "Generate commission payslips" +msgstr "Generar recibos de nómina para comisiones. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " +"Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To " +"generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or " +"batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button." +msgstr "" +"Los recibos de nómina de comisiones directamente desde la página " +":guilabel:`Lotes de recibo de nómina` (:menuselection:`Nómina --> Recibos de" +" nómina --> Lotes`). Para generar los recibos de nómina de comisiones desde " +"esta página, haga clic en el lote (o lotes) para los que desee crear recibos" +" de este tipo, luego, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Generar recibos de " +"nómina de comisión`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in" +" which the necessary information **must** be filled out." +msgstr "" +"Al hacerlo, se abrirá una ventana emergente para :guilabel:`Generar recibos " +"de nómina de comisión` en donde **deberá** ingresar la información " +"necesaria. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the commission details." +msgstr "Escriba los detalles de la comisión." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " +":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " +"calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips " +"are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"En esta ventana emergente, haga clic en el menú desplegable que se ubica " +"junto al campo :guilabel:`Periodo` para abrir una ventana emergente con un " +"calendario. Aquí podrá seleccionar el periodo que desee en el que se " +"generarán los recibos de nómina. Use las flechas :guilabel:`< (izquierda)` y" +" :guilabel:`> (derecha)` para ir al mes correcto y seleccionar la fecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Departamento` , seleccione el correspondiente con el " +"menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " +"appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." +msgstr "" +"Cuando selecciona un departamento, los empleados de ese departamento " +"aparecerán en la sección de :guilabel:`Empleados`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " +"Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." +msgstr "" +"En la sección de :guilabel:`Empleados`, seleccione el :guilabel:`Importe de" +" la comisión` para cada empleado en la columna correspondiente. Para quitar " +"a un empleado, haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)` para " +"eliminar la línea. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " +":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." +msgstr "" +"Agregue un nuevo asiento haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Agregar línea` e " +"ingrese el :guilabel:`Empleado` y el :guilabel:`Importe de la comisión`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. " +"Any file type is accepted." +msgstr "" +"Si es necesario, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Subir archivo` para " +"agregar un archivo. Cualquier tipo de archivo es compatible. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, " +"select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. " +":guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while " +":guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies." +msgstr "" +"Use el menú desplegable junto al campo :guilabel:`Tipo de comisión`, " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Comisión clásica` o :guilabel:`Garantía`. La " +":guilabel:`Clásica` es el tipo más común de comisión, mientras que " +":guilabel:`Garantía` se usa principalmente para empresas belgas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" +" Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que todas las comisiones estén en orden, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Generar recibos de nómina` para crear los recibos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Reportes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" +"La sección :guilabel:`Reportes` de la aplicación *Nómina* ofrece varios " +"reportes de los que puede elegir. Los reportes :guilabel:`Nómina`, " +":guilabel:`Vales de despensa`, :guilabel:`Deducción salarial` y " +":guilabel:`DMFA` son generales y están disponibles para todas las empresas " +"sin importar su ubicación. Los reportes :guilabel:`Asignación de tiempo " +"personal pagado`, :guilabel:`Formulario 273S` y :guilabel:`Formulario " +"274.XX` solo están disponibles para empresas con sede en Bélgica." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" +"Para visualizar un reporte vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Reportes` y " +"haga clic en uno en específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "Vista del tablero de reportes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" +"Si un reporte no está disponible para una empresa, aparecerá error con el " +"mensaje `Debe iniciar sesión en una empresa belga para utilizar esta " +"función`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" +"En la parte superior de cada reporte, haga clic en :guilabel:`Filtros` para " +"mostrar los filtros opcionales para ese reporte en específico. Los filtros " +"muestran información que coincide con los parámetros específicos del filtro." +" Por ejemplo, si selecciona el filtro :guilabel:`Recibos de nómina de los " +"últimos 365 días` solo aparecerán los recibos correspondientes. Todos los " +"reportes tienen la opción de agregar un filtro personalizado y cada uno " +"tiene diferentes opciones predeterminadas. Seleccione los parámetros y luego" +" haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Aplicar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Favoritos` aparecerán tres opciones: " +":guilabel:`Guardar la búsqueda actual`, :guilabel:`Agregar la búsqueda al " +"tablero` o :guilabel:`Insertar la búsqueda en una hoja de cálculo de " +"Google`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "Opciones favoritas para reportes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :menuselection:`Nómina --> Reportes --> Nómina` para visualizar" +" el reporte :guilabel:`Análisis de la nómina`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" +"Este reporte muestra todos los recibos de nómina generados en los últimos " +"365 días y puede mostrar las métricas de varios parámetros. Haga clic en la " +"casilla :guilabel:`Medidas` para ver un menú desplegable con las distintas " +"opciones. Las opciones disponibles incluyen: :guilabel:`Número de recibo`, " +":guilabel:`Salario básico`, :guilabel:`Salario básico por tiempo personal`, " +":guilabel:`Días de tiempo personal pagado`, :guilabel:`Días de ausencia " +"imprevista`, :guilabel:`Días de tiempo personal sin pagar`, " +":guilabel:`Salario bruto`, :guilabel:`Salario neto`, :guilabel:`Número de " +"días`, :guilabel:`Número de horas`, :guilabel:`Días laborables`, " +":guilabel:`Horas laborables` y :guilabel:`Número`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "Gráfico de líneas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" +"La vista predeterminada del *análisis de nómina* es un gráfico de líneas. Si" +" seleccionó una vista diferente, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`gráfico de" +" líneas` (es el icono en el medio) ubicado en la barra de menú para cambiar " +"la vista. Al final de las opciones aparece una opción para mostrar el " +"gráfico de líneas en orden ascendente o descendente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "Gráfico de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" +"Para mostrar los datos en un gráfico de barras haga clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`gráfico de barras` (es el primer icono) en la barra de menú." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Apilado` para ver el gráfico de barras en " +"un formato apilado (es decir, aparecen varios valores en cada columna). Al " +"final de las opciones aparece una opción para mostrar las columnas en orden " +"ascendente o descendente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en una opción la habilita. Para desactivarla, vuelva a hacer " +"clic en ella. Cuando la opción está habilitada, aparece en gris y cuando " +"está inactiva, aparece en blanco." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "Gráfico circular" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" +"Para mostrar los datos en un gráfico circular, haga clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`Gráfico circular` (es el último icono) en la barra de menú. Esta " +"vista no cuenta con opciones adicionales." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "Tabla dinámica" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" +"La mitad inferior del tablero de *análisis de nómina* muestra una tabla " +"dinámica, no importa el tipo de gráfico que haya seleccionado en la parte " +"superior. La información predeterminada que aparece es el número de recibos " +"de nómina, salario neto, salario bruto, días de tiempo personal pagado y " +"días de tiempo personal sin pagar. La información está desglosada por " +"departamento. Para que aparezca más información en el reporte, seleccione el" +" menú desplegable :guilabel:`Medidas` y luego haga clic en cualquier otro " +"elemento." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" +"Para ordenar las entradas por una columna específica (por ejemplo, " +":guilabel:`Salario neto`) haga clic en el nombre de la columna dos veces. El" +" primer clic selecciona la columna y el segundo clic ordena la información " +"en orden descendente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" +"Para ordenar la información de manera descendente, haga clic en el " +"encabezado de la columna dos veces." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Descargar xlsx` para exportar los datos en " +"formato .XLSX. La información se descargará en una hoja de cálculo de Excel." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" +"Descargar una hoja de cálculo de Excel con la información. Es necesario " +"hacer clic en el botón de descarga." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" +"Puede insertar los datos en una hoja de cálculo si hace clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Insertar en hoja de cálculo`. Aparecerá una ventana emergente " +"donde deberá decidir en qué hoja de cálculo colocar la información, " +"seleccione una hoja que ya existe o proporcione el nombre para una nueva. " +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Confirmar` para ir a una vista de hoja de " +"cálculo con toda la información completada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "Enviar los datos a una hoja de cálculo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" +"Desde la vista de la hoja de cálculo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Archivo` y " +"luego seleccione :guilabel:`Guardar` para almacenar los datos o en " +":guilabel:`Guardar como plantilla` para guardar la configuración como una " +"plantilla para usar después." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Documentos* debe estar instalada para poder utilizar la " +"opción :guilabel:`Insertar en hoja de cálculo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "Vales de despensa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vales de despensa` proporciona un resumen de los vales que " +"utilizan los empleados y puede visualizar este reporte por :guilabel:`día`, " +":guilabel:`semana`, :guilabel:`mes`, :guilabel:`trimestre` o " +":guilabel:`año`. La vista predeterminada es por mes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "Vale de despensa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Total` para cambiar la vista. Los datos se " +"contraerán y solo aparecerá la columna con los números correspondientes. " +"Vuelva a hacer clic en :guilabel:`Total`, luego pase el cursor sobre " +":guilabel:`Día` y haga clic en alguno de los otros periodos disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" +"Tiene la posibilidad de comparar el reporte actual de vales de despensa con " +"el del periodo o año anterior. Para ver estas comparaciones, haga clic en el" +" menú desplegable :guilabel:`Comparación` ubicado en la parte superior, " +"luego seleccione :guilabel:`Fecha: Periodo anterior` o :guilabel:`Fecha: Año" +" anterior`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" +"Desde la vista de la hoja de cálculo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Archivo` y " +"luego seleccione :guilabel:`Guardar` para almacenar los datos o en " +":guilabel:`Guardar como plantilla` para guardar la configuración como una " +"plantilla para usar después." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Archivo adjunto de salario" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" +"El reporte :guilabel:`Deducción salarial` muestra todas las deducciones o " +"asignaciones por empleado, por ejemplo, los pagos de manutención infantil y " +"embargos salariales." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" +"Visualización del reporte de deducción salarial que muestra todos los " +"embargos salariales." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" +"Los empleados aparecen en la columna izquierda; las deducciones aparecen en " +"la fila superior y están organizadas por mes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" +"Puede exportar el reporte como un archivo .xlsx o insertarlo en una hoja de " +"cálculo con los botones correspondientes ubicados en la parte superior." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Medidas` aparecerán algunas opciones " +"sobre cómo mostrar la información. Puede seleccionar o anular la selección " +"de :guilabel:`Asignación salarial`, :guilabel:`Deducción salarial`, " +":guilabel:`Pensión alimenticia` y :guilabel:`Número` si hace clic en el " +"elemento. Un elemento aparecerá si tiene una marca de verificación junto a " +"su nombre." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "Seleccione las opciones que aparecerán en el reporte." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" +"Tiene la posibilidad de comparar el reporte de deducciones salariales con el" +" del periodo o año anterior. Para ver estas comparaciones, haga clic en el " +"menú desplegable :guilabel:`Comparación` ubicado en la parte superior, luego" +" seleccione :guilabel:`Fecha de finalización del recibo de nómina: Periodo " +"anterior` o :guilabel:`Fecha de finalización del recibo de nómina: Año " +"anterior`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`, provides a " +"visual overview of the individual time sheets of every employee, with each " +"day split into a morning shift and an afternoon shift." +msgstr "" +"En menuselection:`Nómina --> Entradas de trabajo --> Entradas de trabajo`, " +"podrá obtener una visión general de las hojas de tiempo individuales de cada" +" empleado, con cada día dividido en un turno de mañana y un turno de tarde." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Work Entries dashboard view showing all employee's work entries." +msgstr "" +"Tablero de las entradas de trabajo en el que se muestran las entradas de " +"trabajo de todos los empleados" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the view so that only the entries for a single day, week, or month" +" are shown, click on one of the corresponding links for :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`, located at the top of the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Si desea cambiar de vista para solo obtener las entradas de un día, semana o" +" mes específico haga clic en uno de los enlaces de :guilabel:`día`, " +":guilabel:`semana` o :guilabel:`mes`, ubicado en la parte superior del " +"tablero." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons " +"on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Today` button to adjust the " +"displayed dates. The arrows will adjust the date based on the type of time " +"selected. For example, if month is selected, the arrows will move one month " +"with each click of the arrow. If week or day is selected, the time will move" +" by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Utilice los iconos :guilabel:`⬅️ (flecha izquierda)` y :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha" +" derecha)` ubicados en la izquierda y derecha del botón :guilabel:`Hoy` para" +" ajustar las fechas mostradas. Las flechas ajustarán la fecha según el tipo " +"de hora seleccionada. Por ejemplo, si selecciona mostrar por mes, las " +"flechas se moverán un mes con cada clic. Si selecciona semana o día, la hora" +" se moverá una semana o un día por cada clic." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Adding a new work entry" +msgstr "Agregar una nueva entrada de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time or time " +"off, click :guilabel:`Add` to create a new work entry. A pop-up will appear," +" with several fields to fill in." +msgstr "" +"Si hace falta una entrada necesaria de trabajo, por ejemplo, baja por " +"enfermedad o tiempo personal, haga clic en :guilabel:`Añadir` para crear una" +" nueva entrada de trabajo. Aparecerá una ventana emergente con varios campos" +" para completar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, such as `Sick Time` or any other " +"short description. Select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` from the respective drop-down lists." +msgstr "" +"Establezca el :guilabel:`nombre de entrada de trabajo`, por ejemplo `tiempo " +"personal por enfermedad` o cualquier otra descripción corta. Seleccione el " +":guilabel:`empleado` y el :guilabel:`tipo de entrada de trabajo` de las " +"respectivas listas desplegables." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." +msgstr "Formulario de 'crear' la entrada de trabajo en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the date and time for the work entry in the :guilabel:`From` and" +" :guilabel:`To` drop-downs. First, select the date by navigating to the " +"correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day." +msgstr "" +"Lo siguiente es introducir la fecha y hora de la entrada de trabajo en los " +"desplegables :guilabel:`de` y :guilabel:`hasta`. Primero seleccione la fecha" +" desplazándose hasta el mes y el año correctos, utilice los iconos " +":guilabel:`⬅️ (flecha izquierda)` y :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha derecha)` y haga " +"clic en el día específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, select the time by clicking on the :guilabel:`⏰ (clock)` icon, and " +"using the :guilabel:`⬆️ (up arrow)` and :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icons " +"for each section to enter the hour, minute, and second for the time period." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, seleccione el tiempo con la ayuda de los iconos :guilabel:`⏰" +" (reloj)`, :guilabel:`⬆️ (flecha hacia arriba)` y :guilabel:`⬇️ (flecha " +"hacia abajo)`. Seleccione la hora, minuto y segundo para cada sección." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Period` will display the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` " +"and :guilabel:`From` entries." +msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`Periodo` mostrará las horas según las entradas :guilabel:`de` " +"y :guilabel:`hasta`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before clicking either :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`, " +"it is good to double check the :guilabel:`Period` to ensure the time stated " +"corresponds to the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` fields." +msgstr "" +"Antes de hacer clic en :guilabel:`guardar y cerrar` o :guilabel:`guardar y " +"nuevo`, compruebe el :guilabel:`periodo` para asegurarse de que la hora " +"indicada se corresponde con los campos :guilabel:`de` y :guilabel:`hasta`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:0 +msgid "Hours entered in the Period field." +msgstr "Horas en el campo 'periodo'." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the " +"entry and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"create another :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`." +msgstr "" +"Una vez introducida la información, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar y " +"cerrar` para guardar la entrada y cerrar la ventana emergente, o en " +":guilabel:`guardar y nuevo` para guardar la entrada y crear otro " +":guilabel:`tipo de entrada de trabajo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60 +msgid "Regenerate work entries" +msgstr "Volver a generar entradas de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After a work entry has been either added or modified, the work entries need " +"to be regenerated for the affected employee(s). Click on the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the main dashboard," +" and a pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" +"Después de añadir o modificar una entrada de trabajo, debe regenerar las " +"entradas de trabajo para los empleados afectados. Haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`regenerar entradas de trabajo` en la parte superior del tablero " +"principal y aparecerá una ventana emergente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Employee` to regenerate work entries for from the " +":guilabel:`drop-down menu`, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`To` fields so the correct date range is displayed. Click the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button and the work entries will be " +"recreated. Once finished, the pop-up will close." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el :guilabel:`empleado` para el que deseé regenerar las entradas " +"de trabajo desde el :guilabel:`menú desplegable` y ajuste los campos " +":guilabel:`de` y :guilabel:`hasta` para observar el rango de fecha correcto." +" Haga clic en :guilabel:`regenerar las entradas de trabajo` para recrear las" +" entradas de trabajo. Una vez terminado se cerrará la ventana emergente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." +msgstr "" +"Volver a generar una entrada de trabajo para un empleado en específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:76 +msgid "Conflicts" +msgstr "Conflictos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick " +"time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as " +"required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved " +"before payslips can be generated." +msgstr "" +"Aparece un conflicto en cada solicitud no aprobada o si hay algún tipo de " +"error en la entrada de trabajo, por ejemplo, campos necesarios vacíos. Debe " +"resolver los conflictos antes de que genere los recibos de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main " +":guilabel:`Work Entry` overview dashboard, located by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Conflicts`, where only " +"conflicts needing resolution are shown." +msgstr "" +"Cada entrada de trabajo con conflicto a resolver se indica en la vista " +"general del tablero :guilabel:`entrada de trabajo`, para llegar ahí vaya a " +":menuselection:`Nómina --> Entradas de trabajo --> Conflictos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." +msgstr "" +"Tablero de los conflictos en el que se muestran los conflictos de las " +"entradas de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top left corner of " +"each individual entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the conflict" +" details in a pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Los conflictos se señalan con una esquina naranja en la parte superior " +"izquierda de cada entrada. Haga clic en cualquier entrada de trabajo para " +"ver los detalles del conflicto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93 +msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box." +msgstr "El conflicto se explica en una caja de texto naranja." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Details for a conflict appear in the pop-up." +msgstr "Ventana emergente con los detalles del conflicto" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up. The :guilabel:`From` " +"and :guilabel:`To` date range, as well as the total time requested (in " +"hours), appear in the :guilabel:`Period` field on the right side." +msgstr "" +"Puede ver el :guilabel:`nombre de la entrada de trabajo`, " +":guilabel:`empleado`, y :guilabel:`tipo de entrada de trabajo` en la parte " +"izquierda de la ventana emergente. En el lado derecho podrá ver el rango " +":guilabel:`de` y :guilabel:`hasta`, así como el tiempo total solicitado (en " +"horas)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If there is a conflict because a time-off request for the same time already " +"exists in the system, the time-off will be entered in the :guilabel:`Time " +"Off` field. Clicking the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the " +":guilabel:`Time Off` entry will bring up the duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" +"Si el conflicto se debe a que ya existe una solicitud de tiempo personal por" +" ese mismo tiempo en el sistema, el tiempo personal se registrará en el " +"campo guilabel:`Tiempo personal`. Si hace clic en el botón :guilabel:`enlace" +" externo` a lado de la entrada :guilabel:`Tiempo personal`, podrá ver la " +"solicitud duplicada del tiempo personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The details for the time-off request appear in the pop-up. The request can " +"be modified if needed. Click either the :guilabel:`Validate` or " +":guilabel:`Refuse` button to approve or deny the request, then click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" +"Podrá ver los detalles del tiempo personal en la ventana emergente. Puede " +"editar la solicitud si es necesario. Haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`validar` o :guilabel:`rechazar` para aprobar o rechazar la " +"solicitud, después haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`guardar` " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Edit and/or validate a duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "Editar o validar una solicitud de tiempo personal duplicada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the duplicate time-off request has been approved and saved, the screen " +"goes back to the conflict. Click :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` or " +":guilabel:`Approve Time Off` via the buttons in the top right to either " +"approve or deny the request. Repeat for all conflicts until there are no " +"conflicts to resolve." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se haya aprobado o guardado la solicitud duplicada de tiempo " +"personal, la pantalla regresará al conflicto. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`rechazar tiempo personal` o :guilabel:`aprobar tiempo personal`, " +"los botones se encuentran en la parte superior derecha. Repita el proceso " +"para todos los conflictos hasta que no queden más." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After conflicts have been resolved, work entries must be regenerated for " +"each employee by clicking the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, " +"and entering the corresponding information for each employee." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya resuelto todos los conflictos debe regenerar las entradas " +"de trabajo para cada empleado con el botón :guilabel:`regenerar entradas de " +"trabajo` y después completar la información correspondiente de cada " +"empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate Work Entries button on the Work Entries Regeneration form." +msgstr "" +"Botón 'regenerar entradas de trabajo' en el formulario de regeneración de " +"entradas de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129 +msgid "Generating payslips" +msgstr "Generar recibos de nómina" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To generate payslips, navigate to the time period the payslips should be " +"generated for, either day, week, or month. When the desired pay period is " +"displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button." +msgstr "" +"Para generar recibos de nómina, vaya al periodo de tiempo para el que desea " +"generarlos, ya sea por día, semana o mes. Cuando aparezca el período de pago" +" que necesita, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Generar recibos de nómina`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Generate Payslips button on the Work Entry dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Botón de creación de recibos de nómina en el tablero de entrada de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears light " +"turquoise instead of dark turquoise), that indicates there are conflicts. " +"*Solve conflicts first* will appear as a warning when :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` is moused over. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips." +msgstr "" +"Si el botón :guilabel:`Generar recibos de nómina` no está activo (aparece en" +" color turquesa claro en lugar de turquesa oscuro), hay conflictos. Si pasa " +"el ratón sobre :guilabel:`Generar recibos de nómina` aparecerá una " +"advertencia que dice: *Resolver conflictos primero*. Resuelva todos los " +"conflictos antes de generar los recibos de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A batch entry will appear for the time period selected. The batch name " +"appears at the top in the :guilabel:`Name` field, typically listing the " +"month and year for the particular batch." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerá una entrada por lote para el periodo de tiempo seleccionado. El " +"nombre del lote aparecerá en la parte superior en el campo " +":guilabel:`nombre`, que suele incluir el mes y el año del lote en cuestión." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The date range the payslips apply to appears in the :guilabel:`Period` " +"field. The company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field, along with an " +"option to mark the payslips as a credit note. To make changes, click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button in the top left, make any changes, then click either" +" :guilabel:`Save` to accept the changes or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert to " +"the original data." +msgstr "" +"El intervalo de fechas al que se aplican las nóminas aparece en el campo " +":guilabel:`Periodo`. La empresa aparece en el campo :guilabel:`Empresa`, " +"junto con una opción para marcar los recibos de nómina como nota de crédito." +" Para realizar cambios, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Editar` de la parte" +" superior izquierda, realice los cambios necesarios y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`guardar` para aceptar los cambios o en :guilabel:`Descartar` para" +" reestablecer los datos originales." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Batch information that appears when making a batch." +msgstr "Información del lote que aparece al hacer un lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for " +"the batch." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`crear borrador de entrada` para crear los " +"recibos de nóminas del lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Payslips` button in the top right to view all the " +"payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Recibos de nómina` de la parte superior " +"derecha para ver todos los recibos de nóminas del lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Payslips will have a status of *Waiting* until the :guilabel:`Create Draft " +"Entry` button has been clicked. After, the payslip status will change to " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" +"Los recibos de nómina tendrán el estado *En espera* hasta que se haga clic " +"en el botón :guilabel:`Crear un asiento en estado de borrador`. Después de " +"esto, el estado del recibo de nómina será *Hecho*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payslips can be printed by clicking the box next to each payslip to print, " +"or clicking the box next to :guilabel:`Reference` to select all the payslips" +" at once. Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file will be created" +" with all the specified payslips." +msgstr "" +"Para imprimir un recibo de nómina haga clic en la caja a un lado de cada " +"recibo. Si quiere imprimir todas haga clic en la caja junto a " +":guilabel:`Referencia` para seleccionar todos los recibos al mismo tiempo. " +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Imprimir` y se creará un archivo PDF con " +"todos los recibos que seleccionó." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Print button for printing the payslips." +msgstr "Botón de impresión para imprimir los recibos de nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174 +msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" +msgstr ":ref:`Configurar entradas de trabajo `" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "Reclutamiento" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" +"Odoo permite mantener organizados a todas las personas que solicitan algún " +"empleo gracias a una serie preconfigurada de pasos y etapas por las que " +"deben atravesar. Cada etapa cuenta con pasos específicos, por ejemplo, " +"programar una llamada telefónica, realizar una entrevista y enviar una " +"oferta laboral, por mencionar algunos. A este proceso se conoce como el " +"\"flujo de postulantes\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" +"Cuando alguien aplica a un puesto de trabajo se crea una *tarjeta de " +"postulante* de forma automática en la aplicación *Reclutamiento* de Odoo " +"para ese puesto en específico. Conforme el postulante avanza en el proceso " +"de reclutamiento, el equipo de reclutamiento mueve su tarjeta de una etapa a" +" la siguiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" +"Es posible :ref:`configurar las etapas ` para " +"enviar un correo electrónico de forma automática con una plantilla " +"preconfigurada tan pronto como la tarjeta de un postulante ingresa a una " +"etapa. Deberá definir estos correos electrónicos automáticos en cada etapa " +"del flujo de postulantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de postulantes que se explica en este documento es el flujo " +"predeterminado en Odoo y se utiliza con la configuración predeterminada de " +"la aplicación *Reclutamiento*. Es posible modificar el flujo de postulantes " +"para que se adapte al flujo de reclutamiento específico de cualquier " +"empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de postulantes con todas sus etapas es general y es útil para todos" +" los puestos de trabajo, a menos que especifique lo contrario. Es posible " +":ref:`configurar una etapa específica ` para " +"su uso en un puesto específico, es decir, esa etapa solo será visible en ese" +" puesto de trabajo en particular. De lo contrario, si crea una nueva etapa o" +" modifica una existente, esos cambios serán visibles en todos los puestos de" +" trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a la vista de kanban de un puesto de trabajo vaya al tablero " +"principal de la aplicación :menuselection:`Reclutamiento`, es la vista " +"predeterminada al abrir la aplicación y todos los puestos de trabajo " +"aparecerán allí. Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Nuevas " +"postulaciones` en la tarjeta de un puesto para navegar a la vista de kanban " +"de todos los postulantes para ese puesto en particular." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" +"Vista del tablero principal de la tarjeta de puesto de trabajo. Aparece el " +"botón de nuevas postulaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" +"En la solicitud de empleo aparecen las etapas de kanban con todos los " +"solicitantes ubicados en sus respectivas columnas relacionadas con su etapa " +"actual. Hay cinco etapas predeterminadas en Odoo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr ":ref:`Calificación inicial `" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr ":ref:`Primera entrevista `" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr ":ref:`Segunda entrevista `" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr ":ref:`Propuesta de contrato `" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr ":ref:`Contrato firmado `" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" +"La última columna, :guilabel:`Contrato firmado`, está plegada de forma " +"predeterminada, aparece en gris y los postulantes en ella están ocultos de " +"la vista. Para abrir la etapa plegada y visualizar las tarjetas de los " +"postulantes de esa columna, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la delgada " +"columna gris con el nombre de la etapa y la columna se expandirá." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" +"Abrir una columna plegada al hacer clic en ella en la vista de kanban." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" +"Cada etapa tiene una barra de colores debajo de su nombre, esta proporciona " +"información sobre el estado de los postulantes en la etapa. Los colores son " +"los siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Verde`: hay postulantes en la etapa con una actividad que ya está" +" programada o que debe programarse para después (por ejemplo, una llamada " +"telefónica o una entrevista) según los parámetros para esa etapa en " +"particular." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Amarillo`: hay postulantes en la etapa con una actividad " +"programada para hoy o por programar hoy." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rojo`: hay postulantes en la etapa para los que debe programar " +"las actividades atrasadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gris`: no hay actividades programadas por el momento, no hay " +"futuras actividades que deba programar o no hay postulantes en la etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "Personalizar etapas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" +"Las etapas pueden ser modificadas, agregadas o eliminadas para que se " +"adapten mejor a las necesidades específicas de los pasos de contratación de " +"una empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "Nueva etapa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva etapa, haga clic en :guilabel:`+ Agregar una columna`, " +"aparecerá una nueva columna, escriba el título de la nueva etapa en el campo" +" :guilabel:`Título de la columna` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar`. " +"La nueva columna aparecerá y estará disponible para crear otra nueva etapa. " +"Si no necesita nuevas etapas, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la pantalla " +"para salir." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" +"El signo más en el que debe hacer clic para agregar una nueva columna a las " +"etapas de kanban." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "Modificar etapa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar los ajustes de una etapa coloque el cursor sobre el nombre de" +" la etapa, aparecerá un icono :guilabel:`⚙️ (engranaje)` en la parte " +"superior derecha de la etapa, haga clic en él para abrir un menú. Luego, " +"haga clic en la opción :guilabel:`Editar etapa`, aparecerá el formulario " +":guilabel:`Editar columna`. Realice las modificaciones necesarias en el " +"formulario y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` cuando haya terminado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" +"El icono de engranaje que aparece al pasar el cursor por encima del nombre de una columna y el menú desplegable que aparece \n" +"al hacer clic." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "Formulario de edición de columnas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" +"El formulario :guilabel:`Editar columna` es donde se configuran los ajustes " +"de la etapa. Los únicos campos obligatorios son el :guilabel:`nombre de la " +"etapa` y la sección :guilabel:`Información sobre herramientas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "Los campos a completar o modificar son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre de la etapa`: escriba un nombre para la etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plantilla de correo electrónico`: seleccione una plantilla de " +"correo electrónico de la lista desplegable. Si selecciona una plantilla, se " +"enviará un correo electrónico con la plantilla seleccionada al candidato " +"cuando su tarjeta ingrese a la etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plegado en kanban`: seleccione la casilla para que la etapa " +"aparezca plegada (es decir, oculta) en todo momento en la vista " +"predeterminada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etapa de contratado`: seleccione la casilla si esta etapa indica " +"que el postulante ha sido contratado. Cuando la tarjeta del postulante entra" +" a esta etapa, en la tarjeta aparece el texto :guilabel:`Contratado` en la " +"esquina superior derecha. Si esta casilla está seleccionada, esta etapa se " +"utiliza para determinar la fecha de contratación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Específico de un puesto`: si la etapa solo aplica a un puesto de " +"trabajo en específico, seleccione el o los que apliquen con el menú " +"desplegable. Puede seleccionar varios puestos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mostrar en Referencias`: seleccione la casilla si esta etapa debe" +" aparecer en la aplicación *Referencias* y permitir que una persona acumule " +"puntos cuando uno de sus referidos llegue a esta etapa. En ese caso, " +"aparecerá el campo de :guilabel:`Puntos` en donde deberá ingresar el número " +"de puntos que el empleado recibirá cuando un postulante llegue a esta etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" +"Sección de :guilabel:`Información sobre herramientas`: hay tres etiquetas " +"preconfiguradas (círculos de colores) para la tarjeta de cada postulante e " +"indican su estado. Estos colores aparecen en la parte superior de cada etapa" +" para indicar el estado de los solicitantes en la etapa. Es posible " +"modificar los *nombres* de la etiqueta, pero la etiqueta no (es decir, el " +"color). De forma predeterminada, los nombres y etiquetas son: :guilabel:`En " +"progreso` (gris), :guilabel:`Bloqueado` (rojo) y :guilabel:`Listo para la " +"siguiente etapa` (verde)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Requisitos`: escriba cualquier nota interna para esta etapa que " +"ayude a explicar cualquier requisito." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "Eliminar etapa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" +"Es posible eliminar una etapa en caso de que ya no sea necesaria. Coloque el" +" cursor sobre el nombre de la etapa, aparecerá el icono :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(engranaje)`. Primero, haga clic en :guilabel:`⚙️ (engranaje)` para abrir el" +" menú y luego seleccione :guilabel:`Eliminar`. Aparecerá una advertencia con" +" el mensaje :guilabel:`¿Está seguro de que desea eliminar esta columna?`, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`De acuerdo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" +"Si en ese momento aún hay postulantes en la etapa que está eliminando, " +"aparecerá un error cuando intente hacerlo. Allí se le explicará que hay " +"registros en la etapa que deberá eliminar, archivar o mover a una etapa " +"distinta antes de eliminarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Plantillas de correo electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo tiene varias plantillas de correo electrónico preconfiguradas que puede" +" utilizar para comunicarse con el postulante. A continuación podrá encontrar" +" las plantillas de correo electrónico preconfiguradas y su momento de uso:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Postulante: confirmación de postulación`: esta plantilla se " +"utiliza para hacerle saber al postulante que su solicitud ha sido recibida. " +"Este correo electrónico se envía de forma automática una vez que el " +"postulante está en la etapa de :guilabel:`Primera entrevista`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Postulante: interés`: esta plantilla se utiliza para hacerle " +"saber al postulante que pasó la etapa de :guilabel:`Calificación inicial` y " +"que se le contactará para programar una entrevista con el reclutador." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Postulante: ya no le interesa`: esta plantilla se utiliza cuando " +"un postulante le hace saber que ya no le interesa el puesto, les agradece " +"por su tiempo y consideración." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Postulante: rechazo`: esta plantilla se utiliza cuando ya no se " +"toma en cuenta a un postulante para el puesto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Postulante: su paquete salarial`: esta plantilla se utiliza " +"cuando le ofrece un puesto a un postulante y le hace saber que puede " +"configurar su paquete salarial." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." +msgstr "" +"Es posible crear, modificar y eliminar plantillas de correo electrónico para" +" adaptarlas a las necesidades de una empresa. Para obtener más información " +"sobre las plantillas de correo electrónico, consulte el documento " +"relacionado con las :doc:`../general/companies/email_template`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje` en el chatter para enviar un correo " +"electrónico de forma manual. Aparecerá un cuadro de texto junto con la " +"dirección de correo electrónico del postulante, allí haga clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`⤢ (flecha doble)` ubicado en la esquina inferior derecha de la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje` en el chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "Enviar un correo electrónico desde el chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerá un nuevo cuadro para redactar un correo electrónico con los campos" +" :guilabel:`Destinatarios` y :guilabel:`Asunto` completados. La dirección de" +" correo electrónico del postulante estará en la línea de " +":guilabel:`Destinatarios` y el :guilabel:`Asunto` será `Re: (Asunto / Nombre" +" del postulante)`. De forma predeterminada el mensaje del correo electrónico" +" estará vacío." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizar una plantilla de correo electrónico preconfigurada haga clic " +"en el menú desplegable junto al campo :guilabel:`Cargar plantilla` ubicado " +"en la parte inferior derecha de la ventana. Las plantillas de correo " +"electrónico preconfiguradas pueden incluir marcadores de posición dinámicos " +"para agregar información única al correo electrónico, así el postulante " +"recibirá un mensaje más personalizado. Puede elegir entre varias plantillas " +"de correo electrónico preconfiguradas y, según la que seleccione, el asunto " +"o el cuerpo del correo electrónico pueden cambiar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" +"Solo se cargarán las plantillas de correo electrónico configuradas para el " +"modelo. Hay otras plantillas de correo electrónico preconfiguradas en Odoo, " +"pero si no están configuradas para la aplicación Reclutamiento, no " +"aparecerán en la lista de plantillas disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Si es necesario agregar archivos adjuntos haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Adjuntar un archivo` ubicado en la esquina inferior izquierda. " +"Vaya al archivo a adjuntar y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir`. Para " +"eliminar un archivo adjunto, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`X (Eliminar)` " +"ubicado a la derecha del archivo. Si necesita modificar el correo, edite el " +"contenido. Si debe guardar los cambios para su uso posterior, guarde el " +"correo electrónico como una nueva plantilla, solo haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Guardar como nueva plantilla` ubicado en la esquina inferior " +"derecha. Para enviar el correo electrónico, haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar` " +"y el correo electrónico se enviará al postulante. El correo electrónico " +"aparecerá en el chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "Flujo de las etapas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" +"Para mover la tarjeta del postulante de una etapa a otra puede arrastrarla " +"de la vista kanban y soltarla en la etapa deseada, también puede modificar " +"la etapa desde la tarjeta del postulante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar la etapa en la tarjeta del postulante, haga clic en ella desde " +"la vista de kanban para ir a una vista detallada de la tarjeta. La etapa " +"actual de la tarjeta aparece en morado en la parte superior, sobre la " +"tarjeta. Solo haga clic en la etapa deseada para la tarjeta y la etapa " +"cambiará. Una nota de registro que indica el cambio de etapa aparecerá en el" +" chatter. Para regresar a la vista de kanban haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Postulaciones` en el menú de migas de pan en la parte superior " +"izquierda, la tarjeta del postulante ahora aparecerá en la nueva etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" +"Cambiar la etapa de un postulante al hacer clic en la etapa deseada en la parte superior de\n" +"su tarjeta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "Calificación inicial" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" +"La siguiente información toma como referencia ¿ el flujo de trabajo " +"predeterminado de la aplicación Reclutamiento de Odoo. Tenga en cuenta que " +"si realiza modificaciones para crear un flujo de trabajo personalizado, será" +" distinto a lo que se indica a continuación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" +"Todos los postulantes aparecen en la etapa de :guilabel:`Calificación " +"inicial`, ya sea que hayan enviado su solicitud en línea o si el reclutador " +"les ingresó de forma manual. Al crear la tarjeta del postulante, Odoo en " +"automático completa su :guilabel:`nombre`, :guilabel:`dirección de correo " +"electrónico` y :guilabel:`número telefónico` en la tarjeta. Esta información" +" es obligatoria al solicitar un puesto de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" +"Si el postulante agregó información a la sección :guilabel:`Breve " +"introducción` de la solicitud en línea, esta aparecerá en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Resumen de la postulación` ubicada en la parte inferior de la " +"tarjeta del postulante. Si la solicitud en línea incluye un currículum " +"adjunto, aparecerá en la sección de archivos adjuntos del registro y también" +" se almacena en la aplicación *Documentos*. Para encontrar los documentos de" +" Reclutamiento almacenados en la aplicación Documentos, vaya al tablero " +"principal de :menuselection:`Documentos` y haga clic en la carpeta " +"etiquetada con :guilabel:`Reclutamiento` en el lado derecho. Todos los " +"documentos de reclutamiento se almacenarán en esa carpeta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "Enviar entrevista" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" +"Es posible enviar una *entrevista* al postulante en cualquier momento del " +"proceso de contratación para obtener más información. Estas entrevistas son " +"personalizadas y pueden tener distintos formatos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" +"Odoo utiliza el término *entrevista* pero pueden ser cuestionarios, " +"encuestas, pruebas, certificaciones, entre otras cosas. Las entrevistas " +"personalizadas pueden tener el formato que mejor se adapte a las necesidades" +" de cada puesto en particular. Por ejemplo, un puesto para un programador " +"podría tener una entrevista que corresponda a una prueba de programación " +"para determinar el nivel de habilidad del postulante. Un puesto de trabajo " +"para un mesero podría tener un cuestionario que pregunte sobre la " +"disponibilidad del postulante y debe estar disponible los fines de semana " +"por la noche. Para obtener más información sobre la creación y edición de " +"formularios de entrevistas, consulte la documentación sobre " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" +"La tarjeta del postulante debe tener una dirección de correo electrónico " +"para que pueda recibir un mensaje. Si no tiene una, al hacer clic en " +":guilabel:`Enviar entrevista` aparecerá la tarjeta del postulante en lugar " +"de la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Encuesta`. Escriba la dirección de correo" +" electrónico en el campo correspondiente y luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`. Una vez que guarde la tarjeta, se cerrará y aparecerá " +"la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Encuesta`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" +"Para enviar una entrevista a un postulante, haga clic en su tarjeta para ir " +"a una vista detallada y, en la parte superior, haga clic en el botón con el " +"texto :guilabel:`Enviar entrevista`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" +"Si la tarjeta del postulante tiene una dirección de correo electrónico " +"registrada, aparecerá la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Encuesta` con toda la " +"información completa. Si no hay un correo electrónico, entonces aparecerá el" +" formulario de contacto. Escriba la dirección de correo electrónico del " +"postulante y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. La tarjeta se cerrará y" +" aparecerá la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Encuesta`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, a los formularios de entrevista se les conoce como *encuestas*. " +"Estas plantillas de correo electrónico también utilizan marcadores de " +"posición dinámicos para personalizar el correo electrónico al solicitante y " +"el puesto de trabajo. Agregue cualquier destinatario adicional a la encuesta" +" en caso de que otras personas deban recibirla. Si un correo electrónico " +"está en la base de datos como contacto, agréguelo en la línea " +":guilabel:`Destinatarios`. Si debe enviar un correo electrónico a alguien " +"que no forma parte de los contactos de la base de datos y **no** desea " +"agregarle, entonces escriba su correo en la línea :guilabel:`Correos " +"electrónicos adicionales`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" +"Si necesita agregar archivos adjuntos, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Archivos adjuntos` y aparecerá una ventana para buscar archivos. " +"Seleccione el archivo deseado y haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir` para " +"adjuntarlo al correo electrónico. El archivo adjunto se cargará y se " +"enlistará arriba del botón :guilabel:`Archivos adjuntos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" +"Si la entrevista enviada por correo electrónico debe completarse antes de " +"una fecha en específico, seleccione una :guilabel:`fecha límite para " +"responder` en la zona inferior derecha de la ventana emergente. Si hace clic" +" en la línea ubicada junto a :guilabel:`Fecha límite para responder`, " +"aparecerá un selector de calendario. Utilice las flechas :guilabel:`< " +"(izquierda)` y :guilabel:`> (derecha)` en cada lado junto al mes para llegar" +" hasta el mes deseado y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`día` para seleccionar " +"la fecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de correo` se completa según la configuración " +"de la entrevista. Puede seleccionar una plantilla diferente desde el menú " +"desplegable si así lo desea. Si selecciona una plantilla nueva, la plantilla" +" nueva de correo se cargará en el cuerpo del correo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Para enviar un correo con el enlace de la entrevista para el aplicante, haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Enviar` en la parte inferior de la ventana emergente del" +" correo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" +"Envío de una encuesta personalizada, también conocida como formulario de entrevista, al postulante con una\n" +"plantilla preconfigurada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Rechazar" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" +"Puede rechazar a un candidato en cualquier momento del proceso de selección." +" Para rechazar a un candidato, haga clic en la tarjeta del candidato para " +"acceder a una vista detallada de la misma. En la parte superior de la " +"tarjeta hay varios botones; haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Rechazar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerá la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Motivo de rechazo`. Seleccione el " +":guilabel:`motivo de rechazo` del menú desplegable. Los motivos de rechazo " +"predeterminados en Odoo son: :guilabel:`No cumple con los requisitos para el" +" empleo`, :guilabel:`El solicitante ya no está interesado` y :guilabel:`El " +"solicitante recibió una mejor oferta`. Estos tres motivos de rechazo tienen " +"plantillas de correo electrónico preconfiguradas asociadas. Puede crear " +"motivos de rechazo adicionales y modificar o eliminar los que ya existen. " +"Para agregar un nuevo motivo de rechazo, escriba el nombre del motivo y haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...`, aparecerá la ventana emergente " +":guilabel:`Crear: Motivo de rechazo`. Escriba el nombre de la nueva " +"plantilla de correo en el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de correo electrónico` " +"y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...`. Aparecerá la ventana emergente" +" de :guilabel:`Crear: Plantilla de correo electrónico`, configúrela y luego " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, las plantillas de correo electrónico preconfiguradas a veces usan " +"marcadores de posición dinámicos, es decir, piezas personalizadas de datos " +"que completan contenido dinámico. Por ejemplo, si el nombre del postulante " +"es una pieza de contenido dinámico, su nombre aparecerá cada que aparezca " +"ese marcador de posición dinámico en la plantilla de correo electrónico. " +"Consulte la documentación sobre las " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` para obtener información más " +"detallada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" +"Una plantilla de correo electrónico completa el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla " +"de correo` después de seleccionar un motivo de rechazo. Si no es necesario " +"que el solicitante reciba un correo electrónico, desmarque la casilla " +":guilabel:`Enviar correo electrónico`. Para visualizar la plantilla de " +"correo electrónico, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Enlace externo` ubicado" +" a la derecha de la plantilla de correo electrónico seleccionada. La " +"plantilla de correo electrónico aparecerá en la ventana emergente y puede " +"modificarla si es necesario. Luego de realizar los cambios, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`. Para cerrar la plantilla de correo electrónico, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Descartar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" +"Para enviar un correo de rechazo al postulante, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Enviar`. El correo se enviará al postulante y aparecerá un listón" +" con el título :guilabel:`Rechazado` en el cuadro del empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" +"Una tarjeta del empleado con el listón rechazado en la esquina superior " +"derecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" +"Después del rechazo, ya no podrá ver el cuadro del empleado en la vista " +"Kanban del puesto de trabajo. Para ver los candidatos rechazados, vaya a " +":menuselection:`la aplicación Reclutamiento --> Postulaciones --> Todas las " +"postulaciones`. Todas las postulaciones para todos los puestos de trabajo se" +" presentan en una vista de lista. Para ver solo los candidatos rechazados, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Filtros` y después en " +":guilabel:`Archivados/Rechazados`; todos los candidatos que se han archivado" +" o rechazado aparecerán en la lista. Para organizar aún más esta lista y ver" +" los rechazos por puesto de trabajo, haga clic en :guilabel:`≣ Agrupar por` " +"y después en :guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "Nuevo postulante" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar un recuadro de postulante de forma manual si es necesario. Si " +"necesita agregar a un postulante a la lista de candidatos, pero no se ha " +"creado un cuadro de postulante (no han aplicado al trabajo en línea) puede " +"agregar un cuadro de postulante sin problemas desde el puesto de trabajo en " +"la vista kanban de dos maneras, con el icono :ref:`Agregar rápidamente " +"` o el botón :ref:`Crear " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Añadido rápido" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" +"Añada rápidamente un nuevo candidato utilizando el icono :guilabel:`Agregar " +"rápidamente`. Si aún no se encuentra en la vista kanban del puesto, vaya al " +"panel principal de contratación y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevos " +"candidatos` del cuadro del puesto al que desea añadir al candidato. Después," +" haga clic en el pequeño icono :guilabel:`+ (signo de más) Agregar " +"rápidamente` en la parte superior derecha de la etapa " +":guilabel:`Calificación inicial` para añadir rápidamente un nuevo candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" +"Todos los campos que se ingresaron en el formulario de un postulante nuevo " +"con la opción Agregar rápidamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "Ingrese la información siguiente en el cuadro:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Asunto/Nombre de la postulación`: este es el único campo " +"requerido donde tiene que ingresar el título de la tarjeta. Usualmente será " +"el nombre del postulante y el puesto de trabajo que les interesa, por " +"ejemplo: `Laura Smith - Desarrollador`. Este campo no es visible en la vista" +" kanban (a no ser que esté en modo desarrollador), pero sí es visible en la " +"tarjeta individual." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre del postulante`: ingrese el nombre del postulante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Correo`: ingrese la dirección de correo del postulante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trabajo solicitado`: este campo se completa con el puesto de " +"trabajo actual. Si es necesario, el puesto de trabajo puede cambiarse " +"seleccionando un puesto diferente en el menú desplegable. Si se selecciona " +"un puesto de trabajo diferente, una vez creada la tarjeta, esta aparecerá en" +" el puesto de trabajo seleccionado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" +"Después de ingresar la información, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar`. El " +"postulante aparecerá en la lista, así como una tarjeta de postulante nueva " +"en blanco. Haga clic ya sea en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (borrar)` o en " +"cualquier otra parte de la pantalla para cerrar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" +"Si lo prefiere, después de introducir el nombre del postulante, haga clic en" +" :guilabel:`Editar` y se cargará un :guilabel:`Formulario del postulante` " +"detallado. :ref:`Introduzca la información en el formulario " +"` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Crear" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar un nuevo candidato con la información necesaria, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Crear`. Si aún no se encuentra en la vista Kanban del puesto de " +"trabajo al que desea añadir un candidato, vaya al panel principal de " +"contratación y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevos candidatos` de la " +"ficha del puesto de trabajo al que desea añadir el candidato. Después, haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Crear` en la parte superior izquierda de la " +"vista kanban y se cargará un formulario de candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que algunos campos en la información del candidato se llenen de " +"forma automática dependiendo de cómo haya configurado e puesto de trabajo. " +"Normalmente, tanto la sección :guilabel:`Trabajo` como el campo " +":guilabel:`Reclutador` se llenan de forma automática." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" +"Ingrese la siguiente información en el formulario del candidato. Tome en " +"cuenta que no todos los campos que se enlistan a continuación serán " +"visibles, esto depende de las aplicaciones y configuraciones que haya " +"realizado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "Sección del candidato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Asunto/Nombre de la postulación`: este es el único campo " +"requerido donde tiene que ingresar el título de la tarjeta. Usualmente será " +"el nombre del postulante y el puesto de trabajo que les interesa, por " +"ejemplo: `Laura Smith - Desarrollador`. Este campo no es visible en la vista" +" kanban a no ser que se deje en blanco el campo :guilabel:`Nombre del " +"postulante`. En este caso, se mostrará el :guilabel:`Asunto/Nombre de la " +"postulación` en la vista kanban." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Teléfono`: ingrese el número telefónico del aplicante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Celular`: ingrese el número de teléfono celular del aplicante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Título`: seleccione el nivel de estudios más alto del candidato " +"en el menú desplegable. Las opciones son :guilabel:`Egresado`, " +":guilabel:`Licenciatura`, :guilabel:`Maestría` o :guilabel:`Doctorado`. La " +"opción :guilabel:`Egresado` indica el nivel de estudios más alto anterior a " +"la licenciatura, como el bachillerato o la educación secundaria, dependiendo" +" del país." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: seleccione todas las etiquetas que quiera del menú " +"desplegable. Si quiere agregar una etiqueta que no existe, ingrese el nombre" +" de la etiqueta y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear una nueva etiqueta`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Entrevistador`: seleccione la persona que realizará la(s) " +"entrevista(s) en el menú desplegable. La persona debe tener derechos de " +"*reclutador* u *encargado* configurados para la aplicación Reclutamiento " +"para que aparezca en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Reclutador`: seleccione a la persona responsable de todo el " +"proceso de contratación para el puesto de trabajo. Solo se podrán " +"seleccionar usuarios del menú desplegable que se le mostrará." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Apreciación`: haga clic en una de las estrellas para seleccionar " +"una calificación para el solicitante. Una estrella indica :guilabel:`Bien`, " +"dos estrellas indican :guilabel:`Muy bien` y tres estrellas indican " +":guilabel:`Excelente`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referido por usuario`: si se van a ganar puntos de referencia " +"para este puesto de trabajo en la aplicación *Referencias*, seleccione el " +"usuario que ha referido al candidato en el menú desplegable. La aplicación " +"*Referencias* debe estar instalada para que esto aparezca." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "Sección de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" +"Los siguientes campos se rellenan automáticamente al crear un nuevo " +"candidato, siempre que estén especificados en el puesto de trabajo. Puede " +"editar los campos cuando quiera." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trabajo solicitado`: seleccione desde el menú desplegable el " +"puesto de trabajo al cual el candidato se está postulando." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Departamento`: seleccione el departamento al que pertenece el " +"puesto de trabajo en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione en el menú desplegable la empresa " +"correspondiente al trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "Sección del contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Salario esperado`: introduzca en este campo la cantidad que el " +"candidato solicita para el puesto. El número debe tener el formato " +"`XX,XXX.XX`. La moneda se determina según la configuración de localización " +"de la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Salario esperado por el candidato, con ventajas adicionales...`: " +"si el candidato solicita alguna ventaja adicional, introdúzcala en este " +"campo. Debe ser breve y descriptivo, como `1 semana adicional de vacaciones`" +" o `plan dental`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Salario propuesto`: introduzca en este campo la cantidad que se " +"ofrecerá al candidato para el puesto. La cifra debe tener el formato " +"`XX,XXX.XX`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Salario propuesto por la empresa, con ventajas adicionales...`: " +"las ventajas adicionales que se le ofrecen al candidato, introdúzcala en " +"este campo. Debe ser breve y descriptivo, como `1 semana adicional de " +"vacaciones` o `plan dental`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Disponibilidad`: utilizando el módulo de calendario del menú " +"desplegable, seleccione la fecha de inicio disponible para el candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de resumen de la postulación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" +"Todos los detalles o notas adicionales que se deberían agregar a la tarjeta " +"del postulante se deben escribir en este campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "Todos los campos ingresados para un nuevo candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "Primera entrevista" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" +"Después de que un candidato haya superado la etapa :guilabel:`Calificación " +"inicial`, puede pasar a la etapa :guilabel:`Primera entrevista` en la vista " +"kanban del puesto de trabajo. Para mover al candidato a la siguiente etapa, " +"arrastre y suelte la tarjeta del candidato a la etapa :guilabel:`Primera " +"entrevista`, o haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Primera entrevista` situado " +"en la parte superior de la tarjeta del candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" +"La tarjeta de un empleado se mueve de una etapa a otra con el método " +"arrastrar y soltar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la tarjeta del candidato pasa a la fase :guilabel:`Primera " +"entrevista`, se envía automáticamente un correo electrónico de confirmación " +"al solicitante. El correo electrónico se crea utilizando una plantilla de " +"correo electrónico titulada :guilabel:`Reclutamiento: reconocimiento de " +"postulación`. Esta plantilla ya está configurada en Odoo, y contiene " +"marcadores de posición dinámicos para el puesto de trabajo, el nombre del " +"reclutador, y la información de la empresa. Una vez que el correo se envíe, " +"aparecerá en el chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "Agendar una reunión" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se haya acordado una fecha y hora tanto para el candidato como para " +"el entrevistador, se podrá programar la entrevista. Para programar una " +"entrevista, ya sea telefónica o en persona, haga clic en el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Reunión` situado en la parte superior del registro " +"del candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" +"Para encontrar la información del candidato vaya al tablero de la aplicación" +" :menuselection:`Reclutamiento`, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevas " +"postulaciones` en la tarjeta del puesto de trabajo y después haga clic en la" +" información del postulante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" +"El botón inteligente de reunión mostrará :guilabel:`Sin reuniones` si no hay" +" reuniones programadas. Esto aparecerá de forma predeterminada para los " +"nuevos postulantes que acaban de llegar a la etapa :guilabel:`Primera " +"entrevista`. Si ya hay reuniones programadas, aparecerá el botón inteligente" +" :guilabel:`Próxima reunión` con la fecha de la siguiente reunión." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" +"Al hacerlo, se carga la aplicación *Calendario*, que muestra las reuniones y" +" eventos actualmente programados para el usuario. Las reuniones y eventos " +"mostrados corresponden a los empleados que aparecen en la sección " +":guilabel:`Asistentes` de la parte derecha de la vista del calendario. Para " +"cambiar las reuniones y eventos que se muestran actualmente, desmarque la " +"casilla de la persona cuyos eventos de calendario desea ocultar. En el " +"calendario solo podrá ver los asistentes marcados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" +"La vista por defecto es la vista de semana. Para cambiar la vista del " +"calendario, haga clic en un botón para presentar el calendario en una vista " +"diferente, ya sea :guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Mes`, o :guilabel:`Año`. Para " +"cambiar el intervalo de fechas mostrado en el calendario, utilice los " +"botones :guilabel:`⬅️ (Izquierda)`, :guilabel:`➡️ (Derecha)` u " +":guilabel:`Hoy` situados encima del calendario, o haga clic en una fecha del" +" calendario a la derecha del calendario mostrado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" +"Vista de calendario donde se muestra cómo cambiar las reuniones mostradas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una reunión al calendario, haga clic en el día en el que " +"ocurrirá o haga clic en la hora de inicio de la reunión y arrastre hasta la " +"hora de finalización, para seleccionar su fecha, hora y duración. Si el " +"calendario muestra la vista de día o semana, haga clic en el día *y* el " +"espacio en el que se llevará a cabo la reunión. Aparecerá una ventana " +"emergente de :guilabel:`Nuevo evento`, con el campo :guilabel:`Asunto de la " +"reunión` completo con el :guilabel:`Asunto / Nombre del candidato`. La " +"duración predeterminada de una reunión es de 30 minutos. Si la información " +"es correcta, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para agregar la reunión al " +"calendario o haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para modificarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Editar` aparecerá una tarjeta de :guilabel:`Nuevo" +" evento`, allí podrá realizar los cambios necesarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "Tarjeta de nuevo evento" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" +"Los campos que puede llenar o modificar en :guilabel:`Nuevo evento` son los " +"que se mencionarán a continuación. Los únicos campos obligatorios son " +":guilabel:`Asunto de la reunión`, :guilabel:`Comienza el` y " +":guilabel:`Termina a las`. Una vez que ingrese los detalles de la tarjeta, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios y crear la junta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Asunto de la reunión`: ingrese de qué se tratará la reunión. Debe" +" indicar el propósito de la reunión claramente; el asunto automático es el " +":guilabel:`Asunto/Nombre de la postulación` en la tarjeta del empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Asistentes`: seleccione las personas que deben asistir, la " +"persona que cree la reunión se agregará de forma automática. Puede agregar " +"el numero de personas que quiera." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de detalles de la reunión" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Comienza el`: seleccione la fecha y la hora en la que empezará la" +" junta con el calendario desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Termina a las`: seleccione la fecha y la hora en la que terminará" +" la junta con el calendario desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duración`: este campo se llena de forma automática dependiendo de" +" lo que haya puesto en :guilabel:`Empieza el` y :guilabel:`Termina a las`. " +"Si ajusta el tiempo de la junta, el campo también se ajustará de forma " +"automática para corregir la duración." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Todo el día`: si la reunión dura todo el día, marque la casilla " +"junto a :guilabel:`Todo el día`. Una vez marcada esta casilla, el campo " +":guilabel:`Duración` queda oculto, al igual que las horas de inicio y " +"finalización de la reunión." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Organizador`: en este campo aparece el empleado que creó la " +"reunión. Utilice el menú desplegable para cambiar el empleado seleccionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: introduzca una breve descripción en este campo. " +"Existe la opción de introducir texto con formato, como listas numeradas, " +"encabezados, tablas, enlaces, fotos, etc. solo escriba `/`, y se le " +"presentarán una lista de opciones. Desplácese por las opciones y haga clic " +"en el elemento desead, que aparecerá en el cuadro de texto y podrá " +"modificar. Cada comando presenta una ventana emergente diferente. Siga las " +"instrucciones de cada comando para completar la edición." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Recordatorios`: seleccione un recordatorio del menú desplegable. " +"Las opciones incluyen :guilabel:`Notificación`, :guilabel:`Correo " +"electrónico` y :guilabel:`Mensaje de texto SMS`, cada una con un periodo " +"específico antes del evento (horas, días, etc.). El recordatorio que elija " +"alertará a los participantes de la reunión a través de esa opción." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicación`: proporcione la ubicación de la reunión." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`URL de la reunión`: escriba el enlace a la reunión en este campo " +"si se trata de una reunión virtual." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: seleccione las etiquetas para la reunión en el menú " +"desplegable o escriba una nueva. Puede seleccionar la cantidad de etiquetas " +"que desee." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de opciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Recurrente`: si la reunión debe repetirse en un intervalo " +"seleccionado (lo cual no es usual para una primera entrevista), marque la " +"casilla junto a :guilabel:`Recurrente`. Aparecerá una sección de repetición " +"donde deberá introducir los detalles sobre la frecuencia con la que debe " +"repetirse la reunión, incluyendo la hora de finalización." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Privacidad`: seleccione la visibilidad de esta reunión. Las " +"opciones son :guilabel:`Pública`, :guilabel:`Privada` y :guilabel:`Solo " +"usuarios internos`. :guilabel:`Pública` permite que todo el mundo vea la " +"reunión, :guilabel:`Privada` permite que solo la vean los asistentes " +"incluidos y :guilabel:`Solo usuarios internos` permite que la vea cualquier " +"persona que haya iniciado sesión en la base de datos de la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mostrar como`: seleccione en el menú desplegable si la hora de la" +" reunión debe aparecer como :guilabel:`Ocupado` o :guilabel:`Disponible` en " +"las agendas de los asistentes. Establecer este campo como " +":guilabel:`Disponible` permite programar otras reuniones a la misma hora. Se" +" recomienda establecer este campo como :guilabel:`Ocupado`, para que no se " +"puedan programar otras reuniones para los asistentes a la misma hora." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" +"Una nueva tarjeta de reunión con todos los campos llenos y lista para " +"guardar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "Enviar la reunión a los asistentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que ingrese los cambios y que los detalles de la junta estén " +"correctos, puede enviar la junta a los asistentes mediante un correo o " +"mensaje de texto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" +"Para enviar la reunión por correo electrónico, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Correo` ubicado junto a la lista de asistentes. Aparecerá la " +"ventana emergente del configurador de correo electrónico " +":guilabel:`Contactar a los asistentes` y la plantilla predeterminada " +":guilabel:`Calendario: actualización de evento` aparecerá en el cuerpo del " +"correo. Los :guilabel:`destinatarios` predeterminados son los seguidores del" +" documento (solicitud de empleo) y el usuario que creó la reunión. Agregue " +"la dirección de correo electrónico del postulante a la lista para que " +"también reciba el correo. Realice cualquier otra modificación en el correo " +"electrónico. Si necesita adjuntar un archivo, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Adjuntar un archivo`, diríjase al archivo y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Abrir`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar` una vez que haya " +"terminado de redactar el mensaje. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "Ingrese la información para enviar el evento por correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" +"Para enviar la reunión por mensaje de texto, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`SMS` situado junto a la lista de asistentes. Aparecerá una " +"ventana emergente :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje de texto SMS`. En la parte " +"superior, en un cuadro azul, aparece información relacionada al mensaje. La " +"primera línea indica el número de registros (números de teléfono) " +"seleccionados. La segunda línea indica el número de destinatarios y cuántos " +"de ellos no son válidos. Si un contacto no tiene un número de teléfono " +"válido en la lista, haga clic en :guilabel:`Cerrar`, edite el registro del " +"asistente y vuelva a realizar estos pasos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" +"**No** recomendamos seleccionar la casilla para enviar a todos los registros" +" en la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje de texto SMS`, pues " +"enviaría un mensaje a todos los contactos con un número de teléfono válido." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" +"Cuando aparezca el mensaje :guilabel:`0 no son válidos`, escriba el mensaje " +"que desea enviar en el campo :guilabel:`Mensaje`. Debajo del campo de " +"mensaje, aparece el número de caracteres, así como la cantidad de mensajes " +"de texto necesarios para enviar el mensaje (según los criterios GSM7). Haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Poner en la cola` para que el texto se envíe más tarde, " +"después de programar otros mensajes, o haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar ahora`" +" para enviar el mensaje inmediatamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "Enviar un mensaje de texto a los asistentes de una reunión." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" +"El envío de mensajes de texto no es una función predeterminada en Odoo. Para" +" enviar mensajes de texto necesita créditos y debe comprarlos. Para obtener " +"más información sobre los créditos y planes de IAP, consulte " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "Segunda entrevista" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" +"Después de que un candidato haya superado la etapa :guilabel:`Primera " +"entrevista`, puede pasar a la etapa :guilabel:`Segunda entrevista`. Para " +"mover al candidato a la siguiente etapa, arrastre y suelte la tarjeta del " +"candidato a la etapa :guilabel:`Segunda entrevista`, o haga clic en el botón" +" :guilabel:`Segunda entrevista` situado en la parte superior de la tarjeta " +"del candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la tarjeta del candidato pasa a la etapa :guilabel:`Segunda " +"entrevista`, no hay actividades automáticas ni correos electrónicos " +"configurados para esta etapa, a diferencia de la etapa :guilabel:`Primera " +"entrevista`. El reclutador puede ahora :ref:`programar una segunda " +"entrevista ` con el candidato, siguiendo el " +"mismo proceso que para la primera entrevista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "Propuesta de contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" +"Cuando un candidato pasa las etapas de una entrevista y ya se les puede " +"enviar una oferta, pueden pasar a la etapa :guilabel:`Propuesta de " +"contrato`. Arrastre y suelte la tarjeta del candidato a la etapa " +":guilabel:`Propuesta de contrato` o haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Propuesta de contrato` en la parte superior derecha del " +"formulario del candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" +"El siguiente paso es enviar una oferta al candidato En la tarjeta del " +"candidato, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Generar oferta`. Aparecerá una " +"ventana emergente :guilabel:`Generar un enlace de simulación`. Todos los " +"campos se rellenan previamente con la información del puesto de trabajo, " +"excepto los campos :guilabel:`Forzar nueva lista de vehículos`, " +":guilabel:`Vehículo predeterminado`, y el campo :guilabel:Costo comedor` " +"(éste se establece en `0.00`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que no todos los campos aparezcan en la ventana emergente " +":guilabel:`Generar un enlace de simulación`, dependiendo de la configuración" +" de localización de la empresa y de las aplicaciones instaladas. Por " +"ejemplo, si la aplicación *Flota* no está instalada, los campos relacionados" +" con los vehículos no aparecerán en la ventana emergente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "Campos universales" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" +"Los siguientes campos aparecen para todas las ofertas que se envíen a los " +"candidatos, sin importar los ajustes de localización." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plantilla de oferta`: la plantilla que se utiliza en la ventana " +"emergente :guilabel:`Generar un enlace de simulación`. Para modificar la " +"plantilla, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Enlace externo` situado a la " +"derecha de la flecha desplegable. Realice los cambios necesarios y haga clic" +" en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`: el nombre del puesto que se le está " +"ofreciendo al candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de inicio del contrato`: fecha en la que entra en vigor el " +"contrato, que será la fecha actual en automático. Para modificar la fecha, " +"haga clic en el menú desplegable para mostrar un calendario. Utilice las " +"flechas :guilabel:`< (izquierda)` y :guilabel:`> (derecha)` situadas a ambos" +" lados del mes para navegar hasta el mes deseado y, a continuación, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`día` para seleccionar la fecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Costo anual`: el salario anual que se está ofreciendo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enlace de oferta`: este enlace lleva al candidato a una página " +"web donde puede introducir su información personal, que se importará a su " +"ficha de empleado cuando se cree. Si procede, el candidato puede modificar " +"su paquete salarial (esta opción no está disponible para todas las " +"localizaciones). Por último, aquí es donde el candidato acepta la oferta " +"haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Revisión del contrato y firma` para aceptar el " +"contrato y firmarlo utilizando la aplicación *Firmar*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Firma* debe instalarse para que se pueda firmar el documento." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" +"Los siguientes campos sólo aparecerán si se seleccionan determinados ajustes" +" de localización o se instalan determinadas aplicaciones. Por ejemplo, si la" +" aplicación *Flota* no está instalada, no aparecerá ninguno de los campos " +"opcionales relacionados con los vehículos, como :guilabel:`Forzar nueva " +"lista de vehículos` o :guilabel:`Vehículo predeterminado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`: el nombre oficial del trabajo que se le " +"ofreció al postulante, de la tarjeta :guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`. Para " +"modificar el nombre, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Enlace externo` " +"situado a la derecha de la flecha desplegable. Realice los cambios " +"necesarios y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Departamento`: el departamento al que pertenece el puesto de " +"trabajo. Para modificarlo, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Enlace externo` " +"situado a la derecha de la flecha desplegable. Realice los cambios " +"necesarios y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Forzar nueva lista de vehículos`: marque esta caja para ofrecerle" +" un nuevo vehículo al postulante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vehículo predeterminado`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " +"vehículo que se le asignará al candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Costo de la cafetería`: ingrese la cantidad que el candidato " +"tendría que pagar por la cafetería." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de contrato`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el tipo de " +"contrato que se le está ofreciendo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" +"Formato de la oferta que se le enviará al candidato, haga todas las " +"modificaciones que necesite." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "Enviar oferta" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" +"Para enviar la oferta al candidato, haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar`. Si el " +"candidato no tiene una dirección de correo electrónico registrada, aparecerá" +" el formulario de candidato para que pueda configurarla. Si ya hay un correo" +" electrónico configurado, aparecerá la ventana emergente de correo " +"electrónico. Si obtiene la tarjeta del solicitante, introduzca la dirección " +"de correo electrónico del solicitante en el campo :guilabel:`Correo " +"electrónico` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. El formulario de candidato " +"se cierra y aparece la ventana emergente de correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" +"La plantilla de correo electrónico que se usa es :guilabel:`Candidato: su " +"paquete salarial` y el campo :guilabel:`Destinatarios`, :guilabel:`Asunto` y" +" el cuerpo del correo se llenan según la plantilla del correo. Si necesita " +"añadir algún archivo adjunto, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Archivos " +"adjuntos` y aparecerá una ventana del explorador de archivos. Navegue hasta " +"el archivo deseado y haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir` para adjuntarlo al " +"correo electrónico. El archivo adjunto se cargará y aparecerá encima del " +"botón :guilabel:`Archivos adjuntos`. Cuando el mensaje esté listo para " +"enviarse, pulse :guilabel:`Enviar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la aplicación *Firma electrónica* está instalada para " +"enviar una oferta. Es necesaria para que el reclutador pueda enviar la " +"oferta al candidato. El candidato no necesita contar con algún software " +"instalado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" +"Enviar un correo al candidato con un enlace al sueldo que se le ofrece." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "Contrato firmado" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el candidato acepte la oferta y firme el contrato, el siguiente " +"paso es moverlo a la fase :guilabel:`Contrato firmado`. Para mover al " +"candidato a la siguiente fase, arrastre y suelte la tarjeta del candidato a " +"la fase :guilabel:`Contrato firmado`, o haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Más` en la parte superior del formulario del candidato para " +"mostrar el botón de la fase :guilabel:`Contrato firmado` en la parte " +"superior y haga clic en :guilabel:`Contrato firmado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" +"Puede arrastrar el formulario del candidato a la etapa :guilabel:`Contrato " +"firmado` aunque esta no esté desplegada en la vista Kanban." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" +"Cuando arrastre al candidato a la etapa :guilabel:`Contrato firmado`, " +"aparecerá un listón verde que dice :guilabel:`Contratado` en la esquina " +"superior derecha de la tarjeta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" +"Listón de contratado en la esquina superior derecha del formulario del " +"candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Crear empleado" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" +"El siguiente paso es crear un registro de empleado para el candidato que " +"acaba de contratar. En la tarjeta del candidato, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Crear empleado` en la parte superior izquierda. Aparecerá un " +"formulario de empleado, y cualquier información de la tarjeta del candidato " +"que pueda importarse a la tarjeta del empleado, aparecerá en el formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" +"Rellene el resto del formulario. Para obtener información detallada sobre " +"los campos, consulte la documentación :doc:`employees/new_employee`. Cuando " +"haya terminado, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. El registro del empleado " +"se guardará en la aplicación *Empleados*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 +msgid "Job positions" +msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " +"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " +"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" +" but have not yet been published." +msgstr "" +"En la vista de tablero predeterminada de :menuselection:`Reclutamiento` " +"podrá ver todos los puestos de trabajo, no importa el estado. Se mostrarán " +"los puestos de trabajo que estén publicados y tengan postulantes, así como " +"las que se crearon previamente pero ya no están publicadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" +" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " +"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +msgstr "" +"Cada puesto de trabajo se muestra en una tarjeta individual de la vista " +"kanban. Si el puesto de trabajo está activo y las personas pueden " +"postularse, entonces aparecerá una cinta en la esquina superior derecha del " +"panel." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +msgid "" +"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " +"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" +" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +msgstr "" +"Para ver las postulaciones haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`# " +"Postulaciones`, en el que # será el número de postulaciones que ha recibido." +" Si uno de los puestos no esta publicado, en su lugar aparecerá el botón " +":guilabel:`Comenzar reclutamiento`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgstr "" +"Imagen del tablero principal de Reclutamiento donde se muestran todos los " +"puestos de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new job position" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo puesto de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +msgid "" +"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Hay dos formas en las que puede crear un puesto de trabajo: desde el tablero" +" principal de :guilabel:`Reclutamiento` o desde el menú " +":guilabel:`Configuración`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " +"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." +msgstr "" +"Para crear un puesto de trabajo desde el menú :guilabel:`Configuración`, " +"vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Reclutamiento --> Configuración --> " +"Puestos de trabajo`. Los puestos de trabajo en esta vista se mostrarán en " +"lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." +msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo puesto de trabajo desde el tablero de :guilabel:`Puestos" +" de trabajo` haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Crear` en la esquina superior" +" izquierda." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " +"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " +"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" +" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +msgstr "" +"Después, aparecerá una ventana emergente titulada :guilabel:`Crear un puesto" +" de trabajo`. Desde ahí, ingrese el nombre del puesto (como `Gerente de " +"ventas`, `Ingeniero mecánico`, etc). Al completarla, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Crear`para guardar el puesto o en :guilabel:`Descartar` para " +"borrarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new job position." +msgstr "Crear un nuevo puesto de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " +"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya creado el puesto de trabajo, aparecerá como un panel en la " +"vista de kanban en el tablero principal de :guilabel:`Reclutamiento`, así " +"como en la vista de lista del tablero de :guilabel:`Configuración`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +msgid "Edit a new job position" +msgstr "Editar un puesto de trabajo nuevo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que cree el puesto de trabajo, tiene que ingresar los detalles de la" +" posición. Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`⋮ (tres puntos)` que se " +"encuentra en la esquina superior derecha del panel en cuestión para mostrar " +"varias opciones. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para editar los " +"detalles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the job position card." +msgstr "Editar el panel del puesto de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"available jobs." +msgstr "" +"Ingrese la descripción de trabajo en la pestaña :guilabel:`Descripción de " +"trabajo`. Esta es la información que los posibles candidatos verán al buscar" +" puestos de trabajo disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +msgid "" +"All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " +"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " +"located." +msgstr "" +"Podrá encontrar toda la información básica sobre el puesto de trabajo en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Reclutamiento`. Ninguno de los campos es obligatorio, " +"pero es buena idea poner al menos un par de detalles, como dónde se " +"encuentran las oficinas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "Puede llenar los campos como se muestra aquí:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione una empresa para el trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sitio web`: Seleccione el sitio web donde se publicará el puesto " +"de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Departamento`: seleccione el departamento del puesto de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: Select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lugar de trabajo`: seleccione la dirección donde se llevará a " +"cabo el trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " +"hired for this position." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nuevos empleados esperados`: ingrese el número de empleados que " +"se contratarán para ese puesto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: Check the box to publish the job online." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Está publicado`: marque la casilla de opción para publicar este " +"puesto en línea." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +"when offering the job to a candidate." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plantilla de contrato`: seleccione una plantilla de contrato que " +"se usará al ofrecerle el trabajo a un candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: Select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Entrevistadores`: seleccione a las personas que deben realizar " +"las entrevistas. Puede seleccionar a más de una persona." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " +"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " +":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " +"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " +"on the front end." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Formulario de entrevista`: seleccione o cree un formulario que " +"los candidatos llenarán antes de su entrevista. Una vez que lo haya " +"seleccionado, aparecerá un botón :guilabel:`Mostrar formulario de (Nombre)` " +"junto al formulario seleccionado. Al hacer clic aquí, se le mostrará cómo " +"verá el candidato el formulario desde el frontend." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " +"will." +msgstr "" +"El formulario de entrevista mostrará un enlace donde veremos el formulario " +"como lo verá el candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Reclutador`: seleccione quién se encargará del reclutamiento para" +" este puesto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." +msgstr "Ingrese la información del trabajo en la pestaña de reclutamiento." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 +msgid "Create interview form" +msgstr "Crear un formulario para la entrevista" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " +"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " +"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el puesto de trabajo esté listo, tendrá que crear el " +":guilabel:`Formulario de entrevista`. En la vista kanban del tablero de " +":guilabel:`Reclutamiento` haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`⋮ (tres puntos)` " +"en la esquina superior derecha del panel para mostrar varias opciones, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Crear un formulario para la entrevista`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." +msgstr "Crear un formulario de entrevista para un puesto de trabajo nuevo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next the survey form loads. The :guilabel:`Survey Title` is pre-populated " +"based on the job description. Then, select the person " +":guilabel:`Responsible` for the survey from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Después se carga el formulario de la encuesta. El :guilabel:`Título de la " +"encuesta` se llena según la descripción del trabajo. Después, seleccione a " +"la persona :guilabel:`responsable` de la encuesta desde el menú desplegable" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:309 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Cuestionario" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Preguntas` haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una " +"sección` para agregar una sección al formulario. Aparecerá una línea y podrá" +" ingresar el encabezado de la sección. Una vez que lo complete, haga clic " +"fuera de la línea o presione la tecla enter para guardar la nueva sección " +"del formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " +"in the top line." +msgstr "" +"Después, haga lic en :guilabel:`Agregar una pregunta` para agregar una " +"pregunta a la sección. Aparecerá una ventana emergente donde podrá ingresar " +"los detalles de la pregunta. Escriba la pregunta en la línea superior." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 +msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" +msgstr "Hay varios *tipos de pregunta* de los que puede elegir:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " +"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Opción múltiple: solo una respuesta`: una pregunta de opción " +"múltiple en la que el candidato solo puede seleccionar una respuesta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " +"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Opción múltiple: se permiten varias respuestas`: una pregunta de " +"opción múltiple en la que el candidato puede seleccionar varias respuestas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuadro de texto con varias líneas`: permite que el candidato " +"ingrese varias líneas de texto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuadro de texto de una línea`: el candidato solo podrá ingresar " +"una línea." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Valor numérico`: solo acepta valores numéricos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha`: se mostrará un módulo de calendario para seleccionar la " +"fecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha y hora`: se muestran un calendario y un reloj para " +"seleccionar la fecha y la hora" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" +" an answer for each row" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Matriz`: una tabla personalizable que permite que el candidato " +"seleccione una respuesta de cada fila." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:136 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question format will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" +"Después de seleccionar el tipo de pregunta, aparecerá una pregunta de " +"ejemplo en gris. Esto representa cómo verán el formato de la pregunta los " +"candidatos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." +msgstr "Agregar una nueva pregunta al formulario de entrevista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " +"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " +"position(s)." +msgstr "" +"Puede cambiar la organización de preguntas y secciones. Para moverlas, haga " +"clic y arrastre a donde quiera los encabezados de secciones o líneas de " +"preguntas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " +"background." +msgstr "" +"Puede diferenciar las secciones por su fondo gris, mientras que las " +"preguntas tienen un fondo blanco." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." +msgstr "Una imagen de ejemplo de categorías y preguntas para un candidato." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:241 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Respuestas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another " +":guilabel:`Question Type` is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains " +"hidden from view." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Opción múltiple: solo una respuesta`, " +":guilabel:`Opción múltiple: se permiten varias respuestas`, " +":guilabel:`Cuadro de texto de una línea`, o :guilabel:`Matriz` como " +":guilabel:`Tipo de pregunta`, aparecerá una pestaña de " +":guilabel:`Respuestas` debajo de la pregunta. Si selecciona otro " +":guilabel:`Tipo de pregunta`, la pestaña de :guilabel:`Respuestas` se " +"mantendrá oculta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "Opción múltiple" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:164 +msgid "" +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question types, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." +msgstr "" +"Tanto para el tipo :guilabel:`Opción múltiple: solo una respuesta` como para" +" el tipo :guilabel:`Opción múltiple: se permiten varias respuestas` las " +"respuestas se llenan de la misma manera." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:167 +msgid "" +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." +msgstr "" +"Primero, en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Respuestas` haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Agregar una línea`. Aparecerá una lína donde se podrá ingresar " +"una respuesta. Después de escribir la respuesta, haga clic fuera de la " +"línea, o presione enter para bloquear una respuesta nueva en el formulario y" +" permitir que aparezca otra línea de respuesta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:171 +msgid "" +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the photo file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" +"Si lo desea, puede añadir una imagen a la respuesta. Haga clic en la línea " +"para seleccionarla y aparecerá el botón :guilabel:`Suba su archivo` en el " +"lado derecho. Haga clic en este botón para que aparezca el explorador de " +"archivos. Vaya al archivo de imagen, selecciónelo y después haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Abrir` para seleccionarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the :guilabel:`↕️ (Up-down arrows)` on the far left of each answer " +"line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers " +"appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" +"Repita esta operación con todas las respuestas que desee añadir a la " +"pregunta de respuesta múltiple. Las respuestas pueden reorganizarse en " +"cualquier orden, para hacerlo, haga clic en :guilabel:`↕️ (flechas de arriba" +" y abajo)` situadas en el extremo izquierdo de cada línea de respuesta y " +"arrastre la respuesta a la posición deseada. El orden en que aparecen las " +"respuestas en el formulario es el orden en que aparecerán en línea." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" +"Si desea eliminar una línea, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)`" +" ubicado en el extremo derecho de la línea de respuesta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" +"Respuestas a preguntas de opción múltiple, donde cada línea tiene una " +"respuesta diferente enumerada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Única línea de texto" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Question Type`, only two checkboxes appear in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona el tipo de pregunta :guilabel:`Cuadro de texto de una línea` " +"para el :guilabel:`Tipo de pregunta` solo aparecerán dos casillas en la " +"pestaña de :guilabel:`Respuestas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: Activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`La entrada debe ser un correo electrónico`: active esta opción si" +" la respuesta debe tener formato de dirección de correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: This option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Guardar como correo electrónico de usuario`: esta opción solo " +"aparece si selecciona :guilabel:`La entrada debe ser un correo electrónico`," +" esto almacenará el correo electrónico del formulario como el correo " +"electrónico de un usuario y se usará siempre que Odoo contacte al usuario " +"por correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: Activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Guardar como apodo de usuario`: active esta opción para completar" +" la respuesta con el apodo del usuario. Esto se almacena y se utiliza en " +"cualquier lugar en el que Odoo utiliza un apodo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:203 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matriz" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" +"A veces se formula una pregunta que no se ajusta a un formato de respuesta " +"estándar y que se adapta mejor a una matriz. Por ejemplo, preguntar a un " +"candidato cuál es su disponibilidad para trabajar en comparación con los " +"distintos turnos es una pregunta perfecta para un formato matricial. En este" +" ejemplo, un candidato puede hacer clic en todos los turnos en los que está " +"disponible para trabajar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:210 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` :guilabel:`Question Type`, there are two sets of " +"data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. " +"The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the " +"rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" +"Para un :guilabel:`tipo de pregunta` :guilabel:`Matriz`, hay que introducir " +"dos conjuntos de datos. Tanto las filas como las columnas deben estar " +"configuradas. Las columnas se representan en la sección " +":guilabel:`Opciones`, mientras que las filas se configuran en la sección " +":guilabel:`Filas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" +"El método para completar ambas secciones es el mismo. En la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Respuestas` haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` en la " +"sección :guilabel:`Opciones` o :guilabel:`Fila`. Aparecerá una línea y podrá" +" escribir una respuesta, después haga clic fuera de la línea o presione la " +"tecla enter para bloquear la nueva respuesta en el formulario y que aparezca" +" otra línea de respuesta. Repita este procedimiento para todas las " +"respuestas de las secciones :guilabel:`Opciones` y :guilabel:`Filas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" +"Este es una matriz de ejemplo en la que se le pide al aplicante qué turnos " +"están disponibles para trabajar en sábados y domingos, ya sea en la mañana, " +"tarde o noche." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:383 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descripción" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" +"Ingrese cualquier información que pueda servirle al postulante. Esta " +"descripción aparecerá solo para esta pregunta, por lo que la información " +"debería ser específica a la pregunta y no generalizada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:303 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:235 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" +"Para ver las opciones disponibles para una pregunta, haga clic en la pestaña" +" :guilabel:`Opciones`. Las secciones :guilabel:`Diseño`, " +":guilabel:`Restricciones` y :guilabel:`Sesiones en vivo` se encuentran en " +"todos los :guilabel:`Tipos de pregunta`, mientras que la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Respuestas` depende del :guilabel:`Tipo de pregunta` seleccionado" +" y cambia según la selección." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: The :guilabel:`Answers` section is blank, with " +"no choices needed to be made." +msgstr "" +"Tanto para el tipo :guilabel:`Opción múltiple: solo una respuesta` como para" +" el tipo :guilabel:`Opción múltiple: se permiten varias respuestas` la " +"sección se deja en blanco y no se deben hacer elecciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:245 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: A :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuadro de texto con varias líneas`: aparece un campo " +":guilabel:`Marcador de posición`. Ingrese cualquier texto que deba aparecer " +"con la pregunta para ayudar a aclarar cómo debe responder el postulante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:247 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, :guilabel:`Numerical Value`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Datetime`: A :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be " +"verified as adhering to the parameters set in this section. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the :guilabel:`Minimum` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum` values in the corresponding fields. Depending on the " +":guilabel:`Question Type` selected, these fields may reference characters, " +"numbers, or dates. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given " +"does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, " +"enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuadro de texto de una línea`, :guilabel:`Valor numérico`, " +":guilabel:`Fecha` y :guilabel:`Fecha y hora`: aparece la opción " +":guilabel:`Validar entrada`. Active esta opción si es necesario comprobar " +"que lo que escribe el postulante se ajusta a los parámetros establecidos en " +"esta sección, en ese caso aparecerán otras opciones. Escriba los valores " +":guilabel:`Mínimo` y :guilabel:`Máximo` en los campos correspondientes. " +"Según el :guilabel:`Tipo de pregunta` que haya elegido, estos campos pueden " +"hacer referencia a caracteres, números o fechas. A continuación, escriba el " +"texto que aparecerá cuando la respuesta proporcionada no se ajusta a los " +"parámetros mínimo y máximo designados. Por último, escriba cualquier texto " +"en el campo del :guilabel:`marcador de posición` para proporcionar cualquier" +" información adicional o indicaciones para ayudar al postulante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: The first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Matriz`: la primera opción que aparece es :guilabel:`Tipo " +"matriz`. Seleccione ya sea guilabel:`Una opción por fila` o " +":guilabel:`Varias opciones por fila` en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:260 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Restricciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (:guilabel:`This question requires " +"an answer`). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts " +"to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The " +"text should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Diseño" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" +"Si la pregunta sólo debe aparecer si se responde a una pregunta anterior de " +"una forma específica, active la opción :guilabel:`Visualización " +"condicional`. Aparecerá un nuevo campo :guilabel:`Pregunta desencadenante`. " +"Mediante el menú desplegable, seleccione la pregunta anterior a la que está " +"vinculada esta nueva pregunta. Una vez seleccionada una pregunta anterior, " +"aparece un campo :guilabel:`Respuesta desencadenante`. Seleccione la " +"respuesta que debe seleccionarse para que aparezca la nueva pregunta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if " +"there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field appears. Enter the text to appear in the " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have management " +"experience?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years" +" of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant " +"selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have management experience?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have management experience?` as the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the " +"triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" +"El diseño del campo cuando se configura bien una pregunta condicional." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:296 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Sesiones en vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:298 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" +"Si la pregunta es para una sesión en vivo, active la opción " +":guilabel:`Límite de tiempo de preguntas` y aparecerá un campo de " +":guilabel:`segundos`. Ingrese la cantidad de tiempo que tiene el candidato " +"para responder la pregunta, en segundos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" +"Después configure las múltiples opciones para el formulario de entrevista. " +"Haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Opciones` para ver todas las opciones que" +" puede configurar por categoría." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Una página con todas las preguntas`: mostrar todas las secciones " +"y preguntas al mismo tiempo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Una página por sección`: mostrar una sección con sus respectivas " +"preguntas en una página individual." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:317 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Una página por pregunta`: mostrar una pregunta por página." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:319 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: Choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: Display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: Display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" +"Aunque es una opción seleccionable, la opción :guilabel:`Aleatorio por " +"sección` solo debe utilizarse si será posible recibir información " +"parcial/una encuesta incompleta de cada solicitante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:331 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Tiempo y puntuación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " +"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " +"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " +"the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Límite de tiempo de la encuesta`: marque esta casilla para " +"limitar el tiempo que el candidato tendrá para completar el formulario. Al " +"seleccionarlo, aparecerá un campo a un lado de la casilla marcada donde " +"tendrá que ingresar los minutos. Ingrese el tiempo en el campo (usando el " +"formuato XX:XX minutos/segundos)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: Choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sin puntaje`: seleccione esta opción para no puntear el " +"formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:339 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Puntaje sin respuestas al final`: seleccione esta opción para " +"puntear el formulario sin mostrar las respuestas correctas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:344 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: If one of the scoring options was selected, " +"a :guilabel:`Required Score (%)` field appears. Enter the percentage the " +"candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be " +"written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: Check this box if the form is a " +"certification exam. When checked, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: If the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is checked, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the " +"email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant" +" passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of " +"the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:360 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modo de acceso`: especifique quién tiene acceso al examen. Ya sea" +" :guilabel:`Cualquier persona que tenga el enlace` o :guilabel:`Solo " +"personas invitadas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " +"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:364 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " +"field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:368 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "Sesión en vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter the access code that will allow the viewers " +"into the live exam session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " +"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Premiar respuestas rápidas`: si el examen se tiene que tomar en " +"tiempo real, marque esta casilla para darle más puntos a los candidatos que " +"respondan más rápido." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:375 +msgid "" +"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." +msgstr "" +"Ya que ingrese todos los campos, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Guardar`para guardar los cambios, o haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Descartar` para borrar los cambios." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." +msgstr "Varias opciones para configurar el formuario de entrevista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el postulante inicia la encuesta, el texto que se ingrese en esta " +"pestaña aparece en la parte superior de la página de la encuesta. Ingrese " +"cualquier información o descripciones que sean útiles para el postulante" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:389 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Mensaje final" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is complete the message entered in this tab is displayed for" +" the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Referencias" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Referencias* de Odoo es un lugar centralizado donde se aloja " +"toda la información relativa a los referidos, desde los puntos ganados, los " +"compañeros contratados y las recompensas seleccionadas. Los usuarios pueden " +"recomendar a personas que conocen para puestos de trabajo, y luego ganar " +"puntos de referencia a medida que esas personas progresan a través del " +"proceso de contratación. Una vez ganados suficientes puntos de " +"recomendación, pueden canjearse por premios. La aplicación Referrals se " +"integra con las aplicaciones *Empleados*, *Reclutamiento* y *Sitio web*, que" +" deben estar instaladas para que la aplicación *Referencias* funcione." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" +"La única configuración necesaria en la aplicación Referencias después de " +"instalarla son las :ref:`recompensas `, lo demás ya está " +"configurado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " +"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" +"Cualquier usuario con permisos de :guilabel:`usuario de recomendación`, " +":guilabel:`encargado` o :guilabel:`administrador` en la aplicación " +"Reclutamiento tiene acceso a la aplicación Referencias. Solo los usuarios " +"con permisos de :guilabel:`administrador` en la aplicación Reclutamiento " +"tienen acceso a los menús de :ref:`reportes ` y de " +"configuración. Consulte la siguiente documentación para obtener más " +"información sobre usuarios y permisos de acceso: :doc:`../general/users` y " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Incorporación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Al abrir la aplicación *Referencias* por primera vez, aparece un guión de " +"inicio preconfigurado. Se trata de cuatro diapositivas, cada una explica las" +" diferentes partes de la aplicación Referencias. En la parte superior del " +"guión, se muestra el siguiente mensaje a lo largo de todas las diapositivas " +"de incorporación: :guilabel:`¡Reúna a su equipo! Programa de referencias " +"laborales`. Detrás de este mensaje principal hay una imagen, y debajo de " +"ella algo más de texto explicativo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" +"Cada una de las diapositivas de capacitación tiene su correspondiente imagen" +" y mensaje que se muestra. Después de leer cada mensaje, haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Siguiente` para avanzar a la siguiente diapositiva." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "El texto aparece en cada diapositiva como se muestra:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`¡Oh no! ¡Los villanos llegaron a la ciudad! Ayúdanos a reclutar a" +" un equipo de superhéroes que nos salven.`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mira los puestos de trabajo que estamos buscando, anúncialas en " +"redes sociales o refiere a tus amigos.`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Colecte puntos e intercámbielos por regalos de la tienda.`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`¡Compite con tus colegas para crear la mejor liga de la " +"justicia!`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" +"Las diapositivas de capacitación aparecerán cada vez que se abra la " +"aplicación Referencias, hasta que se hayan visto todas las diapositivas y se" +" haya hecho clic en el botón :guilabel:`Empezar ahora`. Si se sale de la " +"capacitación en cualquier momento, o si *no* se ha hecho clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Empezar ahora`, las diapositivas del onboarding comenzarán de " +"nuevo cuando se abra la aplicación Referencias. Una vez que se haya hecho " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Empezar ahora`, las diapositivas de capacitación" +" no se volverán a ver, y el panel principal se cargará cuando se abra la " +"aplicación Referrals a partir de ese momento." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" +"En cualquier momento durante la integración, puede hacer clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Saltar`. De este modo se sale de la navegación y se carga el " +"panel principal de Referencias. Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Saltar`, las " +"diapositivas de capacitación ya no se cargarán al abrir la aplicación " +"Referencias." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" +"Una diapositiva con los botones saltar y siguiente visibles en la parte " +"inferior," + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" +"Si hay algún candidato contratado que el usuario haya referido antes de que " +"usted haya configurado la aplicación de Referencias (lo que significa que " +"las diapositivas de capacitación no han aparecido antes), cuando se hace " +"clic en :guilabel:`Empezar ahora` al final de la capacitación, en lugar de " +"ir al panel principal, aparece una pantalla :ref:`contratado " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "Modificar las plantillas de capacitación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" +"Las diapositivas de incorporación pueden modificarse si se desea. Sólo los " +"usuarios con derechos :guilabel:`Administrador` para la aplicación de " +"Reclutamiento pueden modificar las diapositivas de onboarding. Para editar " +"una diapositiva, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Reclutamiento --> " +"Configuración --> Capacitación.` Cada línea muestra el texto de la " +"diapositiva individual de capacitación. Para editar una diapositiva de " +"incorporación, haga clic en la línea de una diapositiva individual para " +"abrir el formulario de incorporación de la diapositiva y, a continuación, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" +"Modifique el mensaje en la casilla :guilabel:`Texto`. Para cambiar el orden " +"en que aparecen las diapositivas en el onboarding, puede modificar la " +":guilabel:`Secuencia`. Escriba el número correspondiente para indicar el " +"orden en que deben mostrarse las diapositivas. Se puede seleccionar una " +":guilabel:`Empresa`, sin embargo, si se rellena este campo, esa diapositiva " +"sólo se mostrará para esa empresa en concreto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" +"La imagen también puede modificarse. Pase el ratón sobre la miniatura de la " +"imagen en la esquina superior derecha del formulario y aparecerán los iconos" +" :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y :guilabel:`🗑️ (basura)`. Pulse el icono " +":guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` para cambiar la imagen. Aparecerá una ventana con un " +"navegador de archivos donde podrá seleccionar la imagen deseada, haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Abrir`. La nueva imagen aparece en la miniatura. Para eliminar" +" una imagen, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (basura)` y, a " +"continuación, seleccione una nueva imagen utilizando el icono :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(lápiz)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" +"Para guardar los cambios, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` o en " +":guilabel:`Descartar` para borrar los cambios y regresar al contenido " +"original." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" +"Una presentación de capacitación en modo de edición, con los campos " +"principales resaltados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" +"El orden de las diapositivas también se puede cambiar directamente en el " +"panel de control de Incorporación, sin tener que editar una diapositiva " +"individual de Incorporación. Haga clic en el símbolo de flecha arriba y " +"abajo que aparece después de la casilla de verificación y antes del texto de" +" la diapositiva, y arrastre la diapositiva a la posición deseada. La " +"etiqueta :guilabel:`Secuencia` cambia automáticamente en todos los " +"formularios de incorporación de la diapositiva, reflejando la nueva " +"secuencia." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" +"Las diapositivas de onboarding en una lista, con las flechas de arrastrar y " +"soltar resaltadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "Compartir puestos de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" +"Para ganar puntos de recomendación, un usuario debe compartir primero un " +"puesto de trabajo para que el candidato pueda solicitarlo. Hay varias formas" +" de compartir puestos de trabajo dentro de la aplicación Referidos, a través" +" del botón :ref:`Ver empleos ` y el botón :ref:`Enviar " +"un correo electrónico a un amigo `." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Ver trabajos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" +"Para ver todos los puestos de trabajo que están reclutando candidatos " +"activamente, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Ver puestos de trabajo` del " +"panel principal de Referencias. Esto presenta todas las ofertas de trabajo, " +"con cada oferta individual presentada en su propia tarjeta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" +"La pantalla 'Ver trabajos' donde se muestran todos los puestos abiertos. Toda la información\n" +"está en el cuadro." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "Cada cuadro de puesto de trabajo contiene la siguiente información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" +"El nombre de este puesto de trabajo. Esta información se recupera del campo " +":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo` del formulario del trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" +"El número de puestos que se están contratando. Esta información se obtiene " +"del campo :guilabel:`Nuevos empleados previstos` de la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Contratación` del formulario de empleo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" +"Los puntos que un usuario ganará cuando un postulante solicite el puesto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" +"La descripción de este puesto de trabajo. Esta información se recupera del " +"campo :guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo` del formulario del trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" +"Para ver todos los detalles de un puesto de trabajo, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Más información` del recuadro correspondiente. Esto abre la " +"página web del puesto en una nueva pestaña del navegador. Esto es lo que un " +"candidato ve antes de solicitar un puesto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" +"Sólo las ofertas publicadas serán visibles en la aplicación Referidos. Para " +"comprobar qué ofertas están publicadas o no, consulta la documentación " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "Referir a amigos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" +"Para compartir un puesto de trabajo con alguien, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Recomendar un amigo` de la ficha del puesto de trabajo " +"específico. Aparecerá una ventana emergente preconfigurada :guilabel:`Enviar" +" oferta de empleo por correo`. Introduzca la dirección de correo electrónico" +" del destinatario en el campo :guilabel:`Correo electrónico`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" +"El asunto y el cuerpo del correo se llena con una plantilla predeterminada. " +"Aparecerá el asunto `Un trabajo para ti`, el cual puede modificar si quiere." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" +"El título específico del puesto de trabajo rellenará el marcador de posición" +" :guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo` del cuerpo del correo electrónico. El texto " +"`Ver oferta de empleo` del cuerpo del correo electrónico es un enlace de " +"seguimiento individualizado al puesto de trabajo específico que aparece en " +"el sitio web. Cuando el posible empleado reciba el correo electrónico, el " +"enlace le enviará a la página del puesto de trabajo, donde podrá " +"solicitarlo, y la persona que le ha remitido será rastreada en la aplicación" +" Referencias." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Si quiere, agregue cualquier texto de saludo o despedida al cuerpo del " +"correo. Cuando haya realizado todos los cambios, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Enviar correo electrónico` para enviar el mensaje, o haga clic en" +" :guilabel:`Cancelar` para cerrar la ventana emergente del correo " +"electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" +"Ventana emergente del correo de referencias con el mensaje del correo " +"adentro." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "Compartir un trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" +"Hay otras formas de compartir un puesto de trabajo aparte de enviar un " +"correo electrónico, a través de plataformas de medios sociales y enlaces de " +"seguimiento del puesto de trabajo. En la parte inferior de la ficha de cada " +"puesto hay cuatro iconos y sus correspondientes enlaces de seguimiento que " +"pueden utilizarse para compartir el puesto y hacer un seguimiento de los " +"candidatos en la aplicación de referencias." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "Los diferentes iconos para compartir para cada trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Enlace" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" +"Para compartir el puesto de trabajo con un enlace de seguimiento " +"personalizado, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Compartir ahora` que tiene " +"el icono :guilabel:`🔗 (cadena)`. Aparecerá una ventana emergente " +":guilabel:`Enlace para compartir` con el enlace de seguimiento donde tiene " +"que hacer clic en :guilabel:`Copiar` para copiar el enlace. Después, haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Cerrar` para cerrar la ventana emergente. " +"Comparta el enlace con el posible empleado de la forma que desee." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" +"Para compartir el puesto de trabajo a través de Facebook, haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Compartir ahora` con el icono :guilabel:`f (icono de " +"Facebook)` en su interior. Si el usuario ya ha iniciado sesión en Facebook, " +"al hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`f (icono de Facebook)` se cargará una " +"página :guilabel:`Compartir en Facebook` en una nueva pestaña, con el enlace" +" en el cuerpo principal de la nueva entrada. Si el usuario *no* ha iniciado " +"sesión, en su lugar se carga una pantalla de inicio de sesión en la que se " +"le pide que inicie sesión en Facebook." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" +"Escriba cualquier información adicional que desee añadir a la entrada, en el" +" espacio situado justo debajo de su nombre. Si lo desea, " +":guilabel:`etiquete` a usuarios, :guilabel:`regístrese` en un lugar o añada " +"un :guilabel:`estado` a la publicación. Para etiquetar a un usuario, haga " +"clic en el icono :guilabel:`Etiquetar amigos` y seleccione las personas que " +"desea etiquetar en la entrada. Para añadir una ubicación de registro, haga " +"clic en el icono :guilabel:`Registrar` y seleccione la ubicación en la " +"ventana emergente de ubicaciones predeterminadas basadas en tu ubicación " +"actual. Para añadir un :guilabel:`estado`, haga clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`Sentimiento/Actividad`, seleccione el sentimiento o el tipo de " +"actividad y, por último, si ha seleccionado un tipo de actividad, seleccione" +" la actividad específica." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" +"Hay cinco métodos para compartir el puesto de trabajo: :guilabel:`Su " +"historia`, :guilabel:`Compartir en la línea de tiempo de un amigo`, " +":guilabel:`Compartir en un grupo`, :guilabel:`Compartir en un evento` y " +":guilabel:`Compartir en un mensaje privado`. Para seleccionar el método de " +"uso compartido, haz clic en el menú desplegable situado en la parte superior" +" de la página, justo debajo del banner :guilabel:`Compartir en Facebook`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" +"La vista en Facebook al compartir una descripción del puesto. Aparecen todas las formas distintas de compartir, \n" +"así como todos los ajustes necesarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "Compartir en el muro de noticias o en las historias" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" +"El método automático para compartir es a través de :guilabel:`Noticias`, " +":guilabel:`Historia`, o ambos. En la parte inferior del formulario hay " +"botones de opción junto a las dos opciones, :guilabel:`Feed` (para el feed) " +"y :guilabel:`Su historia` (para las historias). Cuando se selecciona " +":guilabel:`Compartir al feed o la historia`, estos botones están activos; si" +" se selecciona otra opción, estos botones de opción aparecen atenuados. " +"Active los botones de opción para indicar cómo debe compartirse el puesto de" +" trabajo, en la fuente de noticias, en la historia o en ambas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" +"La opción :guilabel:`Compartir a feed o historia` permite que seleccionar " +"ajustes de privacidad específicos. En la esquina inferior derecha de la " +"pantalla hay dos opciones de menús desplegables, uno es la opción " +":guilabel:`Feed` y la otra es :guilabel:`Su historia`; desde estas opciones " +"podrá seleccionar los parámetros de seguridad para la publicación. Las " +"opciones :guilabel:`Feed` y :guilabel:`Su historia` aparecen diferente " +"dependiendo del usuario y en los ajustes de privacidad que tienen. en " +"Facebook. Las opciones por defecto son :guilabel:`Público` y " +":guilabel:`Amigos`, pero también aparecerán otras opciones dependiendo de lo" +" que haya configurado el usuario, como grupos personalizados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Cuando una publicación o historia están listas para publicarse, haga clic en" +" el botón azul :guilabel:`Publicar en Facebook` que se encuentra en la parte" +" inferior de la pantalla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "Compartir en el muro de un amigo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" +"En lugar de hacer una publicación en la página de Facebook del usuario, " +"puede compartir el puesto de trabajo directo en la biografía de un amigo. " +"Haga clic en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Compartir en el feed de noticias" +" o historia` en la parte superior de la página y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Compartir en la biografía de un amigo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" +"Al seleccionarse, aparecerá el campo :guilabel:`Amigo` debajo de la " +"selección. Empiece a escribir el nombre del amigo para que aparezca una " +"lista con los nombres que coincidan con lo que está escribiendo. Seleccione " +"a un amigo de la lista; **solo** puede seleccionar uno." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la publicación esté lista, haga clic en el botón azul " +":guilabel:`Publicar en Facebook` ubicado en la parte inferior de la " +"pantalla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "Compartir en un grupo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" +"Para llegar a un público en específico sin compartir el puesto de trabajo " +"con todos, puede compartirlo en un grupo. Haga clic en el menú desplegable " +":guilabel:`Compartir a feed o historia` en la parte superior de la página y " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Compartir en el perfil de un amigo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se selecciona, aparece un campo :guilabel:`Grupo` debajo de la " +"selección. Los grupos disponibles en los que se pueden publicar ofertas de " +"empleo son los grupos de los que el usuario es miembro actualmente. Los " +"puestos de trabajo no pueden compartirse con grupos a los que el usuario no " +"se haya unido. Comience a escribir el nombre del grupo. A medida que se " +"escribe el nombre del grupo, aparece una lista con los nombres de los grupos" +" que coinciden con lo introducido. Seleccione el grupo de la lista; solo " +"puede seleccionar uno." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "Compartir en un evento" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" +"También puede compartir el puesto de trabajo en la página de un evento. Haga" +" clic en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Compartir a feed o historia` en la " +"parte superior de la página y seleccione :guilabel:`Compartir en el perfil " +"de un amigo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se selecciona, aparece un campo :guilabel:`Evento` debajo de la " +"selección. Los eventos disponibles en los que se pueden publicar ofertas de " +"empleo son los eventos a los que el usuario está invitado. Esto incluye " +"eventos a los que el usuario no ha respondido y eventos que ya pasaron. " +"Comience a escribir el nombre del evento. A medida que se escribe el nombre " +"del evento, aparece una lista con los nombres de los grupos que coinciden " +"con lo introducido. Seleccione el evento de la lista; solo puede seleccionar" +" uno." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "Compartir en un mensaje privado" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" +"La última opción es compartir el puesto de trabajo en privado, en un mensaje" +" directo de Facebook. Haga clic en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Compartir " +"a feed o historia` en la parte superior de la página y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Compartir en el perfil de un amigo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" +"Al seleccionarse, aparecerá el campo :guilabel:`Amigo` debajo de la " +"selección. Empiece a escribir el nombre del amigo para que aparezca una " +"lista con los nombres que coincidan con lo que está escribiendo. Puede " +"seleccionar a varios amigos en un mismo mensaje. Repita este proceso por " +"cada amigo que agregue." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Cuando un mensaje está listo para enviarse, haga clic en el botón azul " +":guilabel:`Enviar mensaje` que se encuentra en la parte inferior de la " +"pantalla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "X/Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" +"Tmbién puede compartir el puesto de trabajo en X/Twitter. Haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Compartir ahora` con el icono del pájaro en su interior. Si" +" el usuario ya ha iniciado sesión en X/Twitter, al hacer clic en " +":guilabel:`Compartir ahora` se cargará X/Twitter en una nueva pestaña con un" +" mensaje ya creado y listo para publicarse en borrador. Si el usuario *no* " +"ha iniciado sesión, en su lugar se carga una pantalla de inicio de sesión en" +" la que se le pide que inicie sesión en X/Twitter." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "El mensaje predeterminado es:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Una increíble oferta laboral para (Puesto de trabajo). Obtén más " +"información en (enlace al puesto de trabajo)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" +"Ingrese cualquier información adicional o edite el mensaje. Si quiere, haga " +"clic en la :guilabel:`X` en la esquina superior izquierda de la miniatura de" +" previsualización de la página para cerrarlo. Para ajustar el público del " +"mensaje, haga clic en el botón desplegable :guilabel:`Todos` y seleccione el" +" público que quiere del menú desplegable. La opción predeterminada es " +":guilabel:`Todos` y la otra opción es :guilabel:`Círculo`. El " +":guilabel:`Círculo` es un grupo de personas que el usuario seleccionó desde " +"X/Twitter." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" +"La configuración predeterminada es :guilabel:`🌎 (globo terráqueo) Todos " +"pueden responder`, que permite a todos los usuarios de X/Twitter responder " +"al mensaje. Para cambiar esta opción, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globo terráqueo) Todos pueden responder` situado en la parte inferior " +"izquierda del mensaje. Se presentan cuatro opciones: :guilabel:`Todos`, " +":guilabel:`Cuentas que sigues`, :guilabel:`Cuentas verificadas` y " +":guilabel:`Solo cuentas mencionadas`. Seleccionar una de las otras opciones " +"restringe quién puede responder al mensaje." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar varios elementos al mensaje, como archivos multimedia (fotos, " +"videos, etc.), GIF, encuestas, emoticones y la ubicación. Haga clic en el " +"icono correspondiente en la parte inferior izquierda del mensaje y siga los " +"pasos para agregar más elementos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" +"Para publicar un mensaje en el futuro, haga clic en el icono de " +":guilabel:`Calendario` en la parte inferior izquierda de la ventana del " +"mensaje, es el quinto icono de izquierda a derecha. Ingrese la fecha y hora " +"en la que desea que se publique el mensaje con el selector que se presenta. " +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para agregar una hora a su mensaje." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Para publicar el mensaje, haga clic en :guilabel:`Publicar`. El mensaje se " +"publicará de inmediato o, si lo programó, se publicará cuando usted lo haya " +"indicado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" +"La ventana emergente de X/Twitter al compartir un puesto de trabajo. Todos los otros elementos que puede agregar\n" +"se resaltan, así como el ajuste de visualización y el botón de publicar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" +"Para compartir un puesto de trabajo en LinkedIn, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Compartir ahora` con el icono :guilabel:`in (icono de LinkedIn)` " +"en su interior. Si el usuario ya ha iniciado sesión en LinkedIn, al hacer " +"clic en :guilabel:`Compartir ahora` se cargará LinkedIn en una nueva " +"pestaña, con el enlace al puesto de trabajo en la parte superior. Si el " +"usuario *no* ha iniciado sesión, en su lugar se carga una pantalla de inicio" +" de sesión en la que se le pide que inicie sesión en LinkedIn." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" +"Puede compartir el puesto de trabajo de forma pública o en un mensaje " +"privado a una persona o un grupo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "Compartir en una publicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" +"Para compartir este puesto de trabajo en una publicación pública, haga clic " +"en el botón :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz) Compartir en una publicación` en la " +"esquina inferior izquierda de la pantalla. Se cargará una ventana " +":guilabel:`Crear una publicación` con el enlace al puesto de trabajo, además" +" puede agregar cualquier otra información a la publicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" +"Para publicar la audiencia que verá la publicación, haga clic en el menú " +"desplegable :guilabel:`🌎 (globo terráqueo) Todos`, justo debajo del nombre " +"de la cuenta. Haga clic en la selección deseada, después en el botón " +":guilabel:`Guardar` en la derecha de la pantalla, debajo de la última opción" +" enlistada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cualquiera` permite que todos los usuarios de LinkedIn vean la " +"publicación. :guilabel:`Solo contactos` indica que la publicación solo se " +"compartirá con las personas que forman parte de las conexiones del usuario y" +" nadie más la podrá ver. :guilabel:`Grupo` significa que la publicación se " +"compartirá en un grupo en donde el usuario es miembro. La publicación solo " +"se puede compartir con un grupo, no con más de uno. Si selecciona la opción " +":guilabel:`Grupo` se cargará una página con la lista de todos los grupos a " +"los que el usuario pertenece. Haga clic en un grupo para seleccionarlo y " +"después en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar` ubicado en la esquina inferior " +"derecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" +"Después, seleccione quién puede comentar en la publicación. Para cambiar " +"este ajuste, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`💬 (burbuja de diálogo) Todos` " +"ubicado debajo del cuerpo de la publicación, esta acción abrirá una página " +"con varias opciones. Haga clic en una de las tres opciones para seleccionar " +"entre :guilabel:`Cualquiera`, :guilabel:`Solo contactos` y " +":guilabel:`Nadie`. La opción predeterminada es :guilabel:`Cualquiera`, así " +"que cualquier usuario de LinkedIn podría comentar en la publicación. La " +"opción :guilabel:`Solo contactos` permite que solo las personas que el " +"usuario tiene agregadas comenten en la publicación y :guilabel:`Nadie` " +"desactiva los comentarios. Luego de seleccionar una opción, haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Hecho` ubicado en la esquina inferior derecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya editado la publicación y haya seleccionado los ajustes, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Publicación` para compartir el puesto de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" +"Una publicación de LinkedIn para compartir el trabajo. El puesto de trabajo " +"se resalta, así como el botón de publicar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "Enviar como mensaje privado" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" +"En lugar de realizar una publicación pública, puede enviársela a un contacto" +" a través de un mensaje privado. Para hacerlo, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Enviar como mensaje privado` ubicado en la esquina inferior " +"izquierda. Esta acción abrirá una ventana de mensaje con el enlace a la " +"descripción del trabajo en la parte inferior de la ventana. Primero, " +"seleccione a los destinatarios del mensaje, escriba el nombre en el campo " +":guilabel:`Buscar destinatarios del mensaje`. A medida que escribe el " +"nombre, aparecerán aquellas conexiones que coinciden, haga clic en una para " +"agregarla. Repita esto para todos los destinatarios a los que desee enviar " +"el mensaje, no hay límite en la cantidad de personas a las que puede enviar " +"el mensaje. A continuación, escriba cualquier texto adicional en el cuerpo " +"del mensaje y haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar` en la esquina inferior derecha" +" para enviar el mensaje. Después, en la pantalla podrá leer " +":guilabel:`Mensaje enviado con éxito`. Aparecerán dos opciones, " +":guilabel:`Ver mensaje` y :guilabel:`Continuar en LinkedIn`, haga clic en " +"una para elegirla o cierre la pestaña del navegador para salir." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Escribe un correo electrónico a un amigo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" +"Otra forma de compartir oportunidades de empleo es compartir toda la lista " +"actualizada de puestos vacantes en lugar de un puesto cada vez. Para ello, " +"vaya al panel principal de la aplicación *Referencias*. Haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Enviar correo electrónico a un amigo` en la parte inferior " +"de la pantalla. Aparecerá una ventana emergente :guilabel:`Enviar oferta de " +"trabajo por correo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" +"Escriba las direcciones de correo electrónico en la línea :guilabel:`correo " +"electrónico`. El correo electrónico puede enviarse a varios destinatarios, " +"simplemente introduzca una coma seguida de un espacio después de cada " +"dirección de correo electrónico. El :guilabel:`Asunto` predeterminado es `Un" +" trabajo perfecto para ti`, pero puede editarse." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" +"El cuerpo del correo también se llena con un texto preconfigurado. El texto " +"que aparece es:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "`Hola,`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" +"`Hay algunas ofertas de trabajo increíbles en mi empresa. Echa un vistazo, " +"te pueden interesar.`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "`Ver ofertas de trabajo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" +"El texto `Ver vacantes` es un enlace de rastreo que redirige a una lista de " +"todos los puestos de trabajo que se están reclutando y que se publicaron en " +"el sitio web de la empresa. Añada texto adicional o modifique el cuerpo del " +"mensaje y, a continuación, haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar correo` para " +"enviar el mensaje. El mensaje se enviará y la ventana se cerrará." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "Referencias contratadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se contrata a un candidato que el usuario refirió, el usuario \"hace " +"que su equipo de superhéroes sea más grande\" y se agregará un avatar de " +"superhéroe en el tablero de Referencias." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" +"Después de contratar a un referido, cuando el usuario vuelve a abrir la " +"aplicación Referidos, en lugar del panel principal, se carga una página de " +"contratados, donde aparecerá el texto :guilabel:`¡(Nombre del Referido) ha " +"sido contratado! ¡Elige un avatar para tu nuevo amigo!`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" +"Debajo de este mensaje hay cinco miniaturas de avatar para elegir. Si ya se " +"ha asignado un avatar a una referencia, la miniatura aparecerá en gris y " +"debajo del avatar se mostrará el nombre de la referencia para la que que se " +"ha elegido el avatar. Haga clic en un avatar disponible para seleccionarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" +"Si se ha contratado a más de un referido desde que se abrió la aplicación " +"Referidos, después de seleccionar el primer avatar, se pide al usuario que " +"seleccione otro avatar para el siguiente referido contratado. Una vez que " +"todos los avatares se hayan seleccionado, el tablero se cargará y todos los " +"avatares serán visibles. Pase el ratón sobre cada avatar y su nombre " +"aparecerá encima de ellos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" +"La ventana de contratados. Se muestra una selección de avatares de la que puede elegir, con las que ya\n" +"se eligieron en color gris." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "Modificar amigos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" +"Los avatares de los amigos se pueden modificar del mismo modo que se " +"modifican los :ref:`niveles `. Solo los usuarios con " +"derechos :guilabel:`Administrador` para la aplicación de Reclutamiento " +"pueden realizar modificaciones en los amigos. Los amigos preconfigurados se " +"pueden ver y modificar navegando a :menuselection:`la aplicación de " +"Reclutamiento --> Configuración --> Amigos`. El avatar de cada amigo aparece" +" en la columna :guilabel:`Imagen del tablero`, y el nombre correspondiente " +"aparece en la columna :guilabel:`Nombre del amigo`. Las imágenes por defecto" +" son un grupo de héroes muy variadi, que van desde robots hasta perros." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar la imagen del panel de control, la miniatura, el nombre o la " +"posición de un amigo, haga clic en un amigo individual para abrir el " +"formulario del amigo recomendado. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para " +"realizar modificaciones. Escriba el nombre en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre del" +" amigo`, esto sirve únicamente para diferenciar a los amigos en el menú de " +"configuración. El nombre del amigo no es visible en ningún otro lugar de la " +"aplicación Referidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`posición` puede establecerse como :guilabel:`adelante` o " +":guilabel:`atrás`. Esto determina la posición del amigo en relación con el " +"avatar del superhéroe del usuario. Haga clic en el botón de opción situado " +"junto a la selección deseada y el amigo aparecerá delante o detrás del " +"avatar del usuario cuando se active." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" +"Si lo desea, puede modificar tanto la :guilabel:`imagen` de la miniatura " +"como la :guilabel:`imagen del tablero`. Pase el ratón por encima de la " +"imagen que desea sustituir para ver los iconos :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (cubo de basura)`. Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(lápiz)` y aparecerá una ventana del explorador de archivos. Navegue hasta " +"el archivo de imagen deseado y haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir` para " +"seleccionarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" +"Ya que realice los cambios, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar` para " +"guardar los cambios, o haga clic en :guilabel:`Descartar` para borrar los " +"cambios y regresar a la información original." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "Un formulario de amigo en modo de edición." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" +"No se aconseja editar las imágenes. El archivo de la imagen debe tener un " +"fondo transparente para que se muestre correctamente. Solo los usuarios con " +"conocimientos en imágenes transparentes pueden intentar ajustar cualquier " +"imagen en la aplicación Referrals." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se ha cambiado una imagen y se ha guardado el amigo, no es " +"posible volver a la imagen original. Para volver a la imagen original, es " +"necesario *desinstalar y volver a instalar* la aplicación Referencias." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "Puntos de referencias" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" +"El programa de referidos se basa en obtener puntos que luego se canjean por " +"recompensas. En el panel principal de la aplicación Referencias la parte " +"superior muestra un resumen de los puntos actuales del usuario. La parte " +"izquierda del resumen muestra el total de puntos ganados, y la parte derecha" +" muestra los puntos que están disponibles para gastar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" +"Para ver las distintas referencias y los puntos ganados por cada una, haga " +"clic en uno de los botones situados justo debajo de los avatares. Las " +"opciones son :guilabel:`Referencias`, :guilabel:`En proceso` y " +":guilabel:`Exitoso`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" +"Sobre el botón :guilabel:`En proceso` aparece el número actual de " +"referencias que siguen activas en el proceso de selección y que aún no se " +"han contratado o rechazado. El número de referencias que se contrataron " +"aparece encima del botón :guilabel:`Exitoso`. El número total de referencias" +" (tanto las referencias en curso como las exitosas combinadas) aparece " +"encima del botón :guilabel:`Referencias`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" +"Para ver las referencias asociadas a cada una de las categorías, " +":guilabel:`Referencias`, :guilabel:`En curso` y :guilabel:`Exitoso`, haga " +"clic en el botón correspondiente. Se mostrarán todas las referencias de esa " +"categoría específica." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "Mis referencias" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" +"Para ver todas las referencias (tanto en curso como exitosas) haga clic en " +"el botón :guilabel:`Referencias` y aparecerá una ventana :guilabel:`Mis " +"referencias`. Esta pantalla muestra todas las referencias, con cada una de " +"ellas en su propia tarjeta de referencia." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" +"Una recomendación exitosa tiene una línea verde en el lado izquierdo de la " +"tarjeta y muestra una imagen :guilabel:`✓ Contratado` en la esquina superior" +" derecha de la tarjeta. Las referencias que están en proceso muestran una " +"imagen :guilabel:`En proceso` en la esquina superior derecha de la tarjeta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" +"En cada tarjeta de recomendación figura el nombre del candidato, el " +"departamento en el que se encuentra el puesto de trabajo, el nombre del " +"puesto, la persona responsable de contratarlo (reclutador) y los puntos " +"obtenidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Puntos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" +"Los puntos que se pueden obtener por una recomendación son los mismos para " +"todos los puestos de trabajo. A cada etapa del proceso de reclutamiento se " +"le asignan puntos correspondientes. Las etapas enumeradas corresponden a las" +" etapas configuradas en la aplicación *Reclutamiento*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" +"En cada tarjeta de referencia individual, debajo de los puntos ganados hay " +"un gráfico de barras que muestra cuántos puntos se han ganado de los puntos " +"totales posibles que se pueden ganar si el solicitante es contratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" +"Debajo del gráfico de barras hay una lista de las distintas etapas de " +"contratación y los puntos obtenidos cuando la referencia pasa a esa etapa. " +"Si se ha alcanzado una etapa y se han ganado los puntos, aparece una marca " +"de verificación verde junto a la etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "La estructura de puntos pre configurados para referencias es:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Calificación inicial`: 1 punto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Primera entrevista`: 20 puntos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Segunda entrevista`: 9 puntos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Propuesta de contrato`: 5 puntos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Contrato firmado`: 50 puntos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" +"El total de puntos ganados por un referido que es contratado es de 85 " +"puntos. Para modificar los puntos que se obtienen en cada etapa se realiza " +"en la aplicación Reclutamiento. Consulte la documentación de " +":ref:`Reclutamiento ` para modificar los puntos " +"de cada etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Recompensas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "Crear recompensas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" +"Las recompensas son las únicas configuraciones necesarias cuando se " +"configura la aplicación de Referidos. Sólo los usuarios con derechos de " +":guilabel:`Administrador` para la aplicación de Reclutamiento pueden crear o" +" modificar recompensas. Para añadir recompensas, vaya a :menuselection:`la " +"aplicación Referidos --> Configuración --> Recompensas`. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Crear` y se cargará un formulario de recompensas. Introduzca la " +"siguiente información en el formulario:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre del producto`: ingrese el nombre como debe aparecer en la " +"recompensa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Costo`: ingrese cuántos puntos se necesitan para obtener la " +"recompensa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione la empresa para la que aparecerá la " +"recompensa en el menú desplegable. Si una recompensa se va a utilizar para " +"varias empresas, cada empresa debe tener un registro de la recompensa con la" +" empresa indicada en el formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsable del regalo`: seleccione la persona que será " +"responsable de adquirir y entregar la recompensa al destinatario en el menú " +"desplegable. Esta persona recibe una alerta cuando se adquiere la " +"recompensa, para que sepa cuándo debe entregarla al destinatario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: escriba la descripción de la recompensa. Esto será " +"visible en la tarjeta de la recompensa, debajo del título." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Foto`: agregue una foto de la recompensa, que aparece en la " +"página de recompensas. Pase el ratón sobre el cuadrado de la imagen y " +"aparecerán dos iconos, un :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y un :guilabel:`🗑️ (cubo de" +" basura)`. Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y aparecerá un " +"explorador de archivos. Navegue hasta el archivo de fotos y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Abrir` para seleccionar la foto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" +"Los únicos campos obligatorios son :guilabel:`Nombre del producto`, " +":guilabel:`Empresa` y :guilabel:`Descripción`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "Un formulario de recompensa completa con todos los detalles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" +"Se recomienda introducir un :guilabel:`Costo` y añadir una :guilabel:`Foto`." +" Si no se introduce un costo, el costo será cero, lo que hará que la " +"recompensa aparezca como gratuita en la tienda de recompensas. Si no se " +"selecciona una foto, se mostrará un icono de marcador de posición en la " +"página de recompensas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "Canjear recompensas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" +"Para canjear puntos por una recompensa, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Recompensas` del tablero principal de Referencias. Todas las " +"recompensas configuradas aparecen en tarjetas de recompensa individuales y " +"los puntos necesarios para comprar la recompensa aparecen en la esquina " +"superior derecha de la tarjeta. Si el usuario tiene suficientes puntos para " +"comprar una recompensa, aparece el botón :guilabel:`🧺 (cesta) Comprar` en la" +" parte inferior de la tarjeta de recompensa. Si no tiene suficientes puntos " +"para una recompensa, la tarjeta de recompensa muestra :guilabel:`Necesita " +"(x) puntos más para comprar esto` en lugar del botón de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`🧺 (cesta) Comprar` de una recompensa para " +"comprarla. Aparecerá una ventana emergente de confirmación preguntando al " +"usuario si está seguro de querer comprar la recompensa. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`De acuerdo` para comprar el artículo, o en :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"para cerrar la ventana y cancelar la compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" +"Tras hacer clic en :guilabel:`De acuerdo`, la ventana emergente se cierra y " +"los puntos utilizados para comprar la recompensa se restan de los puntos " +"disponibles del usuario. Las recompensas presentadas se actualizan ahora " +"para reflejar los puntos disponibles actuales del usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" +"El botón de comprar aparece abajo de una recompensa de una taza y una mochila, mientras que la recompensa con la bicicleta indica\n" +"cuántos puntos faltan para poder obtenerla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Niveles" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación Referencias tiene niveles preconfigurados que se muestran en " +"el avatar del usuario desde el tablero de la aplicación. Conforme el usuario" +" recomienda a empleados potenciales y gana puntos podrá subir de nivel, como" +" en un videojuego." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" +"Los niveles no impactan el rendimiento de la aplicación. Se usan solo para " +"poder agregar niveles de logros que los participantes quieran obtener, lo " +"que gamifica las referencias para el usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" +"El nivel actual del usuario se muestra en la parte superior del tablero " +"principal de la aplicación Referencias, justo debajo de la foto, en formato " +":guilabel:`Nivel: X`. Además, alrededor de la foto del usuario aparece un " +"anillo que indica cuántos puntos tiene el usuario y cuántos puntos más " +"necesita para subir de nivel. La parte azul del anillo representa los puntos" +" ganados, mientras que la parte blanca representa los puntos que todavía " +"necesitan antes de subir de nivel." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "Modificar niveles" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" +"Solo los usuarios con derechos de :guilabel:`Administrador` en la aplicación" +" Reclutamiento pueden modificar niveles. Para modificar los niveles que ya " +"están configurados vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Referencias --> " +"Configuración --> Niveles`. Cada avatar aparece en la columna " +":guilabel:`Imagen` y el número del nivel correspondiente en la columna " +":guilabel:`Nombre del nivel`. Las imágenes predeterminadas son de los " +"superhéroes de Odoo y cada nivel agrega un elemento al avatar, como capas y " +"escudos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar la imagen, nombre o los puntos necesarios para llegar a un " +"nivel, haga clic en un nivel individual en la lista para abrir el formulario" +" del nivel. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para realizar modificaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" +"Escriba el nombre o el número del nivel en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre del " +"nivel`, lo que ingrese aquí se mostrará debajo de la foto del usuario en el " +"tablero principal cuando lleguen al nivel. Ingrese el número de puntos que " +"se necesitan para llegar a ese nivel en el campo :guilabel:`Requisitos`. Los" +" puntos necesarios para subir de nivel son los puntos totales acumulados que" +" se ganaron desde que el empleado se creó, no los puntos adicionales de un " +"nivel previo que se deben ganar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Si lo desea, puede modificar la :guilabel:`imagen`. Pase el ratón por encima" +" de la imagen para ver los iconos :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(cubo de basura)`. Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y aparecerá " +"una ventana del explorador de archivos. Navegue hasta el archivo de imagen " +"deseado y haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir` para seleccionarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "Un formulario de nivel en modo de edición." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se ha cambiado una imagen y se ha guardado el nivel, no es " +"posible volver a la imagen original. Para volver a la imagen original, es " +"necesario *desinstalar y volver a instalar* la aplicación Referencias." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "Subir de nivel" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" +"Ya que se hayan acumulado los puntos suficientes para subir de nivel, el " +"círculo alrededor de la foto del usuario se pintará completo de color azul y" +" una imagen que dice :guilabel:`¡Subió de nivel!` aparecerá arriba de la " +"foto, junto con la frase :guilabel:`¡Haga clic para subir de nivel!` debajo " +"de la foto de usuario y el nivel actual." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" +"Para que el usuario suba de nivel, debe hacer clic en el gráfico " +":guilabel:`¡SUBIÓ DE NIVEL!`, en la foto del usuario, o en el texto " +":guilabel:`¡Haga clic para subir de nivel!` debajo de la foto del usuario. " +"El avatar del usuario cambia para mostrar el nivel nuevo y el anillo " +"alrededor de la foto se actualizará para mostrar los puntos actuales." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" +"Subir de nivel no le costará puntos al usuario, el usuario solo tiene que " +"ganar la cantidad de puntos requerida." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" +"Debajo de la imagen del usuario aparece '¡Haga clic para subir de nivel!' y una imagen grande '¡Subió de nivel!' aparece,\n" +"debajo de la imagen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el usuario haya llegado al nivel más alto posible, seguirán " +"juntando puntos que pueden intercambiar por recompensas, pero ya no podrán " +"subir de nivel. El anillo alrededor de la foto seguirá siendo azul." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Alertas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" +"En la aplicación Referencias puede publicar un mensaje, que también verá " +"como *alerta* en la parte superior del tablero para compartir información " +"importante con los usuarios. Esta alerta también aparece como un listón " +"delgado y semitransparente con la palabra :guilabel:`¡Nuevo!` aparece en la " +"parte izquierda. El texto para la alerta está en el centro del listón y en " +"el lado derecho hay un :guilabel:`X`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" +"Las alertas aparecen en el panel de control principal durante el tiempo " +"especificado en cada alerta. Si un usuario no desea volver a ver una alerta " +"específica, puede hacer clic en el :guilabel:`X` en el extremo derecho de la" +" alerta. Esto eliminará la alerta del panel de control y no volverá a " +"aparecer, incluso cuando se abra la aplicación Referrals por primera vez en " +"una nueva sesión." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "Dos alertas aparecen arriba de la foto del usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "Crear una alerta" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" +"Solo los usuarios con derechos de :guilabel:`Administrador` para la " +"aplicación Reclutamiento pueden crear alertas. Para agregar una alerta " +"nueva, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Referencias --> Configuración" +" --> Alertas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y se cargará una alerta en blanco. Ingrese la" +" siguiente información en el formulario:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha desde`: la fecha en la que empieza la alerta. Cuando esta " +"fecha llegue la alerta será visible en el tablero." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha hasta`: fecha en la que termina la alerta. Después de esta " +"fecha, la alerta se ocultará." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: por defecto, este campo se llena con el nombre de la " +"empresa en la que está. Para modificar la empresa para la que debe mostrarse" +" la alerta, seleccione la empresa en el menú desplegable. Si este campo " +"permanece en blanco, la alerta será visible para todos los usuarios con " +"acceso a la aplicación Referencias. Si se especifica una empresa, solo los " +"usuarios de esa empresa verán la alerta (que también tengan acceso a la " +"aplicación Referencias)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alerta`: ingrese el texto de la alerta. Este mensaje aparece " +"dentro del mensaje de alerta en el tablero principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Al hacer clic`: hay tres opciones para la alerta. Haga clic en el" +" botón circular a un lado de la selección que quiere, las opciones son:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`No se puede hacer clic`: la alerta solo muestra texto, no hay un " +"enlace en el que hacer clic." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ir a todos los trabajos`: la alerta contiene un enlace que lleva " +"al sitio web con todas las vacantes disponibles en el momento." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Especificar URL`: la alerta contiene un enlace a una URL " +"específica. Cuando se selecciona, aparecerá un campo :guilabel:`URL` debajo " +"de la sección :guilabel:`Al hacer clic`, ingrese la URL en el campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "Un formulario de alerta lleno con todas las secciones completas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" +"Solo los usuarios con permisos de :guilabel:`administrador` en la aplicación" +" Reclutamiento tienen acceso a la función de Reportes en la aplicación " +"Referencias. Para acceder a los reportes, haga clic en la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Referencias --> Reportes`. La vista principal es " +"el tablero de reportes y contiene tres secciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" +"En la perte superior de la ventana, el reporte muestra un gráfico de barras " +"de cuántos candidatos referidos se han contratado y cuántos siguen en el " +"flujo de contratación. Los candidatos se dividen por canal, en el que se " +"muestra de dónde vino la referencia, como desde una referencia directa, " +"Facebook, etc. Si el canal no aparece en el reporte, esto indica que no hay " +"referencias provenientes de este canal específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" +"La parte de en medio brinda toda la información específica que se ha " +"rastreado. Esto incluye cuántos puntos totales se han ganado en todas las " +"referencias, cuántos candidatos son referencias, se contrataron o se " +"negaron, a cuántos candidatos ha referido el usuario que inició sesión, los " +"puntos totales ganados y cuántos puntos se dan por candidatos rechazados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" +"La parte de abajo muestra una tabla dinámica que se puede insertar en una " +"hoja de cálculo nueva o existente. Para hacerlo, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Insertar en hoja de cálculo` debajo de la tabla. Aparecerá una " +"ventana emergente en la que tendrá que indicar qué tabla dinámica insertar. " +"Seleccione la hoja de cálculo deseada desde el menú desplegable, o " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Nueva hoja de cálculo`. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Confirmar` y se cargará la hoja de cálculo seleccionada ya con la" +" nueva tabla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" +"La hoja de cálculo se almacena en la aplicación *Documentos*. Debe tener " +"esta aplicación instalada para poder utilizar la opción :guilabel:`Insertar " +"en hoja de cálculo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Time Off" +msgstr "Ausencias" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " +"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " +"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Tiempo personal* de Odoo es la ubicación centralizada en " +"donde se almacena toda la información relacionada a tiempo personal, como " +"solicitudes, días disponibles, asignaciones, aprobaciones y reportes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " +":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" +" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " +":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" +" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " +"` can be set." +msgstr "" +"Los usuarios pueden :ref:`solicitar tiempo personal `, los gerentes pueden :ref:`aprobar solicitudes de permisos " +"`, :ref:`asignar tiempo personal " +"` a personas, equipos o toda la empresa. También se " +"pueden elaborar :ref:`reportes ` para ver cuánto tiempo " +"personal (y cuáles de sus tipos) se está utilizando, crear :ref:`planes de " +"acumulación ` y establecer :ref:`días festivos " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" +"Tome en cuenta que solo los usuarios que cuentan con permisos de acceso " +"específicos pueden visualizar todas las funciones de la aplicación *Tiempo " +"personal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +msgid "" +"All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " +"sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " +"access rights." +msgstr "" +"Todos los usuarios pueden acceder a las secciones :guilabel:`Mi tiempo " +"personal` e :guilabel:`Información general` de la aplicación *Tiempo " +"personal*, para todas las otras secciones deben contar con permisos de " +"acceso específicos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " +"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " +"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +msgstr "" +"Consulte la documentación sobre " +":doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` para obtener más información " +"relacionada con la manera en que los permisos de acceso influyen en la " +"aplicación *Tiempo personal*, en especial la sección relacionada con la " +"configuración de la pestaña de información de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" +" use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " +"then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." +msgstr "" +"Primero debe configurar los tipos de tiempo personal para que pueda " +"asignárselo a los empleados y para que los empleados puedan solicitarlo y " +"utilizarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +msgid "Time off types" +msgstr "Tipos de tiempo personal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " +"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " +"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " +"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " +"can be used as-is." +msgstr "" +"Para consultar los tipos de tiempo personal que tiene configurados, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Configuración --> Tipos de tiempo " +"personal`. Los tipos de tiempo personal aparecerán en una vista de lista. La" +" aplicación *Tiempo personal* incluye cuatro ya configurados: " +":guilabel:`Tiempo personal pagado`, :guilabel:`Tiempo personal por " +"enfermedad`, :guilabel:`Sin pagar` y :guilabel:`Días compensatorios`. Puede " +"modificar cualquiera de estos para adaptarlo a las necesidades de su empresa" +" o puede usarlos tal y como están configurados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "Crear tipos de tiempo personal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Configuración --> Tipos de tiempo" +" personal` para crear uno nuevo. Una vez allí, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` para abrir un formulario de tipo de tiempo personal vacío." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " +"top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " +"following information on the form:" +msgstr "" +"Escriba el nombre para un tipo de tiempo personal en específico en la línea " +"vacía ubicada en la parte superior del formulario, como `Permiso por " +"enfermedad` o `Vacaciones`, y después ingrese la siguiente información en el" +" formulario:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 +msgid "Time off requests section" +msgstr "Sección de solicitudes de tiempo personal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " +"the time off type. The options are:" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aprobación`: seleccione el tipo de aprobación necesario para ese " +"tipo de tiempo personal. Las opciones disponibles son las siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " +"requested." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sin validación`: este tipo de tiempo personal no necesita que lo " +"validen. La solicitud de tiempo personal se aprueba en automático al " +"realizarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" +" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"option is selected by default." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por el encargado de tiempo personal`: solo el :ref:`encargado de " +"tempo personal ` especificado y establecido en " +"este formulario en el campo :guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo personal " +"notificado` deberá aprobar la solicitud. Esta es la opción que seleccionada " +"de forma predeterminada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " +"for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " +":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" +" time off request." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por aprobador de empleado`: solo el aprobador especificado para " +"tiempo personal de ese empleado, configurado en la pestaña *Información de " +"trabajo* en el :ref:`formulario del empleado `, " +"deberá aprobar la solicitud." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" +" :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " +"the time off request." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por aprobador de empleado y encargado de tiempo personal`: tanto " +"el :ref:`aprobador de tiempo personal especificado ` y el :ref:`encargado de tiempo personal ` " +"del empleado deberán aprobar la solicitud." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " +"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Encargado responsable del tiempo personal`: seleccione a la " +"persona responsable de aprobar las solicitudes y las asignaciones para este " +"tipo de tiempo personal en específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " +"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tomar tiempo personal por`: seleccione el formato correspondiente" +" para la solicitud de tiempo personal con el menú desplegable. Las opciones " +"disponibles son las siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Día`: si el tiempo personal solo se puede solicitar en intervalos" +" de días completos (es decir, 8 horas)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Medio día`: si el tiempo personal solo se puede solicitar en " +"intervalos de medios días (es decir, 4 horas)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horas`: si el tiempo personal se puede tomar en intervalos por " +"horas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" +" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descontar horas adicionales`: seleccione esta casilla sí las " +"solicitudes de tiempo personal se toman en cuenta para cualquier hora " +"adicional acumulada por el empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " +"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " +"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " +"deducted from the request." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si un empleado trabajó dos (2) horas adicionales en la semana y" +" solicita un permiso por cinco (5) horas, entonces la solicitud solo sería " +"por tres (3) horas, ya que primero se toman las otras dos (2) horas " +"adicionales que trabajó y se restan de la solicitud." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " +"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " +"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Permitir adjuntar justificantes`: seleccione esta casilla para " +"que el empleado pueda adjuntar documentos a su solicitud de tiempo personal." +" Esto es útil en aquellas situaciones donde se necesita de algunos " +"documentos, como un documento de incapacidad médica a largo plazo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " +"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de permiso o de tiempo personal`: seleccione el tipo de " +"permiso correspondiente con el menú desplegable, puede ser " +":guilabel:`Ausencia` u :guilabel:`Otro`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: si creó varias empresas en la base de datos y este tipo" +" de tiempo personal solo aplica para una, selecciónela con el menú " +"desplegable. Si deja este campo vacío, el tipo de tiempo personal será para " +"todas las empresas de la base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 +msgid "Allocation requests section" +msgstr "Sección de solicitudes de asignación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " +"employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " +"time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If " +":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" +" form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Necesita asignación`: seleccione :guilabel:`Sí` si debe asignar " +"el tiempo personal a los empleados, pero si pueden solicitarlo sin que se " +"los haya asignado con anterioridad, seleccione :guilabel:`Sin límite`. Las " +"siguientes opciones no aparecerán en el formulario si seleccionó " +":guilabel:`Sin límite`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " +"Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " +"allocated." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Solicitudes de empleados`: seleccione :guilabel:`Solicitudes de " +"días adicionales permitidas` si el empleado puede solicitar más tiempo " +"personal del que tiene asignado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " +"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " +"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si el empleado tiene asignados diez (10) días en este tipo de " +"tiempo personal en específico y esta opción está habilitada, entonces el " +"empleado puede solicitar más de diez (10) días." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " +"what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la opción :guilabel:`No permitido` si los empleados **no** " +"deberían poder solicitar más tiempo personal del que tienen asignado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " +"allocation of this particular type of time off." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aprobación`: seleccione el tipo de aprobación necesaria para la " +"asignación de este tipo de tiempo personal en particular." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`No necesita validación` indica que no es necesaria ninguna " +"aprobación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must approve the " +"allocation." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aprobación del encargado de tiempo personal` indica que el " +":ref:`encargado de tiempo personal ` configurado " +"en ese formulario debe aprobar la asignación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" +" off." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Establecido por el encargado de tiempo personal` indica que el " +":ref:`encargado de tiempo personal ` configurado " +"en ese formulario debe asignar el tiempo personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "Sección de Nómina" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " +"*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el :guilabel:`Tipo de entrada de trabajo` de la lista desplegable" +" en caso de que el tipo de tiempo personal deba crear " +":doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` en la aplicación *Nómina*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 +msgid "Timesheets section" +msgstr "Sección de Hojas de horas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " +"mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " +"access the developer mode." +msgstr "" +"La sección :guilabel:`Hojas de horas` solo aparece si el usuario se " +"encuentra en modo de desarrollador. Consulte el documento :ref:`developer-" +"mode` para obtener más información sobre cómo acceder a este." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" +" entered." +msgstr "" +"Cuando un empleado toma tiempo personal y también usa las hojas de horas, " +"Odoo crea entradas en la hoja de horas para ese tiempo. Esta sección define " +"cómo registrarlas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " +"appear in." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Proyecto`: seleccione el proyecto en el que aparecen las entradas" +" del tipo de tiempo personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " +"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"or :guilabel:`Training`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tarea`: seleccione la tarea que aparece en la hoja de horas para " +"este tipo de tiempo personal. Las opciones son :guilabel:`Tiempo personal`, " +":guilabel:`Reunión` y :guilabel:`Capacitación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 +msgid "Display option section" +msgstr "Sección de opciones de visualización" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Color`: seleccione el color a utilizar en el tablero de la " +"aplicación *Tiempo personal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " +"application dashboard." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagen de portada`: seleccione el icono a utilizar en el tablero " +"de la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." +msgstr "" +"Los únicos campos necesarios en el formulario de tipo de tiempo personal son" +" el nombre del :guilabel:`tipo de tiempo personal`, :guilabel:`Aprobación`, " +"el :guilabel:`encargado responsable del tiempo personal`, :guilabel:`Tomar " +"tiempo personal por`, :guilabel:`Tipo de permiso o de tiempo personal` y la " +"sección :guilabel:`Solicitudes de asignación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +msgstr "" +"Formulario de tipo de tiempo personal con toda la información completada " +"para solicitar un día por enfermedad." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 +msgid "Accrual plans" +msgstr "Planes de acumulación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " +"specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" +" or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." +msgstr "" +"Es posible obtener tiempo personal a través de los planes de acumulación. Es" +" decir, por cada cantidad de tiempo especificada que los empleados trabajan " +"(hora, día, semana, etc), ganan o *acumulan* una cantidad específica de " +"tiempo personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " +"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." +msgstr "" +"Si un empleado acumula un día de vacaciones por cada semana trabajada, " +"ganaría 0.2 días de vacaciones por cada hora que trabaja. Al final de una " +"semana laboral de cuarenta (40) horas, obtendrían un día completo de " +"vacaciones (8 horas)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 +msgid "Create accrual plan" +msgstr "Crear planes de acumulación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," +" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Configuración --> Planes de " +"acumulación` para crear uno nuevo. Una vez allí, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` para abrir un formulario deplan de acumulación en blanco." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " +"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " +"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " +"field blank." +msgstr "" +"Escriba el nombre del plan de acumulación en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre`. Si" +" el plan de acumulación solo se aplica a un tipo de tiempo personal en " +"específico, entonces selecciónelo en el menú desplegable. Si este plan de " +"acumulación está disponible para todos los tipos de tiempo personal, deje el" +" campo vacío." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " +"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " +"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " +"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " +":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" +" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." +msgstr "" +"Después, seleccione cómo se produce la :guilabel:`transición de nivel`, " +"elija entre :guilabel:`De inmediato` o :guilabel:`Después de este periodo de" +" acumulación`. De forma predeterminada, el primer nivel comienza al aprobar " +"una solicitud de tiempo personal si el tiempo personal está basado en un " +"plan de acumulación. Si selecciona :guilabel:`De inmediato`, entonces el " +"siguiente nivel comienza de acuerdo con el periodo establecido en el nivel. " +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Después de este periodo de acumulación`, el " +"siguiente nivel no comienza hasta que el primer nivel se complete según las " +"reglas que estableció allí." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." +msgstr "" +"Es necesario crear reglas para que el plan de acumulación adquiera tiempo " +"personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " +"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " +"appears." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una regla haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Agregar un nuevo " +"nivel` que se encuentra junto a `Reglas`, aparecerá el formulario emergente " +":guilabel:`Crear nivel`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "Complete los siguientes campos del formulario:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " +"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " +"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " +"in the first field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empezar después de (#) (periodo) después de la fecha de inicio de" +" la asignación`: proporcione el número y el valor del periodo que debe pasar" +" antes de que un empleado empiece a acumular tiempo personal. El primer " +"valor es numérico, así que en el primer campo deberá escribir un número." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." +msgstr "" +"Después seleccione el tipo de periodo con el menú desplegable del segundo " +"campo. Las opciones disponibles son :guilabel:`días`, :guilabel:`meses` y " +":guilabel:`años`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " +"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " +"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " +"their accrual plan." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Según el tiempo trabajado`: seleccione esta casilla si la " +"acumulación de tiempo personal está basada en el tiempo que el empleado ha " +"trabajado. Si un empleado toma tiempo personal que *no* se considera un día " +"laborable, Odoo no contará ese día para su plan de acumulación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." +" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " +"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (tiempo)`: proporcione la tasa de tiempo personal que se" +" acumula. El primer valor es numérico, así que deberá escribir un número en " +"el primer campo. No es necesario que sea entero, puede agregar cualquier " +"valor decimal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" +"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" +"Luego, en el segundo campo, seleccione el tipo de tiempo a acumular con el " +"menú desplegable. Las opciones son :guilabel:`días` u :guilabel:`horas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " +"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Frecuencia (X)`: seleccione la frecuencia con la que el empleado " +"acumulará tiempo personal en esta regla con el menú desplegable. Las " +"opciones son :guilabel:`Diario`, :guilabel:`Semanal`, :guilabel:`Dos veces " +"al mes`, :guilabel:`Mensual`, :guilabel:`Dos veces al mes` o " +":guilabel:`Anual`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " +"accrual renews." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerán más campos relacionados con la renovación de la acumulación según" +" la opción que elija." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " +":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " +"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " +":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgstr "" +"Si el empleado debe recibir un día de vacaciones por cada semana que " +"trabaja, entonces la :guilabel:`Tasa` debe ser `1` y el valor en " +":guilabel:`Frecuencia` deberá ser `Frecuencia (semanal) en (viernes)`. Solo " +"aparecerán los campos :guilabel:`Frecuencia` y :guilabel:`Día de la semana`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " +"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " +"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " +"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +msgstr "" +"Si el empleado debe recibir diez (10) días de vacaciones al año el día " +"primero de enero, entonces la :guilabel:`Tasa` debe ser `10` y el valor en " +":guilabel:`Frecuencia` deberá ser `Frecuencia (anual) el (1) de (enero)`. " +"Aparecerán los campos :guilabel:`Frecuencia`, :guilabel:`Fecha` y " +":guilabel:`Mes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" +" with this plan." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Limitar a`: proporcione una cantidad máxima de días que el " +"empleado puede acumular con este plan." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" +" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Al final del año, las acumulaciones sin utilizar serán`: " +"seleccione qué ocurrirá con el tiempo personal sin utilizar en el menú " +"desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" +" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " +"means any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones disponibles son :guilabel:`Transferidas al próximo año`, que " +"transfiere el tiempo que no se utilizó al siguiente año calendario, y " +":guilabel:`Perdidas`, que indica que si ese tiempo no se usó, entonces ya no" +" estará disponible." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgstr "Un formulario de nivel con toda la información completada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" +" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" +" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya terminado de completar el formulario, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para realizar lo pertinente con el formulario o" +" en :guilabel:`Guardar y nuevo` para guardar el formulario y crear una nueva" +" regla. Agregue tantos niveles como sea necesario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgstr "Un formulario de acumulación con todas las entradas completadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Public holidays" +msgstr "Días festivos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" +" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los países tienen días festivos públicos o nacionales y, en " +"algunos casos, algunas empresas pueden tener días específicos en los que " +"cierran o proporcionar días adicionales como días festivos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 +msgid "" +"It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " +"the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" +" set as a public holiday (non-working days)." +msgstr "" +"Es importante configurar estos días en Odoo para que los empleados sepan qué" +" días tienen libres y no tengan que solicitar tiempo personal en los que ya " +"tienen establecidos como días festivos (es decir, días no laborables)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +msgid "Create public holiday" +msgstr "Crear días festivos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Public Holidays`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear un día festivo, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> " +"Configuración --> Días festivos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 +msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." +msgstr "Todos los días festivos aparecen en una vista de lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" +" the list." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`, aparecerá una línea nueva en la " +"parte inferior de la lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "Enter the following information:" +msgstr "Complete la siguiente información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre del día festivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " +"populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: la empresa actual completa este campo de forma " +"predeterminada si se encuentra en una base de datos multiempresa. No es " +"posible editar este campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " +"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company's time zone." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de inicio`: seleccione la fecha y hora de inicio del día " +"festivo con el selector de fecha y hora. Este campo está configurado para la" +" fecha actual de forma predeterminada. La hora de inicio se establece según " +"la hora de inicio para la empresa (según los :ref:`horarios laborales " +"`). Si la computadora del usuario está configurada en" +" una zona horaria distinta, la hora de inicio se ajusta según la diferencia " +"en comparación con la zona horaria de la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" +" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +"computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " +"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " +"zone." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de finalización`: seleccione la fecha y hora de " +"finalización del día festivo con el selector de fecha y hora. Este campo " +"está configurado para la fecha actual de forma predeterminada y la hora de " +"inicio se establece según la hora de finalización para la empresa (según los" +" :ref:`horarios laborales `). Si la computadora del " +"usuario está configurada en una zona horaria distinta, la hora de inicio se " +"ajusta según la diferencia en comparación con la zona horaria de la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 +msgid "" +"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " +"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" +" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " +"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" +" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" +" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " +"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" +"Una empresa está ubicada en San Francisco y su horario laboral es de 9:00 a." +" m. a 6:00 p. m. (una jornada laboral de ocho (8) horas con un descanso de " +"una hora para comer). Un usuario se encuentra en Nueva York y la zona " +"horaria de su computadora está configurada en EST. Al crear un día festivo, " +"la hora de inicio será de 12:00 p. m. a 9:00 p. m., pues se toma en cuenta " +"la zona horaria. Si otro usuario está en Los Ángeles y la zona horaria de su" +" computadora está configurada en PST, al crear un día festivo, la hora será " +"de 9:00 a. m. - 6:00 p. m." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" +" have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " +"drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horas laborales`: seleccione las horas laborales con el menú " +"desplegable en caso de que el día festivo solo esté destinado a los " +"empleados con un horario en específico. En caso de que no seleccione nada, " +"el día festivo será para todos los empleados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " +"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " +"type from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de entrada de trabajo`: si usa la aplicación *Nómina*, este " +"campo define de qué forma aparecerá la entrada de trabajo en un día feriado." +" Seleccione el tipo de entrada de trabajo en el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." +msgstr "La lista de días festivos en el menú de configuración." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vista general" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " +"a month view." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Información general` para " +"visualizar los días por colores relacionados al tiempo libre de los usuarios" +" y de sus equipos administrados. Aquí podrá consultar un calendario con el " +"filtro predeterminado :guilabel:`Mi equipo` en una vista por mes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " +"the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el periodo del calendario, haga clic en los botones de " +":guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana`, :guilabel:`Mes` o :guilabel:`Año` " +"disponibles para que aparezca la vista que seleccionó." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " +"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " +"appears on the calendar." +msgstr "" +"Los miembros del equipo aparecen en sus respectivas líneas y el calendario " +"muestra todos los permisos que solicitaron sin importar en qué estado se " +"encuentren (:guilabel:`Validado` o :guilabel:`Por aprobar`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" +" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" +"Cada empleado tiene un color que se selecciona de forma aleatoria y no está " +"relacionado con el tipo de tiempo personal que solicitaron." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +msgid "" +"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " +"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +msgstr "" +"El estado del tiempo personal se representa con el color se la solicitud de " +"forma completa (:guilabel:`Validado`) o con líneas (:guilabel:`Por " +"aprobar`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" +"El número de días u horas solicitadas aparece en la solicitud (si hay " +"suficiente espacio disponible)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " +"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " +"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +msgstr "" +"El gráfico de barras ubicado en la parte inferior del calendario muestra el " +"número de personas que se estima no estarán en un día en específico. El " +"número en la barra representa el número de empleados que no estarán " +"disponibles en los días resaltados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off." +msgstr "" +"Pase el cursor sobre una entrada de tiempo personal para ver los detalles de" +" esa entrada en específico. El número total de horas o días están incluidos," +" además de la hora de inicio y fin del tiempo personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" +"Resumen del equipo del usuario, es posible visualizar las solicitudes de " +"tiempo personal. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 +msgid "Allocate time off" +msgstr "Asignar tiempo personal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" +" to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " +"to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que terminó de configurar los tipos de tiempo personal y planes de " +"acumulación, el siguiente paso es asignar o proporcionar tiempo personal a " +"sus empleados. Esta sección solo es visible para aquellas personas que " +"cuentan con los permisos de acceso de :guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo " +"personal` o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Approvals --> Allocations`." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tempo personal --> Aprobaciones --> Asignaciones` " +"para crear una nueva asignación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +msgid "" +"This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " +"status." +msgstr "" +"Allí podrá consultar una lista de todas las asignaciones actuales con sus " +"respectivos estados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"appears." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para asignar tiempo personal, aparecerá el " +"formulario correspondiente vacío. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" +"Después de proporcionar un nombre para la asignación en el primer campo " +"vacío del formulario, complete la siguiente información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" +" off that is being allocated to the employees." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " +"tipo de tiempo personal que recibirán los empleados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de asignación`: seleccione :guilabel:`Asignación regular` o " +":guilabel:`Asignación acumulada`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." +" Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation" +" is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plan de acumulación`: el campo :guilabel:`Plan de acumulación` " +"aparecerá si en :guilabel:`Tipo de asignación` selecciona " +":guilabel:`Asignación acumulada`. Con el menú desplegable seleccione el plan" +" de acumulación relacionado a la asignación. **Debe** seleccionar un plan de" +" acumulación para una :guilabel:`asignación acumulada`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" +" selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " +":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Periodo de validez o Fecha de inicio`: si en :guilabel:`Tipo de " +"asignación` selecciona :guilabel:`Asignación regular`, entonces este campo " +"recibe el nombre de :guilabel:`Periodo de validez`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " +"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la fecha de inicio de la asignación con el calendario. Elija la " +"fecha de vencimiento en el siguiente campo de fecha si la asignación expira." +" En caso contrario, deje el segundo campo de fecha vacío." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +msgstr "" +"Si en :guilabel:`Tipo de asignación` selecciona :guilabel:`Asignación " +"acumulada`, entonces este campo recibe el nombre de :guilabel:`Fecha de " +"inicio`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field blank." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la fecha de inicio de la asignación con el selector del " +"calendario. Elija la fecha de vencimiento en el campo :guilabel:`Ejecutar " +"hasta` si la asignación expira. Si **no**, deje el campo :guilabel:`Ejecutar" +" hasta` vacío." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +"the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " +":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " +"` is configured (in days or hours)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duración`: proporcione la cantidad de tiempo que recibirán los " +"empleados. Este campo muestra el tiempo en :guilabel:`horas` o en " +":guilabel:`días` según la configuración del :ref:`Tipo de tiempo personal " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " +"assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " +"The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modo`: seleccione cómo se proporcionará la asignación con el menú" +" desplegable. Esta selección determina quién recibe la asignación de tiempo " +"personal. Las opciones son :guilabel:`Por empleado`, :guilabel:`Por " +"empresa`, :guilabel:`Por departamento` o :guilabel:`Por etiqueta de " +"empleado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " +"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" +"Según lo que haya elegido en :guilabel:`Modo`, el campo recibirá el nombre " +"de :guilabel:`Empleados`, :guilabel:`Empresa`, :guilabel:`Departamento` o " +":guilabel:`Etiqueta de empleado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " +"department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." +msgstr "" +"Con el menú desplegable seleccione a los empleados, empresas, departamentos " +"o etiquetas de empleados que deben recibir este tiempo personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "" +"Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" +"Si se trata de :guilabel:`empleados` o :guilabel:`etiquetas de empleados` " +"puede seleccionar tantas como lo desee." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " +":guilabel:`Department`." +msgstr "" +"Si se trata de :guilabel:`empresas` o :guilabel:`departamentos`, solo puede " +"seleccionar uno." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " +"explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" +" form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agregue un motivo...`: si necesita agregar una descripción o nota" +" para explicar la asignación de tiempo personal escríbala en este campo. " +"Está ubicado en la parte inferior del formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "Solicitar tiempo personal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 +msgid "" +"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " +"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " +"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` view." +msgstr "" +"Los empleados pueden solicitar tiempo personal luego de recibir una " +"asignación. Estas solicitudes se pueden realizar de dos formas, desde el " +":ref:`tablero ` o desde la vista :guilabel:`Mi tiempo " +"personal`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder al tablero, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi " +"tiempo --> Tablero`. Esta es la vista predeterminada de la aplicación " +"*Tiempo personal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " +"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " +"off requests for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a :guilabel:`Mi tiempo personal`, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo" +" personal --> Mi tiempo --> Mi tiempo personal`. Aquí podrá consultar la " +"vista de lista de todas las solicitudes de tiempo personal del empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " +"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"time off request form." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva solicitud de tiempo personal, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` del tablero principal de la aplicación *Tiempo personal* o" +" en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` de la vista de lista de :guilabel:`Mi tiempo " +"personal`. Ambos botones abrirán un formulario de solicitud de tiempo " +"personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "Proporcione la siguiente información en el formulario:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " +"tipo de tiempo personal a solicitar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " +"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " +"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" +" pop-up appears." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fechas`: seleccione las fechas correspondientes al tiempo " +"personal. Hay dos campos que debe completar, :guilabel:`De` y " +":guilabel:`Al`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`De` o en :guilabel:`Al` para abrir " +"sus respectivos calendarios desplegables." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " +"purple (if applicable)." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en la fecha de inicio y luego en la fecha de finalización. Las " +"fechas de inicio y fin que haya seleccionado aparecerán en color morado " +"oscuro. Las fechas entre ellas (en caso de que las haya) aparecerán en un " +"morado más tenue." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 +msgid "" +"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" +" click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" +"Si solicita tiempo personal para un solo día es necesario que haga clic en " +"esa fecha en el campo de fecha de inicio y que vuelva a seleccionarla en la " +"fecha de finalización. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" +" button." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Aplicar` una vez que haya seleccionado las " +"fechas adecuadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." +msgstr "" +"Las fechas ahora aparecerán en los campos :guilabel:`De` y :guilabel:`Al`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " +"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Medio día`: marque esta casilla si la solicitud de tiempo " +"personal es de medio día. Al seleccionar esta opción, el campo de fecha " +":guilabel:`Duración` desaparece y se reemplaza con un menú desplegable. " +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Mañana` o :guilabel:`Tarde` para indicar la mitad del " +"día necesaria." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " +"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " +"and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horas personalizadas`: seleccione esta casilla si el tiempo " +"personal a solicitar no es de un día completo o medio día. Los campos " +":guilabel:`De` y :guilabel:`Al` aparecerán abajo si elige esta opción y " +"deberá seleccionar la hora de inicio y finalización de la solicitud de " +"tiempo personal con el menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " +":guilabel:`Date` selections." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duración`: este campo se actualiza de forma automática al " +"completar la sección :guilabel:`Fecha`. En ese caso, se actualiza en " +"automático para mostrar el tiempo personal total solicitado. Este campo es " +"en horas o días, según lo que haya seleccionado en la :guilabel:`fecha`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " +"approve the request." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: proporcione una descripción sobre la solicitud de " +"tiempo personal, debe incluir todos los detalles necesarios que los gerentes" +" y aprobadores pudieran necesitar para aprobar la solicitud." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Justificante`: este campo solo aparece cuando el :guilabel:`Tipo " +"de tiempo personal` elegido permite adjuntar documentos. Haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Adjuntar archivo`, esta acción abrirá la ventana del " +"explorador de archivos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " +"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " +"be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Diríjase a los archivos que desea adjuntar y después haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Abrir`. Los archivos aparecerán en el formulario de solicitud de " +"tiempo personal. Es posible adjuntar varios documentos en caso de que sea " +"necesario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"information, and submit the request." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya terminado de completar el formulario haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`. Esta acción almacenará la información y enviará la " +"solicitud. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" +"Un formulario de solicitud de tiempo personal completado. En este caso, el " +"empleado pidió dos días debido a un resfriado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +msgid "Request allocation" +msgstr "Solicitar una asignación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +msgid "" +"If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " +"off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " +"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +msgstr "" +"Un empleado puede solicitar una asignación de tiempo personal si ya utilizó " +"todo el que tenía disponible o está próximo a terminárselo. Hay dos maneras " +"de solicitar una asignación, desde el :ref:`tablero ` o " +"desde la vista :guilabel:`Mis asignaciones`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" +" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder al tablero, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi " +"tiempo --> Tablero`. Esta es la vista predeterminada de la aplicación " +"*Tiempo personal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " +"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " +"all the allocations for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a :guilabel:`Mis asignaciones`, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo " +"personal --> Mi tiempo --> Mis asignaciones`. Aquí podrá consultar la vista " +"de lista de todas las asignaciones del empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"allocation request form." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva solicitud de asignación, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Solicitud de asignación` del tablero principal de la aplicación " +"*Tiempo personal* o en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` de la vista de lista de " +":guilabel:`Mis asignaciones`. Ambos botones abrirán un formulario para una " +"nueva solicitud de asignación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" +"Después de proporcionar un nombre para la asignación en la primer línea " +"vacía del formulario, complete la siguiente información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " +"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " +"tipo de tiempo personal a solicitar para la asignación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " +"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " +"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " +"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Periodo de validez`: la fecha actual completa la fecha de inicio " +"de forma predeterminada. Si no hay una fecha de vencimiento para el tipo de " +"tiempo personal, no se completa ninguna fecha en la fecha de finalización. " +"En caso contrario, la fecha se completa en automático en el campo de fecha " +"de finalización cuando guarda el formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " +"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duración`: escriba la cantidad de tiempo a solicitar. El formato " +"(pueden ser días u horas) corresponde al formato establecido en el tipo de " +"tiempo personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." +" This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " +"order to approve the request." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agregue un motivo...`: proporcione una descripción sobre la " +"solicitud de asignación, debe incluir todos los detalles necesarios que los " +"gerentes y aprobadores pudieran necesitar para aprobar la solicitud." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" +"sick time." +msgstr "" +"Un formulario de solicitud de asignación completo de un empleado que " +"solicita una semana más de tiempo personal por enfermedad." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 +msgid "Approvals" +msgstr "Aprobaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " +"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " +"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " +"specific type of time off is configured." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las solicitudes de tiempo personal y asignaciones deben pasar " +"por el proceso de aprobación antes que un empleado pueda recibir una " +"asignación de tiempo personal. Las solicitudes necesitan una o dos " +"aprobaciones, según la configuración de ese tipo de tiempo personal en " +"particular." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " +":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" +"Solo los usuarios que aprueban las solicitudes de tiempo personal y " +"asignaciones pueden visualizar la sección :guilabel:`Aprobaciones` de la " +"aplicación *Tiempo personal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 +msgid "Approve allocations" +msgstr "Aprobar asignaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Aprobaciones --> Asignaciones` " +"para consultar las asignaciones que necesitan de aprobación. Las únicas " +"asignaciones visibles en esta lista son de los empleados para los que el " +"usuario tiene permiso de acceso de :guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo personal` " +"o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +msgid "" +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +msgstr "" +"Los filtros predeterminados configurados para visualizar la lista de " +":guilabel:`asignaciones` son :guilabel:`Mi equipo` y :guilabel:`Empleado " +"activo`. De esta forma, *solo* visualizará a los empleados en el equipo del " +"usuario (que gestionan) y a los empleados activos, los usuarios inactivos no" +" aparecen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." +msgstr "" +"En el lado izquierdo de la pantalla están presentes varias opciones de " +"agrupación para delimitar las solicitudes de asignación presentadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones son :guilabel:`Por aprobar`, :guilabel:`Por enviar`, " +":guilabel:`Rechazado` y :guilabel:`Aprobado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 +msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" +"Para ver todas las solicitudes de asignación, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Todas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +msgstr "" +"También es posible visualizar las solicitudes de asignación por " +"departamento. Haga clic en el departamento para consultar solo las " +"asignaciones de ese departamento en específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." +msgstr "" +"Los grupos ubicados del lado izquierdo solo muestran las solicitudes de " +"asignación que coinciden con los filtros predeterminados, :guilabel:`Mi " +"equipo` y :guilabel:`Empleado activo`. Solo los estados de las solicitudes " +"de asignación que entran en esos filtros aparecen en el lado izquierdo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +msgid "" +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si no hay ninguna solicitud con el estado :guilabel:`Por " +"enviar`, entonces esa opción del estado no aparecerá del lado izquierdo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" +"Todos los departamentos de los empleados del usuario aparecen en la lista. " +"La lista estará vacía si no hay solicitudes de asignación que coincidan con " +"los filtros preconfigurados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Además, tiene la opción de eliminar cualquiera de los filtros " +"preconfigurados si hace clic en el icono :guilabel:`✖️ (eliminar)` de un " +"filtro en específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +msgid "" +"The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " +"highlighted in a specific color." +msgstr "" +"La columna de estado muestra el estado de cada solicitud, este aparece en un" +" color específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" +"Las solicitudes de tipo :guilabel:`Por aprobar`, las solicitudes " +":guilabel:`aprobadas` aparecen en verde, las solicitudes :guilabel:`por " +"enviar` (borradores) aparecen en azul y las solicitudes " +":guilabel:`rechazadas` aparecen en gris." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" +" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" +"Para aprobar una solicitud de asignación haga clic en :guilabel:`✔ Validar` " +"ubicado al final de la línea. Para rechazarla, haga clic en :guilabel:`✖️ " +"Rechazar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" +"Las asignaciones con las secciones de estado, filtros y grupos dentro de un " +"recuadro rojo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " +"request in detail." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea (excepto en :guilabel:`✔ Validar` o" +" :guilabel:`✖️ Rechazar`) si necesita consultar más detalles sobre la " +"solicitud de asignación." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" +" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Es posible hacer cambios en el formulario de solicitud de asignación según " +"los permisos con los que cuente el usuario. Para modificar la solicitud, " +"haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Editar`, haga los cambios deseados y " +"después haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" +"También es posible aprobar o rechazar la solicitud en este formulario. Haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Validar` para aprobar la solicitud o en el botón" +" :guilabel:`Rechazar` para rechazarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +msgid "Approve time off" +msgstr "Aprobar tiempo personal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 +msgid "" +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " +"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Aprobaciones --> Tiempo personal`" +" para consultar las solicitudes de tiempo personal que necesitan de " +"aprobación. Las únicas solicitudes visibles en esta lista son de los " +"empleados para los que el usuario tiene permiso de acceso de " +":guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo personal` o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la " +"aplicación *Tiempo personal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " +"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " +"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " +"are active and *not* in a draft mode." +msgstr "" +"Los filtros predeterminados en la lista de :guilabel:`tiempo personal` son " +":guilabel:`Por aprobar`, :guilabel:`Mi equipo`, :guilabel:`Empleado activo` " +"y :guilabel:`Tiempo personal activo`. Esto solo muestra las solicitudes de " +"tiempo personal que necesitan ser aprobadas para los empleados actuales del " +"equipo del usuario, que están activas y *no* en modo de borrador." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " +":guilabel:`To Approve`." +msgstr "" +"El lado izquierdo de la pantalla cuenta con varias opciones de agrupamiento " +"para delimitar las solicitudes de tiempo personal visibles. Como solo " +"aparecen las solicitudes que necesitan ser aprobadas, las únicas opciones de" +" estado son :guilabel:`Todos` y :guilabel:`Por aprobar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " +"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." +msgstr "" +"Para visualizar las solicitudes con otros estados, primero elimine el filtro" +" :guilabel:`Por aprobar`. Para ello, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`✖️ " +"(eliminar)` ubicado junto al filtro :guilabel:`Por aprobar` para borrarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 +msgid "" +"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " +"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " +"department are then presented." +msgstr "" +"Para visualizar las solicitudes de tiempo personal para departamentos en " +"específico, haga clic en el departamento ubicado en el lado izquierdo. Solo " +"aparecerán las solicitudes dentro del departamento seleccionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " +"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " +"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " +"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " +"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" +" gray." +msgstr "" +"Las solicitudes de tipo :guilabel:`Por aprobar` aparecen en amarillo y son " +"las únicas visibles de forma predeterminada en la lista. Si elimina el " +"filtro :guilabel:`Por aprobar`, entonces podrá visualizar todas las demás. " +"Las solicitudes :guilabel:`aprobadas` aparecen en verde, las solicitudes " +":guilabel:`por enviar` (borradores) aparecen en azul y las solicitudes " +":guilabel:`rechazadas` aparecen en gris." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 +msgid "" +"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" +" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" +"Para aprobar una solicitud de tiempo personal haga clic en :guilabel:`👍 " +"Aprobar` ubicado al final de la línea. Para rechazarla, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`✖️ Rechazar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" +"Las solicitudes de tiempo personal con las secciones de estado, filtros y " +"grupos dentro de un recuadro rojo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " +"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " +"made." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea (excepto en :guilabel:`👍 Aprobar` o" +" :guilabel:`✖️ Rechazar`) si necesita consultar más detalles sobre la " +"solicitud de tiempo personal y para abrir el formulario correspondiente. Es " +"posible que un usuario haga cambio según los permisos con los que cuenta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " +"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar la solicitud haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Editar`, haga " +"los cambios necesarios y después haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " +"to refuse the request." +msgstr "" +"También es posible aprobar o rechazar la solicitud en este formulario. Haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Aprobar` para aprobar la solicitud o en el botón" +" :guilabel:`Rechazar` para rechazarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "Mi tiempo personal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " +"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " +"allocations." +msgstr "" +"La sección :guilabel:`Mi tiempo personal` de la aplicación *Tiempo personal*" +" incluye el tablero del tiempo personal, así como las solicitudes y " +"asignaciones del usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Tablero" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" +"Todos los usuarios tienen acceso al tablero de tiempo personal, además de " +"que es la vista predeterminada de la aplicación *Tiempo personal*. También " +"es posible acceder desde :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi tiempo " +"personal --> Tablero`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" +"La vista predeterminada es la del año actual y el día en curso aparece en " +"rojo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"(the default)." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar la vista, haga clic en el botón deseado en la parte superior. " +"Las opciones son :guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana`, :guilabel:`Mes` o " +":guilabel:`Año` (esta es la vista predeterminada)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " +"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " +"increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar las fechas que está visualizando, solo haga clic en las flechas" +" izquierda y derecha ubicadas del lado izquierdo y derecho del botón " +":guilabel:`Hoy`. La vista del calendario se ajustará en incrementos según la" +" vista que haya elegido." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one week." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si selecciona :guilabel:`Semana`, las flechas ajustarán la " +"vista por una semana." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar la vista en cualquier momento a una que incluya la fecha actual" +" solo haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Hoy`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +msgid "" +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " +"summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " +"available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" +"Arriba de la vista de calendario podrá encontrar un resumen de los días " +"disponibles de tiempo personal de los usuarios. Cada tipo de tiempo personal" +" asignado aparece en su propia sección y cada una de ellas incluye su tipo e" +" icono correspondientes, el tiempo disponible (en horas o días) y una fecha " +"de vencimiento (en caso de cuente con una)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 +msgid "" +"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " +"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " +"requests are shown as well." +msgstr "" +"La simbología ubicada del lado derecho de la vista del calendario muestra " +"los diferentes tipos de tiempo personal con sus respectivos colores. También" +" aparecen los estados de las solicitudes de tiempo personal." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 +msgid "" +"Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " +"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " +"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " +"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +msgstr "" +"El tiempo personal validado aparece en un color sólido (en el color que " +"especificó en la sección correspondiente de tipos de tiempo personal). Las " +"solicitudes de tiempo personal que aún necesitan aprobación aparecen con " +"líneas blancas en el color y las solicitudes rechazadas tienen una línea de " +"color que tacha las fechas correspondientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 +msgid "" +"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " +":ref:`time off form ` appears." +msgstr "" +"Es posible solicitar tiempo personal desde el tablero. Haga clic en el botón" +" :guilabel:`Nuevo` ubicado en la parte superior del tablero para abrir un " +":ref:`formulario de tiempo personal `." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +msgid "" +"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" +" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +msgstr "" +"También es posible elaborar nuevas solicitudes de asignación desde el " +"tablero. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Solicitud de asignación` ubicado " +"en la parte superior del tablero para solicitar más tiempo personal. Esta " +"acción abrirá un nuevo :ref:`formulario de asignación `." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" +"Vista del tablero de tiempo personal con la simbología, información general " +"del tiempo personal y los botones de vista en recuadros rojos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " +"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi tiempo personal --> Mi tiempo " +"personal` para ver una lista con todas las solicitudes de tiempo personal de" +" los usuarios. Allí podrá consultar todas las solicitudes de tiempo personal" +" en la vista de lista, tanto las anteriores como las actuales." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " +"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " +":guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" +"Además del nombre del usuario, la lista incluye la siguiente información de " +"cada solicitud: el :guilabel:`tipo de tiempo personal`, la " +":guilabel:`descripción`, la :guilabel:`fecha de inicio`, la :guilabel:`fecha" +" de finalización`, la :guilabel:`duración` y su :guilabel:`estado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +msgid "" +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +msgstr "" +"Es posible solicitar tiempo personal desde esta vista. Haga clic en el botón" +" :guilabel:`Nuevo` para :ref:`solicitar tiempo personal `." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 +msgid "My allocations" +msgstr "Mis asignaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi tiempo personal --> Mis " +"asignaciones` para ver una lista con todas las asignaciones de los usuarios." +" Allí podrá consultar todas las asignaciones y sus solicitudes en la vista " +"de lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 +msgid "" +"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" +"La información que puede consultar incluye el :guilabel:`tipo de tiempo " +"personal`, la :guilabel:`descripción`, la :guilabel:`duración`, el " +":guilabel:`tipo de asignación` y su :guilabel:`estado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +msgid "" +"A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." +msgstr "" +"También es posible crear una solicitud de asignación desde esta vista. Haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para :ref:`solicitar una asignación " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " +"by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " +"are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " +"types are being used." +msgstr "" +"La función de reportes permite que los usuarios conozcan el tiempo personal " +"de su equipo, ya sea por empleado o por tipo de tiempo personal. Esto les " +"permite ver qué empleados tienen un permiso, cuánto tiempo tomarán y qué " +"tipos de tiempo personal están en uso." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 +msgid "By employee" +msgstr "Por empleado" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +msgid "" +"To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Reportes --> Por empleado` para " +"visualizar un reporte de las solicitudes de tiempo personal por empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +msgid "" +"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " +":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +msgstr "" +"El reporte predeterminado es un gráfico apilado de barras con los filtros " +":guilabel:`Empleado activo` y :guilabel:`Tipo` habilitados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " +"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +msgstr "" +"Cada empleado aparece en su propia columna y la barra muestra cuántos días " +"de cada tipo de tiempo personal solicitaron." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " +"top of the report to view the data differently." +msgstr "" +"El reporte se puede visualizar de otras formas. Haga clic en las distintas " +"opciones que aparecen en la parte superior para ver los datos en una vista " +"distinta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +msgid "" +"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " +"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " +":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones de gráficos son :guilabel:`gráfico de barras`, " +":guilabel:`gráfico de líneas` y :guilabel:`gráfico circular`. El " +":guilabel:`gráfico de barras` incluye una opción para presentar los datos de" +" forma :guilabel:`apilada`. Tanto el :guilabel:`gráfico de barras` como el " +":guilabel:`gráfico de líneas` tienen opciones para presentar los datos en " +"orden :guilabel:`descendente` o :guilabel:`ascendente`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgstr "" +"Reporte de tiempo personal, los empleados aparecen en un gráfico de barras " +"apilado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "By type" +msgstr "Por tipo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " +"time off type in its own section." +msgstr "" +"Para ver una lista del tiempo personal aprobado, organizado por tipo, vaya a" +" :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Reportes --> Por tipo`. Allí aparecerá " +"cada tipo de tiempo personal en su propia sección." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " +"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en un tipo de tiempo libre para abrir la lista. Cada solicitud " +"incluye la siguiente información: :guilabel:`Empleado`, :guilabel:`Número de" +" días`, :guilabel:`Tipo de solicitud`, :guilabel:`Fecha de inicio`, " +":guilabel:`Fecha de finalización`, :guilabel:`Estado` y " +":guilabel:`Descripción`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 +msgid "" +"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " +"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" +"Los filtros predeterminados para este reporte son :guilabel:`Solicitudes " +"aprobadas`, :guilabel:`Empleado activo`, el :guilabel:`año actual` y el " +":guilabel:`tipo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgstr "" +"Reporte de tiempo personal por tipo, cada solicitud aparece detallada en la " +"lista." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0866bffe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,3427 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2024 +# Lucia Pacheco, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" +"Studio es un conjunto de herramientas que le permiten personalizar Odoo sin " +"necesidad de escribir o entender código. Por ejemplo, en cualquier " +"aplicación puede agregar o modificar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr ":doc:`Campos `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr ":doc:`Vistas `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr ":doc:`Modelos `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr ":doc:`Acciones automatizadas `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr ":doc:`Reportes en PDF `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "Reglas de aprobación" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "Reglas de seguridad" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "" +"También puede :doc:`crear una aplicación desde cero " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: Studio `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "Acciones automatizadas (automatizaciones)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" +"Las acciones automatizadas se utilizan para activar cambios automáticos " +"según las acciones de usuario (por ejemplo, aplicar una modificación cuando " +"se establece un valor específico en un campo) o las condiciones de tiempo " +"(por ejemplo, archivar un registro 7 días después de su última " +"actualización)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una acción automatizada con Studio, vaya a " +":guilabel:`Automatizaciones` en cualquier parte dentro de esta aplicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" +"Por cada acción automatizada que cree, debe definir los elementos " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/trigger`, :ref:`studio/automated-actions/apply-on` y " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "Ejemplo de una acción automatizada en el modelo de suscripción" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modelo" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "Seleccione el modelo en el que se aplicará la acción automatizada." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" +"El modelo en el que se encuentra al hacer clic en " +":guilabel:`Automatizaciones` se preselecciona de forma predeterminada." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Activador" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Defina cuándo se deben aplicar las acciones automatizadas. Hay seis " +"activadores disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "Al crear" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "La acción se activa cuando crea y guarda un registro." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "Al actualizar" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" +"La acción se activa cuando edita y guarda un registro que ya estaba " +"guardado." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" +"Utilice los :guilabel:`campos activadores` para especificar qué campos, y " +"solo esos campos, activan la acción a su actualización." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" +"Para detectar cuando un registro cambia de un estado a otro, defina un " +"filtro de :guilabel:`Antes de la actualización del dominio`, el cual " +"comprueba si se cumplió la condición antes de actualizarlo. Después, " +"establezca un filtro :ref:`studio/automated-actions/apply-on`, que verifica " +"si se cumplió la condición después de actualizar el registro." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea que la acción automatizada ocurra al establecer una dirección de " +"correo electrónico en el contacto, defina el filtro :guilabel:`Antes de la " +"actualización del dominio` como `Correo electrónico sin establecer` y el " +"dominio :guilabel:`Aplicar en` como `Correo electrónico establecido`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un activador Al actualizar" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "Al crear y actualizar" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" +"La acción se activa cuando crea y guarda un registro o lo edita después y lo" +" guarda." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "Al eliminar" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "La acción se activa cuando elimina un registro." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" +"Este activador no se utiliza con frecuencia, ya que por lo general los " +"registros se archivan en lugar de eliminarlos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "Al modificar un formulario" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" +"La acción se activa cuando realiza cualquier cambio al valor de un campo " +"activador en la :ref:`Vista de formulario `, " +"incluso antes de guardar el registro. Este activador solo funciona en la " +"interfaz de usuario cuando un usuario realiza una modificación. La acción no" +" se ejecutará si el campo se modifica debido a otra acción y no por el " +"usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" +"Este activador solo se puede utilizar con la :ref:`acción Ejecutar código " +"Python `, por lo que requiere " +"desarrollo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "Según una condición de tiempo" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" +"Esta acción se activa cuando se llega a la fecha o fecha y hora de un campo " +"activador." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" +"Para activar la acción después de la :guilabel:`fecha de activación`, " +"agregue un número de minutos, horas, días o meses en :guilabel:`Retraso " +"después de fecha de activador`. Para activar la acción antes, agregue un " +"número negativo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea enviar un recordatorio por correo electrónico 30 minutos antes del " +"inicio de un evento en el calendario, seleccione :guilabel:`Inicio (evento " +"de calendario)` en :guilabel:`Fecha de activación` y establezca el " +":guilabel:`Retraso después de la fecha de activador` en **-30** " +":guilabel:`minutos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un activador con base en una condición de tiempo" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, el planificador busca fechas de activación cada 4 " +"horas." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "Aplicar sobre" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" +"Defina en qué registros del modelo se aplicará la acción automatizada. " +"Funciona de la misma forma que cuando se aplican filtros en un modelo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Acción" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" +"Determina qué debe hacer la acción automatizada (acción de servidor). Hay " +"ocho tipos de acciones para elegir." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Ejecutar el código Python" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" +"La acción se utiliza para ejecutar código Python. Las variables disponibles " +"se describen en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Código Python`, la cual también se " +"utiliza para escribir su código o en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Ayuda`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" +"Para permitir que la acción se ejecute en el sitio web, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Disponible en el sitio web` y agregue una :guilabel:`Ruta de " +"sitio web`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo registro" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" +"La acción se utiliza para crear un nuevo registro en cualquier modelo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" +"Solo es necesario seleccionar un :guilabel:`modelo objetivo` si desea que " +"otro modelo que no sea el que está utilizando sea el objetivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Para vincular el registro que activó la creación del nuevo registro, " +"seleccione un campo en :guilabel:`Vincular campo`. Por ejemplo, puede crear " +"un contacto de forma automática cuando un lead se convierte en una " +"oportunidad." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" +"Pestaña de :guilabel:`Datos por escribir`: la pestaña se utiliza para " +"especificar los nuevos valores del registro. Después de seleccionar un " +":guilabel:`Campo`, seleccione su :guilabel:`Tipo de evaluación`:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valor`: se utiliza para indicar directamente el valor sin " +"procesar del campo en la columna de :guilabel:`Valor`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referencia`: se utiliza para seleccionar el registro en la " +"columna de :guilabel:`Registro` y permite que Studio agregue el ID interno a" +" la columna de :guilabel:`Valor`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" +"Si una acción automatizada crea una nueva tarea en un proyecto, puede " +"asignarla a un usuario específico al establecer el :guilabel:`Campo` como " +":guilabel:`Usuario responsable (proyecto)`, el :guilabel:`Tipo de " +"evaluación` como :guilabel:`Referencia` y el :guilabel:`Registro` a un " +"usuario específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "Ejemplo de una acción de Crear un nuevo registro" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Expresión de Python`: se utiliza para definir de forma dinámica " +"el valor recién creado del registro para un campo mediante el código Python " +"en la columna de :guilabel:`Valor`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "Actualizar el registro" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" +"La acción se utiliza para establecer los valores de los campos de cualquier " +"registro en el modelo actual." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" +"El proceso para completar la pestaña de :guilabel:`Datos por escribir` es el" +" mismo que se describe en :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Ejecutar varias acciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" +"La acción se utiliza para activar varias acciones al mismo tiempo. Para " +"hacerlo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` en la pestaña de " +":guilabel:`Acciones`. En la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Acciones " +"subordinadas`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y configure la acción." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "Enviar correo electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" +"La acción se utiliza para enviar un correo electrónico a un contacto " +"vinculado a un registro en específico. Para hacerlo, seleccione o cree una " +":guilabel:`plantilla de correo electrónico`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "Añadir seguidores" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "La acción se utiliza para suscribir contactos existentes al registro." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "Crear nueva actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" +"La acción se utiliza para programar una nueva actividad vinculada a un " +"registro. Utilice la pestaña de :guilabel:`Actividad` para configurarla con " +"normalidad, pero en lugar de :guilabel:`Asignado a un campo`, seleccione un " +":guilabel:`Tipo de usuario de actividad`. Seleccione :guilabel:`Usuario " +"específico` y agregue el usuario en :guilabel:`Responsable` si la actividad " +"siempre se debe asignar al mismo usuario. Para seleccionar de forma dinámica" +" un usuario vinculado al registro, seleccione :guilabel:`Usuario genérico " +"del registro` y cambie el :guilabel:`nombre de campo de usuario` si es " +"necesario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" +"Después de que un lead se convierte en una oportunidad, desea que su acción " +"automatizada programe una llamada para el usuario responsable del lead. Para" +" hacer esto, establezca la :guilabel:`Actividad` en :guilabel:`Llamada` y el" +" :guilabel:`Tipo de actividad de usuario` como :guilabel:`Usuario genérico " +"del registro`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "Ejemplo de una acción de Crear siguiente actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "Manda Mensaje de Texto SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" +"La acción se utiliza para enviar un SMS al contacto vinculado al registro. " +"Para hacerlo, seleccione o cree una :guilabel:`plantilla de SMS`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea que los mensajes enviados se registren en el chatter, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Registrar como nota`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "Campos y widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" +"Los campos dan estructura a los modelos de una base de datos. Imagine que un" +" modelo es una tabla o una hoja de cálculo, los campos son las columnas " +"donde los datos se almacenan en los registros (por ejemplo, filas). Los " +"campos también definen el tipo de datos que se almacenan en ellos. Sus " +"widgets son los que definen cómo se presentan y se da formato a los datos en" +" la interfaz de usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" +"Desde un punto de vista técnico, hay 15 tipos de campos en Odoo. Sin " +"embargo, puede elegir entre 20 campos en Studio, pues algunos tipos de " +"campos están disponibles más de una vez con un widget predeterminado " +"distinto." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" +"Solo puede agregar :guilabel:`nuevos campos` en las vistas de " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` y :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`. En otras vistas, solo puede agregar :guilabel:`campos " +"existentes` :dfn:`(campos que ya existen en el modelo)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "Campos simples" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" +"Los campos simples contienen valores básicos, como texto, números, archivos," +" etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" +"Algunas veces puede seleccionar widgets no predeterminados, estos aparecen " +"como viñetas a continuación." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "Texto (`char`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" +"El campo de :guilabel:`Texto` se utiliza para textos cortos que incluyen " +"cualquier carácter. Aparece una línea de texto cuando se completa el campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Insignia`: muestra el valor dentro de una forma redonda, similar " +"a una etiqueta. El valor no se puede editar en la interfaz de usuario, pero " +"puede establecer un valor predeterminado." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Copiar al portapapeles`: los usuarios pueden copiar el valor al " +"hacer clic en un botón." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Correo electrónico`: el valor se convierte en un enlace *mailto* " +"en el que se puede hacer clic." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagen`: muestra una imagen que utiliza una URL. El valor no se " +"puede editar de forma manual, pero se puede establecer un valor " +"predeterminado." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" +"Esto funciona de forma diferente a seleccionar el :ref:`campo de Imagen " +"` directamente, ya que la imagen no se " +"almacena en Odoo cuando se utiliza un campo de :guilabel:`Texto` con el " +"widget de :guilabel:`Imagen`. Por ejemplo, puede ser útil si desea ahorrar " +"espacio de memoria." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Teléfono`: el valor se convierte en un enlace *tel* en el que se " +"puede hacer clic." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Habilitar SMS` para agregar la opción de enviar un SMS" +" desde Odoo junto al campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`URL`: el valor se convierte en una URL en la que se puede hacer " +"clic." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de campos de texto con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "Texto multilínea (`text`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" +"El campo de :guilabel:`Texto multilínea` se utiliza para textos más largos " +"que contienen cualquier tipo de carácter. Aparecen dos líneas de texto en la" +" interfaz de usuario cuando se completa el campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de campos de texto multilínea con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "Entero (`integer`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`entero` se utiliza para todos los números enteros " +"(:dfn:`positivos, negativos o cero, sin decimales`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Círculo de porcentaje`: muestra el valor en un círculo de " +"porcentaje, por lo general para valores calculados. El valor no se puede " +"editar en la interfaz de usuario, pero puede establecer un valor " +"predeterminado." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barra de progreso`: muestra el valor junto a una barra de " +"porcentaje, por lo general para valores calculados. El campo no se puede " +"editar de forma manual, pero puede establecer un valor predeterminado." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manija`: muestra un icono de manija para ordenar registros de " +"forma manual en la :ref:`vista de lista `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de campos entero con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "Decimal (`float`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +"El campo de :guilabel:`decimal` se utiliza para números decimales " +"(:dfn:`positivos, negativos o cero, con decimales`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" +"Los números decimales se muestran en la interfaz de usuario con dos " +"decimales después del punto, pero se almacenan en la base de datos con mayor" +" precisión." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Monetario`: es similar a usar el :ref:`campo monetario " +"`. Le recomendamos utilizar este " +"último, ya que ofrece más funciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Porcentaje`: muestra un carácter de porcentaje `%` después del " +"porcentaje." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Porcentaje circular`: muestra el valor dentro de un porcentaje " +"circular, por lo general para valores calculados. El campo no se puede " +"editar de forma manual, pero puede establecer un valor predeterminado." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tiempo`: el valor debe seguir el formato *hh:mm* con un máximo de" +" 59 minutos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de campos decimales con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "Monetario (`monetary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Monetario` se utiliza para todos los valores monetarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" +"Cuando agrega por primera vez un campo :guilabel:`Monetario`, se le invita a" +" agregar un campo de :guilabel:`Divisa` si no existe ninguno en el modelo. " +"Odoo le ofrece agregar el campo de :guilabel:`Divisa` por usted. Una vez " +"agregado, agregue el campo :guilabel:`Monetario` otra vez." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un campo Monetario junto a su campo de Divisa" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "Html (`html`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Html` se utiliza para agregar texto que se puede editar " +"mediante el editor HTML de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Texto multilínea`: deshabilita el editor HTML de Odoo para " +"permitir editar el HTML sin procesar." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de campos html con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "Fecha (`date`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Fecha` se usa para seleccionar una fecha en el " +"calendario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Días restantes`: el número de días que faltan para que se muestre" +" la fecha seleccionada (por ejemplo, *en 5 días*), según la fecha actual." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de campos de fecha con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "Fecha y hora (`datetime`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Fecha y hora` se utiliza para seleccionar una fecha en " +"el calendario y una hora en un reloj. Si no se establece ninguna hora, se " +"utilizará la hora actual del usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha`: se utiliza para registrar la hora sin mostrarla en la " +"interfaz de usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Días restantes`: muestra el número de días que faltan para que se" +" muestre la fecha seleccionada (por ejemplo, *en 5 días*), según la fecha y " +"hora actual." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de los campos de fecha y hora con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "Casilla de verificación (`boolean`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Casilla de verificación` se utiliza cuando un valor solo" +" puede ser verdadero o falso, y se indica al marcar o desmarcar una casilla " +"de verificación." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Botón`: muestra un botón de opción. El widget funciona sin tener " +"que cambiar al modo de edición." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Activar`: muestra un botón de activación. El widget funciona sin " +"tener que cambiar al modo de edición." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de campos de casilla de verificación con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "Seleccionar (`selection`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Selección` se utiliza cuando los usuarios deben " +"seleccionar un valor único de un grupo de valores predefinidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Insignias`: muestra todos los valores seleccionables dentro de " +"formas rectangulares, organizadas de manera horizontal." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prioridad`: muestra símbolos de estrellas en lugar de valores y " +"se utilizan para indicar un nivel de importancia o de satisfacción. Tiene el" +" mismo efecto que seleccionar el :ref:`Campo de prioridad " +"`, aunque, para este último, ya hay " +"cuatro valores de prioridad predefinidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: muestra todos los valores seleccionables como los botones" +" de opción." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" +"Los botones de opción se organizan verticalmente de forma predeterminada. " +"Marque :guilabel:`mostrar horizontalmente` para cambiar la forma en que se " +"muestran." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de campos de selección con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "Prioridad (`selection`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Prioridad` se utiliza para mostrar un sistema de " +"clasificación de tres estrellas, que se puede utilizar para indicar la " +"importancia o el nivel de satisfacción. Este tipo de campo es un :ref:`Campo" +" de selección ` con el widget " +":guilabel:`Prioridad` seleccionado de forma predeterminada y cuatro valores " +"de prioridad predefinidos. Por lo tanto, los widgets :guilabel:`Insignia`, " +":guilabel:`Insignias`, :guilabel:`Radio` y :guilabel:`Selección` tienen los " +"mismos propósitos que los descritos en :ref:`Selección " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el número de estrellas disponibles al agregar o eliminar " +"valores, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar valores`. Tenga en cuenta que el " +"primer valor es igual a 0 estrellas (es decir, cuando no se selecciona " +"ninguna estrella), por lo que tener cuatro valores da como resultado un " +"sistema de clasificación de tres estrellas." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un campo de prioridad" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "Archivo (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Archivo` se utiliza para subir cualquier tipo de " +"archivo, o para firmar un formulario (widget :guilabel:`Firmar`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagen`: los usuarios pueden subir un archivo de imagen que se " +"mostrará en la vista de :ref:`Formulario `. Esto " +"tiene el mismo propósito que usar el campo " +":ref:`Imagen``." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lector de PDF`: los usuarios pueden subir un archivo PDF, que " +"puede ver desde la :ref:`Vista de formulario `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Firmar`: los usuarios pueden firmar el formulario de forma " +"electrónica. Esto tiene el mismo resultado que si se selecciona el campo " +":ref:`Firmar `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Ejemplos de campos de archivo con diferentes widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "Imagen (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Imagen` se utiliza para subir una imagen y mostrarla en " +"la :ref:`Vista de formulario `. Este tipo de " +"campo es un :ref:`Campo de archivo ` que " +"cuenta con el widget :guilabel:`Imagen` seleccionado de forma " +"predeterminada. Por lo tanto, los widgets :guilabel:`Archivo`, " +":guilabel:`Lector PDF` y :guilabel:`Firma` tienen los mismos propósitos que " +"los descritos en :ref:`Archivo `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el tamaño de visualización de las imágenes subidas, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Pequeño`, :guilabel:`Medio` o :guilabel:`Grande` en la opción " +":guilabel:`Tamaño`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "Firmar (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Firmar` se utiliza para firmar el formulario de forma " +"electrónica. Este tipo de campo es un :ref:`Campo de archivo " +"` con el widget :guilabel:`Firma` " +"seleccionado de forma predeterminada. Por lo tanto, los widgets " +":guilabel:`Archivo`, :guilabel:`Imagen` y :guilabel:`Lector PDF` tienen los " +"mismos propósitos que los descritos en :ref:`Archivo `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" +"Para dar a los usuarios la opción de :guilabel:`Autocompletar` cuando tengan" +" que trazar su firma, seleccione uno de los campos disponibles de " +":guilabel:`Autocompletar con` (:ref:`Texto `, :ref:`Many2One `, y" +" :ref:`Campo de relación ` " +"únicamente en el modelo). La firma se generará automáticamente utilizando " +"los datos del campo seleccionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "Campos de relación" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" +"Los campos de relación se utilizan para vincular y mostrar los datos de los " +"registros de otro modelo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "Many2One (`many2one`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Many2One` se utiliza para vincular otro registro (de " +"otro modelo) al registro que se está editando. Por lo tanto, se mostrará el " +"nombre del registro del otro modelo en el registro que se está editando." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" +"En el modelo *Orden de venta*, el campo :guilabel:`Cliente` es un campo " +":guilabel:`Many2One` que dirige al modelo *Contacto*. Esto permite vincular " +"**varias** órdenes de venta a **un** contacto (cliente)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "Diagrama que muestra una relación many2one" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar que los usuarios creen un nuevo registro en el modelo vinculado," +" marque :guilabel:`Desactivar creación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar que los usuarios abran los registros en una ventana emergente, " +"marque :guilabel:`Desactivar apertura`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" +"Para ayudar a los usuarios a seleccionar únicamente el registro correcto, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Dominio` para crear un filtro." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Insignia`: muestra el valor dentro de una forma redonda, similar " +"a una etiqueta, y no se puede editar en la interfaz del usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "One2Many (`one2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`One2Many` se usa para mostrar las relaciones existentes " +"entre un registro del modelo actual y varios registros de otro modelo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" +"Podría añadir un campo :guilabel:`One2Many` en el modelo *Contacto* para ver" +" **varias** órdenes de venta de **un** cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "Diagrama que muestra una relación one2many" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizar un campo :guilabel:`One2Many`, es necesario que se hayan " +"vinculado dos modelos utilizando un campo :ref:`Many2One " +"`. Las relaciones One2Many no " +"existen de forma independiente: se realiza una búsqueda inversa de las " +"relaciones Many2One existentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "Líneas (`one2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Líneas` se utiliza para crear una tabla con filas y " +"columnas (por ejemplo, las líneas de productos de una orden de venta)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar las columnas, haga clic en el campo :guilabel:`Líneas` y " +"luego en :guilabel:`Editar vista de lista`. Para editar el formulario que " +"aparece cuando el usuario hace clic en :guilabel:`Añadir una línea`, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Editar vista de formulario`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un campo de líneas" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "Many2Many (`many2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Many2Many` se utiliza para vincular varios registros de " +"otro modelo con varios registros del modelo actual. Los campos Many2Many " +"pueden utilizar :guilabel:`Desactivar creación`, :guilabel:`Desactivar " +"apertura`, :guilabel:`Dominio`, al igual que los campos :ref:`Many2One " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" +"En el modelo *Tarea*, el campo :guilabel:`Asignados` es un campo " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` que apunta al modelo *Contacto*. Esto permite que un " +"solo usuario pueda estar asignado a **muchas** tareas y que **muchos** " +"usuarios estén asignados a una sola tarea." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "Diagrama que muestra relaciones many2many" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Casillas de verificación`: los usuarios pueden seleccionar varios" +" valores utilizando las casillas de verificación." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: los usuarios pueden seleccionar varios valores en " +"forma circular, también conocidos como *etiquetas*. Esto tiene el mismo " +"resultado que si se selecciona el :ref:`Campo de etiquetas " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "Etiquetas (`many2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Etiquetas` se utiliza para mostrar varios valores de " +"otro modelo, también conocidas como *etiquetas*. Este tipo de campo es un " +"campo :ref:`Many2Many ` que " +"cuenta con el widget :guilabel:`Etiquetas` seleccionado de forma " +"predeterminada. Por lo tanto, los widgets :guilabel:`Casillas de " +"verificación` y :guilabel:`Many2Many` tienen los mismos propósitos que los " +"descritos en :ref:`Many2Many `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" +"Para mostrar etiquetas con diferentes colores de fondo, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Usar colores`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un campo de etiquetas" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "Campo de relación (`related`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" +"Un :guilabel:`Campo de relación` no es un campo de relación por sí mismo, ya" +" que no se crea ninguna relación entre modelos. En su lugar, utiliza una " +"relación existente para obtener y mostrar información de otro registro." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" +"Para mostrar la dirección de correo electrónico de un cliente en el modelo " +"*Orden de venta*, utilice el :guilabel:`Campo relacionado` " +"`partner_id.email` al seleccionar :guilabel:`Cliente` y luego " +":guilabel:`Correo electrónico`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Propiedades" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: Cuando no es necesario que los usuarios vean un campo" +" en la interfaz del usuario, marque :guilabel:`Invisible`. Esta opción " +"permite despejar la interfaz, de manera que solo se muestren los campos " +"necesarios según la situación." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" +"En la vista *Formulario* del modelo *Contacto*, el campo :guilabel:`Título` " +"solo aparece cuando se selecciona una :guilabel:`Persona física`, ya que ese" +" campo no sería útil para un contacto tipo :guilabel:`Empresa`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" +"El atributo :guilabel:`Invisible` también funciona en Studio. Para ver los " +"campos ocultos dentro de Studio, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Vista` " +"de una vista y seleccione :guilabel:`Mostrar elementos invisibles`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Obligatorio`: Si es necesario que el usuario complete un campo " +"antes de poder continuar, seleccione :guilabel:`Obligatorio`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Solo lectura`: Si los usuarios no deberán ser capaces de " +"modificar un campo, seleccione :guilabel:`Solo lectura`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" +"Si desea aplicar estas tres características a registros específicos, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Condicional` y cree un filtro." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiqueta`: :guilabel:`Etiqueta` es el nombre del campo en la " +"interfaz del usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" +"No es el mismo nombre que se utiliza en la base de datos PostgreSQL. Si " +"desea verlo o cambiarlo, active el :ref:`Modo de desarrollador ` y edite el :guilabel:`Nombre técnico`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Información de ayuda`: Si desea describir la función de un campo," +" escriba una descripción en :guilabel:`Información de ayuda`. Se mostrará " +"dentro de un cuadro de información sobre herramientas al pasar el ratón por " +"encima de la etiqueta del campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Marcador de posición`: Si desea mostrar un ejemplo de cómo debe " +"completarse un campo, escríbalo en :guilabel:`Marcador de posición`. Se " +"mostrará en color gris claro en lugar del valor del campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: Si desea cambiar la apariencia o función predeterminada " +"de un campo, seleccione uno de los widgets disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valor predeterminado`: Si desea añadir un valor predeterminado a " +"un campo al crear un registro, utilice :guilabel:`Valor predeterminado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Limitar la visibilidad a grupos`: Si desea limitar los usuarios " +"que pueden ver el campo, seleccione un grupo de acceso de usuarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "Modelos, módulos y aplicaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" +"Los modelos determinan la estructura lógica de una base de datos y cómo se " +"almacenan, organizan y manipulan los datos. En otras palabras, un modelo es " +"una tabla de información que se puede vincular con otras tablas. Un modelo " +"suele representar un concepto empresarial, como una *orden de venta*, un " +"*contacto* o un *producto*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" +"Los módulos y las aplicaciones contienen varios elementos, como modelos, " +"vistas, archivos de datos, controladores web y datos web estáticos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" +"Todas las aplicaciones son módulos. Los módulos más grandes e independientes" +" suelen denominarse aplicaciones, mientras que otros módulos suelen ser " +"complementos de dichas aplicaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "Funciones sugeridas" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se crea un nuevo modelo o aplicación con Studio, se puede optar por " +"añadir hasta 14 funciones que permitan acelerar el proceso de creación. " +"Estas características agrupan campos, configuraciones predeterminadas y " +"vistas que suelen utilizarse en conjunto para proporcionar cierta " +"funcionalidad estándar. La mayoría de estas funciones se pueden añadir " +"después, pero añadirlas desde el principio facilita mucho el proceso de " +"creación del modelo. Además, en algunos casos, estas funciones interactúan " +"entre sí para aumentar su utilidad." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" +"La creación de un modelo con las funciones :ref:`studio/models-modules-" +"apps/suggested-features/picture` y :ref:`studio/models-modules-" +"apps/suggested-features/pipeline-stages` activadas añade la imagen en el " +"diseño de la tarjeta de la vista :ref:`Kanban `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" +"Combinación de las funciones de las etapas imagen y flujo en la vista kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "Detalles de contacto" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`detalles del contacto` se añadirá un campo " +":ref:`Many2One field ` a la " +":ref:`vista de formulario ` vinculada al modelo " +"*Contacto* y dos de sus :ref:`Campos de relación `: :guilabel:`Teléfono` y :guilabel:`Correo " +"electrónico`. El campo :guilabel:`Contacto` también se añade a la " +":ref:`vista de lista `, y se activa la " +":ref:`vista de mapa `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Función de datos de contacto en la vista de formulario" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "Asignación de usuario" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Asignación de usuario` se añadirá un campo " +":ref:`Many2One field ` a la " +":ref:`vista de formulario ` que estará vinculado " +"al modelo *Contacto* con el siguiente :guilabel:`Dominio`: `No se ha " +"establecido un usuario externo al cual compartir` lo que permitirá la " +"selección exclusiva de *usuarios internos*. Además, el widget " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` se usa para mostrar el avatar del usuario. " +"The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Función asignación de usuarios en la vista de formulario" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "Fecha y calendario" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Fecha y Calendario` agrega un campo de :ref:`Fecha " +"` en el :ref:`formulario de vista " +"` y activa la :ref:`vista de calendario " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "Rango de fechas y Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Rango de fechas y Gantt` se añadirán dos campos de " +":ref:`Fecha ` en la :ref:`Vista de " +"formulario ` uno para establecer una fecha de " +"inicio y otro para establecer una fecha de finalización, por medio del " +"widget :guilabel:`daterange`. También se activará la vista de :ref:`Gantt " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "Etapas del pipeline" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Etapas del flujo`, se activará la vista de " +":ref:`Kanban `, se añadirán varios " +"campos como :ref:`Prioridad ` y " +":guilabel:`Estado Kanban`, y tres etapas: :guilabel:`Nuevo`, :guilabel:`En " +"curso` y :guilabel:`Hecho`. Se añaden los campos :guilabel:`Barra de estado " +"del flujo` y :guilabel:`Estado de Kanban` a la vista de :ref:`Formulario " +"`. También se añadirá el campo de " +":guilabel:`Color` a la vista de :ref:`Lista `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "Se puede añadir la función :guilabel:`Etapas del flujo` después." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Etiquetas" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Etiquetas` se añadirá un campo de :ref:`Etiquetas " +"` a las vistas de " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` y :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`. Esto creará un modelo de *etiquetas* con derechos de acceso " +"preconfigurados." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Foto" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Imagen` se añadirá un :ref:`campo de Imagen " +"` en la parte superior derecha de la " +":ref:`vista de formulario `. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "Se puede añadir la función :guilabel:`Imagen` después." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Líneas" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Líneas`: se añadirá un campo de :ref:`Líneas " +"` dentro de una :guilabel:`Pestaña` " +"en la vista de :ref:`Formulario `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Notas" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Notas` se añadirá un campo :ref:`Html " +"` a la vista de :ref:`Formulario " +"` que utilizará todo el ancho del formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "Valor monetario" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Valor monetario` se añadirá un campo " +":ref:`monetario ` a las vistas de " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` y :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`. También se activarán las vistas de " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` y :ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot`" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "Se añade y oculta un campo de *Divisa* de la vista." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Compañía" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Empresa` se añadirá un campo :ref:`Many2One " +"` vinculado al modelo de *Empresa*" +" a las vistas de :ref:`studio/views/general/form` y " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "Esto solo es útil en un entorno multiempresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "Orden Personalizado" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Orden personalizado` se añadirá un icono de " +"arrastre que le permitirá ordenar de forma manual los registros en la vista " +"de :ref:`Lista `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "Función de orden personalizado en la vista de lista" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Chatter` se añadirán las funciones de Chatter " +"(envío de mensajes, registro de notas y programación de actividades) a la " +"vista de :ref:`Formulario `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "Se puede añadir la función :guilabel:`Chatter` después." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Función de chatter en la vista de formulario" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Archivando" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Archivando`, se añadirá la acción " +":guilabel:`Archivando` a las vistas :ref:`studio/views/general/form` y " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list`. Esto hará que se oculten los " +"registros archivados de las búsquedas y vistas de manera predeterminada." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "Exportar e importar personalizaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se realiza una personalización con Studio, se añade un nuevo módulo " +"llamado :guilabel:`Personalizaciones de Studio` a la base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" +"Si desea exportar estas personalizaciones, vaya al :menuselection:`Tablero " +"principal --> Studio --> Personalizaciones --> Exportar`. Ahí podrá " +"descargar un archivo ZIP con todas las personalizaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" +"Para importar e instalar estas personalizaciones en otra base de datos, debe" +" conectarse a la base de datos destino e ir al :menuselection:`Tablero " +"principal --> Studio --> Personalizaciones --> Importar`. Ahí podrá subir el" +" archivo ZIP exportado, después haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Importar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" +"Antes de importar, asegúrese de que la base de datos de destino contenga las" +" mismas aplicaciones y módulos que la base de datos de origen. Studio no se " +"encargará de añadir los módulos subyacentes como dependencias del módulo " +"exportado." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "Reportes en PDF" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" +"Con Studio, puede editar reportes en PDF existentes (por ejemplo, órdenes y " +"cotizaciones) o crear nuevos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" +"Para editar un reporte PDF estándar, le recomendamos enfáticamente " +"**duplicarlo** y hacer los cambios en la versión duplicada, puesto que los " +"cambios hechos a los reportes estándar se sobreescriben después de una " +"actualización de Odoo. Para duplicar un reporte, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Studio --> Reportes`. Coloque el cursor en la esquina " +"superior derecha del reporte, haga clic en el ícono de la elipsis vertical " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), y seleccione :guilabel:`Duplicar`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "Duplicación de un reporte PDF" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "Diseño por defecto " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" +"El diseño predeterminado de los reportes se maneja fuera de Studio. Vaya a " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Empresas: Diseño del documento --> Configruación" +" del diseño del documento`. Los ajustes del diseño aplican a todos los " +"reportes pero solo de la empresa actual. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" +"Use :guilabel:`Descargar la vista previa del PDF` para ver como los " +"diferentes ajustes pueden alterar el diseño de una simple factura. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Diseño" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "Hay cuatro diseños disponibles. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Light" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "Ejemplo del diseño de reporte Light" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "Archivado" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "Ejemplo del diseño de reporte Con tabla " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Negrita" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "Ejemplo del diseño del reporte en Negritas" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Listado" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "Ejemplo del diseño de reporte Subrayado" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Tipo de letra" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" +"Están disponibles siete tipos de letra. Haga clic en los enlaces a " +"continuación para obtener una vista previa en `Google Fonts " +"`_. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "`Lato `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "`Roboto `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" +"`Open Sans `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" +"`Montserrat `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "`Oswald `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "`Raleway `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "`Tajawal `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tajawal` es compatible con caracteres latinos y árabes." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "Logo de la empresa " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" +"Suba un archivo de imagen para agregar un :guilabel:`Logo de la empresa`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" +"Esto agrega el logo al registro de la empresa en el modelo *Empresa*, al que" +" puede acceder si va a :menuselection:`Ajustes generales --> Empresas --> " +"Actualizar información`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Colores" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" +"Cambie los colores primarios y secundarios que usa en los reportes para " +"resaltar elementos importantes. Los colores predeterminados se generan " +"automáticamente con base en los colores del logo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "Diseño del fondo " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "Cambie el :guilabel:`Diseño del fondo` del reporte: " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr ":guilabel:`En blanco`: no se muestra nada." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Geometrico`: se muestra una imagen con figuras geométricas de " +"fondo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Personalizado`: suba una imagen personalizada para usarla de " +"fondo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "Lema de la empresa" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`Lema de la empresa` se muestra en el encabezado de " +":ref:`Reportes externos `. Puede " +"agregar varias líneas de texto. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "Detalles de la empresa " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +"Los :guilabel:`Detalles de la empresa` se muestran en el encabezado de " +":ref:`Reportes externos `. Puede " +"agregar varias líneas de texto. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Pie de página" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +"Use el campo :guilabel:`Pie de página` para poner texto en el pie de página " +"de los :ref:`Reportes externos' `. Puede agrergar varias líneas de texto. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Formato de papel" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" +"Use el campo de :guilabel:`Formato de papel` para cambiar el tamaño del " +"papel de los repórtes. Puede seleccionar :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) o " +":guilabel:`Carta US` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" +"Puede cambiar el :guilabel:`Formato del papel` en los reportes individuales." +" Abra la aplicación que contiene el reporte, luego vaya a " +":menuselection:`Studio --> Reportes --> Seleccione o cree un reporte --> " +"Reporte --> Seleccione un formato de papel`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" +"Ventana emergente de configuración para el diseño predeterminado de los " +"reportes en PDF" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "Encabezado y pie de página " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" +"Al crear un reporte nuevo en Studio, primero debe elegir uno de entre tres " +"estilos de reporte. Esto se usa para determinar qué encabezado y pie de " +"página se mostrará. Para hacerlo, vaya a la aplicación en dónde quiere " +"agregar un nuevo reporte, luego al :menuselection:`Botón de Studio --> " +"Reportes --> Crear` y seleccione :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/internal` o " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/blank`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Externo" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" +"El encabezado muestra el :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/logo` y " +"varios valores establecidos en el modelo *Empresa*: el :guilabel:`Nombre de " +"la empresa`, :guilabel:`Teléfono`, :guilabel:`Corre electrónico` y " +":guilabel:`Sitio web`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar la información de la empresa, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes " +"--> Empresas --> Actualizar información`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un encabezado externo" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" +"El pie de página muestra los valores establecidos en los campos para " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/default-layout/details` y :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/tagline`, así como el número de página." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "Ejemplo de pie de página externo" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Interno" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" +"El encabezado muestra la fecha y hora actuales del usuario, el " +":guilabel:`nombre de la empresa` y el número de página." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "No hay pie de página." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Vacío" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "No hay ni un encabezado ni un pie de página." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "Agregar una pestaña" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" +"Después de abrir un reporte existente o crear uno nuevo, vaya a la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Agregar` para agregar o editar elementos. Los elementos están " +"organizados en cuatro categorías :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table` y :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Bloque" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" +"Los elementos de bloque inician en una nueva línea y ocupan todo el ancho de" +" la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" +"Para establecer el ancho de un elemento selecciónelo y luego vaya a la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Opciones`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Texto`: agregue cualquier texto, de forma predeterminada se usa " +"un tamaño de fuente pequeño." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bloque de título`: agregue cualquier texto, de forma " +"predeterminada se usa un tamaño de fuente más grande." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagen`: agregue una imagen desde su dispositivo, desde una URL o" +" seleccione una ya existente en su base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Campo`: agregue el valor de un campo de forma dinámica." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Campo y etiqueta`: agregue el valor y la etiqueta de un campo de " +"forma dinámica." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bloque de dirección`: agregue de forma dinámica los valores, si " +"los hay, de un contacto (modelo `res.partner`): *Nombre*, *dirección*, " +"*teléfono*, *móvil* y *correo electrónico*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un bloque de direcciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Inline" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" +"Los elementos en línea se utilizan alrededor de otros elementos, no inician " +"en una nueva línea y su ancho se adapta a la longitud del contenido." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" +"Para establecer el ancho y los márgenes de un elemento selecciónelo y luego " +"vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Opciones`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Mesa" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" +"Los elementos de tabla se usan de forma conjunta para crear una tabla de " +"datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tabla de datos`: cree una tabla y, de forma dinámica, agregue " +"una primera columna que muestre los valores del *nombre* de los campos " +":ref:`Many2Many ` o " +":ref:`One2Many ` en su modelo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "Ejemplo de una tabla de datos" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Columna de campo`: agregue una nueva columna a la tabla que " +"muestra los valores de un :ref:`Campo relacionado ` al que se usa para crear la :guilabel:`Tabla de " +"datos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Texto en la celda`: agregue cualquier texto dentro de una celda " +"de tabla existente." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Campo en la celda`: agregue, dentro de la celda de una tabla " +"existente, los valores de un :ref:`Campo relacionado " +"` al que se usa para crear la" +" :guilabel:`Tabla de datos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal y total`: agregue un valor de campo :guilabel:`Total` " +"existente. Si existe un campo de :guilabel:`Impuestos`, las cantidades con y" +" sin impuestos se agregan antes de la cantidad total." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Columna" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" +"Las columnas se utilizan para agregar varios elementos de :ref:`bloque " +"` en la misma línea." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dos columnas`: agregue cualquier texto en dos columnas " +"diferentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tres columnas`: agregue cualquier texto en tres columnas " +"diferentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de reporte" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Reporte` están disponibles varias opciones de " +"configuración." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre`: cambie el nombre del reporte. El nuevo nombre se cambia " +"en todos lados (en Studio, en el botón :guilabel:`Imprimir` y para el nombre" +" del archivo PDF). " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Formato del papel`: cambie el tamaño del papel del reporte." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agergar para imprimir`: agregue el reporte en el botón " +":guilabel:`🖶 Imprimir` que está disponible en el registro. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups " +"`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visibilidad limitada a los grupos`: limíte la disponibilidad del " +"reporte en PDF a :doc:`grupos de usuarios " +"` específicos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de opciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un elemento en el reporte para acceder a sus opciones y " +"editarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "La pestaña Opciones para un elemento de texto" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Puede seleccionar y editar varios elementos al mismo tiempo haciendo clic en" +" las diferentes secciones o divisiones (por ejemplo, `div`, `table`, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "A continuación están algunas de las opciones más comunes: " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Márgenes`: agregue un espaciado en la parte :guilabel:`superior`," +" :guilabel:`derecha`, :guilabel:`inferior` e :guilabel:`izquierda` del " +"elemento. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ancho`: establezca el ancho máximo del elemento. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visible si`: establezca bajo que condición(es) se debe mostrar el" +" elemento. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"` the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visible para`: establezca para qué :doc:`grupos de usuarios " +"` se debe mostrar el elemento. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quitar de la vista`: quitar el elemento de la vista del reporte." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Decoración del texto`: ponga la fuente en negrita, cursiva o " +"subráyela." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alineación`: alinee el elemento a la izquierda, al centro o a la " +"derecha del reporte. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Estilo de fuente`: use uno de los estilos de fuente predefinidos." +" " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Colores`: cambie el color de la fuente y el color del fondo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que necesite seleccionar una sección o división sobre el elemento" +" que desea editar para ver algunas de las opciones descritas anteriormente." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "Vistas" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" +"Las vistas son la interfaz que permite mostrar los datos contenidos en un " +"modelo. Un modelo puede tener varias vistas, que simplemente son diferentes " +"formas de mostrar los mismos datos. En Studio, las vistas se dividen en " +"cuatro categorías: :ref:`general `, :ref:`varios " +"registros `, :ref:`línea de tiempo " +"` y :ref:`reportes `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar la vista predeterminada de un modelo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Studio --> Vistas --> Menú desplegable (⋮) --> Establecer " +"como predeterminada`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" +"Puede modificar las vistas con ayuda de un editor xml integrado. Para " +"hacerlo, active el :ref:`Modo de desarrollador `, vaya a la " +"vista que desea editar, seleccione la pestaña de :guilabel:`View` y haga " +"clic en :guilabel:` XML`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" +"Si está editando una vista por medio del editor XML, evite hacer cambios " +"directamente en las vistas estándar y en las vistas heredadas, ya que " +"podrían reiniciarse y no se conservarían en el caso de una actualización. " +"Asegúrese de seleccionar siempre las vistas heredadas correspondientes en " +"Studio. De hecho, cuando se modifica una vista en Studio arrastrando y " +"soltando un nuevo campo, automáticamente se genera una vista heredada de " +"Studio con su XPath correspondiente, el cual define qué parte de la vista se" +" modifica." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "Vistas generales" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" +"Los siguientes ajustes se encuentran en la pestaña :guilabel:`Vista` de la " +"vista, a menos que se especifique lo contrario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "Formulario" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" +"Se usa la vista :guilabel:`Formulario` al crear y editar registros, por " +"ejemplo, contactos, órdenes de venta, productos, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" +"Con el fin de darle estructura a un formulario, contamos con la función de " +"arrastrar y soltar, la cual puede utilizar con los elementos " +":guilabel:`Pestañas y columnas`, ubicados en la pestaña :guilabel:`+ " +"Añadir`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea evitar que los usuarios creen, editen o eliminen registros, " +"desmarque :guilabel:`Puede crear`, :guilabel:`Puede editar`, o " +":guilabel:`Puede eliminar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "Vista de formulario del modelo de la orden de venta" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "Actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" +"Se usa la vista :guilabel:`Actividad` para organizar y tener una vista " +"general de las actividades (correos electrónicos, llamadas, etc.) vinculadas" +" a los registros." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "Solo se puede modificar esta vista en Studio al editar el código XML." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "Vista de actividad de los leads/oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Buscar" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" +"Se añade la vista de :guilabel:`Búsqueda` por encima de otras vistas para " +"filtrar, agrupar y buscar registros." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" +"Para añadir :guilabel:`Filtros` personalizados y darles estructura con " +":guilabel:`Separadores`, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`+ Añadir` y, con la " +"función arrastrar y soltar, colóquelos en :guilabel:`Filtros`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea añadir un campo existente al menú despegable de búsqueda, vaya a la" +" pestaña :guilabel:`+ Añadir` y, con la función arrastrar y soltar, " +"colóquelo en :guilabel:`Campos de autocompletado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "Vista de búsqueda del proyecto en kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "Vistas para varios registros" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente se usa la vista de :guilabel:`Kanban` en los flujos " +"empresariales, esto hace más fácil el proceso de cambio de etapas y además, " +"organiza los registros en *tarjetas*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"Si se encuentra habilitada la vista :guilabel:`Kanban`, se usará de forma " +"predeterminada en los dispositivos móviles en lugar de la :ref:`Vista de " +"lista `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar que los usuarios creen un nuevo registro, desmarque " +":guilabel:`Puede crear`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear registros desde la vista, en un formulario minimalista, habilite " +":guilabel:`Creación rápida`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea cambiar la forma en la que se agrupan los registros, seleccione un " +"nuevo grupo en :guilabel:`Automáticamente agrupar por`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "Vista kanban del proyecto" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lista" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" +"Se usa la vista de :guilabel:`Lista` para ver varios registros al mismo " +"tiempo y para buscar y editar registros." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea crear y editar registros desde la vista, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Nuevo registro en la parte superior` o :guilabel:`Nuevo registro " +"en la parte inferior` en :guilabel:`Editable`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" +"Esto evita que los usuarios abran registros en la :ref:`Vista de formulario " +"` de la vista de :guilabel:`Lista`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea editar varios registros al mismo tiempo, marque " +":guilabel:`Habilitar edición masiva`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea cambiar la forma en la que se organizan los registros, seleccione " +"un campo en :guilabel:`Ordenar por`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" +"Si desea añadir un icono de manija que le ayude a ordenar los registros de " +"forma manual, debe añadir un :ref:`Campo integer ` con el widget :guilabel:`Manija`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" +"Mueva el icono de manija para organizar los registros de manera manual en la" +" vista de lista" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "Vista de lista de la orden de venta" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "Mapa" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"Se usa la vista de :guilabel:`Mapa` para mostrar registros en un mapa. Por " +"ejemplo, se puede usar en la aplicación de Servicio externo con el objetivo " +"de organizar un itinerario entre diferentes tareas." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" +"Para activar esta vista, es necesario contar con un campo :ref:`Many2One " +"` vinculado a un *Contacto*, ya " +"que se usa la dirección del contacto para marcar la ubicación de los " +"registros en el mapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar qué tipo de contacto se debe usar en el mapa, selecciónelo " +"en el :guilabel:`Campo de contacto`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea ocultar el nombre o la dirección del registro, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Ocultar nombre` u :guilabel:`Ocultar dirección`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea añadir información de otros campos, selecciónelos en " +":guilabel:`Campos adicionales`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" +"Si desea que se le muestren rutas sugeridas entre diferentes registros, " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Habilitar enrutamiento` y el campo que se deberá usar " +"para ordenar los registros." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "Vista de mapa en la tarea" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "Vistas de línea de tiempo" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" +"Al activar una vista de línea de tiempo, necesita seleccionar qué campos de " +":ref:`Fecha ` o :ref:`Fecha y hora " +"` se deben usar para definir el " +"inicio y final de los registros, con el fin de mostrarlos en la vista. Puede" +" modificar los campos :guilabel:`Fecha de inicio` y :guilabel:`Fecha de " +"finalización` después de activar la vista." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Calendario" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" +"Se usa la vista de :guilabel:`Calendario` para administrar y obtener una " +"vista general de los registros dentro de un calendario." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear registros desde la vista sin necesidad de abrir la :ref:`Vista de" +" formulario `, habilite la :guilabel:`Creación " +"rápida`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" +"Esta función solo está disponible en modelos específicos que se pueden " +"*crear rápido* con tan solo un *nombre*. Sin embargo, la mayoría de modelos " +"no cuentan con esta función, por lo que tendrá que abrir la vista de " +":guilabel:`Formulario` para completar los campos necesarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" +"Si desea añadir colores a los registros en el calendario, seleccione un " +"campo en :guilabel:`Color`. De esta manera, todos los registros que " +"compartan el mismo valor de ese campo mostrarán el mismo color." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" +"Hay pocos colores disponibles, por lo que se podría asignar el mismo color a" +" diferentes valores." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" +"Para mostrar los eventos que duran todo un día en la parte superior del " +"calendario, seleccione la :ref:`Casilla de verificación " +"` que especifica que el evento dura " +"todo el día." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar la medida de tiempo predeterminada para mostrar los " +"eventos, seleccione :guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana`, :guilabel:`Mes`, o " +":guilabel:`Año` en :guilabel:`Modo de visualización predeterminado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" +"También puede usar el :guilabel:`Campo de retraso` para mostrar la duración " +"del evento en horas al seleccionar un campo :ref:`Decimal " +"` o :ref:`Integer " +"` en el modelo que especifica la " +"duración del evento. Sin embargo, si establece un campo de :guilabel:`Fecha " +"de finalización`, no se tomará en cuenta el :guilabel:`Campo de retraso`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "Vista de calendario en el calendario de eventos" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "Cohorte" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" +"Se usa la vista :guilabel:`Cohorte` para examinar el ciclo de vida de los " +"registros durante un periodo de tiempo. Por ejemplo, se usa en la aplicación" +" de Suscripciones para ver la tasa de retención." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" +"Para mostrar una medida (por ejemplo, el valor agregado de algún campo) de " +"manera predeterminada en la vista, seleccione un :guilabel:`Campo de " +"medida`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" +"Para elegir el intervalo de tiempo a usar de forma predeterminada al agrupar" +" los resultados, seleccione :guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana`, " +":guilabel:`Mes` o :guilabel:`Año` en :guilabel:`Intervalo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea activar el :guilabel:`Modo` cohorte, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Retención` :dfn:`el porcentaje de registros que permanecen " +"durante un periodo de tiempo, comienza en el 100% y disminuye con el tiempo`" +" o :guilabel:`Rotación` :dfn:`el porcentaje de registros que se desplazan a " +"lo largo de un periodo de tiempo: comienza en el 0% y aumenta con el " +"tiempo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el progreso de la :guilabel:`Línea de tiempo` (por ejemplo, las" +" columnas), seleccione :guilabel:`Avanzar` (de 0 a +15) o " +":guilabel:`Retroceder` (de -15 a 0). La mayoría de las veces se usa la línea" +" de tiempo :guilabel:`Avanzar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "Vista cohorte de una suscripción" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" +"Se usa la vista :guilabel:`Gantt` para prever y examinar el progreso de los " +"registros, los cuales se representan por una barra debajo de la medida de " +"tiempo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea evitar que los usuarios creen o editen registros, desmarque " +":guilabel:`Puede crear` y :guilabel:`Puede editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea que se rellenen las celdas de color gris cuando no se deba crear un" +" registro (por ejemplo, los fines de semana para los empleados), seleccione " +":guilabel:`Mostrar indisponibilidad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" +"Esta función debe ser compatible con el modelo sin ayuda de Studio. Es " +"compatible con las aplicaciones Proyecto, Tiempo personal, Planeación y " +"Fabricación." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" +"Para que se muestre una fila con el total en la parte inferior, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Mostrar fila con el total`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" +"Para combinar varios registros en una sola fila, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Combinar primer nivel`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" +"Para elegir la forma de agrupar los registros en las filas de forma " +"predeterminada (por ejemplo, por empleado o proyecto), seleccione un campo " +"en :guilabel:`Automáticamente agrupar por`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" +"Para definir la medida de tiempo predeterminada para mostrar los registros," +" seleccione :guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana`, :guilabel:`Mes`, or " +":guilabel:`Año` en :guilabel:`Medida predeterminada`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" +"Si desea añadir colores a los registros en la vista, seleccione un campo en " +":guilabel:`Color`. De esta manera, todos los registros que compartan el " +"mismo valor de ese campo mostrarán el mismo color." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" +"Hay pocos colores disponibles, por lo que se podría asignar el mismo color a" +" diferentes valores." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" +"Para especificar con qué grado de precisión debe dividirse cada medida de " +"tiempo, seleccione :guilabel:`Cuarto de hora`, :guilabel:`Media hora` u " +":guilabel:`Hora` en :guilabel:`Precisión del día`, :guilabel:`Medio día` o " +":guilabel:`Día` en :guilabel:`Precisión de la semana` y :guilabel:`Precisión" +" del mes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "Vista gantt en la planeación de turnos" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "Vistas de informes" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "Pivote" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" +"Se utiliza la vista de :guilabel:`Tabla dinámica` para explorar y analizar " +"los datos de los registros de forma interactiva. Es de gran utilidad a la " +"hora de agregar datos numéricos, crear categorías y organizar los datos al " +"expandir y colapsar diferentes niveles de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a todos los registros cuyos datos se encuentran en una celda, " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Acceder a los registros de la celda`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" +"Para dividir los datos en diferentes categorías, seleccione los campos en " +":guilabel:`Agrupación de columnas`, :guilabel:`Agrupar filas - primer " +"nivel`, o :guilabel:`Agrupar filas - segundo nivel`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" +"Para añadir diferentes tipos medidas en la vista, seleccione un campo en " +":guilabel:`Medidas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" +"Para mostrar el número de registros que conforman los datos totales de una " +"celda, seleccione :guilabel:`Mostrar recuento`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "Vista de tabla dinámica del reporte de compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Gráfico" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" +"Se utiliza la vista de :guilabel:`Gráfico` para mostrar los datos de los " +"registros en un gráfico de barras, líneas o circular." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el gráfico predeterminado, seleccione :guilabel:`Barra`, " +":guilabel:`Línea`, o :guilabel:`Circular` en :guilabel:`Tipo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" +"Para elegir un atributo (categoría) de datos predeterminado, seleccione un " +"campo en :guilabel:`Primer atributo` y, en caso de ser necesario, otro en " +":guilabel:`Segundo atributo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar un tipo de datos predeterminados a medir en la vista, " +"seleccione un campo en :guilabel:`Medir`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" +"*Solo para gráficos de barras o líneas*: Si desea ordenar las diferentes " +"categorías de datos por su valor, seleccione :guilabel:`Ascendente` (de " +"menor a mayor valor) o :guilabel:`Descendente` (de mayor a menor valor) en " +":guilabel:`Orden`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" +"*Solo para gráficos de barras y circulares*: Si desea acceder a todos los " +"registros cuyos datos se encuentran en una categoría de datos del gráfico, " +"marque :guilabel:`Acceso a los registros desde el gráfico`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" +"*Solo para gráficos de barras*: Si se utilizan dos atributos (categorías) de" +" datos y se marca la opción :guilabel:`Gráfico de barras apilado`, se " +"mostrarán dos columnas, una encima de la otra." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "Vista de gráfico de barras del reporte de análisis de ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Tablero" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" +"Se utiliza la vista de :guilabel:`Tablero` para mostrar varias vistas de " +"reportes e indicadores clave de rendimiento. Los elementos que se muestran " +"en la vista dependen de la configuración de las otras vistas de reporte." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "Vista de tablero del modelo para el reporte de análisis de ventas" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 5df7cb454..44d4c06f2 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Cécile Collart , 2024 # Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Emmanuel Chaumery, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Emmanuel Chaumery, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration.rst:8 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:18 msgid "Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestion des bases de données" #: ../../content/administration.rst:10 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b89fa6f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -0,0 +1,1699 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Bertrand LATOUR , 2024 +# Jonathan Castillo , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Cécile Collart , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Fernanda Marques , 2024 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:3 +msgid "Activities" +msgstr "Activités" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Les *Activités* sont des tâches de suivi liées à un enregistrement dans une " +"base de données Odoo. Les activités peuvent être planifiées sur n'importe " +"quelle page de la base de données qui contient un chatter, une vue kanban, " +"une vue de liste ou une vue des activités d'une application." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "Planifier des activités" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " +"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Les activités peuvent être créées en cliquant sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Planifier une activité`, situé en haut du *chatter* de chaque " +"enregistrement. Dans la fenêtre contextuelle qui s'affiche, sélectionnez un " +":guilabel:`Type d'activité` dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " +"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " +"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Activity Types`." +msgstr "" +"Les applications individuelles ont une liste de *Types d'activité* dédiés à " +"cette application. Par exemple, pour voir et modifier les activités " +"disponibles pour l'application *CRM*, allez à l'app :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Types d'activité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " +"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez un titre pour l'activité dans le champ :guilabel:`Résumé`, situé " +"dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Planifier une activité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " +"activity is automatically assigned." +msgstr "" +"Pour assigner l'activité à un utilisateur différent, sélectionnez un nom " +"dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Assigné à`. Sinon, l'utilisateur qui crée " +"l'activité est automatiquement assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " +":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, ajoutez des informations supplémentaires dans le champ facultatif " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer une note...`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " +"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Date d'échéance` dans la fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Planifier une activité` se remplit automatiquement en fonction " +"des paramètres de configuration du :guilabel:`Type d'activité` sélectionné. " +"Cependant, vous pouvez modifier cette date en sélectionnant une date dans le" +" calendrier dans le champ :guilabel:`Date d'échéance`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 +msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" +msgstr "Finalement, cliquez sur l'un des boutons suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Planifier` : ajoute l'activité au chatter dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Activités planifiées`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " +"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " +"marked as completed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Marquer comme fait` : ajoute les détails de l'activité au chatter" +" sous :guilabel:`Aujourd'hui`. L'activité n'est pas planifiée, mais elle est" +" automatiquement marquée comme complétée." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " +"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fait \\& Planifier suivant` : ajoute la tâche sous " +":guilabel:`Aujourd'hui` marquée comme faite et ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre " +"d'activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ignorer` : ignore tous les changements apportés dans la fenêtre " +"contextuelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Vue des pistes CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " +"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " +"button." +msgstr "" +"En fonction du type d'activité, le bouton :guilabel:`Planifier` peut être " +"remplacé par un bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` ou un bouton " +":guilabel:`Ouvrir le calendrier`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" +"Les activités planifiées sont ajoutées au chatter pour l'enregistrement sous" +" :guilabel:`Activités planifiées`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " +"of an application." +msgstr "" +"Les activités peuvent également être planifiées à partir de la vue kanban, " +"liste ou activités d'une application." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Vue kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " +"out the pop-up form." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez un enregistrement pour lequel vous voulez planifier une " +"activité. Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)`, puis " +":guilabel:`Planifier une activité` et remplissez le formulaire contextuel." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "La vue kanban du pipeline CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vue de liste" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " +"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " +"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez un enregistrement pour lequel vous voulez planifier une " +"activité. Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)`, puis sur " +":guilabel:`Planifier une activité`. Si une autre activité est déjà planifiée" +" pour l'enregistrement, il se peut que l'icône d'horloge soit remplacée par " +"une icône de :guilabel:`📞 (téléphone)` ou de :guilabel:`✉️ (enveloppe)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "La vue liste du pipeline CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "Vue d'activité" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " +"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " +"icon for the desired app." +msgstr "" +"Pour ouvrir la vue activité d'une application, sélectionnez l'icône " +":guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)` dans la barre de menu n'importe où dans la base de " +"données. Sélectionnez n'importe quelle application dans le menu déroulant et" +" cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)` de l'application souhaitée." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +msgstr "" +"Le menu déroulant des activités avec l'endroit où ouvrir la vue activité " +"pour le CRM mis en évidence." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " +"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez un enregistrement pour lequel vous voulez planifier une " +"activité. Déplacez-vous sur la ligne pour trouver le type d'activité " +"souhaité, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`＋ (signe plus)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" +"La vue activité du pipeline CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" +"Les couleurs de l'activité et leur relation à la date d'échéance d'une " +"activité sont cohérentes dans Odoo, indépendamment du type d'activité ou de " +"la vue." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " +"future." +msgstr "" +"Les activités qui apparaissent en **vert** indiquent une date d'échéance " +"dans le futur." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 +msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +msgstr "" +"**Jaune** indique que la date d'échéance de l'activité est aujourd'hui." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." +msgstr "" +"**Rouge** indique que l'activité est en retard et que la date d'échéance est" +" dépassée." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " +"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " +"on the kanban view." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, si une activité est créée pour un appel téléphonique et que la " +"date d'échéance est dépassée, l'activité apparaît avec un téléphone rouge " +"dans la vue de liste et un horloge rouge dans la vue kanban." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 +msgid "View scheduled activities" +msgstr "Voir les activités planifiées" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " +":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " +"to the far-right side of the other view options." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir les activités planifiées, ouvrez l'application " +":menuselection:`Ventes` ou l'application :menuselection:`CRM` et cliquez sur" +" l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)`, située à l'extrême droite des autres " +"options de vue." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " +"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " +":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" +"Le menu des activités s'ouvre et affiche par défaut toutes les activités " +"planifiées pour l'utilisateur. Pour afficher toutes les activités de tous " +"les utilisateurs, supprimez le filtre :guilabel:`Mon pipeline` dans la barre" +" :guilabel:`Rechercher...`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" +" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" +" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir une liste consolidée des activités séparée par l'application où " +"elles ont été créées, et par date d'échéance, cliquez sur l'icône " +":guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)` dans le menu d'en-tête pour voir les activités de " +"cette application spécifique dans un menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" +" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." +msgstr "" +"La possibilité d':guilabel:`Ajouter une nouvelle note` et de " +":guilabel:`Demander un document` apparaît au bas de ce menu déroulant, " +"lorsque vous cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)` du menu d'en-tête." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." +msgstr "" +"Vue d'une page des pistes CRM mettant en évidence le menu des activités." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 +msgid "Configure activity types" +msgstr "Configurer des types d'activité" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer les types d'activités dans la base de données, allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Discussion --> Activités --> " +"Types d'activité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." +msgstr "" +"Vue de la page des paramètres mettant en évidence le menu des types " +"d'activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" +"La page des :guilabel:`Types d'activité` s'ouvre et affiche les types " +"d'activité existants." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier un type d'activité existant, sélectionnez-le dans la liste, " +"puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. Pour créer un nouveau type " +"d'activité, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 +msgid "" +"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " +":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "" +"En haut du formulaire vierge du type d'activité, commencez par choisir un " +":guilabel:`Nom` pour ce nouveau type d'activité. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Formulaire d'un nouveau type d'activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "Paramètres des activités" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Action" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " +"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" +"Le champ *Action* précise l'intention de l'activité. Certaines actions " +"déclenchent des comportements spécifiques après avoir planifié une activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " +"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Si vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Charger un document`, un lien pour charger " +"un document s'ajoute directement à l'activité planifiée dans le chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " +"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "" +"Si vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Appel téléphonique` ou :guilabel:`Réunion`, " +"les utilisateurs ont l'option d'ouvrir leur calendrier pour programmer une " +"heure pour cette activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" +" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Si vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Demander une signature`, un lien est ajouté " +"à l'activité planifiée dans le chatter permettant d'ouvrir une fenêtre " +"contextuelle de demande de signature." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " +"applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "" +"Les actions disponibles pour sélectionner un type d'activité varient en " +"fonction des applications actuellement installées dans la base de données." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "Utilisateur par défaut" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " +"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" +" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" +" creates the activity." +msgstr "" +"Pour assigner cette activité automatiquement à un utilisateur spécifique " +"lorsque ce type d'activité est planifié, choisissez un nom dans le menu " +"déroulant :guilabel:`Utilisateur par défaut`. Si ce champ est laissé vierge," +" l'activité est assignée à l'utilisateur qui a créé l'activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "Résumé par défaut" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" +" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "" +"Pour inclure des notes chaque fois que ce type d'activité est créé, " +"saisissez-les dans le champ :guilabel:`Résumé par défaut`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " +"Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " +"be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" +"Les informations dans les champs :guilabel:`Utilisateur par défaut` et " +":guilabel:`Résumé par défaut` sont incluses lors de la création d'une " +"activité. Toutefois, elles peuvent être modifiées avant que l'activité ne " +"soit planifiée ou enregistrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "Activité suivante" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " +"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "" +"Pour suggérer ou déclencher automatiquement une nouvelle activité après " +"qu'une activité a été marquée comme faite, vous devez définir le " +":guilabel:`Type de chaînage`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "Suggérer l'activité suivante" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " +"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " +":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " +"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Type de chaînage`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Suggérer" +" l'activité suivante`. Le champ situé en dessous devient alors " +":guilabel:`Suggérer`. Cliquez sur le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Suggérer` " +"pour sélectionner les activités à recommander comme tâches de suivi pour ce " +"type d'activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " +"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " +":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " +"deadline`." +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Planifier`, choisissez un délai par défaut pour ces" +" activités. Pour ce faire, configurez un nombre souhaité de " +":guilabel:`Jours`, :guilabel:`Semaines`, ou :guilabel:`Mois`. Puis décidez " +"si elle doit avoir lieu :guilabel:`après la date d'achèvement` ou " +":guilabel:`après la date de fin de l'activité précédente`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " +"activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez modifier ce champ :guilabel:`Planifier` avant que l'activité ne " +"soit planifiée." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque toutes les configurations sont terminées, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle Planifier une activité mettant en évidence les " +"activités recommandées." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " +"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " +"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" +"Si le :guilabel:`Type de chaînage` de l'activité est défini sur " +":guilabel:`Suggérer l'activité suivante` et des activités sont répertoriées " +"dans le champ :guilabel:`Suggérer`, les utilisateurs reçoivent des " +"recommandations d'activités pour les étapes suivantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "Déclencher l'activité suivante" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " +"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" +"Le fait de définir le :guilabel:`Type de chaînage` sur :guilabel:`Déclencher" +" l'activité suivante` permet de lancer immédiatement l'activité suivante une" +" fois que la précédente est terminée." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " +"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" +" launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" +"Si vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Déclencher l'activité suivante` dans le " +"champ :guilabel:`Type de chaînage`, le champ situé en dessous devient " +":guilabel:`Déclencher`. Dans le menu déroulant du champ " +":guilabel:`Déclencher`, sélectionnez l'activité qui doit être lancée une " +"fois que cette activité est terminée." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle Planifier une activité mettant en évidence le bouton " +"Fait et lancer suivant." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" +" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " +"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le :guilabel:`Type de chaînage` est défini sur :guilabel:`Déclencher" +" l'activité suivante`, le fait de marquer l'activité comme `Fait` lance " +"immédiatement l'activité suivante répertoriée dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Déclencher`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "Exporter et importer des données" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "Exporter des données depuis Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous travaillez avec une base de données, il est parfois nécessaire " +"d'exporter vos données dans un fichier séparé. Cela peut aider à faire des " +"rapports sur vos activités (même si Odoo propose un outil de rapportage " +"précis et facile avec chaque application disponible)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" +"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez exporter les valeurs de n'importe quel champ dans " +"n'importe quel enregistrement. Pour ce faire, activez la vue liste sur les " +"éléments à exporter, cliquez sur *Action*, puis sur *Exporter*." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" +"Vue des différentes choses à activer/cliquer pour exporter des données" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" +"C'est assez simple, cette action s'accompagne tout de même de quelques " +"spécificités. En effet, en cliquant sur *Exporter*, une fenêtre contextuelle" +" apparaît avec plusieurs options pour les données à exporter :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Aperçu de toutes les options à prendre en considération lors de " +"l'exportation de données dans Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'option *Je veux mettre à jour les données* cochée, le système " +"n'affiche que les champs qui peuvent être importés. Ceci est très utile si " +"vous souhaitez mettre à jour des enregistrements existants. " +"Fondamentalement, cela fonctionne comme un filtre. Ne pas cocher la case " +"donne plus d'options de champ, car elle affiche tous les champs, pas " +"seulement ceux qui peuvent être importés." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" +"Lors de l'exportation, vous pouvez choisir entre deux formats : .csv et " +".xls. Avec .csv, les éléments sont séparés par une virgule, tandis que .xls " +"contient des informations sur toutes les feuilles de calcul d'un fichier, y " +"compris le contenu et la mise en forme." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" +"Ce sont les éléments que vous voudrez peut-être exporter. Utilisez les " +"flèches pour afficher plus d'options de sous-champs. Bien sûr, vous pouvez " +"utiliser la barre de recherche pour trouver plus facilement des champs " +"spécifiques. Pour utiliser l'option de recherche plus efficacement, affichez" +" tous les champs en cliquant sur toutes les flèches !" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "Le bouton + est là pour ajouter des champs à la liste \"à exporter\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" +"Les \"indicateurs\" à côté des champs sélectionnés vous permettre de bouger " +"les champs pour modifier l'ordre dans lequel ils doivent être affichés dans " +"le fichier exporté." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "La corbeille est là si vous devez supprimer des champs." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" +"Pour les rapports récurrents, il peut être intéressant d'enregistrer des " +"préréglages d'exportation. Sélectionnez tous ceux dont vous avez besoin et " +"cliquez sur le champs modèle. Là, cliquez sur *Nouveau modèle* et donnez un " +"nom au vôtre. La prochaine fois que vous devrez exporter la même liste, " +"sélectionnez simplement le modèle associé." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" +"Il est bon de garder à l'esprit l'identifiant externe du champ. Par exemple," +" *Société liée* est égal à *parent_id*. Cela permet d'exporter uniquement ce" +" que vous souhaitez importer par la suite." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "Importer des données dans Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "Comment démarrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez importer des données vers n'importe quel objet d'Odoo business " +"en utilisant soit le format Excel (.xlsx) soit le format CSV (.csv) : des " +"contacts, des produits, des relevés bancaires, des écritures comptables et " +"même des commandes !" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez la vue de l'objet que vous souhaitez remplir et cliquez sur " +":menuselection:`Favoris --> Importer des enregistrements`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" +"Vous y trouverez des modèles que vous pouvez facilement alimenter avec vos " +"propres données. Ces modèles peuvent être importés en un clic, car la " +"cartographie des données a déjà été faite." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "Comment adapter le modèle" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez, supprimez et triez les colonnes pour qu'elles correspondent au " +"mieux à votre structure de données." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" +"Nous vous conseillons de ne pas supprimer la colonne **ID** (voyez pourquoi " +"dans la section suivante)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" +"Définissez un ID unique pour chaque enregistrement en tirant la séquence ID " +"vers le bas." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous ajoutez une nouvelle colonne, Odoo risque de ne pas pouvoir la " +"faire correspondre automatiquement si son libellé ne correspond à aucun " +"champ dans Odoo. Mais pas de panique ! Vous pouvez relier les nouvelles " +"colonnes manuellement lorsque vous testez l'importation. Recherchez le champ" +" correspondant dans la liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez ensuite le libellé de ce champ dans votre fichier pour qu'il " +"fonctionne directement la prochaine fois." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "Comment importer depuis une autre application" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" +"Pour recréer les relations entre des enregistrements différents, vous devez " +"utiliser l'identifiant unique de l'application initiale et le faire " +"correspondre à la colonne **ID** (identifiant externe) dans Odoo. Lorsque " +"vous importez un autre enregistrement qui est lié au premier, utilisez " +"**XXX/ID** (XXX/identifiant externe) pour l'identifiant unique initial. Vous" +" pouvez également retrouver cet enregistrement via son nom, mais vous serez " +"bloqué si au moins 2 données ont le même nom." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" +"L'ID sera également utilisé pour mettre à jour l'importation initiale si " +"vous devez à nouveau importer des données modifiées plus tard. Il est donc " +"conseillé de le préciser lorsque c'est possible." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" +"Je ne trouve pas le champ auquel je veux faire correspondre ma colonne" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo essaye de retrouver le type de champ pour chaque colonne de votre " +"fichier en utilisant la méthode heuristique, en se basant sur les dix " +"premières lignes des fichiers. Par exemple, si vous avez une colonne qui ne " +"contient que des chiffres, seuls les champs de type *entier* vous seront " +"proposés. Bien que cela soit approprié et pratique la plupart du temps, il " +"se peut aussi que cela ne fonctionne pas bien ou que vous vouliez faire " +"correspondre votre colonne à un champ qui n'est pas proposé par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" +"Si cela arrive, vous devez juste vérifier l'option **Afficher les champs des" +" champs de relation (avancé)**, vous pourrez ainsi choisir depuis la liste " +"complète de champs pour chaque colonne." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "Où puis-je changer le format de la date d'importation ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" +"Odoo peut détecter automatiquement s'il s'agit d'une colonne de dates et il " +"essayera de deviner le format de la date à partir d'une série contenant les " +"formats de date les plus utilisés. Bien que ce processus puisse fonctionner " +"pour beaucoup de formats de date, certains formats ne seront pas reconnus. " +"Cela peut prêter à confusion à cause des inversions jour-mois, car il est " +"difficile de deviner quelle partie du format de date correspond au jour et " +"laquelle correspond au mois dans une date telle que '01-03-2016'." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" +"Pour savoir quel format de date Odoo a détecté depuis votre fichier, vous " +"pouvez vérifier le **Format de date** qui s'affiche lorsque l'on clique sur " +"**Options** sous le sélecteur de fichiers. Si le format est incorrect, vous " +"pouvez le modifier selon vos préférences en utilisant l'*ISO 8601* pour " +"définir le format." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" +"Si vous importez un fichier Excel (.xls, .xlsx), vous pouvez utiliser les " +"cellules de données pour mémoriser les dates, car l'affichage des dates dans" +" Excel est différent de leur stockage. Vous vous assurez ainsi que le format" +" de date dans Odoo est correct quel que soit le format de date local." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" +"Puis-je importer des chiffres avec un symbole monétaire (par ex.: 32,00 $) ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" +"Oui, nous prenons en charge des chiffres avec des parenthèses pour " +"représenter le signe moins ainsi que des chiffres avec un symbole monétaire." +" Odoo détecte aussi automatiquement le séparateur décimal ou de milliers que" +" vous utilisez (vous pouvez les modifier dans les **options**). Si vous " +"utilisez un symbole monétaire inconnu d'Odoo, il se peut qu'il ne soit pas " +"reconnu comme un chiffre et qu'il se bloque." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" +"Voici quelques exemples des chiffres pris en charge (en utilisant trente-" +"deux mille comme exemple) :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "32000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "-32000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "(32000.00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "Exemple de ce qui ne fonctionne pas :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" +"Que puis-je faire lorsque le tableau d'aperçu de l'importation ne s'affiche " +"pas correctement ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, l'aperçu de l'importation utilise des virgules comme séparateurs" +" de champs et des guillemets comme délimiteurs de texte. Si votre fichier " +"CSV n'a pas cette configuration, vous pouvez modifier les options de format " +"de fichier (affichées dans la barre Parcourir le fichier CSV après avoir " +"sélectionné votre fichier)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" +"Notez que si votre fichier CSV possède une tabulation comme séparateur, Odoo" +" ne détectera pas les séparations. Vous allez devoir modifier les options de" +" format de fichier sur l'application de feuilles de calcul. Lisez la réponse" +" à la question suivante. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je modifier les options de format du fichier CSV lors de la " +"sauvegarde dans mon application de feuilles de calcul ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous modifiez et enregistrez des fichiers CSV dans des applications de " +"feuilles de calcul, la configuration régionale de votre ordinateur sera " +"appliquée au séparateur et au délimiteur. Nous vous conseillons d'utiliser " +"OpenOffice ou LibreOffice Calc, car ils vous permettront de modifier les " +"trois options (Dans :menuselection:`'Enregistrer sous' boîte de dialogue -->" +" Cochez la case 'Modifier les paramètres du filtre' --> Sauvez`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" +"Lors de l'enregistrement, Microsoft Excel vous permettra de modifier " +"uniquement l'encodage (Dans :menuselection:`'Enregistrer sous' boîte de " +"dialogue --> cliquez sur liste déroulante des 'Outils' --> Onglet " +"d'encodage`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" +"Quelle est la différence entre l'ID de la base de données et l'ID externe ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" +"Certains champs définissent une relation avec un autre objet. Par exemple, " +"le pays d'un contact est un lien pour l'enregistrement de l'objet 'Pays'. " +"Lorsque vous voulez importer de tels champs, Odoo devra recréer des liens " +"entre les différents enregistrements. Pour vous aider à importer de tels " +"champs, Odoo prévoit trois méthodes. Vous devez utiliser une seule de ces " +"méthodes pour chaque champ que vous voulez importer." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, pour référencer le pays d'un contact, Odoo vous propose 3 " +"différents champs pour importer :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "Pays : le nom ou le code du pays" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" +"Pays/ID de la base de données : l'identifiant unique d'Odoo pour un " +"enregistrement, défini par la colonne ID PostgreSQL." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" +"Pays/ID externe : l'identifiant de cette donnée référencé dans une autre " +"application (ou le fichier .XML qui l'a importé)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "Pour la Belgique, ces 3 méthodes d'importation sont disponibles :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "Pays : Belgique" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "Pays/ID de la base de données : 21" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "Pays/ID externe: base.be" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" +"Selon vos besoins, vous devez utiliser l'une de ces 3 méthodes pour " +"référencer les données dans les relations. Voici les situations où vous " +"devez utiliser l'une ou l'autre :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez Pays : c'est la façon la plus facile lorsque vos données " +"proviennent d'un fichier CSV qui a été créé manuellement." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" +"Utilisez Pays/ID de la base de données : vous ne devez que rarement utiliser" +" ce format. Il est surtout utilisé par les développeurs, car son principal " +"avantage est de ne jamais engendrer des conflits (vous pouvez avoir " +"plusieurs données avec le même nom, mais elles ont toujours une ID de base " +"de données unique)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez Pays/ID externe : utilisez l'identifiant externe lorsque vous " +"importez des données à partir d'une application tierce." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez des identifiants externes, vous pouvez importer des " +"fichiers CSV en utilisant la colonne \"ID externe\" pour définir l'ID " +"externe de chaque donnée que vous importez. Vous pourrez ensuite faire " +"référence à ces données avec des colonnes telles que \"Champ/ID externe\". " +"Les deux fichiers CSV suivants vous donnent un exemple pour les produits et " +"leurs catégories." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Fichier CSV pour les catégories " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Fichier CSV pour les produits " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "Que puis-je faire si j'ai plusieurs correspondances pour un champ ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Si, par exemple, vous avez deux catégories de produits avec le nom enfant " +"\"Vendables\" (c'est-à-dire \"Produits divers/Vendables\" et \"Autres " +"produits/Vendables\"), votre validation est interrompue, mais vous pouvez " +"toujours importer vos données. Cependant, nous vous recommandons de ne pas " +"importer ces données, car elles seront toutes liées à la première catégorie " +"'Vendables' qui se trouve dans la liste des catégories de produits " +"(\"Produits divers/Vendables\"). Nous vous recommandons de modifier l'une " +"des valeurs des doublons ou votre hiérarchie de catégories de produits." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" +"Cependant, si vous ne voulez pas modifier la configuration de vos catégories" +" de produits, nous vous recommandons d'utiliser l'ID externe pour le champ " +"'Catégorie'." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je importer un champ de relation many2many (par ex. un client " +"qui possède différentes étiquettes) ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" +"Les étiquettes doivent être séparées par une virgule sans espace. Par " +"exemple, si vous souhaitez que votre client soit lié aux deux étiquettes " +"'Fabricant' et 'Détaillant', vous devez encoder \"Fabricant,Détaillant\" " +"dans la même colonne de votre fichier CSV." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" +":download:`Fichier CSV pour Fabricant, Détaillant " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je importer une relation one2many (par ex. plusieurs lignes de " +"commande d'un bon de commande) ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez importer une commande comportant plusieurs lignes, vous " +"devez prévoir une ligne spécifique dans le fichier CSV pour chaque ligne de " +"commande. La première ligne de commande sera importée sur la même ligne que " +"les informations relatives à cette commande. Toute nouvelle ligne de " +"commande aura besoin d'une ligne supplémentaire dont les champs relatifs à " +"la commande ne contiennent aucune information. À titre d'exemple, voici le " +"fichier de quelques devis que vous pouvez importer, sur la base de données " +"de démonstration.``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Fichier pour certains devis " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" +"Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des bons de commande et leurs" +" lignes de commande respectives :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Bons de commande avec leurs lignes de commande respectives " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" +"Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des clients et leurs contacts" +" respectifs :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Les clients et leurs contacts respectifs " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "Puis-je importer plusieurs fois le même enregistrement ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" +"Si vous importez un fichier qui contient une des colonnes \"ID externe\" ou " +"\"ID base de données\", les enregistrements qui ont déjà été importés seront" +" modifiés au lieu d'être créés. Ceci est très utile, car cela vous permet " +"d'importer plusieurs fois le même fichier CSV en ayant fait des " +"modifications entre deux importations. Odoo se chargera de créer ou de " +"modifier chaque enregistrement selon qu'il est nouveau ou non." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" +"Cette fonctionnalité vous permet d'utiliser l'outil Import/Export d'Odoo " +"pour modifier un lot d'enregistrements dans votre application de feuilles de" +" calcul favorite." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" +"Que se passe t-il si je ne propose pas de valeur pour un champ spécifique ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne définissez pas tous les champs dans votre fichier CSV, Odoo " +"attribuera la valeur par défaut pour chaque champ non défini. Mais si vous " +"définissez des champs avec des valeurs vides dans votre fichier CSV, Odoo " +"définira la valeur VIDE dans le champ au lieu d'assigner la valeur par " +"défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"Comment exporter/importer des tableaux différents depuis une application SQL" +" vers Odoo ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous devez importer des données de différents tableaux, vous devrez " +"recréer des relations entre les données appartenant à différents tableaux " +"(par exemple, si vous importez des sociétés et des personnes, vous devrez " +"recréer le lien entre chaque personne et la société pour laquelle elle " +"travaille)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" +"Pour gérer les relation entre des tableaux, vous pouvez utiliser les " +"fonctionnalités \"ID externe\" d'Odoo. L'\"ID externe\" d'un enregistrement " +"est l'unique identifiant de cet enregistrement dans une autre application. " +"Cet \"ID externe\" doit être unique pour tous les enregistrements de tous " +"les objets, il est donc recommandé de faire précéder cet \"ID externe\" du " +"nom de l'application ou du tableau. (comme 'entreprise_1', 'personne_1' au " +"lieu de '1'). " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, supposons que vous ayez une base de données SQL avec deux " +"tableaux que vous souhaitez importer : sociétés et personnes. Chaque " +"personne appartient à une entreprise, vous devrez donc recréer le lien entre" +" une personne et l'entreprise pour laquelle elle travaille. (Si vous voulez " +"tester cet exemple, voici un :download:`dump d'une telle base de données " +"PostgreSQL `)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" +"Nous allons importer d'abord toutes les entreprises ainsi que leur \"ID " +"externe\". Tapez la commande dans PSQL :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Cette commande SQL va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" +"Pour créer les fichiers CSV pour des personnes, liées à des entreprises, " +"nous allons utiliser la commande SQL suivante dans PSQL :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Cela va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" +"Comment vous pouvez voir dans ce fichier, Fabien et Laurence travaillent " +"pour l'entreprise Bigees (entreprise_1) et Eric travaille pour l'entreprise " +"Organi. La relation entre les personnes et les entreprises se fait à l'aide " +"de l'ID externe des entreprises. Nous avons dû faire précéder l'\"ID " +"externe\" du nom du tableau pour éviter un conflit d'identifiants entre les " +"personnes et les entreprises (personne_1 et entreprise_1 qui avaient le même" +" ID 1 dans la base de données initiale)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" +"Les deux fichiers créés sont prêts à être importés dans Odoo sans aucune " +"modification. Après avoir importé ces deux fichiers CSV, vous aurez 4 " +"contacts et 3 entreprises (les deux premiers contacts sont liés à la " +"première entreprise). Vous devez d'abord importer les entreprises et ensuite" +" les personnes." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "Comment adapter un modèle d'importation" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Des modèles d'importation sont fournis dans l'outil d'importation des " +"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés " +"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel de " +"feuilles de calcul (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" +"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de" +" ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous ajoutez une nouvelle colonne, Odoo risque de ne pas pouvoir la " +"faire correspondre automatiquement si son libellé ne correspond à aucun " +"champ du système. Dans ce cas, utilisez la fonctionnalité de recherche pour " +"trouver le champ correspondant." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez ensuite le libellé que vous avez trouvé dans votre modèle " +"d'importation pour le faire fonctionner directement la prochaine fois que " +"vous essaierez d'importer." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "Pourquoi une colonne “ID”" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"L'**ID** (ID externe) est un identifiant unique associé à chaque ligne. " +"N'hésitez pas à utiliser celui de votre ancien logiciel pour faciliter la " +"transition vers Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" +"Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation, mais cela " +"peut être utile dans certains cas :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" +"Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs" +" fois sans devoir créer un doublon ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "Importer des champs de relation (voir ci-dessous)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "Comment importer des champs de relation" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" +"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à de nombreux autres objets (par ex. un " +"produit est lié à des catégories de produits, à des caractéristiques, à des " +"vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer " +"les enregistrements de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez soit utiliser le nom de l'enregistrement lié, " +"soit son ID. Lorsque deux enregistrements ont le même nom, il faut utiliser " +"l'ID. Dans ce cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par " +"ex. pour les attributs du produit : Attributs du produit / Attributs / ID)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "Achats in-app (IAP)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from your database." +msgstr "" +"Les achats in-app (IAP) donnent accès à des services supplémentaires via " +"Odoo. Par exemple, il vous permet d'envoyer des SMS ou d'envoyer des " +"factures par courrier directement depuis votre base de données." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "Acheter des crédits" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" +"Chaque service d'IAP repose sur des crédits prépayés pour fonctionner et a " +"sa propre tarification. Pour consulter votre solde actuel ou pour recharger " +"votre compte, allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Odoo IAP --> Voir mes" +" services`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online et vous avez la version Enterprise, vous " +"bénéficiez de crédits gratuits pour tester les fonctionnalités IAP." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "Comptes IAP" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but " +"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " +"Account`." +msgstr "" +"Les crédits d'utilisation des services IAP sont stockés sur des comptes IAP," +" qui sont spécifiques à chaque service. Par défaut, les comptes IAP sont " +"communs à toutes les entreprises, mais peuvent être limités à des comptes " +"spécifiques. Activez le :ref:`mode développeur `, puis allez" +" dans les :menuselection:`Paramètres techniques --> Compte IAP`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "" +"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " +"Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgstr "" +"Un compte IAP peut être désactivé en ajoutant `+désactivé` à son jeton. " +"L'annulation de cette modification réactive le compte." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "Portail IAP" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgstr "" +"Le portail IAP est une plateforme regroupant vos services IAP. Il est " +"accessible à partir des :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Odoo IAP --> Voir mes" +" services`. Là, vous pouvez consulter votre solde actuel, recharger vos " +"crédits, revoir votre consommation et définir un rappel lorsqu'il reste peu " +"de crédits." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "Recevoir une notification lorsqu'il reste peu de crédits" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" +msgstr "" +"Pour être averti lorsque qu'il faudra recharger les crédits, allez à votre " +"Portail IAP via :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Odoo IAP --> Voir mes " +"services`, dérouler un service et cocher l'option Recevoir une notification " +"de seuil d'alerte. Ensuite, vous devez fournir un nombre minimum de crédits " +"et d'adresses email. Désormais, chaque fois que la limite sera atteinte, un " +"rappel automatique vous sera envoyé par email !" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60e94d621 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,10593 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "Ressources humaines" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "Présences" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Présences** fonctionne comme une pointeuse. Les employés peuvent " +"enregistrer leurs entrées et sorties, tandis que les managers peuvent voir " +"qui est disponible à un moment donné." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriels Odoo : Présences " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "Matériel" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "Gestion des kiosques" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" +"Un kiosque est une station en libre-service qui permet aux employés de " +"s'enregistrer et de quitter leur poste de travail." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "Il existe deux façons de configurer un kiosque :" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "**Ordinateur portable et ordinateur de bureau**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" +"La gestion d'un kiosque par le biais d'un navigateur web est l'option la " +"moins chère et la plus flexible. Vous pouvez imprimer les badges des " +"employés avec n'importe quelle imprimante thermique ou à jet d'encre " +"compatible avec votre navigateur web." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "**Tablette et téléphone portable (Android ou iOS)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" +"Les tablettes et les téléphones portables prennent beaucoup moins de place " +"et leurs écrans tactiles sont faciles d'utilisation. Pensez à les placer sur" +" un support sécurisé à la réception ou à les fixer solidement sur un mur." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"Nous recommandons d'utiliser un iPad avec le `support WindFall de Heckler " +"Design `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "Lecteurs de porte-clé RFID" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" +"Les employés peuvent scanner leurs porte-clés RFID personnels avec un " +"lecteur RFID pour gérer rapidement et facilement les entrées et les sorties." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "Un porte-clé RFID placé sur un lecteur RFID" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Nous recommandons d'utiliser le `lecteur RFID USB de Neuftech " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "Une IoT box n'est **pas** nécessaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "Lecteurs de codes-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" +"Les employés peuvent scanner le code-barres de leur badge pour gérer " +"rapidement et facilement les entrées et les sorties. Le mode kiosque " +"fonctionne avec la plupart des lecteurs de codes-barres USB connectés " +"directement à un ordinateur. Les lecteurs de codes-barres Bluetooth sont " +"également pris en charge nativement." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" +"Nous recommandons d'utiliser la `gamme de produits Honeywell " +"`_. " +"Si le lecteur de codes-barres est connecté directement à un ordinateur, il " +"doit être configuré pour utiliser la disposition du clavier de l'ordinateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Employés" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Employés* organise les enregistrements, les contrats et les " +"départements des employés d'une entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel employé" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un nouvel employé est engagé, le première étape consiste à créer une " +"nouvelle fiche employé. Commencez dans le tableau de bord de l'application " +":menuselection:`Employés`, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` pour " +"créer une nouvelle fiche employé. Remplissez les informations obligatoires " +"(soulignées en gras) et tous les détails supplémentaires, puis cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "Créez une nouvelle fiche employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" +"Le numéro de téléphone et le nom de l'entreprise actuelle sont indiqués dans" +" les champs :guilabel:`Téléphone professionnel` et :guilabel:`Société`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "Informations générales" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "Champs obligatoires" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom` : Saisissez le nom de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Société` : Sélectionnez la société dans le menu déroulant qui a " +"engagé le nouvel employé ou créez une nouvelle société en saisissant le nom " +"dans le champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "Champs optionnels" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Photo` : Dans la zone d'image en haut à droite de la fiche " +"employé, cliquez sur l'icône d'édition :guilabel:`✏️ (crayon)` pour " +"sélectionner une photo à charger." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : Saisissez l'intitulé de la fonction de " +"l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" +"Étiquettes : Cliquez sur une étiquette dans le menu déroulant pour ajouter " +"toute étiquette applicable à l'employé. Il est possible de créer n'importe " +"quelle étiquette dans ce champ en la saisissant. Une fois créée, la nouvelle" +" étiquette est disponible pour toutes les fiches employés. Il n'y a pas de " +"limite au nombre d'étiquettes pouvant être ajoutées." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Coordonnées professionnelles : Saisissez le :guilabel:`Téléphone portable " +"professionnel`, le :guilabel:`Téléphone professionnel` et " +"l':guilabel:`Adresse email professionnelle` de l'employé et/ou le nom de la " +":guilabel:`Société`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Département` : Sélectionnez le département de l'employé dans le " +"menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manager` : Sélectionnez le manager de l'employé dans le menu " +"déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mentor` : Sélectionnez le mentor de l'employé dans le menu " +"déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir sélectionné un :guilabel:`Manager`, si le champ " +":guilabel:`Mentor` est laissé vide, le manager sélectionné est " +"automatiquement complété dans le champ :guilabel:`Mentor`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" +"Pour apporter des modifications aux champs :guilabel:`Département`, " +":guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Mentor`, ou :guilabel:`Société` " +"sélectionnés, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` à côté de la " +"sélection respective. Le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre le formulaire" +" sélectionné, ce qui permet d'y apporter des modifications. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` une fois les modifications enregistrées." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "Onglet des informations supplémentaires" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "Onglet CV" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "CV" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " +"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"following information for each entry." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez ensuite les antécédents professionnels de l'employ dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`CV`. Chaque ligne de CV doit être saisie individuellement. " +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une nouvelle entrée`, et le formulaire " +":guilabel:`Créer Lignes de CV` s'ouvre. Saisissez les informations suivantes" +" pour chaque entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez les informations relatives à l'expérience professionnelle antérieure" +" dans ce formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Titre` : Saisissez le titre de l'expérience professionnelle " +"précédente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type` : Dans le menu déroulant, sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Expérience`, :guilabel:`Éducation`, :guilabel:`Certification " +"interne`, :guilabel:`Formation interne`, ou saisissez une nouvelle entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type d'affichage` : Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Classique`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, ou :guilabel:`Cours` dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date de début` et :guilabel:`Date de fin` : Saisissez les dates " +"de début et de fin de l'expérience professionnelle. Pour sélectionner une " +"date, utilisez les icônes fléchées :guilabel:`< (gauche)` et :guilabel:`> " +"(droite)` pour aller au mois souhaité, puis cliquez sur le jour pour " +"sélectionner la date." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Description` : Saisissez tous les détails pertinents dans le " +"champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que toutes les informations sont saisies, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` s'il n'y a qu'une seule entrée à ajouter ou" +" cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer " +"l'entrée actuelle et créer une autre ligne de CV." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," +" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +msgstr "" +"Après l'enregistrement de la fiche du nouvel employé, le poste et la société" +" actuels sont automatiquement ajoutés à l'onglet :guilabel:`CV` en tant " +"qu':guilabel:`Expérience`, la date de fin étant indiquée en tant " +"qu':guilabel:`Actuel`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Compétences" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +msgstr "" +"Les compétences d'un employé peuvent être saisies dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`CV` de la même manière qu'une ligne de CV est créée. Lorsque vous" +" cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une nouvelle entrée` sous " +":guilabel:`Compétences` et un formulaire :guilabel:`Créer Compétences` " +"apparaît. Remplissez les informations sur le formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "Créez une nouvelle compétence pour l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " +"by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type de compétence` : Sélectionnez un :ref:`tupe de compétence " +"` en cliquant sur le bouton radio à côté du type de " +"compétence." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Compétence` : Les compétences associées au :guilabel:`Type de " +"compétence` sélectionné apparaissent dans un menu déroulant. Par exemple, si" +" vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Langue` en tant que :guilabel:`Type de " +"compétence`, vous avez le choix entre plusieurs langues dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Compétences`. Sélectionnez la compétence prédéfinie appropriée ou" +" saisissez-en une nouvelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " +"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" +" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " +":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Niveau de compétence` : Les niveaux de compétence prédéfinis " +"associés au :guilabel:`type de compétence` sélectionné apparaissent dans un " +"menu déroulant. Sélectionnez d'abord un niveau de compétence, puis la barre " +"de progression affiche automatiquement la progression prédéfinie pour ce " +"niveau de compétence spécifique. Les niveaux de compétence et la progression" +" peuvent être modifiés dans le formulaire contextuel :guilabel:`Niveau de " +"compétence`, auquel on accède via le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` à côté " +"du champ :guilabel:`Niveau de compétence`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que toutes les informations sont saisies, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` s'il n'y a qu'une seule entrée à ajouter ou" +" cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer " +"l'entrée actuelle et créer une autre compétence." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" +"Pour supprimer une ligne de l'onglet :guilabel:`CV`, cliquez sur l'icône " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` pour supprimer l'entrée. Ajoutez une nouvelle " +"ligne en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Ajouter` à côté de la section " +"correspondante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 +msgid "Skill types" +msgstr "Types de compétences" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " +"must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " +"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" +" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" +" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"this for all the skill types needed." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter une compétence à la fiche d'un employé, vous devez configurer " +"les :guilabel:`Types de compétences`. Allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Employés --> Configuration --> Types de compétence` pour " +"afficher les types de compétences actuellement configurés et créer de " +"nouveaux types de compétence. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` et un formulaire" +" d'un nouveau :guilabel:`Type de compétence` s'ouvre. Remplissez tous les " +"détails et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Répétez cette étape pour " +"tous les types de compétences souhaités." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " +"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" +" category." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type de compétences` : Saisissez le nom du type de compétences. " +"Ce nom doit être assez générique, car les compétences spécifiques listées " +"seront placées dans cette catégorie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " +"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Compétences` : Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et " +"saisissez les informations de la nouvelle compétence, puis répétez cette " +"étape pour toutes les autres compétences nécessaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " +"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " +"close the form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Niveaux` : Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et un " +"formulaire :guilabel:`Créer des niveaux` s'ouvre. Saisissez le nom du niveau" +" et assignez un pourcentage (0-100) pour ce niveau. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer l'entrée et ajouter un " +"autre niveau ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour " +"enregistrer le niveau et fermer le formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " +"in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " +"`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " +"`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter des compétences en mathématiques, saisissez `Math` dans le " +"champ :guilabel:`Nom`. Ensuite, dans le champ :guilabel:`Compétences`, " +"saisissez `Algèbre`, `Calcul`, et `Trigonométrie`. Enfin, dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Niveaux`, saisissez `Débutant`, `Intermédiaire`, et `Expert`, les" +" :guilabel:`Progressions` étant respectivement de `25`, `50`, et `100`. " +"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` ou " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez de nouvelles compétences mathématiques et de nouveau niveaux à " +"l'aide du formulaire des types de compétences." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "Onglet des informations professionnelles" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " +"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " +"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " +"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " +"information for the new employee." +msgstr "" +"L'onglet :guilabel:`Informations professionnelles` contient les informations" +" spécifiques à l'emploi de l'employé. Son horaire de travail, ses différents" +" rôles, la personne qui approuve ses demandes spécifiques (congé, feuilles " +"de temps et notes de frais), et les détails de son lieu de travail sont " +"répertoriés ici. Saisissez les informations suivantes pour le nouvel " +"employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " +":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " +"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " +"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " +"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " +"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lieu` : Sélectionnez l':guilabel:`Adresse professionnelle` et le " +":guilabel:`Lieu de travail` dans les menus déroulants correspondants. Le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` de l'adresse professionnelle ouvre le " +"formulaire de la société sélectionnée dans une fenêtre et permet les " +"modifications. Le :guilabel:`Lieu de travail` est le détail du lieu " +"spécifique, tel qu'un étage ou un bâtiment. Si un nouveau lieu de travail " +"est nécessaire, ajoutez-le en le saisissant dans le champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Validateurs` : À l'aide des menus déroulants, sélectionnez les " +"utilisateurs chargés de valider les :guilabel:`Congés`, les :guilabel:`Notes" +" de frais`, et les :guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` de l'employé. Le bouton " +":guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre un formulaire contenant les champs " +":guilabel:`Nom`, :guilabel:`Adresse email`, :guilabel:`Société`, " +":guilabel:`Téléphone`, et :guilabel:`Téléphone portable` du validateur. Il " +"est possible de les modifier le cas échéant. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` après avoir effectué les modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " +":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " +"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horaire` : Sélectionnez les :guilabel:`Heures de travail` et le " +":guilabel:`Fuseau horaire` (champs obligatoires) pour l'employé. Le bouton " +":guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre une vue détaillée des heures de travail " +"quotidiennes spécifiques. Les heures de travail peuvent être modifiées ou " +"supprimées ici. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les " +"changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " +"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " +"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " +"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" +" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " +"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " +"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Planning` : La section :guilabel:`Planning` affecte l'application" +" *Planification* et n'apparaît que si l'application *Planification* est " +"installée. Cliquez sur un rôle de planification dans le menu déroulant des " +"champs :guilabel:`Rôle par défaut` et :guilabel:`Rôles` pour ajouter un " +"rôle. Il n'y a pas de limite au nombre de :guilabel:`Rôles` pouvant être " +"sélectionnés pour un employé, mais il ne peut y avoir qu'un seul " +":guilabel:`Rôle par défaut`. Le rôle par défaut est le rôle *typique* de " +"l'employé, tandis que les :guilabel:`Rôles de planning` sont *tous* les " +"rôles spécifiques que l'employé est en mesure d'assumer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez les informations professionnelles dans l'onglet Informations " +"professionnelles" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " +"section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " +"resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +"employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs qui apparaissent dans le menu déroulant de la section " +":guilabel:`Validateurs` doivent avoir des droits d'*Administrateur* pour le " +"rôle de ressources humaines correspondant. Pour vérifier qui dispose de ces " +"droits, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Utilisateurs " +"--> Gérer les utilisateurs`. Cliquez sur un employé et vérifiez la section " +":guilabel:`Ressources humaines` de l'onglet :guilabel:`Droits d'accès`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " +"or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." +msgstr "" +"Pour que l'utilisateur apparaisse en tant que validateur des " +":guilabel:`Notes de frais`, il doit avoir le rôle :guilabel:`Approbateur de " +"l'équipe`, :guilabel:`Approbateur de tout`, ou :guilabel:`Administrateur` " +"défini pour le rôle :guilabel:`Notes de frais`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " +"for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." +msgstr "" +"Pour que l'utilisateur apparaisse en tant que validateur des " +":guilabel:`Congés`, il doit avoir le rôle :guilabel:`Gestionnaire` ou " +":guilabel:`Administrateur` défini pour le rôle :guilabel:`Congés`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." +msgstr "" +"Pour que l'utilisateur apparaisse en tant que validateur des " +":guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` il doit avoir le rôle :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Gestionnaire`, ou :guilabel:`Administrateur` définir pour le " +"rôle :guilabel:`Paie`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" +"Les :guilabel:`Heures de travail` sont liées à l'horaire de la société et " +"les heures de travail d'un employé ne peuvent pas être situées en dehors de " +"l'horaire de l'entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" +"Chaque horaire individuel est propre à l'entreprise, de sorte que pour les " +"bases de données multi-sociétés, chaque entreprise doit avoir son propre " +"horaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" +"Si les heures de travail d'un employé ne sont pas configurées en tant " +"qu'heures de travail de l'entreprise, il est possible d'ajouter de nouvelles" +" heures de travail ou de modifier des heures de travail existantes. Pour " +"ajouter ou modifier un horaire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Paie " +"--> Configuration --> Temps de travail`, ajoutez un nouveau temps de travail" +" ou éditez-en un existant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir créé le nouveau temps de travail, définissez les heures de " +"travail de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "Onglet des informations privées" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:224 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" +"Aucune information n'est obligatoire dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations " +"privées`. Toutefois, certaines informations dans cette section peuvent être " +"essentielles pour le département de paie de l'entreprise. Afin de traiter " +"correctement les fiches de paie et s'assurer que toutes les déductions sont " +"prises en compte, il est important de saisir les informations " +"professionnelles de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" +"Ici vous pouvez saisir les informations relatives au :guilabel:`Coordonnées " +"privées`, à l':guilabel:`État civil`, au :guilabel:`Contact d'urgence`, à " +"l':guilabel:`Éducation`, à la :guilabel:`Citoyenneté`, aux " +":guilabel:`Personnes à charge` et au :guilabel:`Permis de travail` de " +"l'employé. Les champs sont complétés à l'aide d'un menu déroulant, en " +"cochant une case ou en saisissant les informations." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " +"employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " +"information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Coordonnées privées` : Saisissez l':guilabel:`Adresse` " +"personnelle de l'employé. La sélection peut être faite à l'aide du menu " +"déroulant. Si les informations ne sont pas disponibles, saisissez le nom de " +"la nouvelle adresse. Pour modifier la nouvelle adresse, cliquez sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` pour ouvrir le formulaire d'adresse. Sur le " +"formulaire d'adresse, saisissez les détails nécessaires, puis cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Certaines autres informations de la section :guilabel:`Coordonnées privées` " +"peuvent s'afficher automatiquement si l'adresse est déjà répertoriée dans le" +" menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " +"number in the corresponding fields." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez ensuite l'adresse :guilabel:`Email` et le numéro de " +":guilabel:`Téléphone` de l'employé dans les champs correspondants." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez la :guilabel:`Langue` préférée de l'employé dans le menu " +"déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " +"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " +"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez le :guilabel:`Numéro du compte bancaire` de l'employé dans le menu" +" déroulant. Si la banque n'est pas encore configurée (la situation " +"habituelle lorsque vous créez un nouvel employé), saisissez le numéro de " +"compte bancaire et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier`. Une fenêtre " +"contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer : Numéro de compte bancaire` s'ouvre. " +"Remplissez les informations, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " +"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, saisissez la :guilabel:`Distance Domicile-Lieu de travail` dans le " +"champ. Ce champ n'est nécessaire que si l'employé bénéficie d'une quelconque" +" indemnité de déplacement." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`État civil` : Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Célibataire`, " +":guilabel:`Marié(e)`, :guilabel:`Cohabitant légal`, :guilabel:`Veuf(ve)` ou " +":guilabel:`Divorcé(e)` dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " +"emergency contact." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Urgence` : Tapez le nom et le numéro de téléphone du contact " +"d'urgence de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Éducation` : Sélectionnez le niveau d'études le plus élevé " +"atteint par l'employé dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Niveau du " +"certificat`. Les options incluent :guilabel:`Graduat`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelier`, :guilabel:`Master`, :guilabel:`Docteur` ou " +":guilabel:`Autre`. Saisissez le :guilabel:`Champ d'étude` et le nom de " +"l':guilabel:`Établissement scolaire` dans les champs respectifs." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Citoyenneté` : Cette section contient toutes les informations " +"relatives à la citoyenneté de l'employé. Certaines sélections utilisent un " +"menu déroulant, comme dans les sections :guilabel:`Nationalité (Pays)`, " +":guilabel:`Genre`, et :guilabel:`Pays de naissance`. La :guilabel:`Date de " +"naissance` utilise un module calendrier pour sélectionner la date. Cliquez " +"d'abord sur le nom du mois, puis l'année pour accéder aux plages d'années. " +"Utilisez les icônes fléchées :guilabel:`< (gauche)` et :guilabel:`> " +"(droite)`, allez à la plage d'années appropriée et cliquez sur l'année. " +"Cliquez ensuite sur le mois. Cliquez enfin sur le jour pour sélectionner la " +"date. Saisissez les informations pour les champs :guilabel:`N° " +"d'identification`, :guilabel:`N° de passeport`, et :guilabel:`Lieu de " +"naissance`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " +":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`À charge` : Si l'employé a des enfants, saisissez le " +":guilabel:`Nombre d'enfants` dans le champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " +"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " +"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " +"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" +" :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Permis de travail` : Si l'employé a un permis de travail, " +"saisissez les informations dans cette section. Saisissez le :guilabel:`N° de" +" visa` et/ou :guilabel:`N° de permis de travail` dans les champs " +"correspondants. À l'aide du module calendrier, sélectionnez la " +":guilabel:`Date d'expiration du visa` et/ou la :guilabel:`Date d'expiration " +"du permis de travail` pour saisir la ou les dates d'expiration. Si elle est " +"disponible, chargez une copie numérique du document de permis de travail. " +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Charger votre fichier`, allez au fichier du permis de" +" travail dans l'explorateur de fichiers et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ouvrir`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "Ajoutez les informations privées dans l'onglet Informations privées." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:288 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "Onglet des paramètres RH" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" +"Cet onglet propose plusieurs champs pour différentes informations, en " +"fonction du pays où l'entreprise se situe. Différents champs sont configurés" +" en fonction de la localisation, mais certaines sections apparaissent de " +"toute manière." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " +"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Statut` : Sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Type d'employé` et, le cas " +"échéant, un :ref:`Utilisateur associé `, dans les " +"menus déroulants." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " +":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Paie` : Sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Contrat actuel` et la " +":guilabel:`Fonction` dans les menus déroulants. Le cas échéant, saisissez le" +" :guilabel:`Numéro d'enregistrement` dans cette section." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" +" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " +"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Employeur précédent` : Cette section s'affiche uniquement pour " +"les sociétés belges et ne sera pas visible pour les autres sites. Il s'agit " +"des jours qui seront payés au nouvel employé. Saisissez les " +":guilabel:`Simple pécule de vacances à récupérer`, :guilabel:`Nombre de " +"jours à récupérer`, et :guilabel:`Simple pécule de vacances récupéré` d'un " +"employeur précédent, pour les catégories N et N-1." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" +" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " +":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Occupations précédentes` : Cette section s'affiche uniquement " +"pour les sociétés belges et ne sera pas visible pour les autres sites. " +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour saisir les informations de " +"chaque occupation précédente. Saisisse le nombre de :guilabel:`Mois`, le " +":guilabel:`Montant`, et le :guilabel:`Taux d'occupation` dans les champs " +"correspondants. Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` pour " +"supprimer une ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " +"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." +" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " +"badge ID." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Présence/Point de Vente` : Saisissez ici l':guilabel:`ID du " +"badge` et le :guilabel:`Code PIN` de l'employé ici, si l'employé en a besoin" +" ou en possède un. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Générer` à côté de l':guilabel:`ID" +" du badge` pour créer un ID de badge." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " +"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " +"center " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" +" value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Paramètres de l'application` : Le cas échéant, saisissez le " +"numéro de la :guilabel:`Carte mobilité du parc automobile`. Saisissez le " +"coût horaire de l'employé au format $XX.XX. Ce coût est pris en compte " +"lorsque l'employé travaille dans un :doc:`poste de travail " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. " +"Cette valeur affecte les coûts de fabrication d'un produit, si la valeur du " +"produit fabriqué n'est pas un montant fixe." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez toutes les informations demandées dans l'onglet Paramètres RH pour" +" l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " +"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " +"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." +msgstr "" +"Les employés ne doivent pas être des utilisateurs. Un employé ne compte " +"**pas** pour la facturation, alors que les *utilisateurs* **comptent** pour " +"la facturation. Si le nouvel employé doit également être un utilisateur, " +"l'utilisateur doit être créé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:327 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " +"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," +" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," +" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Utilisateur associé`, saisissez le nom de " +"l'utilisateur à ajouter, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier...`. " +"Un formulaire :guilabel:`Créer : Utilisateur associé` s'ouvre. Saisissez le " +":guilabel:`Nom`, l':guilabel:`Adresse email`, et puis sélectionnez la " +":guilabel:`Société` dans le menu déroulant. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` après avoir saisi les informations. Une fois " +"l'enregistrement sauvegardé, le nouvel utilisateur apparaît dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Utilisateur associé`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "Documents" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." +" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " +"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " +"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents " +"smart-button." +msgstr "" +"Tous les documents associés à l'employé apparaissent dans le bouton " +"intelligent Documents." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Parc automobile" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Paramètres" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "Alerte sur la date de fin du contrat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Fabricants" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "Modèles de véhicules" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "T3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modèle" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Salaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Moteur " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Catégorie de modèle" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiscalité" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contrat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Interventions" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vue de liste" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Vue kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "Vue graphique" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "Vue tableau croisé dynamique" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Paie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Paie* est utilisé pour traiter les prestations et créer les fiches de " +"paie des employés, y compris les salaires réguliers et les commissions. " +"L'application Paie fonctionne avec d'autres applications d'Odoo, telles que " +"*Employés*, *Feuilles de temps*, *Congés* et *Présences*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" +"L'application *Paie* permet de s'assurer qu'il n'y a pas de problèmes ou de " +"conflits lors de la validation des prestations, gère les localisations " +"spécifiques à chaque pays pour s'assurer que les fiches de paie respectent " +"les règles et les taxes locales et permettent les cessions de salaire. La " +"configuration de la paie est essentielle pour garantir un traitement précis " +"et opportun des fiches de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder aux *Paramètres*, allez à :menuselection:`Paie --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres`. C'est ici que l'on choisit si les fiches de " +"paie sont enregistrées ou non dans la comptabilité et si les paiements SEPA " +"sont créés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" +"L'écran des :guilabel:`Paramètres` permet de configurer les paramètres de " +"localisation. Les *Localisations* sont des paramètres spécifiques au pays " +"préconfigurés dans Odoo lors de la création de la base de données et " +"tiennent compte de toutes les taxes, frais et allocations pour ce pays " +"particulier. La section :guilabel:`Localisation` des :guilabel:`Paramètres` " +"comprend une vue détaillée de tous les avantages fournis aux employés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "Paramètres disponibles pour la paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les localisations spécifiques à un pays sont configurées dans la " +"section :guilabel:`Localisation` de l'écran :guilabel:`Paramètres`. Tous les" +" éléments de la localisation sont préremplis lorsque vous choisissez le pays" +" lors de la création de la base de données. Il n'est pas recommandé de " +"modifier les paramètres de localisation sauf en cas de besoin spécifique." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "Prestations" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" +"Une *prestation* est un enregistrement individuel sur la feuille de temps " +"d'un employé. Les prestations peuvent être configurées pour comptabiliser " +"tous les types de travail et de congés, tels que les :guilabel:`Présences`, " +"les :guilabel:`Congés de maladie`, les :guilabel:`Formations` ou les " +":guilabel:`Jours fériés`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:47 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "Types de prestations" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" +"Lors de la création d'une prestation dans l'application *Paie* ou lorsqu'un " +"employé saisit des informations dans l'application *Feuilles de temps*, vous" +" devez sélectionner un :guilabel:`Type de prestation`. La liste des " +":guilabel:`Types de prestations` est créée automatiquement en fonction des " +"paramètres de localisation définis dans la base de données." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher les types de prestations actuellement disponibles, allez à " +":menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Types de prestations`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" +"Chaque type de prestation est associé à un code qui facilite la création des" +" fiches de paie et permet de s'assurer que toutes les taxes et frais sont " +"saisis correctement." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "Liste de tous les types de prestations actuellement disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "Nouveau type de prestation" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouveau type de prestation, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Créer`. Saisissez les informations dans le formulaire :" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nom du type de prestation` : Le nom doit être court et " +"descriptif, tel que `Congé maladie` ou `Jour férié`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Code` : Ce code s'affiche à côté du type de prestation sur les " +"feuilles de temps et les fiches de paie. Puisque le code est utilisé " +"conjointement avec l'application *Comptabilité*, il est recommandé de " +"vérifier le code à utiliser auprès du département comptable." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DMFA Code`: This code is used to identify DMFA entries on a " +"corresponding DMFA report, and is for Belgian-based companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arrondi` : La méthode d'arrondi détermine comment les entrées de " +"feuille de temps s'affichent sur la fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aucun arrondi` : Une entrée de feuille de temps n'est pas " +"modifiée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Demi-journée` : Une entrée de feuille de temps est arrondie à la " +"demi-journée la plus proche." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Journée` : Une entrée de feuille de temps est arrondie à la " +"journée la plus proche." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" +"Si le temps de travail est fixé à une journée de 8 heures (semaine de 40 " +"heures) et qu'un employé saisit 5,5 heures sur une feuille de temps et que " +"l'option :guilabel:`Arrondi` est définie sur :guilabel:`Aucun arrondi`, " +"l'entrée reste à 5,5 heures. Si l':guilabel:`Arrondi` est défini sur " +":guilabel:`Demi-journée`, l'entrée est modifiée en 4 heures. S'il est défini" +" sur :guilabel:`Journée`, l'entrée est modifiée en 8 heures." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for unpaid " +"work, specify which pay structure the work entry can apply to from the drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list apply to the work entry, check " +"off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "Formulaire d'un nouveau type de prestation." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "Horaires de travail" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher les horaires de travail actuellement configurés, allez à " +":menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Horaires de travail`. Les " +"horaires de travail disponibles pour les contrats et les prestations d'un " +"employé figurent dans cette liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" +"Les horaires de travail sont propres à chaque entreprise. Chaque entreprise " +"doit identifier chaque type d'horaire qu'elle utilise. Par exemple, une base" +" de données Odoo contenant plusieurs entreprises qui utilisent une semaine " +"de travail standard de 40 heures doit avoir un horaire de travail séparé " +"pour chaque entreprise qui utilise la semaine de travail standard de 40 " +"heures." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" +"Tous les horaires de travail actuellement configurés dans la base de " +"données." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "Nouvel horaire de travail" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouvel horaire de travail, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Créer`. Saisissez les informations dans le formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "Formulaire d'un nouvel horaire de travail." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" +"Les champs sont préremplis pour une semaine de travail normale de 40 heures," +" mais ils peuvent être modifiés. Changez d'abord le nom de l'horaire en " +"modifiant le texte dans le champ :guilabel:`Nom`. Ensuite, apportez les " +"modifications nécessaires aux jours et aux heures qui s'appliquent au nouvel" +" horaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Heures de travail`, modifiez le :guilabel:`Jour de " +"la semaine`, la :guilabel:`Période du jour`, et le :guilabel:`Type de " +"prestation` en cliquant sur les menus déroulants de chaque colonne et en " +"effectuant la sélection souhaitée. Les colonnes :guilabel:`Heure de début` " +"et :guilabel:`Heure de fin` peuvent être modifiées en saisissant l'heure." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" +"L':guilabel:`Heure de début` et l':guilabel:`Heure de fin` doivent être au " +"format 24 heures. Par exemple, `2:00 PM` doit être saisi comme `14:00`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" +"Si l'horaire de travail doit être configuré sur deux semaines, cliquez sur " +"le bouton :guilabel:`Passer à un calendrier de 2 semaines`. Cela permet de " +"créer des entrées pour une :guilabel:`Semaine paire` et une " +":guilabel:`Semaine impaire`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "Types de structures" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, la fiche de paie d'un employé est basée sur des *structures* et " +"des *types de structures*, qui impactent tous deux la manière dont un " +"employé saisit les feuilles de temps. Chaque type de structure est un " +"ensemble individuel de règles pour le traitement d'une entrée de feuille de " +"temps, qui consiste en différentes structures imbriquées. Les types de " +"structures définissent la fréquence à laquelle un employé est payé, " +"l'horaire de travail et si les salaires sont basés sur une rémunération " +"(fixe) ou sur le nombre d'heures travaillées par l'employé (variable)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, un type de structure peut être `Employé` et ce type de " +"structure peut avoir deux différentes structures imbriquées : une structure " +"`Salaire régulier` qui comprend toutes les règles distinctes de traitement " +"du salaire régulier, ainsi qu'une structure `Prime de fin d'année` qui " +"comprend uniquement les règles relatives à la prime de fin d'année. La " +"structure `Salaire régulier` et la structure `Prime de fin d'année` sont " +"toutes deux des structures appartenant au type de structure `Employé`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez afficher les différents types de structures en allant à " +":menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Types de structures`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" +"Deux types de structures par défaut sont configurés dans Odoo : *Employé* et" +" *Ouvrier*. Typiquement, *Employé* est utilisé pour les employés salariés, " +"c'est pourquoi le type de salaire est *Salaire fixe mensuel*, et *Ouvrier* " +"est utilisé pour les employés payés à l'heure, c'est pourquoi le type de " +"salaire est *Salaire horaire*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "Liste de tous les types de structures." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` pour créer un nouveau type de " +"structure. Plusieurs champs sont préremplis, mais tous les champs peuvent " +"être modifiés. Une fois les champs modifiés, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements ou cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Ignorer` pour supprimer l'entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "Formulaire du nouveau type de structure." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "Structures" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" +"Les *Structures salariales* sont les différentes façons dont un employé est " +"payé au sein d'une *structure* spécifique et sont spécifiquement définies " +"par plusieurs règles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" +"Le nombre de structures dont une entreprise a besoin pour chaque type de " +"structure dépend du nombre de modes de rémunération des employés et de la " +"manière dont leur salaire est calculé. Par exemple, une structure commune " +"utile à ajouter pourrait être une `Prime`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez afficher toutes les structures possibles pour chaque type de " +"structure en allant à :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> " +"Structures`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "Toutes les structures salariales disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" +"Chaque :ref:`type de structure ` répertorie les " +"différentes structures qui lui sont associées. Chaque structure contient un " +"ensemble de règles qui la définissent." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur une structure pour afficher ses :guilabel:`Règles salariales`. " +"Ces règles permettent de calculer la fiche de paie de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "Détails de la structure salariale d'un Salaire régulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Règles" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" +"Chaque structure dispose d'un ensemble de *règles salariales* à suivre à des" +" fins comptables. Ces règles sont configurées par la localisation et " +"impactent l'application *Comptabilité*, de sorte que les modifications des " +"règles par défaut ou la création de nouvelles règles ne doivent être " +"effectuées qu'en cas de nécessité." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher toutes les règles, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Paie " +"--> Configuration --> Règles`. Cliquez sur une structure (telle que " +":guilabel:`Salaire régulier`) pour afficher toutes les règles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "Règles pour chaque type de structure salariale." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer une nouvelle règle, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Un nouveau " +"formulaire de règle s'affiche. Saisissez les informations dans les champs, " +"puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "Saisissez les informations pour la nouvelle règle." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "Les champs obligatoires pour une règle sont les suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom` : Donnez un nom à la règle." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Catégorie` : Sélectionnez une catégorie à laquelle la règle " +"s'applique dans le menu déroulant ou saisissez une nouvelle catégorie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Code` : Saisissez un code à utiliser pour cette nouvelle règle. " +"Il est recommandé de contacter le département comptable pour obtenir un " +"code, car cette règle aura également un impact sur eux." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Structure salariale` : Sélectionnez une structure salariale à " +"laquelle la règle s'applique dans le menu déroulant ou saisissez une " +"nouvelle structure." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Condition basée sur` : Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Général`, " +"sélectionnez dans le menu déroulant si la règle est :guilabel:`Toujours " +"vraie` (s'applique toujours), une :guilabel:`Plage` (s'applique à une plage " +"spécifique, qui est saisie sous la sélection), ou une :guilabel:`Expression " +"Python` (le code est saisi sous la sélection)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type de montant` : Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Général`, " +"sélectionnez dans le menu déroulant si le montant est un :guilabel:`Montant " +"fixe`, un :guilabel:`Pourcentage (%)`, ou un :guilabel:`Code Python`. En " +"fonction de l'option sélectionnée, vous devez ensuite saisir le montant " +"fixe, le pourcentage ou le code Python." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "Paramètres de la règle" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"Pour l'instant, la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Paramètres de la règle` qui se " +"trouve dans le menu :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration` est encore en " +"cours de développement et ne répond qu'à un cas d'utilisation spécifique " +"pour les marchés belges. La documentation sera mise à jour lorsque cette " +"option aurait été développée pour d'autres marchés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "Autres types d'entrées" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:262 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" +"Lors de la création de fiches de paie, il est parfois nécessaire d'ajouter " +"d'autres entrées pour les circonstances spécifiques, comme des notes de " +"frais, des remboursements ou des déductions. Ces autres saisies peuvent être" +" configurées en allant à :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Autres " +"types d'entrées`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "Autres types d'entrées pour la paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. If the input " +"type applies to all structures, leave the :guilabel:`Availability in " +"Structure` field blank. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "Créer un nouveau type d'entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "Configurateur du package salarial" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" +"Les différentes options de la section :guilabel:`Configurateur du package " +"salarial` du menu :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration` affectent toutes " +"le salaire potentiel d'un employé. Ces sections (:guilabel:`Avantages`, " +":guilabel:`Informations personnelles`, et :guilabel:`Résumé`) précisent " +"quels avantages peuvent être proposés à un employé dans le cadre de son " +"package salarial." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" +"En fonction des informations saisies par l'employé (telles que les " +"déductions, les personnes à charge, etc.), leur salaire est ajusté en " +"conséquence. Lorsqu'un candidat postule à un emploi sur le site web de " +"l'entreprise, les sections du :guilabel:`Configurateur du package salarial` " +"affectent directement ce que le candidat voit et ce qui est renseigné " +"lorsque le candidat saisit des informations. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:294 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "Avantages" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous proposez un poste à des employés potentiels, certains " +"*avantages* peuvent être définis dans Odoo en plus du salaire afin de rendre" +" l'offre plus attrayante (comme les congés supplémentaires, l'accès à une " +"voiture de société, le remboursement d'un téléphone ou d'internet, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir les avantages, allez à :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> " +"Avantages`. Les avantages sont regroupés par :guilabel:`Type de structure`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "Paramètres disponibles pour la paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouvel avantage, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer`. " +"Saisissez les informations dans les champs, puis cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements ou cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Ignorer` pour supprimer l'entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "Liste des avantages dont les employés peuvent bénéficier." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "Les champs obligatoires pour un avantage sont les suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom` : Saisissez le nom de l'avantage." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Champ d'avantage` : Sélectionnez dans le menu déroulant le champ " +"de la fiche de paie dans lequel cet avantage apparaît." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type d'avantage` : Sélectionnez dans le menu déroulant le type " +"d'avantage dont il s'agit. Choisissez parmi :guilabel:`Avantages mensuels de" +" toute nature`, :guilabel:`Avantages mensuels en net`, :guilabel:`Avantages " +"mensuels en espèces`, ou :guilabel:`Avantages annuels en espèces`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type de structure salariale` : Sélectionnez dans le menu " +"déroulant le type de structure salariale auquel cet avantage s'applique." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "Informations personnelles" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" +"Chaque employé dans Odoo a une *fiche employé* qui comprend toutes ses " +"informations personnelles, son CV, ses informations professionnelles et ses " +"documents. Pour voir la fiche d'un employé, allez au tableau de bord " +"principal de l'application :menuselection:`Paie` et cliquez sur le fiche de " +"l'employé ou allez à :menuselection:`Paie --> Employés --> Employés` et " +"cliquez sur la fiche de l'employé. Vous pouvez également accéder à la fiche " +"de l'employé en allant à l'application :menuselection:`Employés`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" +"Une fiche d'employé peut être considérée comme un dossier personnel de " +"l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" +"La section *Informations personnelles* répertorie tous les champs qui " +"peuvent être saisis sur la fiche de l'employé. Pour accéder à cette section," +" allez à :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Informations " +"personnelles`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "Les informations personnelles à saisir sur la fiche de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier une entrée, sélectionnez-la dans la liste. Cliquez ensuite sur" +" le bouton :guilabel:`Modifier` et modifiez l'entrée. Lorsque vous avez " +"terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les " +"informations ou sur :guilabel:`Ignorer` pour annuler les modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "Nouvelle entrée d'informations personnelles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" +"Les deux champs les plus importants du formulaire d'informations " +"personnelles sont :guilabel:`Est obligatoire` et :guilabel:`Type " +"d'affichage`. Le fait de cocher la case :guilabel:`Est obligatoire` rend le " +"champ obligatoire sur la fiche de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" +"Le menu déroulant du :guilabel:`Type d'affichage` permet de saisir les " +"informations de différentes manières, qu'il s'agisse d'une zone de " +":guilabel:`Texte`, d'un bouton :guilabel:`Radio` personnalisé, d'une " +":guilabel:`Case à cocher`, d'un :guilabel:`Document`, et bien plus encore." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" +"Une fois les informations saisies, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer l'entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "CV" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"Pour l'instant, la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Résumé` qui se trouve dans le " +"menu :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration` est encore en cours de " +"développement et ne répond qu'à un cas d'utilisation spécifique pour les " +"marchés belges. La documentation sera mise à jour lorsque cette option " +"aurait été développée pour d'autres marchés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Contrats" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" +" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " +"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgstr "" +"Chaque employé d'Odoo doit avoir un contrat afin d'être payé. Un contrat " +"décrit les conditions du poste de l'employé, sa rémunération, ses heures de " +"travail, ainsi que d'autres détails." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " +"application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " +"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" +" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " +"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " +"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." +" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir les contrats des employés, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Paie --> Employés --> Contrats` dans le menu. Tous les " +"contrats des employés et leur statut actuel sont affichés dans une vue " +"kanban par défaut. La vue par défaut affiche à la fois les contrats en cours" +" et les contrats nécessitant une action. Les contrats expirés et annulés " +"sont masqués dans la vue par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"La vue du tableau de bord des contrats affichant les contrats en cours et " +"les contrats présentant des problèmes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " +"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " +"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " +"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " +"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " +"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgstr "" +"La liste des contrats dans l'application *Paie* correspond à la liste des " +"contrats dans l'application *Employés*. La vue par défaut des contrats dans " +"l'application *Paie* montre les contrats en cours et les contrats " +"nécessitant de l'attention, tandis que la vue par défaut des contrats dans " +"l'application *Employés* montre tous les contrats dans une vue kanban, " +"organisés par étape, indépendamment du statut. Tous les contrats sont " +"visibles en changeant les filtres." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new contract" +msgstr "Créer un nouveau contrat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " +"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" +" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " +"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" +"Pour qu'un employé soit payé, il doit avoir un contrat actif. Si vous devez " +"créer un nouveau contrat, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` dans le " +"tableau de bord des contrats. Un formulaire de contrat s'affiche et vous " +"pouvez saisir les informations nécessaires. Les champs obligatoires sont " +"surlignés en gras." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +msgstr "" +"Un nouveau formulaire de contrat à compléter lors de la création d'un " +"nouveau contrat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Référence du contrat` : Tapez le nom ou le titre du contrat, tel " +"que `Contrat de John Smith`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " +"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " +"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " +"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " +"the company details." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Société` : Sélectionnez la société à laquelle s'applique le " +"contrat dans le menu déroulant. Vous pouvez créer une nouvelle société en " +"tapant son nom dans le champs et en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer` pour " +"créer la nouvelle société ou sur :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier` pour créer la" +" nouvelle société en en modifier les détails." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " +"be created by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type de structure salariale` : Sélectionnez l'un des types de " +"structure salariale dans le menu déroulant. Le type de structure salariale " +"par défaut sont :guilabel:`Employé` ou :guilabel:`Ouvrier`. Vous pouvez " +"créer un nouveau type de structure salariale en tapant le nom dans le champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " +"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " +"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " +":guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date de début` : La date à laquelle le contrat prend cours. " +"Choisissez une date en cliquant sur le mon déroulant, en allant au bon mois " +"et à la bonne année en utilisant les icônes :guilabel:`< > (flèches)`, puis " +"en cliquant sur la :guilabel:`date`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horaire de travail` : Sélectionnez l'un des horaires de travail " +"dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " +"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " +"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " +"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" +" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" +"Le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Horaire de travail` affiche toutes les heures " +"de travail de la :guilabel:`société` sélectionnée. Pour modifier cette liste" +" ou ajouter des horaires, allez à :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration -->" +" Horaire de travail` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` pour en créer un " +"nouveau ou cliquez sur un horaire existant et modifiez-le en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Modifier`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Employé` : Le nom de l'employé auquel le contrat s'applique." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Département` : Le département auquel le contrat s'applique." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Poste` : Le poste spécifique auquel le contrat s'applique." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " +":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type de contrat` : Choisissez :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, " +"ou :guilabel:`PFI` dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " +"date." +msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`CDI` est un contrat à durée indéterminée avec une date de " +"début et sans date de fin." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`CDD` est un contrat à durée déterminée avec une date de début " +"et une date de fin." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " +"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`PFI` signifie Plan formation-insertion et est un contrat " +"spécifique à la Belgique, utilisé lors de l'embauche d'employés nécessitant " +"une formation et qui couvre spécifiquement la période de formation." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " +"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " +"icons, then click on the date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date de fin` : Si le contrat a une date de fin spécifique, " +"cliquez sur le menu déroulant, allez au bon mois et à la bonne année à " +"l'aide des flèches, puis cliquez sur la date." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " +"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsable RH` : Si une personne spécifique du département " +"Ressources humaines est chargée du contrat, sélectionnez la personne dans le" +" menu déroulant. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " +"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Compte analytique` : Ce champ autorise un lien entre le contrat " +"et un compte analytique spécifique à des fins comptables." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +msgid "Contract details" +msgstr "Détails du contrat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "" +"La section relative aux détails du contrat permet d'ajouter et de modifier " +"un contrat et d'envoyer le contrat à l'employé pour approbation et " +"signature." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" +"Les détails du contrat dans les onglets facultatifs pour un nouveau contrat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"*Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modèle de contrat` : Sélectionnez un modèle de contrat " +"préexistant dans le menu déroulant. Les modèles de contrat sont généralement" +" créés via l'application *Recrutement*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modèle du nouveau contrat` : Sélectionnez un contrat dans le menu" +" déroulant à modifier pour le contrat de ce nouvel employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modèle de mise à jour du contrat` : Sélectionnez un contrat dans " +"le menu déroulant si l'employé a un contrat existant qui doit être mis à " +"jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " +"employee contract can be entered for future reference." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notes` : Le champ de notes est un champ de texte dans lequel vous" +" pouvez saisir des notes sur le contrat de l'employé pour référence " +"ultérieure." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +msgid "Modifying a contract" +msgstr "Modifier un contrat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " +"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` à la fin de chaque ligne pour" +" ouvrir le modèle de contrat correspondant et apporter des changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" +" the contract as needed." +msgstr "" +"Une fenêtre contextuelle s'ouvre avec les détails du contrat. Modifiez les " +"champs du contrat si nécessaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the details for the contract." +msgstr "Modifiez les détails du contrat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Étiquettes` : Sélectionnez toutes les étiquettes associées au " +"contrat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " +"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Espace de travail des documents signés` : Il s'agit de l'endroit " +"où les signatures sont stockées. Choisissez un espace de travail " +"préconfiguré ou créez-en un nouveau." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " +"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Étiquettes du document signé` : Sélectionnez ou créez des " +"étiquettes associées uniquement au contrat signé, par opposition au contrat " +"original non signé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " +"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " +"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lien de redirection` : Saisissez un lien de redirection pour que " +"les employés puissent accéder au contrat. Un lien de redirection permet à " +"l'utilisateur de passer d'une URL à une autre, dans ce cas, au contrat " +"nouvellement mis à jour et spécifiquement rédigé pour lui." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " +":guilabel:`On Invitation`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Qui peut signer` : Sélectionnez soit :guilabel:`Tous les " +"utilisateurs`, soit :guilabel:`Sur invitation`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tous les utilisateurs` : Tous les utilisateurs dans " +"l'organisation peuvent signer le contrat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " +"contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sur invitation` : Seuls les utilisateurs sélectionnés dans ce " +"champ peuvent signer le contrat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Utilisateurs invités` : Sélectionnez la ou les personnes qui " +"peuvent signer le document." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " +":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " +"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Document` : Le document joint peut être remplacé en cliquant sur " +"l'icône :guilabel:`✏️ (crayon)`. Une fenêtre contextuelle s'ouvre permettant" +" de sélectionner un autre document à charger. Le fichier doit être au format" +" PDF. Pour supprimer le document, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(corbeille)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " +"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " +":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." +msgstr "" +"Une fois toutes les modifications apportées, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Toutes les informations relatives au modèle de " +"contrat sélectionné remplissent les champs de l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Informations sur le salaire`. Tout onglet supplémentaire, tel que" +" :guilabel:`Documents personnels`, s'affiche le cas échéant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +msgid "Salary information" +msgstr "Informations sur le salaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "Onglets facultatifs pour un nouveau contrat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +msgid "" +"This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " +"is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " +"fields may vary." +msgstr "" +"C'est dans cette section que sont définies les données salariales " +"spécifiques. Cette section étant spécifique à chaque pays, ces champs " +"peuvent varier en fonction de la localisation de l'entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " +"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez le montant des différents champs ou cochez une case pour appliquer" +" un avantage. Parmi les options à saisir figurent les :guilabel:`Chèques-" +"repas`, la :guilabel:`Carte carburant`, :guilabel:`Internet`, " +":guilabel:`Congés payés`, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " +"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +msgstr "" +"Certains champs peuvent être remplis automatiquement en fonction des " +"contrats sélectionnés dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Détails du contrat`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgstr "Ajustements salariaux" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " +"are set." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les déductions ou allocations automatiques pour un employé, telles " +"que les paiements de pension alimentaire ou les saisies sur salaire, sont " +"appelées *ajustements salariaux*. C'est dans cette section que toutes ces " +"déductions ou allocations sont définies." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " +"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle déduction, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une " +"ligne`. Tapez une description pour l'allocation sous " +":guilabel:`Description`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." +msgstr "Saisissez une nouvelle ligne pour chaque type de saisie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Type de saisie` dans le menu déroulant. " +"Choisissez parmi les options suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " +"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " +"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Saisie sur salaire` : Tout paiement prélevé pour quelque chose " +"qui n'est *pas* une pension alimentaire. Il s'agit généralement de saisies " +"telles que les paiements effectués dans le cadre d'un procès, les paiements " +"d'impôts dus, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " +"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cession sur salaire` : Toute déduction qui n'est pas obligatoire," +" mais volontaire, telle qu'une allocation avant impôt sur un compte " +"d'épargne-études." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " +"support." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pension alimentaire` : Tout paiement effectué spécifiquement pour" +" la pension alimentaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " +"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " +"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" +" :guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" +"Saisies les dates d'entrée et de fin de l'entrée. Cliquez sur le menu " +"déroulant sous :guilabel:`De` et :guilabel:`Au`, allez au bon mois et à la " +"bonne année à l'aide des icônes :guilabel:`< > (flèches)` et cliquez sur la " +":guilabel:`date`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, saisissez le :guilabel:`Montant` que chaque fiche de paie consacre à " +"l'entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " +"the line." +msgstr "" +"Pour supprimer une ligne, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` à " +"la fin de la ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +msgid "Save and send the contract" +msgstr "Enregistrer et envoyer le contrat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" +" employee to be signed." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un contrat a été créé et/ou modifié, enregistrez le contrat en " +"cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Ensuite, le contrat doit " +"être envoyé à l'employé pour signature." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'un des boutons suivants pour envoyer le contrat à l'employé :" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." +msgstr "Envoyer le contrat à l'employé à l'aide d'un de ces boutons." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " +"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " +"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " +"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " +"the employee so they can sign the contract." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Générer un lien de simulation` : Cette option est uniquement " +"disponible pour les entreprises belges. Elle permet d'ouvrir une fenêtre " +"contextuelle qui contient les informations de base du contrat, ainsi qu'un " +"lien vers le contrat lorsque vous utilisez le configurateur de salaire. " +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer l'offre` pour envoyer un email à l'employé " +"pour qu'il puisse signer le contrat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." +msgstr "Envoie un lien vers le contrat à l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +msgid "" +"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " +"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee so they can sign it." +msgstr "" +"Pour envoyer un contrat à l'aide du bouton :guilabel:`Générer un lien de " +"simulation`, il doit y avoir un champ de signature dans le contrat au format" +" PDF que vous envoyez à l'employé pour qu'il puisse le signer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " +"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " +"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " +"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Demande de signature` : Cette option permet d'ouvrir une fenêtre " +"contextuelle dans laquelle vous pouvez saisir l'adresse email de l'employé. " +"Sélectionnez le document, tel qu'un contrat, un accord de confidentialité ou" +" une politique de télétravail, dans le menu déroulant et remplissez la " +"section relative à l'email. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer` lorsque l'email " +"est prêt à être envoyé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +msgstr "Demandez de signer le contrat par email." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " +"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " +"times, and can compute time off." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Crédit-temps` : Cette option est uniquement disponible pour les " +"entreprises belges. Elle ouvre une fenêtre contextuelle qui vous permet de " +"modifier les heures de travail et de calculer les congés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 +msgid "Payslips" +msgstr "Fiches de paie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, " +"and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once " +"payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by " +"check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Les fiches de paie sont créées par les employés eux-mêmes ou par leurs " +"managers et sont approuvées par des employés autorisés (généralement les " +"managers). Ensuite, une fois les fiches de paie approuvées, les employés " +"reçoivent leur fiche de paie et sont payés par chèque ou par virement, en " +"fonction de la configuration de leur profil employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` " +"application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All " +"Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`." +msgstr "" +"L'en-tête déroulante :guilabel:`Fiches de paie` de l'application " +":menuselection:`Paie` contient trois sections : :guilabel:`À payer`, " +":guilabel:`Toutes les fiches de paie`, et :guilabel:`Lots`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for " +"employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission" +" payslips." +msgstr "" +"Ces trois sections fournissent tous les outils nécessaires pour créer des " +"fiches de paie pour les employés, y compris les fiches de paie " +"individuelles, un lot de fiches de paie ou des fiches de paie de " +"commissions." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll." +msgstr "Menu de sélection Fiches de paie dans l'application Paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21 +msgid "To pay" +msgstr "À payer" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the " +"payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that" +" have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'application :menuselection:`Paie --> Fiches de paie --> À " +"payer` pour voir les fiches de paie qui doivent être payées. Sur cette page," +" Odoo affiche les fiches de paie qui n'ont pas encore été générées et qui " +"peuvent être créées à partir de ce tableau de bord." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." +msgstr "" +"Visualisez toutes les fiches de paie qui doivent être payées sur la page des" +" fiches de paie à payer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual " +"payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the" +" :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of" +" the payslip." +msgstr "" +"Chaque fiche de paie répertorie le numéro de :guilabel:`Référence` de la " +"fiche de paie individuelle, le nom de l':guilabel:`Employé`, le " +":guilabel:`Nom du lot`, les dates :guilabel:`De` et :guilabel:`Au`, la " +":guilabel:`Société`, le :guilabel:`Salaire de base`, le :guilabel:`Salaire " +"net`, et le :guilabel:`Statut` de la fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the " +"individual payslip." +msgstr "" +"Le fait de cliquer sur une entrée de fiche de paie individuelle permet " +"d'afficher les détails de cette fiche de paie individuelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41 +msgid "Create new payslip" +msgstr "Créer une nouvelle fiche de paie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page " +"(:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips" +" --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-" +"left corner." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez créer une nouvelle fiche de paie à partir de la page " +":guilabel:`Fiches de paie à payer` (:menuselection:`app Paie --> Fiches de " +"paie --> A payer`) ou la page :guilabel:`Fiches de paie des employés` " +"(:menuselection:`app Paie --> Fiches de paie --> Toutes les fiches de " +"paie`), en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` dans le coin supérieur " +"gauche." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the " +"necessary payslip information can be entered." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir cliqué sur :guilabel:`Créer`, un formulaire de fiche de paie " +"vierge s'ouvre dans lequel vous pouvez saisir toutes les informations " +"nécessaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in " +"with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by " +"**bold** lines." +msgstr "" +"Sur le formulaire de fiche de paie vierge, certains champs sont obligatoires" +" et doivent être complétés. Ces champs obligatoires sont affichés en " +"**gras**." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip." +msgstr "Les champs obligatoires d'une nouvelle fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired" +" employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other" +" fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a " +"selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the " +":guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` " +"fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form " +"in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Employé` : Saisissez le nom d'un employé ou sélectionnez " +"l'employé souhaité dans la liste déroulante. Après avoir sélectionné un " +"employé, plusieurs autres champs de la fiche de paie pourraient se remplir " +"automatiquement. Généralement, après avoir sélectionné " +"l':guilabel:`Employé`, Odoo remplit automatiquement les champs " +":guilabel:`Contrat`, :guilabel:`Structure`, et :guilabel:`Nom de la fiche de" +" paie`, mais **seulement** si ces informations figurent déjà dans la fiche " +"employé dans l'application *Employés*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On " +"this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater " +"than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to " +"select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this " +"process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Période` : Cliquez sur la date par défaut pour faire apparaître " +"un calendrier. Sur ce calendrier, utilisez les icônes :guilabel:`< " +"(inférieur à)` et :guilabel:`> (supérieur à)` pour sélectionner le mois " +"souhaité et cliquez sur le jour souhaité pour sélectionner cette date " +"spécifique comme date de début de la fiche de paie. Répétez les mêmes étapes" +" pour ajouter une date de fin à la fiche de paie dans le champ suivant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract " +"for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the " +"selected employee appear as options." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Contrat` : À l'aide du menu déroulant, sélectionnez le contrat " +"souhaité pour l'employé. Seuls les contrats correspondants disponibles pour " +"l'employé sélectionné figurent parmi les options." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure" +" type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract" +" for that specific employee appear as options." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Structure` : Sélectionnez le type de structure salariale dans le " +"menu déroulant. Seules les structures correspondantes disponibles pour le " +"contrat sélectionné pour cet employé spécifique figurent parmi les options." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the " +"payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nom de la fiche de paie` : Dans le champ vierge, tapez le nom de " +"la fiche de paie. Le nom doit être court et descriptif, par exemple `Avril " +"2023`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select " +"the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Société` : Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations comptables`, " +"sélectionnez la société à laquelle la fiche de paie s'applique dans le menu " +"déroulant :guilabel:`Société`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, " +"enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found " +"in the *Accounting* application." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Journal des salaires` : Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations " +"comptables`, saisissez le journal des salaires dans lequel le paiement sera " +"comptabilisé et qui se trouve dans l'application *Comptabilité*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab." +msgstr "" +"Les champs obligatoires d'une nouvelle fiche de paie dans l'onglet " +"Informations comptables." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every " +"entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct." +msgstr "" +"Il est recommandé de vérifier auprès du département comptable que chaque " +"entrée affectant l'application *Comptabilité* est correcte." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can " +"be entered here." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Référence` : Toute note ou référence pour la nouvelle entrée peut" +" être saisie ici." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Véhicule de société` : Le cas échéant, sélectionnez le véhicule " +"de société dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the " +"entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of " +"Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what " +"was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and " +":guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Jours travaillés` : Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Jours travaillés \\&" +" Entrées`, les entrées sous :guilabel:`Jours travaillés` (y compris le " +":guilabel:`Type`, la :guilabel:`Description`, le :guilabel:`Nombre de " +"jours`, le :guilabel:`Nombre d'heures`, et le :guilabel:`Montant`) sont " +"remplies automatiquement, en fonction des champs :guilabel:`Période`, " +":guilabel:`Contrat`, et :guilabel:`Structure` de la fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " +"automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " +"clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the " +"entry." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Calcul du salaire` : L'onglet :guilabel:`Calcul du salaire` est " +"automatiquement complété après avoir cliqué sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Calculer la feuille`. Ceci permet d'afficher tous les salaires, " +"déductions, taxes, etc. de l'entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nom du lot` : Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations comptables`, " +"sélectionnez le lot de fiches de paie auquel cette nouvelle fiche de paie " +"doit être ajoutée dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on " +"the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the " +":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up " +"window. Then, click on the desired date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date de compte` : Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations " +"comptables`, saisissez la date à laquelle la fiche de paie doit être " +"comptabilisée, en cliquent sur le menu déroulant et en naviguant au bon mois" +" et à la bonne année à l'aide des icônes :guilabel:`< > (inférieur " +"à/supérieur à)` dans le calendrier qui s'affiche. Cliquez ensuite sur la " +"date souhaitée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting" +" Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged " +"in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Journal des salaires` : Ce champ, situé dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Informations comptables`, représente le journal dans lequel la " +"fiche de paie sera enregistrée et est sélectionné automatiquement lorsque " +"les champs :guilabel:`Contrat` et :guilabel:`Structure` sont complétés dans " +"la fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the " +"payslip is confirmed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Entrée comptable` : Ce champ, situé dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Informations comptables`, est complété automatiquement dès que la" +" fiche de paie est confirmée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116 +msgid "Save and process new payslip" +msgstr "Enregistrer et traiter une nouvelle fiche de paie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete " +"the entry." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les informations nécessaires sur la fiche de " +"paie, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les données ou " +"sur :guilabel:`Ignorer` pour supprimer l'entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it " +"is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button " +"can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the " +"entry *and* compute the sheet." +msgstr "" +"Il n'est pas obligatoire d'enregistrer l'entrée pour calculer la feuille, " +"bien qu'il soit préférable de le faire. Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Calculer la feuille` sans enregistrer la fiche de paie au " +"préalable. Vous enregistrez ainsi l'entrée *et* vous calculez la feuille." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, " +"and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any " +"modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the " +"desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to " +"have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and " +":guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Calculer la feuille` pour enregistrer " +"toutes les informations et remplir l'onglet :guilabel:`Calcul du salaire`. " +"Si vous devez apporter des modifications, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Modifier`, effectuez les modifications nécessaires et cliquez sur" +" le bouton :guilabel:`Recalculer les jours travaillés` pour refléter les " +"changements dans les onglets :guilabel:`Jours travaillés` et " +":guilabel:`Calcul du salaire`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " +"payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button." +msgstr "" +"Pour imprimer la fiche de paie, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Imprimer`. " +"Pour annuler la fiche de paie, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Annuler la " +"fiche de paie`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically " +"updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the" +" payslip." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que tous les éléments de la fiche de paie sont corrects, cliquez " +"sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une entrée brouillon` pour créer la fiche de " +"paie. Le chatter est automatiquement mis à jour pour afficher l'email envoyé" +" à l'employé, avec la copie PDF de la fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"La nouvelle fiche de paie est envoyée par email à l'employé et l'email " +"s'affiche dans le chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " +":guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which " +"the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against" +" must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, le paiement doit être envoyé à l'employé. Pour ce faire, cliquez " +"sur le bouton :guilabel:`Exécuter le paiement`. Un formulaire contextuel " +"s'ouvre, dans lequel vous pouvez sélectionner le :guilabel:`Journal de " +"banque` souhaité sur lequel le paiement doit être effectué dans le menu " +"déroulant. Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour " +"confirmer le journal et revenir à la fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur Exécuter le paiement pour envoyer le paiement à l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top " +"of the payslip form." +msgstr "" +"Si un paiement doit être annulé ou remboursé, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Rembourser` ou :guilabel:`Annuler la fiche de paie`, situé en " +"haut de la fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " +"entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " +"payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make " +"Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the " +"employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing." +msgstr "" +"Pour qu'une fiche de paie puisse être payée, l'employé *doit* saisir un " +"compte bancaire dans ses coordonnées. En l'absence d'informations bancaires," +" il est impossible de payer une fiche de paie et une erreur apparaît en " +"cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Exécuter le paiement`. Les informations " +"bancaires se trouvent dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations privées` de la " +"fiche de l'employé. Modifiez la fiche de l'employé et ajoutez les " +"informations bancaires si elles sont manquantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0 +msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez saisir les informations bancaires sur la fiche de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 +msgid "All payslips" +msgstr "Toutes les fiches de paie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app" +" --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch " +"(in a default list view)." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher toutes les fiches de paie, indépendamment de leur statut, " +"allez à l'application :menuselection:`Paie --> Fiches de paie --> Toutes les" +" fiches de paie`. Toutes les fiches de paie y sont organisées par lot (dans " +"une vue de liste par défaut)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view" +" all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " +"details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after" +" the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears " +"on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, " +":guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur la flèche :guilabel:`▶` à côté du nom du lot individuel pour " +"afficher toutes les fiches de paie de ce lot en particulier, ainsi que tous " +"les détails. Le nombre de fiches de paie dans le lot est noté entre " +"parenthèses après le nom du lot. Le :guilabel:`Statut` de chaque fiche de " +"paie individuelle s'affiche à l'extrême droite, indiquant si elle est en " +":guilabel:`Brouillon`, :guilabel:`En attente`, ou si c'est :guilabel:`Fait`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time " +"to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Brouillon` indique que la fiche de paie est créée et qu'il est " +"toujours possible de la modifier, puisque les montants ne sont pas encore " +"calculés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +msgid "" +"`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details " +"can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." +msgstr "" +"`En attente` indique que la fiche de paie a été calculée et que les détails " +"du salaire figurent dans l'onglet *Calcul du salaire*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 +msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." +msgstr "" +"`Fait` indique que la fiche de paie est calculée et prête à être payée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each " +"batch." +msgstr "" +"Visualisez toutes les fiches de paie organisées par lots. Cliquez sur la " +"flèche pour développer chaque lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " +"separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " +"Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur une fiche de paie individuelle pour voir les détails de cette " +"fiche dans une page séparée. À l'aide du fil d'Ariane, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Fiches de paie des employés` pour revenir à la vue de liste de " +"toutes les fiches de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" +" clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " +"reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page," +" enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new" +" payslip ` section." +msgstr "" +"Une nouvelle fiche de paie peut être créée à partir de la page " +":guilabel:`Fiches de paie des employés`, en cliquant sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Créer` dans le coin supérieur gauche. Un formulaire de fiche de " +"paie vierge s'ouvre alors. Saisissez-y toutes les informations nécessaires, " +"comme indiqué dans la section :ref:`Créer une nouvelle fiche de paie " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " +"clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, " +"click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible " +"payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the " +"payslips." +msgstr "" +"Pour imprimer des versions PDF des fiches de paie à partir des pages " +":guilabel:`Fiches de paie à payer` ou :guilabel:`Fiches de paie des " +"employés`, sélectionnez d'abord les fiches de paie souhaitées en cochant la " +"case à côté de chaque fiche de paie à imprimer. Vous pouvez également cocher" +" la case à côté de :guilabel:`Référence`, ce qui permet de sélectionner " +"toutes les fiches de paie visibles sur la page. Cliquez ensuite sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Imprimer` pour imprimer les fiches de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent Imprimer pour imprimer les fiches de paie " +"au format PDF." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all " +"payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click " +"on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips " +"to an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" +"Les fiches de paie peuvent aussi être exportées vers une feuille de calcul " +"Excel. Lors de l'exportation, toutes les fiches de paie sont exportées, que " +"certaines soient sélectionnées ou non. Cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Exporter tout` (icône de téléchargement) pour exporter toutes les" +" fiches de paie vers une feuille de calcul Excel." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel " +"payslip." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent Exporter tout pour exporter toutes les " +"fiches de paie vers une fiche de paie Excel." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " +"each payslip." +msgstr "" +"Les options *À payer* et *Toutes les fiches de paie* affichent toutes deux " +"les informations détaillées de chaque fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218 +msgid "Batches" +msgstr "Lots" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " +"created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir les fiches de paie par lots, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Paie --> Fiches de paie --> Lots` pour afficher tous les " +"lots de fiches de paie qui ont été créés. Ces lots s'affichent par défaut " +"dans une vue de liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " +":guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its " +":guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." +msgstr "" +"Chaque lot affiche le :guilabel:`Nom`, la :guilabel:`Date de début` et la " +":guilabel:`Date de fin`, s'il s'agit d'un :guilabel:`Avoir`, son " +":guilabel:`Statut`, et la :guilabel:`Société`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View displaying all batches created." +msgstr "Vue affichant tous les lots créés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " +"separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make" +" any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, " +"proceed to make any necessary changes." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur un lot individuel pour voir les détails de ce lot sur une page " +"séparée. Sur cette page de détail des lots, il est possible d'apporter des " +"modifications en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Modifier`. Procédez " +"ensuite à toutes les modifications nécessaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original " +"data." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque toutes les modifications souhaitées ont été apportées, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les modifications ou sur " +":guilabel:`Ignorer` pour revenir aux données d'origine." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 +msgid "" +"After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`" +" button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which " +"payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified." +msgstr "" +"Une fois les modifications enregistrées, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie` pour faire apparaître un formulaire " +"contextuel :guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie` dans lequel vous pouvez " +"créer ou modifier les fiches de paie affectées par les modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242 +msgid "" +"All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees " +"section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results " +"by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the " +":guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the" +" respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les fiches de paie associées au lot sont affichées dans la section " +"employés de la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie`. " +"Pour filtrer les résultats par :guilabel:`Structure salariale` et/ou par " +":guilabel:`Département`, sélectionnez une structure salariale et/ou un " +"département dans les menus déroulants respectifs." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or " +":guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the " +":guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the " +"pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Seuls les employés qui correspondent à la :guilabel:`Structure salariale` " +"et/ou au :guilabel:`Département` sélectionnés apparaissent dans la liste des" +" employés. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Générer` au bas de la fenêtre " +"contextuelle :guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie` pour générer les fiches " +"de paie modifiées et fermer la fenêtre contextuelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." +msgstr "Générez des fiches de paie à partir du lot modifié." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " +"smart button to create a draft of the payslips." +msgstr "" +"De retour sur la page des détails du lot, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Créer une entrée brouillon` pour créer un brouillon des fiches de" +" paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say " +":guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-" +"up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees." +msgstr "" +"Une fois les fiches de paie brouillon créées, le bouton devient " +":guilabel:`Exécuter le paiement`. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Exécuter " +"le paiement`. Une fenêtre contextuelle s'ouvre, dans laquelle vous devez " +"saisir les informations bancaires. Sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Journal de " +"banque` dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour " +"traiter les fiches de paie et payer les employés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +msgid "" +"On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible " +"via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. " +"Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Sur la page de détails du lot, le nombre de fiches de paie dans le lot est " +"accessible via le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Fiches de paie`, situé dans " +"le coin supérieur droit. Les fiches de paie individuelles du lot peuvent " +"être visualisées en cliquant sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Fiches de " +"paie` dans le coin supérieur droit." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " +"page, or back to the list of all batches." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez le fil d'Ariane pour revenir à la page de détails du lot individuel" +" ou à la liste de tous les lots." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the " +"batch." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent Fiches de paie pour voir les fiches de " +"paie individuelles du lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280 +msgid "Create a new batch" +msgstr "Créer un nouveau lot" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" +" (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank" +" payslip batch form on a separate page." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouveau lot de fiches de paie à partir de la page " +":guilabel:`Lots de fiches de paie` (:menuselection:`app Paie --> Fiches de " +"paie --> Lots`), cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` dans le coin " +"supérieur gauche. Un formulaire de lot de fiches de paie vierge s'ouvre dans" +" une page séparée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286 +msgid "" +"On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and" +" select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which" +" reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, " +"navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both " +"the start and end dates." +msgstr "" +"Sur le formulaire de lot de fiches de paie, donnez un :guilabel:`Nom` au lot" +" et sélectionnez la plage de dates à laquelle le lot s'applique, en cliquant" +" sur l'icône :guilabel:`▼ (menu déroulant)` dans les champs " +":guilabel:`Période`, révélant ainsi un calendrier. Dans cette fenêtre " +"contextuelle, allez au bon mois et cliquez sur le jour correspondant aux " +"dates de début et de fin." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." +msgstr "Saisissez les détails du nouveau lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit " +"Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the " +"payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated " +"date is reflected in the accounting journal entries." +msgstr "" +"Si le lot est un avoir, cochez la case à côté d':guilabel:`Avoir`. Puis, " +"dans le champ :guilabel:`Date de génération`, sélectionnez la date à " +"laquelle les fiches de paie doivent être générées dans un calendrier. Cette " +"date générée est reprise dans les pièces comptables." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips " +"are written against." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, dans le champ :guilabel:`Société`, sélectionnez la société pour " +"laquelle ces fiches de paie sont établies." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click " +"the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque toutes les informations figurant sur le lot de fiches de paie sont " +"correctes, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer " +"les informations. Pour supprimer l'entrée, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Ignorer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer les fiches de paie du lot nouvellement créé, cliquez sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie` en haut du formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be " +"created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x " +"mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line." +msgstr "" +"Une fenêtre contextuelle s'affiche alors, indiquant toutes les fiches de " +"paie qui seront créées. Pour supprimer des fiches de paie individuelles, " +"cliquez sur l'icône noire :guilabel:`✖` à l'extrême droite de la ligne de la" +" fiche de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs " +"to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down " +"menus." +msgstr "" +"Si vous devez préciser une :guilabel:`Structure salariale` ou un " +":guilabel:`Département` pour le lot, sélectionnez-les dans les menus " +"déroulants correspondants." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to " +"create the payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Générer` au bas de la fenêtre contextuelle " +"pour créer la fiche de paie du lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch." +msgstr "Générer les fiches de paie du nouveau lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a " +":guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays " +"payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie`, la " +"sélection d'un :guilabel:`Département` et/ou d'une :guilabel:`Structure " +"salariale` n'affiche que les fiches de paie qui s'appliquent à ces " +"paramètres spécifiquement sélectionnés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being " +"generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box" +" disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` " +"icon can be clicked to close the alert." +msgstr "" +"Si des erreurs ou des problèmes empêchant la génération des fiches de paie, " +"un message d'erreur apparaît dans la partie supérieure droite. Cette boîte " +"d'erreur disparaît d'elle-même au bout de quelques secondes, ou cliquez sur " +"l'icône :guilabel:`✖` pour fermer l'avertissement." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any " +"payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate`" +" button again." +msgstr "" +"Pour remédier au problème, effectuez les modifications nécessaires (par ex. " +"supprimez les lignes de la fiche de paie qui ne peuvent pas être traitées), " +"puis cliquez à nouveau sur le bouton :guilabel:`Générer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to " +"the payslip batch form." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque les fiches de paie ont été générées avec succès, l'écran revient au " +"formulaire de lot de fiches de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the " +"payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" +"À partir de là, cliquez le bouton :guilabel:`Générer une entrée brouillon` " +"pour faire passer le statut des fiches de paie de :guilabel:`Brouillon` à " +":guilabel:`Fait`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button" +" to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the " +"proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select " +"the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter " +"the appropriate file name." +msgstr "" +"Une fois les fiches de paie générées, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Exécuter le paiement` pour traiter les paiements. Une fenêtre " +"contextuelle s'ouvre, dans laquelle les informations bancaires appropriées " +"doivent être saisies. Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, sélectionnez le " +":guilabel:`Journal de banque` dans le menu déroulant et saisissez le nom de " +"fichier adéquat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, " +"or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour " +"confirmer les informations ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Annuler` pour ne pas " +"les saisir." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 +msgid "Generate commission payslips" +msgstr "Générer les fiches de paie de commissions" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " +"Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To " +"generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or " +"batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button." +msgstr "" +"Les fiches de paie de commissions peuvent être générées directement à partir" +" de la page :guilabel:`Lots de fiches de paie` (:menuselection:`app Paie -->" +" Fiches de paie --> Lots`). Pour générer des fiches de paie de commissions à" +" partir de cette page, cliquez sur le(s) lot(s) souhaité(s) pour créer des " +"fiches de paie de commissions, puis cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Générer" +" les fiches de paie de commissions`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in" +" which the necessary information **must** be filled out." +msgstr "" +"Une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Générer une fiche de paie de commission`" +" s'ouvre, dans laquelle vous **devez** remplir les informations nécessaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the commission details." +msgstr "Saisissez les détails de la commission." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " +":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " +"calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips " +"are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, cliquez sur les mens déroulants situés à " +"côté du champ :guilabel:`Période` pour faire apparaître des fenêtres " +"contextuelles de calendrier. Dans ces fenêtres, sélectionnez la période " +"souhaitée pour laquelle les fiches de paie sont générées. En utilisant les " +"flèches :guilabel:`< (gauche)` et :guilabel:`> (droite)`, allez au bon mois " +"et cliquez sur la date pour la sélectionner." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Département`, sélectionnez le département souhaité " +"dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " +"appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un département est sélectionné, les employés répertoriés pour ce " +"département apparaissent dans la section :guilabel:`Employé`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " +"Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." +msgstr "" +"Dans la section :guilabel:`Employé`, saisissez le :guilabel:`Montant de " +"commission` de chaque employé dans la colonne appropriée. Pour supprimer un " +"employé, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` pour supprimer la " +"ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " +":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez une nouvelle entrée en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un ligne` et " +"en saisissant l':guilabel:`Employé` et le :guilabel:`Montant de la " +"commission` approprié." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. " +"Any file type is accepted." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Charger votre fichier` pour ajouter un " +"fichier, le cas échéant. Tous les types de fichiers sont acceptés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, " +"select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. " +":guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while " +":guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies." +msgstr "" +"À l'aide du menu déroulant à côté du champ :guilabel:`Type de commission`, " +"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Commission classique` ou :guilabel:`Warrant`. La " +"commission :guilabel:`classique` est la plus courante, tandis que le " +":guilabel:`Warrant` est principalement utilisé par les entreprises belges." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" +" Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que toutes les commissions ont été correctement saisies, cliquez " +"sur le bouton :guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie` pour créer les fiches " +"de paie des commissions." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Analyse" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "Graphique linéaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "Graphique à barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "Graphique circulaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "Chèques-repas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Saisie sur salaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`, provides a " +"visual overview of the individual time sheets of every employee, with each " +"day split into a morning shift and an afternoon shift." +msgstr "" +"Le tableau de bord des *Prestations*, accessible via :menuselection:`Paie " +"--> Prestations --> Prestations`, fournit un aperçu visuel des feuilles de " +"temps individuelles de chaque employé, chaque jour étant divisé en un poste " +"du matin et un poste de l'après-midi." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Work Entries dashboard view showing all employee's work entries." +msgstr "" +"Le tableau de bord des prestations affichant les prestations de tous les " +"employés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the view so that only the entries for a single day, week, or month" +" are shown, click on one of the corresponding links for :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`, located at the top of the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier la vue de manière à n'afficher que les prestations d'un seul " +"jour, d'une seule semaine ou d'un seul mois, cliquez sur l'un des liens " +"correspondants pour le :guilabel:`Jour`, la :guilabel:`Semaine`, ou le " +":guilabel:`Mois`, situés en haut du tableau de bord." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons " +"on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Today` button to adjust the " +"displayed dates. The arrows will adjust the date based on the type of time " +"selected. For example, if month is selected, the arrows will move one month " +"with each click of the arrow. If week or day is selected, the time will move" +" by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez les icônes :guilabel:`⬅️ (flèche gauche)` et :guilabel:`➡️ (flèche " +"droite)` situées à gauche et à droite du bouton :guilabel:`Aujourd'hui` pour" +" ajuster les dates affichées. Les flèches ajustent la date en fonction de la" +" plage de temps sélectionnée. Par exemple, si le mois est sélectionné, les " +"flèches se déplacent d'un mois à chaque clic. Si la semaine ou le jour est " +"sélectionné, les flèches se déplacent d'une semaine ou d'un jour à chaque " +"clic, respectivement." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Adding a new work entry" +msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle prestation" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time or time " +"off, click :guilabel:`Add` to create a new work entry. A pop-up will appear," +" with several fields to fill in." +msgstr "" +"Si une prestation manque et doit être ajoutée, comme les congés maladie ou " +"les congés payés, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter` pour créer une nouvelle " +"prestation. Une fenêtre contextuelle s'affiche, avec plusieurs champs à " +"remplir." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, such as `Sick Time` or any other " +"short description. Select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` from the respective drop-down lists." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez le :guilabel:`Nom de la prestation`, comme `Congé maladie` ou " +"toute autre description courte. Sélectionnez l':guilabel:`Employé` et le " +":guilabel:`Type de prestation` dans les listes déroulantes respectives." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." +msgstr "Remplissez le formulaire de création d'une prestation dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the date and time for the work entry in the :guilabel:`From` and" +" :guilabel:`To` drop-downs. First, select the date by navigating to the " +"correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, saisissez la date et l'heure de la prestation dans les menus " +"déroulants :guilabel:`Du` et :guilabel:`Au`. Sélectionnez d'abord la date en" +" allant au bon mois et à la bonne année à l'aide des icônes :guilabel:`⬅️ " +"(flèche gauche)` et :guilabel:`➡️ (flèche droite)`, puis cliquez sur le jour" +" spécifique." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, select the time by clicking on the :guilabel:`⏰ (clock)` icon, and " +"using the :guilabel:`⬆️ (up arrow)` and :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icons " +"for each section to enter the hour, minute, and second for the time period." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, sélectionnez l'heure en cliquant sur l'icône :guilabel:`⏰ " +"(horloge)` et en utilisant les icônes :guilabel:`⬆️ (flèche vers le haut)` " +"et :guilabel:`⬇️ (flèche vers le bas)` pour chaque section pour entrer " +"l'heure, la minute et la seconde de la période." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Period` will display the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` " +"and :guilabel:`From` entries." +msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`Période` affichera les heures en fonction des entrées " +":guilabel:`Au` et :guilabel:`Du`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before clicking either :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`, " +"it is good to double check the :guilabel:`Period` to ensure the time stated " +"corresponds to the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` fields." +msgstr "" +"Avant de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` ou " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau`, il est conseillé de revérifier la " +":guilabel:`Période` pour s'assurer que l'heure indiquée correspond aux " +"champs :guilabel:`Au` et :guilabel:`Du`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:0 +msgid "Hours entered in the Period field." +msgstr "Heures saisies dans le champ Période." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the " +"entry and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"create another :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`." +msgstr "" +"Une fois les informations saisies, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & " +"Fermer` pour enregistrer l'entrée et fermer la fenêtre contextuelle, ou sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer l'entrée et créer un " +"autre :guilabel:`Type de prestation`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60 +msgid "Regenerate work entries" +msgstr "Regénérer les prestations" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After a work entry has been either added or modified, the work entries need " +"to be regenerated for the affected employee(s). Click on the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the main dashboard," +" and a pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" +"Après l'ajout ou la modification d'une prestation, les prestations doivent " +"être regénérées pour le(s) employé(s) concerné(s). Cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Regénérer les prestations` en haut du tableau de bord principal " +"et une fenêtre contextuelle s'ouvre." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Employee` to regenerate work entries for from the " +":guilabel:`drop-down menu`, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`To` fields so the correct date range is displayed. Click the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button and the work entries will be " +"recreated. Once finished, the pop-up will close." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez l':guilabel:`Employé` pour lequel vous devez regénérer les " +"prestations dans le :guilabel:`menu déroulant`, et ajustez les champs " +":guilabel:`Du` et :guilabel:`Au` pour afficher la bonne plage de dates. " +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Regénérer les prestations` et les " +"prestations seront recréées. Une fois l'opération terminée, la fenêtre " +"contextuelle se ferme." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." +msgstr "Regénérez une prestation pour un employé en particulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:76 +msgid "Conflicts" +msgstr "Conflits" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick " +"time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as " +"required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved " +"before payslips can be generated." +msgstr "" +"Un conflit apparaît pour toute demande qui n'a pas été approuvée, comme les " +"congés maladie ou des vacances, ou s'il y a des erreurs dans les " +"prestations, comme des champs obligatoires laissés vides. Les conflits " +"doivent être résolus avant que les fiches de paie puissent être générées." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main " +":guilabel:`Work Entry` overview dashboard, located by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Conflicts`, where only " +"conflicts needing resolution are shown." +msgstr "" +"Toute prestation qui présente un conflit à résoudre est indiquée dans le " +"tableau de bord principal de la :guilabel:`Prestation`, accessible via " +":menuselection:`Paie --> Prestations --> Conflits`, où seuls les conflits " +"devant être résolus sont affichés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." +msgstr "" +"Le tableau de bord des conflits affichant les prestations en conflit des " +"employés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top left corner of " +"each individual entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the conflict" +" details in a pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Les conflits sont signalés par un triangle orange dans le coin supérieur " +"gauche de chaque prestation individuelle. Cliquez sur une prestation " +"individuelle pour voir les détails du conflit dans une fenêtre contextuelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93 +msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box." +msgstr "Le conflit est brièvement expliqué dans une zone de texte orange." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Details for a conflict appear in the pop-up." +msgstr "Les détails d'un conflit apparaissent dans la fenêtre contextuelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up. The :guilabel:`From` " +"and :guilabel:`To` date range, as well as the total time requested (in " +"hours), appear in the :guilabel:`Period` field on the right side." +msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`Nom de la prestation`, l':guilabel:`Employé`, et le " +":guilabel:`Type de prestation` sont répertoriés dans la partie gauche de la " +"fenêtre contextuelle. La plage de dates :guilabel:`Du` et :guilabel:`Au`, " +"ainsi que le temps total demandé (en heures) apparaissent dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Période`, du côté droit." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If there is a conflict because a time-off request for the same time already " +"exists in the system, the time-off will be entered in the :guilabel:`Time " +"Off` field. Clicking the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the " +":guilabel:`Time Off` entry will bring up the duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" +"S'il y a un conflit parce qu'une demande de congé pour la même période " +"existe déjà dans le système, le congé sera saisi dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Congé`. Le fait de cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe`" +" à côté de l'entrée :guilabel:`Congé` fera apparaître la demande de congé en" +" double." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The details for the time-off request appear in the pop-up. The request can " +"be modified if needed. Click either the :guilabel:`Validate` or " +":guilabel:`Refuse` button to approve or deny the request, then click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" +"Les détails de la demande de congé s'affichent dans la fenêtre contextuelle." +" La demande peut être modifiée au besoin. Cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Valider` ou :guilabel:`Refuser` pour approuver ou rejeter la " +"demande, puis cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer" +" les modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Edit and/or validate a duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "Modifiez et/ou validez une demande de congé en double." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the duplicate time-off request has been approved and saved, the screen " +"goes back to the conflict. Click :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` or " +":guilabel:`Approve Time Off` via the buttons in the top right to either " +"approve or deny the request. Repeat for all conflicts until there are no " +"conflicts to resolve." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que la demande de congé en double a été approuvée et enregistrée, " +"vous êtes redirigé vers le conflit. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Refuser le congé`" +" ou :guilabel:`Approuver le congé` à l'aide des boutons en haut à droite " +"pour soit approuver, soit refuser la demande. Répétez pour tous les conflits" +" jusqu'à ce qu'il n'y en ait plus." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After conflicts have been resolved, work entries must be regenerated for " +"each employee by clicking the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, " +"and entering the corresponding information for each employee." +msgstr "" +"Après que les conflits ont été résolus, les prestations doivent être " +"regénérées pour chaque employé en cliquant sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Regénérer les prestations` et en saisissant les informations " +"correspondantes de chaque employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate Work Entries button on the Work Entries Regeneration form." +msgstr "" +"Le bouton Regénérer les prestations sur le formulaire de regénération des " +"prestations." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129 +msgid "Generating payslips" +msgstr "Générer des fiches de paie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To generate payslips, navigate to the time period the payslips should be " +"generated for, either day, week, or month. When the desired pay period is " +"displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button." +msgstr "" +"Pour générer les fiches de paie, allez à la période pour laquelle les fiches" +" de paie doivent être générées, soit le jour, la semaine ou le mois. Lorsque" +" la période de paie souhaitée est affichée, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Generate Payslips button on the Work Entry dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Le bouton Générer les fiches de paie dans le tableau de bord des " +"prestations." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears light " +"turquoise instead of dark turquoise), that indicates there are conflicts. " +"*Solve conflicts first* will appear as a warning when :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` is moused over. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips." +msgstr "" +"Si le bouton :guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie` n'est pas actif (il " +"apparaît en turquoise clair au lieu de turquoise foncé), cela indique qu'il " +"y a des conflits. *Résolvez d'abord les conflits* apparaîtra comme un " +"avertissement lorsque vous passez la souris sur :guilabel:`Générer les " +"fiches de paie`. Résolvez tous les conflits avant de générer les fiches de " +"paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A batch entry will appear for the time period selected. The batch name " +"appears at the top in the :guilabel:`Name` field, typically listing the " +"month and year for the particular batch." +msgstr "" +"Une entrée de lot apparaît pour la période sélectionnée. Le nom du lot " +"apparaît en haut dans le champ :guilabel:`Nom`, avec généralement le mois et" +" l'année pour le lot en question." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The date range the payslips apply to appears in the :guilabel:`Period` " +"field. The company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field, along with an " +"option to mark the payslips as a credit note. To make changes, click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button in the top left, make any changes, then click either" +" :guilabel:`Save` to accept the changes or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert to " +"the original data." +msgstr "" +"La plage de dates à laquelle les fiches de paie s'appliquent apparaît dans " +"le champ :guilabel:`Période`. La société apparaît dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Société`, ainsi qu'une option permettant de marques les fiches de" +" paie comme avoir. Pour apporter des modifications, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Modifier` en haut à gauche, apportez vos changements, puis " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour accepter les changements ou sur " +":guilabel:`Ignorer` pour revenir aux données d'origine." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Batch information that appears when making a batch." +msgstr "" +"Informations sur le lot qui apparaissent lors de la création d'un lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for " +"the batch." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une entrée brouillon` pour créer les " +"fiches de paie du lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Payslips` button in the top right to view all the " +"payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Fiches de paie` en haut à droite pour " +"afficher toutes les fiches de paie du lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Payslips will have a status of *Waiting* until the :guilabel:`Create Draft " +"Entry` button has been clicked. After, the payslip status will change to " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" +"Les fiches de paie auront un statut *En attente* jusqu'à ce que le bouton " +":guilabel:`Créer une entrée brouillon` ait été cliqué. Ensuite, le statut de" +" la fiche de paie passera à *Fait*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payslips can be printed by clicking the box next to each payslip to print, " +"or clicking the box next to :guilabel:`Reference` to select all the payslips" +" at once. Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file will be created" +" with all the specified payslips." +msgstr "" +"Les fiches de paie peuvent être imprimées en cochant la case à côté de " +"chaque fiche de paie à imprimer ou en cochant la case située à côté de " +":guilabel:`Référence` pour sélectionner toutes les fiches de paie en une " +"seule fois. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Imprimer` et un fichier PDF " +"sera créé avec toutes les fiches de paie spécifiées." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Print button for printing the payslips." +msgstr "Le bouton Imprimer permettant d'imprimer les fiches de paie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174 +msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" +msgstr ":ref:`Configurer les prestations `" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "Recrutement" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Modèles d'email" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Refuser" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Ajout rapide" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Créer" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Onglet Options" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Créer un employé" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 +msgid "Job positions" +msgstr "Postes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " +"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " +"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" +" but have not yet been published." +msgstr "" +"Dans le tableau de bord :menuselection:`Recrutement` par défaut, tous les " +"postes sont affichés, indépendamment de leur statut. Les postes actuellement" +" publiés avec des candidats actifs sont affichés, ainsi que les postes qui " +"ont été créés, mais qui n'ont pas encore été publiés." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" +" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " +"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +msgstr "" +"Chaque poste est affiché dans une carte kanban individuelle. Si le poste est" +" actif et les candidats peuvent postuler, une bannière :guilabel:`Publié` " +"apparaît dans le coin supérieur droit de la carte." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +msgid "" +"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " +"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" +" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez consulter les candidatures soumises en cliquant sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`# Candidatures`, `#` étant le nombre de candidatures reçues. Si " +"un poste n'est pas publié, le bouton :guilabel:`Lancer le recrutement` " +"s'affiche plutôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgstr "" +"Tableau de bord principal du recrutement affichant tous les postes à " +"pourvoir." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new job position" +msgstr "Créer un nouveau poste" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +msgid "" +"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Il y a deux manières de créer un poste : à partir du tableau de bord " +"principal de :guilabel:`Recrutement` ou à partir du menu " +":guilabel:`Configuration`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " +"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un poste à partir du menu :guilabel:`Configuration`, allez à " +"l'app :menuselection:`Recrutement --> Configuration --> Postes`. Les postes " +"s'affichent par défaut en vue de liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." +msgstr "" +"Créez un nouveau poste à partir du tableau de bord :guilabel:`Postes` en " +"cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` dans le coin supérieur gauche." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " +"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " +"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" +" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +msgstr "" +"Une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer un poste` s'affiche alors. " +"Saisissez-y le nom de la fonction (tel que `Directeur des ventes`, " +"`Ingénieur mécanique`, etc.). Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Créer` pour enregistrer l'entrée ou sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Ignorer` pour la supprimer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new job position." +msgstr "Créez un nouveau poste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " +"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Une fois le poste créé, il apparaît sous forme de carte dans la vue kanban " +"du tableau de bord principal du :guilabel:`Recrutement` et dans la vue de " +"liste dans le menu :guilabel:`Configuration`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +msgid "Edit a new job position" +msgstr "Modifier un nouveau poste" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +msgstr "" +"Une fois le poste créé, il est temps d'en saisir les détails. Cliquez sur " +"l'icône :guilabel:`⋮ (trois points)` dans le coin supérieur droit de la " +"carte concernée pour faire apparaître plusieurs options, puis cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Modifier` pour modifier les détails." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the job position card." +msgstr "Modifiez la carte du poste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"available jobs." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez la description du poste dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Description du " +"poste`. Ces informations sont visibles par les candidats potentiels " +"lorsqu'ils recherchent des postes à pourvoir." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +msgid "" +"All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " +"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " +"located." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les informations de base concernant le poste à pourvoir sont " +"répertoriées sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Recrutement`. Aucun champ n'est " +"obligatoire, mais il est conseillé de fournir au moins quelques détails, " +"tels que la localisation du poste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "Les champs peuvent être remplis comme suit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Société` : Sélectionnez la société pour laquelle le poste est à " +"pourvoir." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Site web` : Sélectionnez le site web sur lequel le poste sera " +"publié." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Département` : Sélectionnez le département correspondant au poste" +" à pourvoir." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: Select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " +"hired for this position." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nouveaux employés attendus` : Saisissez le nombre d'employés à " +"embaucher pour ce poste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: Check the box to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +"when offering the job to a candidate." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modèle de contrat` : Sélectionnez un modèle de contrat qui sera " +"utilisé lorsque vous offrez le poste à un candidat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: Select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " +"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " +":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " +"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " +"on the front end." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Formulaire d'entretien` : Sélectionnez un formulaire que les " +"candidats doivent compléter avant leur entretien ou créez un nouveau " +"formulaire. Une fois sélectionné, un bouton :guilabel:`Afficher le " +"formulaire (Nom)` s'affiche à côté du formulaire sélectionné. Cliquez dessus" +" pour voir comment le formulaire se présente pour le candidat dans le " +"frontend." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " +"will." +msgstr "" +"Un lien vers le formulaire d'entretien permet de le voir comme le fera le " +"candidat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Recruteur` : Sélectionnez la personne qui fera le recrutement " +"pour ce poste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." +msgstr "Saisissez les détails de la fonction dans l'onglet recrutement." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 +msgid "Create interview form" +msgstr "Créer un formulaire d'entretien" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " +"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " +"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un poste a été créé, le :guilabel:`Formulaire d'entretien` doit " +"être créé. Dans la vue kanban du tableau de bord du " +":menuselection:`Recrutement`, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`⋮ (trois " +"points)` dans le coin supérieur droit de la carte pour afficher plusieurs " +"options et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer un formulaire d'entretien`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." +msgstr "Créez un formulaire d'entretien pour le nouveau poste." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next the survey form loads. The :guilabel:`Survey Title` is pre-populated " +"based on the job description. Then, select the person " +":guilabel:`Responsible` for the survey from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:309 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Questions" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " +"in the top line." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une question` pour ajouter une " +"question à la section. Une fenêtre contextuelle s'ouvre et vous permet de " +"saisir les détails de la question. Écrivez la question dans la ligne " +"supérieure." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 +msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" +msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir parmi plusieurs *types de questions* :" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " +"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Choix multiple : une seule réponse` : un choix multiple qui " +"permet au candidat de ne sélectionner qu'une seule réponse" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " +"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Choix multiples : plusieurs réponses autorisées` : un choix " +"multiple qui permet au candidat de sélectionner plusieurs réponses" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zone de texte à lignes multiples` : permet au candidat de saisir " +"plusieurs lignes de texte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zone de texte à ligne unique` : restreint le candidat à une seule" +" ligne de texte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Valeur numérique` : ne permet de saisir qu'un seul chiffre" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date` : un module calendrier s'ouvre permettant de sélectionner " +"une date" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datetime` : un module calendrier et une icône d'horloge s'ouvrent" +" permettant de sélectionner une date et une heure" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" +" an answer for each row" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Matrice` : un tableau personnalisable qui permet au candidat de " +"choisir une réponse pour chaque ligne" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:136 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question format will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." +msgstr "Ajoutez une nouvelle question au formulaire d'entretien." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " +"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " +"position(s)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez réorganiser les questions et les sections. Déplacez-les en " +"cliquant sur les en-têtes de section ou lignes de question individuelles et " +"en les déplaçant à l'emplacement souhaité." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " +"background." +msgstr "" +"Les sections sont indiquées par un fond gris, tandis que les questions ont " +"un fond blanc." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." +msgstr "Un exemple de catégories et de questions pour un candidat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:241 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Réponses" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another " +":guilabel:`Question Type` is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains " +"hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:164 +msgid "" +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question types, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:167 +msgid "" +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:171 +msgid "" +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the photo file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the :guilabel:`↕️ (Up-down arrows)` on the far left of each answer " +"line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers " +"appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Zone de texte à ligne unique" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Question Type`, only two checkboxes appear in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: Activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: This option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: Activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:203 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrice" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:210 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` :guilabel:`Question Type`, there are two sets of " +"data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. " +"The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the " +"rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:383 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Description" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:303 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Options" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:235 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: The :guilabel:`Answers` section is blank, with " +"no choices needed to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:245 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: A :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:247 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, :guilabel:`Numerical Value`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Datetime`: A :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be " +"verified as adhering to the parameters set in this section. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the :guilabel:`Minimum` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum` values in the corresponding fields. Depending on the " +":guilabel:`Question Type` selected, these fields may reference characters, " +"numbers, or dates. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given " +"does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, " +"enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: The first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:260 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Contraintes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (:guilabel:`This question requires " +"an answer`). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts " +"to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The " +"text should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Agencement" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if " +"there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field appears. Enter the text to appear in the " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have management " +"experience?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years" +" of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant " +"selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have management experience?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have management experience?` as the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the " +"triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:296 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Sessions en direct" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:298 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Une page avec toutes les questions` : Affichez toutes les " +"sections et questions en même temps." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Une page par section` : Affichez chaque section et ses questions " +"correspondantes sur une page individuelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:317 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Une page par question` : Affichez une seule question sur chaque " +"page." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:319 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: Choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: Display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: Display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:331 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Temps & Notation" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " +"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " +"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " +"the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Limite de temps du sondage` : Cochez cette case pour limiter le " +"temps alloué pour remplir le formulaire. Lorsque cette case est cochée, un " +"champ permettant de saisir les minutes apparaît à côté de la case cochée. " +"Saisissez le temps (au format XX:XX minute/seconde) dans le champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: Choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pas de notation` : Sélectionnez cette option pour ne pas noter le" +" formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:339 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notation sans réponses à la fin` : Sélectionnez cette option pour" +" noter le formulaire, mais sans montrer les réponses au candidat." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:344 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: If one of the scoring options was selected, " +"a :guilabel:`Required Score (%)` field appears. Enter the percentage the " +"candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be " +"written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: Check this box if the form is a " +"certification exam. When checked, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: If the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is checked, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the " +"email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant" +" passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of " +"the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participants" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:360 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mode d'accès` : Précisez qui peut accéder à l'examen : " +":guilabel:`Toute personne disposant du lien` ou :guilabel:`Seules les " +"personnes invitées`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " +"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:364 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " +"field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:368 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "Session en direct" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter the access code that will allow the viewers " +"into the live exam session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " +"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Récompenser les réponses rapides` : Si l'examen doit être fait en" +" direct, cochez cette case pour accorder plus de points aux participants qui" +" répondent rapidement." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:375 +msgid "" +"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir saisi tous les champs, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements ou cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Ignorer` pour supprimer les changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." +msgstr "Plusieurs options pour configurer le formulaire d'entretien." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:389 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Message de fin" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is complete the message entered in this tab is displayed for" +" the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Recommandations" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " +"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Parcours d'intégration" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Voir emplois" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Lien" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Envoyer un email à un ami" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Points" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Récompenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Niveaux" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Alertes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Time Off" +msgstr "Congés" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " +"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " +"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " +":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" +" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " +":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" +" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " +"` can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +msgid "" +"All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " +"sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " +"access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " +"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " +"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" +" use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " +"then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +msgid "Time off types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " +"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " +"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " +"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " +"can be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " +"top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " +"following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 +msgid "Time off requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " +"the time off type. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " +"requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" +" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"option is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " +"for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " +":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" +" time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" +" :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " +"the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " +"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " +"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" +" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " +"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " +"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " +"deducted from the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " +"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " +"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " +"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 +msgid "Allocation requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " +"employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " +"time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If " +":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " +"Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " +"allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " +"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " +"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " +"what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " +"allocation of this particular type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must approve the " +"allocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" +" off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " +"*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 +msgid "Timesheets section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " +"mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " +"access the developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" +" entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " +"appear in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " +"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"or :guilabel:`Training`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 +msgid "Display option section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " +"application dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 +msgid "Accrual plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " +"specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" +" or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " +"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 +msgid "Create accrual plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," +" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " +"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " +"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " +"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " +"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " +"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " +":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" +" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " +"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " +"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " +"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " +"in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " +"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " +"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " +"their accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." +" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " +"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" +"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " +"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " +"accrual renews." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " +":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " +"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " +":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " +"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " +"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " +"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" +" with this plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" +" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" +" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " +"means any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" +" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" +" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Public holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" +" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 +msgid "" +"It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " +"the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" +" set as a public holiday (non-working days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +msgid "Create public holiday" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Public Holidays`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 +msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" +" the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "Enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " +"populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " +"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company's time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" +" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +"computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " +"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 +msgid "" +"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " +"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" +" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " +"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" +" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" +" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " +"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" +" have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " +"drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " +"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " +"type from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Aperçu" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " +"a month view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " +"the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " +"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " +"appears on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" +" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +msgid "" +"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " +"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " +"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " +"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 +msgid "Allocate time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" +" to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " +"to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Approvals --> Allocations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +msgid "" +"This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" +" off that is being allocated to the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." +" Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation" +" is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" +" selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " +":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " +"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +"the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " +":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " +"` is configured (in days or hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " +"assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " +"The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " +"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " +"department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "" +"Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " +":guilabel:`Department`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " +"explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 +msgid "" +"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " +"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " +"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " +"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " +"off requests for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " +"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"time off request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " +"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " +"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" +" pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " +"purple (if applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 +msgid "" +"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" +" click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " +"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " +"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " +"and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " +":guilabel:`Date` selections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " +"approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " +"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " +"be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"information, and submit the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +msgid "Request allocation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +msgid "" +"If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " +"off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " +"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" +" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " +"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " +"all the allocations for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"allocation request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " +"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " +"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " +"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " +"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " +"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." +" This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " +"order to approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" +"sick time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 +msgid "Approvals" +msgstr "Approbations" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " +"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " +"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " +"specific type of time off is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " +":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 +msgid "Approve allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +msgid "" +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 +msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +msgid "" +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +msgid "" +"The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " +"highlighted in a specific color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" +" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " +"request in detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" +" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +msgid "Approve time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 +msgid "" +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " +"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " +"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " +"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " +"are active and *not* in a draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " +":guilabel:`To Approve`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " +"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 +msgid "" +"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " +"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " +"department are then presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " +"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " +"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " +"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " +"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" +" gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 +msgid "" +"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" +" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " +"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " +"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " +"to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " +"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " +"allocations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Tableau de bord" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"(the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " +"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " +"increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +msgid "" +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " +"summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " +"available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 +msgid "" +"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " +"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " +"requests are shown as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 +msgid "" +"Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " +"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " +"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " +"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 +msgid "" +"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " +":ref:`time off form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +msgid "" +"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" +" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " +"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " +"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " +":guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +msgid "" +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 +msgid "My allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 +msgid "" +"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +msgid "" +"A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " +"by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " +"are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " +"types are being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 +msgid "By employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +msgid "" +"To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +msgid "" +"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " +":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " +"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " +"top of the report to view the data differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +msgid "" +"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " +"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " +":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "By type" +msgstr "Par type" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " +"time off type in its own section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " +"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 +msgid "" +"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " +"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b6d72ba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,3462 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" +"Studio est une boîte à outils qui vous permet de personnaliser Odoo sans " +"avoir besoin de connaissances en codage. Par exemple, vous pouvez ajouter ou" +" modifier sur n'importe quelle application :" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr "les :doc:`champs `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr "les :doc:`vues `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr "les :doc:`modèles `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr "les :doc:`actions automatisées `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr "les :doc:`rapports PDF `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "les règles d'approbation" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "les règles de sécurité" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "" +"Ou vous pouvez :doc:`créer une application de toutes pièces " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : Studio `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "Actions automatisées (automatisations)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" +"Les actions automatisées sont utilisées pour déclencher des modifications " +"automatiques basées sur les actions de l'utilisateur (par ex. appliquer une " +"modification lorsqu'un champ est défini sur une valeur spécifique) ou sur " +"des conditions temporelles (par ex. archiver un enregistrement 7 jours après" +" sa dernière mise à jour)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer une action automatisée avec Studio, allez aux " +":guilabel:`Automatisations` depuis n'importe quel endroit de Studio." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" +"Pour chaque action automatisée que vous créez, il faut définir les éléments " +"suivants : le :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, le " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` et l':ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "Exemple d'une action automatisée sur le modèle d'abonnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modèle" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez le modèle sur lequel l'action automatisée doit être appliquée." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" +"Le modèle sur lequel vous vous trouvez lorsque vous cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Automatisations` est présélectionné par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Déclencher" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Définissez le moment où l'action automatisée doit être appliquée. Six " +"déclencheurs sont à votre disposition." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "À la création" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" +"L'action est déclenchée lorsqu'un enregistrement est créé et enregistré." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "Lors d'une mise à jour" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" +"L'action est déclenchée lorsqu'un enregistrement précédemment enregistré est" +" édité et ensuite enregistré." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez des :guilabel:`champs de déclenchement` pour préciser quels champs " +"- et uniquement ceux-là - déclenchent l'action lors de leur mise à jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" +"Pour détecter le passage d'un enregistrement d'un état à un autre, " +"définissez un filtre :guilabel:`Avant la mise à jour du domaine`, qui " +"vérifie si la condition est remplie avant la mise à jour de " +"l'enregistrement. Définissez ensuite un filtre :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, qui vérifie si la condition est remplie après la mise à " +"jour de l'enregistrement." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez que l'action automatisée se déclenche lorsqu'une adresse " +"email est définie sur un contact, définissez le filtre :guilabel:`Avant la " +"mise à jour du domaine` sur `Email n'est pas défini` et le domaine " +":guilabel:`Appliquer sur` sur `Email est défini`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "Exemple d'un déclencheur lors d'une mise à jour" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "À la création et en lors d'une mise à jour" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" +"L'action est déclenchée lorsqu'un enregistrement est créé et enregistré ou " +"édité ultérieurement et enregistré." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "Lors de la suppression" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "L'action est déclenchée lorsqu'un enregistrement est supprimé." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" +"Ce déclencheur est rarement utilisé, puisqu'il est généralement préférable " +"d'archiver des enregistrements au lieu de les supprimer." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "Basé sur une modification du formulaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" +"L'action est déclenchée lorsqu'une modification est apportée à la valeur " +"d'un champ de déclenchement dans la :ref:`vue Formulaire " +"`, même avant de sauvegarder l'enregistrement. Ce" +" déclencheur fonctionne uniquement sur l'interface utilisateur lorsqu'une " +"modification est effectuée par un utilisateur. Si le champ est modifié par " +"une autre action et non par l'utilisateur, l'action ne sera pas exécutée." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" +"Ce déclencheur ne peut être utilisé qu'avec l':ref:`action Exécuter un code " +"Python `, un développement est " +"donc nécessaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "Basé sur une condition temporelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" +"L'action est déclenchée lorsqu'une date ou une valeur de date et d'heure " +"d'un champ de déclenchement est atteinte." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" +"Pour déclencher l'action après la :guilabel:`Date de déclenchement`, ajoutez" +" un nombre de minutes, d'heures, de jours ou de mois sous :guilabel:`Délai " +"après la date de déclenchement`. Pour déclencher l'action avant, ajoutez " +"plutôt un nombre négatif." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez envoyer un email de rappel 30 minutes avant le début d'un " +"événement de calendrier, sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Début (Événement " +"Calendrier)` sous :guilabel:`Date de déclenchement` et définissez le " +":guilabel:`Délai après la date de déclenchement` à **-30** " +":guilabel:`Minutes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "Exemple d'un déclencheur basé sur une condition temporelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, le planificateur vérifie les dates de déclenchement toutes les 4" +" heures." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "Appliquer sur" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" +"Définissez les enregistrements du modèle sur lesquels l'action automatisée " +"doit être appliquée. Cela fonctionne de la même manière lorsque vous " +"appliquez des filtres sur un modèle." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Action" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" +"Déterminez ce que l'action automatisée doit faire (action du serveur). Vous " +"avez le choix entre huit types d'actions." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Exécuter le code Python" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" +"L'action est utilisée pour exécuter du code Python. Les variables disponible" +" sont décrites dans l'onglet :guilabel:`code Python`, qui est également " +"utilisé pour écrire votre code, ou dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Aide`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" +"Pour permettre l'exécution de l'action via le site web, cochez " +":guilabel:`Disponible sur le site web` et ajoutez un :guilabel:`Chemin du " +"site web`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "Créez un nouvel enregistrement" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" +"L'action est utilisée pour créer un nouvel enregistrement sur n'importe quel" +" modèle." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" +"La sélection d'un :guilabel:`Modèle cible` est uniquement requise si vous " +"souhaitez cibler un autre modèle que celui sur lequel vous vous trouvez." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Pour lier l'enregistrement qui a déclenché la création d'un nouvel " +"enregistrement, sélectionnez un champ sous :guilabel:`Champ de lien`. Par " +"exemple, vous pouvez créer un contact automatiquement lorsqu'une piste est " +"convertie en opportunité." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" +"L'onglet :guilabel:`Données à saisir` : l'onglet est utilisé pour préciser " +"les valeurs du nouvel enregistrement. Après avoir sélectionné un " +":guilabel:`Champ`, sélectionnez son :guilabel:`type d'évaluation` :" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valeur` : permet d'indiquer directement la valeur brute du champ " +"dans la colonne :guilabel:`Valeur`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Référence` : permet de sélectionner l'enregistrement sous la " +"colonne :guilabel:`Enregistrement` et de laisser Studio ajouter l'ID interne" +" dans la colonne :guilabel:`Valeur`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" +"Si une action automatisée crée une nouvelle tâche dans un projet, vous " +"pouvez l'assigner à un utilisateur spécifique en définissant le " +":guilabel:`Champ` sur :guilabel:`Utilisateur responsable (Projet)`, le " +":guilabel:`Type d'évaluation` sur :guilabel:`Référence` et " +"l':guilabel:`Enregistrement` sur un utilisateur spécifique." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "Exemple de l'action Créer un nouvel enregistrement" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Expression Python` : permet de définir de manière dynamique la " +"valeur du nouvel enregistrement pour un champ utilisant du code Python dans " +"la colonne :guilabel:`Valeur`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "Mettre à jour l'enregistrement" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" +"L'action est utilisée pour définir une ou plusieurs valeurs pour un ou " +"plusieurs champs de n'importe quel enregistrement sur le modèle actuel." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" +"La procédure à suivre pour compléter l'onglet :guilabel:`Données à saisir` " +"est la même que celle décrite sous :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/action/new-record`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Exécuter plusieurs actions" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" +"L'action permet de déclencher plusieurs actions en même temps. Pour ce " +"faire, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` sous l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Actions`. Dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Actions " +"enfants`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` et configurez l'action." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "Envoyer un email" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" +"L'action permet d'envoyer un email à un contact lié à un enregistrement " +"spécifique. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez ou créez un :guilabel:`Modèle " +"d'email`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "Ajouter des abonnés" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "L'action permet d'abonner des contacts existants à l'enregistrement." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "Créer l'activité suivante" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" +"L'action permet de programmer une activité suivante liée à l'enregistrement." +" Utilisez l'onglet :guilabel:`Activité` pour la configurer comme d'habitude," +" mais au lieu du champ :guilabel:`Assigné à`, sélectionnez un " +":guilabel:`Type d'utilisateur de l'activité`. Sélectionnez " +"l':guilabel:`Utilisateur spécifique` et ajoutez l'utilisateur sous " +":guilabel:`Responsable` si l'activité doit toujours être assignée au même " +"utilisateur. Pour cibler de manière dynamique un utilisateur lié à " +"l'enregistrement, sélectionnez plutôt :guilabel:`Utilisateur générique de " +"l'enregistrement` et modifiez le :guilabel:`Nom du champ utilisateur` le cas" +" échéant." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" +"Après qu'une piste est convertie en opportunité, vous souhaitez que votre " +"action automatisée planifie un appel pour l'utilisateur responsable de la " +"piste. Pour ce faire, définissez l':guilabel:`Activité` sur " +":guilabel:`Appeler` et définissez le :guilabel:`Type d'utilisateur de " +"l'activité` sur :guilabel:`Utilisateur générique de l'enregistrement`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "Exemple d'une action Créer l'activité suivante" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "Envoyer un SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" +"L'action permet d'envoyer un SMS à un contact lié à l'enregistrement. Pour " +"ce faire, sélectionnez ou créez un :guilabel:`Modèle de SMS`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez que les messages envoyés soient enregistrés dans le " +"chatter, cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Enregistrer comme une note`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "Champs et widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" +"Les champs permettent de structurer les modèles d'une base de données. Si " +"vous imaginez un modèle sous la forme d'un tableau ou d'une feuille de " +"calcul, les champs sont les colonnes dans lesquelles les données sont " +"stockées dans les enregistrements (c'est-à-dire les lignes). Les champs " +"définissent également le type de données qui y sont stockées. La manière " +"dont les données sont présentées et formatées dans l':abbr:`UI (Interface " +"utilisateur)` est déterminée par leur widget." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" +"D'un point de vue technique, il y a 15 types de champ dans Odoo. Toutefois, " +"vous pouvez choisir parmi 20 champs dans Studio, car certains types de " +"champs sont disponibles plus d'une fois en appliquant un différent widget " +"par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" +"Il est uniquement possible d'ajouter de :guilabel:`Nouveaux champs` aux vues" +" :ref:`studio/views/general/form` et :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`. Dans les autres vues, vous ne pouvez ajouter que des " +":guilabel:`Champs existants` :dfn:`(champs déjà présents dans le modèle)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "Champs simples" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" +"Les champs simples contiennent des valeurs de base, telles qu'un texte, des " +"chiffres, des fichiers, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" +"Les widgets autres que ceux par défaut, lorsqu'ils sont disponibles, sont " +"énumérés sous forme de points ci-dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "Texte (`char`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Texte` est utilisé pour un texte court contenant " +"n'importe quel caractère. Une ligne de texte est affichée lorsque le champ " +"est complété." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Badge` : permet d'afficher la valeur à l'intérieur d'une forme " +"arrondie, semblable à une étiquette. Il n'est pas possible de modifier la " +"valeur dans l'UI, mais il est possible de définir une valeur par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Copier dans le presse-papiers` : les utilisateurs peuvent copier " +"la valeur en cliquant sur un bouton." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Email` : la valeur devient un lien *mailto* cliquable." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Image` : permet d'afficher une image à l'aide d'une URL. Il n'est" +" pas possible de modifier la valeur manuellement, mais il est possible de " +"définir une valeur par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" +"Ceci fonctionne différemment de la sélection directe du :ref:`champ Image " +"`, puisque l'image n'est pas stockée dans" +" Odoo lors de l'utilisation d'un champ :guilabel:`Texte` avec le widget " +":guilabel:`Image`. Par exemple, cela peut être utile si vous voulez " +"économiser de l'espace disque." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Téléphone` : la valeur devient un lien *tel* cliquable." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" +"Cochez :guilabel:`Activer les SMS` pour ajouter une option permettant " +"d'envoyer un SMS directement depuis Odoo à côté du champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr ":guilabel:`URL` : la valeur devient une URL cliquable." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples des champs Texte avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "Texte multiligne (`text`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Texte multiligne` est utilisé pour un texte plus long " +"contenant n'importe quel type de caractère. Deux lignes de texte sont " +"affichées sur l'UI lorsque le champ est complété." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples de champs Texte multiligne avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "Entier (`integer`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Entier` est utilisé pour tous les nombres entiers " +"(:dfn:`positifs, négatifs, ou zéro, sans décimale`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Graphique circulaire` : affiche la valeur à l'intérieur d'un " +"cercle de pourcentage, généralement pour une valeur calculée. Il n'est pas " +"possible de modifier la valeur sur l'UI, mais il est possible de définir une" +" valeur par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barre de progression` : affiche la valeur à côté d'une barre de " +"progression, généralement pour une valeur calculée. Il n'est pas possible de" +" modifier le champ manuellement, mais il est possible de définir une valeur " +"par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Poignée` : affiche une icône de poignée pour ordonner " +"manuellement les enregistrements dans la :ref:`vue Liste " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples de champs Entier avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "Décimale (`float`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Décimale` est utilisé pour tous les nombres décimaux " +"(:dfn:`positifs, négatifs, ou zéro, avec décimale`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" +"Les nombres décimaux sont affichés avec deux décimales après la virgule sur " +"l'UI, mais ils sont stockés dans la base de données avec plus de précision." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Monétaire` : cette option est similaire à l'utilisation du " +":ref:`champ Monétaire `. Il est " +"recommandé d'utiliser ce dernier, car il offre plus de fonctionnalités." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pourcentage` : affiche un caractère de pourcentage `%` après la " +"valeur." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Graphique circulaire` : affiche la valeur à l'intérieur d'un " +"cercle de pourcentage, généralement pour une valeur calculée. Il n'est pas " +"possible de modifier ce champ manuellement, mais il est possible de définir " +"une valeur par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Heure` : la valeur doit respecter le format *hh:mm*, avec un " +"maximum de 59 minutes." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples de champs décimaux avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "Monétaire (`monetary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Monétaire` est utilisé pour toutes les valeurs " +"monétaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous ajoutez d'abord un champ :guilabel:`Monétaire`, vous avez " +"tendance à vouloir ajouter un champ :guilabel:`Devise` s'il n'y en a pas " +"déjà un sur le modèle. Odoo propose d'ajouter le champ :guilabel:`Devise` " +"pour vous. Une fois qu'il est ajouté, ajoutez de nouveau le champ " +":guilabel:`Monétaire`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "Exemple d'un champ Monétaire et de son champ Devise" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "Html (`html`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Html` est utilisé pour ajouter du texte qui peut être " +"édité en utilisant l'éditeur HTML d'Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Texte multiligne` : désactive l'éditeur HTML d'Odoo pour " +"permettre l'édition de HTML brut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples de champs Html avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "Date (`date`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Date` est utilisé pour sélectionner une date sur un " +"calendrier." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Jours restants` : le nombre de jours restants avant l'affichage " +"de la date sélectionnée (par ex. *Dans 5 jours*), en fonction de la date " +"actuelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples de champs Date avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "Date & Heure (`datetime`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Date & Heure` est utilisé pour sélectionner une date sur" +" un calendrier et une heure sur une horloge. L'heure actuelle de " +"l'utilisateur est automatiquement utilisée si aucune heure n'est définie." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date` : utilisé pour enregistrer l'heure sans l'afficher sur " +"l'UI." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Jours restants` : affiche le nombre de jours restants avant la " +"date sélectionnée (par ex. *Dans 5 jours*), en fonction de la date et de " +"l'heure actuelles." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples des champs Date & Heure avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "Case à cocher (`boolean`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Case à cocher` est utilisé lorsqu'une valeur ne peut " +"être que vraie ou fausse, en cochant ou en décochant une case à cocher." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bouton` : affiche un bouton radio. Le widget fonctionne sans " +"passer en mode édition." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bascule` : affiche un bouton à bascule. Le widget fonctionne sans" +" passer en mode édition." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples de champs Case à cocher avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "Sélection (`selection`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Sélection` est utilisé lorsque les utilisateurs doivent " +"sélectionner une seule valeur parmi un nombre de valeurs prédéfinies." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Badges` : affiche simultanément toutes les valeurs " +"sélectionnables à l'intérieur de formes rectangulaires, organisées " +"horizontalement." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Priorité` : affiche des symbôles en forme d'étoile à la place des" +" valeurs, qui peuvent être utilisés pour indiquer un niveau d'importance ou " +"de satisfaction par exemple. Cela a le même effet que de sélectionner le " +"champ :ref:`Priorité `, bien que, pour" +" ce dernier, quatre valeurs de priorité soient déjà prédéfinies." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Radio` : affiche toutes les valeurs sélectionnables en même temps" +" sous forme de boutons radio." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, les boutons radio sont organisés verticalement. Cochez " +":guilabel:`Affichez horizontalement` pour modifier la façon dont ils sont " +"affichés." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples de champs Sélection avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "Priorité (`selection`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Priorité` permet d'afficher un système d'évaluation à " +"trois étoiles, qui peut être utilisé pour indiquer un niveau d'importance ou" +" de satisfaction. Ce type de champ est un :ref:`champ Sélection " +"` avec le widget :guilabel:`Priorité`" +" sélectionné par défaut et quatre valeurs de priorité prédéfinies. Par " +"conséquent, les widgets :guilabel:`Badge`, :guilabel:`Badges`, " +":guilabel:`Radio`, et :guilabel:`Sélection` ont les mêmes effets que ceux " +"décrits dans la section :ref:`Sélection `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier le nombre d'étoiles disponibles en ajoutant ou supprimant des " +"valeurs, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier les valeurs`. Notez que la première" +" valeur est égale à 0 étoiles (c'est-à-dire, lorsqu'aucune sélection n'est " +"faite), donc quatre valeurs donnent un système d'évaluation à trois étoiles " +"par exemple." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "Exemple d'un champ Priorité" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "Fichier (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Fichier` permet de charger tout type de fichier ou de " +"signer un formulaire (widget :guilabel:`Signature`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Image` : les utilisateurs peuvent charger une image, qui est " +"alors affichée dans la :ref:`vue Formulaire `. " +"L'effet est le même que celui du :ref:`champ Image `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visualiseur PDF` : les utilisateurs peuvent charger un fichier " +"PDF, qui peut ensuite être consulté à partir de la :ref:`vue Formulaire " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Signature` : les utilisateurs peuvent signer le formulaire " +"électroniquement. L'effet est le même que celui du :ref:`champ Signature " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemples de champs Fichier avec différents widgets" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "Image (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Image` permet de charger une image et de l'afficher dans" +" la :ref:`vue Formulaire `. Ce type de champ est " +"un :ref:`champ Fichier ` avec le widget " +":guilabel:`Image` sélectionné par défaut. Par conséquent, les widgets " +":guilabel:`Fichier`, :guilabel:`Visualiseur PDF`, et :guilabel:`Signature` " +"ont les mêmes effets que ceux décrits sous la section :ref:`Fichier " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier l'affichage des images chargées, sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Petite`, :guilabel:`Moyenne` ou :guilabel:`Grande` dans l'option " +":guilabel:`Taille`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "Signature (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Signature` permet de signer le formulaire " +"électroniquement. Ce type de champ est un :ref:`champ Fichier " +"` avec le widget :guilabel:`Signature` " +"sélectionné par défaut. Par conséquent, les widgets :guilabel:`Fichier`, " +":guilabel:`Image` et :guilabel:`Visualiseur PDF` ont les mêmes effets que " +"ceux décrits sous la section :ref:`Fichier `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" +"Pour donner aux utilisateurs l'option :guilabel:`Automatique` lorsqu'ils " +"doivent dessiner leur signature, sélectionnez un des champs " +":guilabel:`Autocompléter avec` disponibles (:ref:`Texte " +"`, :ref:`Many2One " +"` et :ref:`Champ associé " +"` sur le modèle uniquement). " +"La signature est générée automatiquement à l'aide des données du champ " +"sélectionné." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "Champs relationnels" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" +"Les champs relationnels sont utilisés pour lier et afficher les données des " +"enregistrements d'un autre modèle." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "Many2One (`many2one`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Many2One` est utilisé pour lier un autre enregistrement " +"(d'un autre modèle) au modèle en cours d'édition. Le nom de l'enregistrement" +" de l'autre modèle est alors affiché sur l'enregistrement en cours " +"d'édition." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" +"Sur le modèle *Commande*, le champ :guilabel:`Client` est un champ " +":guilabel:`Many2One` qui pointe vers le modèle *Contact*. Cela permet de " +"lier **plusieurs** commandes à **un seul** contact (client)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "Diagramme affichant une relation many2one" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" +"Pour empêcher les utilisateurs de créer un nouvel enregistrement dans le " +"modèle lié, cochez :guilabel:`Désactiver la création`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" +"Pour empêcher les utilisateurs d'ouvrir des enregistrements dans une fenêtre" +" contextuelle, cochez :guilabel:`Désactiver l'ouverture`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" +"Pour aider les utilisateurs à ne sélectionner que le bon enregistrement, " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Domaine` pour créer un filtre." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Badge` : affiche la valeur à l'intérieur d'une forme arrondie, " +"semblable à une étiquette. Il n'est pas possible de modifier la valeur sur " +"l'UI." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "One2Many (`one2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`One2Many` est utilisé pour afficher les relations " +"existantes entre un enregistrement du modèle actuel et plusieurs " +"enregistrements d'un autre modèle." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter un champ :guilabel:`One2Many` au modèle *Contact* pour " +"consulter les **nombreuses** commandes d'**un seul** client." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "Diagramme affichant une relation one2many" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser un champ :guilabel:`One2Many`, les deux modèles doivent déjà " +"avoir été liés à l'aide d'un :ref:`champ Many2One `. Les relations One2Many n'existent pas indépendamment : " +"une recherche inverse des relations Many2One existantes est effectuée." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "Lignes (`one2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Lignes` permet de créer un tableau avec des lignes et " +"des colonnes (par ex. les lignes de produits d'une commande)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier les colonnes, cliquez sur le champ :guilabel:`Lignes` et " +"ensuite :guilabel:`Modifier la vue liste`. Pour modifier le formulaire qui " +"apparaît lorsqu'un utilisateur clique sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`, " +"cliquez plutôt sur :guilabel:`Modifier la vue formulaire`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "Exemple d'un champ Lignes" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "Many2Many (`many2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Many2Many` permet de lier plusieurs enregistrements d'un" +" autre modèle à plusieurs enregistrements du modèle actuel. Les champs " +"Many2Many peuvent utiliser :guilabel:`Désactiver la création`, " +":guilabel:`Désactiver l'ouverture`, :guilabel:`Domaine`, tout comme les " +":ref:`champs Many2One `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" +"Sur le modèle *Tâche*, le champ :guilabel:`Assignés` est un champ " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` qui pointe vers le modèle *Contact*. Cela permet à un " +"seul utilisateur d'être assigné à **plusieurs** tâches et à **plusieurs** " +"utilisateurs d'être assignés à une seule tâche." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "Diagramme affichant des relations many2many" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cases à cocher` : les utilisateurs peuvent sélectionner plusieurs" +" valeurs à l'aide de cases à cocher." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Étiquettes` : les utilisateurs peuvent sélectionner plusieurs " +"valeurs apparaissant dans des formes arrondies, également connues comme des " +"*étiquettes*. L'effet est le même que celui de la sélection du :ref:`champ " +"Étiquettes `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "Étiquettes (`many2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Étiquettes` permet d'afficher plusieurs valeurs d'un " +"autre modèle dans des formes arrondies, également connues comme des " +"*étiquettes*. Ce type de champ est un :ref:`champ Many2Many " +"` avec le widget " +":guilabel:`Étiquettes` sélectionné par défaut. Par conséquent, les widgets " +":guilabel:`Cases à cocher` et :guilabel:`Many2Many` ont les mêmes effets que" +" ceux décrits dans la section :ref:`Many2Many `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher des étiquettes avec différentes couleurs de fond, cochez " +":guilabel:`Utiliser des couleurs`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "Exemple d'un champ Étiquettes" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "Champ associé (`related`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" +"Un :guilabel:`Champ associé` n'est pas un champ relationnel à proprement " +"parler ; aucune relation n'est créée entre les modèles. Il utilise une " +"relation existante pour récupérer et afficher des informations d'un autre " +"enregistrement." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher l'adresse email d'un client sur le modèle *Commande* utilisez " +"le :guilabel:`Champ associé` `partner_id.email` en sélectionnant " +":guilabel:`Client` et ensuite :guilabel:`Email`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Propriétés" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Invisible` : Lorsqu'il n'est pas nécessaire que les utilisateurs " +"voient un champ dans l'UI, cochez :guilabel:`Invisible`. Cela permet " +"d'alléger l'UI en n'affichant que les champs essentiels en fonction d'une " +"situation spécifique." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" +"Dans la vue *Formulaire* du modèle *Contact*, le champ :guilabel:`Titre` " +"n'apparaît que lorsque :guilabel:`Individuel` est sélectionné, car ce champ " +"n'est pas utile pour une :guilabel:`Société`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" +"L'attribut :guilabel:`Invisible` s'applique également à Studio. Pour " +"afficher les champs masqués dans Studio, cliquez sur l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Vue` d'une vue et cochez :guilabel:`Afficher les éléments " +"invisibles`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Requis` : Si un champ doit toujours être complété par " +"l'utilisateur avant de pouvoir continuer, cochez :guilabel:`Requis`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lecture seule` : Si les utilisateurs ne doivent pas être en " +"mesure de modifier un champ, cochez :guilabel:`Lecture seule`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez choisir d'appliquer ces trois propriétés uniquement à des " +"enregistrements spécifiques en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Conditionnel` et en " +"créant un filtre." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Libellé` : Le champ :guilabel:`Libellé` est le nom du champ dans " +"l'UI." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" +"Ce nom n'est pas le même que celui utilisé dans la base de données " +"PostgreSQL. Pour afficher et modifier ce dernier, activez le :ref:`mode " +"développeur `, et modifiez le :guilabel:`nom technique`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Infobulle d'aide` : Pour expliquer l'utilité d'un champ, écrivez " +"une description sous :guilabel:`Infobulle d'aide`. Elle s'affiche à " +"l'intérieur d'une infobulle lorsque vous passez la souris sur le libellé du " +"champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder` : Pour donner un exemple de la manière dont un champ" +" doit être complété, écrivez-le sous :guilabel:`Placeholder`. Il s'affiche " +"en gris clair à la place de la valeur du champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Widget` : Pour changer l’apparence ou la fonctionnalité par " +"défaut d'un champ, sélectionnez un des widgets disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valeur par défaut` : Pour ajouter une valeur par défaut à un " +"champ lorsqu'un enregistrement est créé, utilisez :guilabel:`Valeur par " +"défaut`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Limiter la visibilité aux groupes` : Pour limiter les " +"utilisateurs qui peuvent voir le champ, sélectionnez un groupe d'accès " +"d'utilisateurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "Modèles, modules et applications" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" +"Les modèles déterminent la structure logique d'une base de données et la " +"manière dont les données sont stockées, organisées et manipulées. En " +"d'autres termes, un modèle est un tableau d'informations qui peut être lié à" +" d'autres tableaux. Un modèle représente généralement un concept commercial " +"tel qu'une *commande*, un *contact* ou un *produit*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" +"Les modules et les applications contiennent plusieurs éléments, tels que des" +" modèles, des vues, des fichiers de données, des contrôleurs web et des " +"données web statistiques." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les applications sont des modules. Les modules autonomes de plus " +"grande taille sont généralement appelés applications, tandis que les autres " +"modules servent généralement de compléments à ces applications." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités suggérées" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous créez un nouveau modèle ou une nouvelle application avec " +"Studio, vous pouvez choisir d'ajouter jusqu'à 14 fonctionnalités pour " +"accélérer le processus de création. Ces fonctionnalités regroupent des " +"champs, des paramètres par défaut et des vues qui sont généralement utilisés" +" ensemble pour fournir une fonctionnalité standard. La plupart de ces " +"fonctionnalités peuvent être ajoutées ultérieurement, mais le fait de les " +"ajouter dès le départ facilite grandement le processus de création des " +"modèles. De plus, dans certains cas, ces fonctionnalités interagissent entre" +" elles afin d'accroître leur utilité." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" +"Créer un modèle avec les fonctionnalités :ref:`studio/models-modules-" +"apps/suggested-features/picture` et :ref:`studio/models-modules-" +"apps/suggested-features/pipeline-stages` activées permet d'ajouter l'image " +"dans la disposition des cartes de la :ref:`vue Kanban " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" +"Combinaison des fonctionnalités d'image et d'étapes de pipeline dans la vue " +"Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "Détails de contact" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Détails de contact` permet d'ajouter à la :ref:`vue " +"Formulaire ` un :ref:`champ Many2One " +"` lié au module *Contact* et deux " +"de ses :ref:`champs associés ` : :guilabel:`Téléphone` et :guilabel:`Email`. Le champ " +":guilabel:`Contact` est également ajouté à la :ref:`vue Liste " +"` et la :ref:`vue Carte " +"` est activée." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Fonctionnalité des détails de contact sur la vue Formulaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "Assignation à un utilisateur" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Assignation à un utilisateur` permet d'ajouter à la " +":ref:`vue Formulaire ` un :ref:`champ Many2One " +"` lié au modèle de *Contact*, avec" +" le :guilabel:`Domaine` suivant : `Partage de l'utilisateur n'est pas " +"défini` pour uniquement permettre la sélection d'*Utilisateurs internes*. De" +" plus, le widget :guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` est utilisé pour afficher " +"l'avatar de l'utilisateur. Le champ :guilabel:`Responsable` est également " +"ajouté à la :ref:`vue Liste `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" +"Fonctionnalité de l'assignation à un utilisateur dans la vue Formulaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "Date & Calendrier" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Date & Calendrier` permet d'ajouter à la :ref:`vue " +"Formulaire ` un :ref:`champ de Date " +"` et activer la :ref:`vue Calendrier " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "Plage de dates & Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Plage de dates & Gantt` permet d'ajouter à la " +":ref:`vue Formulaire ` deux :ref:`champs de Date " +"` l'un à côté de l'autre : un pour définir" +" une date de début et l'autre pour définir une date de fin, en utilisant le " +"widget :guilabel:`daterange` et d'activer la :ref:`vue Gantt " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "Étapes de pipeline" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Étapes de pipeline` permet d'activer la :ref:`vue " +"Kanban ` et d'ajouter plusieurs champs" +" tels que :ref:`Priorité ` et " +":guilabel:`Statut Kanban`, ainsi que trois étapes : :guilabel:`Nouveau`, " +":guilabel:`En cours` et :guilabel:`Fait`. Les champs :guilabel:`Barre d'état" +" du pipeline` et :guilabel:`Statut Kanban` sont ajoutés à la :ref:`vue " +"Formulaire `. Le champ :guilabel:`Couleur` est " +"ajouté à la :ref:`vue Liste `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" +"La fonctionnalité des :guilabel:`Étapes de pipeline` peut être ajoutée " +"ultérieurement." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Étiquettes" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Étiquettes` permet d'ajouter aux vues " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` et :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` un :ref:`champ Étiquettes `, ce qui crée un modèle *Étiquette* avec des droits d'accès " +"préconfigurés." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Image" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Image` permet d'ajouter un :ref:`champ Image " +"` dans le coin supérieur droit de la " +":ref:`vue Formulaire `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "La fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Image` peut être ajoutée ultérieurement." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Lignes" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Lignes`: permet d'ajouter à la :ref:`vue Formulaire " +"` un :ref:`champ Lignes " +"` à l'intérieur d'un composant " +":guilabel:`Onglet`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Notes" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Notes` permet d'ajouter à la :ref:`vue Formulaire " +"` un :ref:`champ Html ` utilisant toute la largeur du formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "Valeur monétaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Valeur monétaire` permet d'ajouter aux vues " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` et :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` un :ref:`champ Monétaire `. Les vues :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` et " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` sont également activées." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "Un champ *Devise* est ajouté et masqué à la vue." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Société" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Société` permet d'ajouter aux vues " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` et :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` un :ref:`champ Many2One ` lié au modèle de *Société*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" +"Cela n'est utile que si vous travaillez dans un environnement multi-" +"sociétés." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "Tri personnalisé" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Tri personnalisé` permet d'ajouter à la :ref:`vue " +"Liste ` une icône de poignée de " +"déplacement pour manuellement réorganiser les enregistrements." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "Fonctionnalité de tri personnalisé dans la vue Liste" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Chatter` permet d'ajouter à la :ref:`vue Formulaire " +"` des fonctionnalités de chatter (envoi de " +"messages, publication de notes et planification d'activités)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" +"La fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Chatter` peut être ajoutée ultérieurement." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "La fonctionnalité de chatter dans la vue Formulaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Archivage" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :guilabel:`Archivage` permet d'ajouter aux vues " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` et :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` l'action :guilabel:`Archiver` et de masquer les " +"enregistrements archivés des recherches et des vues par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "Exporter et importer des personnalisations" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous effectuez une personnalisation avec Studio, un nouveau module " +"intitulé :guilabel:`Personnalisations Studio` est ajouté à votre base de " +"données." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" +"Pour exporter ces personnalisations, allez au :menuselection:`Tableau de " +"bord principal --> Studio --> Personnalisations --> Exporter` pour " +"télécharger un fichier ZIP contenant toutes les personnalisations." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" +"Pour importer et installer ces personnalisations dans une autre base de " +"données, connectez la base de données de destination et allez au " +":menuselection:`Tableau de bord principal --> Studio --> Personnalisations " +"--> Importer` et chargez le fichier ZIP exporté avant de cliquer sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Importer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" +"Avant de procéder à l'importation, assurez-vous que la base de données de " +"destination contient les mêmes applications et modules que la base de " +"données source. Studio n'ajoute pas les modules sous-jacents en tant que " +"dépendances du module exporté." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "Rapports PDF" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" +"Avec Studio, vous pouvez modifier des rapports PDF existants (par ex, " +"commandes et devis) ou en créer de nouveaux." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier un rapport PDF standard, il est fortement recommandé de le " +"**dupliquer** et de modifier la version dupliquée, puisque les changements " +"apportés aux rapports standards seront annulés après une mise à niveau " +"d'Odoo. Pour dupliquer un rapport, allez à :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Rapports`. Passez le curseur de la souris sur le coin supérieur droit du " +"rapport, cliquez sur l'icône d'ellipse verticale (:guilabel:`⋮`), et " +"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Dupliquer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "Dupliquer un rapport PDF" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "Présentation par défaut" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" +"La mise en page par défaut des rapports est gérée en dehors de Studio. Allez" +" à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Sociétés : Mise en page du document --> " +"Configurer la mise en page du document`. Les paramètres de la mise en page " +"s'appliquent à tous les rapports, mais uniquement de la société en vigueur." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez :guilabel:`Télécharger un aperçu du PDF` pour voir comment les " +"différents paramètres affectent la mise en page d'un exemple de facture." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Agencement" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "Quatre mises en page sont disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Léger" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "Exemple d'une mise en page légère du rapport" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "Encadré" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "Exemple d'une mise en page encadrée du rapport" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Gras" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "Exemple d'une mise en page en gras du rapport" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Rayé" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "Exemple d'une mise en page rayée d'un rapport" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Fonte" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" +"Sept polices sont disponibles. Cliquez sur les liens ci-dessous pour les " +"afficher dans `Google Fonts `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "`Lato `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "`Roboto `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" +"`Open Sans `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" +"`Montserrat `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "`Oswald `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "`Raleway `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "`Tajawal `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tajawal` prend en charge les caractères arabes et latins." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "Logo de la société" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" +"Chargez un fichier image pour ajouter un :guilabel:`logo de la société`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" +"Cette opération ajoute le logo à l'enregistrement de la société sur le " +"modèle de la *Société*, auquel vous pouvez accéder en allant aux " +":menuselection:`Paramètres généraux --> Sociétés --> Mise à jour de " +"l'information`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Couleurs" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" +"Changez les couleurs primaires et secondaires utilisées dans les rapports " +"pour mettre en évidence les éléments importants. Les couleurs par défaut " +"sont générées automatiquement sur la base des couleurs du logo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "Arrière-plan de la mise en page" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "Changez l':guilabel:`Arrière-plan de la mise en page` du rapport :" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Vide` : rien n'est affiché." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Géométrique` : une image représentant des formes géométriques est" +" affichée en arrière-plan." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Personnalisé` : chargez une image d'arrière-plan personnalisée." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "Slogan de la société" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`Slogan de la société` s'affiche dans l'en-tête des " +":ref:`Rapports externes `. Vous " +"pouvez ajouter plusieurs lignes de texte." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "Détails de la société" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +"Les :guilabel:`Détails de la société` s'affichent dans l'en-tête des " +":ref:`Rapports externes `. Vous " +"pouvez ajouter plusieurs lignes de texte." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Pied de page" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez le champ :guilabel:`Pied de page` pour insérer un texte dans les " +"pieds de page des :ref:`Rapports externes' `. Vous pouvez ajouter plusieurs lignes de texte." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Format de papier" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez le champ :guilabel:`Format de papier` pour changer le format du " +"papier des rapports. Vous pouvez sélectionner :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 " +"cm) ou :guilabel:`US Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez changer le :guilabel:`format de papier` de chaque rapport. " +"Ouvrez l'application contenant le rapport, puis cliquez sur " +":menuselection:`Studio --> Rapports --> Sélectionnez ou créez un rapport -->" +" Report --> Sélectionnez un format de papier`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle de configuration de la mise en page par défaut des " +"rapports PDF" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "En-tête et pied de page" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" +"Lors de la création d'un nouveau rapport dans Studio, vous devez choisir " +"entre trois styles de rapport. Ce choix déterminera uniquement ce qui " +"s'affiche dans l'en-tête et le pied de page. Pour ce faire, allez à " +"l'application dans laquelle vous voulez ajouter un nouveau rapport, puis " +"cliquez sur le :menuselection:`bouton Studio --> Rapports --> Créer` et " +"sélectionnez :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/internal` ou :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/blank`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Externe" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" +"L'en-tête affiche le :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/logo` de la " +"société et plusieurs valeurs définies dans le modèle de la *Société* : le " +":guilabel:`nom de la société`, le :guilabel:`numéro de téléphone`, " +"l':guilabel:`email`, et le :guilabel:`site web`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier les informations d'une société, allez à " +":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Sociétés --> Mise à jour de l'information`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "Exemple d'une en-tête externe" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" +"Le pied de page affiche les valeurs définies dans les champs " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/default-layout/details` et :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/tagline`, ainsi que le numéro de page." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "Exemple d'un pied de page externe" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Interne" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" +"L'en-tête affiche la date et l'heure actuelles de l'utilisateur, le " +":guilabel:`nom de la société` et le numéro de page." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "Il n'y a pas de pied de page." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Vide" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "Il n'y a ni en-tête ni pied de page." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "Ajouter un onglet" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir ouvert un rapport existant ou créé un nouveau rapport, allez à " +"l'onglet :guilabel:`Ajouter` pour ajouter ou modifier des éléments. Les " +"éléments sont organisés en quatre catégories : :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/block`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/table`, et :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/column`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Bloc" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" +"Les éléments de type bloc commencent sur une nouvelle ligne et occupent " +"toute la largeur de la page." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez définir la largeur d'un élément en le sélectionnant et en " +"accédant à l'onglet :guilabel:`Options`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Texte` : ajoutez n'importe quel texte en utilisant une petite " +"taille de police par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bloc de titre` : ajoutez n'importe quel texte en utilisant une " +"police de taille supérieure par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Image` : ajoutez une image. Vous pouvez soit en charger une " +"depuis votre appareil, en ajouter une depuis une URL ou en sélectionner une " +"qui existe déjà dans votre base de données." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Champ` : permet d'ajouter de manière dynamique la valeur d'un " +"champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Champ & Libellé` : permet d'ajouter de manière dynamique la " +"valeur et le libellé d'un champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bloc d'adresse` : permet d'ajouter de manière dynamique les " +"valeurs éventuelles d'un contact (modèle `res.partner`) : *Nom*, *Adresse*, " +"*Téléphone*, *Mobile* et *Email*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "Exemple d'un bloc d'adresse" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Inline" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" +"Les éléments de type inline sont utilisés autour d'autres éléments. Ils ne " +"commencent pas sur une nouvelle ligne et la largeur s'adapte à la longueur " +"du contenu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez définir la largeur et les marges d'un élément en le " +"sélectionnant et en allant à l'onglet :guilabel:`Options`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Tableau" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" +"Les éléments de type tableau sont utilisés ensemble pour créer un tableau de" +" données." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tableau de données` : permet de créer un tableau et d'ajouter de " +"manière dynamique une première colonne affichant les valeurs de *nom* d'un " +"champ :ref:`Many2Many ` ou " +":ref:`One2Many ` sur votre modèle." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "Exemple d'un tableau de données" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Champ colonne` : permet d'ajouter une nouvelle colonne au tableau" +" affichant les valeurs d'un :ref:`champ associé ` à celui utilisé pour créer le :guilabel:`tableau de " +"données`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Texte dans cellule` : permet d'ajouter n'importe quel texte dans " +"une cellule existante." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Champ dans cellule` : permet d'ajouter, dans une cellule " +"existante, les valeurs d'un :ref:`champ associé ` à celui utilisé pour créer le :guilabel:`tableau de " +"données`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sous-total & Total` : permet d'ajouter la valeur d'un champ " +":guilabel:`Total` existant. S'il existe un champ :guilabel:`Taxes`, les " +"montants hors taxes et toutes taxes comprises sont ajoutés avant le montant " +"total." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Colonne" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" +"Les colonnes sont utilisées pour ajouter plusieurs éléments de :ref:`bloc " +"` sur la même ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Deux colonnes` : permet d'ajouter n'importe quel texte dans deux " +"colonnes différentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trois colonnes` : permet d'ajouter n'importe quel texte dans " +"trois colonnes différentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "Onglet Rapport" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Plusieurs options de configuration sont disponibles sous l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Rapport`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nom` : modifiez le nom du rapport. Le nouveau nom s'applique " +"partout (dans Studio, sous le bouton :guilabel:`Imprimer` et pour le nom du " +"fichier PDF)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Format de papier` : modifiez le format papier du rapport." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ajouter à l'impression` : permet d'ajouter le rapport sous le " +"bouton :guilabel:`🖶 Imprimer` disponible sur l'enregistrement." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Onglet Options" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez un élément sur le rapport pour accéder aux options d'un élément" +" et les modifier." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "L'onglet Options pour un élément de texte" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez sélectionner et modifier plusieurs éléments à la fois en " +"cliquant sur les différentes sections ou divisions (par ex. `div`, `table`, " +"etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "Les options les plus courantes sont représentées ci-dessous :" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Marges` : permet d'ajouter un espace en :guilabel:`haut`, à " +":guilabel:`droite`, en :guilabel:`bas`, et à :guilabel:`gauche` de " +"l'élément." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Largeur` : permet de définir la largeur maximale de l'élément." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visible si` : permet de définir sous quelle(s) condition(s) " +"l'élément doit être affiché." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"` the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Supprimer de la vue` : permet de supprimer l'élément de la vue du" +" rapport." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Décoration du texte` : mettre la police en gras, en italique et " +"la souligner." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alignement` : permet d'aligner l'élément à gauche, au centre ou à" +" droite du rapport." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Police de caractères` : permet d'utiliser l'un des polices par " +"défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Couleurs` : permet de changer la couleur de la police et la " +"couleur de fond." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" +"Il se peut que vous deviez sélectionner une section ou une division au-" +"dessus de l'élément que vous voulez modifier pour voir certaines des options" +" décrites ci-dessus." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "Vues" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" +"Les vues sont l'interface qui permet d'afficher les données contenues dans " +"un modèle. Un modèle peut avoir plusieurs vues, qui sont simplement des " +"façons différentes de présenter les mêmes données. Dans Studio, les vues " +"sont organisées en quatre catégories : :ref:`général " +"`, :ref:`enregistrements multiples " +"`, :ref:`ligne du temps " +"`, et :ref:`analyse `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier la vue par défaut d'un modèle, allez à :menuselection:`Studio " +"--> Vues --> Menu déroulant (⋮) --> Définir par défaut`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez modifier des vues en utilisant l'éditeur XML intégré. Pour ce " +"faire, activez le :ref:`mode développeur `, allez à la vue " +"que vous souhaitez modifier, sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Vue` et " +"cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:` XML`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" +"Si vous modifiez une vue à l'aide de l'éditeur XML, évitez de modifier " +"directement les vues standards et les vues héritées, car elles seraient " +"réinitialisées et ne seraient pas conservées en cas de mise à jour ou de " +"mise à niveau du module. Veillez toujours à sélectionner les bonnes vues " +"héritées de Studio. En effet, lorsque vous modifiez une vue dans Studio en " +"glissant et déposant un nouveau champ, une vue héritée Studio spécifique et " +"son XPath, définissant quelle partie de la vue est modifiée, sont " +"automatiquement générés. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "Vues générales" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" +"Sauf indication contraire, les paramètres décrits ci-dessous se trouvent " +"sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Vue` de la vue." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "Formulaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Formulaire` est utilisé lors de la création et de " +"l'édition d'enregistrements, tels que des contacts, des commandes, des " +"produits, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" +"Pour structurer un formulaire, glissez et déposez l'élément " +":guilabel:`Onglets et Colonnes` que vous pouvez trouver sous l'onglet " +":guilabel:`+ Ajouter`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" +"Pour empêcher les utilisateurs de créer, d'modifier ou de supprimer des " +"enregistrements, décochez les cases à côté de :guilabel:`Peut créer`, " +":guilabel:`Peut modifier` ou :guilabel:`Peut supprimer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "Vue formulaire d'un modèle de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "Activité" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Activité` permet de programmer et d'obtenir une vue " +"d'ensemble des activités (emails, appels, etc.) liées aux enregistrements." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" +"Il est uniquement possible de modifier cette vue dans Studio en éditant le " +"code XML." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "Vue Activité d'un modèle de piste/opportunité" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Rechercher" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Rechercher` s'ajoute aux autres vues afin de filtrer, " +"regrouper et chercher des enregistrements." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter des :guilabel:`Filtres` personnalisés et les structurer à " +"l'aide de :guilabel:`Séparateurs`, allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`+ Ajouter` et" +" glissez et déposez-les sous :guilabel:`Filtres`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter un champ existant sous le menu déroulant de recherche, allez à " +"l'onglet :guilabel:`+ Ajouter` et glissez et déposez-le sous " +":guilabel:`Champs d'autocomplétion`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "La vue Rechercher d'un modèle de projet dans la vue Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "Vues avec enregistrements multiples" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Kanban` est souvent utilisée pour soutenir les flux " +"d'activité en déplaçant les enregistrements d'une étape à l'autre ou comme " +"moyen alternatif d'afficher les enregistrements à l'intérieur de *cartes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"Si la vue :guilabel:`Kanban` existe, elle est utilisée par défaut pour " +"afficher les données sur les appareils mobiles à la place de la :ref:`vue " +"Liste `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" +"Pour empêcher les utilisateurs de créer de nouveaux enregistrements, " +"décochez :guilabel:`Peut créer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer des enregistrements directement dans la vue, sous une forme " +"minimaliste, activez la :guilabel:`Création rapide`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier la manière dont les enregistrements sont regroupés par défaut," +" sélectionnez un nouveau groupe sous :guilabel:`Regrouper par défaut par`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "Vue kanban d'un modèle de projet" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Liste" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Liste` permet de visualiser de nombreux enregistrements à " +"la fois, de rechercher des enregistrements et d'modifier des enregistrements" +" simples." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer et modifier des enregistrements directement dans la vue, " +"sélectionnez soit :guilabel:`Nouvel enregistrement en haut`, soit " +":guilabel:`Nouvel enregistrement en bas` sous :guilabel:`Éditable`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" +"Cela empêche les utilisateurs d'ouvrir des enregistrements dans la :ref:`vue" +" Formulaire ` à partir de la vue " +":guilabel:`Liste`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier plusieurs enregistrements à la fois, cochez la case à côté " +"d':guilabel:`Activer l'édition en masse`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier la manière dont les enregistrements sont triés par défaut, " +"sélectionnez un champ sous :guilabel:`Trier par`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter une icône de déplacement afin de manuellement réorganiser les " +"enregistrements, ajoutez un :ref:`champ entier ` avec le widget :guilabel:`Poignée`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" +"Icône de poignée de déplacement permettant de trier les enregistrements " +"manuellement dans la vue Liste" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "Vue Liste d'un modèle de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "Carte" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Carte` permet d'afficher des enregistrements sur une " +"carte. Par exemple, elle est utilisée dans l'application Services sur site " +"pour planifier un itinéraire entre différentes tâches." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" +"Un :ref:`champ Many2One ` lié au " +"modèle *Contact* est requis pour activer la vue, car l'adresse du contact " +"est utilisée pour positionner les enregistrements sur la carte." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" +"Pour sélectionner le type de contact à utiliser sur la carte, sélectionnez-" +"le sous le :guilabel:`champ Contact`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" +"Pour masquer le nom ou l'adresse de l'enregistrement, cochez " +":guilabel:`Masquer le nom` ou :guilabel:`Masquer l'adresse`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter des informations provenant d'autres champs, sélectionnez-les " +"sous :guilabel:`Champs supplémentaires`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" +"Pour qu'une route soit suggérée entre les différents enregistrements, cochez" +" :guilabel:`Activer le routage` et sélectionnez le champ à utiliser pour " +"trier les enregistrements en vue du routage." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "Vue Carte du modèle de tâche" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "Vues de ligne du temps" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous activez l'une des vues de ligne de temps pour la première fois," +" vous devez sélectionner les champs :ref:`Date ` ou :ref:`Date & Heure `" +" sur votre modèle qui doivent être utilisés pour définir quand les " +"enregistrements commencent et s'arrêtent afin de les afficher dans la vue. " +"Vous pouvez modifier le :guilabel:`Champ de date de début` et le " +":guilabel:`Champ de date de fin` après avoir activé la vue." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Calendrier" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Calendrier` est utilisée pour présenter et gérer les " +"enregistrements dans un calendrier." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer des enregistrements directement dans la vue au lieu d'ouvrir la " +":ref:`vue Formulaire `, activez la " +":guilabel:`création rapide`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" +"Cette option ne fonctionne que sur des modèles spécifiques qui peuvent être " +"*créés rapidement* à l'aide d'un simple *nom*. Cependant, la plupart des " +"modèles ne prennent pas en charge la création rapide et ouvrent la vue " +":guilabel:`Formulaire` pour compléter les champs requis." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" +"Pour mettre en couleur des enregistrements dans le calendrier, sélectionnez " +"un champ sous :guilabel:`Couleur`. Tous les enregistrements partageant la " +"même valeur pour ce champ sont affichés dans la même couleur." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" +"Puisque le nombre de couleurs est limité, une même couleur peut être " +"attribuée à des valeurs différentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher les événements qui durent toute la journée en haut du " +"calendrier, sélectionnez un :ref:`champ Case à cocher ` qui indique que l'événement dure toute la journée." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" +"Pour choisir l'échelle de temps par défaut utilisée pour afficher les " +"événements, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Jour`, :guilabel:`Semaine`, " +":guilabel:`Mois` ou :guilabel:`Année` sous le :guilabel:`Mode d'affichage " +"par défaut`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également utiliser un :guilabel:`Champ de délai` pour afficher " +"la durée de l'événement en heures en sélectionnant un champ :ref:`Décimale " +"` ou :ref:`Entier " +"` sur le modèle qui précise la durée de" +" l'événement. Cependant, si vous définissez un :guilabel:`champ de date de " +"fin`, le :guilabel:`champ de délai` ne sera pas pris en compte." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "Vue Calendrier du modèle d'un événement" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "Cohorte" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Cohorte` permet d'examiner le cycle de vie des " +"enregistrements sur une période donnée. Par exemple, elle est utilisée dans " +"l'application Abonnements pour afficher le taux de rétention des " +"abonnements." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher une mesure (c'est-à-dire la valeur agrégée d'un certain champ)" +" par défaut sur la vue, sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Champ de mesure`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" +"Pour choisir l'intervalle de temps utilisé par défaut pour regrouper les " +"résultats, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Jour`, :guilabel:`Semaine`, " +":guilabel:`Mois` ou :guilabel:`Année` sous :guilabel:`Intervalle`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier le :guilabel:`Mode` cohorte, sélectionnez soit " +":guilabel:`Rétention` :dfn:`le pourcentage d'enregistrements qui restent sur" +" une période de temps, commençant à 100% et diminuant avec le temps`, soit " +":guilabel:`Attrition` :dfn:`le pourcentage d'enregistrements qui quittent " +"sur une période donnée, commençant à 0% et augmentant avec le temps`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier la progression de la :guilabel:`Ligne de temps` (c'est-à-dire," +" les colonnes), sélectionnez soit :guilabel:`En avant` (de 0 à +15), soit " +":guilabel:`En arrière` (de -15 à 0). Dans la plupart des cas, c'est la ligne" +" de temps :guilabel:`en avant` qui est utilisée." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "Vue cohorte du modèle d'abonnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Gantt` permet de prévoir et examiner la progression " +"globale des enregistrements. Les enregistrements sont représentés par une " +"barre sous une échelle de temps." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" +"Pour empêcher les utilisateurs de créer ou modifier des enregistrements, " +"décocher :guilabel:`Peut créer` ou :guilabel:`Peut modifier`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" +"Pour remplir les cellules en gris lorsqu'un enregistrement ne doit pas y " +"être créé (par ex. le week-end pour les employés), cochez " +":guilabel:`Afficher l'indisponibilité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" +"Le modèle sous-jacent doit prendre en charge cette fonctionnalité, qui ne " +"peut pas être ajoutée à l'aide de Studio. Elle est prise en charge pour les " +"applications Projet, Congés, Planification et Fabrication." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher une ligne de total au bas de l'écran, cochez " +":guilabel:`Afficher une ligne de total`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" +"Pour réduire plusieurs enregistrements dans une seule ligne, cochez " +":guilabel:`Réduire le premier niveau`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" +"Pour choisir de quelle manière dont les enregistrements sont regroupés par " +"défaut sur les lignes (par ex. par employé ou par projet), sélectionnez un " +"champ sous :guilabel:`Regrouper par défaut par`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" +"Pour définir une échelle de temps par défaut pour afficher des " +"enregistrements, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Jour`, :guilabel:`Semaine`, " +":guilabel:`Mois` ou :guilabel:`Année` sous :guilabel:`Échelle par défaut`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" +"Pour mettre en couleur les enregistrements sur la vue, sélectionnez un champ" +" sous :guilabel:`Couleur`. Tous les enregistrements partageant la même " +"valeur pour ce champ sont affichés dans la même couleur." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" +"Puisque le nombre de couleurs est limité, une même couleur peut être " +"attribuée à des valeurs différentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" +"Pour spécifier le degré de précision avec lequel chaque échelle de temps " +"doit être divisée, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Quart d'heure`, :guilabel:`Demi-" +"heure` ou :guilabel:`Heure` sous :guilabel:`Précision du jour`, " +":guilabel:`Demi-journée` ou :guilabel:`Jour` sous :guilabel:`Précision de " +"semaine` et :guilabel:`Précision de mois`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "Vue Gantt du modèle de planification d'un poste" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "Vues d'analyse" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "Tableau croisé dynamique" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Tableau croisé dynamique` permet d'explorer et analyser " +"les données contenues dans les enregistrements de manière interactive. Elle " +"est particulièrement utile pour agréger des données numériques, créer des " +"catégories et explorer des données en développant et en réduisant différents" +" niveaux de données." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à tous les enregistrements dont les données sont agrégées dans " +"une cellule, cochez :guilabel:`Accéder aux enregistrements depuis la " +"cellule`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" +"Pour diviser les données en différentes catégories, sélectionnez le ou les " +"champs sous :guilabel:`Regroupement de colonnes`, :guilabel:`Regroupement de" +" lignes - Premier niveau` ou :guilabel:`Regroupement de lignes - Deuxième " +"niveau`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter différents types de données à mesurer à l'aide de la vue, " +"sélectionnez un champ sous :guilabel:`Mesures`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher le nombre d'enregistrements composant les données agrégées " +"dans une cellule, cochez :guilabel:`Afficher le nombre`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "Vue tableau croisé dynamique d'un modèle de rapport d'achats" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Graphique" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Graphique` permet de présenter les données des " +"enregistrements sous forme de graphique à barres, linéaire ou circulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier le graphique par défaut, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Barres`, " +":guilabel:`Linéaire` ou :guilabel:`Circulaire` sous :guilabel:`Type`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" +"Pour choisir une dimension de données par défaut (catégorie), sélectionnez " +"un champ sous :guilabel:`Première dimension` et, le cas échéant, un autre " +"sous :guilabel:`Deuxième dimension`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" +"Pour sélectionner un type de données à mesurer par défaut à l'aide de la " +"vue, sélectionnez un champ sous :guilabel:`Mesure`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" +"*Uniquement pour les graphiques à barres et linéaires* : Pour trier les " +"différentes catégories de données en fonction de leur valeur, sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Ascendant` (de la valeur la plus faible à la valeur la plus " +"élevée) ou :guilabel:`Descendant` (de la valeur la plus élevée à la valeur " +"la plus faible) sous :guilabel:`Tri`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" +"*Uniquement pour les graphiques à barres ou circulaires* : Pour accéder à " +"tous les enregistrements dont les données sont agrégées sous une catégorie " +"de données sur le graphique, cochez :guilabel:`Accéder aux enregistrements " +"depuis le graphique`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" +"*Uniquement pour les graphiques à barres* : Lorsque vous utilisez deux " +"dimensions de données (catégories), affichez les deux colonnes l'une au-" +"dessus de l'autre par défaut en cochant :guilabel:`Graphique empilé`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "" +"Graphique à barres du modèle de rapport d'analyse des ventes dans la vue " +"Graphique" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Tableau de bord" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" +"La vue :guilabel:`Tableau de bord` permet d'afficher plusieurs vues " +"d'analyse et indicateurs clés de performance. Les éléments qui sont affichés" +" sur la vue dépendent de la configuration des autres vues d'analyse." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "Vue tableau de bord du modèle de rapport d'analyse des ventes" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 9e0722062..6cc232087 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ # Richard Mathot , 2024 # Cécile Collart , 2024 # Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Jonathan Castillo , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Jonathan Castillo , 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2029,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:136 msgid "Configure an existing domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer un nom de domaine existant" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:138 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..752dcbe4b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -0,0 +1,1495 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Gunther Clauwaert , 2024 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:3 +msgid "Activities" +msgstr "Activiteiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " +"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " +"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " +"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " +"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " +"activity is automatically assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " +":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " +"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 +msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " +"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " +"marked as completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " +"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " +"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " +"of an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-weergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " +"out the pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Lijstweergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " +"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " +"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "Activiteit weergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " +"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " +"icon for the desired app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " +"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " +"future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 +msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " +"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " +"on the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 +msgid "View scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " +":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " +"to the far-right side of the other view options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " +"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " +":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" +" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" +" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" +" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 +msgid "Configure activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 +msgid "" +"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " +":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Actie" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " +"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " +"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " +"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" +" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " +"applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "Standaard gebruiker" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " +"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" +" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" +" creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" +" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " +"Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " +"be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " +"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " +"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " +":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " +"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " +"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " +":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " +"deadline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " +"activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " +"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " +"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " +"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " +"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" +" launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" +" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " +"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "Gegevens exporteren en importeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "Gegevens exporteren uit Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer je met een database werkt, is het soms nodig om je gegevens in een " +"apart bestand te exporteren. Dit kan helpen bij het maken van rapportages " +"over je activiteiten (zelfs als Odoo een nauwkeurige en eenvoudige " +"rapportagetool biedt bij elke beschikbare applicatie)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" +"Met Odoo kan je de waarden van elk veld in elk record exporteren. Activeer " +"hiervoor de lijstweergave op de items die geëxporteerd moeten worden, klik " +"op *Actie* en vervolgens op *Exporteren*." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" +"weergave van de verschillende dingen die je moet inschakelen/waarop je moet " +"klikken om gegevens te exporteren" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" +"Deze actie is vrij eenvoudig, maar heeft toch enkele bijzonderheden. Als je " +"op *Exporteren* klikt, verschijnt er een pop-upvenster met verschillende " +"opties voor de te exporteren gegevens:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"weergave van alle opties waarmee je rekening moet houden bij het exporteren " +"van gegevens in Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" +"Als je de optie *Ik wil gegevens bijwerken* aanvinkt, toont het systeem " +"alleen de velden die kunnen geïmporteerd worden. Dit is erg handig als je " +"bestaande records wilt bijwerken. In principe werkt dit als een filter. Als " +"je het vakje niet aanvinkt, krijg je veel meer veldopties omdat alle velden " +"worden getoond, niet alleen de velden die geïmporteerd kunnen worden." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" +"Bij het exporteren kan je kiezen tussen twee formaten: .csv en .xlx. Met " +".csv worden items gescheiden door een komma, terwijl .xls informatie bevat " +"over alle werkbladen in een bestand, inclusief inhoud en opmaak." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" +"Dit zijn de items die je mogelijk wilt exporteren. Gebruik de pijltjes om " +"meer subveldopties weer te geven. Natuurlijk kan je de zoekbalk gebruiken om" +" specifieke velden gemakkelijker te vinden. Om de zoekoptie efficiënter te " +"gebruiken, kan je alle velden weergeven door op alle pijltjes te klikken!" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "Met de + knop, kan je velden toevoegen aan de \"te exporteren\" lijst." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" +"Met de \"hendels\" naast de geselecteerde velden kan je de velden omhoog en " +"omlaag verplaatsen om de volgorde te veranderen waarin ze moeten worden " +"weergegeven in het geëxporteerde bestand." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "De prullenbak is er als je velden moet verwijderen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" +"Voor terugkerende rapporten kan het interessant zijn om de " +"exportvoorinstellingen op te slaan. Selecteer alle benodigde instellingen en" +" klik op de sjabloonbalk. Klik dan op *Nieuw sjabloon* en geef de jouwe een " +"naam. De volgende keer dat je dezelfde lijst moet exporteren, selecteer je " +"gewoon de gerelateerde sjabloon." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" +"Het is nuttig om de externe identificatiecode van het veld te onthouden. " +"*Gerelateerd bedrijf* is bijvoorbeeld gelijk aan *parent_id*. Zo kan je " +"alleen exporteren wat je vervolgens wilt importeren." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "Gegevens importeren in Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "Hoe beginnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" +"Je kan gegevens importeren in elk bedrijfsobject van Odoo met behulp van " +"Excel- (.xlsx) of CSV- (.csv) bestanden: contactpersonen, producten, " +"bankafschriften, boekingen en zelfs orders!" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" +"Open de weergave van het object dat je wilt invullen en klik op " +":menuselection:`Favorieten --> Records importeren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" +"Daar vind je sjablonen die je gemakkelijk kan invullen met je eigen " +"gegevens. Dergelijke sjablonen kunnen met één klik worden geïmporteerd; de " +"gegevens zijn reeds toegewezen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "Hoe de sjabloon wijzigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" +"Je kan kolommen toevoegen, verwijderen en sorteren zodat ze het beste bij je" +" gegevensstructuur passen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" +"We raden aan om de **ID**-kolom niet te verwijderen (zie waarom in de " +"volgende sectie)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" +"Stel een unieke ID in voor elk record door de ID-reeks naar beneden te " +"slepen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer je een nieuwe kolom toevoegt, is het mogelijk dat Odoo het niet " +"automatisch kan toewijzen als het label in Odoo niet als een bestaand veld " +"herkend wordt. Maar geen zorgen! Je kan nieuwe kolommen handmatig toewijzen " +"wanneer je het importeren test. Zoek in de lijst naar het overeenkomstige " +"veld." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik vervolgens het label van dit veld in je bestand zodat het de " +"volgende keer meteen werkt." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "Hoe importeren vanuit een andere applicatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" +"Om relaties tussen verschillende records opnieuw te maken, moet je de unieke" +" identificatiecode gebruiken van de oorspronkelijke applicatie en deze " +"toewijzgen aan de **ID** (Externe ID) kolom in Odoo. Wanneer je een ander " +"record importeert dat koppelt aan het eerste, gebruik **XXX/ID** " +"(XXX/Externe ID) voor de oorspronkelijke unieke identificatiecode. Je kan " +"dit record ook vinden aan de hand van zijn naam, maar dan kom je vast te " +"zitten als minstens 2 records dezelfde naam hebben." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" +"De **ID** wordt ook gebruikt om de oorspronkelijke import bij te werken als " +"je later gewijzigde gegevens opnieuw moet importeren, het is dus een goede " +"gewoonte om deze waar mogelijk op te geven." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "Ik kan het veld niet vinden waaraan ik mijn kolom wil koppelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo probeert dankzij heuristiek, gebaseerd op de eerste tien regels van de " +"bestanden, het veldtype te vinden voor elke kolom in je bestand. Als je " +"bijvoorbeeld een kolom hebt die alleen getallen bevat, zal je alleen kunnen " +"kiezen uit velden van het type *Gehele getallen*. Hoewel dit gedrag in de " +"meeste gevallen goed en gemakkelijk is, is het ook mogelijk dat het fout " +"gaat of dat je je kolom wilt toewijzen aan een veld dat standaard niet wordt" +" voorgesteld." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" +"In dat geval hoef je alleen maar de optie **Velden van relatievelden " +"weergeven (geavanceerd)** aanvinken. Je hebt dan de mogelijkheid om te " +"kiezen uit de volledige lijst met velden voor elke kolom." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "Waar kan ik de import datumnotatie wijzigen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" +"Odoo kan automatisch detecteren of een kolom een datum is en zal proberen de" +" datumnotatie te raden uit de meest gebruikte datumnotaties. Hoewel dit " +"proces voor veel datumnotaties werkt, worden sommige datumnotaties niet " +"herkend. Dit kan verwarring veroorzaken door dag-maand omkeringen; het is " +"moeilijk om te raden welk deel van een datumnotatie de dag is en welk deel " +"de maand is in een datum zoals '01-03-2016'." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" +"Om te zien welke datumnotatie Odoo heeft gevonden uit je bestand, kan je de " +"**Datumnotatie** controleren dat wordt getoond als je klikt op **Opties** " +"onder de bestandsselector. Als deze notatie niet correct is kan je ze naar " +"wens wijzigen met behulp van de *ISO 8601* om de aanduiding te definiëren." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" +"Als je een Excel bestand (.xls, .xlsx) importeert, kan je datumcellen " +"gebruiken om data op te slaan, omdat de weergave van data in Excel anders is" +" dan de manier waarop ze worden opgeslagen. Op die manier weet je zeker dat " +"de datumnotatie correct is in Odoo, ongeacht je lokale datumnotatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "Kan ik nummers importeren met een valutateken (bijv. $ 32,00)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" +"Ja, we ondersteunen getallen volledig met haakjes om een negatief teken weer" +" te geven, evenals getallen waaraan het valutateken vast wordt geschreven. " +"Odoo detecteert ook automatisch welke scheidingstekens je gebruikt voor " +"honderdtallen en duizendtallen (je kan deze tekens veranderen in de " +"**opties**). Als je een valutateken gebruikt dat Odoo niet herkent, wordt " +"het misschien niet herkend als getal en zal het crashen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "Voorbeelden van ondersteunde getallen (met 32000 als voorbeeld):" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "32000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "-32000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "(32000.00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "€ 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "Voorbeeld dat niet werkt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "€ (32.000,00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" +"Wat kan ik doen als het Importeervoorbeeld niet correct wordt weergegeven?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" +"Standaard gebruikt het importvoorbeeld komma's als veldscheidingstekens en " +"aanhalingstekens als tekstscheidingstekens. Als je csv-bestand deze " +"instellingen niet heeft, kan je de bestandsformaatopties aanpassen " +"(weergegeven onder de balk Bladeren door CSV-bestand nadat je je bestand " +"hebt geselecteerd)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" +"Als je CSV-bestand tab als scheidingsteken gebruikt, zal Odoo dit niet " +"herkennen. Je moet de bestandsformaatopties veranderen in je spreadsheet-" +"applicatie. Zie de volgende vraag." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" +"Hoe kan ik het CSV bestandsformaat wijzigen tijdens het opslaan in mijn " +"spreadsheet-applicatie?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" +"Als je CSV-bestanden bewerkt en opslaat in spreadsheet-applicaties, worden " +"de regionale instellingen van je computer toegepast voor de " +"scheidingstekens. We raden je aan OpenOffice of LibreOffice Calc te " +"gebruiken, omdat je daarmee alle drie de opties kunt wijzigen (in het " +"dialoogvenster :menuselection:`'Opslaan als' --> Klik het selectievakje " +"'Filterinstellingen bewerken' aan --> Opslaan`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" +"Microsoft Excel laat je enkel toe de codering te wijzigen tijdens het " +"opslaan (in het dialoogvenster :menuselection:`'Opslaan als' --> klik op de " +"vervolgkeuzelijst 'Tools' --> tabblad Codering`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen Database ID en Externe ID?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" +"Sommige velden definiëren een relatie met een ander object. Het land van een" +" contactpersoon is bijvoorbeeld een link naar een record van het object " +"'Land'. Als je zulke velden wilt importeren, moet Odoo de links tussen de " +"verschillende records opnieuw maken. Om je te helpen zulke velden te " +"importeren, biedt Odoo drie mechanismen. Je moet één mechanisme gebruiken " +"per veld die je wilt importeren." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" +"Om bijvoorbeeld naar het land van een contact te verwijzen, stelt Odoo je 3 " +"verschillende velden voor om te importeren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "Land: de naam of code van het land" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" +"Land/Database ID: de unieke Odoo ID voor een record, bepaald door de kolom " +"ID postgresql" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" +"Land/Externe ID: de ID van dit record waarnaar verwezen wordt in een andere " +"applicatie (of het .XML bestand dat het geïmporteerd heeft)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" +"Voor het land België, kan je één van deze 3 manieren gebruiken om te " +"importeren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "Land: België" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "Land/Database ID: 21" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "Land/Externe ID: base.be" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijk van wat je nodig hebt, moet je één van deze 3 manieren gebruiken" +" om naar records in relaties te verwijzen. Hier is waarom je de ene of de " +"andere manier moet gebruiken, afhankelijk van wat je nodig hebt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Land: Dit is de makkelijkste manier wanneer je gegevens afkomstig " +"zijn van een CSV-bestand dat handmatig is aangemaakt." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Land/Database ID: Deze notatie wordt zelden gebruikt. Het wordt " +"meestal gebruikt door ontwikkelaars omdat het belangrijkste voordeel is dat " +"er nooit conflicten zijn (je kan meerdere records hebben met dezelfde naam, " +"maar ze hebben altijd een unieke Database ID)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Land/Externe ID: Gebruik Externe ID wanneer je gegevens importeert " +"vanuit een externe applicatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" +"Als je Externe ID's gebruikt, kan je CSV-bestanden importeren met de kolom " +"\"Externe ID\" om de Externe ID van elke records die je importeert te " +"definiëren. Vervolgens kan je naar deze record verwijzen met kolommen als " +"\"Veld/Externe ID\". De volgende twee CSV-bestanden geven je een voorbeeld " +"voor Producten en hun Categorieën." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`CSV-bestand voor categorieën " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`CSV-bestand voor Producten " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "Wat kan ik doen als ik meerdere overeenkomsten heb voor een veld?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Als je bijvoorbeeld twee productcategorieën hebt met de onderliggende naam " +"\"Verkoopbaar\" (ie. \"Diverse Producten/Verkoopbaar\" & \"Andere " +"Producten/Verkoopbaar\"), wordt je validatie stopgezet, maar kan je nog " +"steeds de gegevens importeren. We raden je echter aan om de gegevens niet te" +" importeren omdat ze allemaal worden gekoppeld aan de eerste categorie " +"'Verkoopbaar' in de Productcategorielijst (\"Diverse " +"Producten/Verkoopbaar\"). We raden je aan om de waarden van een van de " +"duplicaten of de hiërarchie van je productcategorieën te aan te passen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" +"Maar als je de configuratie van de productcategorieën niet wilt wijzigen, " +"raden we je aan gebruik te maken van de Externe ID voor dit veld " +"'Categorie'." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" +"Hoe kan ik een many2many relatieveld importeren (bijv. een klant met " +"meerdere labels)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" +"Labels moeten gescheiden worden door een komma zonder spaties. Als je " +"bijvoorbeeld wil dat je klant zowel het label 'Fabrikant' als 'Retailer' " +"heeft, moet je 'Fabrikant,Retailer' ingeven in dezelfde kolom in het CSV-" +"bestand." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" +":download:`CSV-bestand voor Fabrikant, Retailer " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" +"Hoe kan ik een one2many relatie importeren (bijv. meerdere orderregels van " +"een verkooporder)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" +"Als je een verkooporder met meerdere orderregels wilt importeren, moet je " +"voor elke orderregel een specifieke regel voorbehouden in het CSV-bestand. " +"De eerste orderregel wordt geïmporteerd in dezelfde regel als de " +"orderinformatie. Alle bijkomende regels hebben een extra regel nodig die " +"geen informatie bevat over de velden op de order. Als voorbeeld is hier het " +"bestand ``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` met enkele " +"offertes die je kan importeren, gebaseerd op demodata." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Bestand met enkele offertes " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" +"Het volgende CSV-bestand laat je zien hoe je inkooporders kan importeren met" +" hun respectievelijke inkooporderregels:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Inkooporders met hun respectievelijke inkooporderregels " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" +"Het volgende CSV-bestand laat je zien hoe je klanten en hun respectievelijke" +" contactpersonen kan importeren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Klanten en hun respectievelijke contactpersonen " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "Kan ik hetzelfde record meerdere keren importeren?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" +"Als je een bestand importeert dat één van de kolommen \"Externe ID\" of " +"\"Database ID\" bevat, worden records die reeds geïmporteerd zijn gewijzigd " +"in plaats van aangemaakt. Dit is erg handig omdat je zo meerdere keren " +"hetzelfde CSV-bestand kan importeren nadat je wijzigingen hebt aangebracht " +"na de eerste import. Odoo zorgt ervoor dat nieuwe records worden aangemaakt " +"en bestaande records worden gewijzigd." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" +"Met deze functie kan je de Import/Export-tool van Odoo gebruiken om een " +"partij records te wijzigen in je favoriete spreadsheet-applicatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "Wat gebeurt er als ik geen waarde opgeef voor een specifiek veld?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" +"Als je niet alle velden in je CSV-bestand opgeeft, zal Odoo de " +"standaardwaarde toewijzen aan elk niet gedefinieerd veld. Maar als je velden" +" met lege waarden in je CSV-bestand instelt, zal Odoo de waarde EMPTY in het" +" veld zetten, in plaats van de standaardwaarde toe te wijzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"Hoe kan ik verschillende tabellen vanuit een SQL-applicatie naar Odoo " +"exporteren/importeren?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" +"Als je gegevens van verschillende tabellen moet importeren, moet je de " +"relaties tussen records uit verschillende tabellen opnieuw maken (bijv. als " +"je bedrijven en personen importeert, moet je de link tussen elke persoon en " +"het bedrijf waar hij/zij voor werkt opnieuw maken)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" +"Om de relaties tussen tabellen te beheren, kan je de \"Externe ID\" opties " +"van Odoo gebruiken. De \"Externe ID\" van een record is de unieke " +"identificatiecode van dit record in een andere applicatie. Deze \"Externe " +"ID\" moet uniek zijn voor alle records van alle objecten, dus het is een " +"goede gewoonte om deze \"Externe ID\" te laten voorafgaan door de naam van " +"de applicatie of de tabel (zoals 'bedrijf_1', 'persoon_1' in plaats van " +"'1')." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" +"Stel bijvoorbeeld dat je een SQL database hebt met twee tabellen die je wilt" +" importeren: bedrijven en personen. Elke persoon hoort bij één bedrijf, dus " +"moet je de link tussen een persoon en het bedrijf waar hij/zij voor werkt " +"opnieuw maken. (Als je dit voorbeeld wilt testen, is hier een " +":download:`dump van zo'n PostgreSQL database " +"`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" +"We zullen eerst alle bedrijven en hun \"Externe ID\" exporteren. In PSQL, " +"schrijf het volgende commando:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Het SQL commando zal het volgende CSV-bestand aanmaken:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" +"Om het CSV-bestand aan te maken voor contacten, gekoppeld aan bedrijven, " +"gebruiken we het volgende SQL commando in PSQL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Dit levert het volgende CSV-bestand op:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" +"Zoals je kan zien in dit bestand, werken Fabien en Laurence voor het bedrijf" +" Bigees (bedrijf_1) en Eric voor het bedrijf Organi. De relatie tussen de " +"personen en de bedrijven wordt gelegd met behulp van de Externe ID van de " +"bedrijven. We moesten de \"Externe ID\" vooraf laten gaan door de naam van " +"de tabel om een ID-conflict te vermijden tussen personen en bedrijven " +"(persoon_1 en bedrijf_1 die dezelfde ID 1 delen in de oorspronkelijke " +"database)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" +"De twee aangemaakte bestanden zijn klaar om zonder wijzigingen te worden " +"geïmporteerd in Odoo. Na het importeren van deze twee CSV-bestanden, heb je " +"4 contactpersonen en 3 bedrijven (de eerste 2 contactpersonen zijn gekoppeld" +" aan het eerste bedrijf). Je moet eerst de bedrijven importeren en daarna de" +" personen." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "Een importsjabloon aanpassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"In de importtool worden importsjablonen geleverd van de meest voorkomende te" +" importeren gegevens (contactpersonen, producten, bankafschriften, enz.). Je" +" kan deze openen met elke spreadsheetsoftware (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice," +" Google Drive, enz.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "Het bestand aanpassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" +"Verwijder de kolommen die je niet nodig hebt. We raden je aan om de " +"*ID*-kolom niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" +"Als je een nieuwe kolom toevoegt, is het mogelijk dat Odoo deze niet " +"automatisch kan toewijzen als het label niet overeenomt met een veld van het" +" systeem. Als dat het geval is, zoek dan het overeenkomstige veld met behulp" +" van de zoekfunctie." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik vervolgens het label dat je gevonden hebt in je importsjabloon zodat" +" het meteen werkt de volgende keer dat je probeert te importeren." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "Waarom een \"ID\" kolom" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"De **ID** (\"Externe ID\") is een unieke identificatiecode voor een " +"regelitem. Gebruikt gerust de ID van je vorige software om de overgang naar " +"Odoo makkelijker te maken." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van een ID is niet verplicht bij het importeren, maar is in " +"veel gevallen handig:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" +"Imports bijwerken: je kan hetzelfde bestand meerdere keren importeren zonder" +" duplicaten aan te maken;" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "Relatievelden importeren (zie hieronder)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "Hoe relatievelden importeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" +"Een Odoo object is altijd gekoppeld aan vele andere objecten (bijv. een " +"product is gekoppeld aan productcategorieën, attributen, leveranciers, " +"enz.). Om deze relaties te importeren moet je de records van het " +"gerelateerde object eerst importeren vanuit hun eigen lijstmenu." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" +"Je kan dit doen met behulp van de naam van het gerelateerde record of zijn " +"ID. De ID wordt verwacht als twee records dezelfde naam hebben. Voeg in dat " +"geval \" / ID\" aan het einde van de kolomtitel (bijv. voor " +"productattributen: Productattributen / Attribuut / ID)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "In-app aankopen (IAP)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "Credits kopen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "IAP accounts" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but " +"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " +"Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "" +"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " +"Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "IAP portaal" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "Krijg een melding als je credits bijna op zijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35d14405f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,9613 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "Personeelszaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "Aanwezigheid" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Aanwezigheden** werkt als een prikklok. Werknemers checken in en " +"checken uit, terwijl managers kunnen zien wie er op welk moment beschikbaar " +"is." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Aanwezigheden " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "Hardware" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "Kioskbeheer" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" +"Een kiosk is een selfservicestation waarmee werknemers kunnen in- en " +"uitchecken voor hun dienst." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "Er zijn twee manieren om een kiosk op te zetten:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "**Laptop en desktop PC**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" +"Een kiosk laten draaien in een webbrowser is de goedkoopste en meest " +"flexibele optie. Je kan personeelsbadges afdrukken met elke thermische of " +"inkjetprinter die compatibel is met je webbrowser." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "**Tablet en smartphone (Android of iOS)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" +"Tablets en smartphones nemen veel minder ruimte in beslag en hun " +"touchscreens zijn gemakkelijk te gebruiken. Denk eraan om ze in een veilige " +"standaard bij de balie te zetten of ze stevig aan de muur te bevestigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"We raden aan een iPad te gebruiken in combinatie met de `Heckler Design " +"WindFall houder `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "RFID sleutelhanger readers" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" +"Werknemers kunnen hun persoonlijke RFID sleutelhangers scannen met een RFID " +"reader om het in- en uitchecken snel en eenvoudig te beheren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "Een RFID sleutelhanger geplaatst op een RFID reader" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"We raden de `Neuftech USB RFID Reader `_ aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "De IoT box is **niet** vereist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "Barcodescanners" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" +"Werknemers kunnen de barcode op hun werknemersbadge scannen om het in- en " +"uitchecken snel en eenvoudig te beheren. De kioskmodus werkt met de meeste " +"USB-barcodescanners die rechtstreeks op een computer zijn aangesloten. " +"Bluetooth barcodescanners worden ook ondersteund." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" +"Wij raden de `Honeywell productlijn " +"`_ " +"aan. Als de barcodescanner rechtstreeks op een computer is aangesloten, moet" +" deze worden geconfigureerd om de toetsenbordindeling van de computer te " +"gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Werknemers" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Werknemers* organiseert de personeelsdossiers, contracten en " +"afdelingen van een bedrijf." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Nieuwe werknemer toevoegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe werknemersfiche." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" +"Het huidige telefoonnummer en de huidige naam van het bedrijf worden " +"ingevuld in de velden :guilabel:`Werktelefoon` en :guilabel:`Bedrijf`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "Algemene informatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "Vereiste velden" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Naam`: Vul de naam van de werknemer in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bedrijf`: Selecteer het bedrijf waardoor de nieuwe werknemer is " +"aangeworven in de vervolgkeuzelijst of maak een nieuw bedrijf aan door de " +"naam in het veld te typen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "Optionele velden" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Foto`: Klik in het afbeeldingsvak rechtsboven op de " +"werknemersfiche op het bewerkingspictogram :guilabel:`✏️ (potlood)` om een " +"foto te selecteren die je wilt uploaden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Functie`: Vul de functietitel van de werknemer in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" +"Labels: Klik op een label in het vervolgkeuzemenu om alle labels toe te " +"voegen die van toepassing zijn op de werknemer. Elke label kan in dit veld " +"worden aangemaakt door het in te typen. Eenmaal aangemaakt is de nieuwe " +"label beschikbaar voor alle werknemersfiches. Een oneindig aantal labels kan" +" worden toegevoegd." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Professionele contactgegevens: Voer het :guilabel:`Professioneel gsm-" +"nummer`, het :guilabel:`Professioneel telefoonnummer`, het " +":guilabel:`Professioneel e-mailadres` van de werknemer en/of de naam van het" +" :guilabel:`Bedrijf` in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Afdeling`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu de afdeling van de " +"werknemer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu de manager van de " +"werknemer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu de coach van de werknemer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Als een :guilabel:`Manager` is geselecteerd en het veld :guilabel:`Coach` " +"leeg is, dan word in het veld :guilabel:`Coach` de geselecteerde manager " +"automatisch ingevuld." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" +"Om de geselecteerde :guilabel:`Afdeling`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, of :guilabel:`Bedrijf` te wijzigen, klik op de knop " +":guilabel:`Externe link` naast de betreffende selectie. De knop " +":guilabel:`Externe link` opent het geselecteerde formulier zodat je " +"wijzigingen kunt aanbrengen. Klik op :guilabel:`Opslaan` nadat je " +"wijzigingen hebt aangebracht." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "Tabbladen aanvullende informatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "Tabblad Curriculum vitae" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Cv" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " +"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"following information for each entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "Voeg in dit formulier informatie toe over de eerdere werkervaring." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu :guilabel:`Ervaring`, " +":guilabel:`Opleiding`, :guilabel:`Interne certificering`, :guilabel:`Interne" +" opleiding`, of voer een nieuw item in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Soort weergave`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu " +":guilabel:`Klassiek`, :guilabel:`Certificering`, of :guilabel:`Cursus`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Startdatum` en :guilabel:`Einddatum`: Kies de start- en einddatum" +" van de werkervaring. Om een datum te kiezen, gebruik je de pijltjes " +":guilabel:`< (links)` en :guilabel:`> (rechts)` om naar de gewenste maand te" +" gaan en klik vervolgens op de gewenste dag." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Omschrijving`: Voer alle relevantie details in het veld in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," +" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Vaardigheden" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe vaardigheid voor de werknemer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " +"by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vaardigheid`: De vaardigheden die bij het geselecteerde " +":guilabel:`Vaardigheidstype` horen verschijnen in een vervolgkeuzemenu. Als " +"je bijvoorbeeld :guilabel:`Talen` kiest als :guilabel:`Vaardigheidstype`, " +"verschijnen er verschillende talen waaruit je kan kiezen in het veld " +":guilabel:`Vaardigheden`. Selecteer de juiste vooraf geconfigureerde " +"vaardigheid of typ een nieuwe vaardigheid." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " +"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" +" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " +":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 +msgid "Skill types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " +"must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " +"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" +" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" +" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"this for all the skill types needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " +"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" +" category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " +"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " +"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " +"close the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " +"in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " +"`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " +"`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "Tabblad Werkinformatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " +"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " +"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " +"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " +"information for the new employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " +":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " +"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " +"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " +"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " +"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " +":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " +"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " +"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " +"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " +"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" +" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " +"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " +"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "Voeg de werkinformatie toe aan het tabblad Werkinformatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " +"section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " +"resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +"employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " +"or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " +"for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" +"De :guilabel:`Werkuren` zijn gerelateerd aan de werktijden van een bedrijf " +"en een werknemer kan geen werktijden hebben die buiten de werktijden van een" +" bedrijf vallen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" +"Elke individuele werktijd is bedrijfsspecifiek, dus voor databases met " +"meerdere bedrijven moet elk bedrijf zijn eigen werktijden hebben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" +"Als de werktijden van een werknemer niet zijn ingesteld als werktijden voor " +"het bedrijf, kunnen nieuwe werktijden worden toegevoegd of bestaande " +"werktijden worden gewijzigd. Om een werktijd toe te voegen of te wijzigen, " +"ga naar de applicatie :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie -->" +" Werktijden` en voeg een nieuwe werktijd toe of bewerk een bestaande " +"werktijd." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" +"Nadat de werktijd is aangemaakt, stel je de werktijden voor de werknemer in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "Tabblad privé informatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:224 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" +"Informatie in het tabblad :guilabel:`Privé informatie` is niet vereist, maar" +" sommige informatie in dit gedeelte kan van cruciaal belang zijn voor de " +"loonadministratie van het bedrijf. Om de loonstroken goed te kunnen " +"verwerken en ervoor te zorgen dat alle inhoudingen worden verantwoord, " +"moeten de persoonlijke gegevens van de werknemer worden ingevoerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" +"Hier wordt de informatie over de :guilabel:`Privé contact`, de " +":guilabel:`Burgerlijke staat`, :guilabel:`Noodcontactpersoon`, " +":guilabel:`Opleiding`, :guilabel:`Burgerschap`, :guilabel:`Personen ten " +"laste` en :guilabel:`Werkvergunning` van de werknemer ingevuld. De velden " +"kunnen worden ingevoerd via een vervolgkeuzelijst, een selectievakje of een " +"tekstvak." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " +"employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " +"information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " +"number in the corresponding fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " +"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " +"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " +"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Burgerlijke staat`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu " +":guilabel:`Ongehuwd`, :guilabel:`Gehuwd`, :guilabel:`Wettelijk samenwonend`," +" :guilabel:`Weduwe/Weduwenaar`, of :guilabel:`Gescheiden`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " +"emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Opleiding`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu :guilabel:`Niveau " +"getuigeschrift` het hoogste onderwijsniveau dat de werknemer heeft behaald. " +"Je kan onder andere kiezen tussen :guilabel:`Gediplomeerd`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, :guilabel:`Dokter`, of " +":guilabel:`Overige`. Voer het :guilabel:`Vakgebied` en de naam van de " +":guilabel:`School` in de betreffende velden in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " +":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " +"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " +"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " +"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" +" :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "Voeg de privé informatie toe aan het tabblad Privé informatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:288 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "Tabblad Personeelsbeheer instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" +"Dit tabblad bevat verschillende velden voor verschillende informatie, " +"afhankelijk van het land waar het bedrijf zich bevindt. Verschillende velden" +" zijn geconfigureerd voor verschillende locaties, maar sommige secties " +"worden ongeacht weergegeven." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " +"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " +":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" +" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " +"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" +" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " +":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " +"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." +" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " +"badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " +"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " +"center " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" +" value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Voer alle informatie in die gevraagd wordt op het tabblad Personeelszaken " +"instellingen voor de werknemer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " +"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " +"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:327 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " +"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," +" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," +" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "Documenten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." +" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " +"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " +"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents " +"smart-button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Wagenpark" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "Waarschuwing einddatum contract" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Fabrikanten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "Voertuigmodellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Model" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Loon" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Motor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Modelcategorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiscaliteit" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contract" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Diensten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Lijstweergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-weergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "Grafiekweergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "Draaitabelweergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Loonadministratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Loonadministratie* wordt gebruikt voor het verwerken van werkboekingen" +" en het maken van loonstroken voor werknemers, inclusief regulier loon en " +"commissies." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" +"De *Loonadministratie*-applicatie zorg ervoor dat er geen problemen of " +"conflicten zijn bij het valideren van prestaties, verwerkt landspecifieke " +"lokalisaties zodat de loonstroken de lokale regels en belastingen volgen en " +"maakt loonbeslagen mogelijk. De configuratie van de loonadministratie is van" +" cruciaal belang om de loonstroken nauwgezet en tijdig te verwerken." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" +"Voor de *Instellingen*, ga naar :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> " +"Configuratie --> Instellingen`. Je kan hier instellen of loonstroken geboekt" +" worden in de boekhouding en of SEPA betalingen gemaakt worden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" +"Op het scherm :guilabel:`Instellingen` worden de lokalisatie-instellingen " +"geconfigureerd. *Lokalisaties* zijn landspecifieke instellingen die reeds " +"vooraf zijn geconfigureerd in Odoo bij het maken van de database en die " +"rekening houden met de belastingen, vergoedingen en toeslagen voor dat " +"specifieke land. De sectie :guilabel:`Lokalisatie` van de " +":guilabel:`Instellingen` bevat een gedetailleerde weergave van alle aan de " +"werknemers aangeboden voordelen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "Beschikbare instellingen voor de loonadministratie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" +"Alle landspecifieke lokalisaties worden geconfigureerd in de sectie " +":guilabel:`Lokalisatie` van de :guilabel:`Instellingen`. Alle lokalisatie-" +"items worden vooraf ingevuld wanneer het land wordt gekozen tijdens het " +"aanmaken van de database. Het is niet aangeraden om de instellingen van de " +"lokalisatie te wijzigen, tenzij dit specifiek vereist is." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "Werkboekingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" +"Een *werkboeking* is een individueel record op de urenstaat van een " +"werknemer. Werkboekingen kunnen geconfigureerd worden om alle soorten werk " +"en vrije tijd te registreren, zoals :guilabel:`Aanwezigheden`, " +":guilabel:`Ziekteverlof`, :guilabel:`Training`, of :guilabel:`Feestdagen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:47 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "Werkboekingstypes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" +"Bij het aanmaken van een werkboeking in de *Loonadministratie*-applicatie of" +" wanneer een werknemer informatie invoert in de *Urenstaten*-applicatie moet" +" een :guilabel:`Werkboekingstype` worden geselecteerd. De lijst met " +":guilabel:`Werkboekingstypes` wordt automatisch aangemaakt op basis van de " +"lokalisatie instellingen in de database." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" +"Om de huidige beschikbare werkboekingstypes te zien, ga naar " +":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Werkboekingstypes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" +"Elke werkboekingstype heeft een code om het maken van loonstroken " +"gemakkelijker te maken en ervoor te zorgen dat alle belastingen en " +"vergoedingen correct worden ingegeven." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "Lijst met alle werkboekingstypes die momenteel beschikbaar zijn." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "Nieuwe werkboekingstype" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" +"Om een nieuwe werkboekingstype te maken, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Maken`. " +"Voer de informatie in op het formulier:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Naam werkboekingstype`: De naam moet kort en beschrijvend zijn, " +"zoals `Ziekteverlof` of `Feestdag`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Deze code verschijnt naast het werkboekingstype op " +"urenstaten en loonstroken. Aangezien de code wordt gebruikt in de " +"*Boekhouding*-applicatie, is het aangeraden om bij de boekhoudafdeling na te" +" vragen welke code je moet gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DMFA Code`: This code is used to identify DMFA entries on a " +"corresponding DMFA report, and is for Belgian-based companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Afronding`: De afrondingsmethode bepaalt hoe urenstaten worden " +"weergegeven op de loonstroken." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Geen afronding`: De urenstaatpost wordt niet aangepast." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Halve dag`: Een urenstaatpost wordt afgerond naar de " +"dichtstbijzijnde halve dag." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dag`: Een urenstaatpost wordt afgerond naar de dichtstbijzijnde " +"volledige dag." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" +"Als de werktijd is ingesteld op een werkdag van 8 uren (40-urige werkweek) " +"en een werknemer voert 5,5 uur in op een urenstaat en de " +":guilabel:`Afronding` is ingesteld op :guilabel:`Geen afronding`, blijft de " +"post 5,5 uur. Als de :guilabel:`Afronding` ingesteld is op :guilabel:`Halve " +"dag`, wordt de post aangepast naar 4 uur. Als de afronding is ingesteld op " +":guilabel:`Dag`, wordt de post aangepast naar 8 uur." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for unpaid " +"work, specify which pay structure the work entry can apply to from the drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list apply to the work entry, check " +"off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "Formulier voor nieuw werkboekingstype." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "Werktijden" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" +"Om de momenteel geconfigureerde werktijden te zien, ga naar " +":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Werktijden`. De " +"werktijden die beschikbaar zijn voor de werknemerscontracten en " +"-werkboekingen worden hier opgelijst." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" +"Werktijden zijn bedrijfsspecifiek. Elk bedrijf moet elk soort werktijd dat " +"ze gebruiken identificeren. Een Odoo database met meerdere bedrijven die een" +" standaard 40-urige werkweek hanteren moet bijvoorbeeld een aparte werktijd " +"instellen voor elk bedrijf dat de 40-urige werkweek hanteert." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "Alle werktijden die momenteel zijn ingesteld in de database." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "Nieuwe werktijd" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" +"Om een nieuwe werktijd te maken, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Maken`. Voer de " +"informatie in op het formulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "Formulier voor nieuwe werktijd." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" +"De velden worden automatisch ingevuld voor een normale 40-urige werkweek, " +"maar kunnen worden gewijzigd. Wijzig eerst de naam van de werktijd door de " +"tekst in het veld :guilabel:`Naam` aan te passen. Pas vervolgens de dagen en" +" tijden aan die van toepassing zijn op de nieuwe werktijd." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" +"In het tabblad :guilabel:`Werkuren`, wijzig de :guilabel:`Dag van de week`, " +"de :guilabel:`Periode van de dag`, en het :guilabel:`Werkboekingstype` door " +"te klikken in het vervolgkeuzemenu in elke kolom en de gewenste selectie te " +"maken. De kolommen :guilabel:`Begintijd` en :guilabel:`Eindtijd` worden " +"gewijzigd door de tijd in te voeren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" +"De :guilabel:`Begintijd` en de :guilabel:`Eindtijd` moeten in een 24-uurs " +"indeling zijn. Bijvoorbeeld, `2:00 PM` wordt ingegeven als `14:00`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" +"Als de werktijd een tweewekelijkse configuratie moet volgen, klik op de knop" +" :guilabel:`Overschakelen naar 2 weken kalender`. Dit genereert boekingen " +"voor een :guilabel:`Even week` en een :guilabel:`Oneven week`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "Structuurtypes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" +"In Odoo is de loonstrook van een werknemer gebaseerd op *structuren* en " +"*structuurtypes*, die beide invloed hebben op de manier waarop een werknemer" +" urenstaten invoert. Elk structuurtype heeft een individueel set regels voor" +" het verwerken van een urenstaatpost, die bestaat uit verschillende " +"ingeneste structuren. Structuurtypes bepalen hoe vaak een werknemer wordt " +"betaald, de werkuren en of de salarissen gebaseerd zijn op een loon (vast) " +"of op het aantal gewerkte uren van de werknemer (variabel)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" +"Een structuurtype kan bijvoorbeeld `Werknemer` zijn en dat structuurtype kan" +" twee verschillende structuren hebben: een structuur voor `Regulier loon` " +"met alle afzonderlijke regels voor het verwerken van het regulier loon, en " +"een structuur voor een `Eindejaarsuitkering` enkel met de regels voor de " +"eindejaarsuitkering. Zowel het `Regulier loon` als de `Eindejaarsuitkering` " +"zijn structuren binnen het structuurtype `Werknemer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" +"Je kan de verschillende structuurtypes zien via " +":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Structuurtypes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn twee standaard structuurtypes geconfigureerd in Odoo: *Werknemer* en" +" *Arbeider*. *Werknemer* wordt meestal gebruikt voor werknemers in " +"loondienst, daarom is het loontype een *Maandelijks vast loon* en *Arbeider*" +" wordt meestal gebruikt voor werknemers die per uur betaald worden, dus het " +"loontype is *Uurloon*." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "Lijst met alle structuurtypes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"Klik op de knop :guilabel:`Maken` om een nieuw structuurtype te maken. De " +"meeste velden zijn vooraf ingevuld, maar alle velden kunnen worden " +"gewijzigd. Zodra de velden zijn aangepast, klik op de knop " +":guilabel:`Opslaan` om de wijzigingen op te slaan of klik op " +":guilabel:`Negeren` om de invoer te verwijderen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "Vak nieuw structuurtype." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "Structuren" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" +"*Loonstructuren* zijn de verschillende manieren waarop een werknemer betaald" +" wordt binnen een specifieke *structuur* en worden specifiek bepaald door " +"verschillende regels." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" +"Het aantal structuren dat een bedrijf nodig heeft voor elk structuurtype " +"hangt af van het aantal verschillende manieren waarop werknemers betaald " +"worden en hoe hun loon wordt berekend. Bijvoorbeeld, een veelvoorkomende " +"structuur die nuttig kan zijn is een `Bonus`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" +"Om alle verschillende structuren voor elk structuurtype te zien, ga naar " +":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Structuren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "Alle beschikbare loonstructuren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" +"Elke :ref:`structuurtype ` toont de verschillende " +"structuren die erbij horen. Elke structuur bevat een set regels die deze " +"bepalen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Klik op een structuur om de :guilabel:`Salarisregels` weer te geven. Deze " +"regels berekenen de loonstrook van de werknemer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "Details van de loonstructuur voor het Regulier loon." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regels" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" +"Elke structuur heeft een set *salarisregels* die gevolgd moeten worden voor " +"de boekhouding. Deze regels worden geconfigureerd door de lokalisatie en " +"beïnvloeden de *Boekhouding* app. Dus wijzigingen aan de standaardregels of " +"het aanmaken van nieuwe regels moeten enkel gedaan worden als dat broodnodig" +" is." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" +"Om alle regels weer te geven, ga naar :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> " +"Configuratie --> Regels`. Klik op een structuur (zoals :guilabel:`Regulier " +"loon`) om alle regels te bekijken." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "Regels voor elk loonstructuurtype." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Om een nieuwe regel te maken, klik op :guilabel:`Maken`. Een nieuw " +"regelformulier verschijnt. Voer de informatie in de velden in en klik op " +":guilabel:`Opslaan`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "Voer de informatie voor de nieuwe regel in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "De vereiste velden voor een regel zijn:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Naam`: Geef een naam aan de regel." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Categorie`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu een categorie " +"waarop de regel van toepassing is of maak een nieuwe categorie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Voer een code in die moet worden gebruikt voor deze nieuwe" +" regel. Het is aanbevolen om een code te kiezen in samenspraak met de " +"boekhoudafdeling, omdat dit ook op hen een impact zal hebben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Loonstructuur`: Selecteer een loonstructuur waarop de regel van " +"toepassing is in het vervolgkeuzemenu of voer een nieuwe structuur in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Voorwaarde gebaseerd op`: In het tabblad :guilabel:`Algmeen`, " +"selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu of de regel :guilabel:`Altijd waar` is " +"(altijd van toepassing), een :guilabel:`Bereik` is (van toepassing op een " +"specifiek bereik dat wordt ingegeven onder de selectie), of een " +":guilabel:`Python Expressie` is (de code wordt ingegeven onder de selectie)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bedragsoort`: In het tabblad :guilabel:`Algemeen`, selecteer in " +"het vervolgkeuzemenu of het bedrag een :guilabel:`Vast bedrag`, een " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, of een :guilabel:`Python Code` is. Afhankelijk " +"van de selectie moet het vast bedrag, het percentage of de Python code " +"vervolgens worden ingegeven." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "Regel parameters" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"Momenteel is de functie :guilabel:`Regel parameters` in app " +":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie` nog in ontwikkeling en " +"dient alleen een specifiek gebruik voor de Belgische markten. De " +"documentatie zal worden bijgewerkt wanneer deze functie voor meer markten " +"beschikbaar is." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "Andere invoertypes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:262 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" +"Bij het aanmaken van loonstroken is het soms nodig om andere invoeren toe te" +" voegen voor specifieke omstandigheden, zoals onkosten, vergoedingen of " +"inhoudingen. Deze andere invoeren kunnen geconfigureerd worden door naar " +":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Andere invoertypes` " +"te gaan." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "Andere invoertypes voor de loonadministratie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. If the input " +"type applies to all structures, leave the :guilabel:`Availability in " +"Structure` field blank. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "Maak een nieuw invoertype." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "Salarisconfigurator" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" +"De verschillende opties in de sectie :guilabel:`Salarispakketconfigurator` " +"van het menu :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie` beïnvloeden" +" het potentiële salaris van een werknemer. Deze secties " +"(:guilabel:`Voordelen`, :guilabel:`Persoonlijke informatie` en " +":guilabel:`Samenvatting`) bepalen welke voordelen aan een werknemer kunnen " +"worden aangeboden in zijn salarispakket." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijk van de informatie ingegeven door de werknemer (zoals " +"inhoudingen, personen ten laste, enz.), wordt zijn salaris overeenkomstig " +"aangepast. Wanneer een sollicitant zich kandidaat stelt voor een baan op de " +"bedrijfswebsite, hebben de secties onder " +":guilabel:`Salarispakketconfigurator` rechtstreeks invloed op wat de " +"sollicitant te zien krijgt en wat wordt ingevuld wanneer de sollicitant " +"informatie ingeeft." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:294 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "Voordelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer je potentiële werknemers een functie aanbiedt, kan je naast het " +"salaris bepaalde *voordelen* instellen in Odoo om het aanbod aantrekkelijker" +" te maken (zoals extra verlof, een bedrijfswagen, vergoeding voor telefoon " +"of internet, enz.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" +"Om de voordelen te zien, ga naar :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> " +"Configuratie --> Voordelen`. Voordelen zijn gegroepeerd per " +":guilabel:`Structuurtype`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "Beschikbare instellingen voor de loonadministratie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"Om een nieuw voordeel te maken, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Maken`. Voer de " +"informatie in de velden in en klik op de knop :guilabel:`Opslaan` om de " +"wijzigingen op te slaan of op :guilabel:`Negeren` om de invoer te " +"verwijderen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "Lijst met voordelen die werknemers kunnen genieten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "De vereiste velden voor een voordeel zijn:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Naam`: Geef een naam aan het voordeel." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Voordeelveld`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu het veld " +"waaronder dit voordeel verschijnt in de loonstrook." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Voordeeltype`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu welk type " +"voordeel het betreft. Kies uit :guilabel:`Maandelijks voordeel alle aard`, " +":guilabel:`Maandelijke voordelen in netto`, :guilabel:`Maandelijkse " +"voordelen in contanten` of :guilabel:`Jaarlijkse voordelen in contanten`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Loonstructuurtype`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu het " +"loonstructuurtype waarop dit voordeel van toepassing is." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "Persoonlijke informatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" +"Elke werknemer in Odoo heeft een *werknemersfiche* die al zijn persoonlijke " +"informatie, cv, werkinformatie en documenten bevat. Om een werknemersfiche " +"te bekijken, ga naar het hoofddashboard van de " +":menuselection:`Loonadministratie` app en klik op de fiche van de werknemer." +" Werknemersfiches kunnen ook worden bekeken door naar de " +":menuselection:`Werknemers` app te gaan." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" +"Een werknemersfiche kan worden beschouwd als een personeelsdossier van een " +"werknemer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" +"De sectie *Persoonlijke informatie* bevat alle velden die beschikbaar zijn " +"op de werknemersfiche. Ga naar :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> " +"Configuratie --> Persoonlijke informatie` om deze sectie te openen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" +"De persoonlijke informatie die kan worden ingevuld op de werknemersfiche." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" +"Om een invoer te bewerken, selecteer het in de lijst en klik op de knop " +":guilabel:`Bewerken` om de invoer te wijzigen. Als je klaar bent, klik op " +":guilabel:`Opslaan` of op :guilabel:`Negeren` om de informatie op te slaan " +"of om de wijzigingen te annuleren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "Nieuwe invoer van persoonlijke informatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" +"De twee belangrijkste velden op het persoonlijke informatieformulier zijn " +":guilabel:`Is vereist` en :guilabel:`Soort weergave`. Het aanvinken van het " +"vakje :guilabel:`Is vereist` maakt van dit veld een verplicht veld op de " +"werknemersfiche." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" +"Met het vervolgkeuzemenu :guilabel:`Soort weergave` kan de informatie op " +"verschillende manieren worden ingevoerd, van een :guilabel:`Tekstvak`, tot " +"een aanpasbaar :guilabel:`keuzerondje`, een :guilabel:`Selectievakje`, een " +":guilabel:`Document`, en meer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" +"Zodra de informatie is ingevoerd, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Opslaan` om de " +"invoer op te slaan. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "Cv" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"Momenteel is de functie :guilabel:`Samenvatting` in het menu " +":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie` nog in ontwikkeling en " +"dient alleen een specifiek gebruik voor de Belgische markten. De " +"documentatie zal worden bijgewerkt wanneer deze functie voor meer markten " +"beschikbaar is." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Contracten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" +" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " +"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " +"application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " +"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" +" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " +"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " +"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." +" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " +"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " +"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " +"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " +"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " +"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new contract" +msgstr "Maak een nieuw contract aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " +"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" +" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " +"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " +"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " +"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " +"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " +"the company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " +"be created by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " +"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " +"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " +":guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " +"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " +"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " +"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" +" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " +":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " +"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " +"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " +"icons, then click on the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " +"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " +"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +msgid "Contract details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"*Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " +"employee contract can be entered for future reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +msgid "Modifying a contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " +"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" +" the contract as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the details for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " +"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " +"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " +"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " +"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " +":guilabel:`On Invitation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " +"contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " +":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " +"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " +"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " +":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +msgid "Salary information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +msgid "" +"This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " +"is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " +"fields may vary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " +"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " +"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " +"are set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " +"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " +"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " +"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " +"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " +"support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " +"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " +"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" +" :guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " +"the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +msgid "Save and send the contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" +" employee to be signed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " +"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " +"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " +"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " +"the employee so they can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +msgid "" +"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " +"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee so they can sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " +"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " +"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " +"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " +"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " +"times, and can compute time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 +msgid "Payslips" +msgstr "Loonstroken" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, " +"and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once " +"payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by " +"check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` " +"application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All " +"Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for " +"employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission" +" payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21 +msgid "To pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the " +"payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that" +" have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual " +"payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the" +" :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of" +" the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the " +"individual payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41 +msgid "Create new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page " +"(:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips" +" --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-" +"left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the " +"necessary payslip information can be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in " +"with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by " +"**bold** lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired" +" employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other" +" fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a " +"selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the " +":guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` " +"fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form " +"in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On " +"this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater " +"than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to " +"select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this " +"process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract " +"for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the " +"selected employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure" +" type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract" +" for that specific employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the " +"payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select " +"the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, " +"enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found " +"in the *Accounting* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every " +"entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can " +"be entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the " +"entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of " +"Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what " +"was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and " +":guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " +"automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " +"clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on " +"the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the " +":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up " +"window. Then, click on the desired date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting" +" Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged " +"in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the " +"payslip is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116 +msgid "Save and process new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it " +"is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button " +"can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the " +"entry *and* compute the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, " +"and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any " +"modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the " +"desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to " +"have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and " +":guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " +"payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically " +"updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the" +" payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " +":guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which " +"the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against" +" must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top " +"of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " +"entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " +"payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make " +"Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the " +"employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0 +msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 +msgid "All payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app" +" --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch " +"(in a default list view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view" +" all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " +"details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after" +" the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears " +"on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, " +":guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time " +"to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +msgid "" +"`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details " +"can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 +msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " +"separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " +"Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" +" clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " +"reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page," +" enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new" +" payslip ` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " +"clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, " +"click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible " +"payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the " +"payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all " +"payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click " +"on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips " +"to an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " +"each payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218 +msgid "Batches" +msgstr "Batches" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " +"created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " +":guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its " +":guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View displaying all batches created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " +"separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make" +" any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, " +"proceed to make any necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 +msgid "" +"After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`" +" button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which " +"payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242 +msgid "" +"All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees " +"section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results " +"by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the " +":guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the" +" respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or " +":guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the " +":guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the " +"pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " +"smart button to create a draft of the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say " +":guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-" +"up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +msgid "" +"On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible " +"via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. " +"Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " +"page, or back to the list of all batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280 +msgid "Create a new batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" +" (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank" +" payslip batch form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286 +msgid "" +"On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and" +" select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which" +" reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, " +"navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both " +"the start and end dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit " +"Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the " +"payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated " +"date is reflected in the accounting journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips " +"are written against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click " +"the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be " +"created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x " +"mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs " +"to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down " +"menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to " +"create the payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a " +":guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays " +"payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being " +"generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box" +" disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` " +"icon can be clicked to close the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any " +"payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate`" +" button again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to " +"the payslip batch form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the " +"payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button" +" to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the " +"proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select " +"the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter " +"the appropriate file name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, " +"or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 +msgid "Generate commission payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " +"Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To " +"generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or " +"batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in" +" which the necessary information **must** be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the commission details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " +":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " +"calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips " +"are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " +"appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " +"Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " +":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. " +"Any file type is accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, " +"select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. " +":guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while " +":guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" +" Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportages" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "Lijndiagram" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "Staafdiagram" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "Cirkeldiagram" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "Maaltijdcheques" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Beslag op salaris" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`, provides a " +"visual overview of the individual time sheets of every employee, with each " +"day split into a morning shift and an afternoon shift." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Work Entries dashboard view showing all employee's work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the view so that only the entries for a single day, week, or month" +" are shown, click on one of the corresponding links for :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`, located at the top of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons " +"on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Today` button to adjust the " +"displayed dates. The arrows will adjust the date based on the type of time " +"selected. For example, if month is selected, the arrows will move one month " +"with each click of the arrow. If week or day is selected, the time will move" +" by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Adding a new work entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time or time " +"off, click :guilabel:`Add` to create a new work entry. A pop-up will appear," +" with several fields to fill in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, such as `Sick Time` or any other " +"short description. Select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` from the respective drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the date and time for the work entry in the :guilabel:`From` and" +" :guilabel:`To` drop-downs. First, select the date by navigating to the " +"correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, select the time by clicking on the :guilabel:`⏰ (clock)` icon, and " +"using the :guilabel:`⬆️ (up arrow)` and :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icons " +"for each section to enter the hour, minute, and second for the time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Period` will display the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` " +"and :guilabel:`From` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before clicking either :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`, " +"it is good to double check the :guilabel:`Period` to ensure the time stated " +"corresponds to the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:0 +msgid "Hours entered in the Period field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the " +"entry and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"create another :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60 +msgid "Regenerate work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After a work entry has been either added or modified, the work entries need " +"to be regenerated for the affected employee(s). Click on the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the main dashboard," +" and a pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Employee` to regenerate work entries for from the " +":guilabel:`drop-down menu`, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`To` fields so the correct date range is displayed. Click the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button and the work entries will be " +"recreated. Once finished, the pop-up will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:76 +msgid "Conflicts" +msgstr "Conflicten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick " +"time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as " +"required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved " +"before payslips can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main " +":guilabel:`Work Entry` overview dashboard, located by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Conflicts`, where only " +"conflicts needing resolution are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top left corner of " +"each individual entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the conflict" +" details in a pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93 +msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Details for a conflict appear in the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up. The :guilabel:`From` " +"and :guilabel:`To` date range, as well as the total time requested (in " +"hours), appear in the :guilabel:`Period` field on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If there is a conflict because a time-off request for the same time already " +"exists in the system, the time-off will be entered in the :guilabel:`Time " +"Off` field. Clicking the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the " +":guilabel:`Time Off` entry will bring up the duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The details for the time-off request appear in the pop-up. The request can " +"be modified if needed. Click either the :guilabel:`Validate` or " +":guilabel:`Refuse` button to approve or deny the request, then click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Edit and/or validate a duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the duplicate time-off request has been approved and saved, the screen " +"goes back to the conflict. Click :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` or " +":guilabel:`Approve Time Off` via the buttons in the top right to either " +"approve or deny the request. Repeat for all conflicts until there are no " +"conflicts to resolve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After conflicts have been resolved, work entries must be regenerated for " +"each employee by clicking the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, " +"and entering the corresponding information for each employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate Work Entries button on the Work Entries Regeneration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129 +msgid "Generating payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To generate payslips, navigate to the time period the payslips should be " +"generated for, either day, week, or month. When the desired pay period is " +"displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Generate Payslips button on the Work Entry dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears light " +"turquoise instead of dark turquoise), that indicates there are conflicts. " +"*Solve conflicts first* will appear as a warning when :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` is moused over. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A batch entry will appear for the time period selected. The batch name " +"appears at the top in the :guilabel:`Name` field, typically listing the " +"month and year for the particular batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The date range the payslips apply to appears in the :guilabel:`Period` " +"field. The company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field, along with an " +"option to mark the payslips as a credit note. To make changes, click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button in the top left, make any changes, then click either" +" :guilabel:`Save` to accept the changes or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert to " +"the original data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Batch information that appears when making a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for " +"the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Payslips` button in the top right to view all the " +"payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Payslips will have a status of *Waiting* until the :guilabel:`Create Draft " +"Entry` button has been clicked. After, the payslip status will change to " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payslips can be printed by clicking the box next to each payslip to print, " +"or clicking the box next to :guilabel:`Reference` to select all the payslips" +" at once. Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file will be created" +" with all the specified payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Print button for printing the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174 +msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "Werving & Selectie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "E-mailsjablonen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Afkeuren" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Snel toevoegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Tabblad Opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Werknemer aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 +msgid "Job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " +"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " +"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" +" but have not yet been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" +" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " +"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +msgid "" +"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " +"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" +" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +msgid "" +"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " +"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " +"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " +"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" +" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " +"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +msgid "Edit a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the job position card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"available jobs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +msgid "" +"All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " +"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " +"located." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: Select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " +"hired for this position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: Check the box to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +"when offering the job to a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: Select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " +"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " +":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " +"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " +"on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " +"will." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 +msgid "Create interview form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " +"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " +"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next the survey form loads. The :guilabel:`Survey Title` is pre-populated " +"based on the job description. Then, select the person " +":guilabel:`Responsible` for the survey from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:309 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Vragen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " +"in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 +msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " +"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " +"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" +" an answer for each row" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:136 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question format will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " +"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " +"position(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " +"background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:241 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Antwoorden" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another " +":guilabel:`Question Type` is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains " +"hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:164 +msgid "" +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question types, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:167 +msgid "" +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:171 +msgid "" +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the photo file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the :guilabel:`↕️ (Up-down arrows)` on the far left of each answer " +"line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers " +"appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Tekstvak met één regel" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Question Type`, only two checkboxes appear in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: Activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: This option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: Activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:203 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrix" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:210 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` :guilabel:`Question Type`, there are two sets of " +"data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. " +"The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the " +"rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:383 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Omschrijving" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:303 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:235 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: The :guilabel:`Answers` section is blank, with " +"no choices needed to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:245 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: A :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:247 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, :guilabel:`Numerical Value`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Datetime`: A :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be " +"verified as adhering to the parameters set in this section. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the :guilabel:`Minimum` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum` values in the corresponding fields. Depending on the " +":guilabel:`Question Type` selected, these fields may reference characters, " +"numbers, or dates. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given " +"does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, " +"enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: The first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:260 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Beperkingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (:guilabel:`This question requires " +"an answer`). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts " +"to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The " +"text should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Lay-out" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if " +"there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field appears. Enter the text to appear in the " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have management " +"experience?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years" +" of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant " +"selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have management experience?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have management experience?` as the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the " +"triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:296 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Live sessie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:298 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:317 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:319 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: Choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: Display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: Display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:331 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Tijd & Score" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " +"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " +"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: Choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:339 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:344 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: If one of the scoring options was selected, " +"a :guilabel:`Required Score (%)` field appears. Enter the percentage the " +"candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be " +"written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: Check this box if the form is a " +"certification exam. When checked, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: If the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is checked, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the " +"email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant" +" passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of " +"the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Deelnemers" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:360 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " +"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:364 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " +"field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:368 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "Live sessie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter the access code that will allow the viewers " +"into the live exam session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " +"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:375 +msgid "" +"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:389 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Einde bericht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is complete the message entered in this tab is displayed for" +" the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Verwijzingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " +"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Onboarding" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Bekijk vacatures" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "E-mail een vriend" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Punten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Beloningen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Niveaus" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Waarschuwingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Time Off" +msgstr "Verlof" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " +"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " +"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " +":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" +" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " +":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" +" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " +"` can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +msgid "" +"All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " +"sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " +"access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " +"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " +"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" +" use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " +"then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +msgid "Time off types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " +"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " +"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " +"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " +"can be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " +"top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " +"following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 +msgid "Time off requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " +"the time off type. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " +"requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" +" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"option is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " +"for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " +":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" +" time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" +" :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " +"the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " +"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " +"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" +" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " +"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " +"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " +"deducted from the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " +"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " +"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " +"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 +msgid "Allocation requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " +"employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " +"time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If " +":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " +"Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " +"allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " +"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " +"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " +"what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " +"allocation of this particular type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must approve the " +"allocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" +" off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " +"*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 +msgid "Timesheets section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " +"mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " +"access the developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" +" entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " +"appear in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " +"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"or :guilabel:`Training`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 +msgid "Display option section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " +"application dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 +msgid "Accrual plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " +"specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" +" or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " +"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 +msgid "Create accrual plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," +" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " +"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " +"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " +"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " +"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " +"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " +":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" +" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " +"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " +"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " +"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " +"in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " +"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " +"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " +"their accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." +" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " +"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" +"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " +"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " +"accrual renews." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " +":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " +"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " +":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " +"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " +"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " +"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" +" with this plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" +" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" +" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " +"means any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" +" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" +" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Public holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" +" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 +msgid "" +"It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " +"the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" +" set as a public holiday (non-working days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +msgid "Create public holiday" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Public Holidays`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 +msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" +" the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "Enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " +"populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " +"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company's time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" +" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +"computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " +"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 +msgid "" +"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " +"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" +" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " +"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" +" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" +" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " +"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" +" have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " +"drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " +"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " +"type from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " +"a month view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " +"the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " +"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " +"appears on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" +" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +msgid "" +"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " +"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " +"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " +"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 +msgid "Allocate time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" +" to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " +"to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Approvals --> Allocations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +msgid "" +"This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" +" off that is being allocated to the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." +" Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation" +" is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" +" selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " +":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " +"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +"the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " +":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " +"` is configured (in days or hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " +"assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " +"The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " +"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " +"department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "" +"Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " +":guilabel:`Department`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " +"explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 +msgid "" +"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " +"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " +"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " +"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " +"off requests for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " +"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"time off request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " +"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " +"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" +" pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " +"purple (if applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 +msgid "" +"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" +" click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " +"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " +"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " +"and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " +":guilabel:`Date` selections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " +"approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " +"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " +"be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"information, and submit the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +msgid "Request allocation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +msgid "" +"If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " +"off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " +"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" +" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " +"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " +"all the allocations for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"allocation request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " +"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " +"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " +"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " +"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " +"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." +" This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " +"order to approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" +"sick time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 +msgid "Approvals" +msgstr "Goedkeuringen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " +"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " +"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " +"specific type of time off is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " +":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 +msgid "Approve allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +msgid "" +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 +msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +msgid "" +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +msgid "" +"The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " +"highlighted in a specific color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" +" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " +"request in detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" +" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +msgid "Approve time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 +msgid "" +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " +"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " +"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " +"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " +"are active and *not* in a draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " +":guilabel:`To Approve`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " +"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 +msgid "" +"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " +"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " +"department are then presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " +"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " +"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " +"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " +"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" +" gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 +msgid "" +"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" +" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " +"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " +"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " +"to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " +"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " +"allocations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"(the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " +"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " +"increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +msgid "" +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " +"summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " +"available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 +msgid "" +"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " +"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " +"requests are shown as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 +msgid "" +"Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " +"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " +"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " +"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 +msgid "" +"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " +":ref:`time off form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +msgid "" +"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" +" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " +"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " +"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " +":guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +msgid "" +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 +msgid "My allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 +msgid "" +"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +msgid "" +"A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " +"by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " +"are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " +"types are being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 +msgid "By employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +msgid "" +"To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +msgid "" +"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " +":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " +"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " +"top of the report to view the data differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +msgid "" +"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " +"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " +":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "By type" +msgstr "Per soort" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " +"time off type in its own section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " +"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 +msgid "" +"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " +"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1c265826 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,2584 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Model" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Activeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "Bij aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "Bij bijwerken" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "Bij aanmaken & bijwerken" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "Bij het verwijderen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "Gebaseerd op aanpassing veld op scherm" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "Gebaseerd op een tijdsgebonden voorwaarde" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "Toepassen op" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Actie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Voer Python code uit" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe regel" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "Update het record" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Start verschillende acties" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "E-mail verzenden" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "Volgers toevoegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "Volgende activiteit aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "SMS verzenden" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Eigenschappen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "Contactdetails" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "Gebruikerstoewijzing" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "Datum & Kalender" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "Datumbereik & Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "Pijplijn fases" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Labels" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Afbeelding" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Regels" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Notities" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "Monetaire waarde" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Bedrijf" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "Aangepast sorteren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Archiveren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "Standaard Template" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Lay-out" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Licht" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "Kader" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Vet" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Gestreept" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Lettertype" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Kleuren" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "Bedrijfsslogan" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Voettekst" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Papierformaat" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Extern" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Intern" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Blanco" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Blok" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Inline" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Tabel" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Kolom" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Tabblad Opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"` the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "Weergaven" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "Algemene weergaven" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "Formulier" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "Activiteit" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Zoeken" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "Meerdere records weergaven" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lijst" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "Kaart" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "Tijdlijn weergaven" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Agenda" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "Cohort" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "Rapportage weergaven" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "Draaitabel" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Grafiek" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 970255960..a844bc684 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Krzysztof Wierzbicki , 2024 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-11-02 08:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Krzysztof Wierzbicki , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,8 +23,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications.rst:9 msgid "User Docs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokumentacja użytkownika" #: ../../content/applications.rst:11 msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." msgstr "" +"Zapoznaj się z instrukcjami użytkownika i tutorialami konfiguracji dla " +"każdej z aplikacji." diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..627b5a77e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -0,0 +1,1226 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4) && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n!=1 && (n%10>=0 && n%10<=1) || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=12 && n%100<=14) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:3 +msgid "Activities" +msgstr "Czynności" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " +"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " +"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " +"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " +"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " +"activity is automatically assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " +":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " +"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 +msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " +"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " +"marked as completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " +"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " +"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " +"of an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " +"out the pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Widok listy" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " +"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " +"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " +"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " +"icon for the desired app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " +"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " +"future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 +msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " +"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " +"on the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 +msgid "View scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " +":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " +"to the far-right side of the other view options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " +"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " +":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" +" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" +" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" +" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 +msgid "Configure activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 +msgid "" +"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " +":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Akcja" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " +"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " +"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " +"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" +" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " +"applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " +"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" +" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" +" creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" +" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " +"Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " +"be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " +"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " +"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " +":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " +"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " +"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " +":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " +"deadline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " +"activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " +"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " +"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " +"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " +"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" +" launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" +" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " +"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but " +"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " +"Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "" +"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " +"Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd7653949 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,9274 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Karol Rybak , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4) && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n!=1 && (n%10>=0 && n%10<=1) || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=12 && n%100<=14) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "Obecności" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Pracownicy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Dodaj nowego pracownika" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Życiorys" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " +"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"following information for each entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," +" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Umiejętności" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " +"by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " +"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" +" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " +":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 +msgid "Skill types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " +"must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " +"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" +" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" +" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"this for all the skill types needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " +"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" +" category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " +"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " +"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " +"close the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " +"in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " +"`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " +"`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " +"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " +"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " +"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " +"information for the new employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " +":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " +"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " +"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " +"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " +"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " +":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " +"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " +"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " +"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " +"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" +" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " +"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " +"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " +"section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " +"resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +"employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " +"or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " +"for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:224 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " +"employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " +"information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " +"number in the corresponding fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " +"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " +"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " +"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " +"emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " +":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " +"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " +"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " +"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" +" :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:288 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " +"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " +":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" +" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " +"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" +" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " +":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " +"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." +" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " +"badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " +"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " +"center " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" +" value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " +"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " +"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:327 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " +"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," +" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," +" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "Dokumenty" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." +" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " +"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " +"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents " +"smart-button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Flota" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Ustawienia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Producenci" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Model" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Wynagrodzenie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Silnik" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Kategoria modelu" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiskalność" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Umowa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Usługi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Widok listy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Wynagrodzenie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:47 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DMFA Code`: This code is used to identify DMFA entries on a " +"corresponding DMFA report, and is for Belgian-based companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for unpaid " +"work, specify which pay structure the work entry can apply to from the drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list apply to the work entry, check " +"off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "Struktury" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Reguły" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:262 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. If the input " +"type applies to all structures, leave the :guilabel:`Availability in " +"Structure` field blank. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:294 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "Zalety" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "Wznów" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Umowy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" +" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " +"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " +"application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " +"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" +" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " +"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " +"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." +" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " +"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " +"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " +"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " +"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " +"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new contract" +msgstr "Utwórz nową umowę" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " +"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" +" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " +"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " +"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " +"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " +"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " +"the company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " +"be created by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " +"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " +"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " +":guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " +"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " +"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " +"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" +" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " +":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " +"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " +"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " +"icons, then click on the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " +"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " +"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +msgid "Contract details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"*Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " +"employee contract can be entered for future reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +msgid "Modifying a contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " +"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" +" the contract as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the details for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " +"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " +"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " +"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " +"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " +":guilabel:`On Invitation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " +"contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " +":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " +"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " +"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " +":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +msgid "Salary information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +msgid "" +"This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " +"is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " +"fields may vary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " +"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " +"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " +"are set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " +"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " +"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " +"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " +"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " +"support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " +"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " +"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" +" :guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " +"the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +msgid "Save and send the contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" +" employee to be signed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " +"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " +"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " +"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " +"the employee so they can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +msgid "" +"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " +"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee so they can sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " +"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " +"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " +"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " +"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " +"times, and can compute time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 +msgid "Payslips" +msgstr "Paski płac" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, " +"and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once " +"payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by " +"check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` " +"application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All " +"Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for " +"employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission" +" payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21 +msgid "To pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the " +"payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that" +" have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual " +"payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the" +" :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of" +" the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the " +"individual payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41 +msgid "Create new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page " +"(:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips" +" --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-" +"left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the " +"necessary payslip information can be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in " +"with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by " +"**bold** lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired" +" employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other" +" fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a " +"selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the " +":guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` " +"fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form " +"in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On " +"this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater " +"than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to " +"select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this " +"process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract " +"for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the " +"selected employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure" +" type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract" +" for that specific employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the " +"payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select " +"the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, " +"enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found " +"in the *Accounting* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every " +"entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can " +"be entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the " +"entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of " +"Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what " +"was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and " +":guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " +"automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " +"clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on " +"the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the " +":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up " +"window. Then, click on the desired date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting" +" Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged " +"in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the " +"payslip is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116 +msgid "Save and process new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it " +"is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button " +"can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the " +"entry *and* compute the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, " +"and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any " +"modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the " +"desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to " +"have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and " +":guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " +"payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically " +"updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the" +" payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " +":guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which " +"the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against" +" must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top " +"of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " +"entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " +"payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make " +"Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the " +"employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0 +msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 +msgid "All payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app" +" --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch " +"(in a default list view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view" +" all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " +"details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after" +" the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears " +"on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, " +":guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time " +"to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +msgid "" +"`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details " +"can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 +msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " +"separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " +"Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" +" clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " +"reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page," +" enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new" +" payslip ` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " +"clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, " +"click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible " +"payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the " +"payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all " +"payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click " +"on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips " +"to an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " +"each payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218 +msgid "Batches" +msgstr "Partie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " +"created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " +":guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its " +":guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View displaying all batches created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " +"separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make" +" any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, " +"proceed to make any necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 +msgid "" +"After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`" +" button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which " +"payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242 +msgid "" +"All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees " +"section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results " +"by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the " +":guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the" +" respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or " +":guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the " +":guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the " +"pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " +"smart button to create a draft of the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say " +":guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-" +"up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +msgid "" +"On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible " +"via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. " +"Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " +"page, or back to the list of all batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280 +msgid "Create a new batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" +" (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank" +" payslip batch form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286 +msgid "" +"On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and" +" select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which" +" reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, " +"navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both " +"the start and end dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit " +"Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the " +"payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated " +"date is reflected in the accounting journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips " +"are written against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click " +"the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be " +"created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x " +"mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs " +"to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down " +"menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to " +"create the payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a " +":guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays " +"payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being " +"generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box" +" disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` " +"icon can be clicked to close the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any " +"payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate`" +" button again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to " +"the payslip batch form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the " +"payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button" +" to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the " +"proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select " +"the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter " +"the appropriate file name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, " +"or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 +msgid "Generate commission payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " +"Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To " +"generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or " +"batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in" +" which the necessary information **must** be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the commission details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " +":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " +"calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips " +"are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " +"appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " +"Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " +":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. " +"Any file type is accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, " +"select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. " +":guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while " +":guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" +" Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Raportowanie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Załącznik do wynagrodzenia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`, provides a " +"visual overview of the individual time sheets of every employee, with each " +"day split into a morning shift and an afternoon shift." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Work Entries dashboard view showing all employee's work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the view so that only the entries for a single day, week, or month" +" are shown, click on one of the corresponding links for :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`, located at the top of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons " +"on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Today` button to adjust the " +"displayed dates. The arrows will adjust the date based on the type of time " +"selected. For example, if month is selected, the arrows will move one month " +"with each click of the arrow. If week or day is selected, the time will move" +" by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Adding a new work entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time or time " +"off, click :guilabel:`Add` to create a new work entry. A pop-up will appear," +" with several fields to fill in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, such as `Sick Time` or any other " +"short description. Select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` from the respective drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the date and time for the work entry in the :guilabel:`From` and" +" :guilabel:`To` drop-downs. First, select the date by navigating to the " +"correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, select the time by clicking on the :guilabel:`⏰ (clock)` icon, and " +"using the :guilabel:`⬆️ (up arrow)` and :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icons " +"for each section to enter the hour, minute, and second for the time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Period` will display the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` " +"and :guilabel:`From` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before clicking either :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`, " +"it is good to double check the :guilabel:`Period` to ensure the time stated " +"corresponds to the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:0 +msgid "Hours entered in the Period field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the " +"entry and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"create another :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60 +msgid "Regenerate work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After a work entry has been either added or modified, the work entries need " +"to be regenerated for the affected employee(s). Click on the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the main dashboard," +" and a pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Employee` to regenerate work entries for from the " +":guilabel:`drop-down menu`, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`To` fields so the correct date range is displayed. Click the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button and the work entries will be " +"recreated. Once finished, the pop-up will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:76 +msgid "Conflicts" +msgstr "Konflikty" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick " +"time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as " +"required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved " +"before payslips can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main " +":guilabel:`Work Entry` overview dashboard, located by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Conflicts`, where only " +"conflicts needing resolution are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top left corner of " +"each individual entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the conflict" +" details in a pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93 +msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Details for a conflict appear in the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up. The :guilabel:`From` " +"and :guilabel:`To` date range, as well as the total time requested (in " +"hours), appear in the :guilabel:`Period` field on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If there is a conflict because a time-off request for the same time already " +"exists in the system, the time-off will be entered in the :guilabel:`Time " +"Off` field. Clicking the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the " +":guilabel:`Time Off` entry will bring up the duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The details for the time-off request appear in the pop-up. The request can " +"be modified if needed. Click either the :guilabel:`Validate` or " +":guilabel:`Refuse` button to approve or deny the request, then click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Edit and/or validate a duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the duplicate time-off request has been approved and saved, the screen " +"goes back to the conflict. Click :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` or " +":guilabel:`Approve Time Off` via the buttons in the top right to either " +"approve or deny the request. Repeat for all conflicts until there are no " +"conflicts to resolve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After conflicts have been resolved, work entries must be regenerated for " +"each employee by clicking the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, " +"and entering the corresponding information for each employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate Work Entries button on the Work Entries Regeneration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129 +msgid "Generating payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To generate payslips, navigate to the time period the payslips should be " +"generated for, either day, week, or month. When the desired pay period is " +"displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Generate Payslips button on the Work Entry dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears light " +"turquoise instead of dark turquoise), that indicates there are conflicts. " +"*Solve conflicts first* will appear as a warning when :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` is moused over. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A batch entry will appear for the time period selected. The batch name " +"appears at the top in the :guilabel:`Name` field, typically listing the " +"month and year for the particular batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The date range the payslips apply to appears in the :guilabel:`Period` " +"field. The company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field, along with an " +"option to mark the payslips as a credit note. To make changes, click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button in the top left, make any changes, then click either" +" :guilabel:`Save` to accept the changes or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert to " +"the original data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Batch information that appears when making a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for " +"the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Payslips` button in the top right to view all the " +"payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Payslips will have a status of *Waiting* until the :guilabel:`Create Draft " +"Entry` button has been clicked. After, the payslip status will change to " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payslips can be printed by clicking the box next to each payslip to print, " +"or clicking the box next to :guilabel:`Reference` to select all the payslips" +" at once. Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file will be created" +" with all the specified payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Print button for printing the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174 +msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "Rekrutacja" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Szablony wiadomości e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Odmów" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Szybkie dodawanie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Utwórz" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Utwórz pracownika" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 +msgid "Job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " +"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " +"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" +" but have not yet been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" +" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " +"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +msgid "" +"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " +"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" +" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +msgid "" +"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " +"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " +"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " +"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" +" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " +"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +msgid "Edit a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the job position card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"available jobs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +msgid "" +"All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " +"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " +"located." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: Select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " +"hired for this position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: Check the box to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +"when offering the job to a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: Select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " +"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " +":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " +"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " +"on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " +"will." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 +msgid "Create interview form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " +"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " +"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next the survey form loads. The :guilabel:`Survey Title` is pre-populated " +"based on the job description. Then, select the person " +":guilabel:`Responsible` for the survey from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:309 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Pytania" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " +"in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 +msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " +"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " +"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" +" an answer for each row" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:136 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question format will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " +"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " +"position(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " +"background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:241 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Odpowiedzi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another " +":guilabel:`Question Type` is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains " +"hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:164 +msgid "" +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question types, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:167 +msgid "" +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:171 +msgid "" +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the photo file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the :guilabel:`↕️ (Up-down arrows)` on the far left of each answer " +"line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers " +"appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Jednoliniowe pole tekstowe" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Question Type`, only two checkboxes appear in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: Activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: This option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: Activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:203 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Macierz" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:210 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` :guilabel:`Question Type`, there are two sets of " +"data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. " +"The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the " +"rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:383 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Opis" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:303 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opcje" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:235 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: The :guilabel:`Answers` section is blank, with " +"no choices needed to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:245 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: A :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:247 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, :guilabel:`Numerical Value`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Datetime`: A :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be " +"verified as adhering to the parameters set in this section. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the :guilabel:`Minimum` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum` values in the corresponding fields. Depending on the " +":guilabel:`Question Type` selected, these fields may reference characters, " +"numbers, or dates. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given " +"does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, " +"enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: The first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:260 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Ograniczenia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (:guilabel:`This question requires " +"an answer`). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts " +"to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The " +"text should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Układ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if " +"there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field appears. Enter the text to appear in the " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have management " +"experience?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years" +" of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant " +"selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have management experience?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have management experience?` as the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the " +"triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:296 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Sesje na żywo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:298 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:317 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:319 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: Choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: Display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: Display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:331 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Czas i punktacja" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " +"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " +"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: Choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:339 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:344 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: If one of the scoring options was selected, " +"a :guilabel:`Required Score (%)` field appears. Enter the percentage the " +"candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be " +"written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: Check this box if the form is a " +"certification exam. When checked, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: If the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is checked, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the " +"email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant" +" passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of " +"the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Uczestnicy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:360 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " +"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:364 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " +"field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:368 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "Sesja na żywo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter the access code that will allow the viewers " +"into the live exam session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " +"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:375 +msgid "" +"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:389 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Wiadomość końcowa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is complete the message entered in this tab is displayed for" +" the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Polecenia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " +"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Wdrożenie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Zobacz oferty pracy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Odnośnik" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Wyślij e-mail do znajomego" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Punkty" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Nagrody" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Poziomy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Ostrzeżenia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Time Off" +msgstr "Dni wolne" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " +"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " +"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " +":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" +" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " +":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" +" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " +"` can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +msgid "" +"All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " +"sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " +"access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " +"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " +"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguracja" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" +" use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " +"then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +msgid "Time off types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " +"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " +"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " +"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " +"can be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " +"top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " +"following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 +msgid "Time off requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " +"the time off type. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " +"requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" +" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"option is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " +"for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " +":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" +" time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" +" :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " +"the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " +"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " +"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" +" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " +"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " +"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " +"deducted from the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " +"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " +"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " +"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 +msgid "Allocation requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " +"employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " +"time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If " +":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " +"Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " +"allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " +"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " +"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " +"what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " +"allocation of this particular type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must approve the " +"allocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" +" off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " +"*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 +msgid "Timesheets section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " +"mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " +"access the developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" +" entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " +"appear in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " +"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"or :guilabel:`Training`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 +msgid "Display option section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " +"application dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 +msgid "Accrual plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " +"specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" +" or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " +"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 +msgid "Create accrual plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," +" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " +"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " +"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " +"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " +"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " +"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " +":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" +" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " +"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " +"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " +"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " +"in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " +"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " +"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " +"their accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." +" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " +"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" +"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " +"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " +"accrual renews." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " +":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " +"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " +":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " +"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " +"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " +"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" +" with this plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" +" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" +" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " +"means any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" +" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" +" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Public holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" +" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 +msgid "" +"It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " +"the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" +" set as a public holiday (non-working days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +msgid "Create public holiday" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Public Holidays`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 +msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" +" the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "Enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " +"populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " +"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company's time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" +" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +"computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " +"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 +msgid "" +"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " +"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" +" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " +"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" +" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" +" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " +"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" +" have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " +"drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " +"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " +"type from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Przegląd" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " +"a month view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " +"the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " +"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " +"appears on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" +" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +msgid "" +"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " +"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " +"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " +"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 +msgid "Allocate time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" +" to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " +"to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Approvals --> Allocations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +msgid "" +"This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" +" off that is being allocated to the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." +" Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation" +" is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" +" selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " +":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " +"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +"the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " +":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " +"` is configured (in days or hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " +"assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " +"The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " +"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " +"department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "" +"Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " +":guilabel:`Department`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " +"explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 +msgid "" +"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " +"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " +"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " +"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " +"off requests for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " +"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"time off request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " +"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " +"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" +" pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " +"purple (if applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 +msgid "" +"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" +" click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " +"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " +"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " +"and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " +":guilabel:`Date` selections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " +"approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " +"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " +"be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"information, and submit the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +msgid "Request allocation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +msgid "" +"If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " +"off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " +"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" +" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " +"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " +"all the allocations for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"allocation request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " +"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " +"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " +"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " +"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " +"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." +" This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " +"order to approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" +"sick time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 +msgid "Approvals" +msgstr "Akceptacje" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " +"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " +"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " +"specific type of time off is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " +":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 +msgid "Approve allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +msgid "" +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 +msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +msgid "" +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +msgid "" +"The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " +"highlighted in a specific color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" +" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " +"request in detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" +" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +msgid "Approve time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 +msgid "" +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " +"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " +"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " +"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " +"are active and *not* in a draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " +":guilabel:`To Approve`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " +"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 +msgid "" +"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " +"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " +"department are then presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " +"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " +"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " +"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " +"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" +" gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 +msgid "" +"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" +" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " +"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " +"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " +"to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " +"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " +"allocations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Konsola" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"(the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " +"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " +"increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +msgid "" +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " +"summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " +"available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 +msgid "" +"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " +"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " +"requests are shown as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 +msgid "" +"Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " +"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " +"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " +"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 +msgid "" +"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " +":ref:`time off form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +msgid "" +"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" +" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " +"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " +"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " +":guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +msgid "" +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 +msgid "My allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 +msgid "" +"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +msgid "" +"A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " +"by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " +"are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " +"types are being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 +msgid "By employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +msgid "" +"To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +msgid "" +"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " +":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " +"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " +"top of the report to view the data differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +msgid "" +"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " +"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " +":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "By type" +msgstr "Przez typ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " +"time off type in its own section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " +"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 +msgid "" +"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " +"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po index 62d1a6e18..1dae7dafa 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # Tadeusz Karpiński , 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Krzysztof Wierzbicki , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-02 09:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Krzysztof Wierzbicki , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:8 msgid "User Docs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokumentacja użytkownika" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:9 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b17c5eaf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,2582 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4) && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n!=1 && (n%10>=0 && n%10<=1) || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=12 && n%100<=14) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Model" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Wyzwalacz" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "Przy tworzeniu" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "Przy zapisie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "Przy tworzeniu i zapisie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "Po usunięciu" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "bazujące na formularzu modyfikacji" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "Bazujące na warunku czasu" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "Zastosuj do" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Akcja" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Wykonaj kod Pythona" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "Utwórz nowy rekord" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "Uaktualnij rekord" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Wykonaj wiele akcji" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "Wyślij e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "Dodaj obserwatorów" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "Utwórz następną czynność" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "Wyślij wiadomość SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Właściwości" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "Szczegóły kontaktu" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "Przypisanie użytkownika" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "Data i kalendarz" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "Zakres dat i Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "Poziomy lejku" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Tagi" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Obraz" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Pozycje" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Notatki" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "Wartość monetarna" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Firma" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "Sortowanie niestandardowe" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Rozmowa" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Archiwizacja" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Układ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Światło" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "W pudełku" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Pogrubienie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "W paski" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Czcionka" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Kolory" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Stopka" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Format papieru" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Zewnętrzne" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Wewnętrzne" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Puste" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Blokuj" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "W jednej linii" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Stół" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Kolumna" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"` the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "Widoki" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "Ogólne poglądy" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "Formularz" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "Czynność" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Szukaj" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "Widoki wielu rekordów" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lista" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "Mapa" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "Widoki osi czasu" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Kalendarz" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "Kohorta" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "Wykres Gantta" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "Widoki raportowania" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "Pivot" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Wykres" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Konsola" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1f62db7c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -0,0 +1,1487 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Foldi Robert , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Emanuel Bruda, 2024 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 +# Cozmin Candea , 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea , 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:3 +msgid "Activities" +msgstr "Activități" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " +"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " +"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " +"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " +"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " +"activity is automatically assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " +":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " +"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 +msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " +"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " +"marked as completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " +"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " +"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " +"of an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " +"out the pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vizualizare Listă" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " +"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " +"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " +"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " +"icon for the desired app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " +"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " +"future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 +msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " +"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " +"on the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 +msgid "View scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " +":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " +"to the far-right side of the other view options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " +"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " +":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" +" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" +" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" +" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 +msgid "Configure activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 +msgid "" +"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " +":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Acțiune" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " +"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " +"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " +"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" +" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " +"applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " +"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" +" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" +" creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" +" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " +"Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " +"be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " +"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " +"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " +":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " +"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " +"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " +":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " +"deadline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " +"activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " +"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " +"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " +"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " +"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" +" launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" +" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " +"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "Export și import date" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "Export date din Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" +"În lucrul cu o bază de date, uneori este necesar să exportați datele într-un" +" fișier separat.Făcând asta, puteți obține rapoarte asupra activităților " +"dvs. (chiar dacă Odoo oferă un instrument de raportare precis și ușor pentru" +" fiecare aplicație disponibilă)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" +"Cu Odoo, puteți exporta valorile din orice câmp în orice înregistrare. " +"Pentru a face asta, activați moul de vizualizare tip Listă pe articolele " +"care trebuie exportate, faceți clic pe *Acțiune*, apoi pe *Export*." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" +"vizualizare a diferitelor lucruri de activat/apăsat pentru a exporta date" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" +"Destul de simplu, această acțiune vine încă cu câteva caracteristici " +"specifice. În realitate, atunci când faceți clic pe *Export*, o fereastră " +"pop-up apare și vă oferă mai multe opțiuni de export:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"vedere generală a tuturor opțiunilor de luat în considerare atunci când " +"exportați date în Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" +"Cu opțiunea *Vreau să actualizez datele* bifată, sistemul arată doar " +"câmpurile care pot fi importate. Acest lucru este foarte util în cazul în " +"care doriți să actualizați înregistrările existente. În esență, acest lucru " +"funcționează ca un filtru. Lăsând caseta nebifată, aveți mai multe opțiuni " +"pentru că se afișează toate câmpurile, nu doar cele care pot fi importate." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" +"Când exportați, puteți alege între două formate: *.csv și *.xls. În *.csv, " +"articolele sunt separate cu o virgulă, în timp ce *.xls conține informații " +"despre toate foile de lucru dintr-un fișier, incluzând aici atât conținutul " +"cât și formatarea." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" +"Acestea sunt articolele pe care le doriți să le exportați. Folosiți săgețile" +" pentru a afișa mai multe opțiuni de sub-câmp. Desigur, puteți utiliza bara " +"de căutare pentru a găsi câmpuri specifice mai ușor. Pentru a utiliza " +"opțiunea de căutare mai eficient, afișați toate câmpurile făcând clic pe " +"săgeți!" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "Butonul + este folosit pentru a adăuga câmpuri în lista \"de exportat\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" +"\"Mânerele\" de lângă câmpurile selectate vă permit să mutați câmpurile în " +"sus și în jos pentru a schimba ordinea în care trebuie să fie afișate în " +"fișierul exportat." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "Coșul de gunoi este acolo dacă aveți nevoie să eliminați câmpurile." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" +"Pentru rapoartele recurente, puteți să salvați preconfigurări de export. " +"Selectați-le pe toate și faceți clic pe bara de șabloane. Acolo, faceți clic" +" pe *Șablon nou* și dați un nume propriu. Următoarea dată când aveți nevoie " +"să exportați aceeași listă, selectați doar șablonul corespunzător." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" +"E bine să țineți minte identificatorul extern al câmpului. De exemplu, " +"*Compania asociată* este egală cu *parent_id*. Făcând asta, vă ajută să " +"exportați doar ce doriți să importați în continuare." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "Importați date în Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "Cum să începeți" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" +"Puteți importa date în orice document Odoo utilizând formatele Excel (.xlsx)" +" sau CSV (.csv): contacte, produse, declarații bancare, înregistrări în " +"jurnal și chiar comenzi!" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" +"Deschideți vizualizarea obiectului pe care doriți să-l populați și faceți " +"clic pe :menuselection:`Favorite --> Importați înregistrări`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" +"Vă sunt furnizate șabloane pe care le puteți completa ușor cu propriile " +"date. Asemenea șabloane pot fi importate într-un singur clic; Maparea " +"datelor este deja făcută." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "Cum să adaptați șablonul" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați, eliminați și sortați coloanele pentru a potrivi structura datelor." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" +"Vă recomandăm să nu eliminați **ID** (vedeți de ce în secțiunea următoare)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" +"Setați un ID unic pentru fiecare înregistrare extinzând secvența ID-ului." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" +"Când adăugați o nouă coloană, Odoo nu poate să o mapeze automat dacă " +"eticheta ei nu se potrivește cu niciun câmp în Odoo. Nu vă faceți griji! " +"Puteți mapa coloane noi manual, când testați importul. Căutați lista pentru " +"câmpul corespunzător." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" +"În continuare, utilizați eticheta acestui câmp în fișierul dvs. pentru a o " +"face să funcționeze imediat data următoare." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "Cum să importați dintr-o altă aplicație" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a recrea relațiile dintre diferite înregistrări, ar trebui să " +"utilizați identificatorul unic din aplicația originală și să-l mapați la " +"coloana **ID** (ID extern) în Odoo. Când importați o altă înregistrare care " +"se leagă de prima, utilizați **XXX/ID** (XXX/ID extern) la identificatorul " +"unic original. Puteți găsi de asemenea această înregistrare folosind numele " +"ei, dar importul se va bloca dacă cel puțin 2 înregistrări au același nume." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" +"**ID** va fi de asemenea folosit pentru a actualiza importul original dacă " +"aveți nevoie să re-importați date modificate mai târziu, astfel este o bună " +"practică să-l specificați atunci când este posibil." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "Nu pot găsi câmpul pe care vreau să-l mapez la coloana mea" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo încearcă să găsească cu o logică, bazată pe primele zece linii ale " +"fișierelor, tipul de câmp pentru fiecare coloană din fișierul dvs. De " +"exemplu dacă aveți o coloană care conține doar numere, doar câmpurile de tip" +" *Integer* vor fi afișate pentru mapare. Acest comportament este fi bun și " +"ușor în majoritatea cazurilor, dar este posibil să meargă greșit sau că " +"doriți să mapați coloana la un câmp care nu este propus în mod implicit." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" +"Dacă se întâmplă asta, trebuie doar să verificați opțiunea **Afișați " +"câmpurile câmpurilor de relație (avansat)**, veți putea apoi alege din lista" +" completă de câmpuri pentru fiecare coloană." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "Unde pot schimba formatul de import al datei?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" +"Odoo poate detecta automat dacă o coloană este tip dată, și va încerca să " +"ghicească formatul datei dintr-un set de formate de date cele mai des " +"utilizate. În timp ce acest proces poate funcționa pentru multe formate de " +"date, unele formate de date nu vor fi recunoscute. Acest lucru poate cauza " +"confuzie din cauza inversărilor zi-lună; este dificil de ghicit care parte a" +" unui format de dată este ziua și care parte este luna, într-o dată ca " +"'01-03-2016'." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a vedea care este formatul de dată pe care Odoo l-a găsit din " +"fișierul dvs. puteți verifica **Formatul datei** care este afișat atunci " +"când faceți clic pe **Opțiuni** sub selectorul de fișiere. Dacă acest " +"format este incorect, puteți să-l schimbați folosind *ISO 8601* pentru a " +"defini formatul." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" +"Dacă importați un fișier excel (.xls, .xlsx), puteți utiliza celulele de " +"dată pentru a stoca date, deoarece afișarea câmpurilor tip dată în excel " +"este diferită de modul în care sunt stocate. În acest mod, veți fi sigur că" +" formatul datei este corect în Odoo, indiferent de formatul dvs. local de " +"dată." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "Pot importa numere cu semnul monedei (de ex.: $32.00)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" +"Da, se acceptă în totalitate numerele cu paranteze pentru a reprezenta " +"semnul negativ, precum și numerele cu semnul monedei atașat lor. Odoo " +"detectează automat ce separator de mii/zecimale folosiți (puteți schimba " +"acestea în **opțiuni**). Dacă utilizați un simbol de monedă care nu este " +"cunoscut de Odoo, nu va fi recunoscut ca număr și va se bloca." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" +"Exemple de numere acceptate (folosind treizeci și două mii ca exemplu):" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "32000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "-32000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "(32000.00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "Exemplu care nu va funcționa:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" +"Ce pot face atunci când tabelul previzualizării importului nu este afișat " +"corect?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" +"În mod implicit, previzualizarea importului este setată cu virgula ca " +"separator de câmp și ghilimele ca delimitatori de text. Dacă fișierul dvs. " +"*.csv nu are aceste setări, puteți modifica opțiunile de formatare ale " +"fișierului (afișate sub bara Parcurgeți fișierul CSV după ce selectați " +"fișierul)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" +"Rețineți că dacă fișierul dvs. CSV folosește *tab* ca separator, Odoo nu va" +" detecta separările. Veți avea nevoie să schimbați opțiunile de format al " +"fișierului în aplicația dvs. de tabele. Vedeți următoarea întrebare." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" +"Cum pot schimba opțiunile de formatare al fișierului CSV la salvare în " +"aplicația de tabele (Excel, de exemplu)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă editați și salvați fișiere CSV în aplicații de foi de calcul gen Excel," +" setările regionale ale computerului dvs. vor fi aplicate pentru separator " +"și delimitator. Vă sugerăm să utilizați OpenOffice sau LibreOffice Calc, " +"deoarece vă vor permite să modificați toate cele trei opțiuni (în " +":menuselection:`'Salvați ca' dialog box --> Verificați căsuța 'Editați " +"setările filtrului' --> Salvați`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" +"Microsoft Excel vă va permite să modificați doar codarea la salvare (în " +":menuselection:`'Salvați ca' dialog box --> faceți clic pe lista de derulare" +" 'Unelte' --> fila Codare`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "Ce este diferența dintre ID-ul bazei de date și ID-ul extern?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" +"Unele câmpuri definesc o relație cu alt obiect. De exemplu, țara unui " +"contact este un link la o înregistrare a obiectului 'Țară'. Când doriți să " +"importați asemenea câmpuri, Odoo va trebui să recreeze legăturile între " +"diferite înregistrări. Pentru a vă ajuta să importați asemenea câmpuri, Odoo" +" oferă trei mecanisme. Trebuie numai un singur mecanism pentru fiecare câmp" +" pe care doriți să importați." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" +"De exemplu, pentru a face referire la țara unui contact, Odoo vă propune 3 " +"câmpuri diferite de importat:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "Țară: numele sau codul țării" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" +"Țară/ID-ul bazei de date: ID-ul unic Odoo pentru o înregistrare, definit de " +"ID-ul coloanei postgresql" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" +"Țară/ID-ul extern: ID-ul acestei înregistrări *referențiate* într-o altă " +"aplicație (sau fișierul .XML care l-a importat)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" +"Pentru țara Belgia, puteți utiliza una dintre aceste 3 modalități de import:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "Country: Belgia" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "Country/Database ID: 21" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "Country/External ID: base.be" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" +"În funcție de nevoile dvs., ar trebui să utilizați una dintre aceste 3 " +"modalități de a face referire înregistrări în relații. Aici este când ar " +"trebui să utilizați una sau alta, în funcție de nevoile dvs.:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați Țara: Aceasta este cea mai ușoară modalitate atunci când datele " +"dvs. provin din fișiere CSV care au fost create manual." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" +"Utilizați Country/Database ID: Ar trebui să utilizați rar această notare. " +"Este folosită în principal de dezvoltatori, deoarece principalul său " +"avantaj este că nu au niciodată conflicte (puteți avea mai multe " +"înregistrări cu același nume, dar ele au întotdeauna un ID unic Database " +"ID)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați Country/External ID: Utilizați ID-ul extern atunci când importați " +"date dintr-o aplicație de terță." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" +"Când utilizați ID-urile externe, puteți importa fișiere CSV cu coloana \"ID-" +"ul extern\" pentru a defini ID-ul extern al fiecărei înregistrări pe care o" +" importați. Apoi, veți puteți face o referință la acea înregistrare cu " +"coloane precum \"Field/External ID\". Următoarele două fișiere CSV vă dau " +"un exemplu pentru Produse și categoriile lor." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "Ce pot face dacă am mai multe potriviri pentru un câmp?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Dacă, de exemplu, aveți două categorii de produse cu numele copilului " +"\"Disponibil\" (adică \"Misc. Produse/Disponibil\" & \"Alte " +"Produse/Disponibil\"), validarea se oprește, dar veți puteți importa datele " +"dvs. Cu toate acestea, vă recomandăm să nu importați datele, deoarece ele " +"vor fi toate legate de prima categorie 'Disponibil' găsită în lista " +"Categorie de produse (\"Misc. Produse/Disponibil\"). Vă recomandăm să " +"modificați valoarea duplicat sau ierarhia categoriilor de produse." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" +"Cu toate acestea, dacă nu doriți să modificați configurația categoriilor de " +"produse, vă recomandăm să utilizați ID-ul extern pentru acest câmp " +"'Categorie'." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" +"Cum pot importa un câmp de relație many2many (de exemplu, un client care are" +" mai multe etichete)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" +"Etichetele trebuie separate prin virgulă fără spațiu. De exemplu, dacă " +"doriți ca clientul dvs. să fie legat de ambele etichete 'Manufacturer' și " +"'Retailer', atunci veți codifica \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" în aceeași " +"coloană din fișierul CSV." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" +"Cum pot importa o relație one2many (de exemplu, mai multe linii de comandă a" +" unei Comenzi de vânzare)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să importați comenzi de vânzare care au mai multe linii de " +"comandă; pentru fiecare linie de comandă, aveți nevoie să rezervați o linie" +" specifică în fișierul CSV. Prima linie de comandă va fi importată pe " +"aceeași linie ca informațiile referitoare la comandă. Orice linie " +"ulterioară va avea nevoie de o linie suplimentară care nu are nicio " +"informație în câmpurile relative la comandă. Ca exemplu, aici este " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` fișier cu câteva " +"oferte pe care le puteți importa, bazat pe date demo." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" +"Fișierul CSV următor arată cum să importați comenzi de achiziție cu liniile " +"din comandă :" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" +"Fișierul CSV următor arată cum să importați clienți și contactele lor:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" +":download:`Clienți și contactele lor " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "Pot pot importa de mai multe ori același înregistrare?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" +"Dacă importați un fișier care conține una dintre coloanele \"External ID\" " +"sau \"Database ID\", înregistrările care au fost deja importate vor fi " +"modificate în loc de a fi create. Acest lucru este foarte util, deoarece vă " +"permite să importați de mai multe ori același fișier CSV în timp ce ați " +"făcut câteva modificări între două importuri. Odoo se va ocupa de crearea " +"sau modificarea fiecărei înregistrări în funcție de cum este: nouă sau nu." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" +"Acesta caracteristică vă permite să utilizați instrumentul Import/Export al " +"Odoo pentru a modifica un lot de înregistrări în aplicația dvs. de foi de " +"calcul." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "Ce se întâmplă dacă nu există o valoare pentru un anumit câmp?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu setați toate câmpurile în fișierul CSV, Odoo va atribui valoarea " +"implicită pentru fiecare câmp nedefinit. Dar dacă setați câmpuri cu valori " +"goale în fișierul CSV, Odoo va seta valoarea EMPTY în câmp, în loc de " +"atribuirea valorii implicite." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"Cum să exportați/importați diferite tabele dintr-o aplicație SQL în Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți nevoie să importați date din diferite tabele, va trebui să " +"recreați relațiile între înregistrările care aparțin de tabele diferite. (de" +" exemplu, dacă importați companii și persoane, va trebui să recreați " +"legătura dintre fiecare persoană și compania unde lucrează)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a gestiona relațiile între tabele, puteți utiliza facilitățile " +"\"External ID\" ale Odoo. \"External ID\" a unei înregistrări este " +"identificatorul unic al acestei înregistrări într-o altă aplicație. Acest " +"\"External ID\" trebuie să fie unic pe toate înregistrările tuturor " +"obiectelor, astfel încât este o bună practică să prefixați acest \"External " +"ID\" cu numele aplicației sau a tabelei. (ca 'companie_1', 'persoană_1' în " +"loc de '1')" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" +"Ca exemplu, presupunem că aveți o bază de date SQL cu două tabele pe care " +"doriți să le importați: companii și persoane. Fiecare persoană aparține unei" +" companii, astfel încât va trebui să recreați legătura dintre o persoană și " +"compania unde lucrează. (Dacă doriți să testați acest exemplu, aici este un " +":download:`dump al unei astfel de baze de date PostgreSQL " +"`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" +"În primul rând, vom exporta toate companiile și \"External ID\"-urile lor. " +"În PSQL, scrieți următoarea comandă:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Această comandă SQL va crea următorul fișier CSV:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea fișierul CSV pentru persoane, legate de companii, vom utiliza " +"următoarea comandă SQL în PSQL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Veți obține următorul fișier CSV:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" +"Ca puteți vedea în acest fișier, Fabien și Laurence lucrează pentru compania" +" Bigees (companie_1) și Eric lucrează pentru compania Organi. Relația dintre" +" persoane și companii este făcută folosind External ID-ul companiilor. A " +"trebuit să legăm \"External ID\" cu numele tabelei pentru a evita un " +"conflict de ID între persoane și companii (persoană_1 și companie_1 care au " +"partajat același ID 1 în baza de date originală)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" +"Fișierele produse sunt gata să fie importate în Odoo fără nicio modificare. " +"După ce ați importat aceste două fișiere CSV, veți avea 4 contacte și 3 " +"companii. (primele două persoane sunt legate de prima companie). Trebuie mai" +" întâi să importați companiile și apoi persoanele." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "Cum să adaptați un șablon de import" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Șabloanele de import sunt furnizate în instrumentul de import a datelor " +"comune de importat (contacte, produse, declarații bancare, etc.). Le puteți " +"deschide cu orice software de tabele (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google " +"Drive, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "Cum să personalizați fișierul" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" +"Eliminați coloanele pe care nu le aveți nevoie. Vă sfătuim să nu eliminați " +"*ID* (vedeți de ce aici mai jos)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" +"Când adăugați o nouă coloană, Odoo ar putea să nu o poată mapa automat dacă " +"eticheta sa nu se potrivește cu niciun câmp al sistemului. Dacă este așa, " +"găsiți corespondentul câmpului folosind căutarea." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" +"Apoi, utilizați eticheta pe care ați găsit-o în șablonul dvs. de import " +"pentru a o face să funcționeze de data viitoare când încercați să importați." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "De ce o coloană ”ID”" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"**ID** (External ID) este un identificator unic pentru elementul linie. " +"Puteți să utilizați software-ului dvs. anterior pentru a ușura trecerea la " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" +"Setarea unui ID nu este obligatorie la import, dar ajută în multe cazuri:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" +"Actualizați importurile: puteți importa același fișier de mai multe ori fără" +" a crea duplicate;" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "Importați câmpurile de relație (vedeți mai jos)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "Cum să importați câmpurile de relație" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" +"Un obiect Odoo este întotdeauna legat de multe alte obiecte (de exemplu, un " +"produs este legat de categorii de produse, atribute, furnizori, etc.). " +"Pentru a importa aceste relații trebuie să importați în primul rând " +"înregistrările obiectului legat din meniul lor propriu de listă." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" +"Puteți face acest lucru folosind fie numele înregistrării legate, fie ID-ul." +" ID-ul este așteptat atunci când două înregistrări au același nume. Într-un " +"astfel de caz adăugați \" / ID\" la sfârșitul titlului coloanei (de exemplu," +" pentru atributele de produs: Atribute de produs / Atribut / ID)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "Cumpărare în aplicație (IAP)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "Cumpărare credite" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "Conturi IAP" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but " +"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " +"Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "" +"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " +"Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "Portal IAP" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "Fiți notificat când creditul este la un nivel scăzut" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..203166096 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,9279 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Emanuel Bruda, 2024 +# Cozmin Candea , 2024 +# Vacaru Adrian , 2024 +# Claudia Baisan, 2024 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 +# Foldi Robert , 2024 +# Hongu Cosmin , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "Prezențe" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Angajați" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Adăugare angajat nou" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " +"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"following information for each entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," +" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Aptitudini" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " +"by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " +"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" +" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " +":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 +msgid "Skill types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " +"must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " +"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" +" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" +" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"this for all the skill types needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " +"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" +" category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " +"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " +"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " +"close the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " +"in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " +"`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " +"`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " +"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " +"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " +"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " +"information for the new employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " +":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " +"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " +"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " +"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " +"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " +":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " +"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " +"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " +"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " +"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" +" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " +"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " +"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " +"section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " +"resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +"employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " +"or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " +"for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:224 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " +"employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " +"information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " +"number in the corresponding fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " +"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " +"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " +"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " +"emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " +":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " +"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " +"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " +"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" +" :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:288 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " +"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " +":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" +" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " +"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" +" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " +":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " +"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." +" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " +"badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " +"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " +"center " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" +" value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " +"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " +"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:327 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " +"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," +" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," +" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "Documente" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." +" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " +"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " +"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents " +"smart-button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Flotă" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Setări" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Producători" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Model" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Salariu" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Motor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contract" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Servicii" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vizualizare Listă" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Stat de plată" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:47 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DMFA Code`: This code is used to identify DMFA entries on a " +"corresponding DMFA report, and is for Belgian-based companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for unpaid " +"work, specify which pay structure the work entry can apply to from the drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list apply to the work entry, check " +"off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "Structuri" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Reguli" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:262 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. If the input " +"type applies to all structures, leave the :guilabel:`Availability in " +"Structure` field blank. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:294 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "Avantaje" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "Reluare" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Contracte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" +" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " +"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " +"application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " +"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" +" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " +"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " +"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." +" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " +"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " +"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " +"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " +"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " +"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new contract" +msgstr "Creați un contact nou" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " +"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" +" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " +"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " +"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " +"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " +"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " +"the company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " +"be created by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " +"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " +"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " +":guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " +"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " +"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " +"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" +" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " +":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " +"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " +"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " +"icons, then click on the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " +"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " +"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +msgid "Contract details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"*Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " +"employee contract can be entered for future reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +msgid "Modifying a contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " +"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" +" the contract as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the details for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " +"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " +"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " +"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " +"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " +":guilabel:`On Invitation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " +"contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " +":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " +"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " +"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " +":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +msgid "Salary information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +msgid "" +"This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " +"is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " +"fields may vary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " +"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " +"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " +"are set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " +"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " +"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " +"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " +"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " +"support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " +"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " +"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" +" :guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " +"the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +msgid "Save and send the contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" +" employee to be signed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " +"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " +"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " +"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " +"the employee so they can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +msgid "" +"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " +"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee so they can sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " +"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " +"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " +"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " +"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " +"times, and can compute time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 +msgid "Payslips" +msgstr "Fluturași de salariu" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, " +"and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once " +"payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by " +"check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` " +"application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All " +"Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for " +"employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission" +" payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21 +msgid "To pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the " +"payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that" +" have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual " +"payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the" +" :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of" +" the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the " +"individual payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41 +msgid "Create new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page " +"(:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips" +" --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-" +"left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the " +"necessary payslip information can be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in " +"with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by " +"**bold** lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired" +" employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other" +" fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a " +"selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the " +":guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` " +"fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form " +"in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On " +"this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater " +"than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to " +"select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this " +"process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract " +"for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the " +"selected employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure" +" type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract" +" for that specific employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the " +"payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select " +"the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, " +"enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found " +"in the *Accounting* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every " +"entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can " +"be entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the " +"entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of " +"Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what " +"was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and " +":guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " +"automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " +"clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on " +"the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the " +":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up " +"window. Then, click on the desired date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting" +" Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged " +"in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the " +"payslip is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116 +msgid "Save and process new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it " +"is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button " +"can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the " +"entry *and* compute the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, " +"and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any " +"modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the " +"desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to " +"have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and " +":guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " +"payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically " +"updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the" +" payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " +":guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which " +"the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against" +" must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top " +"of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " +"entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " +"payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make " +"Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the " +"employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0 +msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 +msgid "All payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app" +" --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch " +"(in a default list view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view" +" all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " +"details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after" +" the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears " +"on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, " +":guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time " +"to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +msgid "" +"`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details " +"can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 +msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " +"separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " +"Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" +" clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " +"reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page," +" enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new" +" payslip ` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " +"clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, " +"click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible " +"payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the " +"payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all " +"payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click " +"on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips " +"to an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " +"each payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218 +msgid "Batches" +msgstr "Loturi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " +"created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " +":guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its " +":guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View displaying all batches created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " +"separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make" +" any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, " +"proceed to make any necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 +msgid "" +"After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`" +" button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which " +"payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242 +msgid "" +"All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees " +"section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results " +"by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the " +":guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the" +" respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or " +":guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the " +":guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the " +"pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " +"smart button to create a draft of the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say " +":guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-" +"up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +msgid "" +"On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible " +"via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. " +"Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " +"page, or back to the list of all batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280 +msgid "Create a new batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" +" (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank" +" payslip batch form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286 +msgid "" +"On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and" +" select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which" +" reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, " +"navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both " +"the start and end dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit " +"Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the " +"payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated " +"date is reflected in the accounting journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips " +"are written against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click " +"the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be " +"created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x " +"mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs " +"to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down " +"menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to " +"create the payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a " +":guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays " +"payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being " +"generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box" +" disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` " +"icon can be clicked to close the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any " +"payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate`" +" button again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to " +"the payslip batch form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the " +"payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button" +" to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the " +"proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select " +"the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter " +"the appropriate file name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, " +"or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 +msgid "Generate commission payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " +"Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To " +"generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or " +"batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in" +" which the necessary information **must** be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the commission details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " +":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " +"calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips " +"are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " +"appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " +"Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " +":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. " +"Any file type is accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, " +"select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. " +":guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while " +":guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" +" Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Raportare" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`, provides a " +"visual overview of the individual time sheets of every employee, with each " +"day split into a morning shift and an afternoon shift." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Work Entries dashboard view showing all employee's work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the view so that only the entries for a single day, week, or month" +" are shown, click on one of the corresponding links for :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`, located at the top of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons " +"on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Today` button to adjust the " +"displayed dates. The arrows will adjust the date based on the type of time " +"selected. For example, if month is selected, the arrows will move one month " +"with each click of the arrow. If week or day is selected, the time will move" +" by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Adding a new work entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time or time " +"off, click :guilabel:`Add` to create a new work entry. A pop-up will appear," +" with several fields to fill in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, such as `Sick Time` or any other " +"short description. Select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` from the respective drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the date and time for the work entry in the :guilabel:`From` and" +" :guilabel:`To` drop-downs. First, select the date by navigating to the " +"correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, select the time by clicking on the :guilabel:`⏰ (clock)` icon, and " +"using the :guilabel:`⬆️ (up arrow)` and :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icons " +"for each section to enter the hour, minute, and second for the time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Period` will display the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` " +"and :guilabel:`From` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before clicking either :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`, " +"it is good to double check the :guilabel:`Period` to ensure the time stated " +"corresponds to the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:0 +msgid "Hours entered in the Period field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the " +"entry and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"create another :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60 +msgid "Regenerate work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After a work entry has been either added or modified, the work entries need " +"to be regenerated for the affected employee(s). Click on the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the main dashboard," +" and a pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Employee` to regenerate work entries for from the " +":guilabel:`drop-down menu`, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`To` fields so the correct date range is displayed. Click the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button and the work entries will be " +"recreated. Once finished, the pop-up will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:76 +msgid "Conflicts" +msgstr "Conflicte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick " +"time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as " +"required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved " +"before payslips can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main " +":guilabel:`Work Entry` overview dashboard, located by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Conflicts`, where only " +"conflicts needing resolution are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top left corner of " +"each individual entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the conflict" +" details in a pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93 +msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Details for a conflict appear in the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up. The :guilabel:`From` " +"and :guilabel:`To` date range, as well as the total time requested (in " +"hours), appear in the :guilabel:`Period` field on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If there is a conflict because a time-off request for the same time already " +"exists in the system, the time-off will be entered in the :guilabel:`Time " +"Off` field. Clicking the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the " +":guilabel:`Time Off` entry will bring up the duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The details for the time-off request appear in the pop-up. The request can " +"be modified if needed. Click either the :guilabel:`Validate` or " +":guilabel:`Refuse` button to approve or deny the request, then click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Edit and/or validate a duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the duplicate time-off request has been approved and saved, the screen " +"goes back to the conflict. Click :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` or " +":guilabel:`Approve Time Off` via the buttons in the top right to either " +"approve or deny the request. Repeat for all conflicts until there are no " +"conflicts to resolve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After conflicts have been resolved, work entries must be regenerated for " +"each employee by clicking the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, " +"and entering the corresponding information for each employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate Work Entries button on the Work Entries Regeneration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129 +msgid "Generating payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To generate payslips, navigate to the time period the payslips should be " +"generated for, either day, week, or month. When the desired pay period is " +"displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Generate Payslips button on the Work Entry dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears light " +"turquoise instead of dark turquoise), that indicates there are conflicts. " +"*Solve conflicts first* will appear as a warning when :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` is moused over. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A batch entry will appear for the time period selected. The batch name " +"appears at the top in the :guilabel:`Name` field, typically listing the " +"month and year for the particular batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The date range the payslips apply to appears in the :guilabel:`Period` " +"field. The company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field, along with an " +"option to mark the payslips as a credit note. To make changes, click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button in the top left, make any changes, then click either" +" :guilabel:`Save` to accept the changes or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert to " +"the original data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Batch information that appears when making a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for " +"the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Payslips` button in the top right to view all the " +"payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Payslips will have a status of *Waiting* until the :guilabel:`Create Draft " +"Entry` button has been clicked. After, the payslip status will change to " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payslips can be printed by clicking the box next to each payslip to print, " +"or clicking the box next to :guilabel:`Reference` to select all the payslips" +" at once. Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file will be created" +" with all the specified payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Print button for printing the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174 +msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "Recrutare" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Modele Email" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Refuzați" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Adăugare rapidă" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Creează" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Fila opțiuni" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Creați un angajat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 +msgid "Job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " +"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " +"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" +" but have not yet been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" +" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " +"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +msgid "" +"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " +"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" +" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +msgid "" +"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " +"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " +"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " +"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" +" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " +"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +msgid "Edit a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the job position card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"available jobs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +msgid "" +"All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " +"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " +"located." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: Select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " +"hired for this position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: Check the box to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +"when offering the job to a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: Select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " +"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " +":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " +"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " +"on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " +"will." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 +msgid "Create interview form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " +"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " +"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next the survey form loads. The :guilabel:`Survey Title` is pre-populated " +"based on the job description. Then, select the person " +":guilabel:`Responsible` for the survey from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:309 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Întrebări" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " +"in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 +msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " +"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " +"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" +" an answer for each row" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:136 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question format will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " +"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " +"position(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " +"background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:241 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Răspunsuri" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another " +":guilabel:`Question Type` is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains " +"hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:164 +msgid "" +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question types, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:167 +msgid "" +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:171 +msgid "" +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the photo file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the :guilabel:`↕️ (Up-down arrows)` on the far left of each answer " +"line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers " +"appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Casetă Text cu o Singură Linie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Question Type`, only two checkboxes appear in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: Activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: This option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: Activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:203 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrice" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:210 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` :guilabel:`Question Type`, there are two sets of " +"data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. " +"The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the " +"rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:383 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descriere" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:303 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opțiuni" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:235 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: The :guilabel:`Answers` section is blank, with " +"no choices needed to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:245 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: A :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:247 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, :guilabel:`Numerical Value`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Datetime`: A :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be " +"verified as adhering to the parameters set in this section. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the :guilabel:`Minimum` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum` values in the corresponding fields. Depending on the " +":guilabel:`Question Type` selected, these fields may reference characters, " +"numbers, or dates. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given " +"does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, " +"enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: The first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:260 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Constrangeri" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (:guilabel:`This question requires " +"an answer`). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts " +"to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The " +"text should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Aspect" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if " +"there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field appears. Enter the text to appear in the " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have management " +"experience?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years" +" of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant " +"selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have management experience?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have management experience?` as the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the " +"triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:296 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Sesiuni Live" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:298 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:317 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:319 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: Choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: Display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: Display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:331 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Timp și scor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " +"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " +"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: Choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:339 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:344 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: If one of the scoring options was selected, " +"a :guilabel:`Required Score (%)` field appears. Enter the percentage the " +"candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be " +"written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: Check this box if the form is a " +"certification exam. When checked, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: If the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is checked, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the " +"email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant" +" passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of " +"the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participanți" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:360 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " +"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:364 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " +"field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:368 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "Sesiune Live" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter the access code that will allow the viewers " +"into the live exam session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " +"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:375 +msgid "" +"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:389 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Finalizare Mesaj" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is complete the message entered in this tab is displayed for" +" the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Recomandări" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " +"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Onboarding" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Trimiteți un e-mail unui prieten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Puncte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Recompense" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Nivele" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Alerte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Time Off" +msgstr "Concediu" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " +"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " +"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " +":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" +" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " +":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" +" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " +"` can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +msgid "" +"All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " +"sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " +"access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " +"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " +"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" +" use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " +"then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +msgid "Time off types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " +"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " +"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " +"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " +"can be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " +"top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " +"following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 +msgid "Time off requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " +"the time off type. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " +"requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" +" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"option is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " +"for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " +":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" +" time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" +" :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " +"the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " +"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " +"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" +" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " +"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " +"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " +"deducted from the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " +"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " +"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " +"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 +msgid "Allocation requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " +"employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " +"time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If " +":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " +"Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " +"allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " +"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " +"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " +"what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " +"allocation of this particular type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must approve the " +"allocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" +" off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " +"*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 +msgid "Timesheets section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " +"mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " +"access the developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" +" entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " +"appear in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " +"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"or :guilabel:`Training`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 +msgid "Display option section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " +"application dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 +msgid "Accrual plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " +"specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" +" or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " +"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 +msgid "Create accrual plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," +" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " +"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " +"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " +"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " +"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " +"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " +":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" +" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " +"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " +"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " +"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " +"in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " +"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " +"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " +"their accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." +" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " +"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" +"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " +"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " +"accrual renews." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " +":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " +"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " +":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " +"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " +"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " +"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" +" with this plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" +" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" +" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " +"means any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" +" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" +" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Public holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" +" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 +msgid "" +"It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " +"the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" +" set as a public holiday (non-working days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +msgid "Create public holiday" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Public Holidays`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 +msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" +" the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "Enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " +"populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " +"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company's time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" +" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +"computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " +"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 +msgid "" +"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " +"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" +" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " +"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" +" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" +" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " +"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" +" have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " +"drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " +"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " +"type from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Prezentare generală" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " +"a month view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " +"the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " +"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " +"appears on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" +" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +msgid "" +"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " +"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " +"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " +"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 +msgid "Allocate time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" +" to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " +"to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Approvals --> Allocations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +msgid "" +"This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" +" off that is being allocated to the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." +" Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation" +" is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" +" selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " +":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " +"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +"the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " +":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " +"` is configured (in days or hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " +"assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " +"The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " +"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " +"department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "" +"Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " +":guilabel:`Department`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " +"explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 +msgid "" +"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " +"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " +"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " +"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " +"off requests for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " +"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"time off request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " +"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " +"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" +" pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " +"purple (if applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 +msgid "" +"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" +" click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " +"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " +"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " +"and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " +":guilabel:`Date` selections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " +"approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " +"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " +"be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"information, and submit the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +msgid "Request allocation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +msgid "" +"If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " +"off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " +"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" +" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " +"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " +"all the allocations for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"allocation request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " +"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " +"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " +"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " +"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " +"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." +" This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " +"order to approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" +"sick time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 +msgid "Approvals" +msgstr "Aprobări" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " +"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " +"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " +"specific type of time off is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " +":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 +msgid "Approve allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +msgid "" +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 +msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +msgid "" +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +msgid "" +"The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " +"highlighted in a specific color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" +" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " +"request in detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" +" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +msgid "Approve time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 +msgid "" +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " +"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " +"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " +"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " +"are active and *not* in a draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " +":guilabel:`To Approve`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " +"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 +msgid "" +"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " +"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " +"department are then presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " +"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " +"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " +"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " +"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" +" gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 +msgid "" +"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" +" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " +"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " +"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " +"to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " +"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " +"allocations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Tablou de bord" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"(the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " +"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " +"increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +msgid "" +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " +"summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " +"available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 +msgid "" +"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " +"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " +"requests are shown as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 +msgid "" +"Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " +"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " +"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " +"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 +msgid "" +"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " +":ref:`time off form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +msgid "" +"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" +" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " +"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " +"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " +":guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +msgid "" +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 +msgid "My allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 +msgid "" +"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +msgid "" +"A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " +"by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " +"are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " +"types are being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 +msgid "By employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +msgid "" +"To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +msgid "" +"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " +":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " +"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " +"top of the report to view the data differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +msgid "" +"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " +"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " +":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "By type" +msgstr "După tip" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " +"time off type in its own section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " +"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 +msgid "" +"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " +"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 5ba64a8d1..1e10e3f60 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ # Claudia Baisan, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Hongu Cosmin , 2023 -# Dorin Hongu , 2023 # Vacaru Adrian , 2024 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Vacaru Adrian , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ msgstr "Operațiuni zilnice" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicați ajustări de inventar cu coduri de bare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -83,12 +83,20 @@ msgid "" "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" +"Într-un depozit, cantitatea scriptică din baza de date a inventarului s-ar " +"putea să nu se potrivească întotdeauna cu numărul real al inventarului. În " +"astfel de cazuri, ajustările de inventar pot fi făcute pentru a reconcilia " +"diferențele și pentru a asigura că numărul scriptic din baza de date se " +"potrivește cu numărul real din depozit. În Odoo, aplicația *Barcode* poate " +"fi folosită pentru a face aceste ajustări." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" +"Aceste ajustări pot fi făcute în timp real folosind un scaner de coduri de " +"bare compatibil cu Odoo sau aplicația mobilă Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -96,6 +104,10 @@ msgid "" "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" +"Pentru o listă de scanere de coduri de bare mobile compatibile cu Odoo și " +"alte echipamente pentru aplicațiile *Inventory* și *Barcode*, consultați " +"pagina `Odoo Inventory • Hardware `_." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../../management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" @@ -105,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activați aplicația Barcode" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -113,6 +125,9 @@ msgid "" "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "" +"Pentru a folosi aplicația *Barcode* pentru a crea și aplica ajustări de " +"inventar, aceasta **trebuie** să fie instalată prin activarea funcției din " +"setările aplicației *Inventar*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -120,6 +135,10 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" +"Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți la :menuselection:`Aplicația Inventar -->" +" Configurare --> Setări`. Apoi, derulați în jos la secțiunea :guilabel:`Cod " +"de bare` și faceți clic pe caseta de bifare de lângă opțiunea " +":guilabel:`Scaner de coduri de bare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 @@ -128,6 +147,8 @@ msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "" +"Odată ce caseta este bifată, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvare` în partea de" +" sus a paginii pentru a salva modificările." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -137,6 +158,11 @@ msgid "" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" +"După salvare, apare un nou meniu derulant sub opțiunea :guilabel:`Scaner de " +"coduri de bare`, etichetat :guilabel:`Nomenclator de coduri de bare`, unde " +"poate fi selectat fie :guilabel:`Nomenclator implicit`, fie " +":guilabel:`Nomenclator implicit GS1`. Fiecare opțiune de nomenclatură " +"determină modul în care scanerele interpretează codurile de bare în Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -144,12 +170,16 @@ msgid "" "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" +"Există, de asemenea, o săgeată de legătură internă :guilabel:`Configurați " +"Codurile de Bare ale Produselor`, împreună cu un set de butoane " +":guilabel:`Imprimare` pentru imprimarea comenzilor de coduri de bare și a " +"unei foi demo de coduri de bare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea funcției de cod de bare în setările aplicației Inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -157,10 +187,14 @@ msgid "" "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații despre configurarea și configurarea aplicației " +":guilabel:`Cod de bare`, consultați documentele :doc:`Configurați scanerul " +"dvs. de coduri de bare <../setup/hardware>` și :doc:`Activați codurile de " +"bare în Odoo <../setup/software>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perfomați o ajustare de inventar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -169,12 +203,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" +"Începeți navigând la :menuselection:`Aplicația Barcode --> Scanarea " +"codurilor de bare`, unde vor fi afișate diferite opțiuni, inclusiv " +":guilabel:`Operațiuni`, :guilabel:`Ajustări de inventar` și " +":guilabel:`Transferuri în lot`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea și aplica ajustări de inventar, faceți clic pe butonul " +":guilabel:`Ajustări de inventar` din partea de jos a ecranului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 @@ -182,12 +222,15 @@ msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "" +"În acest fel, navigați la pagina *Acțiunea clientului de inventar cu coduri " +"de bare*, etichetată ca :guilabel:`Ajustare de inventar` în secțiunea " +"antetului de sus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ecranul de pornire al aplicației Barcode cu scaner." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -195,12 +238,17 @@ msgid "" "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "" +"Pentru a începe ajustarea, scanați mai întâi *locația sursă*, care este " +"locația curentă din depozit a produsului al cărui număr ar trebui ajustat. " +"Apoi, scanați codul de bare al produsului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "" +"Codul de bare al unui produs specific poate fi scanat de mai multe ori " +"pentru a crește cantitatea acelui produs în ajustare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -208,12 +256,17 @@ msgid "" "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"Dacă funcția *multi-locatie* a depozitului **nu** este activată în baza de " +"date, o locație sursă nu trebuie scanată. În schimb, scanați pur și simplu " +"codul de bare al produsului pentru a începe ajustarea de inventar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "" +"În mod alternativ, cantitatea poate fi schimbată făcând clic pe pictograma " +":guilabel:`✏️ (creion)` din partea dreaptă a liniei produsului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -223,6 +276,11 @@ msgid "" "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" +"În acest fel se deschide o fereastră separată cu o tastatură. Editați " +"numărul din linia :guilabel:`Cantitate` pentru a schimba cantitatea. În " +"plus, butoanele :guilabel:`+1` și :guilabel:`-1` pot fi apăsate pentru a " +"adăuga sau scădea cantitatea produsului, iar tastele numerice pot fi " +"folosite pentru a adăuga cantitate, de asemenea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -232,16 +290,25 @@ msgid "" "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" +"În ajustarea de inventar de mai jos, locația sursă `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` a fost" +" scanată, atribuind locația. Apoi, codul de bare pentru produsul " +"`[FURN_7888] Stand de birou cu ecran` a fost scanat de 3 ori, crescând " +"unitățile în ajustare. Produse suplimentare pot fi adăugate la această " +"ajustare prin scanarea codurilor de bare pentru acele produse specifice." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"Pagina Acțiunea clientului de inventar cu coduri de bare cu ajustare de " +"inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +"Pentru a finaliza ajustarea de inventar, faceți clic pe butonul verde " +":guilabel:`✅ Aplicare` cu marca de verificare din partea de jos a paginii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 @@ -250,11 +317,14 @@ msgid "" "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "" +"Odată aplicată, Odoo navighează înapoi la ecranul :guilabel:`Scanarea " +"codurilor de bare`. Un banner verde mic apare în colțul din dreapta sus, " +"confirmând validarea ajustării." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:181 msgid "Did you know?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Știați că?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -262,6 +332,9 @@ msgid "" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "" +"Aplicația *Barcode* a Odoo oferă date demo cu coduri de bare pentru a " +"explora caracteristicile aplicației. Acestea pot fi folosite în scopuri de " +"testare și pot fi imprimate de pe ecranul de pornire al aplicației." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -270,43 +343,59 @@ msgid "" "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" +"Pentru a accesa aceste date demo, navigați la :menuselection:`Aplicația " +"Barcode` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`foaia cu coduri de bare de stoc` și " +":guilabel:`comenzi pentru Inventar` (îngroșate și evidențiate în albastru) " +"în fereastra pop-up de informații de mai sus scanerului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "" +"Fereastra pop-up a datelor demo pe ecranul principal al aplicației Barcode." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adăugați manual produse la ajustarea de inventar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "" +"Când codurile de bare pentru locație sau produs nu sunt disponibile, Odoo " +"*Barcode* poate fi folosit în continuare pentru a efectua ajustări de " +"inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" +"Pentru a face acest lucru, navigați la :menuselection:`Aplicația Barcode -->" +" Scanarea codurilor de bare --> Ajustări de inventar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga manual produse la această ajustare, faceți clic pe butonul " +"alb :guilabel:`➕ Adăugați produs` din partea de jos a ecranului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "" +"Acest lucru navighează la o pagină nouă, goală, unde trebuie să fie alese " +"produsul, cantitatea și locația sursă dorite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:132 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" +"Tastatură pentru a adăuga produse pe pagina Acțiunea clientului de inventar " +"cu coduri de bare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -317,6 +406,12 @@ msgid "" "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" +"Mai întâi, faceți clic pe linia :guilabel:`Produs` și alegeți produsul al " +"cărui număr de stoc ar trebui ajustat. Apoi, introduceți manual cantitatea " +"acelui produs, fie schimbând `1` în linia :guilabel:`Cantitate`, fie făcând " +"clic pe butoanele :guilabel:`+1` și :guilabel:`-1` pentru a adăuga sau " +"scădea cantitatea produsului. Tastatura numerică poate fi folosită pentru a " +"adăuga cantitate, de asemenea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -325,16 +420,24 @@ msgid "" "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"Sub tastatura numerică este linia :guilabel:`locatie`, care ar trebui să " +"citească `WH/Stock` în mod implicit. Faceți clic pe această linie pentru a " +"dezvălui un meniu derulant de locații din care să alegeți și alegeți " +":guilabel:`locația sursă` pentru această ajustare de inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" +"Odată pregătit, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Confirmare` pentru a confirma " +"modificările." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +"Pentru a aplica ajustarea de inventar, faceți clic pe butonul verde " +":guilabel:`✅ Aplicare` cu marca de verificare, în partea de jos a paginii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 @@ -564,7 +667,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nomenclatura codurilor de bare GS1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -574,6 +677,12 @@ msgid "" "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" +"`Nomenclatura GS1 `_ consolidează diverse date " +"despre produse și lanțul de aprovizionare într-un singur cod de bare. Odoo " +"preia `numere unice de articole comerciale globale " +"`_ (GTIN), achiziționate de " +"afaceri, pentru a permite transportul global, vânzările și listarea " +"produselor de comerț electronic." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -581,33 +690,42 @@ msgid "" "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "" +"Configurați nomenclatura GS1 pentru a scana coduri de bare ale cutiilor " +"sigilate și pentru a identifica informații esențiale despre produs, cum ar " +"fi |GTIN|, numărul lotului, informații despre cantitate și altele." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" +"|GTIN-urile| sunt identificări unice ale produselor care **trebuie** să fie " +"`achiziționate de la GS1 `_ " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" +"`Toate codurile de bare GS1 " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Regulile GS1 implicite ale Odoo `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`De ce nu funcționează codul meu de bare? `." msgstr "" +"În vederea asigurării interpretării corecte a loturilor în Odoo pe codurile " +"de bare ale produselor scanate în timpul unei operații de primire, navigați " +"la aplicația :menuselection:`Cod de bare` pentru a gestiona :ref:`procesul " +"de ridicare a primirii `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1420,6 +1548,12 @@ msgid "" "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" +"De pe tabloul de bord :guilabel:`Scanare coduri de bare`, faceți clic pe " +"butonul :guilabel:`Operații`, apoi pe butonul :guilabel:`Primiri` pentru a " +"vizualiza lista primirilor de la furnizori de procesat. Primirile generate " +"din :abbr:`POs (Comenzi de achiziție)` sunt listate, dar noi operații de " +"primire pot fi create și direct prin intermediul aplicației " +":menuselection:`Cod de bare` folosind butonul :guilabel:`Creează`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1428,12 +1562,19 @@ msgid "" "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" +"În lista de primiri, faceți clic pe operația depozitului (`WH/IN`) și " +"scanați codurile de bare ale produselor și numerele loturilor cu un scaner " +"de coduri de bare. Produsul scanat apare apoi în listă. Utilizați butonul " +":guilabel:`✏️ (creion)` pentru a deschide o fereastră și a introduce manual " +"cantități pentru anumite numere de lot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" +"În urma plasării unei :abbr:`PO (Comandă de achiziție)` pentru cincizeci de " +"mere, navigați la primirea asociată în aplicația *Cod de bare*. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -1441,30 +1582,35 @@ msgid "" "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "" +"Scanați codul de bare care conține |GTIN|, cantitatea și numărul lotului. " +"Pentru testare cu un scaner de coduri de bare, mai jos este un exemplu de " +"cod de bare pentru cele cincizeci de mere Fuji din Lot 2." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50 mere fuji în Lot0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:199 msgid "2D Matrix" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2D Matrice" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "" +"Matrice 2D a codului de bare GS1 al celor 50 de mere fuji cu un număr de lot" +" atribuit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:202 msgid "|AI| (product)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|AI| (produs)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GS1 Cod de bare (produs)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..046ffe99b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,3387 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Cozmin Candea , 2024 +# Lyall Kindmurr, 2024 +# Emanuel Bruda, 2024 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" +"Studio este o unealtă care vă permite să personalizați Odoo fără cunoștințe " +"de programare. De exemplu, puteți, în orice aplicație, adăuga sau modifica:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr ":doc:`Câmpuri `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr ":doc:`Vizualizări `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr ":doc:`Modele `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr ":doc:`Acțiuni automate `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr ":doc:`Rapoarte PDF `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "Reguli de aprobare" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "Reguli de securitate" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "" +"Sau puteți :doc:`crea o aplicație de la zero `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "Tutoriale Odoo: Studio `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "Acțiuni automate (automatizări)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunile automate sunt utilizate pentru a declanșa modificări automate pe " +"baza acțiunilor utilizatorului (de exemplu, aplicarea unei modificări atunci" +" când un câmp este setat la o valoare specifică) sau pe baza condițiilor de " +"timp (de exemplu, arhivarea unui înregistrare 7 zile după ultima " +"actualizare)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea o acțiune automată cu Studio, mergeți la " +":guilabel:`Automatizări` de oriunde în Studio." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru fiecare acțiune automată pe care o creați, următoarele elemente " +"trebuie definite: :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, și :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "Exemplu de acțiune automată pe modelul Abonament" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Model" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "Selectați modelul unde acțiunea automată trebuie aplicată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" +"Modelul pe care sunteți când faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Automatizări` este " +"preselectat implicit." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Declanșator" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Definiți când acțiunea automată trebuie aplicată. Șase declanșatoare sunt " +"disponibile." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "La creare" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este declanșată atunci când o înregistrare este creată și apoi " +"salvată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "La actualizare" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este declanșată atunci când o înregistrare salvată anterior este " +"editată și apoi salvată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" +"Folosiți :guilabel:`Câmpuri declanșatoare` pentru a specifica care câmpuri -" +" și numai acelea - declanșează acțiunea la actualizarea lor." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a detecta când o înregistrare se schimbă de la o stare la alta, " +"definiți un filtru :guilabel:`Înainte de actualizare domeniu`, care verifică" +" dacă condiția este îndeplinită înainte ca înregistrarea să fie actualizată." +" Apoi setați un filtru :ref:`studio/automated-actions/apply-on`, care " +"verifică dacă condiția este îndeplinită după ce înregistrarea este " +"actualizată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți ca acțiunea automată să aibă loc atunci când o adresă de e-mail " +"este setată pe un contact, definiți :guilabel:`Înainte de actualizare " +"domeniu` la `E-mailul nu este setat`, și :guilabel:`Aplică pe` domeniul la " +"`E-mailul este setat`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "Exemplu de declanșator la actualizare" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "La creare și actualizare" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este declanșată atunci când o înregistrare este creată și salvată " +"sau editată ulterior și salvată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "La ștergere" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "Acțiunea este declanșată atunci când o înregistrare este ștearsă." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" +"Acest declanșator este folosit rar, deoarece arhivarea înregistrărilor este " +"de obicei preferată față de ștergere." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "Bazat pe modificarea formularului" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este declanșată atunci când orice modificare este făcută la o " +"valoare a câmpului declanșator pe :ref:`Vizualizare formular " +"`, chiar înainte de a salva înregistrarea. Acest " +"declanșator funcționează numai pe interfața utilizatorului atunci când o " +"modificare este făcută de către un utilizator. Dacă câmpul este modificat " +"prin altă acțiune și nu de către utilizator, acțiunea nu va rula." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" +"Acest declanșator poate fi utilizat numai cu acțiunea de :ref:`Execută cod " +"Python `, astfel încât " +"dezvoltarea de cod este necesară." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "Bazat pe o condiție de timp" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este declanșată atunci când o valoare de tip dată sau de tip dată " +"și timp a câmpului declanșator este atinsă." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a declanșa acțiunea după :guilabel:`Data declanșator`, adăugați un " +"număr de minute, ore, zile sau luni sub :guilabel:`Întârziere după data " +"declanșator`. Pentru a declanșa acțiunea cu o perioadă înainte, adăugați un " +"număr negativ." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să trimiteți un e-mail de reamintire 30 de minute înainte de " +"începerea unui eveniment din calendar, selectați :guilabel:`Start (Eveniment" +" din Calendar)` sub :guilabel:`Data de declanșare` și setați " +":guilabel:`Întârziere după data declanșatoare` la **-30** " +":guilabel:`Minute`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "Exemplu de declanșator bazat pe o condiție de timp" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" +"În mod implicit, programul de organizare verifică pentru datele " +"declanșatoare la fiecare 4 ore." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "Aplică la" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" +"Definiți pe care înregistrări ale modelului ar trebui să fie aplicată " +"acțiunea automată. Funcționează la fel ca atunci când aplicați filtre pe un " +"model." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Acțiune" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" +"Determinați ce ar trebui să facă acțiunea automată (acțiune de server). " +"Există opt tipuri de acțiuni de ales." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Execută cod Python" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este utilizată pentru a executa cod Python. Variabilele disponibile" +" sunt descrise în tab-ul :guilabel:`Cod Python`, care poate fi folosit de " +"asemenea pentru scrierea de cod, sau în tab-ul :guilabel:`Ajutor`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a permite rularea acțiunii prin intermediul site-ului web, bifați " +":guilabel:`Disponibil pe site-ul web` și adăugați :guilabel:`Calea site-ului" +" web`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "Creează o înregistrare nouă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este utilizată pentru a crea o înregistrare nouă pe orice model." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea unui :guilabel:`Model țintă` este necesară numai dacă doriți să " +"vă îndreptați către un alt model decât cel pe care sunteți." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a lega înregistrarea care a declanșat crearea noii înregistrări, " +"selectați un câmp la :guilabel:`Câmp de legătură`. De exemplu, puteți crea " +"un contact automat atunci când o pistă este transformată într-o " +"oportunitate." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" +"Tab-ul :guilabel:`Date de scris` este folosit pentru a specifica valorile " +"noii înregistrări. După selectarea unui :guilabel:`Câmp`, selectați " +":guilabel:`Tipul de evaluare` al acestuia:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valoare`: utilizat pentru a da direct valoarea brută a câmpului " +"în coloana :guilabel:`Valoare`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referință`: utilizat pentru a selecta înregistrarea din coloana " +":guilabel:`Înregistrare` și să lăsați Studio să adauge ID-ul intern în " +"coloana :guilabel:`Valoare`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" +"Dacă o acțiune automată creează o nouă sarcină într-un proiect, puteți să-i " +"atribuiți un utilizator specific prin setarea :guilabel:`Câmp` la " +":guilabel:`Utilizator responsabil (Proiect)`, :guilabel:`Tipul de evaluare` " +"la :guilabel:`Referință`, și :guilabel:`Înregistrare` la un utilizator " +"specific." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "Exemplu de acțiune Crează o înregistrare nouă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Expresie Python`: utilizat pentru a defini dinamic valoarea " +"înregistrării nou create pentru un câmp utilizând codul Python în coloana " +":guilabel:`Valoare`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "Actualizați înregistrarea" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este utilizată pentru a seta valoarea/valori pentru câmp(uri) de " +"orice tip de înregistrare pe modelul curent." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" +"Procesul de completare a tabului :guilabel:`Date de scris` este același ca " +"cel descris în :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Execută mai multe acțiuni" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este utilizată pentru a declanșa mai multe acțiuni în același timp." +" Pentru a face acest lucru, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adaugă o linie` sub " +"tab-ul :guilabel:`Acțiuni`. În pop-up-ul :guilabel:`Acțiuni copil`, faceți " +"clic pe :guilabel:`Crează` și configurați acțiunea." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "Trimiteți e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este utilizată pentru a trimite un e-mail unui contact legat de o " +"înregistrare specifică. Pentru a face acest lucru, selectați sau creați un " +":guilabel:`Șablon de e-mail`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "Adaugați urmăritori" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este utilizată pentru a abona contactele existente la înregistrare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "Creați activitate ulterioară" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este utilizată pentru a programa o nouă activitate legată de " +"înregistrare. Utilizați tab-ul :guilabel:`Activitate` pentru a o configura " +"ca de obicei, dar în locul câmpului :guilabel:`Atrubuit lui`, selectați un " +":guilabel:`Activitate Tip Utilizator`. Selectați :guilabel:`Utilizator " +"specific` și adaugați utilizatorul sub :guilabel:`Responsabil` dacă " +"activitatea ar trebui întotdeauna să fie atribuită același utilizator. " +"Pentru a face referire dinamic la un utilizator legat de înregistrare, " +"selectați :guilabel:`Utilizator Generic Din Înregistrare` și schimbați " +":guilabel:`Responsabil` dacă este necesar." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" +"După ce o pistă este transformată într-o oportunitate, doriți ca acțiunea " +"automată să planifice un apel pentru utilizatorul responsabil de pistă. " +"Pentru a face acest lucru, setați :guilabel:`Activitate` la :guilabel:`Apel " +"telefonic` și setați :guilabel:`Activitate Tip Utilizator` la " +":guilabel:`Utilizator Generic Din Înregistrare`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "Exemplu de acțiune Crează următoarea activitate" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "Trimitere mesaj text SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" +"Acțiunea este utilizată pentru a trimite un SMS unui contact legat de " +"înregistrare. Pentru a face acest lucru, selectați sau creați un " +":guilabel:`Șablon SMS`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți ca mesajele trimise să fie înregistrate în Chatter, bifați " +":guilabel:`Înregistrează ca Notă`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "Câmpuri și widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" +"Câmpurile compun structura unei baze de date. Dacă vă imaginați un model ca " +"o tabelă sau un tabel, câmpurile sunt coloanele unde datele sunt stocate în " +"înregistrări (adică rândurile). Câmpurile definesc de asemenea tipul de date" +" stocate în ele. Modul în care sunt prezentate și forma datelor în :abbr:`UI" +" (Interfața Utilizator)` este definit de widget-ul lor." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" +"Din punct de vedere tehnic, există 15 tipuri de câmpuri în Odoo. Cu toate " +"acestea, puteți alege din 20 de câmpuri în Studio, deoarece unele tipuri de " +"câmpuri sunt disponibile de mai multe ori cu un widget implicit diferit." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Câmpuri noi` pot fi adăugate doar la vizualizările de tip " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` și :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`. Pe alte vizualizări, puteți adăuga doar :guilabel:`Câmpuri " +"existente` :dfn:`(câmpuri deja existente pe model)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "Câmpuri simple" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" +"Câmpurile simple conțin valori de bază, cum ar fi text, numere, fișiere, " +"etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "Widget-urile non-implicite, sunt prezentate mai jos." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "Text (`char`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Text` este utilizat pentru text scurt care conține orice " +"caracter. O singură linie de text este afișată la completarea câmpului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etichetă`: afișează valoarea într-o formă rotunjită, similar cu o" +" etichetă. Valoarea nu poate fi editată în UI, dar o valoare implicită poate" +" fi setată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Copiază în Clipboard`: utilizatorii pot copia valoarea apăsând pe" +" un buton." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`E-mail`: valoarea devine un link *mailto* (email către)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagine`: afișează o imagine folosind un URL. Valoarea nu poate " +"fi editată manual, dar o valoare implicită poate fi setată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" +"Aceasta funcționează diferit decât selectarea câmpului :ref:`Imagine " +"` direct, deoarece imaginea nu este " +"stocată în Odoo atunci când utilizați un câmp :guilabel:`Text` cu widget-ul " +":guilabel:`Imagine`. De exemplu, poate fi util dacă doriți să economisiți " +"spațiu pe disc." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefon`: valoarea devine un link *tel*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" +"Bifați :guilabel:`Activează SMS` pentru a adăuga o opțiune de a trimite un " +"SMS direct din Odoo lângă câmp." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr ":guilabel:`URL`: valoarea devine un URL pe care se poate face clic." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Text cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "Text Multilinie (`text`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Text Multilinie` este utilizat pentru text mai lung care " +"conține orice tip de caracter. Două linii de text sunt afișate în UI la " +"completarea câmpului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Text Multilinie cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "Întregi (`integer`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Integer` este utilizat pentru toate numerele întregi " +"(:dfn:`pozitive, negative, sau zero, fără zecimale`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Grafic al proporțiilor`: afișează valoarea într-un cerc " +"procentual, de obicei pentru o valoare calculată. Valoarea nu poate fi " +"editată în UI, dar o valoare implicită îi poate fi setată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bară de progres`: afișează valoarea lângă o bară procentuală, de " +"obicei pentru o valoare calculată. Câmpul nu poate fi editat manual, dar o " +"valoare implicită îi poate fi setată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mâner`: afișează o pictogramă de mâner pentru a ordona " +"înregistrările manual în :ref:`Vizualizarea listă `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Integer cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "Zecimal (`float`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Zecimal` este utilizat pentru toate numerele zecimale " +"(:dfn:`pozitive, negative, sau zero, cu zecimale`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" +"Numerele zecimale sunt afișate în UI (Interfața cu Utilizatorul) cu două " +"zecimale după virgulă, dar sunt stocate în baza de date cu o precizie mai " +"mare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Monetar`: este similar cu utilizarea :ref:`Câmpului Monetar " +"`. Este recomandat să se utilizeze " +"câmpul monetar, deoarece oferă mai multe funcționalități." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Procentaj`: afișează un caracter procent `%` după valoare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Grafic al proporțiilor`: afișează valoarea într-un cerc " +"procentual, de obicei pentru o valoare calculată. Câmpul nu poate fi editat " +"manual, dar o valoare implicită îi poate fi setată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Timp`: valoarea trebuie să urmeze formatul *hh:mm*, cu un maxim " +"de 59 minute." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Zecimale cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "Monetar (`monetary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Monetar` este utilizat pentru toate valorile monetare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" +"Când adăugați prima dată un câmp :guilabel:`monetar`, vă este solicitat să " +"adăugați un câmp :guilabel:`monedă` dacă nu există deja unul pe model. Odoo " +"vă întreaba să adăugați câmpul :guilabel:`Monedă` pentru dvs. Odată adăugat," +" adăugați câmpul :guilabel:`Monetar` din nou." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "Exemplu de câmp Monetar împreună cu câmpul Monedă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "Html (`html`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Html` este utilizat pentru a adăuga text care poate fi " +"editat folosind editorul HTML al Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Text Multilinie`: dezactivează editorul HTML al Odoo pentru a " +"permite editarea HTML brut." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Html cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "Dată calendaristică (`date`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Dată calendaristică` este utilizat pentru a selecta o dată" +" pe un calendar." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zile rămase`: numărul de zile rămase înainte ca data selectată să" +" fie afișată (de exemplu, *În 5 zile*), în funcție de data curentă." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Dată calendaristică cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "Dată și oră (`datetime`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Dată și oră` este utilizat pentru a selecta o dată pe un " +"calendar și o ora anume. Timpul curent al utilizatorului este utilizat " +"automat dacă nu este setat." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dată`: este utilizat pentru a înregistra timpul fără a-l afișa pe" +" UI (Interfața cu Utilizatorul)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zile rămase`: afișează numărul de zile rămase înainte ca data " +"selectată să fie afișată (de exemplu, *În 5 zile*), în funcție de data și " +"ora curenta." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Dată și oră cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "Bifă (`boolean`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Bifă` este utilizat atunci când o valoare trebuie să fie " +"adevărată sau falsă, indicată prin bifarea sau debifarea unui câmp." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Buton`: afișează un buton radio. Widget-ul funcționează fără a " +"trebui să treci în modul de editare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Comutator`: afișează un buton de comutare. Widget-ul funcționează" +" fără a trebui să treci în modul de editare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Bifă cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "Selcție (`selection`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Selcție` este utilizat atunci când utilizatorii trebuie să" +" selecteze o singură valoare dintr-un grup de valori predefinite." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etichete`: afișează toate valorile selectabile simultan în " +"interiorul formelor dreptunghiulare, organizate orizontal." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prioritate`: afișează simboluri de tip stea în loc de valori, " +"care pot fi folosite pentru a indica un nivel de importanță sau de " +"satisfacție, de exemplu. Acest lucru are aceeași efect ca și selectarea " +"câmpului :ref:`Prioritate `, deși, " +"pentru acesta, patru valori de prioritate sunt deja predefinite." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: afișează toate valorile selectabile simultan ca butoane " +"radio." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" +"În mod implicit, butoanele radio sunt organizate vertical. Bifați " +":guilabel:`afișează orizontal` pentru a schimba modul în care sunt afișate." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Selecție cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "Prioritate (`selection`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Prioritate` este utilizat pentru a afișa un sistem de " +"evaluare cu trei stele, care poate fi utilizat pentru a indica un nivel de " +"importanță sau de satisfacție. Acest tip de câmp este un :ref:`Câmp de " +"selecție ` cu widget-ul " +":guilabel:`Prioritate` selectat în mod implicit și patru valori de " +"prioritate predefinite. În consecință, widget-urile :guilabel:`Etichetă`, " +":guilabel:`Etichete`, :guilabel:`Radio`, și :guilabel:`Selcție` au același " +"efecte ca și cele descrise în :ref:`Selcție `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a modifica numărul de stele disponibile prin adăugarea sau eliminarea" +" valorilor, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Editează valorile`. Rețineți că prima " +"valoare este egală cu 0 stele (adică, de exempu, atunci când nu este făcută " +"nicio selecție), astfel încât având patru valori rezultă într-un sistem de " +"evaluare cu trei stele." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "Exemplu de câmp Prioritate" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "Fișier (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Fișier` este utilizat pentru a încărca orice tip de " +"fișier, sau pentru a semna un formular (:guilabel:`Semnează` widget)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagine`: utilizatorii pot încărca un fișier imagine, care este " +"apoi afișat în :ref:`Vizualizare formular `. " +"Acest lucru are același efect ca utilizarea :ref:`Câmpului imagine " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: utilizatorii pot încărca un fișier PDF, care poate " +"fi apoi vizualizat din :ref:`Vizualizare formular " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Semnătură`: utilizatorii pot semna electronic formularul. Acest " +"lucru are același efect ca selectarea :ref:`Câmpului semnătură " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "Exemple de câmpuri Fișier cu diferite widget-uri" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "Imagine (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Imagine` este utilizat pentru a încărca o imagine și " +"pentru a o afișa în :ref:`Vizualizare formular `." +" Tipul de câmp este un :ref:`Câmp fișier `" +" cu widget-ul :guilabel:`Imagine` selectat în mod implicit. În consecință, " +"widget-urile :guilabel:`Fișier`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, și " +":guilabel:`Semnătură` au același efecte ca și cele descrise în :ref:`Fișier " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a modifica dimensiunea afișării imaginilor încărcate, selectați " +":guilabel:`Mic`, :guilabel:`Mediu`, sau :guilabel:`Mare` sub opțiunea " +":guilabel:`Dimensiune`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "Semnătură (`binary`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Semnătură` este utilizat pentru a semna electronic " +"formularul. Tipul de câmp este un :ref:`Câmp fișier ` cu widget-ul :guilabel:`Semnătură` selectat în mod implicit. " +"În consecință, widget-urile :guilabel:`Fișier`, :guilabel:`Imagine`, și " +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer` au același efecte ca și cele descrise în :ref:`Fișier" +" `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a da utilizatorilor opțiunea :guilabel:`Auto` când trebuie să " +"deseneze semnătura, selectați unul dintre câmpurile disponibile " +":guilabel:`Auto-completează cu` (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One `, " +"și :ref:`Câmp Relaționat ` " +"doar pe model). Semnătura este generată automat folosind datele din câmpul " +"selectat." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "Câmpuri relaționale" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" +"Câmpurile relaționale sunt utilizate pentru a lega și afișa datele din " +"înregistrări de pe alt model." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "Many2One (`many2one`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Many2One` este utilizat pentru a lega o altă înregistrare " +"(de pe alt model) cu înregistrarea care este editată. Numele înregistrării " +"din alt model este apoi afișat în înregistrarea care este editată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" +"Pe modelul *Comandă de Vânzare*, câmpul :guilabel:`Client` este un câmp " +":guilabel:`Many2One` care indică modelul *Contact*. Acest lucru permite " +"**multe** comenzi de vânzare să fie legate de **un** contact (client)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "Diagramă care arată o relație many2one" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a preveni utilizatorii din a crea o nouă înregistrare în modelul " +"legat, bifați :guilabel:`Dezactivează crearea`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a preveni utilizatorii din a deschide înregistrări într-o fereastră " +"pop-up, bifați :guilabel:`Dezactivează deschiderea`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a ajuta utilizatorii să selecteze doar înregistrarea potrivită, " +"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Domeniu` pentru a crea un filtru." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etichetă`: afișează valoarea într-o formă rotunjită, similară cu " +"o etichetă. Valoarea nu poate fi editată în interfața utilizatorului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "One2Many (`one2many`) (Unul către mai multe)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`One2Many` este utilizat pentru a afișa relațiile existente" +" între o înregistrare de pe modelul curent și mai multe înregistrări de pe " +"alt model." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" +"Aveți posibilitatea să adăugați un câmp :guilabel:`One2Many` pe modelul " +"*Contact* pentru a vedea mai **multe** comenzi de vânzare ale **unui** " +"client." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "Diagrama care arată o relație one2many" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a utiliza un câmp :guilabel:`One2Many`, cele două modele trebuie să " +"fi fost legate deja folosind un :ref:`câmp Many2One " +"`. Relațiile One2Many nu există " +"independent: o căutare inversă este efectuată asupra relațiilor Many2One " +"existente." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "Linii (`one2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Linii` este utilizat pentru a crea o tabelă cu rânduri și " +"coloane (de exemplu, linii de produse pe o comandă de vânzare)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a modifica coloanele, faceți clic pe câmpul :guilabel:`Linii` și apoi" +" :guilabel:`Editați vizualizarea de tip lista`. Pentru a edita formularul " +"care apare atunci când un utilizator face clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați o " +"linie`, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Editați vizualizarea formularului`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "Exemplu de câmp Linii" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "Many2Many (`many2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Many2Many` este utilizat pentru a lega mai multe " +"înregistrări de pe alt model la mai multe înregistrări de pe modelul curent." +" Câmpurile Many2Many pot folosi :guilabel:`Dezactivați crearea`, " +":guilabel:`Dezactivați deschiderea`, :guilabel:`Domeniu`, la fel ca și " +":ref:`câmpurile Many2One `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" +"Pe modelul *Task*, câmpul :guilabel:`Atribuiți` este un câmp " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` care indică modelul *Contact*. Acest lucru permite " +"unui singur utilizator să îi fie atribuite **mai multe** sarcini și **mai " +"mulți** utilizatori să fie atribuiți unei singure sarcini." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "Diagrama care arată relațiile many2many" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Casete de selectare`: utilizatorii pot selecta mai multe valori " +"folosind casetele de selectare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etichete`: utilizatorii pot selecta mai multe valori care apar în" +" forme rotunde, numite *etichete*. Acest lucru are același efect ca și " +"selectarea :ref:`câmpului Etichete `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "Etichete (`many2many`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" +"Câmpul :guilabel:`Etichete` este utilizat pentru a afișa mai multe valori de" +" pe alt model care apar în forme rotunde, cunoscute și ca *etichete*. Acest " +"tip de câmp este un :ref:`câmp Many2Many ` cu widget-ul :guilabel:`Etichete` selectat în mod " +"implicit. În consecință, widget-urile :guilabel:`Casete de selectare` și " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` au același efecte ca și cele descrise în " +":ref:`Many2Many `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a afișa etichete cu culori de fundal diferite, bifați " +":guilabel:`Folosiți culori`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "Exemplu de câmp Etichete" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "Câmp Relaționat (`related`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" +"Un :guilabel:`Câmp Relaționat` nu este un câmp relațional în sine; nu este " +"creată nicio relație între modele. Acesta utilizează o relație existentă " +"pentru a prelua și afișa informații dintr-o altă înregistrare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a afișa adresa de email a unui client pe modelul *Comandă de " +"Vânzare*, utilizați câmpul :guilabel:`Câmp Relaționat` `partner_id.email` " +"prin selectarea :guilabel:`Client` și apoi :guilabel:`Email`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Proprietăți" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Invizibil`: Când nu este necesar ca utilizatorii să vadă un câmp " +"pe interfața utilizatorului, bifați :guilabel:`Invizibil`. Acest lucru ajută" +" la curățarea interfeței prin afișarea doar a câmpurilor esențiale în " +"funcție de o situație specifică." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" +"Pe vizualizarea *Formular* a modelului *Contact*, câmpul :guilabel:`Titlu` " +"apare doar atunci când este selectat :guilabel:`Individual`, deoarece acest " +"câmp nu ar fi util pentru un contact de tip :guilabel:`Companie`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" +"Atributul :guilabel:`Invizibil` se aplică și în Studio. Pentru a vizualiza " +"câmpurile ascunse în interiorul Studio, faceți clic pe fila " +":guilabel:`Vizualizare` a unei vizualizări și bifați :guilabel:`Afișați " +"Elementele Invizibile`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Necesar`: Dacă un câmp trebuie completat întotdeauna de către " +"utilizator înainte de a putea continua, bifați :guilabel:`Necesar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Doar citire`: Dacă utilizatorii nu ar trebui să poată modifica un" +" câmp, bifați :guilabel:`Doar citire`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" +"Puteți alege să aplicați aceste trei proprietăți doar pentru înregistrări " +"specifice prin făcând clic pe :guilabel:`Condițional` și prin crearea unui " +"filtru." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etichetă`: :guilabel:`Eticheta` este numele câmpului pe interfața" +" utilizatorului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" +"Acesta nu este același nume ca cel folosit în baza de date PostgreSQL. " +"Pentru a vizualiza și a schimba acesta, activați :ref:`Modul dezvoltator " +"` și editați :guilabel:`Nume Tehnic`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ajutor Tooltip`: Pentru a explica scopul unui câmp, scrieți o " +"descriere sub :guilabel:`Ajutor Tooltip`. Este afișat într-o casetă tooltip " +"când treci cu mouse-ul peste eticheta câmpului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: Pentru a oferi un exemplu de cum ar trebui " +"completat un câmp, scrieți-l sub :guilabel:`Placeholder`. Este afișat în gri" +" deschis în locul valorii câmpului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: Pentru a schimba aspectul sau funcționalitatea implicită" +" a unui câmp, selectați unul dintre widget-urile disponibile." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valoare implicită`: Pentru a adăuga o valoare implicită unui câmp" +" când o înregistrare este creată, utilizați :guilabel:`Valoare implicită`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Limitați vizibilitatea la grupuri`: Pentru a limita care " +"utilizatori pot vedea câmpul, selectați un grup de acces utilizator." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "Modele, module și aplicații" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" +"Modelele determină structura logică a unei baze de date și cum sunt stocate," +" organizate și manipulate datele. Altfel spus, un model este o tabelă de " +"informații care poate fi legată cu alte tabele. Un model reprezintă de " +"obicei un concept de afaceri, cum ar fi o *comandă de vânzare*, *contact* " +"sau *produs*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" +"Modulele și aplicațiile conțin diverse elemente, cum ar fi modele, view-uri," +" fișiere de date, controlere web și date statice web." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" +"Toate aplicațiile sunt module. Modulele mai mari, independente sunt de " +"obicei denumite aplicații, în timp ce alte module servesc de obicei ca " +"adiții la aceste aplicații." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "Funcții sugerate" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" +"Când creați un nou model sau aplicație cu Studio, puteți alege să adăugați " +"până la 14 funcții pentru a accelera procesul de creare. Aceste funcții " +"predefinesc câmpuri, setări implicite și vizualizări care sunt de obicei " +"folosite împreună pentru a oferi o anumită funcționalitate standard. " +"Majoritatea acestora pot fi adăugate mai târziu, dar adăugarea lor de la " +"început face procesul de creare a modelului mult mai ușor. De asemenea, " +"aceste funcții interacționează împreună în unele cazuri pentru a crește " +"utilitatea lor." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" +"Crearea unui model cu funcția :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` și :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` activată adaugă imaginea în aspectul cardului din " +"vederea :ref:`Kanban `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" +"Combinarea funcțiilor Picture și Stadii flux de activități în vederea Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "Detalii de contact" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea :guilabel:`Contact details` adaugă în :ref:`Form view " +"` un :ref:`Câmp Many2One " +"` legat de modelul *Contact* și " +"două :ref:`Câmpuri Related `:" +" :guilabel:`Telefon` și :guilabel:`Email`. Câmpul :guilabel:`Contact` este " +"de asemenea adăugat în :ref:`List view `, iar :ref:`Map view ` este" +" activat." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Detalii Contact în Form view" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "Alocare utilizator" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea :guilabel:`Alocare utilizator` adaugă în :ref:`Form view " +"` un :ref:`Câmp Many2One " +"` legat de modelul *Contact*, cu " +"următorul :guilabel:`Domeniu`: `Share User is not set` pentru a permite doar" +" selectarea *Utilizatorilor interni*. De asemenea, widget-ul " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` este folosit pentru a afișa avatarul " +"utilizatorului. Câmpul :guilabel:`Responsible` este de asemenea adăugat în " +":ref:`List view `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Funcția User assignment în Form view" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "Data & Calendar" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adaugă în :ref:`Form view " +"` un :ref:`Câmp de date ` și activează :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "Interval de date & Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adaugă în :ref:`Form view " +"` două :ref:`Câmpuri Date ` una lângă alta: una pentru a seta o dată de început, cealaltă " +"pentru a seta o dată de sfârșit, folosind widget-ul :guilabel:`daterange`, " +"și activează :ref:`Gantt view `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "Stadii flux de activități" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea :guilabel:`Stadii flux de activități` activează :ref:`Kanban view" +" `, adaugă câmpuri precum " +":ref:`Prioritate ` și " +":guilabel:`Kanban State`, și trei stadii: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In " +"Progress`, și :guilabel:`Done`. :guilabel:`Flux de activități status bar` și" +" câmpul :guilabel:`Kanban State` sunt adaugați în :ref:`Form view " +"`. Câmpul :guilabel:`Color` este adăugat în " +":ref:`List view `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etape flux de activitățiț poate fi adăugat într-o etapă " +"ulterioară." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Etichete" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea :guilabel:`Tags` adaugă în :ref:`studio/views/general/form` și " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` câmpul :ref:`Camp de etichete " +"`, creând un model *Tag* cu drepturi " +"de acces preconfigurate în proces." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Imagine" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +"Selectrea :guilabel:`Picture` adaugă în partea dreaptă sus a :ref:`Form view" +" ` un :ref:`Câmp imagine `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Picture` poate fi adăugat într-o etapă ulterioară." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Linii" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" +"Selectând :guilabel:`Lines`: adaugă în :ref:`Form view " +"` o :ref:`Tabelă de linii " +"` în interiorul unei componente " +":guilabel:`Tab`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Note" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" +"Selectând :guilabel:`Notes` adaugă în :ref:`Form view " +"` un :ref:`Câmp HTML ` folosind întreaga lățime a formularului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "Valoare monetară" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" +"Selectând :guilabel:`Monetary value` adaugă în " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` și :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` câmpul :ref:`Câmp monetar `. Vizualizările :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` și " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` sunt de asemenea activate." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "Un câmp *Monedă* este adăugat și ascuns din vizualizare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Companie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" +"Selectând :guilabel:`Company` adaugă în :ref:`studio/views/general/form` și " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` câmpul :ref:`Many2One field " +"` legat de modelul *Company*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "Acest lucru este util doar dacă lucrați într-o mediu multi-companii." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "Sortare personalizată" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" +"Selectând :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adaugă în :ref:`List view " +"` o pictogramă de mână pentru a reordona" +" înregistrările manual." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "Sortare personalizată în vizualizarea Listă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" +"Selectând :guilabel:`Chatter` adaugă în :ref:`Form view " +"` funcționalități Chatter (trimiterea mesajelor, " +"înregistrarea notelor și programarea activităților)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Chatter` poate fi adăugat într-un stadiu ulterior." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "Funcționalitatea Chatter pe vizualizarea Form" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Arhivare" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" +"Selectând :guilabel:`Archiving` adaugă în :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"și :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` acțiunea :guilabel:`Archivare` " +"și ascunde înregistrările arhivate din căutări și vizualizări în mod " +"implicit." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "Exportă și importă personalizări" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" +"Când faceți o personalizare cu Studio, un nou modul numit :guilabel:`Studio " +"customizations` este adăugat bazei de date." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a exporta aceste personalizări, mergeți la :menuselection:`Main " +"dashboard --> Studio --> Customizations --> Export` pentru a descărca un " +"fișier ZIP care conține toate personalizările." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a importa și instala aceste personalizări într-o altă bază de date, " +"conectați-vă la baza de date de destinație și mergeți la " +":menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio --> Customizations --> Import`, " +"apoi încărcați fișierul ZIP exportat înainte de a face clic pe butonul " +":guilabel:`Import`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" +"Înainte de a importa, asigurați-vă că baza de date de destinație conține " +"aceleași aplicații și module ca baza de date sursă. Studio nu adaugă " +"modulele subiacente ca dependențe ale modulului exportat." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "Rapoarte PDF" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" +"Cu Studio, puteți edita rapoartele PDF existente (de exemplu, comenzi și " +"oferte) sau crea unele noi." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "Aspect implicit" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" +"Aspectul implicit al rapoartelor este gestionat în afara Studio. Mergeți la " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Setările de aspect se aplică tuturor rapoartelor, dar " +"numai la compania curentă." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" +"Folosiți :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` pentru a vizualiza cum diferitele " +"setări afectează aspectul unei facturi de exemplu." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Aspect" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "Există patru modele disponibile." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Luminos" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "Exemplu de aspect de raport luminos" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "În casetă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "Exemplu de aspect de raport în casetă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Îngroșat" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "Exemplu de aspect de raport îngroșat" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "În dungi" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "Exemplu de aspect de raport în dungi" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Font" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" +"Sunt disponibile șapte fonturi. Faceți clic pe linkurile de mai jos pentru a" +" le previzualiza pe `Google Fonts `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "`Lato `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "`Roboto `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" +"`Open Sans `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" +"`Montserrat `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "`Oswald `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "`Raleway `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "`Tajawal `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tajawal` suportă atât scripturile arabe cât și latine." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "Siglă companie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" +"Incarcați un fișier de imagine pentru a adăuga o :guilabel:`Siglă Companie`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" +"Acest lucru adaugă sigla în înregistrarea companiei în modelul *Company*, pe" +" care îl puteți accesa prin accesarea :menuselection:`General Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Culori" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" +"Modificați culorile primare și secundare utilizate în toate rapoartele " +"pentru a evidenția elementele importante. Culorile implicite sunt generate " +"automat în funcție de culorile siglei." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "Aspect fundal" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "Modificați :guilabel:`Aspectul fundalului` pentru raportul:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Blank`: nimic nu este afișat." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: o imagine cu forme geometrice este afișată în fundal." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Custom`: utilizați o imagine de fundal personalizată prin " +"încărcarea uneia." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "Tagline-ul Companiei" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" +" :guilabel:`Tagline-ul Companiei` este afișat în antetul :ref:`Rapoartelor " +"externe `. Puteți adăuga mai " +"multe linii de text." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "Detalii Companie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Detaliile Companiei` sunt afișate în antetul :ref:`Rapoartelor " +"externe `. Puteți adăuga mai " +"multe linii de text." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Subsol" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați câmpul :guilabel:`Subsol` pentru a introduce orice text în " +"subsolul :ref:`Rapoartelor externe `. Puteți adăuga mai multe linii de text." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Format hârtie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați câmpul :guilabel:`Format hârtie` pentru a modifica dimensiunea " +"hârtiei raportelor. Puteți selecta fie :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) fie " +":guilabel:`US Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" +"Fereastra pop-up de configurare pentru aspectul implicit al rapoartelor PDF" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "Antet și subsol" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" +"Când creați un nou raport în Studio, prima oară trebuie să alegeți între una" +" dintre trei stiluri de rapoarte. Acest lucru este folosit exclusiv pentru a" +" determina ce este afișat în antet și subsol. Pentru a face acest lucru, " +"mergeți la aplicația pe care doriți să adăugați un nou raport, apoi " +":menuselection:`Butonul Studio --> Rapoarte --> Creare` și selectați " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, sau :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Extern" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" +"Antetul afișează :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/logo` și mai multe " +"valori setate pe modelul *Company*: :guilabel:`Nume companie`, " +":guilabel:`Numar de telefon`, :guilabel:`Email`, și :guilabel:`Website`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a modifica informațiile unei companii, mergeți la " +":menuselection:`Setări --> Companii --> Actualizare informații`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "Exemplu de antet extern" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" +"Subsolul afișează valorile setate pe câmpurile :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/default-layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/details`, și :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline`, precum" +" și numărul paginii." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "Exemplu de subsol extern" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Intern" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" +"Antetul afișează data și ora curentă a utilizatorului, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, și numărul paginii." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "Nu există subsol." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Gol" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "Nu există nici un antet sau un subsol." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "Adăugați fila" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" +"După deschiderea unui raport existent sau crearea unui nou, mergeți la fila " +":guilabel:`Adăugați` pentru a adăuga sau edita elemente. Elementele sunt " +"organizate în patru categorii: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, și :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Bloc" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" +"Elementele de tip bloc încep pe o nouă linie și ocupă întreaga lățime a " +"paginii." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" +"Puteți seta lățimea unui element selectându-l și mergând la fila " +":guilabel:`Opțiuni`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Text`: adăugați orice text folosind dimensiunea mică a fontului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: adăugați orice text folosind dimensiunea mai mare a" +" fontului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagine`: adăugați o imagine. Puteți încărca o imagine de pe " +"dispozitivul dvs., adăugați o imagine de pe un URL, sau selectați una deja " +"existentă în baza de date." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Câmp`: adăugați dinamic valoarea unui câmp." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Câmp și etichetă`: adăugați dinamic valoarea unui câmp și " +"eticheta." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bloc de adrese`: adăugați dinamic valorile, dacă există, ale unui" +" contact (`res.partner` model): *Nume*, *Adresă*, *Telefon*, *Mobil*, și " +"*Email*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "Exemplu de bloc de adrese" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "În linie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" +"Elementele de tip în linie sunt folosite în jurul altor elemente. Acestea nu" +" încep pe o nouă linie și lățimea se adaptează la lungimea conținutului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" +"Puteți seta lățimea și marginile unui element selectându-l și mergând la " +"fila :guilabel:`Opțiuni`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Tabel" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" +"Elementele de tip tabel sunt folosite împreună pentru a crea un tabel de " +"date." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tabel de date`: creați un tabel și adăugați dinamic o primă " +"coloană care afișează valorile *Nume* ale câmpului :ref:`Many2Many " +"` sau :ref:`One2Many " +"` din modelul dvs." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "Exemplu de tabel de date" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Coloană de câmp`: adăugați o nouă coloană la tabel care afișează " +"valorile unui :ref:`Câmp Relațional ` la cel folosit pentru a crea :guilabel:`Tabelul de " +"date`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Text în celulă`: adăugați orice text într-o celulă existentă." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Câmp în celulă`: adăugați, într-o celulă existentă, valorile unui" +" :ref:`Câmp Relațional ` la " +"cel folosit pentru a crea :guilabel:`Tabelul de date`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: adăugați valoarea câmpului :guilabel:`Total` " +"existent. Dacă există un câmp :guilabel:`Taxes`, se adaugă sumele fără taxe " +"și taxele înainte de suma totală." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Coloană" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" +"Coloanele sunt folosite pentru a adăuga mai multe elemente de tip " +":ref:`block ` pe aceeași linie." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Două coloane`: adăugați orice text în două coloane diferite." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Trei coloane`: adăugați orice text în trei coloane diferite." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "Fila raport" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Mai multe opțiuni de configurare sunt disponibile în fila " +":guilabel:`Raport`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nume`: schimbați numele raportului. Noul nume este aplicat " +"pretutindeni (în Studio, sub butonul :guilabel:`Print`, și pentru numele " +"fișierului PDF)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Format hârtie`: schimbați dimensiunea hârtiei raportului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Adăugați în print`: adăugați raportul sub butonul :guilabel:`🖶 " +"Print` disponibil pe înregistrare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Fila opțiuni" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" +"Selectați un element din raport pentru a accesa opțiunile elementului și a-l" +" edita." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "Fila Opțiuni pentru un element de tip text" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Puteți selecta și edita mai multe elemente în același timp apăsând pe " +"diferite secțiuni sau diviziuni (de exemplu, `div`, `table`, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "Mai jos sunt prezentate unele dintre cele mai comune opțiuni:" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Margini`: adăugați spațiere în partea de :guilabel:`sus`, " +":guilabel:`dreapta`, :guilabel:`jos`, și :guilabel:`stânga` a elementului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lățime`: setați lățimea maximă a elementului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vizibil dacă`: setați sub ce condiție(e) elementul ar trebui să " +"fie afișat." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"` the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eliminați din Vizualizare`: eliminați elementul din vizualizarea " +"raportului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Decorațiune text`: bold, italizare, și underline pentru font." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aliniere`: aliniați elementul la stânga, centru, sau dreapta " +"raportului." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stil font`: folosiți unul dintre stilurile de font implicite." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Culori`: schimbați culoarea fontului și culoarea de fundal." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" +"Este posibil să fie nevoie să selectați o secțiune sau diviziune deasupra " +"elementului pe care doriți să-l editați pentru a vedea unele dintre " +"opțiunile prezentate mai sus." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "Vizualizări" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizările sunt interfața care permite afișarea datelor conținute într-un" +" model. Un model poate avea mai multe vizualizări, care sunt doar moduri " +"diferite de a afișa aceleași date. În Studio, vizualizările sunt organizate " +"în patru categorii: :ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple " +"records `, :ref:`timeline " +"`, și :ref:`reporting `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba vizualizarea implicită a unui model, mergeți la " +":menuselection:`Studio --> Vizualizări --> Meniu dropdown (⋮) --> Setează ca" +" Implicit`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" +"Puteți modifica vizualizările folosind editorul XML integrat. Pentru a face " +"astfel, activați :ref:`Modul dezvoltator `, mergeți la " +"vizualizarea pe care doriți să o editați, selectați fila " +":guilabel:`Vizualizare` și apoi faceți clic pe :guilabel:` XML`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" +"Dacă editați o vizualizare folosind editorul XML, evitați să faceți " +"modificări direct la vizualizările standard și vizualizările moștenite, " +"deoarece acestea ar fi resetate și nu ar fi păstrate în caz de actualizare a" +" modulului. Asigurați-vă întotdeauna că selectați vizualizările moștenite " +"Studio corecte. Atunci când modificați o vizualizare în Studio prin glisare " +"și plasare(drag and drop) a unui câmp nou, o vizualizare moștenită Studio " +"specifică și XPath-ul său, care definește care parte a vizualizării este " +"modificată, sunt generate automat." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "Vizualizări generale" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" +"Setările descrise mai jos se găsesc sub fila :guilabel:`Vizualizare` a " +"vizualizării, cu excepția cazului în care este specificat altfel." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "Formular" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Formular` este utilizată atunci când se creează și " +"se editează înregistrări, cum ar fi contacte, comenzi de vânzare, produse, " +"etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a structura un formular, glisați și plasați elementul :guilabel:`File" +" și coloane` găsit în fila :guilabel:`+ Adaugă`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a preveni utilizatorii de a crea, edita sau șterge înregistrări, " +"debifați :guilabel:`Poate crea`, :guilabel:`Poate edita` sau " +":guilabel:`Poate șterge`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "Exemplu de comandă de vânzare a vizualizării Formular" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "Activitate" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Activitate` este utilizată pentru a programa și a " +"avea o privire de ansamblu asupra activităților (e-mailuri, apeluri, etc.) " + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" +"Această vizualizare poate fi modificată numai în Studio prin editarea " +"codului XML." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "Modelul de activitate a vizualizării Activitate" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Căutare" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Căutare` este adăugată deasupra altor vizualizări " +"pentru a filtra, grupa și căuta înregistrări." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga :guilabel:`Filtre` personalizate și a le structura folosind " +":guilabel:`Separatoare`, mergeți la fila :guilabel:`+ Adaugă` și glisați și " +"plasați-le sub :guilabel:`Filtre`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga un câmp existent în meniul de căutare, mergeți la fila " +":guilabel:`+ Adaugă` și glisați și plasați-l sub :guilabel:`Câmpuri de " +"autocompletare`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "Modelul de căutare a vizualizării Căutare pe vizualizarea Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "Vizualizare înregistrări multiple" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Kanban` este adesea utilizată pentru a sprijini " +"fluxurile de afaceri prin mutarea înregistrărilor în etape sau ca o " +"alternativă pentru afișarea înregistrărilor în interiorul *cardurilor*." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"Dacă vizualizarea :guilabel:`Kanban` există, aceasta este utilizată în mod " +"implicit pentru a afișa datele pe dispozitive mobile în loc de " +":ref:`Vizualizarea Listă `." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a preveni utilizatorii din a crearea de înregistrări noi, debifați " +":guilabel:`Poate crea`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea înregistrări direct în vizualizare, într-o formă minimală, " +"activați :guilabel:`Creare rapidă`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba modul în care înregistrările sunt grupate în mod implicit, " +"selectați un nou grup sub :guilabel:`Grupare implicită după`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "Modelul de vizualizare Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Listă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Listă` este utilizată pentru a vedea multe " +"înregistrări în același timp, pentru a căuta înregistrări și pentru a edita " +"înregistrări simple." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea și edita înregistrări direct în vizualizare, selectați fie " +":guilabel:`Înregistrare nouă în partea de sus` sau :guilabel:`Înregistrare " +"nouă în partea de jos` sub meniul :guilabel:`Editabil`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" +"Acest lucru împiedică utilizatorii din a deschide înregistrări în " +":ref:`Vizualizarea Formular ` din vizualizarea " +":guilabel:`Listă`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a edita mai multe înregistrări în același timp, bifați " +":guilabel:`Activare editare în masă`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba modul în care înregistrările sunt sortate în mod implicit, " +"selectați un câmp sub :guilabel:`Sortare după`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga un pictogramă de tragere pentru a reordona înregistrările " +"manual, adaugați un :ref:`Câmp întreg `" +" cu widget-ul :guilabel:`Pictogramă`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" +"Trage pictograma care permite să sortați înregistrările manual în " +"vizualizarea Listă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "Vizualizarea Listă a modelului de comenzi de vânzări" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "Hartă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Hartă` este utilizată pentru a afișa înregistrări pe" +" o hartă. De exemplu, este utilizată în aplicația Field Service pentru a " +"planifica un traseu între diferite sarcini." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" +"Un :ref:`Câmp Many2One ` legat la " +"modelul *Contact* este necesar pentru a activa vizualizarea, deoarece adresa" +" de contact este utilizată pentru a poziționa înregistrările pe hartă." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a selecta ce fel de contact ar trebui să fie utilizat pe hartă, " +"selectați-l sub :guilabel:`Câmp Contact`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a ascunde numele sau adresa înregistrării, bifați :guilabel:`Ascunde " +"numele` sau :guilabel:`Ascunde adresa`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga informații din alte câmpuri, selectați-le sub " +":guilabel:`Câmpuri suplimentare`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a avea un traseu sugerat între diferite înregistrări, bifați " +":guilabel:`Activare rutare` și selectați care câmp ar trebui să fie utilizat" +" pentru a sorta înregistrările pentru rutare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "imagine Hartă a modelului de sarcini" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "Vizualizări cronologie" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" +"Când activați prima dată una dintre vizualizările cronologie, trebuie să " +"selectați care :ref:`Câmp Dată ` sau " +":ref:`Câmp Dată & Ora ` pe modelul " +"dvs. ar trebui să fie utilizat pentru a defini când încep înregistrările și " +"se opresc pentru a le afișa pe vizualizare. Puteți modifica :guilabel:`Câmp " +"Dată de început` și :guilabel:`Câmp Dată de încheiere` după activarea " +"vizualizării." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Calendar" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Calendar` este utilizată pentru a vizualiza și " +"gestiona înregistrările în interiorul unui calendar." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea înregistrări direct în vizualizare în loc de a deschide " +":ref:`Vizualizarea Formular `, activați " +":guilabel:`Creare rapidă`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" +"Aceasta funcționează numai pe anumite modele care pot fi *create rapid* " +"folosind numai un *nume*. Cu toate acestea, majoritatea modelelor nu acceptă" +" crearea rapidă și deschid vizualizarea :guilabel:`Form` pentru a completa " +"câmpurile necesare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a colora înregistrările în calendar, selectați un câmp sub " +":guilabel:`Culoare`. Toate înregistrările care partajează aceeași valoare " +"pentru acel câmp sunt afișate folosind aceeași culoare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" +"Deoarece numărul de culori este limitat, aceeași culoare poate fi atribuită " +"diferitelor valori." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a afișa evenimentele care durează întreaga zi în partea de sus a " +"calendarului, selectați un :ref:`Câmp bifare ` care specifică dacă evenimentul durează întreaga zi." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a alege scala implicită a timpului utilizată pentru a afișa " +"evenimente, selectați :guilabel:`Zi`, :guilabel:`Săptămână`, " +":guilabel:`Lună` sau :guilabel:`An` sub :guilabel:`Modul de afișare " +"implicit`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" +"Puteți utiliza și :guilabel:`Câmp întârziere` pentru a afișa durata " +"evenimentului în ore selectând un câmp :ref:`Zecimal ` sau :ref:`Integer ` pe" +" modelul care specifică durata evenimentului. Cu toate acestea, dacă setați " +"un :guilabel:`Câmp Dată de încheiere`, :guilabel:`Câmp întârziere` nu va fi " +"luat în considerare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "Calendar Vizualizarea modelului Eveniment" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "Cohortă" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`cohort` este utilizată pentru a examina ciclul de " +"viață a înregistrărilor pe o perioadă de timp. De exemplu, este utilizată în" +" aplicația Abonamente pentru a vizualiza rata de reținere a abonamentelor." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a afișa o măsură (adică valoarea agregată a unui anume câmp) implicit" +" în vizualizare, selectați un :guilabel:`Câmp măsură`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a alege care interval de timp este utilizat implicit pentru a grupa " +"rezultatele, selectați :guilabel:`Zi`, :guilabel:`Săptămână`, " +":guilabel:`Lună` sau :guilabel:`An` sub :guilabel:`Interval`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba :guilabel:`Modul` cohortă, selectați fie " +":guilabel:`Reținere` :dfn:`procentul de înregistrări care rămân pe o " +"perioadă de timp, începe la 100% și scade cu timpul` sau :guilabel:`Abandon`" +" :dfn:`procentul de înregistrări care se mută în afara unei perioade de timp" +" - începe la 0% și crește cu timpul`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba modul în care :guilabel:`Cronologia` (adică coloanele) " +"progresează, selectați fie :guilabel:`Înainte` (de la 0 la +15) sau " +":guilabel:`Înapoi` (de la -15 la 0). Pentru majoritatea scopurilor, " +":guilabel:`Înainte` cronologia este utilizată." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "Imagine model subscripție în cohort" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Gantt` este utilizată pentru a prognoza și a examina" +" progresul general al înregistrărilor. Înregistrările sunt reprezentate de o" +" bară sub o scară de timp." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a preveni utilizatorii din creearea sau editarea de înregistrări, " +"debifați :guilabel:`Poate crea` sau :guilabel:`Poate edita`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a umple celulele cu gri atunci când o înregistrare nu ar trebui să " +"fie creată acolo (de exemplu, în weekend pentru angajați), bifați " +":guilabel:`Afișare indisponibilitate`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" +"Modelul de bază trebuie să fie adaptată pentru această caracteristică, iar " +"suportul nu poate fi adăugat utilizând Studio. Este suportat pentru " +"aplicațiile Proiect, Concediu, Planificare și Fabricație." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a afișa un rând total în partea de jos, bifați :guilabel:`Afișare " +"rând total`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a restrânge mai multe înregistrări într-un singur rând, bifați " +":guilabel:`Restrânge primul nivel`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a alege care este modul în care înregistrările sunt grupate în mod " +"implicit pe rânduri (de exemplu, per angajat sau proiect), selectați un camp" +" sub :guilabel:`Grupare implicită după`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a defini o scară de timp implicită pentru a vizualiza înregistrările," +" selectați :guilabel:`Zi`, :guilabel:`Săptămână`, :guilabel:`Lună` sau " +":guilabel:`An` sub :guilabel:`Scara implicită`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a colora înregistrările pe vizualizare, selectați un câmp sub " +":guilabel:`Culoare`. Toate înregistrările care partajează aceeași valoare " +"pentru acel câmp sunt afișate folosind aceeași culoare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" +"Deoarece numărul de culori este limitat, aceeași culoare poate fi atribuită " +"diferitelor valori." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a specifica cu ce grad de precizie fiecare scară de timp ar trebui să" +" fie împărțită, selectați :guilabel:`Sfert de oră`, :guilabel:`Jumătate de " +"oră` sau :guilabel:`O oră` sub :guilabel:`Precizie zi`, :guilabel:`Jumătate " +"de zi` sau :guilabel:`Zi` sub :guilabel:`Precizie săptămână`, și " +":guilabel:`Precizie lună`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "Vizualizarea Gantt a modelului de planificare a schimbărilor" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "Vizualizări raportare" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "Pivot" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Pivot` este utilizată pentru a explora și analiza " +"datele conținute în înregistrări într-un mod interactiv. Este în special " +"utilă pentru a agrega date numerice, pentru a crea categorii și pentru a " +"analiza datele prin extinderea și restrângerea diferitelor niveluri de date." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a accesa toate înregistrările ale căror date sunt agregate intr-o " +"celulă, bifați :guilabel:`Accesează înregistrările din celulă`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a împărți datele în diferite categorii, selectați câmpul(urile) în " +":guilabel:`Grupare coloană`, :guilabel:`Grupare rând - Primul nivel`, sau " +":guilabel:`Grupare rând - Al doilea nivel`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga diferite tipuri de date pentru a fi măsurate folosind " +"vizualizarea, selectați un câmp sub :guilabel:`Măsurători`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a afișa un număr de înregistrări care au date agregate întro celulă, " +"bifați :guilabel:`Afișează număr`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "Vizualizarea Pivot a modelului Raport achiziții" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Grafic" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Grafic` este utilizată pentru a prezenta date din " +"înregistrări într-un grafic de bare, linie sau plăcintă." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba graficul implicit, selectați :guilabel:`Bare`, " +":guilabel:`Linie`, sau :guilabel:`Plăcintă` sub :guilabel:`Tip`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a alege o dimensiune implicită a datelor (categorie), selectați un " +"câmp sub :guilabel:`Prima dimensiune` și, dacă este necesar, un altul sub " +":guilabel:`A doua dimensiune`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a selecta un tip implicit de date pentru a fi măsurate folosind " +"vizualizarea, selectați un câmp sub :guilabel:`Măsurători`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" +"*Doar pentru graficele de bare și linii*: Pentru a sorta diferitele " +"categorii de date după valoarea lor, selectați :guilabel:`Ascendent` (de la " +"valoarea cea mai mică la cea mai mare) sau :guilabel:`Descendent` (de la " +"valoarea cea mai mare la cea mai mică) sub :guilabel:`Sortare`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" +"*Doar pentru graficele de bare și plăcintă*: Pentru a accesa toate " +"înregistrările ale căror date sunt agregate sub o categorie de date pe " +"grafic, bifați :guilabel:`Accesează înregistrările din grafic`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" +"*Doar pentru graficele de bare*: Când se folosesc două dimensiuni de date " +"(categorii), afișați cele două coloane una peste alta implicit bifați " +":guilabel:`Grafic încrucișat`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "" +"Graficul de bare al modelului Raport analiză vânzări pe vizualizarea Grafic" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Tablou de bord" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" +"Vizualizarea :guilabel:`Tablou de bord` este utilizată pentru a afișa mai " +"multe vizualizări de raportare și indicatori cheie de performanță. Care " +"elemente sunt afișate pe vizualizare depinde de configurarea altor " +"vizualizări de raportare." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "Vizualizarea Tablou de bord a modelului Raport analiză vânzări" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 000308f33..9d8662f59 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration.rst:8 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:18 msgid "Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การจัดการฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`History of Versions `" msgstr "" +":doc:`ประวัติความเป็นมาของเวอร์ชัน `" #: ../../content/administration.rst:16 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/geo_ip.rst:9 @@ -61,6 +62,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Online ` is the easiest way to use Odoo in" " production or to try it." msgstr "" +":doc:`Online ` เป็นวิธีที่ง่ายที่สุดในการใช้ " +"Odoo ในการใช้งานจริงหรือลองใช้" #: ../../content/administration.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -68,6 +71,9 @@ msgid "" " for testing Odoo and developing modules. They can be used for long-term " "production with additional deployment and maintenance work." msgstr "" +":doc:`ตัวติดตั้งแบบแพ็คเกจ ` " +"เหมาะสำหรับการทดสอบ Odoo และการพัฒนาโมดูล " +"สามารถใช้สำหรับการผลิตในระยะยาวโดยมีการปรับใช้และบำรุงรักษาเพิ่มเติม" #: ../../content/administration.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -76,6 +82,10 @@ msgid "" "the same system. It is adequate to develop modules and can be used as a base" " for production deployment." msgstr "" +":doc:`การติดตั้งซอร์ส ` " +"ให้ความยืดหยุ่นที่มากกว่า เนื่องจากช่วยให้สามารถใช้งาน Odoo " +"หลายเวอร์ชันบนระบบเดียวกันได้ " +"เพียงพอที่จะพัฒนาโมดูลและสามารถใช้เป็นฐานสำหรับการใช้งานจริงได้" #: ../../content/administration.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -123,10 +133,13 @@ msgid "" "` at any time (except for" " the source install)." msgstr "" +":doc:`สลับจากคอมมูนิตี้เป็นองค์กร " +"` ได้ตลอดเวลา " +"(ยกเว้นการติดตั้งต้นทาง)" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:3 msgid "Hosting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โฮสติ้ง" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:8 msgid "Change hosting solution" @@ -163,7 +176,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:23 msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate of the database `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้าง :ref:`สำเนากับฐานข้อมูล `" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:24 msgid "In this duplicate, uninstall all **non-standard apps**." @@ -369,7 +382,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Odoo.com accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชี Odoo.com" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -377,10 +390,13 @@ msgid "" "following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " "change the password on an Odoo.com account." msgstr "" +"เอกสารนี้มีไว้เพื่อการแก้ไขที่ทำกับบัญชี Odoo.com เท่านั้น " +"กระบวนการต่อไปนี้จะอธิบายวิธีการลบบัญชี Odoo.com " +"และวิธีเปลี่ยนรหัสผ่านในบัญชี Odoo.com" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:9 msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลบบัญชี Odoo.com" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -389,6 +405,9 @@ msgid "" "down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " "which reveals the user portal." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการลบบัญชี Odoo.com ให้เริ่มต้นด้วยการคลิกไอคอนโปรไฟล์ที่มุมขวาบน " +"(แสดงด้วยชื่อผู้ใช้และไอคอน) เพื่อแสดงเมนูแบบเลื่อนลง จากเมนูแบบเลื่อนลง " +"ให้เลือก :guilabel:`บัญชี Odoo.com ของฉัน` ซึ่งจะแสดงพอร์ทัลผู้ใช้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -397,24 +416,32 @@ msgid "" "It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " "`_." msgstr "" +"จากพอร์ทัลผู้ใช้ คุณสามารถเข้าถึงตัวเลือกการลบได้โดยไปที่ " +":menuselection:`บัญชีของฉัน --> แก้ไขการตั้งค่าความปลอดภัย --> ลบบัญชี` " +"นอกจากนี้ยังสามารถเข้าถึงได้โดยไปที่ `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:20 msgid "" "Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," " as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." msgstr "" +"การลบบัญชี Odoo ไม่สามารถย้อนกลับได้ โปรดใช้ความระมัดระวังในการดำเนินการนี้ " +"เนื่องจากบัญชี Odoo.com จะ **ไม่สามารถ** เรียกคืนได้เมื่อถูกลบแล้ว" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:23 msgid "" "Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " "appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." msgstr "" +"เมื่อคลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`ลบบัญชี` " +"หน้าต่างป๊อปอัปจะแสดงขึ้นเพื่อขอการยืนยันการลบบัญชี" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst-1 msgid "" "Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " "change." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การคลิกที่ปุ่มลบบัญชีจะแสดงหน้าต่างยืนยันการเปลี่ยนแปลง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -422,10 +449,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" +"เพื่อยืนยันการลบ ให้ป้อน :guilabel:`รหัสผ่าน` และ :guilabel:`เข้าสู่ระบบ` " +"สำหรับบัญชีที่กำลังถูกลบ จากนั้นคลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`ลบบัญชี` " +"เพื่อยืนยันการลบ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเปลี่ยนรหัสผ่านบัญชี Odoo.com" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -435,6 +465,11 @@ msgid "" "next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " "dashboard appears." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเปลี่ยนรหัสผ่านบัญชี Odoo.com ขั้นแรกให้เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชีผู้ใช้ " +"Odoo.com จากหน้าเข้าสู่ระบบ Odoo.com หลังจากเข้าสู่ระบบ " +"ไปที่มุมขวาบนของหน้าจอ และคลิกไอคอน :guilabel:`▼ (ลูกศรลง)` " +"ถัดจากไอคอนโปรไฟล์ จากนั้นเลือก :guilabel:`บัญชีของฉัน` " +"และแดชบอร์ดพอร์ทัลจะแสดงขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -444,22 +479,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " ":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเปลี่ยนรหัสผ่าน Odoo.com ให้คลิกที่ลิงก์ " +":guilabel:`แก้ไขการตั้งค่าความปลอดภัย` ใต้ส่วน " +":menuselection:`ความปลอดภัยของบัญชี` จากนั้น " +"ทำการเปลี่ยนแปลงที่จำเป็นโดยพิมพ์ :guilabel:`รหัสผ่าน`, " +":guilabel:`รหัสผ่านใหม่` ในปัจจุบัน และยืนยันรหัสผ่านใหม่ สุดท้าย คลิกที่ " +":guilabel:`เปลี่ยนรหัสผ่าน` เพื่อดำเนินการเปลี่ยนรหัสผ่านให้เสร็จสิ้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "" +"หากลูกค้าต้องการเปลี่ยนการเข้าสู่ระบบ โปรดติดต่อฝ่ายสนับสนุน Odoo `ที่นี่ " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "" +"รหัสผ่านสำหรับผู้ใช้ Odoo.com และผู้ใช้พอร์ทัลยังคงแยกจากกัน " +"แม้ว่าจะใช้ที่อยู่อีเมลเดียวกันก็ตาม" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มการยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -469,6 +514,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " "dashboard appears." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเพิ่มการยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน ให้เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชีผู้ใช้ Odoo.com " +"จากหน้าเข้าสู่ระบบ Odoo.com หลังจากเข้าสู่ระบบ ไปที่มุมขวาบนของหน้าจอ " +"และคลิกไอคอน :guilabel:`▼ (ลูกศรลง)` ถัดจาก :guilabel:`ไอคอนโปรไฟล์` " +"จากนั้นเลือก :guilabel:`บัญชีของฉัน` และแดชบอร์ดพอร์ทัลจะแสดงขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -476,6 +525,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " "the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" +"หากผู้ใช้ต้องการเปิดการยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน (2FA) สำหรับการเข้าถึง Odoo.com " +"ให้คลิกที่ลิงก์ :guilabel:`แก้ไขการตั้งค่าความปลอดภัย` ด้านล่างส่วน " +":menuselection:`ความปลอดภัยของบัญชี`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -487,29 +539,38 @@ msgid "" "etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " ":guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" +"คลิกที่ :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานการยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน` เพื่อเปิด :abbr:`2FA " +"(การยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน)` จากนั้น ยืนยันรหัสผ่านปัจจุบันในช่อง " +":guilabel:`รหัสผ่าน` จากนั้นคลิกที่ :guilabel:`ยืนยันรหัสผ่าน` หลังจากนั้น " +"ให้เปิดใช้งาน :abbr:`2FA (การยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน)` ในแอป :abbr:`2FA " +"(การยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน)` (Google Authenticator, Authy ฯลฯ) โดยการสแกน " +":guilabel:`รหัส QR โค้ด ` หรือป้อน :guilabel:`รหัสยืนยัน`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "" +"สุดท้าย คลิกที่ :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานการยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน` " +"เพื่อตั้งค่าให้เสร็จสมบูรณ์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" +"ภายใต้ :guilabel:`บัญชีของฉัน` ผู้ใช้ Odoo.com ยังสามารถเข้าถึงสิ่งต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดพาร์ทเนอร์ของฉัน`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`บริการภายในแอปของฉัน`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดแอปของฉัน`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:3 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:29 @@ -525,6 +586,10 @@ msgid "" "production or to test Odoo thoroughly, including customizations that don't " "require code." msgstr "" +"`Odoo Online `_ " +"มอบอินสแตนซ์ส่วนตัวที่ได้รับการจัดการและโฮสต์โดย Odoo อย่างสมบูรณ์ " +"สามารถใช้สำหรับการผลิตในระยะยาวหรือทดสอบ Odoo อย่างละเอียด " +"รวมถึงการปรับแต่งที่ไม่ต้องใช้โค้ด" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:10 msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store." @@ -535,6 +600,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Online databases are accessed using any web browser and do not require " "a local installation." msgstr "" +"ฐานข้อมูล Odoo Online เข้าถึงได้โดยใช้เว็บเบราว์เซอร์ใดก็ได้ " +"และไม่จำเป็นต้องติดตั้งในเครื่อง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -687,6 +754,9 @@ msgid "" "` to access the " "database via another URL." msgstr "" +"ใช้ :doc:`ชื่อโดเมน " +"` " +"ที่กำหนดเองเพื่อเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูลผ่าน URL อื่น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:91 msgid "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." @@ -787,11 +857,11 @@ msgstr "หากต้องการลบผู้ใช้ ให้เล #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:148 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:149 msgid ":doc:`odoo_accounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`odoo_accounts`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:30 @@ -3072,6 +3142,9 @@ msgid "" "You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as it is in a " ":doc:`supported version ` of Odoo." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถนำเข้าฐานข้อมูลของคุณในโปรเจ็กต์ Odoo.sh " +"ได้ตราบใดที่ฐานข้อมูลนั้นอยู่ใน :doc:`เวอร์ชันที่รองรับ " +"` ของ Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 msgid "Push your modules in production" @@ -3285,6 +3358,10 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`database registration documentation <../../on_premise>` for " "instructions." msgstr "" +"หากคุณวางแผนที่จะทำให้เป็นการใช้งานจริง " +"ให้ยกเลิกการเชื่อมโยงฐานข้อมูลเดิมของคุณจากการสมัครสมาชิก " +"และลงทะเบียนฐานข้อมูลที่นำเข้าใหม่ อ่าน :doc:`เอกสารการลงทะเบียนฐานข้อมูล " +"<../../on_premise>` เพื่อดูคำแนะนำ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:3 msgid "Your first module" @@ -3428,6 +3505,8 @@ msgid "" "Or, from your computer, if you have an :doc:`installation of Odoo " "<../../on_premise/source>`:" msgstr "" +"หรือจากคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ หากคุณมี :doc:`การติดตั้ง Odoo " +"<../../on_premise/source>`:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -4760,11 +4839,14 @@ msgid "" " app dashboard. If the registration is successful, the banner will turn " "green and display the database expiration date." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการลงทะเบียนฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"ให้ป้อนรหัสสมัครสมาชิกของคุณในแบนเนอร์ในแดชบอร์ดของแอป หากลงทะเบียนสำเร็จ " +"แบนเนอร์จะเปลี่ยนเป็นสีเขียวและแสดงวันหมดอายุของฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:14 msgid "" "The expiration date is also displayed at the bottom of the Settings page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "วันหมดอายุจะแสดงที่ด้านล่างของหน้าการตั้งค่าด้วย" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:19 msgid "Duplicate a database" @@ -4778,27 +4860,33 @@ msgid "" " by checking the neutralize box when prompted, which executes all " ":file:`neutralize.sql` scripts for every installed module." msgstr "" +"คัดลอกฐานข้อมูลโดยการเข้าถึงตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูลบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณ (` /web/database/manager`) โดยทั่วไป " +"คุณต้องการคัดลอกฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณลงในฐานข้อมูลการทดสอบที่เป็นกลาง " +"ซึ่งสามารถทำได้โดยทำเครื่องหมายในช่องทำให้เป็นกลางเมื่อได้รับแจ้ง " +"ซึ่งจะเรียกใช้งานสคริปต์ :file:`neutralize.sql` " +"ทั้งหมดสำหรับทุกโมดูลที่ติดตั้ง" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages and solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดและวิธีแก้ปัญหาทั่วไป" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:30 msgid "Registration error" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อผิดพลาดในการลงทะเบียน" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:32 msgid "" "In case of a registration error, the following message should be displayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในกรณีที่มีข้อผิดพลาดในการลงทะเบียน ควรแสดงข้อความต่อไปนี้" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "Database registration error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดการลงทะเบียนฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:37 msgid "To resolve the issue:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วิธีแก้ไขปัญหา:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4807,18 +4895,26 @@ msgid "" " Account `_ or contact your " "Account Manager." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบ **ความถูกต้องของการสมัครสมาชิก Odoo Enterprise ของคุณ** " +"โดยตรวจสอบว่ารายละเอียดการสมัครของคุณมีแท็ก :guilabel:`อยู่ระหว่างดำเนินการ`" +" ใน `บัญชี Odoo ของคุณ `_ " +"หรือติดต่อผู้จัดการบัญชีของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:43 msgid "" "Ensure that **no other database is linked** to the subscription code, as " "only one database can be linked per subscription." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า **ไม่มีการเชื่อมโยงฐานข้อมูลอื่น** กับรหัสการสมัครสมาชิก " +"เนื่องจากสามารถเชื่อมโยงฐานข้อมูลได้เพียงฐานข้อมูลเดียวต่อการสมัครสมาชิกแต่ละครั้ง" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:47 msgid "" "If a test or a development database is needed, you can :ref:`duplicate a " "database `." msgstr "" +"หากจำเป็นต้องมีฐานข้อมูลการทดสอบหรือการพัฒนา คุณสามารถ :ref:`คัดลอกฐานข้อมูล" +" `" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4827,16 +4923,23 @@ msgid "" "`_. If two or more databases " "share the same UUID, their name will be displayed." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบว่า **ไม่มีฐานข้อมูลใดที่ใช้ UUID เดียวกัน** (Universally Unique " +"Identifier) โดยเปิด `สัญญา Odoo " +"`_ " +"หากฐานข้อมูลตั้งแต่สองฐานข้อมูลขึ้นไปใช้ UUID เดียวกัน " +"ชื่อฐานข้อมูลเหล่านั้นจะแสดงขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "Database UUID error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาด UUID ของฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:57 msgid "" "If that is the case, manually change the database(s) UUID or `send a support" " ticket `_." msgstr "" +"หากเป็นเช่นนั้น ให้เปลี่ยน UUID ฐานข้อมูลด้วยตนเองหรือ `ส่งทิกเก็ตช่วยเหลือ " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -4844,45 +4947,55 @@ msgid "" "validation servers, ensure your **network and firewall settings** allow the " "Odoo server to open outgoing connections towards:" msgstr "" +"เนื่องจากการแจ้งเตือนการอัปเดตจะต้องสามารถเข้าถึงเซิร์ฟเวอร์ตรวจสอบการสมัครของ" +" Odoo ได้ โปรดตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า **การตั้งค่าเครือข่ายและไฟร์วอลล์** " +"ของคุณอนุญาตให้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo เปิดการเชื่อมต่อขาออกไปยัง:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:64 msgid "`services.odoo.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`services.odoo.com` บนพอร์ต `443` (หรือ `80`)" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:65 msgid "for older deployments, `services.openerp.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" msgstr "" +"สำหรับการปรับใช้แบบเก่า `services.openerp.com` บนพอร์ต `443` (หรือ `80`)" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:67 msgid "" "These ports must be kept open even after registering a database, as the " "update notification runs once a week." msgstr "" +"พอร์ตเหล่านี้จะต้องเปิดไว้แม้หลังจากลงทะเบียนฐานข้อมูลแล้ว " +"เนื่องจากการแจ้งเตือนการอัพเดตจะทำงานสัปดาห์ละครั้ง" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:71 msgid "Too many users error" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มีข้อผิดพลาดกับผู้ใช้มากเกินไป" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have more users in a local database than provisioned in your Odoo " "Enterprise subscription, the following message should be displayed." msgstr "" +"หากคุณมีผู้ใช้ในฐานข้อมูลท้องถิ่นมากกว่าที่จัดสรรไว้ในการสมัครสมาชิก Odoo " +"Enterprise ของคุณ ข้อความต่อไปนี้ควรแสดงขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "Too many users on a database error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มีผู้ใช้มากเกินไปในข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดของฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:79 msgid "" "When the message appears, you have 30 days to act before the database " "expires. The countdown is updated every day." msgstr "" +"เมื่อข้อความแสดงขึ้น คุณมีเวลา 30 วันในการดำเนินการก่อนที่ฐานข้อมูลจะหมดอายุ" +" การนับถอยหลังจะอัปเดตทุกวัน" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:82 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:108 msgid "To resolve the issue, either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หากต้องการแก้ไขปัญหา ให้ทำอย่างใดอย่างหนึ่งต่อไปนี้" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -4890,12 +5003,17 @@ msgid "" "your subscription` link displayed in the message to validate the upsell " "quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" +"**เพิ่มผู้ใช้** ให้กับการสมัครของคุณโดยคลิกลิงก์ " +":guilabel:`อัปเกรดการสมัครของคุณ` " +"ที่แสดงในข้อความเพื่อตรวจสอบความถูกต้องของใบเสนอราคาการขายต่อยอดและชำระเงินสำหรับผู้ใช้เพิ่มเติม" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:86 msgid "" ":ref:`Deactivate users ` and **reject** the upsell " "quotation." msgstr "" +":ref:`ปิดการใช้งานผู้ใช้ ` และ **ปฏิเสธ** " +"ใบเสนอราคาเพิ่มยอดขาย" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -4905,6 +5023,11 @@ msgid "" "upsell quotation by clicking the banner to update the subscription or `send " "a support ticket `_ to resolve the issue." msgstr "" +"หากคุณใช้แผนการสมัครสมาชิกรายเดือน " +"ฐานข้อมูลจะอัปเดตโดยอัตโนมัติเพื่อแสดงผู้ใช้ที่เพิ่มเข้ามา " +"หากคุณใช้แผนรายปีหรือหลายปี แบนเนอร์การหมดอายุจะแสดงในฐานข้อมูล " +"คุณสามารถสร้างใบเสนอราคาขายต่อยอดได้โดยการคลิกแบนเนอร์เพื่ออัปเดตการสมัครสมาชิก" +" หรือ `ส่งทิกเก็ตช่วยเหลือ `_ เพื่อแก้ไขปัญหา" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -4912,16 +5035,21 @@ msgid "" "disappears automatically after a few days, when the next verification " "occurs." msgstr "" +"เมื่อฐานข้อมูลของคุณมีจำนวนผู้ใช้ที่ถูกต้อง " +"ข้อความการหมดอายุจะหายไปโดยอัตโนมัติหลังจากผ่านไปสองสามวัน " +"เมื่อมีการยืนยันครั้งต่อไป" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:98 msgid "Database expired error" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อผิดพลาดฐานข้อมูลหมดอายุ" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:100 msgid "" "If your database expires before you renew your subscription, the following " "message should be displayed." msgstr "" +"หากฐานข้อมูลของคุณหมดอายุก่อนที่คุณจะต่ออายุการสมัครของคุณ " +"ข้อความต่อไปนี้ควรจะแสดงขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "Database expired error message" @@ -4931,7 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "ข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดฐาน msgid "" "This message appears if you fail to act before the end of the 30-day " "countdown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อความนี้จะแสดงขึ้นหากคุณไม่ดำเนินการก่อนสิ้นสุดการนับถอยหลัง 30 วัน" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -4940,10 +5068,14 @@ msgid "" "will be renewed when the payment arrives which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" +"คลิกลิงก์ :guilabel:`ต่ออายุการสมัครของคุณ` " +"ที่แสดงในข้อความและดำเนินการให้เสร็จสิ้น หากคุณชำระเงินด้วยการโอนเงิน " +"การสมัครของคุณจะได้รับการต่ออายุเมื่อมีการชำระเงินมาถึงซึ่งอาจใช้เวลาสองสามวัน" +" การชำระเงินด้วยบัตรเครดิตจะดำเนินการทันที" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:113 msgid "`Send a support ticket `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ส่งทิกเก็ตช่วยเหลือ `_." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/community_to_enterprise.rst:6 msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" @@ -5030,6 +5162,8 @@ msgid "" "Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see " ":doc:`../on_premise/source`)" msgstr "" +"อัปเดตพารามิเตอร์ ``--addons-path`` ของคำสั่งเรียกใช้ของคุณ (ดู " +":doc:`../on_premise/source`)" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/community_to_enterprise.rst:65 msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" @@ -5109,6 +5243,10 @@ msgid "" "is not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on " "the internet." msgstr "" +"เอกสารนี้อธิบายขั้นตอนพื้นฐานในการตั้งค่า Odoo " +"ในการใช้งานจริงหรือบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่เชื่อมต่อกับอินเทอร์เน็ต มันเป็นไปตาม " +":doc:`การติดตั้ง <../on_premise>` " +"และโดยทั่วไปแล้วไม่จำเป็นสำหรับระบบการพัฒนาที่ไม่ได้เปิดเผยบนอินเทอร์เน็ต" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -6698,7 +6836,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo เปิดใช้งานโดยอัตโนมัติ #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:3 msgid "Source install" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การติดตั้งแหล่งที่มา" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7262,6 +7400,7 @@ msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" +"จากนั้น สร้างและจัดการ :doc:`ผู้ใช้ใหม่ <../../applications/general/users>`" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:479 msgid "" @@ -7386,6 +7525,8 @@ msgid "" "The main reference for updating is logically our :doc:`installation guide " "<../on_premise>`, which explains the common installation methods." msgstr "" +"ข้อมูลอ้างอิงหลักสำหรับการอัปเดตคือ :doc:`คู่มือการติดตั้ง <../on_premise>` " +"ตามหลักตรรกะ ซึ่งอธิบายวิธีการติดตั้งทั่วไป" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/update.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -7629,6 +7770,8 @@ msgid "" "Admins of Odoo Online databases are invited to :doc:`upgrade ` them" " regularly." msgstr "" +"ผู้ดูแลระบบฐานข้อมูล Odoo Online ได้รับเชิญให้ :doc:`อัปเกรด ` " +"เป็นประจำ" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -7856,6 +7999,11 @@ msgid "" "Odoo 16.0). Frequently upgrading is essential as each version comes with new" " and improved features, bug fixes, and security patches." msgstr "" +"การอัปเกรดคือกระบวนการย้ายฐานข้อมูลของคุณจากเวอร์ชันเก่าไปเป็นเวอร์ชันใหม่ " +":doc:`เวอร์ชันที่รองรับ ` (เช่น Odoo 14.0 เป็น Odoo " +"16.0) การอัปเกรดบ่อยครั้งถือเป็นสิ่งสำคัญ " +"เนื่องจากแต่ละเวอร์ชันมาพร้อมกับฟีเจอร์ใหม่ที่ได้รับการปรับปรุง " +"การแก้ไขข้อบกพร่อง และแพตช์ด้านความปลอดภัย" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -7915,12 +8063,16 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Switching editions ` (e.g., from " "Community to Enterprise)" msgstr "" +":doc:`การสลับรุ่น ` (เช่น จาก Community " +"เป็น Enterprise)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:36 msgid "" ":ref:`Changing hosting type ` (e.g., from on-" "premise to Odoo Online)" msgstr "" +":ref:`การเปลี่ยนประเภทโฮสติ้ง ` (เช่น " +"จากภายในองค์กรเป็น Odoo Online)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:37 msgid "Migrating from another ERP to Odoo" @@ -8775,4 +8927,4 @@ msgstr ":doc:`เอกสาร Odoo.sh `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:408 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`รองรับเวอร์ชัน Odoo `" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5ba73121 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -0,0 +1,1240 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:3 +msgid "Activities" +msgstr "กิจกรรม" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " +"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " +"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " +"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " +"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " +"activity is automatically assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " +":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " +"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 +msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " +"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " +"marked as completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " +"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " +"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " +"of an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "มุมมองคัมบัง" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " +"out the pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " +"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " +"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "มุมมองกิจกรรม" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " +"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " +"icon for the desired app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " +"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " +"future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 +msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " +"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " +"on the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 +msgid "View scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " +":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " +"to the far-right side of the other view options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " +"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " +":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" +" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" +" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" +" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 +msgid "Configure activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 +msgid "" +"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " +":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "การดำเนินการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " +"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " +"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " +"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" +" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " +"applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "ผู้ใช้เริ่มต้น" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " +"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" +" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" +" creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" +" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " +"Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " +"be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " +"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " +"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " +":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " +"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " +"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " +":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " +"deadline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " +"activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " +"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " +"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " +"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " +"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" +" launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" +" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " +"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"พยายามค้นหาประเภทของฟิลด์สำหรับแต่ละคอลัมน์ในไฟล์ของคุณโดยอิงจากสิบบรรทัดแรกของไฟล์" +" ตัวอย่างเช่น หากคุณมีคอลัมน์ที่มีเฉพาะตัวเลข เฉพาะฟิลด์ที่เป็นประเภท " +"*จำนวนเต็ม* เท่านั้นที่จะแสดงให้คุณเลือก " +"แม้ว่าลักษณะการทำงานนี้อาจดีและง่ายสำหรับกรณีส่วนใหญ่ " +"แต่ก็อาจเป็นไปได้ว่าพฤติกรรมนี้อาจผิดพลาดหรือคุณต้องการแมปคอลัมน์ของคุณกับฟิลด์ที่ไม่ได้เสนอตามค่าเริ่มต้น" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการนำเข้าใบสั่งขายที่มีรายการใบสั่งหลายรายการ " +"สำหรับแต่ละบรรทัดคำสั่งซื้อ คุณจะต้องจองแถวที่ต้องการในไฟล์ CSV " +"บรรทัดคำสั่งซื้อแรกจะถูกนำเข้าในแถวเดียวกันกับข้อมูลที่สัมพันธ์กับคำสั่งซื้อ" +" บรรทัดเพิ่มเติม จะต้องมีแถวเพิ่มเติมที่ไม่มีข้อมูลใดๆ " +"ในฟิลด์ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับคำสั่งซื้อ ตามตัวอย่าง นี่คือไฟล์ " +"``purchase.order_function_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` " +"ของใบเสนอราคาบางรายการที่คุณสามารถนำเข้าได้ โดยอิงตามข้อมูลสาธิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but " +"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " +"Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "" +"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " +"Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index b6e73b3a3..01b70cd8b 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -2895,6 +2895,10 @@ msgid "" "within the system. There is nothing to stop users from creating their own " "draft invoices." msgstr "" +"ระบบจะสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ซึ่งเริ่มแรกจะตั้งค่าเป็นสถานะฉบับร่าง " +"แม้ว่าใบแจ้งหนี้เหล่านี้ยังคงไม่ได้รับการตรวจสอบ " +"แต่ก็ไม่มีผลกระทบทางบัญชีภายในระบบ " +"ไม่มีอะไรที่จะหยุดผู้ใช้จากการสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ฉบับร่างของตนเองได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:53 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" @@ -5344,6 +5348,9 @@ msgid "" " requires prepaid stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes " "one stamp." msgstr "" +"Snailmail เป็นบริการ :doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase` " +"ที่ต้องใช้แสตมป์แบบชำระล่วงหน้า (=เครดิต) จึงจะทำงานได้ " +"การส่งเอกสารหนึ่งฉบับต้องใช้หนึ่งแสตมป์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9529,11 +9536,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" @@ -15991,6 +15998,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:12 msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo บัญชีรายจ่าย: หน้าผลิตภัณฑ์ `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 msgid "Set expense types" @@ -16007,7 +16015,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Set expense costs on products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดต้นทุนค่าใช้จ่ายเกี่ยวกับผลิตภัณฑ์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -16039,12 +16047,19 @@ msgid "" "Otherwise, leave the :guilabel:`Cost` set to `0.00`, and employees will " "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" +"ช่อง :guilabel:`ค่าใช้จ่าย` ในแบบฟอร์มผลิตภัณฑ์จะถูกเติมด้วยค่า `0.00` " +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น เมื่อค่าใช้จ่ายเฉพาะเจาะจงควรได้รับคืนตามราคาใดราคาหนึ่งเสมอ " +"ให้ป้อนจำนวนเงินนั้นในฟิลด์ :guilabel:`ต้นทุน` ไม่เช่นนั้น ให้ปล่อย " +":guilabel:`ค่าใช้จ่าย` ไว้ที่ `0.00` " +"และพนักงานจะรายงานต้นทุนจริงเมื่อส่งรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:50 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" +"นี่คือตัวอย่างบางส่วนเมื่อต้องตั้งค่า :guilabel:`ค่าใช้จ่าย` " +"เฉพาะกับผลิตภัณฑ์ เทียบกับการปล่อยให้ :guilabel:`ค่าใช้จ่าย` อยู่ที่ `0.00`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -16053,6 +16068,10 @@ msgid "" "reimbursed for that amount. An expense for a meal costing $95.23 would equal" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" +"**อาหาร**: ตั้งค่า :guilabel:`ราคา` เป็น `0.00` " +"เมื่อพนักงานบันทึกค่าใช้จ่ายสำหรับค่าอาหาร " +"พนักงานจะป้อนจำนวนเงินตามจริงของใบเรียกเก็บเงินและจะได้รับเงินคืนสำหรับจำนวนเงินนั้น" +" ค่าอาหารราคา 95.23 ดอลลาร์จะเท่ากับค่าชดเชย 95.23 ดอลลาร์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -16068,6 +16087,9 @@ msgid "" "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" +"**ที่จอดรถรายเดือน**: ตั้งค่า :guilabel:`ราคา` เป็น `75.00` " +"เมื่อพนักงานบันทึกค่าใช้จ่ายสำหรับ \"ที่จอดรถรายเดือน\" เงินชดเชยจะอยู่ที่ " +"75.00 ดอลลาร์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -16077,6 +16099,11 @@ msgid "" "$350.00 would be logged as an :guilabel:`Expenses` product, and the " "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" +"**ค่าใช้จ่าย**: ตั้งค่า :guilabel:`ราคา` เป็น `0.00` " +"เมื่อพนักงานบันทึกค่าใช้จ่ายที่ไม่ใช่ค่าอาหาร ระยะทาง หรือที่จอดรถรายเดือน " +"พนักงานจะใช้ผลิตภัณฑ์ :guilabel:`ค่าใช้จ่าย` ทั่วไป " +"ค่าใช้จ่ายสำหรับแล็ปท็อปราคา 350.00 ดอลลาร์จะถูกบันทึกเป็นผลิตภัณฑ์ " +":guilabel:`ค่าใช้จ่าย` และการชำระเงินคืนจะเป็น 350.00 ดอลลาร์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -16084,6 +16111,8 @@ msgid "" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" +"เลือก :guilabel:`บัญชีค่าใช้จ่าย` หากใช้แอป Odoo *ระบบบัญชี* " +"แนะนำให้ตรวจสอบกับฝ่ายบัญชีเพื่อกำหนดบัญชีที่ถูกต้องเพื่อใช้อ้างอิงในช่องนี้เนื่องจากจะส่งผลต่อรายงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -16096,11 +16125,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:77 msgid "Record expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บันทึกค่าใช้จ่าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "Manually create a new expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างค่าใช้จ่ายใหม่ด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -16122,6 +16151,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`คำอธิบาย`: ป้อนคำอธิบายสั้นๆ สำหรับค่าใช้จ่ายในช่อง " +":guilabel:`คำอธิบาย` ควรสั้นและให้ข้อมูล เช่น `อาหารกลางวันกับลูกค้า' หรือ " +"'โรงแรมสำหรับการประชุม'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -16136,6 +16168,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" " ways:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ทั้งหมด`: " +"ป้อนจำนวนเงินทั้งหมดที่ชำระสำหรับค่าใช้จ่ายด้วยวิธีใดวิธีหนึ่งจากสองวิธี:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -16177,12 +16211,18 @@ msgid "" " arrows to navigate to the correct month, then click on the specific day to " "enter the selection." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`วันที่ค่าใช้จ่าย`: ใช้โมดูลปฏิทิน ป้อนวันที่สำหรับรายจ่าย " +"ใช้ลูกศร :guilabel:`< (ซ้าย)` และ :guilabel:`> (ขวา)` " +"เพื่อนำทางไปยังเดือนที่ถูกต้อง " +"จากนั้นคลิกวันที่ที่ต้องการเพื่อเข้าสู่การเลือก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`บัญชี`: " +"เลือกบัญชีค่าใช้จ่ายที่ควรเข้าสู่ระบบค่าใช้จ่ายนี้จากเมนูแบบเลื่อนลง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -16223,6 +16263,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " "expense is for." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`พนักงาน`: ใช้เมนูแบบเลื่อนลง เลือกพนักงานที่ใช้ค่าใช้จ่ายนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -16238,6 +16279,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`หมายเหตุ...`: หากต้องการบันทึกใดๆ เพื่อชี้แจงค่าใช้จ่าย " +"ให้ป้อนลงในช่องหมายเหตุ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:146 msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -16245,11 +16288,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "แบบฟอร์มค่าใช้จ่ายสำหรับมื้อกลางวันของลูกค้าที่กรอกไว้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:153 msgid "Attach a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แนบใบเสร็จรับเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -16282,7 +16325,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:175 msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างค่าใช้จ่ายใหม่จากใบเสร็จรับเงินที่สแกน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -16304,6 +16347,8 @@ msgid "" "Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" "view." msgstr "" +"สร้างรายจ่ายโดยการสแกนใบเสร็จรับเงิน " +"คลิกสแกนที่ด้านบนของมุมมองแดชบอร์ดรายจ่าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -16317,13 +16362,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:197 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างรายจ่ายใหม่จากอีเมลโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" +"แทนที่จะสร้างรายจ่ายแต่ละรายการในแอป *บัญชีรายจ่าย* " +"คุณสามารถสร้างรายจ่ายได้โดยอัตโนมัติโดยการส่งอีเมลไปยังอีเมลแทน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -16331,11 +16378,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " ":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" +"โดยต้องกำหนดค่าอีเมลแทนก่อน ไปที่ :menuselection:`แอปบัญชีรายจ่าย --> " +"การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า` ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า :guilabel:`อีเมลขาเข้า` " +"ถูกเปิดใช้งานอยู่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างชื่อแทนโดเมนโดยคลิกที่ลิงก์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -16347,6 +16397,11 @@ msgid "" "domain alias is configured, the email address field will be visible beneath " "the incoming emails section." msgstr "" +"หากจำเป็นต้องตั้งค่าชื่อแทนโดเมน :guilabel:`ตั้งค่าชื่อแทนโดเมนของคุณ` " +"จะแสดงขึ้นใต้ช่องทำเครื่องหมายอีเมลขาเข้าแทนที่จะเป็นช่องที่อยู่อีเมล " +"โปรดดูคำแนะนำในการตั้งค่าและข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมในเอกสารนี้: " +":doc:`/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names` " +"เมื่อกำหนดค่าชื่อแทนโดเมนแล้ว ช่องที่อยู่อีเมลจะแสดงขึ้นใต้ส่วนอีเมลขาเข้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -16364,6 +16419,10 @@ msgid "" "expense by taking the information in the email subject and combining it with" " the receipt." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการส่งค่าใช้จ่ายทางอีเมล ให้สร้างอีเมลใหม่และป้อนรหัส " +"*ข้อมูลอ้างอิงภายใน* ของผลิตภัณฑ์ (ถ้ามี) และจำนวนค่าใช้จ่ายในหัวเรื่องอีเมล" +" จากนั้นแนบใบเสร็จรับเงินไปกับอีเมล Odoo " +"สร้างค่าใช้จ่ายโดยนำข้อมูลในหัวข้ออีเมลมารวมกับใบเสร็จรับเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -16375,7 +16434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "หมายเลขอ้างอิงภายในแสดงอยู่ในมุมมองผลิตภัณฑ์รายจ่ายหลัก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -16402,7 +16461,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:255 msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คำอธิบาย:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -16412,11 +16471,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ราคา` สำหรับค่าใช้จ่ายคือ `$25.00`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:263 msgid "Create an expense report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -16436,7 +16495,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกรายจ่ายที่จะส่ง จากนั้นสร้างรายงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -16469,7 +16528,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ป้อนคำอธิบายสั้นๆ และเลือกผู้จัดการสำหรับรายงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -16482,7 +16541,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มค่าใช้จ่ายเพิ่มเติมลงในรายงานก่อนที่จะส่ง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 msgid "" @@ -16499,7 +16558,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "Submit an expense report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่งรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 msgid "" @@ -16509,6 +16568,12 @@ msgid "" "expense reports (if the report is not already open). To view all expense " "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" +"เมื่อรายงานรายจ่ายเสร็จสมบูรณ์ " +"ขั้นตอนต่อไปคือการส่งรายงานไปยังผู้จัดการเพื่อขออนุมัติ " +"ต้องส่งรายงานเป็นรายบุคคล และไม่สามารถส่งเป็นชุดได้ " +"เปิดรายงานเฉพาะจากรายการรายงานรายจ่าย (หากยังไม่ได้เปิดรายงาน) " +"หากต้องการดูรายงานรายจ่ายทั้งหมด ให้ไปที่ :เมนูการเลือก:`แอปบัญชีรายจ่าย -->" +" รายจ่ายของฉัน --> รายงานของฉัน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:324 msgid "" @@ -16519,7 +16584,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่งรายงานไปยังผู้จัดการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -16535,6 +16600,8 @@ msgid "" "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" +"คลิกที่รายงานเพื่อเปิด จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel:`ส่งถึงผู้จัดการ` " +"หลังจากส่งรายงานแล้ว ขั้นตอนต่อไปคือการรอให้ผู้จัดการอนุมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -16542,10 +16609,13 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" +"ส่วนของ :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post` และ " +":ref:`expenses/reimburse` มีไว้สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่มี *สิทธิ์ที่จำเป็น* " +"**เท่านั้น**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 msgid "Approve expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อนุมัติค่าใช้จ่าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -16561,6 +16631,8 @@ msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการดูว่าใครมีสิทธิ์อนุมัติ ให้ไปที่แอป :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า` " +"หลัก และคลิกที่ :guilabel:`จัดการผู้ใช้`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:358 msgid "" @@ -16574,24 +16646,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ไม่มี (ว่าง)`: ผู้ใช้ไม่สามารถเข้าถึงแอป *การตั้งค่า* ได้เลย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:363 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`สิทธิการเข้าถึง`: ผู้ใช้สามารถดูได้เฉพาะส่วน " +":guilabel:`ผู้ใช้และบริษัท` ของแอป *การตั้งค่า*" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:365 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`การตั้งค่า`: ผู้ใช้สามารถเข้าถึงแอป *การตั้งค่า* " +"ทั้งหมดได้โดยไม่มีข้อจำกัด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:367 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document ` to learn " "more about managing users and their access rights." msgstr "" +"โปรดดู :doc:`เอกสารนี้ ` " +"เพื่อเรียนรู้เพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการจัดการผู้ใช้และสิทธิการเข้าถึงของพวกเขา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -16600,23 +16679,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Human Resources` section. Under :guilabel:`Expenses`, there are " "four options:" msgstr "" +"คลิกที่บุคคลเพื่อดูการ์ด ซึ่งจะแสดงแท็บ :guilabel:`สิทธิการเข้าถึง` " +"ในมุมมองเริ่มต้น เลื่อนลงไปที่ส่วน :guilabel:`ทรัพยากรบุคคล` ใต้ " +":guilabel:`บัญชีรายจ่าย` มีสี่ตัวเลือก:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ไม่มี (ว่าง)`: " +"ช่องว่างหมายความว่าผู้ใช้ไม่มีสิทธิในการดูหรืออนุมัติรายงานรายจ่าย " +"และสามารถดูได้เฉพาะของตนเองเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ทีมผู้อนุมัติ`: " +"ผู้ใช้สามารถดูและอนุมัติรายงานค่าใช้จ่ายสำหรับทีมของตนเองเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:378 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ผู้อนุมัติทั้งหมด`: ผู้ใช้สามารถดูและอนุมัติรายงานรายจ่ายใดๆ ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:379 msgid "" @@ -16636,7 +16724,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานที่ต้องตรวจสอบจะอยู่ที่หน้ารายงานที่ต้องอนุมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" @@ -16653,7 +16741,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "อนุมัติรายงานหลายฉบับโดยคลิกช่องทำเครื่องหมายถัดจากแต่ละรายงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -16673,7 +16761,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 msgid "Send messages in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่งข้อความในกล่องแชท" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:413 msgid "" @@ -16688,7 +16776,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกตัวกรองทีมของฉัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:424 msgid "" @@ -16712,7 +16800,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:442 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลงรายการค่าใช้จ่ายในระบบบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:444 msgid "" @@ -16724,7 +16812,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดูรายงานที่จะโพสต์โดยคลิกที่รายงานรายจ่าย จากนั้นคลิกรายงานที่จะโพสต์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 msgid "" @@ -16747,6 +16835,12 @@ msgid "" "or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " "post the report." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการโพสต์รายงานแต่ละรายการ " +"ให้คลิกที่รายงานเพื่อไปยังมุมมองโดยละเอียดของรายงานนั้น ในมุมมองนี้ " +"มีหลายตัวเลือกให้เลือก: :guilabel:`โพสต์รายการสมุดรายวัน`, " +":guilabel:`รายงานในสลิปเงินเดือนถัดไป`, :guilabel:`ปฏิเสธ` หรือ " +":guilabel:`รีเซ็ตเป็นฉบับร่าง` คลิก :guilabel:`โพสต์รายการสมุดรายวัน` " +"เพื่อโพสต์รายงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:466 msgid "" @@ -16762,18 +16856,20 @@ msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการลงรายการบัญชีรายงานรายจ่ายลงในสมุดรายวันระบบบัญชี " +"ผู้ใช้ต้องมีสิทธิ์การเข้าถึงดังต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ระบบบัญชี: นักบัญชีหรือที่ปรึกษา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:475 msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีรายจ่าย: ผู้จัดการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:480 msgid "Reimburse employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จ่ายเงินชดเชยให้กับพนักงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:482 msgid "" @@ -16786,6 +16882,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" +"ดูรายงานที่ต้องชำระโดยคลิกที่รายงานรายจ่าย จากนั้นคลิกรายงานที่ต้องชำระ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:490 msgid "" @@ -16808,10 +16905,13 @@ msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการชำระเงินรายงานแต่ละรายการ " +"ให้คลิกที่รายงานเพื่อไปยังมุมมองโดยละเอียดของรายงานนั้น คลิก " +":guilabel:`ลงทะเบียนการชำระเงิน` เพื่อจ่ายเงินให้กับพนักงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:503 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ออกใบแจ้งหนี้รายจ่ายให้กับลูกค้าอีกครั้ง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:505 msgid "" @@ -16912,7 +17012,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าลูกค้าที่จะออกใบแจ้งหนี้ถูกเรียกออกด้วยรายจ่าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:555 msgid "" @@ -16923,7 +17023,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:559 msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบและลงรายการบัญชีรายจ่าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:561 msgid "" @@ -16964,6 +17064,8 @@ msgid "" "After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" "by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" +"หลังจากผ่านรายการรายงานรายจ่ายไปยังรายการสมุดรายวันแล้ว คุณสามารถเรียกใบสั่งขายได้\n" +"โดยการคลิกที่หมายเลขใบสั่งขาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" @@ -16973,7 +17075,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดูรายจ่ายที่แสดงอยู่ในใบสั่งขายหลังจากคลิกเข้าไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:593 msgid "" @@ -16983,14 +17085,19 @@ msgid "" " it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " "invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" +"จากนั้น คลิก :guilabel:`สร้างใบแจ้งหนี้` และเลือกว่าใบแจ้งหนี้เป็นของ " +":guilabel:`ใบแจ้งหนี้ปกติ`, :guilabel:`เงินดาวน์ (เปอร์เซ็นต์)` หรือ " +":guilabel:`เงินดาวน์ (จำนวนเงินคงที่ )` โดยคลิกปุ่มตัวเลือกข้างๆ จากนั้น " +"คลิก :guilabel:`สร้างใบแจ้งหนี้` " +"ขณะนี้ลูกค้าได้รับใบแจ้งหนี้สำหรับรายจ่ายแล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal localizations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:10 msgid "Fiscal localization packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -17000,17 +17107,26 @@ msgid "" "configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" +"**แพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน** คือโมดูลเฉพาะประเทศที่ติดตั้งภาษี " +"สถานะทางการเงิน ผังบัญชี " +"และใบแจ้งยอดทางกฎหมายที่กำหนดค่าไว้ล่วงหน้าในฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"ฟีเจอร์เพิ่มเติมบางอย่าง เช่น การกำหนดค่าใบรับรองเฉพาะ " +"จะถูกเพิ่มลงในแอประบบบัญชีของคุณเช่นกัน ตามข้อกำหนดการบริหารทางการเงินของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" +"Odoo เพิ่มการประยุกต์ใช้ตามประเทศต่างๆ " +"และปรับปรุงแพ็คเกจที่มีอยู่อย่างต่อเนื่อง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"จะติดตั้งแพ็คเกจที่เหมาะสมสำหรับบริษัทของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติตามประเทศที่เลือกเมื่อสร้างฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -17037,7 +17153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst-1 msgid "Select your country's fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกแพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงินของประเทศของคุณใน Odoo ระบบบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -17050,18 +17166,20 @@ msgid "" "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" +"แพ็คเกจเหล่านี้กำหนดให้คุณต้องปรับแต่งผังบัญชีตามความต้องการของคุณ " +"เปิดใช้งานภาษีที่คุณใช้ และกำหนดค่าใบแจ้งยอดและใบรับรองเฉพาะประเทศของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`accounting/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`accounting/taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:55 msgid "List of supported countries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายชื่อประเทศที่รองรับ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -17069,6 +17187,9 @@ msgid "" "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :ref:`fiscal localization " "package ` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo ระบบบัญชี สามารถใช้งานได้ในหลายประเทศทันทีโดยการติดตั้งโมดูลที่เหมาะสม " +"นี่คือรายการ :ref:`แพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน " +"` ทั้งหมดที่มีอยู่บน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:61 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" @@ -17076,11 +17197,11 @@ msgstr "แอลจีเรีย - การบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:62 msgid ":doc:`Argentina - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศอาร์เจนตินา - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`Australian - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศออสเตรเลีย - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:64 msgid "Austria - Accounting" @@ -17088,7 +17209,7 @@ msgstr "Austria - Accounting" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`Belgium - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศเบลเยียม - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:66 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" @@ -17104,7 +17225,7 @@ msgstr "แคนาดา - การบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`Chile - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศชิลี - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:70 msgid "China - Accounting" @@ -17112,7 +17233,7 @@ msgstr "จีน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`Colombia - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศโคลอมเบีย - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:72 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" @@ -17140,7 +17261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`Egypt - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศอียิปต์ - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:79 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" @@ -17152,7 +17273,7 @@ msgstr "การประยุกต์ใช้ของประเทศฟ #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:81 msgid ":doc:`France - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศฝรั่งเศส - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:82 msgid "Generic - Accounting" @@ -17160,7 +17281,7 @@ msgstr "Generic - Accounting" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`Germany `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศเยอรมัน `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:85 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" @@ -17192,11 +17313,12 @@ msgstr "Hungarian - Accounting" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Indian - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศอินเดีย - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Indonesian - Accounting `" msgstr "" +":doc:`ประเทศอินโดนีเซีย - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:95 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" @@ -17208,7 +17330,7 @@ msgstr "ประเทศอิสราเอล - ระบบบัญชี #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`Italy - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศอิตาลี - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:98 msgid "Japan - Accounting" @@ -17216,7 +17338,7 @@ msgstr "Japan - Accounting" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`Kenya - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศเคนย่า - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:100 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" @@ -17225,6 +17347,7 @@ msgstr "ประเทศลิทัวเนีย - ระบบบัญช #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`Luxembourg - Accounting `" msgstr "" +":doc:`ประเทศลักเซมเบิร์ก - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:102 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" @@ -17232,7 +17355,7 @@ msgstr "Maroc - Accounting" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`Mexico - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศแม็กซิโก - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:104 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" @@ -17241,6 +17364,7 @@ msgstr "ประเทศมองโกเลีย - ระบบบัญช #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Netherlands - Accounting `" msgstr "" +":doc:`ประเทศเนเธอร์แลนด์ - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:106 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" @@ -17264,7 +17388,7 @@ msgstr "ปานามา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`Peru - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ประเทศเปรู - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:112 msgid "Poland - Accounting" @@ -17281,6 +17405,7 @@ msgstr "Romania - Accounting" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`Saudi Arabia - Accounting `" msgstr "" +":doc:`ประเทศซาอุดิอาราเบีย - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:116 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" @@ -17301,6 +17426,7 @@ msgstr "ประเทศแอฟริกาใต้ - ระบบบัญ #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008) `" msgstr "" +":doc:`ประเทศสเปน - ระบบบัญชี (PGCE 2008) `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:121 msgid "Sweden - Accounting" @@ -17309,6 +17435,7 @@ msgstr "ประเทศสวีแดน - ระบบบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`Switzerland - Accounting `" msgstr "" +":doc:`ประเทศสวิสเซอร์แลนด์ - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:123 msgid "Taiwan - Accounting" @@ -17327,10 +17454,13 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`สหรัฐอาหรับเอมิเรตส์ - ระบบบัญชี " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`UK - Accounting `" msgstr "" +":doc:`สหราชอาณาจักร - ระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:128 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" @@ -17360,7 +17490,7 @@ msgstr "อาร์เจนตินา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การสัมมนาผ่านเว็บ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:8 @@ -17368,6 +17498,8 @@ msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" +"ด้านล่างนี้คุณจะพบวิดีโอพร้อมคำอธิบายทั่วไปเกี่ยวกับการประยุกต์ใช้เป็นภาษาท้องถิ่น" +" และวิธีการกำหนดค่า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR `_." @@ -17382,13 +17514,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "Modules installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การติดตั้งโมดูล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" +":ref:`ติดตั้ง ` " +"โมดูลต่อไปนี้เพื่อรับฟีเจอร์ทั้งหมดของการประยุกต์ใช้สำหรับประเทศอาร์เจนตินา:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 @@ -17409,11 +17543,11 @@ msgstr "คำอธิบาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ประเทศอาร์เจนตินา - ระบบบัญชี`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 msgid "`l10n_ar`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_ar`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -17422,32 +17556,38 @@ msgid "" " :abbr:`AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)` regulations and " "guidelines." msgstr "" +"ค่าเริ่มต้น :ref:`แพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน " +"` " +"ซึ่งแสดงถึงการกำหนดค่าขั้นต่ำเพื่อดำเนินการในประเทศอาร์เจนตินาภายใต้ข้อบังคับและแนวปฏิบัติ" +" :abbr:`AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Accounting Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`รายงานทางบัญชีสำหรับประเทศอาร์เจนตินา`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "`l10n_ar_reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_ar_reports`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:36 msgid "VAT Book report and VAT summary report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานสมุดภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่มและรายงานสรุปภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่ม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Electronic Invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`การออกใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ของประเทศอาร์เจนตินา`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:38 msgid "`l10n_ar_edi`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_ar_edi`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:39 msgid "" "Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate electronic " "invoices via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." msgstr "" +"รวมข้อกำหนดด้านเทคนิคและการทำงานทั้งหมดเพื่อสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ผ่านบริการเว็บ" +" ตามข้อบังคับ AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:41 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean eCommerce`" @@ -17455,7 +17595,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:42 msgid "`l10n_ar_website_sale`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_ar_website_sale`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -17463,12 +17603,14 @@ msgid "" "Responsibility in the eCommerce checkout form in order to create electronic " "invoices." msgstr "" +"(ไม่บังคับ) อนุญาตให้ผู้ใช้ดูประเภทการระบุตัวตนและความรับผิดชอบ AFIP " +"ในแบบฟอร์มการชำระเงินอีคอมเมิร์ซเพื่อสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าบริษัทของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -17477,14 +17619,18 @@ msgid "" "in is the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility Type`, which represents the fiscal " "obligation and structure of the company." msgstr "" +"เมื่อติดตั้งโมดูลการประยุกต์ใช้แล้ว ขั้นตอนแรกคือการตั้งค่าข้อมูลของบริษัท " +"นอกเหนือจากข้อมูลพื้นฐานแล้ว ฟิลด์สำคัญที่ต้องกรอกคือ " +":guilabel:`ประเภทความรับผิดชอบ AFIP` " +"ซึ่งแสดงถึงภาระผูกพันทางการเงินและโครงสร้างของบริษัท" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกประเภทความรับผิดชอบ AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:58 msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผังบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -17496,27 +17642,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:65 msgid "Monotributista (227 accounts);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monotributista (227 บัญชี);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "IVA Exento (290 accounts);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Exento (290 บัญชี);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:67 msgid "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto (298 บัญชี)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกแพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Configure master data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าข้อมูลหลัก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อมูลรับรองใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:80 msgid "Environment" @@ -17527,6 +17673,8 @@ msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, " "**testing** and **production**." msgstr "" +"โครงสร้างพื้นฐาน AFIP ถูกจำลองแบบในสภาพแวดล้อมที่แยกจากกันสองสภาพแวดล้อม คือ" +" **การทดสอบ** และ **การใช้งานจริง**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -17535,6 +17683,9 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" +"มีการทดสอบเพื่อให้บริษัทสามารถทดสอบฐานข้อมูลของตนได้จนกว่าพวกเขาจะพร้อมที่จะย้ายเข้าสู่สภาพแวดล้อม" +" **การใช้งานจริง** เนื่องจากสภาพแวดล้อมทั้งสองนี้แยกจากกันโดยสิ้นเชิง " +"ใบรับรองดิจิทัลของอินสแตนซ์หนึ่งจึงใช้ไม่ได้กับอีกอินสแตนซ์หนึ่ง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -17542,26 +17693,33 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Argentinean Localization` and choose either :guilabel:`Prueba " "(Testing)` or :guilabel:`Produccion (Production)`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเลือกสภาพแวดล้อมฐานข้อมูล ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> " +"การตั้งค่า --> การประยุกต์ใช้สำหรับประเทศอาร์เจนตินา` และเลือก " +":guilabel:`Prueba (การทดสอบ)` หรือ :guilabel:`Produccion (การใช้งานจริง)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:96 msgid "AFIP certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบรับรอง AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:98 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other AFIP services work with :guilabel:`Web " "Services (WS)` provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" +"ใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์และบริการ AFIP อื่นๆ ทำงานร่วมกับ :guilabel:`Web " +"Services (WS)` ที่ให้บริการโดย AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a :guilabel:`Digital Certificate` if you do not have one already." msgstr "" +"เพื่อให้สามารถสื่อสารกับ AFIP ได้ ขั้นตอนแรกคือการขอ " +":guillabel:`ใบรับรองดิจิทัล` หากคุณยังไม่มี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -17569,10 +17727,13 @@ msgid "" "selected, a file with extension `.csr` (certificate signing request) is " "generated to be used in the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`สร้างคำขอลงนามใบรับรอง (Odoo)` เมื่อเลือกตัวเลือกนี้ " +"ไฟล์ที่มีนามสกุล `.csr` (คำขอลงนามใบรับรอง) จะถูกสร้างขึ้นเพื่อใช้ในพอร์ทัล " +"AFIP เพื่อขอใบรับรอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Request a certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ขอใบรับรอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -17581,6 +17742,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ " "to get a certificate." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`สร้างใบรับรอง (AFIP)` เข้าถึงพอร์ทัล AFIP " +"และทำตามคำแนะนำที่อธิบายไว้ใน `เอกสารนี้ " +"`_ " +"เพื่อรับใบรับรอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -17588,10 +17753,13 @@ msgid "" "is generated, upload it to Odoo using the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon next to " "the field :guilabel:`Certificado` and select the corresponding file." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`อัปโหลดใบรับรองและคีย์ส่วนตัว (Odoo)` เมื่อสร้างใบรับรองแล้ว " +"ให้อัปโหลดไปที่ Odoo โดยใช้ไอคอน :guilabel:`ดินสอ` ถัดจากช่อง " +":guilabel:`ใบรับรอง` แล้วเลือกไฟล์ที่เกี่ยวข้อง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Upload Certificate and Private Key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัปโหลดใบรับรองและคีย์ส่วนตัว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -17602,16 +17770,23 @@ msgid "" "Homologation Certificate. The following message will be in the chatter when " "testing locally:" msgstr "" +"ในกรณีที่คุณต้องกำหนดค่าใบรับรอง Homologation โปรดดูเอกสารอย่างเป็นทางการของ" +" AFIP: `ใบรับรอง Homologation " +"`_ นอกจากนี้ Odoo " +"ยังให้ผู้ใช้สามารถทดสอบการออกใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ภายในเครื่องได้โดยไม่ต้องใช้ใบรับรอง" +" Homologation ข้อความต่อไปนี้จะอยู่ในแชทเมื่อทำการทดสอบในเครื่อง:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "" "Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without testing\n" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบใบแจ้งหนี้ภายในเครื่อง เนื่องจากอยู่ในสภาพแวดล้อมการทดสอบโดยไม่มีการทดสอบ\n" +"ใบรับรอง/คีย์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประเภทบัตรประจำตัวและภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่ม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -17620,20 +17795,27 @@ msgid "" " transactions. There are six :guilabel:`Identification Types` available by " "default, as well as 32 inactive types." msgstr "" +"ในฐานะที่เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของการประยุกต์ใช้สำหรับประเทศอาร์เจนตินา " +"ขณะนี้ประเภทเอกสารที่กำหนดโดย AFIP มีให้ใช้งานใน **แบบฟอร์มพาร์ทเนอร์** " +"ข้อมูลเป็นสิ่งจำเป็นสำหรับการทำธุรกรรมส่วนใหญ่ มี " +":guilabel:`ประเภทการระบุตัวตน` อยู่หกประเภทตามค่าเริ่มต้น เช่นเดียวกับ 32 " +"ประเภทที่ไม่ได้ใช้งาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "A list of AR Localization document types in Odoo, as defined by AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการประเภทเอกสาร AR Localization ใน Odoo ตามที่กำหนดโดย AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "" "The complete list of :guilabel:`Identification Types` defined by the AFIP is" " included in Odoo, but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" +"รายการทั้งหมดของ :guilabel:`ประเภทการระบุตัวตน` ที่กำหนดโดย AFIP จะรวมอยู่ใน" +" Odoo แต่จะมีเพียงประเภททั่วไปเท่านั้นที่ใช้งานอยู่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:153 msgid "AFIP responsibility type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประเภทความรับผิดชอบ AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -17641,6 +17823,9 @@ msgid "" "with customers and vendors is defined by the AFIP Responsibility type. This " "field should be defined in the **Partner form**." msgstr "" +"ในอาร์เจนตินา " +"ชนิดเอกสารและธุรกรรมที่เกี่ยวข้องที่เกี่ยวข้องกับลูกค้าและผู้จำหน่ายถูกกำหนดโดยชนิดความรับผิดชอบของ" +" AFIP ควรกำหนดฟิลด์นี้ใน **แบบฟอร์มพาร์ทเนอร์**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -17648,40 +17833,44 @@ msgid "" " their related financial account and configuration, e.g., 73 taxes for " ":guilabel:`Responsable Inscripto`." msgstr "" +"ในฐานะที่เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของโมดูลการประยุกต์ใช้ " +"ภาษีจะถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติด้วยบัญชีทางการเงินและการกำหนดค่าที่เกี่ยวข้อง" +" เช่น ภาษี 73 รายการสำหรับ :guilabel:`Responsable Inscripto`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "" "A list of AR Localization taxes with financial amount and configuration in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการภาษี AR Localization พร้อมจำนวนเงินและการกำหนดค่าใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "Taxes types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประเภทภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:176 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประเทศอาร์เจนตินามีภาษีหลายประเภท ประเภทที่พบบ่อยที่สุดคือ:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT`: this is the regular VAT and can have various percentages;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`VAT`: นี่คือภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่มปกติและสามารถมีเปอร์เซ็นต์ต่างๆ ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:179 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Perception`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on " "invoices;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`การรับรู้`: การชำระภาษีล่วงหน้าที่ใช้กับใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:180 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retention`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`การเก็บรักษา`: การชำระภาษีล่วงหน้าที่ใช้กับการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:183 msgid "Special taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ภาษีพิเศษ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -17690,16 +17879,22 @@ msgid "" "creating a new tax, be sure to check if that tax is not already included as " "inactive." msgstr "" +"โดยทั่วไปภาษีสำหรับประเทศอาร์เจนตินาบางรายการไม่สามารถได้ใช้กับทุกบริษัท " +"และตัวเลือกที่ใช้กันทั่วไปน้อยกว่าเหล่านั้นจะถูกระบุว่าไม่ได้ใช้งานใน Odoo " +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น ก่อนที่จะสร้างภาษีใหม่ " +"โปรดตรวจสอบว่าภาษีนั้นไม่ได้รวมเป็นปิดใช้งานอยู่หรือไม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "" "A list showing less common Argentinean tax options, which are labeled as inactive in Odoo\n" "by default." msgstr "" +"รายการที่แสดงตัวเลือกภาษีอาร์เจนตินาที่ใช้ไม่บ่อยนัก ซึ่งมีป้ายกำกับว่าไม่ได้ใช้งานใน Odoo \n" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "Document types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประเภทเอกสาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -17709,6 +17904,11 @@ msgid "" "`AFIP `__ is the governmental fiscal authority " "that defines such transactions." msgstr "" +"ในบางประเทศในละตินอเมริกา เช่น ประเทศอาร์เจนตินา ธุรกรรมทางบัญชีบางรายการ " +"เช่น ใบแจ้งหนี้และใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้จำหน่าย " +"จะถูกจัดประเภทตามชนิดเอกสารที่กำหนดโดยหน่วยงานทางการเงินของรัฐบาล " +"ในประเทศอาร์เจนตินา `AFIP `__ " +"เป็นหน่วยงานทางการคลังของรัฐบาลที่กำหนดธุรกรรมดังกล่าว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -17716,6 +17916,8 @@ msgid "" "clearly displayed in printed reports, invoices, and journal entries that " "list account moves." msgstr "" +"ประเภทเอกสารเป็นส่วนสำคัญของข้อมูลที่ต้องแสดงอย่างชัดเจนในรายงานที่พิมพ์ออกมา" +" ใบแจ้งหนี้ และรายการสมุดรายวันที่แสดงรายการบัญชีที่ย้าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -17724,22 +17926,30 @@ msgid "" "country in which the document is applicable (this data is created " "automatically when the localization module is installed)." msgstr "" +"เอกสารแต่ละประเภทสามารถมีลำดับที่ไม่ซ้ำกันสำหรับแต่ละสมุดรายวันที่ได้รับการมอบหมาย" +" ในฐานะที่เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของการประยุกต์ใช้ " +"ประเภทเอกสารจะรวมถึงประเทศที่เอกสารนั้นสามารถใช้ได้ " +"(ข้อมูลนี้จะถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อมีการติดตั้งโมดูลการประยุกต์ใช้)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:211 msgid "" "The information required for the :guilabel:`Document Types` is included by " "default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" +"ข้อมูลที่จำเป็นสำหรับ :guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` จะถูกรวมไว้ตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"ดังนั้นผู้ใช้จึงไม่จำเป็นต้องกรอกข้อมูลใดๆ ในมุมมองนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "A list of document types in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการประเภทเอกสารใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:219 msgid "" "There are several :guilabel:`Document Types` types that are inactive by " "default, but can be activated as needed." msgstr "" +"มี :guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` หลายประเภทที่ไม่ได้ใช้งานตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"แต่สามารถเปิดใช้งานได้ตามต้องการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:223 msgid "Letters" @@ -17751,22 +17961,25 @@ msgid "" "indicate the type of transaction or operation. For example, when an invoice " "is related to a(n):" msgstr "" +"สำหรับประเทศอาร์เจนตินา :guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` " +"จะมีตัวอักษรที่ช่วยระบุประเภทของธุรกรรมหรือการดำเนินการ ตัวอย่างเช่น " +"เมื่อใบแจ้งหนี้เกี่ยวข้องกับ a(n):" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`B2B transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`A` must be used;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ธุรกรรม B2B`, ประเภทเอกสาร :guilabel:`A` ต้องใช้;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:229 msgid "" ":guilabel:`B2C transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`B` must be used;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ธุรกรรม B2C`, ประเภทเอกสาร :guilabel:`B` ต้องใช้;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Exportation Transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`E` must be " "used." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ธุรกรรมการส่งออก` ประเภทเอกสาร :guilabel:`E` ต้องใช้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -17774,24 +17987,26 @@ msgid "" "associated with each :guilabel:`Document Type`, so there is no further " "configuration necessary." msgstr "" +"เอกสารที่รวมอยู่ในการประยุกต์ใช้มีตัวอักษรที่เหมาะสมซึ่งเชื่อมโยงกับแต่ละ " +":guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` อยู่แล้ว ดังนั้นจึงไม่จำเป็นต้องกำหนดค่าเพิ่มเติม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "document types grouped by letters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประเภทเอกสารที่จัดกลุ่มตามตัวอักษร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:240 msgid "Use on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช้กับใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Document Type` on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` ในแต่ละธุรกรรมจะถูกกำหนดโดย:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "" "The journal entry related to the invoice (if the journal uses documents);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการสมุดรายวันที่เกี่ยวข้องกับใบแจ้งหนี้ (หากสมุดรายวันใช้เอกสาร)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -17799,6 +18014,8 @@ msgid "" "type of fiscal regime of the buyer and the type of fiscal regime of the " "vendor)." msgstr "" +"เงื่อนไขที่ใช้ขึ้นอยู่กับประเภทของผู้ออกและผู้รับ (เช่น " +"ประเภทของระบอบการปกครองทางการเงินของผู้ซื้อและประเภทของระบอบการปกครองทางการเงินของผู้จำหน่าย)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -17806,6 +18023,9 @@ msgid "" "depending on its usage and internal type. To configure journals, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." msgstr "" +"ในการประยุกต์ใช้สำหรับประเทศอาร์เจนตินา สมุดรายวันอาจมีแนวทางที่แตกต่างกัน " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับการใช้งานและประเภทภายใน หากต้องการกำหนดค่าสมุดรายวัน ให้ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> สมุดรายวัน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -17815,6 +18035,11 @@ msgid "" " on invoices, please refer to the section :ref:`2.3 document types " "`." msgstr "" +"สำหรับสมุดรายวันการขายและการซื้อ คุณสามารถเปิดใช้งานตัวเลือก " +":guilabel:`ใช้เอกสาร` ซึ่งเปิดใช้งานรายการ :guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` " +"ที่อาจเกี่ยวข้องกับใบแจ้งหนี้และใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขาย " +"สำหรับรายละเอียดเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับใบแจ้งหนี้ โปรดดูที่ส่วน :ref:`2.3 " +"ประเภทเอกสาร `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -17823,10 +18048,13 @@ msgid "" "meaning, their use case will be mostly limited to monitoring account moves " "related to internal control processes." msgstr "" +"หากสมุดรายวันการขายหรือการซื้อไม่ได้เปิดใช้งานตัวเลือก :guilabel:`ใช้เอกสาร`" +" พวกเขาจะไม่สามารถสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ทางการเงินได้ " +"ซึ่งหมายความว่ากรณีการใช้งานส่วนใหญ่จะจำกัดอยู่เพียงการตรวจสอบการย้ายบัญชีที่เกี่ยวข้องกับกระบวนการควบคุมภายใน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "AFIP information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อมูล AFIP (หรือเรียกอีกอย่างว่าระบบขายหน้าร้าน AFIP)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -17834,32 +18062,37 @@ msgid "" "journals and defines the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the " "transactions for which the journal is created." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`AFIP ระบบขายหน้าร้าน` เป็นฟิลด์ที่มองเห็นได้สำหรับสมุดรายวัน " +"**การขาย** เท่านั้น และกำหนดประเภทของ AFIP POS " +"ที่จะใช้ในการจัดการธุรกรรมที่จะสร้างสมุดรายวัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:270 msgid "The AFIP POS defines the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP POS กำหนดสิ่งต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "the sequences of document types related to the web service;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลำดับของประเภทเอกสารที่เกี่ยวข้องกับบริการเว็บ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "the structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "โครงสร้างและข้อมูลของไฟล์ใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "A AFIP POS System field which is available on Sales journals in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฟิลด์ระบบ AFIP POS ซึ่งมีอยู่ในสมุดรายวันการขายใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:280 msgid "Web services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บริการเว็บ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:282 msgid "" "**Web services** help generate invoices for different purposes. Below are a " "few options to choose from:" msgstr "" +"**บริการบนเว็บ** ช่วยสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้เพื่อวัตถุประสงค์ที่แตกต่างกัน " +"ด้านล่างนี้เป็นตัวเลือกบางส่วนให้เลือก:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -17867,6 +18100,9 @@ msgid "" " used to generate invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per" " item;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`wsfev1: ใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์`: " +"เป็นบริการทั่วไปที่ใช้ในการสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้สำหรับเอกสารประเภท A, B, C, M " +"โดยไม่มีรายละเอียดต่อรายการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -17876,6 +18112,11 @@ msgid "" "`__;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`wsbfev1: พันธบัตรการคลังอิเล็กทรอนิกส์`: " +"มีไว้สำหรับผู้ที่ออกใบแจ้งหนี้สินค้าทุนและต้องการเข้าถึงสิทธิประโยชน์ของพันธบัตรภาษีอิเล็กทรอนิกส์ที่ได้รับจากกระทรวงเศรษฐกิจ" +" ดูรายละเอียดเพิ่มเติมได้ที่: `พันธบัตรเพื่อการคลัง " +"`__;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:291 msgid "" @@ -17883,20 +18124,26 @@ msgid "" "invoices for international customers and transactions that involve " "exportation processes, the document type related is type \"E\"." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`wsfexv1: ใบแจ้งหนี้การส่งออกทางอิเล็กทรอนิกส์`: " +"ใช้เพื่อสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้สำหรับลูกค้าต่างประเทศและธุรกรรมที่เกี่ยวข้องกับกระบวนการส่งออก" +" ประเภทเอกสารที่เกี่ยวข้องคือประเภท \"E\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Web Services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "บริการบนเว็บ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:299 msgid "Here are some useful fields to know when working with web services:" msgstr "" +"ต่อไปนี้เป็นช่องข้อมูลที่เป็นประโยชน์ที่ควรทราบเมื่อทำงานกับบริการบนเว็บ:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " "identify the operations related to this AFIP POS;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`หมายเลข AFIP POS`: คือหมายเลขที่กำหนดค่าใน AFIP " +"เพื่อระบุการดำเนินการที่เกี่ยวข้องกับ AFIP POS นี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -17906,6 +18153,11 @@ msgid "" "AFIP will require the company to have one AFIP POS per location. This " "location will be printed in the invoice report;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ที่อยู่ AFIP POS`: " +"เป็นฟิลด์ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับที่อยู่เชิงพาณิชย์ที่ลงทะเบียนสำหรับ POS " +"ซึ่งโดยปกติจะเป็นที่อยู่เดียวกันกับบริษัท ตัวอย่างเช่น " +"หากบริษัทมีร้านค้าหลายแห่ง (สถานที่ทางการเงิน) AFIP จะกำหนดให้บริษัทมี AFIP " +"POS หนึ่งรายการต่อสถานที่ สถานที่นี้จะถูกพิมพ์ในรายงานใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -17913,18 +18165,20 @@ msgid "" "document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share " "the same sequence. For example:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`หนังสือรวม`: เมื่อระบบ AFIP POS คือ Preimpresa ประเภทเอกสาร " +"(ใช้ได้กับสมุดรายวัน) ที่มีตัวอักษรเดียวกันจะใช้ลำดับเดียวกัน ตัวอย่างเช่น:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้: FA-A 0001-00000002;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:311 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบลดหนี้: NC-A 0001-00000003;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบเพิ่มหนี้: ND-A 0001-00000004." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "Sequences" @@ -17935,6 +18189,8 @@ msgid "" "For the first invoice, Odoo synchronizes with the AFIP automatically and " "displays the last sequence used." msgstr "" +"สำหรับใบแจ้งหนี้ใบแรก Odoo จะซิงโครไนซ์กับ AFIP " +"โดยอัตโนมัติและแสดงลำดับสุดท้ายที่ใช้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:321 msgid "" @@ -17944,11 +18200,16 @@ msgid "" "document type sequences, since the document number is provided by the " "vendor." msgstr "" +"เมื่อสร้าง :guilabel:`สมุดรายวันจัดซื้อ` " +"คุณสามารถกำหนดได้ว่าเกี่ยวข้องกับประเภทเอกสารหรือไม่ " +"ในกรณีที่เลือกตัวเลือกในการใช้เอกสาร " +"ไม่จำเป็นต้องเชื่อมโยงลำดับชนิดเอกสารด้วยตนเอง " +"เนื่องจากผู้จำหน่ายจะเป็นผู้ระบุหมายเลขเอกสาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:327 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:347 msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การใช้งานและการทดสอบ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 msgid "Invoice" @@ -17959,16 +18220,19 @@ msgid "" "The information below applies to invoice creation once the partners and " "journals are created and properly configured." msgstr "" +"ข้อมูลด้านล่างใช้กับการสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้เมื่อมีการสร้างและกำหนดค่าคู่ค้าและสมุดรายวันอย่างเหมาะสม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:336 msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดประเภทเอกสาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "When the partner is selected, the :guilabel:`Document Type` field will be " "filled in automatically based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อเลือกพาร์ทเนอร์แล้ว ช่อง :guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` " +"จะถูกกรอกโดยอัตโนมัติตามประเภทเอกสาร AFIP:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -17976,36 +18240,44 @@ msgid "" "of document that shows all the taxes in detail along with the customer's " "information." msgstr "" +"**ใบแจ้งหนี้สำหรับลูกค้า IVA Responsable Inscripto คำนำหน้า A** " +"คือประเภทเอกสารที่แสดงภาษีทั้งหมดโดยละเอียดพร้อมกับข้อมูลของลูกค้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้สำหรับลูกค้า IVA Responsable Inscripto คำนำหน้า A" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:347 msgid "" "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B** is the type of document that does " "not detail the taxes, since the taxes are included in the total amount." msgstr "" +"**ใบแจ้งหนี้สำหรับลูกค้า คำนำหน้า B** " +"คือประเภทของเอกสารที่ไม่มีรายละเอียดภาษี เนื่องจากภาษีจะรวมอยู่ในยอดรวมแล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Invoice for an end customer, prefix B." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้สำหรับลูกค้าปลายทาง คำนำหน้า B" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:353 msgid "" "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E** is the type of document used when " "exporting goods that shows the incoterm." msgstr "" +"**ใบกำกับสินค้าส่งออก คำนำหน้า E** " +"คือประเภทของเอกสารที่ใช้ในการส่งออกสินค้าที่แสดง Incoterm" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Exportation Invoice, prefix E" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้การส่งออก คำนำหน้า E" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "" "Even though some invoices use the same journal, the prefix and sequence are " "given by the :guilabel:`Document Type` field." msgstr "" +"แม้ว่าใบแจ้งหนี้บางรายการจะใช้สมุดรายวันเดียวกัน " +"แต่คำนำหน้าและลำดับจะได้รับจากฟิลด์ :guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" @@ -18013,10 +18285,13 @@ msgid "" "the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated" " manually by the user before confirming the invoice." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` " +"ที่พบบ่อยที่สุดจะถูกกำหนดโดยอัตโนมัติสำหรับการรวมประเภทความรับผิดชอบ AFIP " +"ที่แตกต่างกัน แต่ผู้ใช้สามารถอัปเดตด้วยตนเองก่อนที่จะยืนยันใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Electronic invoice elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "องค์ประกอบใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "" @@ -18026,42 +18301,56 @@ msgid "" " needs attention along with a proposed solution. If an error persists, the " "invoice remains in draft until the issue is resolved." msgstr "" +"เมื่อใช้ใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ หากข้อมูลทั้งหมดถูกต้อง " +"ใบแจ้งหนี้จะถูกผ่านรายการด้วยวิธีมาตรฐาน เว้นแต่จะมีข้อผิดพลาดที่ต้องแก้ไข " +"เมื่อข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดจะแสดงขึ้น " +"ซึ่งจะระบุทั้งปัญหาที่ต้องดำเนินการพร้อมกับแนวทางแก้ไขที่เสนอ " +"หากยังมีข้อผิดพลาดอยู่ " +"ใบแจ้งหนี้จะยังคงอยู่ในร่างจนกว่าปัญหาจะได้รับการแก้ไข" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:374 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP tab, including:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อลงรายการใบแจ้งหนี้แล้ว ข้อมูลที่เกี่ยวข้องกับการตรวจสอบและสถานะ AFIP " +"จะแสดงในแท็บ AFIP รวมถึง:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:377 msgid ":guilabel:`AFIP Autorisation`: CAE number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`AFIP อัตโนมัติ`: หมายเลข CAE;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:378 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: deadline to deliver the invoice to the " "customers (normally 10 days after the CAE is generated);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`วันหมดอายุ`: กำหนดเวลาในการส่งมอบใบแจ้งหนี้ให้กับลูกค้า (ปกติ 10 " +"วันหลังจากสร้าง CAE)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Result:` indicates if the invoice has been :guilabel:`Aceptado en" " AFIP` and/or :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ผลลัพธ์:` ระบุว่าใบแจ้งหนี้เป็น :guilabel:`Aceptado en AFIP` " +"และ/หรือ :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "AFIP Status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สถานะ AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:388 msgid "Invoice taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ออกใบกำกับภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:390 msgid "" "Based on the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility type`, the VAT tax can apply " "differently on the PDF report:" msgstr "" +"ตาม :guilabel:`ประเภทความรับผิดชอบของ AFIP` ภาษี VAT " +"อาจนำไปใช้แตกต่างออกไปในรายงาน PDF:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:393 msgid "" @@ -18069,10 +18358,13 @@ msgid "" "clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer " "has the following AFIP Responsibility type of **Responsable Inscripto**;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A. ไม่รวมภาษี: ในกรณีนี้ จะต้องระบุจำนวนเงินภาษีให้ชัดเจนในรายงาน" +" เงื่อนไขนี้ใช้เมื่อลูกค้ามีประเภทความรับผิดชอบ AFIP ต่อไปนี้เป็น " +"**Responsable Inscripto**;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Tax excluded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไม่รวมภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -18080,35 +18372,38 @@ msgid "" "included as part of the product price, subtotal, and totals. This condition " "applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`B. จำนวนภาษีรวมแล้ว: " +"หมายความว่าจำนวนภาษีจะรวมเป็นส่วนหนึ่งของราคาผลิตภัณฑ์ ผลรวมย่อย และผลรวม " +"เงื่อนไขนี้ใช้เมื่อลูกค้ามีประเภทความรับผิดชอบ AFIP ต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Consumidor Final;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consumidor Final;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Responsable Monotributo;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA liberado." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Tax amount included." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รวมจำนวนภาษีแล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:414 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:643 msgid "Special use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กรณีการใช้งานพิเศษ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:417 msgid "Invoices for services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้สำหรับการบริการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:419 msgid "" @@ -18116,10 +18411,13 @@ msgid "" " to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be " "filled in the tab :guilabel:`Other Info`." msgstr "" +"สำหรับใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ที่มี :guilabel:`การบริการ` AFIP " +"จำเป็นต้องรายงานวันที่เริ่มต้นและสิ้นสุดของบริการ " +"โดยสามารถกรอกข้อมูลนี้ลงในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลอื่นๆ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Invoices for Services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้สำหรับการบริการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:426 msgid "" @@ -18127,14 +18425,16 @@ msgid "" "values will be filled automatically with the first and last day of the " "invoice's month." msgstr "" +"หากไม่ได้เลือกวันที่ด้วยตนเองก่อนตรวจสอบใบแจ้งหนี้ " +"ค่าจะถูกกรอกโดยอัตโนมัติด้วยวันแรกและวันสุดท้ายของเดือนในใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Service Dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "วันที่ให้บริการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Exportation invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้การส่งออก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "" @@ -18142,10 +18442,13 @@ msgid "" "journal uses the AFIP POS System **Expo Voucher - Web Service** so that the " "proper document type(s) can be associated." msgstr "" +"ใบแจ้งหนี้ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับ :guilabel:`ธุรกรรมการส่งออก` " +"กำหนดให้สมุดรายวันใช้ระบบ AFIP POS **Expo Voucher - บริการทางเว็บ** " +"เพื่อให้สามารถเชื่อมโยงประเภทเอกสารที่เหมาะสมได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Exporation journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สมุดรายวันที่หมดอายุ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:443 msgid "" @@ -18153,44 +18456,49 @@ msgid "" "responsibility type :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior` - " ":guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640`, Odoo automatically assigns the:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อลูกค้าที่เลือกในใบแจ้งหนี้ได้รับการกำหนดค่าด้วยประเภทความรับผิดชอบ AFIP" +" :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Outside` - :guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640` " +"Odoo จะกำหนด:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:447 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สมุดรายวันที่เกี่ยวข้องกับบริการเว็บส่งออก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:448 msgid "Exportation document type;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประเภทเอกสารการส่งออก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:449 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สถานะทางการเงิน: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Concepto AFIP: ผลิตภัณฑ์ / การส่งออกสินค้าขั้นสุดท้าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:451 msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ภาษีที่ได้รับการยกเว้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Export invoice fields autofilled in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่งออกช่องใบแจ้งหนี้ที่กรอกอัตโนมัติใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:458 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents require Incoterms to be enabled and configured, " "which can be found in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`." msgstr "" +"เอกสารการส่งออกจำเป็นต้องเปิดใช้งานและกำหนดค่า Incoterms ซึ่งสามารถพบได้ใน " +":menuselection:`ข้อมูลอื่นๆ --> ระบบบัญชี`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Export invoice - Incoterm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้การส่งออก - Incoterm" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:466 msgid "Fiscal bond" -msgstr "" +msgstr "พันธบัตรทางการคลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:468 msgid "" @@ -18198,60 +18506,62 @@ msgid "" " goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by" " the Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`พันธบัตรการคลังอิเล็กทรอนิกส์` " +"ใช้สำหรับผู้ที่ออกใบแจ้งหนี้สินค้าทุนและต้องการเข้าถึงสิทธิประโยชน์ของพันธบัตรภาษีอิเล็กทรอนิกส์ที่ได้รับจากกระทรวงเศรษฐกิจ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "For these transactions, it is important to consider the following " "requirements:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สำหรับธุรกรรมเหล่านี้ สิ่งสำคัญคือต้องพิจารณาข้อกำหนดต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:473 msgid "Currency (according to the parameter table) and invoice quotation;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สกุลเงิน (ตามตารางพารามิเตอร์) และใบเสนอราคาใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:474 msgid "Taxes;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ภาษี;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:475 msgid "Zone;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โซน;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "Detail each item;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายละเอียดแต่ละรายการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รหัสตาม Common Nomenclator ของ Mercosur (NCM);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "Complete description;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คำอธิบายโดยละเอียด;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:480 msgid "Unit Net Price;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ราคาสุทธิต่อหน่วย;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:481 msgid "Quantity;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปริมาณ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:482 msgid "Unit of measurement;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หน่วยวัด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:483 msgid "Bonus;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โบนัส;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:484 msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัตราภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่ม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "Electronic credit invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบกำกับเครดิตอิเล็กทรอนิกส์ MiPyme (FCE)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:489 msgid "" @@ -18262,65 +18572,81 @@ msgid "" "them to increase their productivity, through the early collection of credits" " and receivables issued to their clients and/or vendors." msgstr "" +"สำหรับใบแจ้งหนี้ SME มีเอกสารหลายประเภทที่จัดประเภทเป็น **MiPyME** " +"ซึ่งเรียกอีกอย่างว่า **ใบแจ้งหนี้เครดิตอิเล็กทรอนิกส์** (หรือ **FCE** " +"ในภาษาสเปน) " +"การจัดหมวดหมู่นี้พัฒนากลไกที่ปรับปรุงเงื่อนไขทางการเงินสำหรับธุรกิจขนาดเล็กและขนาดกลาง" +" " +"และช่วยให้พวกเขาสามารถเพิ่มประสิทธิภาพการทำงานผ่านการรวบรวมสินเชื่อและลูกหนี้ตั้งแต่เนิ่นๆ" +" ที่ออกให้กับลูกค้าและ/หรือผู้ขาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:495 msgid "" "For these transactions it's important to consider the following " "requirements:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สำหรับธุรกรรมเหล่านี้ สิ่งสำคัญคือต้องพิจารณาข้อกำหนดต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประเภทเอกสารเฉพาะ (201, 202, 206 ฯลฯ )" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:498 msgid "the emitter should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyME transactions;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวส่งควรมีสิทธิ์ตามธุรกรรม AFIP ถึง MiPyME" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:499 msgid "the amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จำนวนเงินควรมากกว่า 100,000 ARS" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:500 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " cannot be validated, having an error message such as the following." msgstr "" +"บัญชีธนาคารประเภท CBU ต้องเกี่ยวข้องกับ emisor " +"ไม่เช่นนั้นจะไม่สามารถตรวจสอบใบแจ้งหนี้ได้ " +"โดยมีข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดดังต่อไปนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Bank account relation error." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อผิดพลาดเกี่ยวกับความสัมพันธ์บัญชีธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "To set up the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode`, go to settings and select " "either :guilabel:`SDC` or :guilabel:`ADC`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการตั้งค่า :guilabel:`โหมดการส่งข้อมูล` ให้ไปที่การตั้งค่าและเลือก " +":guilabel:`SDC` หรือ :guilabel:`ADC`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Transmission Mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "โหมดการส่งข้อมูล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:514 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` for a specific invoice, go to " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and change it before confirming." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเปลี่ยน :guilabel:`โหมดการส่งข้อมูล` สำหรับใบแจ้งหนี้เฉพาะ " +"ให้ไปที่แท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลอื่นๆ` และเปลี่ยนแปลงก่อนยืนยัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:518 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` will not change the mode selected" " in :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" +"การเปลี่ยน :guilabel:`โหมดการส่งข้อมูล` จะไม่เปลี่ยนโหมดที่เลือกใน " +":guilabel:`การตั้งค่า`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Transmission Mode on Invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "โหมดการส่งในใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:525 msgid "" "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit/Debit` note related to a FCE document:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เมื่อสร้าง :guilabel:`เครดิต/เดบิต` บันทึกที่เกี่ยวข้องกับเอกสาร FCE:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:527 msgid "" @@ -18328,12 +18654,15 @@ msgid "" "from the invoice is transferred to the new :guilabel:`Credit and Debit " "Note`;" msgstr "" +"ใช้ปุ่ม :guilabel:`ใบลดหนี้และใบเพิ่มหนี้` " +"ดังนั้นข้อมูลทั้งหมดจากใบแจ้งหนี้จะถูกโอนไปยัง " +":guilabel:`ใบลดหนี้และใบเพิ่มหนี้` ใหม่;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:529 msgid "" "the document letter should be the same as than the originator document " "(either A or B);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จดหมายเอกสารควรเหมือนกับเอกสารของต้นฉบับ (A หรือ B)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:530 msgid "" @@ -18342,20 +18671,25 @@ msgid "" "different between the emission day and the payment date. It is possible to " "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" +"ต้องใช้สกุลเงินเดียวกันกับเอกสารต้นฉบับ " +"เมื่อใช้สกุลเงินรองจะมีความแตกต่างในการแลกเปลี่ยนหากอัตราสกุลเงินแตกต่างกันระหว่างวันที่ปล่อยก๊าซและวันที่ชำระเงิน" +" สามารถสร้างใบลดหนี้/ใบเพิ่มหนี้/เพิ่มจำนวนเงินที่ต้องชำระเป็น ARS ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Credit & debit notes buttons." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปุ่มใบลดหนี้และใบเพิ่มหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:538 msgid "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit Note` we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เมื่อสร้าง :guilabel:`ใบลดหนี้` เราสามารถมีได้ 2 สถานการณ์:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:540 msgid "" "the FCE is rejected so the :guilabel:`Credit Note` should have the field " ":guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` as *True*; or;" msgstr "" +"FCE ถูกปฏิเสธ ดังนั้น :guilabel:`ใบลดหนี้` ควรมีฟิลด์ :guilabel:`FCE " +"คือการยกเลิกใช่หรือไม่?` เป็น *True*; หรือ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" @@ -18363,14 +18697,16 @@ msgid "" "this case the field :guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` must be *empty* " "(false)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ใบลดหนี้` ถูกสร้างขึ้นเพื่อยกเลิกเอกสาร FCE ในกรณีนี้ ฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`FCE คือการยกเลิกใช่หรือไม่?` จะต้อง *ว่างเปล่า* (false)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "FCE: Es Cancelación?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FCE: Es Cancelación?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:550 msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานการพิมพ์ใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" @@ -18379,14 +18715,18 @@ msgid "" "represents the CAE number. The expiration date is also displayed as it is a " "legal requirement." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`รายงาน PDF` " +"ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ที่ได้รับการตรวจสอบโดย AFIP " +"จะมีบาร์โค้ดที่ด้านล่างของรูปแบบซึ่งแสดงถึงหมายเลข CAE " +"วันหมดอายุจะแสดงด้วยเนื่องจากเป็นข้อกำหนดทางกฎหมาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Invoice printed report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานการพิมพ์ใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:561 msgid "Troubleshooting and auditing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหาและการตรวจสอบ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:563 msgid "" @@ -18396,14 +18736,19 @@ msgid "" "mode>`, then go to the :menuselection:`Accounting` menu and click on the " "button :guilabel:`Consult Invoice` button in AFIP." msgstr "" +"เพื่อวัตถุประสงค์ในการตรวจสอบและแก้ไขปัญหา " +"คุณสามารถรับข้อมูลโดยละเอียดของหมายเลขใบแจ้งหนี้ที่ส่งไปยัง AFIP " +"ก่อนหน้านี้ได้ หากต้องการดึงข้อมูลนี้ ให้เปิดใช้งาน :ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนา " +"` จากนั้นไปที่เมนู :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี` และคลิกที่ปุ่ม" +" :guilabel:`ปรึกษาใบแจ้งหนี้` ใน AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Consult invoice in AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้ปรึกษาใน AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายละเอียดของใบแจ้งหนี้ที่ปรึกษาใน AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:576 msgid "" @@ -18411,10 +18756,14 @@ msgid "" "document type and POS Number as a reference for any possible issues on the " "sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" +"นอกจากนี้ยังสามารถเรียกดูหมายเลขสุดท้ายที่ใช้ใน AFIP " +"สำหรับประเภทเอกสารเฉพาะและหมายเลข POS " +"เพื่อใช้อ้างอิงสำหรับปัญหาที่เป็นไปได้ในการซิงโครไนซ์ลำดับระหว่าง Odoo และ " +"AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Consult the last invoice number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปรึกษาหมายเลขใบแจ้งหนี้ล่าสุด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:587 msgid "" @@ -18423,10 +18772,14 @@ msgid "" "populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but " "the value can be changed if necessary." msgstr "" +"ตามสมุดรายวันการซื้อที่เลือกสำหรับใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้จำหน่าย ตอนนี้ " +":guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` เป็นฟิลด์บังคับ " +"ค่านี้จะถูกเติมโดยอัตโนมัติตามประเภทความรับผิดชอบ AFIP ของผู้ออกและลูกค้า " +"แต่ค่าสามารถเปลี่ยนแปลงได้หากจำเป็น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Changing journal and document type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเปลี่ยนสมุดรายวันและประเภทเอกสาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:595 msgid "" @@ -18435,10 +18788,14 @@ msgid "" "invalid, a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that " "is expected." msgstr "" +"ช่อง :guilabel:`หมายเลขเอกสาร` จำเป็นต้องลงทะเบียนด้วยตนเอง " +"และรูปแบบจะได้รับการตรวจสอบโดยอัตโนมัติ อย่างไรก็ตาม " +"ในกรณีที่รูปแบบไม่ถูกต้อง " +"ระบบจะแสดงข้อผิดพลาดของผู้ใช้เพื่อระบุรูปแบบที่ถูกต้องตามที่คาดไว้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill document number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลขที่เอกสารใบวางบิลผู้ขาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:603 msgid "" @@ -18446,10 +18803,13 @@ msgid "" "invoices, excepted that the document sequence is entered by the user using " "the following format: *Document Prefix - Letter - Document Number*." msgstr "" +"หมายเลขใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้จำหน่ายมีโครงสร้างในลักษณะเดียวกับใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้า" +" ยกเว้นว่าผู้ใช้ป้อนลำดับเอกสารโดยใช้รูปแบบต่อไปนี้: *คำนำหน้าเอกสาร - " +"ตัวอักษร - หมายเลขเอกสาร*" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:608 msgid "Validate vendor bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบหมายเลขใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้จำหน่ายใน AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:610 msgid "" @@ -18458,12 +18818,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinean Localization --> " "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" +"เนื่องจากบริษัทส่วนใหญ่มีการควบคุมภายในเพื่อตรวจสอบว่าใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขายเกี่ยวข้องกับเอกสารที่ถูกต้องของ" +" AFIP การตรวจสอบความถูกต้องอัตโนมัติจึงสามารถตั้งค่าได้ใน " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การตั้งค่า --> " +"การประยุกต์ใช้สำหรับประเทศอาร์เจนตินา --> ตรวจสอบความถูกต้องของเอกสารใน " +"AFIP` โดยคำนึงถึงระดับดังต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:614 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the default" " value);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ไม่พร้อมใช้งาน:` การตรวจสอบยังไม่เสร็จสิ้น (นี่คือค่าเริ่มต้น);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "" @@ -18471,20 +18837,24 @@ msgid "" "valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be " "posted;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`พร้อมใช้งาน:` การตรวจสอบเสร็จสิ้นแล้ว " +"ในกรณีที่หมายเลขไม่ถูกต้องจะแสดงเพียงคำเตือนแต่ยังคงอนุญาตให้ผ่านรายการใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขายได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:617 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the " "user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`จำเป็น:` การตรวจสอบเสร็จสิ้นแล้ว " +"และจะไม่อนุญาตให้ผู้ใช้ผ่านรายการใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขายหากหมายเลขเอกสารไม่ถูกต้อง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Verify Vendor Bills validity in AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบความถูกต้องของบิลผู้ขายใน AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:625 msgid "Validate vendor bills in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขายใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "" @@ -18492,10 +18862,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills inside of Odoo, labeled :guilabel:`Verify on AFIP`, which is " "located next to the :guilabel:`AFIP Authorization code` field." msgstr "" +"เมื่อเปิดใช้งานการตั้งค่าการตรวจสอบความถูกต้องของผู้ขาย " +"ปุ่มใหม่จะแสดงบนใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขายภายใน Odoo โดยมีป้ายกำกับ " +":guilabel:`ตรวจสอบใน AFIP` ซึ่งอยู่ถัดจากช่อง :guilabel:`รหัสการอนุญาต AFIP`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Verify on AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบบน AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:635 msgid "" @@ -18503,20 +18876,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected` will be displayed on the dashboard and the details of " "the invalidation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีที่ไม่สามารถตรวจสอบใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขายใน AFIP ได้ ค่า " +":guilabel:`ถูกปฏิเสธ` จะถูกแสดงบนแดชบอร์ด " +"และรายละเอียดของการยกเลิกจะถูกเพิ่มลงในแชท" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "AFIP authorization Rejected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การอนุญาต AFIP ถูกปฏิเสธ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:646 msgid "Untaxed concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แนวคิดที่ไม่ต้องเสียภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:648 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not a part of the " "VAT base amount, such as fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" +"มีธุรกรรมบางอย่างที่รวมสินค้าที่ไม่ได้เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของยอดเงินฐาน VAT เช่น " +"ใบแจ้งหนี้น้ำมันเชื้อเพลิงและน้ำมันเบนซิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:651 msgid "" @@ -18524,14 +18902,16 @@ msgid "" "part of the VAT base amount, and an additional item to register the amount " "of the exempt concept." msgstr "" +"ใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้จำหน่ายจะได้รับการลงทะเบียนโดยใช้หนึ่งรายการสำหรับแต่ละผลิตภัณฑ์ที่เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของยอดเงินฐาน" +" VAT และรายการเพิ่มเติมเพื่อลงทะเบียนยอดเงินของแนวคิดที่ได้รับการยกเว้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "VAT exempt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ได้รับการยกเว้นภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่ม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:659 msgid "Perception taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ภาษีการรับรู้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:661 msgid "" @@ -18541,6 +18921,10 @@ msgid "" "another for the perception. The perception default value is always " ":guilabel:`0.10`." msgstr "" +"ใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้จำหน่ายจะได้รับการลงทะเบียนโดยใช้หนึ่งรายการสำหรับแต่ละผลิตภัณฑ์ที่เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของยอดเงินฐาน" +" VAT และสามารถเพิ่มภาษีการรับรู้ลงในรายการผลิตภัณฑ์ได้ ด้วยเหตุนี้ " +"จะมีกลุ่มภาษีกลุ่มหนึ่งสำหรับภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่มและอีกกลุ่มหนึ่งสำหรับการรับรู้ " +"ค่าเริ่มต้นการรับรู้จะเป็น :guilabel:`0.10` เสมอ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "VAT perception." @@ -18553,10 +18937,13 @@ msgid "" "amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then " "be validated." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการแก้ไขการรับรู้ VAT และกำหนดจำนวนเงินที่ถูกต้อง คุณควรใช้ไอคอน " +":guilabel:`ดินสอ` ที่อยู่ถัดจากจำนวนเงิน :guilabel:`การรับรู้` " +"หลังจากตั้งค่ายอดเงินการรับรู้ VAT แล้ว สามารถตรวจสอบใบแจ้งหนี้ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Enter the perception amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ป้อนจำนวนที่รับรู้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:681 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index e0176d928..1fc1ced0e 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -9276,7 +9276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มการยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44f7fd418 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,9274 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "การลงเวลางาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "ฮาร์ดแวร์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "พนักงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "เพิ่มพนักงานใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "ประวัติย่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " +"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"following information for each entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," +" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "ทักษะ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " +"by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " +"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" +" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " +":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 +msgid "Skill types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " +"must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " +"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" +" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" +" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"this for all the skill types needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " +"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" +" category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " +"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " +"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " +"close the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " +"in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " +"`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " +"`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " +"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " +"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " +"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " +"information for the new employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " +":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " +"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " +"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " +"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " +"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " +":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " +"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " +"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " +"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " +"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" +" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " +"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " +"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " +"section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " +"resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +"employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " +"or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " +"for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:224 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " +"employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " +"information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " +"number in the corresponding fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " +"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " +"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " +"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " +"emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " +":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " +"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " +"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " +"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" +" :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:288 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " +"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " +":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" +" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " +"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" +" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " +":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " +"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." +" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " +"badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " +"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " +"center " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" +" value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " +"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " +"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:327 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " +"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," +" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," +" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "เอกสาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." +" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " +"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " +"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents " +"smart-button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "การขนส่ง" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "การแจ้งเตือนวันที่สิ้นสุดสัญญา" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "ผู้ผลิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "โมเดลยานพาหนะ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "โมเดล" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "เงินเดือน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "เครื่องยนต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "หมวดหมู่โมเดล" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "การเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "สัญญา" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "บริการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "มุมมองคัมบัง" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "มุมมองกราฟ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "มุมมองสรุป" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "เงินเดือน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:47 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DMFA Code`: This code is used to identify DMFA entries on a " +"corresponding DMFA report, and is for Belgian-based companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for unpaid " +"work, specify which pay structure the work entry can apply to from the drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list apply to the work entry, check " +"off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "โครงสร้าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "กฏ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:262 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. If the input " +"type applies to all structures, leave the :guilabel:`Availability in " +"Structure` field blank. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:294 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "สิทธิประโยชน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "ประวัติย่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "สัญญา" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" +" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " +"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " +"application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " +"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" +" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " +"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " +"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." +" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " +"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " +"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " +"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " +"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " +"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new contract" +msgstr "สร้างสัญญาใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " +"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" +" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " +"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " +"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " +"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " +"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " +"the company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " +"be created by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " +"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " +"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " +":guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " +"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " +"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " +"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" +" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " +":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " +"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " +"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " +"icons, then click on the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " +"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " +"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +msgid "Contract details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"*Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " +"employee contract can be entered for future reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +msgid "Modifying a contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " +"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" +" the contract as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the details for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " +"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " +"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " +"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " +"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " +":guilabel:`On Invitation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " +"contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " +":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " +"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " +"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " +":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +msgid "Salary information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +msgid "" +"This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " +"is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " +"fields may vary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " +"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " +"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " +"are set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " +"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " +"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " +"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " +"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " +"support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " +"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " +"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" +" :guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " +"the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +msgid "Save and send the contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" +" employee to be signed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " +"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " +"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " +"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " +"the employee so they can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +msgid "" +"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " +"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee so they can sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " +"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " +"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " +"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " +"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " +"times, and can compute time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 +msgid "Payslips" +msgstr "สลิปเงินเดือน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, " +"and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once " +"payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by " +"check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` " +"application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All " +"Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for " +"employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission" +" payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21 +msgid "To pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the " +"payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that" +" have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual " +"payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the" +" :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of" +" the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the " +"individual payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41 +msgid "Create new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page " +"(:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips" +" --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-" +"left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the " +"necessary payslip information can be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in " +"with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by " +"**bold** lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired" +" employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other" +" fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a " +"selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the " +":guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` " +"fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form " +"in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On " +"this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater " +"than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to " +"select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this " +"process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract " +"for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the " +"selected employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure" +" type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract" +" for that specific employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the " +"payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select " +"the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, " +"enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found " +"in the *Accounting* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every " +"entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can " +"be entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the " +"entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of " +"Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what " +"was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and " +":guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " +"automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " +"clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on " +"the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the " +":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up " +"window. Then, click on the desired date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting" +" Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged " +"in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the " +"payslip is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116 +msgid "Save and process new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it " +"is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button " +"can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the " +"entry *and* compute the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, " +"and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any " +"modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the " +"desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to " +"have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and " +":guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " +"payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically " +"updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the" +" payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " +":guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which " +"the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against" +" must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top " +"of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " +"entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " +"payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make " +"Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the " +"employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0 +msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 +msgid "All payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app" +" --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch " +"(in a default list view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view" +" all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " +"details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after" +" the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears " +"on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, " +":guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time " +"to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +msgid "" +"`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details " +"can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 +msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " +"separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " +"Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" +" clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " +"reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page," +" enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new" +" payslip ` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " +"clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, " +"click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible " +"payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the " +"payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all " +"payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click " +"on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips " +"to an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " +"each payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218 +msgid "Batches" +msgstr "ชุด" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " +"created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " +":guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its " +":guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View displaying all batches created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " +"separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make" +" any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, " +"proceed to make any necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 +msgid "" +"After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`" +" button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which " +"payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242 +msgid "" +"All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees " +"section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results " +"by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the " +":guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the" +" respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or " +":guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the " +":guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the " +"pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " +"smart button to create a draft of the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say " +":guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-" +"up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +msgid "" +"On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible " +"via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. " +"Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " +"page, or back to the list of all batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280 +msgid "Create a new batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" +" (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank" +" payslip batch form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286 +msgid "" +"On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and" +" select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which" +" reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, " +"navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both " +"the start and end dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit " +"Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the " +"payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated " +"date is reflected in the accounting journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips " +"are written against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click " +"the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be " +"created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x " +"mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs " +"to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down " +"menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to " +"create the payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a " +":guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays " +"payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being " +"generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box" +" disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` " +"icon can be clicked to close the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any " +"payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate`" +" button again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to " +"the payslip batch form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the " +"payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button" +" to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the " +"proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select " +"the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter " +"the appropriate file name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, " +"or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 +msgid "Generate commission payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " +"Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To " +"generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or " +"batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in" +" which the necessary information **must** be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the commission details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " +":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " +"calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips " +"are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " +"appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " +"Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " +":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. " +"Any file type is accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, " +"select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. " +":guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while " +":guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" +" Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "การรายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "แผนภูมิเส้น" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "แผนภูมิแท่ง" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "แผนภูมิวงกลม" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "เอกสารแนบเงินเดือน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`, provides a " +"visual overview of the individual time sheets of every employee, with each " +"day split into a morning shift and an afternoon shift." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Work Entries dashboard view showing all employee's work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the view so that only the entries for a single day, week, or month" +" are shown, click on one of the corresponding links for :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`, located at the top of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons " +"on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Today` button to adjust the " +"displayed dates. The arrows will adjust the date based on the type of time " +"selected. For example, if month is selected, the arrows will move one month " +"with each click of the arrow. If week or day is selected, the time will move" +" by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Adding a new work entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time or time " +"off, click :guilabel:`Add` to create a new work entry. A pop-up will appear," +" with several fields to fill in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, such as `Sick Time` or any other " +"short description. Select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` from the respective drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the date and time for the work entry in the :guilabel:`From` and" +" :guilabel:`To` drop-downs. First, select the date by navigating to the " +"correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, select the time by clicking on the :guilabel:`⏰ (clock)` icon, and " +"using the :guilabel:`⬆️ (up arrow)` and :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icons " +"for each section to enter the hour, minute, and second for the time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Period` will display the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` " +"and :guilabel:`From` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before clicking either :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`, " +"it is good to double check the :guilabel:`Period` to ensure the time stated " +"corresponds to the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:0 +msgid "Hours entered in the Period field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the " +"entry and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"create another :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60 +msgid "Regenerate work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After a work entry has been either added or modified, the work entries need " +"to be regenerated for the affected employee(s). Click on the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the main dashboard," +" and a pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Employee` to regenerate work entries for from the " +":guilabel:`drop-down menu`, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`To` fields so the correct date range is displayed. Click the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button and the work entries will be " +"recreated. Once finished, the pop-up will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:76 +msgid "Conflicts" +msgstr "ขัดแย้ง" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick " +"time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as " +"required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved " +"before payslips can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main " +":guilabel:`Work Entry` overview dashboard, located by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Conflicts`, where only " +"conflicts needing resolution are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top left corner of " +"each individual entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the conflict" +" details in a pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93 +msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Details for a conflict appear in the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up. The :guilabel:`From` " +"and :guilabel:`To` date range, as well as the total time requested (in " +"hours), appear in the :guilabel:`Period` field on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If there is a conflict because a time-off request for the same time already " +"exists in the system, the time-off will be entered in the :guilabel:`Time " +"Off` field. Clicking the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the " +":guilabel:`Time Off` entry will bring up the duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The details for the time-off request appear in the pop-up. The request can " +"be modified if needed. Click either the :guilabel:`Validate` or " +":guilabel:`Refuse` button to approve or deny the request, then click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Edit and/or validate a duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the duplicate time-off request has been approved and saved, the screen " +"goes back to the conflict. Click :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` or " +":guilabel:`Approve Time Off` via the buttons in the top right to either " +"approve or deny the request. Repeat for all conflicts until there are no " +"conflicts to resolve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After conflicts have been resolved, work entries must be regenerated for " +"each employee by clicking the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, " +"and entering the corresponding information for each employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate Work Entries button on the Work Entries Regeneration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129 +msgid "Generating payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To generate payslips, navigate to the time period the payslips should be " +"generated for, either day, week, or month. When the desired pay period is " +"displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Generate Payslips button on the Work Entry dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears light " +"turquoise instead of dark turquoise), that indicates there are conflicts. " +"*Solve conflicts first* will appear as a warning when :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` is moused over. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A batch entry will appear for the time period selected. The batch name " +"appears at the top in the :guilabel:`Name` field, typically listing the " +"month and year for the particular batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The date range the payslips apply to appears in the :guilabel:`Period` " +"field. The company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field, along with an " +"option to mark the payslips as a credit note. To make changes, click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button in the top left, make any changes, then click either" +" :guilabel:`Save` to accept the changes or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert to " +"the original data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Batch information that appears when making a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for " +"the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Payslips` button in the top right to view all the " +"payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Payslips will have a status of *Waiting* until the :guilabel:`Create Draft " +"Entry` button has been clicked. After, the payslip status will change to " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payslips can be printed by clicking the box next to each payslip to print, " +"or clicking the box next to :guilabel:`Reference` to select all the payslips" +" at once. Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file will be created" +" with all the specified payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Print button for printing the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174 +msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "การรับสมัคร" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "เทมเพลตอีเมล" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "ปฏิเสธ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "เพิ่มด่วน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "สร้าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "แท็บตัวเลือก" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "สร้างพนักงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 +msgid "Job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " +"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " +"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" +" but have not yet been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" +" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " +"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +msgid "" +"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " +"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" +" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +msgid "" +"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " +"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " +"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " +"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" +" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " +"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +msgid "Edit a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the job position card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"available jobs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +msgid "" +"All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " +"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " +"located." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: Select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " +"hired for this position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: Check the box to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +"when offering the job to a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: Select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " +"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " +":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " +"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " +"on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " +"will." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 +msgid "Create interview form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " +"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " +"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next the survey form loads. The :guilabel:`Survey Title` is pre-populated " +"based on the job description. Then, select the person " +":guilabel:`Responsible` for the survey from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:309 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "คำถาม" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " +"in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 +msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " +"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " +"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" +" an answer for each row" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:136 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question format will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " +"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " +"position(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " +"background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:241 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "คำตอบ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another " +":guilabel:`Question Type` is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains " +"hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:164 +msgid "" +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question types, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:167 +msgid "" +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:171 +msgid "" +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the photo file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the :guilabel:`↕️ (Up-down arrows)` on the far left of each answer " +"line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers " +"appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "กล่องข้อความบรรทัดเดียว" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Question Type`, only two checkboxes appear in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: Activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: This option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: Activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:203 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "เมทริกซ์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:210 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` :guilabel:`Question Type`, there are two sets of " +"data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. " +"The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the " +"rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:383 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "คำอธิบาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:303 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "ตัวเลือก" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:235 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: The :guilabel:`Answers` section is blank, with " +"no choices needed to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:245 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: A :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:247 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, :guilabel:`Numerical Value`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Datetime`: A :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be " +"verified as adhering to the parameters set in this section. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the :guilabel:`Minimum` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum` values in the corresponding fields. Depending on the " +":guilabel:`Question Type` selected, these fields may reference characters, " +"numbers, or dates. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given " +"does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, " +"enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: The first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:260 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "ข้อจำกัด" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (:guilabel:`This question requires " +"an answer`). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts " +"to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The " +"text should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "เลย์เอาต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if " +"there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field appears. Enter the text to appear in the " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have management " +"experience?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years" +" of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant " +"selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have management experience?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have management experience?` as the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the " +"triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:296 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "ไลฟ์เซสชัน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:298 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:317 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:319 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: Choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: Display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: Display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:331 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "เวลาและการให้คะแนน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " +"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " +"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: Choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:339 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:344 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: If one of the scoring options was selected, " +"a :guilabel:`Required Score (%)` field appears. Enter the percentage the " +"candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be " +"written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: Check this box if the form is a " +"certification exam. When checked, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: If the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is checked, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the " +"email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant" +" passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of " +"the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "ผู้มีส่วนร่วม" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:360 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " +"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:364 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " +"field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:368 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "ไลฟ์เซสชัน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter the access code that will allow the viewers " +"into the live exam session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " +"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:375 +msgid "" +"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:389 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "ข้อความสิ้นสุด" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is complete the message entered in this tab is displayed for" +" the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "แนะนำ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " +"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "การเริ่มงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "ดูงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "ลิงก์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "ส่งอีเมลถึงเพื่อน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "คะแนน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "รางวัล" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "ระดับ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "การเตือน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Time Off" +msgstr "การลา" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " +"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " +"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " +":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" +" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " +":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" +" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " +"` can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +msgid "" +"All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " +"sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " +"access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " +"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " +"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" +" use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " +"then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +msgid "Time off types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " +"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " +"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " +"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " +"can be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " +"top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " +"following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 +msgid "Time off requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " +"the time off type. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " +"requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" +" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"option is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " +"for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " +":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" +" time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" +" :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " +"the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " +"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " +"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" +" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " +"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " +"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " +"deducted from the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " +"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " +"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " +"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 +msgid "Allocation requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " +"employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " +"time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If " +":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " +"Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " +"allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " +"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " +"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " +"what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " +"allocation of this particular type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must approve the " +"allocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" +" off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " +"*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 +msgid "Timesheets section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " +"mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " +"access the developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" +" entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " +"appear in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " +"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"or :guilabel:`Training`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 +msgid "Display option section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " +"application dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 +msgid "Accrual plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " +"specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" +" or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " +"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 +msgid "Create accrual plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," +" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " +"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " +"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " +"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " +"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " +"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " +":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" +" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " +"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " +"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " +"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " +"in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " +"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " +"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " +"their accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." +" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " +"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" +"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " +"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " +"accrual renews." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " +":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " +"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " +":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " +"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " +"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " +"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" +" with this plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" +" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" +" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " +"means any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" +" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" +" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Public holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" +" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 +msgid "" +"It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " +"the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" +" set as a public holiday (non-working days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +msgid "Create public holiday" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Public Holidays`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 +msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" +" the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "Enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " +"populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " +"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company's time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" +" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +"computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " +"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 +msgid "" +"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " +"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" +" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " +"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" +" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" +" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " +"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" +" have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " +"drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " +"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " +"type from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "ภาพรวม" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " +"a month view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " +"the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " +"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " +"appears on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" +" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +msgid "" +"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " +"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " +"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " +"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 +msgid "Allocate time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" +" to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " +"to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Approvals --> Allocations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +msgid "" +"This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" +" off that is being allocated to the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." +" Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation" +" is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" +" selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " +":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " +"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +"the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " +":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " +"` is configured (in days or hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " +"assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " +"The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " +"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " +"department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "" +"Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " +":guilabel:`Department`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " +"explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 +msgid "" +"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " +"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " +"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " +"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " +"off requests for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " +"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"time off request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " +"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " +"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" +" pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " +"purple (if applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 +msgid "" +"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" +" click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " +"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " +"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " +"and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " +":guilabel:`Date` selections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " +"approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " +"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " +"be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"information, and submit the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +msgid "Request allocation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +msgid "" +"If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " +"off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " +"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" +" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " +"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " +"all the allocations for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"allocation request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " +"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " +"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " +"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " +"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " +"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." +" This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " +"order to approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" +"sick time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 +msgid "Approvals" +msgstr "การอนุมัติ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " +"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " +"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " +"specific type of time off is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " +":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 +msgid "Approve allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +msgid "" +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 +msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +msgid "" +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +msgid "" +"The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " +"highlighted in a specific color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" +" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " +"request in detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" +" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +msgid "Approve time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 +msgid "" +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " +"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " +"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " +"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " +"are active and *not* in a draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " +":guilabel:`To Approve`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " +"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 +msgid "" +"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " +"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " +"department are then presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " +"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " +"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " +"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " +"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" +" gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 +msgid "" +"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" +" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " +"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " +"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " +"to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " +"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " +"allocations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "แดชบอร์ด" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"(the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " +"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " +"increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +msgid "" +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " +"summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " +"available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 +msgid "" +"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " +"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " +"requests are shown as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 +msgid "" +"Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " +"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " +"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " +"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 +msgid "" +"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " +":ref:`time off form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +msgid "" +"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" +" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " +"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " +"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " +":guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +msgid "" +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 +msgid "My allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 +msgid "" +"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +msgid "" +"A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " +"by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " +"are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " +"types are being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 +msgid "By employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +msgid "" +"To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +msgid "" +"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " +":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " +"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " +"top of the report to view the data differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +msgid "" +"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " +"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " +":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "By type" +msgstr "ตามประเภท" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " +"time off type in its own section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " +"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 +msgid "" +"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " +"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index ebdfa0117..448499fcc 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" @@ -7663,7 +7663,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ออกใบแจ้งหนี้รายจ่ายให้กับลูกค้าอีกครั้ง" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index aa41fb180..06000d921 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ba1a1176 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,2614 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "สตูดิโอ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "โมเดล" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "ใช้เมื่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "การดำเนินการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "รหัส Python" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "สร้างรายการใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" +"หากการดำเนินการอัตโนมัติสร้างงานใหม่ในโปรเจ็กต์ " +"คุณสามารถมอบหมายงานนั้นให้กับผู้ใช้เฉพาะโดยการตั้งค่า :guilabel:`ฟิลด์` เป็น" +" :guilabel:`ผู้ใช้ที่รับผิดชอบ (โปรเจ็กต์)`, the " +":guilabel:`ประเภทที่ได้รับการประเมิน` เป็น :guilabel:`อ้างอิง` และ " +":guilabel:`บันทึก` ให้กับผู้ใช้ที่ระบุ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "อัพเดทรายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "ดำเนินการหลายอย่าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "ส่งอีเมล" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "เพิ่มผู้ติดตาม" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "สร้างกิจกรรมถัดไป" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "ส่งข้อความ SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ตราสัญลักษณ์`: แสดงค่าภายในรูปทรงโค้งมน คล้ายกับแท็ก " +"ไม่สามารถแก้ไขค่าบน UI ได้ แต่สามารถตั้งค่าเริ่มต้นได้" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ตราสัญลักษณ์`: " +"แสดงค่าที่เลือกได้ทั้งหมดพร้อมกันภายในรูปทรงสี่เหลี่ยม โดยจัดเรียงตามแนวนอน" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" +"ช่อง :guilabel:`ลำดับความสำคัญ` ใช้เพื่อแสดงระบบการให้คะแนนสามดาว " +"ซึ่งสามารถใช้เพื่อระบุระดับความสำคัญหรือความพึงพอใจ ประเภทฟิลด์นี้คือ " +":ref:`ฟิลด์การเลือก ` โดยมีวิดเจ็ต " +":guilabel:`ลำดับความสำคัญ` ที่เลือกไว้ตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"และค่าลำดับความสำคัญสี่ค่าที่กำหนดไว้ล่วงหน้า ด้วยเหตุนี้ วิดเจ็ต " +":guilabel:`ตราสัญลักษณ์`, :guilabel:`ตราสัญลักษณ์`, :guilabel:`วิทยุ` และ " +":guilabel:`การเลือก` วิดเจ็ตจะมีผลเหมือนกับที่อธิบายไว้ใน :ref:`การเลือก " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ตราสัญลักษณ์`: แสดงค่าภายในรูปทรงโค้งมน คล้ายกับแท็ก " +"ไม่สามารถแก้ไขค่าบน UI ได้" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "คุณสมบัติ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "รายละเอียดการติดต่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "การมอบหมายผู้ใช้" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "วันที่และปฏิทิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "ช่วงวันที่และแกนต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "ขั้นตอนไปป์ไลน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "แท็ก" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "รูปภาพ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "รายการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "โน้ต" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "ค่าของเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "บริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "การเรียงลำดับแบบกำหนดเอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "แชท" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "กำลังเก็บถาวร" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "เค้าโครงเริ่มต้น" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "เลย์เอาต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "อ่อน" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "กล่อง" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "ตัวหนา" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Striped" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "ฟอนต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "สี" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "สโลแกนของบริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "ส่วนท้าย" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "รูปแบบกระดาษ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "ภายนอก" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "ภายใน" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "ว่าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "บล็อก" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "อินไลน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "โต๊ะ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "คอลัมน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "แท็บตัวเลือก" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"` the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "มุมมอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" +"หากคุณกำลังแก้ไขมุมมองโดยใช้ตัวแก้ไข XML " +"ให้หลีกเลี่ยงการเปลี่ยนแปลงโดยตรงกับมุมมองมาตรฐานและมุมมองที่สืบทอดมา " +"เนื่องจากการเปลี่ยนแปลงเหล่านั้นจะถูกรีเซ็ตและจะไม่ถูกเก็บไว้ในกรณีของการอัปเดตหรือการอัปเกรดโมดูล" +" ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณเลือกมุมมองที่สืบทอดมาจากสตูดิโอที่ถูกต้องเสมอ " +"เมื่อคุณแก้ไขมุมมองในสตูดิโอ โดยการลากและวางฟิลด์ใหม่ มุมมองสตูดิโอ " +"ที่สืบทอดมาโดยเฉพาะและ XPath ของสตูดิโอดังกล่าว " +"ซึ่งกำหนดส่วนใดของมุมมองที่ได้รับการแก้ไขจะถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "มุมมองทั่วไป" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "ฟอร์ม" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "กิจกรรม" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "ค้นหา" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "มุมมองการค้นหาของแบบจำลองโปรเจ็กต์ในมุมมองคัมบัง" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "มุมมองบันทึกหลายรายการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "คัมบัง" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "มุมมองคัมบังของแบบจำลองโปรเจ็กต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "รายการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "แผนที่" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "มุมมองไทม์ไลน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "ปฏิทิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "หมู่คณะ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "แกนต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" +"โมเดลพื้นฐานต้องรองรับฟีเจอร์นี้ " +"และไม่สามารถเพิ่มการรองรับได้โดยใช้แอปสตูดิโอ ได้รับการสนับสนุนสำหรับแอป " +"โปรเจ็กต์ ระบบการลา การวางแผนและระบบการผลิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเลือกวิธีจัดกลุ่มระเบียนตามค่าเริ่มต้นในแถว (เช่น " +"ต่อพนักงานหรือโปรเจ็กต์) ให้เลือกฟิลด์ภายใต้ :guilabel:`เริ่มต้นจัดกลุ่มตาม`" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "การรายงานมุมมอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "หมุน" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "กราฟ" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "แดชบอร์ด" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55d832461 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -0,0 +1,1383 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:3 +msgid "Activities" +msgstr "Дії" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " +"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " +"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " +"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " +"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " +"activity is automatically assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " +":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " +"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 +msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " +"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " +"marked as completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " +"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " +"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " +"of an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " +"out the pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Список перегляду" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " +"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " +"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " +"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " +"icon for the desired app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " +"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " +"future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 +msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " +"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " +"on the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 +msgid "View scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " +":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " +"to the far-right side of the other view options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " +"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " +":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" +" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" +" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" +" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 +msgid "Configure activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 +msgid "" +"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " +":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Дія" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " +"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " +"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " +"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" +" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " +"applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "Типовий користувач" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " +"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" +" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" +" creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" +" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " +"Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " +"be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " +"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " +"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " +":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " +"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " +"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " +":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " +"deadline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " +"activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " +"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " +"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " +"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " +"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" +" launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" +" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " +"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "З чого почати?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" +"Ви можете імпортувати дані в систему Odoo, використовуючи формат Excel " +"(.xlsx) або CSV (.csv): контакти, товари, банківські виписки, записи в " +"журналі та навіть замовлення!" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" +"Вам надаються шаблони, які можна легко заповнити власними даними. Такі " +"шаблони можна імпортувати одним кліком; Відображення даних вже виконано." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "Як адаптувати шаблон?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" +"Додайте, видаліть та відсортуйте стовпці, щоби найкраще відповідати " +"структурі даних." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "Ми радимо не видаляти **ID** (Чому? Дивіться в наступному розділі)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" +"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши " +"послідовність ID." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви додасте новий стовпець, Odoo, можливо, не зможе його автоматично " +"помітити, якщо його мітка не підходить для будь-якого поля в Odoo. Не " +"хвилюйтеся! Ви можете вставляти нові стовпці вручну під час перевірки " +"імпорту. Знайдіть список відповідного поля." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" +"Потім використовуйте мітку цього поля у вашому файлі, щоби він працював " +"наступного разу." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "Як імпортувати з іншої програми?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" +"Щоб відновити взаємозв'язок між різними записами, ви повинні використовувати" +" унікальний ідентифікатор з оригінальної програми та позначити його на " +"**ID** стовпця (зовнішній ідентифікатор) в Odoo. Коли ви імпортуєте інший " +"запис, який посилається на перший, використовуйте **XXX/ID** (XXX/Зовнішній " +"ідентифікатор) до оригінального унікального ідентифікатора. Ви також можете " +"знайти цей запис, використовуючи його назву, але ви зупинитесь, якщо " +"принаймні 2 записи мають однакову назву." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" +"**ID** також буде використаний для оновлення оригінального імпорту, якщо вам" +" доведеться повторно імпортувати змінені дані пізніше, тому, якщо можливо, " +"ви зможете його вказати." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "Я не можу знайти поле, в якому я хочу позначити стовпець" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo намагається знайти тип поля для кожного стовпця всередині вашого файлу " +"на основі перших десяти рядків файлів. Наприклад, якщо у вас є стовпчик, " +"який містить лише цифри, для вас буде вибрано лише ті поля, які мають тип " +"*Ціле число*. Незважаючи на те, що в більшості випадків ця поведінка може " +"бути хорошою і легкою, можливо, що це трапиться не так, або ви хочете " +"вказати стовпчик на поле, яке не пропонується за замовчуванням." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" +"Якщо це станеться, вам просто потрібно перевірити параметри **Показати поля " +"пов'язаної моделі (розширено)**, після чого ви зможете вибрати з повного " +"списку полів для кожного стовпця." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "Де я можу змінити формат імпортування дати?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" +"Odoo може автоматично визначити, чи колонка є датою, та спробує вгадати " +"формат дати з набору найчастіше використовуваних форматів дати. Хоча цей " +"процес може працювати для багатьох форматів дат, деякі формати дати не " +"будуть розпізнані. Це може спричинити плутанину через перетворення дня в " +"місяць; важко здогадатися, яка частина формату дати - це день, а яка - " +"місяць у такій даті, як '01-03-2016 '." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" +"Щоби переглянути, який формат дати Odoo знайшов у вашому файлі, ви можете " +"перевірити **Формат дати**, який відображається, коли ви натискаєте " +"**Параметри** під списком файлів. Якщо цей формат неправильний, ви можете " +"змінити його, використовуючи *ISO 8601*, щоби визначити формат." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви імпортуєте файл Excel (.xls, .xlsx), ви можете використовувати " +"цифрові дати для зберігання дат, оскільки відображення дати у форматі excel " +"відрізняється від способу його зберігання. Таким чином, ви будете впевнені, " +"що формат дати в Odoo правильний, незалежно від формату вашої локальної " +"дати." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "Чи можу я імпортувати номери з позначкою валюти (наприклад, $ 32.00)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" +"Так, ми повністю підтримуємо числа в круглих дужках, щоби відобразити " +"негативний знак, а також цифри з прикріпленим до них знаком валюти. Odoo " +"також автоматично визначає, який тисячний/десятковий роздільник ви " +"використовуєте (ви можете змінити ці параметри під **параметрами**). Якщо ви" +" використовуєте символ валюти, який не відомий Odoo, він, можливо, не буде " +"визнаний як номер, хоча й буде збігатися." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" +"Приклади підтримуваних чисел (наприклад, з використанням тридцяти двох " +"тисяч):" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "32000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "-32000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "(32000.00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "Приклад, який не буде працювати:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" +"Що робити, коли таблиці попереднього перегляду імпорту відображаються " +"неправильно?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням попередній перегляд імпорту встановлюється комами як " +"роздільники розділів і лапки як роздільники тексту. Якщо ваш файл CSV не має" +" цих налаштувань, ви можете змінити параметри формату файлу (відображається " +"під панеллю перегляду файлів CSV після вибору файлу)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, якщо файл CSV має табуляцію як розділювач, Odoo не буде " +"виявляти розділення. Вам потрібно буде змінити параметри формату файлу у " +"вашій програмі для роботи з електронними таблицями. Дивіться наступне " +"питання." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" +"Як змінити параметри формату файлу CSV при збереженні електронної таблиці в " +"моїй програмі?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "Яка різниця між ID бази даних та зовнішнім ID?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" +"Наприклад, щоби вказати країну контакту, Odoo пропонує вам 3 різних поля для" +" імпорту:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "Країна: назва або код країни" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" +"Країна/ID бази даних: унікальний ID Odoo для запису, визначеного стовпцем ID" +" postgresql" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" +"Країна/Зовнішній ID: ID запису, зазначеного в іншій програмі (або .XML-" +"файлі, який імпортував його)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" +"Для країни Бельгії можна використовувати один із цих 3 способів імпорту:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "Країна: Бельгія" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "Країна/ID бази даних: 21" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "Країна/Зовнішній ID: base.be" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" +"Згідно з вашими потребами, ви повинні використовувати один із цих трьох " +"способів відстежувати пов'язані записи. Ось коли ви повинні використовувати " +"той чи інший спосіб, відповідно до вашої потреби:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте країну: це найпростіший спосіб, коли ваші дані надходять з " +"файлів CSV, які були створені вручну." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте країну/ID бази даних: рідко використовуйте цю позначку. В " +"основному це використовують розробники, оскільки головна перевага полягає в " +"тому, щоби ніколи не було конфліктів (у вас може бути кілька записів з " +"однаковою назвою, але вони завжди мають унікальний ID бази даних)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте назву країни/зовнішній ID: використовуйте зовнішній ID, коли " +"ви імпортуєте дані зі сторонньої програми." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви використовуєте зовнішні ID, ви можете імпортувати файли CSV за " +"допомогою стовпця \"Зовнішній ID\", щоби визначити зовнішній ID кожного " +"імпортованого запису. Потім ви зможете зробити посилання на цей запис зі " +"стовпчиками типу \"Поле/Зовнішній ID\". Наступні два файли CSV наводять " +"приклад для товарів і їх категорій." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "Що робити, якщо у мене є кілька співпадінь для поля?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Якщо, наприклад, у вас є дві категорії товарів з дочірнім ім'ям \"Sellable\"" +" (тобто. \"Різні Товари/ Продаються\" та \"Інші товари/Продаються\"), ваша " +"перевірка призупиняється, але ви все одно можете імпортувати свої дані. " +"Однак ми рекомендуємо не імпортувати дані, оскільки всі вони будуть " +"пов'язані з першою категорією \"Продаються\", яка знаходиться в списку " +"\"Категорії товарів\" (\"Різні Товари/Продаються\"). Ми рекомендуємо змінити" +" один зі значень дублікатів або ієрархію категорії товарів." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не бажаєте змінювати своє налаштування категорій товарів, ми " +"рекомендуємо використовувати зовнішній ідентифікатор для цього поля " +"\"Категорія\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" +"Як я можу імпортувати поле зв'язку many2many (наприклад, клієнта з кількома " +"тегами)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" +"Теги слід розділити комою без будь-якого інтервалу. Наприклад, якщо ви " +"хочете, щоби ваш клієнт був пов'язаний з обома тегами \"Виробник\" та " +"\"Роздрібний продавець\", ви кодуєте \"Виробник, роздрібний продавець\" у " +"тому ж рядку файлу CSV." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" +"Як імпортувати зв'язок one2many (наприклад, кілька рядків замовлення від " +"замовлення на продаж)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" +"У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати замовлення на купівлю " +"за допомогою відповідних рядків замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" +"У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати клієнтів та їх " +"відповідні контакти:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "Чи можу я кілька разів імпортувати той самий запис?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" +"Ця функція дозволяє вам використовувати інструмент імпорту/експорту Odoo для" +" зміни записів цілим пакетом у вашій програмі електронної таблиці." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "Що станеться, якщо я не надам значення для конкретного поля?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не встановлюєте всі поля у файлі CSV, Odoo призначить значення за " +"замовчуванням для всіх невизначених полів. Але якщо ви встановлюєте поля з " +"порожніми значеннями у своєму файлі CSV, Odoo встановить значення EMPTY у " +"полі, замість того, аби призначити значення за замовчуванням." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "Як експортувати/імпортувати різні таблиці з додатка SQL до Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо вам потрібно імпортувати дані з різних таблиць, вам доведеться " +"відтворити зв'язки між записами, що належать до різних таблиць. (наприклад, " +"якщо ви імпортуєте компанії та людей, вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між " +"кожною особою та компанією, в якій вони працюють)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" +"Спочатку ми експортуємо всі компанії та їх \"Зовнішній ID\". У PSQL, " +"напишіть таку команду:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" +"Щоби створити файл CSV для осіб, пов'язаних з компаніями, ми використаємо " +"наступну команду SQL у PSQL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" +"Обидва файли готові до імпорту в Odoo без будь-яких змін. Після імпорту цих " +"двох файлів CSV у вас буде 4 контакти та 3 компанії. (перші два контакти " +"пов'язані з першою компанією). Спочатку потрібно імпортувати компанії, а " +"потім особи." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "Як імпортувати шаблон імпорту" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для " +"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх " +"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, " +"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви додаєте новий стовпець, Odoo, можливо, не зможе його автоматично " +"помітити, якщо його мітка не підходить для будь-якого поля системи. Якщо " +"так, знайдіть відповідне поле за допомогою пошуку." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" +"Потім використовуйте мітку, яку ви знайшли у своєму шаблоні імпорту, щоби " +"він працював одразу ж під час наступної спроби імпорту." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "Чому колонка \"ID\"?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"**ID** (зовнішній ідентифікатор) - це унікальний ідентифікатор елементу. Не " +"соромтеся використовувати попереднє програмне забезпечення для полегшення " +"переходу на Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" +"Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох " +"випадках:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" +"Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без " +"створення дублікатів;" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "Пов'язані поля імпорту (див. Нижче)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "Як імпортувати пов'язані поля" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" +"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар " +"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб " +"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи " +"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете зробити це, використовуючи ім'я відповідного запису або його ID. " +"ID очікується тоді, коли два записи мають однакове ім'я. У такому випадку " +"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку колонки (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:" +" атрибути товару / атрибут / ID товару)." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "Купівля кредитів" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "Рахунки IAP" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but " +"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " +"Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "" +"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " +"Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "Портал IAP" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "Отримуйте сповіщення, коли недостатньо кредитів" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a6cb0223 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,9274 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "Відвідування" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "Обладнання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Співробітники" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Додати нового співробітника" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Резюме" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " +"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"following information for each entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," +" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Навички" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " +"by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " +"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" +" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " +":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 +msgid "Skill types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " +"must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " +"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" +" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" +" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"this for all the skill types needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " +"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" +" category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " +"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " +"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " +"close the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " +"in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " +"`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " +"`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " +"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " +"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " +"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " +"information for the new employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " +":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " +"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " +"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " +"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " +"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " +":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " +"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " +"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " +"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " +"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" +" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " +"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " +"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " +"section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " +"resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +"employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " +"or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " +"for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:224 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " +"employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " +"information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " +"number in the corresponding fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " +"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " +"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " +"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " +"emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " +":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " +"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " +"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " +"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" +" :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:288 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " +"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " +":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" +" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " +"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" +" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " +":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " +"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." +" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " +"badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " +"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " +"center " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" +" value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " +"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " +"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:327 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " +"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," +" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," +" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "Документи" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." +" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " +"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " +"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents " +"smart-button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Автотранспорт" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "Кінцева дата сповіщення контракту" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Виробники" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "Моделі автотранспорту" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Модель" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Зарплатня" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Двигун" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Категорія моделі" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Фіскальність" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Контракт" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Послуги" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Список перегляду" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Зарплата" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:47 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DMFA Code`: This code is used to identify DMFA entries on a " +"corresponding DMFA report, and is for Belgian-based companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for unpaid " +"work, specify which pay structure the work entry can apply to from the drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list apply to the work entry, check " +"off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "Структури" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Правила" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:262 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. If the input " +"type applies to all structures, leave the :guilabel:`Availability in " +"Structure` field blank. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:294 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "Додаткові заохочення" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "Продовжити" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Контракти" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" +" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " +"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " +"application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " +"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" +" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " +"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " +"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." +" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " +"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " +"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " +"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " +"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " +"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new contract" +msgstr "Створити новий контракт" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " +"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" +" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " +"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " +"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " +"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " +"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " +"the company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " +"be created by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " +"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " +"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " +":guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " +"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " +"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " +"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" +" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " +":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " +"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " +"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " +"icons, then click on the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " +"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " +"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +msgid "Contract details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"*Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " +"employee contract can be entered for future reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +msgid "Modifying a contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " +"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" +" the contract as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the details for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " +"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " +"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " +"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " +"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " +":guilabel:`On Invitation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " +"contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " +":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " +"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " +"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " +":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +msgid "Salary information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +msgid "" +"This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " +"is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " +"fields may vary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " +"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " +"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " +"are set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " +"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " +"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " +"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " +"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " +"support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " +"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " +"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" +" :guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " +"the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +msgid "Save and send the contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" +" employee to be signed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " +"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " +"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " +"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " +"the employee so they can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +msgid "" +"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " +"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee so they can sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " +"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " +"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " +"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " +"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " +"times, and can compute time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 +msgid "Payslips" +msgstr "Розрахункові листи" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, " +"and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once " +"payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by " +"check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` " +"application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All " +"Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for " +"employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission" +" payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21 +msgid "To pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the " +"payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that" +" have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual " +"payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the" +" :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of" +" the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the " +"individual payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41 +msgid "Create new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page " +"(:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips" +" --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-" +"left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the " +"necessary payslip information can be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in " +"with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by " +"**bold** lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired" +" employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other" +" fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a " +"selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the " +":guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` " +"fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form " +"in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On " +"this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater " +"than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to " +"select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this " +"process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract " +"for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the " +"selected employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure" +" type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract" +" for that specific employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the " +"payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select " +"the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, " +"enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found " +"in the *Accounting* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every " +"entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can " +"be entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the " +"entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of " +"Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what " +"was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and " +":guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " +"automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " +"clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on " +"the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the " +":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up " +"window. Then, click on the desired date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting" +" Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged " +"in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the " +"payslip is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116 +msgid "Save and process new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it " +"is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button " +"can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the " +"entry *and* compute the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, " +"and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any " +"modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the " +"desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to " +"have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and " +":guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " +"payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically " +"updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the" +" payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " +":guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which " +"the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against" +" must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top " +"of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " +"entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " +"payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make " +"Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the " +"employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0 +msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 +msgid "All payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app" +" --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch " +"(in a default list view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view" +" all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " +"details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after" +" the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears " +"on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, " +":guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time " +"to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +msgid "" +"`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details " +"can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 +msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " +"separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " +"Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" +" clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " +"reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page," +" enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new" +" payslip ` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " +"clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, " +"click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible " +"payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the " +"payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all " +"payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click " +"on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips " +"to an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " +"each payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218 +msgid "Batches" +msgstr "Партії" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " +"created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " +":guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its " +":guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View displaying all batches created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " +"separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make" +" any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, " +"proceed to make any necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 +msgid "" +"After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`" +" button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which " +"payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242 +msgid "" +"All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees " +"section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results " +"by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the " +":guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the" +" respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or " +":guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the " +":guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the " +"pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " +"smart button to create a draft of the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say " +":guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-" +"up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +msgid "" +"On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible " +"via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. " +"Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " +"page, or back to the list of all batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280 +msgid "Create a new batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" +" (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank" +" payslip batch form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286 +msgid "" +"On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and" +" select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which" +" reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, " +"navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both " +"the start and end dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit " +"Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the " +"payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated " +"date is reflected in the accounting journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips " +"are written against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click " +"the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be " +"created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x " +"mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs " +"to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down " +"menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to " +"create the payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a " +":guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays " +"payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being " +"generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box" +" disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` " +"icon can be clicked to close the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any " +"payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate`" +" button again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to " +"the payslip batch form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the " +"payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button" +" to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the " +"proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select " +"the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter " +"the appropriate file name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, " +"or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 +msgid "Generate commission payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " +"Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To " +"generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or " +"batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in" +" which the necessary information **must** be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the commission details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " +":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " +"calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips " +"are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " +"appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " +"Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " +":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. " +"Any file type is accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, " +"select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. " +":guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while " +":guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" +" Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Прикріплення зарплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`, provides a " +"visual overview of the individual time sheets of every employee, with each " +"day split into a morning shift and an afternoon shift." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Work Entries dashboard view showing all employee's work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the view so that only the entries for a single day, week, or month" +" are shown, click on one of the corresponding links for :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`, located at the top of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons " +"on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Today` button to adjust the " +"displayed dates. The arrows will adjust the date based on the type of time " +"selected. For example, if month is selected, the arrows will move one month " +"with each click of the arrow. If week or day is selected, the time will move" +" by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Adding a new work entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time or time " +"off, click :guilabel:`Add` to create a new work entry. A pop-up will appear," +" with several fields to fill in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, such as `Sick Time` or any other " +"short description. Select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` from the respective drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the date and time for the work entry in the :guilabel:`From` and" +" :guilabel:`To` drop-downs. First, select the date by navigating to the " +"correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, select the time by clicking on the :guilabel:`⏰ (clock)` icon, and " +"using the :guilabel:`⬆️ (up arrow)` and :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icons " +"for each section to enter the hour, minute, and second for the time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Period` will display the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` " +"and :guilabel:`From` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before clicking either :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`, " +"it is good to double check the :guilabel:`Period` to ensure the time stated " +"corresponds to the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:0 +msgid "Hours entered in the Period field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the " +"entry and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"create another :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60 +msgid "Regenerate work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After a work entry has been either added or modified, the work entries need " +"to be regenerated for the affected employee(s). Click on the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the main dashboard," +" and a pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Employee` to regenerate work entries for from the " +":guilabel:`drop-down menu`, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`To` fields so the correct date range is displayed. Click the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button and the work entries will be " +"recreated. Once finished, the pop-up will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:76 +msgid "Conflicts" +msgstr "Конфлікти" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick " +"time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as " +"required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved " +"before payslips can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main " +":guilabel:`Work Entry` overview dashboard, located by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Conflicts`, where only " +"conflicts needing resolution are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top left corner of " +"each individual entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the conflict" +" details in a pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93 +msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Details for a conflict appear in the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up. The :guilabel:`From` " +"and :guilabel:`To` date range, as well as the total time requested (in " +"hours), appear in the :guilabel:`Period` field on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If there is a conflict because a time-off request for the same time already " +"exists in the system, the time-off will be entered in the :guilabel:`Time " +"Off` field. Clicking the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the " +":guilabel:`Time Off` entry will bring up the duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The details for the time-off request appear in the pop-up. The request can " +"be modified if needed. Click either the :guilabel:`Validate` or " +":guilabel:`Refuse` button to approve or deny the request, then click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Edit and/or validate a duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the duplicate time-off request has been approved and saved, the screen " +"goes back to the conflict. Click :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` or " +":guilabel:`Approve Time Off` via the buttons in the top right to either " +"approve or deny the request. Repeat for all conflicts until there are no " +"conflicts to resolve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After conflicts have been resolved, work entries must be regenerated for " +"each employee by clicking the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, " +"and entering the corresponding information for each employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate Work Entries button on the Work Entries Regeneration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129 +msgid "Generating payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To generate payslips, navigate to the time period the payslips should be " +"generated for, either day, week, or month. When the desired pay period is " +"displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Generate Payslips button on the Work Entry dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears light " +"turquoise instead of dark turquoise), that indicates there are conflicts. " +"*Solve conflicts first* will appear as a warning when :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` is moused over. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A batch entry will appear for the time period selected. The batch name " +"appears at the top in the :guilabel:`Name` field, typically listing the " +"month and year for the particular batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The date range the payslips apply to appears in the :guilabel:`Period` " +"field. The company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field, along with an " +"option to mark the payslips as a credit note. To make changes, click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button in the top left, make any changes, then click either" +" :guilabel:`Save` to accept the changes or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert to " +"the original data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Batch information that appears when making a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for " +"the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Payslips` button in the top right to view all the " +"payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Payslips will have a status of *Waiting* until the :guilabel:`Create Draft " +"Entry` button has been clicked. After, the payslip status will change to " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payslips can be printed by clicking the box next to each payslip to print, " +"or clicking the box next to :guilabel:`Reference` to select all the payslips" +" at once. Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file will be created" +" with all the specified payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Print button for printing the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174 +msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "Рекрутинг" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Відхилити" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Щвидке додавання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Створити" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Створити співробітника" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 +msgid "Job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " +"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " +"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" +" but have not yet been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" +" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " +"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +msgid "" +"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " +"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" +" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +msgid "" +"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " +"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " +"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " +"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" +" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " +"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +msgid "Edit a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the job position card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"available jobs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +msgid "" +"All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " +"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " +"located." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: Select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " +"hired for this position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: Check the box to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +"when offering the job to a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: Select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " +"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " +":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " +"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " +"on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " +"will." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 +msgid "Create interview form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " +"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " +"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next the survey form loads. The :guilabel:`Survey Title` is pre-populated " +"based on the job description. Then, select the person " +":guilabel:`Responsible` for the survey from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:309 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Запитання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " +"in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 +msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " +"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " +"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" +" an answer for each row" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:136 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question format will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " +"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " +"position(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " +"background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:241 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Відповіді" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another " +":guilabel:`Question Type` is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains " +"hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:164 +msgid "" +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question types, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:167 +msgid "" +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:171 +msgid "" +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the photo file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the :guilabel:`↕️ (Up-down arrows)` on the far left of each answer " +"line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers " +"appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Однорядковий текстовий блок" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Question Type`, only two checkboxes appear in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: Activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: This option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: Activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:203 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Матриця" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:210 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` :guilabel:`Question Type`, there are two sets of " +"data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. " +"The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the " +"rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:383 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Опис" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:303 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Опції" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:235 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: The :guilabel:`Answers` section is blank, with " +"no choices needed to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:245 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: A :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:247 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, :guilabel:`Numerical Value`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Datetime`: A :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be " +"verified as adhering to the parameters set in this section. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the :guilabel:`Minimum` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum` values in the corresponding fields. Depending on the " +":guilabel:`Question Type` selected, these fields may reference characters, " +"numbers, or dates. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given " +"does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, " +"enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: The first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:260 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Обмеження" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (:guilabel:`This question requires " +"an answer`). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts " +"to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The " +"text should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Макет" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if " +"there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field appears. Enter the text to appear in the " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have management " +"experience?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years" +" of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant " +"selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have management experience?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have management experience?` as the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the " +"triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:296 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Онлайн-сесії" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:298 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:317 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:319 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: Choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: Display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: Display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:331 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Час та оцінювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " +"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " +"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: Choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:339 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:344 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: If one of the scoring options was selected, " +"a :guilabel:`Required Score (%)` field appears. Enter the percentage the " +"candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be " +"written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: Check this box if the form is a " +"certification exam. When checked, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: If the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is checked, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the " +"email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant" +" passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of " +"the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Учасники" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:360 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " +"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:364 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " +"field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:368 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "Онлайн-сесія" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter the access code that will allow the viewers " +"into the live exam session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " +"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:375 +msgid "" +"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:389 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Кінець повідомлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is complete the message entered in this tab is displayed for" +" the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Рекомендації" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " +"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Залучення" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Переглянути вакансії" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Посилання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Надіслати електронний лист другу" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Бали" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Нагороди" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Рівні" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Застереження" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Time Off" +msgstr "Відпустка" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " +"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " +"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " +":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" +" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " +":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" +" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " +"` can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +msgid "" +"All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " +"sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " +"access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " +"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " +"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" +" use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " +"then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +msgid "Time off types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " +"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " +"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " +"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " +"can be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " +"top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " +"following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 +msgid "Time off requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " +"the time off type. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " +"requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" +" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"option is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " +"for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " +":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" +" time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" +" :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " +"the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " +"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " +"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" +" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " +"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " +"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " +"deducted from the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " +"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " +"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " +"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 +msgid "Allocation requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " +"employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " +"time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If " +":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " +"Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " +"allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " +"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " +"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " +"what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " +"allocation of this particular type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must approve the " +"allocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" +" off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " +"*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 +msgid "Timesheets section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " +"mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " +"access the developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" +" entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " +"appear in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " +"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"or :guilabel:`Training`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 +msgid "Display option section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " +"application dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 +msgid "Accrual plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " +"specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" +" or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " +"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 +msgid "Create accrual plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," +" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " +"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " +"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " +"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " +"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " +"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " +":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" +" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " +"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " +"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " +"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " +"in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " +"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " +"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " +"their accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." +" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " +"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" +"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " +"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " +"accrual renews." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " +":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " +"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " +":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " +"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " +"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " +"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" +" with this plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" +" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" +" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " +"means any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" +" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" +" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Public holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" +" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 +msgid "" +"It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " +"the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" +" set as a public holiday (non-working days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +msgid "Create public holiday" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Public Holidays`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 +msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" +" the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "Enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " +"populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " +"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company's time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" +" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +"computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " +"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 +msgid "" +"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " +"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" +" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " +"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" +" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" +" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " +"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" +" have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " +"drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " +"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " +"type from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " +"a month view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " +"the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " +"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " +"appears on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" +" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +msgid "" +"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " +"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " +"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " +"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 +msgid "Allocate time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" +" to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " +"to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Approvals --> Allocations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +msgid "" +"This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" +" off that is being allocated to the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." +" Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation" +" is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" +" selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " +":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " +"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +"the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " +":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " +"` is configured (in days or hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " +"assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " +"The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " +"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " +"department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "" +"Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " +":guilabel:`Department`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " +"explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 +msgid "" +"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " +"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " +"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " +"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " +"off requests for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " +"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"time off request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " +"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " +"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" +" pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " +"purple (if applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 +msgid "" +"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" +" click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " +"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " +"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " +"and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " +":guilabel:`Date` selections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " +"approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " +"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " +"be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"information, and submit the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +msgid "Request allocation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +msgid "" +"If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " +"off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " +"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" +" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " +"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " +"all the allocations for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"allocation request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " +"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " +"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " +"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " +"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " +"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." +" This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " +"order to approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" +"sick time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 +msgid "Approvals" +msgstr "Затвердження" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " +"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " +"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " +"specific type of time off is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " +":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 +msgid "Approve allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +msgid "" +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 +msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +msgid "" +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +msgid "" +"The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " +"highlighted in a specific color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" +" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " +"request in detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" +" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +msgid "Approve time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 +msgid "" +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " +"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " +"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " +"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " +"are active and *not* in a draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " +":guilabel:`To Approve`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " +"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 +msgid "" +"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " +"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " +"department are then presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " +"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " +"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " +"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " +"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" +" gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 +msgid "" +"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" +" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " +"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " +"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " +"to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " +"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " +"allocations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Дашборд" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"(the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " +"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " +"increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +msgid "" +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " +"summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " +"available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 +msgid "" +"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " +"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " +"requests are shown as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 +msgid "" +"Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " +"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " +"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " +"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 +msgid "" +"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " +":ref:`time off form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +msgid "" +"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" +" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " +"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " +"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " +":guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +msgid "" +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 +msgid "My allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 +msgid "" +"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +msgid "" +"A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " +"by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " +"are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " +"types are being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 +msgid "By employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +msgid "" +"To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +msgid "" +"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " +":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " +"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " +"top of the report to view the data differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +msgid "" +"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " +"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " +":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "By type" +msgstr "За типом" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " +"time off type in its own section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " +"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 +msgid "" +"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " +"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27e81578b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,2583 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Студія" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Модель" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Запуск" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "На створення" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "На оновлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "На створення та оновлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "При видаленні" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "На підставі модифікації форми" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "На основі умовного часу" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "Подати заявку на" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Дія" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Виконати код Python" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "Створити новий запис" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "Оновити запис" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Виконати декілька дій" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "Надіслати ел. листа" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "Додати підписників" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "Створити нову дію" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "Надіслати SMS-повідомлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Властивості" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "Деталі контакту" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "Призначення користувача" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "Дата та календар" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "Діапазон дат і діаграма Ганта" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "Етапи конвеєру" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Мітки" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Зображення" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Рядки" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Примітки" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "Грошова вартість" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Компанія" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "Кастомне сортування" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Чатер" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Архівування" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Макет" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Світлий" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "У коробці" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Жирний" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Смугастий" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Шрифт" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Кольори" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Нижній колонтитул" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Формат сторінки" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Зовнішній" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Внутрішнє" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Бланк" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Блокувати" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Вбудований" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Таблиця" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Колонка" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"` the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "Переглядів" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "Форма" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "Дія" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Пошук" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "Канбан" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Список" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "Карта" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Календар" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "Когорта" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "Діаграма Ґанта" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "Зведена таблиця" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Графік" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Дашборд" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d58d7967f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -0,0 +1,1329 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Raymond Yu , 2024 +# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2024 +# Emily Jia , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Datasource International , 2024 +# Miao Zhou , 2024 +# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024 +# Mandy Choy , 2024 +# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:3 +msgid "Activities" +msgstr "活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " +"application." +msgstr "" +"*活动*是与 Odoo 数据库中的记录相关联的后续任务。可以在数据库中包含聊天线程、看板视图、列表视图或应用程序活动视图的任何页面上安排活动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "活动安排" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " +"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"创建活动的方法之一是点击任何记录的*沟通栏*顶部的 :guilabel:`日程活动`按钮。在弹出的窗口中，从下拉菜单中选择 " +":guilabel:`活动类型`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " +"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " +"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Activity Types`." +msgstr "" +"每个应用程序都有一个专用于该应用程序的*活动类型*列表。例如，要查看和编辑 *CRM* 应用程序可用的活动，请转到 " +":menuselection:`CRM 应用程序 --> 配置 --> 活动类型`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " +"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "在弹出窗口 :guilabel:`活动安排` 中的 :guilabel:`摘要` 字段中输入活动标题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " +"activity is automatically assigned." +msgstr "要将活动分配给不同的用户，请从 :guilabel:`分配给` 下拉菜单中选择一个名称。否则，将自动分配给创建活动的用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " +":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +msgstr "最后，请在可选的 :guilabel:`记录备注...`字段中添加其他信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " +"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgstr "" +"在弹出的 :guilabel:`活动安排` 窗口中，:guilabel:`截止日期` 字段会根据所选 :guilabel:`活动类型` " +"的配置设置自动填充。但是，可以通过在 :guilabel:`截止日期` 字段中选择日历上的某一天来更改此日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 +msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" +msgstr "最后，点击以下其中一个按钮：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`计划`：将活动添加到 :guilabel:`计划活动`下的沟通栏。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " +"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " +"marked as completed." +msgstr ":guilabel:`标记为完成`：在 :guilabel:`今天` 沟通栏中添加活动的详细信息。该活动不会被安排，而是自动标记为已完成。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " +"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." +msgstr ":guilabel:`完成 \\& 安排下一个`：将任务标记为已完成并添加到:guilabel:`今天` 下，并打开新的活动窗口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." +msgstr ":guilabel:`放弃`：放弃在弹出窗口上所做的任何更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 潜在客户和安排活动的选项视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " +"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " +"button." +msgstr "根据活动类型，:guilabel:`日程安排`按钮可能会被:guilabel:`保存`按钮或:guilabel:`打开日历`按钮取代。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " +":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " +"of an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "看板视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " +"out the pop-up form." +msgstr "选择要安排活动的记录。点击 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标，然后点击 :guilabel:`安排活动`，接着填写弹出的表格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 管道的看板视图，以及安排活动的选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "列表视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " +"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " +"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +msgstr "" +"选择要安排活动的记录。点击 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`安排活动`。如果记录已安排活动，时钟图标可能会被:guilabel:`📞（电话）` 或:guilabel:`✉️（信封）` " +"图标取代。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 管道的列表视图，以及安排活动的选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "活动视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " +"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " +"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " +"icon for the desired app." +msgstr "" +"要打开应用程序的活动视图，请从数据库任意位置的菜单栏中选择 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）`图标。从下拉菜单中选择任何应用程序，然后单击所需应用程序的" +" :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " +"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +msgstr "选择要安排活动的记录。在行中移动找到所需的活动类型，然后单击 :guilabel:`＋（加号）`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "活动颜色及其与活动到期日的关系在整个 Odoo 中都是一致的，与活动类型或视图无关。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " +"future." +msgstr "显示为**绿色**的活动表示截止日期在未来某个时候。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 +msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +msgstr "**黄色**表示活动的截止日期是今天。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." +msgstr "**红色**表示活动已逾期，且已过截止日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " +"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " +"on the kanban view." +msgstr "例如，如果为一个电话创建了一个活动，而截止日期已过，则该活动在列表视图中显示为红色电话，在看板视图中显示为红色时钟。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 +msgid "View scheduled activities" +msgstr "查看预定活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " +":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " +"to the far-right side of the other view options." +msgstr "" +"要查看计划活动，请打开 :menuselection:`销售应用程序`或 :menuselection:`CRM " +"应用程序`，然后单击位于其他视图选项最右侧的 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " +"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " +":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" +"这样做会打开活动菜单，默认情况下会显示用户的所有计划活动。要显示每个用户的所有活动，请从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏移除 " +":guilabel:`我的管道` 筛选器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" +" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" +" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"要查看按创建应用程序和截止日期分列的活动综合列表，请单击标题菜单上的 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标，在下拉菜单中查看该特定应用程序的活动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" +" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." +msgstr "" +"点击标题菜单上的 :guilabel:` 🕘（时钟）` 图标后，下拉菜单底部将显示 :guilabel:`添加新备注`和 " +":guilabel:`请求文档`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 +msgid "Configure activity types" +msgstr "配置活动类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "要配置数据库中的活动类型，请访问 :menuselection:` 设置应用程序 --> 讨论 --> 活动 --> 活动类型`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." +msgstr "强调菜单活动类型的设置页面视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "这样就会显示 :guilabel:`活动类型` 页面，在这里可以找到现有的活动类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" +"要编辑现有活动类型，请从列表中选择该类型，然后单击 :guilabel:`编辑`。要创建新的活动类型，请单击 :guilabel:`创建`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 +msgid "" +"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " +":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "在空白活动类型表单的顶部，首先为新活动类型选择 :guilabel:`名称`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "新活动类型表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "活动设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "操作" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " +"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "*操作* 字段指定了活动的意图。某些操作会在计划活动后触发特定行为。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " +"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "如果选择:guilabel:`上传文档`，则会在聊天记录中的计划活动中直接添加上传文档的链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " +"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "如果选择了 :guilabel:`电话呼叫` 或 :guilabel:`会议`，用户就可以选择打开日历，为该活动安排时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" +" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "如果选择 :guilabel:`请求签名`，则会在聊天记录中的计划活动上添加链接，弹出签名请求窗口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " +"applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "可选择的活动类型上的操作，会根据当前安装在数据库中的应用程序而有所不同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "默认用户" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " +"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" +" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" +" creates the activity." +msgstr "" +"要在计划此活动类型时将此活动自动分配给特定用户，请从 :guilabel:`默认用户` " +"下拉菜单中选择一个名称。如果此字段留空，活动将分配给创建活动的用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "默认摘要" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" +" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "要在创建此活动类型时包含备注，请在 :guilabel:`默认摘要` 字段中输入备注。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " +"Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " +"be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" +"创建活动时，将包含 :guilabel:`默认用户` 和 :guilabel:`默认摘要` 字段中的信息。但是，可以在计划或保存活动之前更改它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "下一个活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " +"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "要在活动标记完成后自动建议或触发新活动，必须设置 :guilabel:`连锁类型`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "建议下一个活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " +"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " +":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " +"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " +"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " +":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " +"deadline`." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`时间安排` 字段中，为这些活动选择默认截止日期。为此，请配置所需的 :guilabel:`日`、 :guilabel:`周` " +"或 :guilabel:`月` 数目。然后，决定它应该发生在 :guilabel:`完成日期之后`，还是在 " +":guilabel:`上一个活动截止日期之后`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " +"activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "完成所有配置后，单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgstr "活动安排弹出窗口，重点推荐活动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " +"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " +"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "触发下一个活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " +"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " +"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" +" launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" +" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " +"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "导出和导入数据" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "从 Odoo 导出数据" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" +"使用数据库时，有时必须将数据导出到不同的文件类型。 这样做可以帮助您对活动进行报告（即使Odoo的 每个应用程序都提供了精确而简单的报告工具）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "使用Odoo，您可以导出记录中任何字段的信息。 为此，在需要导出的项目上激活列表视图，单击 *操作* ，然后单击 *导出* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "启用/单击以导出数据等操作的视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "很简单，此操作仍具有一些特殊情况。 实际上，当单击 *导出* 时，会出现一个弹出窗口，其中包含用于导出数据的多个选项：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "在Odoo中导出数据时需考虑的所有选项概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" +"选中 *我想更新数据* 选项，系统仅显示可以导入的字段。 如果您想更新现有记录，这将非常有用。 基本上，这就像一个过滤器。 " +"取消选中该框会提供更多的字段选项，因为它会显示所有字段，而不只是可以导入的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" +"导出时，可以选择两种格式：.csv 和 .xls。 使用 .csv，项目以逗号分隔，而.xls 包含有关文件中所有工作表的信息，如内容和格式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" +"这些是您可能要导出的项目。 使用箭头显示更多子字段选项。 当然，您可以使用搜索栏更轻松地查找特定字段。 " +"要更有效地使用搜索选项，请单击所有箭头以显示所有字段！" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "+ 按钮用于将字段添加到“要导出”列表中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "所选字段旁边的“控点”允许您上下移动字段，以更改它们在导出文件中的显示顺序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "如果您需要删除字段，则可以点击垃圾箱图标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" +"对于定期报告，保存导出预设可能很有用。 选择所有需要的选项，然后单击模板栏。 在这里，单击 *新模板* ，并起一个名字。 " +"下次您需要导出相同列表时，只需选择相关模板。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "请牢记字段的外部标识符。 例如，*相关公司* 等于 *parent_id* 。 这样做可只导出您接下来要导入的内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "将数据导入 Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "如何开始" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" +"可使用Excel (.xlsx) 或CSV (.csv) 格式导入Odoo业务对象的任何数据：联系人、产品、银行对账单、日记账条目、甚至订单！" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "打开要填充的对象的视图，然后单击：menuselection：`收藏夹 --> 导入记录`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "系统提供了模板，您可以轻松地用自己的数据填充模板。 一键导入这些模板。 数据映射已经完成。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "如何使用模板" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "添加、删除或分类各行，使它们以最好的方式适应你的数据结构。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "建议不要删除 **ID** （原因见下节）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "向下拖动ID顺序，为每个记录设置唯一的ID。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "如何从其他应用程序中导入" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" +"为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的 " +"**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的 **XXX/ID** (XXX/外部 " +"ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新 **ID** 初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "我找不到想要映射的行的区域" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo试图基于文件的前10行找到文件内部各行的区域类型。例如，有一个只包含数字的行，只有 **** " +"类型的区域才显示供你选择。尽管这种方式可能在多数情况下都很合适，但也有可能出错，或者你希望将这些行映射到默认没有规划的区域中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "这时，你只需选择 **示关系区域的区域（高级）** 选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "在哪里修改数据导入格式？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" +"Odoo可自动检测特定列是否为日期，并且它还将从一组最常用的日期格式中猜测使用的日期格式。尽管这一过程可用于很多日期格式，但某些日期格式却无法识别。月和日倒置可能引起混淆；对于“01-03-2016”这样的格式，我们很难判断哪部分代表月份，哪部分代表日。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" +"要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的 **** 中点击 **期格** 。如果格式错误，你可以用 *ISO " +"8601* 修正格式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" +"如你导入一个Excel(.xls, " +".xlsx)文件，可使用日期单元格存放日期（因为在Excel中日期的显示与存储方式不一致）。这样当你在Odoo中找到一个日期就可以确保它是正确的格式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "我可以导入带有货币符号的数字(如:$32.00)吗?" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" +"是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在 **** " +"中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "支持的数字格式示例（如三万二千）：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "32000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "-32000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "(32000.00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "不合要求的例子：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "如果我导入的预览表无法正确显示该怎么办？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" +"默认导入预览是用逗号作为字段分隔符，引号作为文本分隔符。如你的CSV文件没有这些设置，可以修改文件格式选项（你选择文件后，在浏览CSV文件块下显示）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "请注意，如果你的CSV文件将表格作为分隔符，Odoo将不能判断这整种分隔关系。你需要在电子表格的格式选项中更改设置。见下面的问题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "保存我的电子表格应用时，如何更改CSV文件格式选项？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" +"如果你在电子表格应用程序中编辑和保存CSV文件，分隔符将应用你的计算机的地区设置。我们建议你使用OpenOffice或LibreOffice " +"Calc，因为它们允许修改全部三个选项（ :menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 勾选'编辑筛选设置' --> 保存`）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" +"微软Excel在保存时只允许修改编码（ :menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 点击'工具'下拉列表--> 编码选项卡`）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "数据库ID和外部ID的差别是什么？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" +"某些字段定义了与另一个对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家与“国家”对象记录关联。如果你想导入这样的字段，Odoo必须重新创建不同记录之间的关联。为帮助你导入这样的字段，Odoo提供了三种机制。你必须在每个要导入的字段中使用且仅使用一种机制。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "例如，在引用一个联系人的国别时，Odoo提供了三种不同的字段供你导入：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "国家/数据库ID：用于记录唯一的Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的记录ID" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中之一进行导入：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "国家: 比利时" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "国家/数据库ID：21" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "国家/外部 ID: base.be" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "根据需要，你可以使用三种方式之一来引用关系中的记录。参照指引：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "使用国家：如果手动创建了CSV文件，则这是最快捷的导入方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" +"使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个相同的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "使用国家/外部ID：从第三方应用中导入数据时，需要使用外部ID。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" +"使用外部ID时，可以使用 “外部ID” 列导入CSV文件，以定义要导入的每个记录的外部ID。 然后，您将能够使用诸如 “字段/外部ID” " +"之类的列来对该记录进行引用。 以下两个CSV文件为您提供了产品及其类别的示例。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" +":d " +"ownload：“用于类别的" +" CSV 文件”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" +":d " +"ownload：“产品的" +" CSV 文件”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "如果一个字段有多个匹配项，该怎么办？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"例如，如果您有两个产品类别，其子名称为“可售”（即“其他产品/可售产品”和“其他产品/可售产品”），则验证将暂停，但您仍可以导入数据。 " +"但是，我们建议您不要导入数据，因为它们都将链接到“产品类别”列表中的第一个“可售商品”类别（“其他产品/可售商品”）。 " +"我们建议您修改重复项之一的值或您的产品类别层次结构。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "但是，如果您不想更改产品类别的配置，建议您在此“类别”字段中使用外部ID。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "如何导入多对多关系字段（例如，具有多个标签的客户）？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" +"标签应以逗号分隔且没有任何间距。 例如，如果您希望将客户链接到标签“制造商”和“零售商”，那么您将在CSV文件的同一列中编码“制造商，零售商”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr ":d拥有：“制造商，零售商的CSV文件`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "如何导入一对多的关系（例如多个订单行对应一个销售订单）？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" +"如果你先导入包含多个订单行的销售订单；你需要在CSV文件中为每个订单行保留一个特定行。第一个订单行将按相对于订单的信息在同一行导入。所有其他订单行都需要一个额外的行，它在字段中没有相对于的订单的任何信息。例如，你可以根据演示数据导入某些报价的``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV``文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" +":d拥有：“”提交一些报价”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "以下CSV文档显示如何用各自的采购订单行导入订单：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" +":d拥有量：“采购订单及其各自的采购订单行”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "以下CSV文件显示如何导入顾客及其联系人：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr ":d拥有：“客户及其各自的联系人”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录吗？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" +"如果导入的文件包含“外部 ID”或“数据库 " +"ID”列之一，则将修改已导入的记录，而不是创建这些记录。这非常有用，因为它允许您多次导入相同的CSV文件，同时在两次导入之间进行一些更改。Odoo将负责创建或修改每条记录，具体取决于它是否是新的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "此功能允许你使用Odoo的导入/导出工具修改批记录，非常适合电子表格应用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "如果我没有为特定字段提供值怎么办？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" +"如果您未在CSV文件中设置所有字段，则Odoo将为每个未定义的字段分配默认值。 但是，如果您在CSV文件中将字段设置为空值，则Odoo会在该字段中设置 " +"\"空\" 值，而不是分配默认值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "如何从一个SQL应用中向Odoo导出/导入不同的表单？" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" +"如要从不同的表单中导入数据，应在各个记录间重新创建属于不同表单的关系（即：如你导入公司和人员数据，需要在每个人及其服务的公司间重新创建链接）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" +"如要管理表单之间的关系，你可使用Odoo的“外部ID”工具。一条记录的“外部ID”是指这条记录在其他应用程序中的唯一标识符。“外部ID”必须在所有对象的所有记录中具备唯一性，因此在“外部ID”前面加上应用程序或表单名称是很好的习惯。（如“company_1'”或“person_1”，而不仅仅只有“1”）" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" +"例如，假设您有一个 SQL " +"数据库，其中包含两个要导入的表：公司和个人。每个人都属于一家公司，因此您必须重新创建一个人与他工作的公司之间的联系。（如果你想测试这个例子，这里有一个:d" +" ownload：`dump of this " +"postgreSQL数据库`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入以下命令：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "这条SQL命令将创建以下CSV文件：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "在PSQL环境中使用以下SQL命令为个人创建CSV文档并链接到对应的公司：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "它将生成以下CSV文件：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" +"从本文件可以看出，Fabien和Laurence在Bigees公司工作（company_1），Eric在Organi公司工作。人员与公司的关系通过公司的外部ID来确定。我们必须将表单名称作为“外部ID”的前缀，以免人员与公司的ID之间出现冲突（person_1和company_1在原始数据库中的ID都是1）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" +"两个未经修改的文件已经就绪并导入Odoo。导入这两个CSV文件后，有4个联系人、3个公司（前两个联系人服务于同一公司）。你必须首先导入公司，然后导入人员。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "如何适配导入模板" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, " +"OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "如何自定义文件" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除 *ID* （原因如下）" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "为什么要用 \"ID\" 行" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "**ID**（外部ID）是行项目独一无二的标识符。请使用之前的软件，平稳过度到Odoo。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "如何导入关系字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" +"Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" +"可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / " +"ID）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "应用内购买" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from your database." +msgstr "应用内购买（IAP）可让您通过 Odoo 获得更多服务。例如，它允许您发送 SMS 短信或直接从数据库邮寄发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "购买信用" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" +"每项 IAP 服务都依靠预付点数运行，并有自己的定价。要查询当前余额或为账户充值，请访问:menuselection:`设置--> Odoo " +"IAP-->查看我的服务`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "如果您使用 Odoo 云端版并拥有企业版，您可以使用免费点数来测试我们的 IAP 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "IAP账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but " +"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " +"Account`." +msgstr "" +"使用 IAP 服务的点数存储在 IAP 账户中，每个服务都有特定的 IAP 账户。默认情况下，IAP 账户对所有公司通用，但也可限制对特定公司使用。激活" +" :ref:`开发者模式`，然后转到 :menuselection:`技术设置 --> IAP 账户`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "" +"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " +"Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgstr "在 IAP 帐户的令牌中添加`+disabled`可禁用该帐户。撤销这一更改将重新启用账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "IAP门户" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgstr "" +"IAP 门户是一个重新组合您的 IAP 服务的平台。可通过 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> " +"查看我的服务`访问该门户。在这里，您可以查看当前余额、充值点数，并在余额低于阈值时设置提醒。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "在信用降低后收到通知" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" +msgstr "" +"要在充值点数时收到通知，您可以通过:menuselection:`设置应用程序--> Odoo IAP-->查看我的服务`进入您的 IAP " +"门户，展开一项服务并勾选接收阈值警告选项。然后，您可以提供最低额度和电子邮件地址。现在，每次达到限额时，都会通过电子邮件发送自动提醒！" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12877a100 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,9503 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# 稀饭~~ , 2024 +# Emily Jia , 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Jeffery CHEN , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Rhea Xiao, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rhea Xiao, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "人力资源" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "出勤" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "**Odoo 出勤** 模块可用作出勤记录工具，员工可通过该功能进行签到和签退，而经理则可随时查看在岗情况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "`Odoo 教程：出勤 `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "硬件" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "自助终端管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "自助终端是一个自助服务站，允许员工自助办理签到签退。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "可通过两种方式设置自助终端：" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "**笔记本电脑和台式电脑**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "在网络浏览器中运行自助终端是最便宜、最灵活的选择，您可以使用任何与网络浏览器兼容的热敏打印机或喷墨打印机打印工牌。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "**平板电脑和手机（安卓或 iOS）**" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "平板电脑和手机占用的空间更小，而且触摸屏操作更简单。可以考虑将其摆放在前台的安全底座上，或牢固地安装在墙上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"建议将 iPad 与 `Heckler Design WindFall " +"底座`_ 搭配使用" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "RFID 钥匙扣阅读器" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "员工可以使用 RFID 阅读器扫描个人 RFID 钥匙扣，便可快速、轻松地管理签到和签退。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "将 RFID 钥匙扣放在 RFID 阅读器上" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"建议使用 `Neuftech USB RFID 阅读器 `_。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr " **不** 需要使用物联网盒子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "条形码扫描仪" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" +"扫描工牌上的条形码，员工便可轻松快速地管理签到和签退。对于员工自助模式，可支持大多数直接连接到计算机的 USB " +"条形码扫描仪，同时也支持蓝牙条形码扫描仪。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" +"建议使用 `Honeywell 产品系列 " +"`_。如果将条码扫描仪直接连接到计算机上，请务必将配置设定为使用计算机的键盘布局。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "员工" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "Odoo *员工* 模块可用于整理公司的雇佣记录、合同以及部门。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "添加新员工" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"新员工入职后，第一步是创建新员工表单。从 :menuselection:`员工` 应用的仪表板开始，单击 :guilabel:`新建` " +"按钮创建员工表单，填写所需信息（粗体下划线）和其他详细信息，然后单击 :guilabel:` 保存' 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "新建一张员工卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "当前公司的电话号码及名称将自动填充至 :guilabel:`工作电话` 和 :guilabel:`公司` 字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "一般信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "必填字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`：输入员工姓名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Company`：从下拉菜单中选择新员工受雇的公司，或在字段中输入名称以新建公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "可选字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr ":guilabel:`照片`：在员工卡右上方的图片框中，单击 :guilabel:`✏️ (铅笔)` 编辑图标，然后选择要上传的照片。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "guilabel:`工作职位`：输入员工的职位名称。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" +"标签：单击下拉菜单中的标签，添加适用于该员工的所有标签。在该字段中输入标签名称，即可创建新标签。创建后，所有员工卡均可使用新标签。除此，可添加的标签数量不受限制。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" +"工作联系信息：输入员工的 :guilabel:`工作电话`、:guilabel:`工作手机`、:guilabel:`工作邮箱` 和/或 " +":guilabel:`公司` 名称。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr ":guilabel:`部门`：从下拉菜单中选中员工所在部门。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr ":guilabel:`经理`：从下拉菜单中选择员工经理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr ":guilabel:`导师`：从下拉菜单中选择员工导师。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" +"选择 :guilabel:`经理` 后，若 :guilabel:`导师` 字段为空，则所选经理将自动填充 :guilabel:`导师` 字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" +"要编辑已选定的 :guilabel:`部门`、 :guilabel:`经理` 、 :guilabel:`导师` 或 " +":guilabel:`公司`，请单击相应选项旁边的 :guilabel:`外部链接` 按钮，即可打开所选表单，以便进行修改。编辑完成后，单击 " +":guilabel:`保存` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "其他信息标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "简历选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "简历" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " +"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"following information for each entry." +msgstr "" +"下一步，在 :guilabel:`简历` 选项卡中输入员工的工作经历，注意每行简历都必须单独输入。单击 :guilabel:`创建新条目`，屏幕上将显示" +" :guilabel:`创建简历行`的表单。然后，为每个条目输入以下信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "在此表单中添加以往工作经历信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." +msgstr ":guilabel:`标题`：输入以前工作经历的标题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`类型`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`经历`、 " +":guilabel:`教育`、:guilabel:内部认证`、:guilabel:`内部培训` 或输入新条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`显示类型`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`经典`、:guilabel:`认证` 或 :guilabel:`课程`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`开始日期` 和 :guilabel:`结束日期`：输入工作经历的开始和结束日期。要选择日期，请使用 :guilabel:`< " +"（左）` 和 :guilabel:`> （右）` 箭头图标滚动至欲选月份，然后单击日期进行选择。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr ":guilabel:`描述`：在该字段中输入任何相关详细信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." +msgstr "" +"输入所有信息后，如果只需添加一个条目，请单击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 按钮；如果要保存当前条目并新建简历行，请单击 " +":guilabel:`保存并新建` 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," +" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +msgstr "" +"保存新员工表单后，当前职位和公司将自动添加至 :guilabel:`简历` 选项卡下的 :guilabel:`经历`中，且结束日期显示为 " +":guilabel:`至今`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "技能" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +msgstr "" +"可在 :guilabel:`简历` 选项卡中以创建简历行的相同方式输入员工的技能。单击 :guilabel:`技能` 下方的 " +":guilabel:`创建` 按钮，屏幕上将显示 `创建技能` 表单。然后，在该表单中填入相关信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "为该员工创建一项新技能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " +"by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`技能类型`：单击技能类型旁边的单选按钮，即可选择 :ref:`技能类型` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`技能`：与所选 :guilabel:`技能类型` 相关的技能均将显示在下拉菜单中。例如，选中`技能类型`中的`语言`类型后， " +":guilabel:`技能` 字段下方将显示多种语言以供选择。请选择适当的预配置技能，或输入名称以创建新技能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " +"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" +" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " +":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`技能等级`：与所选 :guilabel:`技能类型` " +"相关的预定义技能等级将显示在下拉菜单中。选择一个技能等级，进度条中将自动显示该技能等级的预定义进度。可在 :guilabel:`技能等级` " +"弹出表单中修改技能等级和进度，单击 :guilabel:`技能等级` 字段旁边的 :guilabel:`外部链接` 按钮即可访问该表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +msgstr "" +"输入所有信息后，如果只需添加一个条目，请单击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 按钮；如果要保存当前条目并新建一项技能，请单击 " +":guilabel:`保存并新建` 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" +"要删除 :guilabel:`简历` 选项卡中的任何一行，请单击 :guilabel:`🗑️ （垃圾桶）` 图标删除此条目。单击相应选项旁边的 " +":guilabel:`添加` 按钮，即可添加新行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 +msgid "Skill types" +msgstr "技能类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " +"must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " +"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" +" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" +" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"this for all the skill types needed." +msgstr "" +"要将技能添加至员工表单中，必须配置 :guilabel:`技能类型`。前往:menuselection:`员工应用 --> 配置 --> 技能类型` " +"，查看当前配置的技能类型并创建新技能类型。单击 :guilabel:`创建`，屏幕上将显示新建 " +":guilabel:`技能类型`表单。填写所有详细信息，然后单击 :guilabel:`保存`。对所有需要的各项技能类型，需重复此操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " +"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" +" category." +msgstr ":guilabel:`技能类型`：输入技能类型的名称。请注意该名称应具备一定的通用性，因为列出的一些具体技能将被归为这一类。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " +"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr ":guilabel:`技能`：单击 :guilabel:`添加新行` 并输入新技能的信息，然后对全部所需技能重复该操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " +"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " +"close the form." +msgstr "" +" :guilabel:`等级`：单击 :guilabel:`添加新行`，屏幕中将显示 :guilabel:` 创建等级` " +"表单。输入等级名称，并为该等级指定一个百分比（0-100）。单击 :guilabel:`保存并新建` 按钮，以保存该条目并创建新等级；或单击 " +":guilabel:`保存并关闭` 按钮；以保存该等级并关闭表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " +"in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " +"`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " +"`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" +"要添加数学技能集，请在 :guilabel:`名称` 字段中输入 `数学`。然后，在 :guilabel:`技能` " +"字段中输入`代数`、`微积分`以及`三角学`。最后，在 :guilabel:`等级` 字段中输入`入门`、`中等`以及`专家`，且对应的 " +":guilabel:`进度` 值分别为`25`、`50` 以及 `100`。然后单击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 或 " +":guilabel:`保存并新建`按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgstr "在技能类型表单中创建新数学技能及等级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "工作信息选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " +"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " +"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " +"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " +"information for the new employee." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`工作信息` " +"选项卡中，存放着员工具体工作的相关信息，其中列出了员工的工作时间表、各种角色、特定请求（休假、工时单和费用）审批人以及具体工作地点的详细信息。请为新员工输入以下信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " +":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " +"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " +"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " +"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " +"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`地址`：从相应的下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`工作地址` 和 :guilabel:`工作地点`。单击工作地址旁边的 " +":guilabel:`外部链接`按钮，将在窗口中打开所选公司表单，并允许编辑； " +":guilabel:`工作地点`展示的是具体工作地点的详细信息，如楼层或楼宇。如需新建工作地点，请在该字段中输入以添加。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`审批者`：在下拉菜单中，选中对该员工的 :guilabel:`休假`、:guilabel:`费用` 和 " +":guilabel:`工时单` 进行审批的用户。单击 guilabel:`外部链接`按钮，将打开一个包含审批人 " +":guilabel:`姓名`、:guilabel:`邮箱地址`、:guilabel:`公司`、 :guilabel:`手机` 以及 " +":guilabel:`电话` 字段的表单。如有需要，可修改这些字段。完成编辑后，请单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " +":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " +"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`工作时间表`：为员工选择 :guilabel:`工作时间` 和 :guilabel:`时区`（均为必填字段）。单击 " +"guilabel:`外部链接'按钮，将打开展示每日具体工作时间的详细视图。如有需要，可修改或删除工作时间。然后单击 :guilabel:`保存` " +"按钮，以保存变更。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " +"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " +"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " +"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" +" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " +":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " +"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " +"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`规划`：:guilabel:`规划`模块将启用*规划*应用，只有安装了*规划* 应用，才会显示该模块。在 " +":guilabel:`默认规划角色` 和 :guilabel:`规划角色` " +"字段的下拉菜单中，单击规划角色以分别添加角色。:guilabel:`规划角色` 的数量不设限制，但只允许设定一个 " +":guilabel:`默认规划角色`。默认规划角色是该员工执行的*典型* 角色，而 :guilabel:`规划角色` 是该员工可执行的*所有*角色。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "在“工作信息”选项卡中添加工作信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " +"section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " +"resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +"employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." +msgstr "" +"对于 :guilabel:`审批人` 模块的下拉菜单中显示的用户，必须具备相应人力资源角色的 *管理员* 权限。要查看谁拥有该权限，请前往 " +":menuselection:`设置应用 --> 用户 --> 管理用户`。点击一名员工，并查看 :guilabel:`访问` 选项卡中的 " +":guilabel:`人力资源` 选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " +"or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." +msgstr "" +"要让用户显示在:`费用`审批人列表中，必须将其设置为:guilabel:`费用` 角色的 " +":guilabel:`团队审批人`、:guilabel:`所有审批人`或:guilabel:`管理员`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " +"for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." +msgstr "" +"要让用户显示在 :guilabel:`休假` 审批人的列表中，必须将其设置为:guilabel:`休假` 角色的 :guilabel:`主管` 或 " +":guilabel:`管理员` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +"they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." +msgstr "" +"要让用户显示在 :guilabel:`工时单` 审批人的列表中，必须将其设置为:guilabel:`薪资管理` 角色的 :guilabel:`主管` 或" +" :guilabel:`管理员` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr ":guilabel: 工作时长`与公司的工作时间相关，员工的工作时长不能超出公司的工作时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "个人的工作时间因公司而异，因此对于多公司数据库，每个公司都需要设置自己的工作时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" +"如果员工的工作时间未配置为公司的工作时间，则可以添加新的工作时间，或修改现有的工作时间。要添加或修改工作时间，请前往 " +":menuselection:`薪酬应用 --> 配置 -->工作时间`，添加工作时间或编辑现有工作时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "创建新的工作时间后，为员工设置工作时长。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "个人信息选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:224 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`个人信息` " +"选项卡中的所有信息都不是必需的，但其中某些信息可能对公司的工资部门至关重要。为了正确处理工资单并确保所有扣款都已入账，应输入员工的个人信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" +"在此处输入员工的 " +":guilabel:`个人联系方式`、:guilabel:`婚姻状态`、:guilabel:`紧急联系方式`、:guilabel:`教育状况`、:guilabel:`公民身份`、:guilabel:`部门`" +" 以及:guilabel:`工作许可证` 信息。可通过下拉菜单、单击复选框或输入信息来填写这些字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " +"employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " +"information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`：输入员工的个人 :guilabel:`地址` " +"。可通过下拉菜单进行选择，如果没有相关信息，请输入新地址的名称。要编辑新地址，请单击 :guilabel:`外部链接` " +"按钮以打开地址表单。在地址表单中，输入必要的详细信息，然后单击:guilabel:`保存`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "如果地址已列在下拉菜单中，则 :guilabel:`个人联系方式` 选项中的一些其他信息可能会自动填充。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " +"number in the corresponding fields." +msgstr "然后，在相应字段中输入员工的 :guilabel:`邮箱` 地址和 :guilabel:`手机` 号码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择员工的偏好 :guilabel:`语言` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " +"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " +"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"使用下拉菜单输入员工的:guilabel:`银行账号` " +"。如果尚未配置银行（创建新员工时的典型情况），请输入银行账号，然后单击:guilabel:`创建并编辑`，此时屏幕中将出现 " +":guilabel:`创建：银行账号`的对话框，请填写相关信息，然后单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " +"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits." +msgstr "最后，填写 :guilabel:`家庭——公司距离` 字段。只有在员工可领取任何类型的通勤津贴时，才需要填写该字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`婚姻状态`：从下拉菜单中选择 " +":guilabel:`单身`、:guilabel:`已婚`、:guilabel:`合法同居`、:guilabel:`丧偶`或 " +":guilabel:`离婚`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " +"emergency contact." +msgstr ":guilabel:`紧急联系方式`：输入员工紧急联系人的姓名和手机号码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`教育状况`：从 :guilabel:`文凭` 下拉菜单中选择员工完成的最高教育级别。选项包括 " +":guilabel:`应届毕业生`、:guilabel:`学士`、:guilabel:`硕士`、:guilabel:`博士`或 " +":guilabel:`其他`。在相应的字段中输入 :guilabel:`研究领域` 和 :guilabel:`学校` 名称。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`公民身份`：包含与员工公民身份相关的所有信息。有些选项可使用下拉菜单，:guilabel:`国籍（国家）`、:guilabel:`性别`以及:guilabel:`出生国家`选项也是如此。:guilabel:`出生日期`需使用日历模块选择日期。首先，点击月份名称，然后点击年份，以访问年份范围。使用" +" :guilabel:`< (左)`和 :guilabel:`> " +"(右)`箭头图标，导航至正确的年份范围，然后点击年份。接着，点击月份。最后，单击选择日期。输入 " +":guilabel:`身份证号码\"、:guilabel:`护照号码`以及:`出生地` 字段的信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " +":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." +msgstr ":guilabel:`受扶养人`：如果员工有子女，请在该字段输入:guilabel:`子女数量`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " +"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " +"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " +"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" +" :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`工作许可证`：如果员工拥有工作许可证，请在该选项输入相关信息。在相应字段中输入 :guilabel:`签证号码` 和/或 " +":guilabel:`工作许可证编号` 。使用日历模块，选择 :guilabel:`签证到期时间` 和/或 the " +":guilabel:`工作许可证到期日期` 以输入到期日期。如可以，请上传工作许可证文件电子副本。单击 " +":guilabel:`上传文件`，在文件浏览器中导航至工作许可证文件，然后单击 :guilabel:`打开`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "在“私人信息”选项卡中添加私人信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:288 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "人力资源设置选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "根据公司所在国家的不同，该选项卡提供了不同的信息字段。不同的区域配置不同的字段，但有些字段将始终显示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " +"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`状态`:：选择 :guilabel:`员工类型` ，如适用，通过下拉菜单选择 :ref:`相关用户 " +"`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " +":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`薪酬`: 从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`当前合同和 :guilabel:`工作岗位` 。如适用，在该选项输入 " +":guilabel:`注册编号` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" +" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " +"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`前雇主`：本模块仅适用于比利时公司，对其他地区的公司不可见。这些天数将支付给新员工。输入从前雇主处获得的所有 " +":guilabel:`需恢复的休假工资金额`、:guilabel:`需恢复的休假天数`以及 :guilabel:`已恢复的休假工资金额`，包含属于 N " +"和 N-1 类别的所有信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " +"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" +" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " +":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`以往职业`：该模块仅适用于比利时公司，对其他地区的公司不可见。单击 :guilabel:`添加一行` " +"，输入每一份既往职业的相关信息。在相应字段输入 :guilabel:`月`数、 :guilabel:`金额`以及 :guilabel:`职业率` 。单击" +" :guilabel:`🗑️ （垃圾桶）` 图标以删除该行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " +"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." +" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " +"badge ID." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`考勤/销售点`：如需要/ 拥有，可在此输入员工的 :guilabel:` 工牌 ID` 和guilabel:`PIN 码` " +"。单击:guilabel:`工牌 ID` 旁边的 :guilabel:`生成` 按钮，以创建工牌 ID。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " +"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " +"center " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" +" value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`应用程序设置`： 如适用，请输入 :guilabel:`车队移动卡` 编号。以 $XX.XX 格式输入员工的每小时成本，员工在 " +":doc:`工作中心<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`" +" 工作时，该成本将计算在内。若制造产品的价值不固定，此数值将影响产品的制造成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "输入人力资源设置选项卡中提示的所有员工信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " +"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " +"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." +msgstr "员工不需要同时是用户。员工**不**计入账单，但**用户****必须**计入账单。如果新员工同时也是用户，则必须创建用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:327 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " +"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," +" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," +" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`相关用户` 字段中，输入要添加的用户名，然后单击 :guilabel:`创建并编辑...`。此时，屏幕上将显示 " +":guilabel:`创建：相关用户` 表单。输入 :guilabel:`名字`和 :guilabel:`邮箱地址`，然后从下拉菜单中选择 " +":guilabel:`公司` 。信息填写完整后，单击:guilabel:`保存` 。保存记录后，新用户将显示在 :guilabel:`相关用户` " +"字段中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "文档" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." +" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " +"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " +"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents " +"smart-button." +msgstr "所有已上传的员工相关文档将显示在文档智能按钮中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "车辆" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "合同终止日期提醒" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "制造商" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "车辆型号" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "型号" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "工资" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "引擎" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "型号类别" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "财务" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "合同" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "列表视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "看板视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "图形视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "数据透视视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "工资" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *工资单*用于处理工作条目以及创建员工薪资单，包括固定工资和绩效工资。工资单可与其他 Odoo " +"应用协同工作，如*员工*、*工时单*、*休假*和*考勤*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" +"*工资单* " +"应用有助于避免验证工作条目时出现问题或冲突；可用于处理特定国家的本地化，以确保工资单符合当地规则和税收；并允许进行工资分配。工资单配置对于确保准确及时地处理薪资单至关重要。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" +"要访问 *设置*，请前往 :menuselection: `工资单 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在此处，可选择是否将薪资单发布至会计系统，以及是否创建" +" SEPA 付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`设置` 屏幕上配置本地化设置。*本地化*是创建数据库时在 Odoo " +"中预先配置的针对特定国家的设置，包括特定国家的所有税费和津贴。在:guilabel:`设置`的 " +":guilabel:`本地化`选项中，包含公司提供的所有员工福利的详细视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "工资册可用设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" +"对于任何特定国家的本地化，均在 :guilabel:`设置` 屏幕的 :guilabel:`本地化` " +"选项中进行配置。在创建数据库并指定国家后，所有本地化项目都会预先填充。除非特别需要，否则不建议更改本地化设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "工作条目" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" +"*工作条目*是员工工时单上的一条单独记录。所有工作和休假类型均可配置为工作条目，如 " +":guilabel:`考勤`、:guilabel:`病假`、:guilabel:`培训`或 :guilabel:`国家法定节假日`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:47 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "工作条目类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" +"在 *工资册* 应用程序中创建工作条目时，或员工在 *工时单* 应用程序中输入信息时，首先需要选择 " +":guilabel:`工作条目类型`。系统将根据数据库中的本地化设置自动创建:guilabel:`工作条目类型`列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "查看当前可用工作条目类型，请前往 :menuselection:`工资册 --> 配置 -->工作条目类型`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "每个工作条目类型都具备一个代码，以帮助创建工资单，并确保正确输入所有税费。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "当前可用的所有工作条目类型列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "新建工作条目类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "要新建工作条目类型，请单击 :guilabel:`创建`按钮，并在表单中输入以下信息：" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`工作条目类型名称`：名称应简短且具有描述性，比如 `病假` 或 `国家法定节假日`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`代码`: 此代码与工作条目共同显示在工时单和工资单上。由于该代码与*会计* 应用程序结合适用，建议向会计部门咨询代码的使用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DMFA Code`: This code is used to identify DMFA entries on a " +"corresponding DMFA report, and is for Belgian-based companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr ":guilabel:`四舍五入`：四舍五入法决定如何在工资单上显示工时单条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr ":guilabel:`不采用四舍五入法`：不修改工时单条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr ":guilabel:`半天`: 对工时单的条目进行四舍五入，将其近似至最接近半天的工时数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr ":guilabel:`一天`: 对工时单的条目进行四舍五入，将其近似至最接近一天的工时数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" +"如果公司的工作时间设置为每天 8 小时（每周 40 小时），而员工在工时单中输入的时间为 5.5 小时，且 :guilabel:`四舍五入` 设置为 " +":guilabel:`不采用四舍五入法`，则输入的时间仍为 5.5 小时。如果 :guilabel:`四舍五入` 设置为 " +":guilabel:`半天`，则条目将改为 4 小时。如果设置为 :guilabel:`一天`，条目将改为 8 小时。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for unpaid " +"work, specify which pay structure the work entry can apply to from the drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list apply to the work entry, check " +"off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "新建工作条目类型表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "工作时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" +"要查看当前配置的工作时间，请前往 :menuselection:`工资册 --> 配置 --> " +"工作时间`。在此列表中，可找到适用于员工合同和工作条目的工作时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" +"工作时间因公司而异。每家公司必须确定其使用的每种工作时间类型。例如，Odoo 数据库中包含多家使用 40 " +"小时标准工作周的公司，则需要为每家采用标准工作时长的公司设置单独的工作时间条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "数据库中当前设置的所有工作时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "新建工作时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "要新建工作时间，请单击 :guilabel:`创建`按钮，并在表单中输入相关信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "新建工作时间类型表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" +"这些字段被自动填充为标准 40 小时工作周，但可以进行修改。首先，通过修改 :guilabel:`名称` " +"字段中的文本来更改工作时间的名称。然后，对适用于新工作时间的天数和时间进行调整。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" +"在:guilabel:`工作时长` 选项卡中，单击每列中的下拉菜单，修改:guilabel:每周天数`、 " +":guilabel:`每天时长`以及:guilabel:`工作条目类型` 选项，并选中所需选项。输入时间，可修改:guilabel:`开始工作时间` " +"和:guilabel:`结束工作时间` 列。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`工作开始时间` 和 :guilabel:`工作结束时间`必须采用 24 小时制格式。例如，`下午 2:00 ` " +"应输入为`14:00`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" +"如果工作时间应为两周配置，请单击:guilabel:`切换至 2 周日历` 按钮，将为:guilabel:`偶数周` " +"和:guilabel:`奇数周`创建条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "工资结构类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" +"在 Odoo " +"中，员工的工资单基于*结构*和*结构类型*，两者会影响员工输入工时单的方式。每种结构类型都包含处理工时单条目的一组规则，由嵌套在其中的不同结构组成。结构类型定义了员工获取工资的频率、工作时长，以及工资是基于工资（固定）还是基于工作时间（变化）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" +"例如，结构类型可以是`员工` ，而该结构类型中可能包含有两个不同的结构：一个是`固定工资` 结构，其中包括处理固定工资的所有单独的规则；另一个是 " +"`年终奖`结构，其中只包括年终奖发放的规则。而`固定工资` 结构和`年终奖` 结构都属于 `员工` 结构类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`工资册 --> 配置 --> 结构类型`，即可查看不同的工资结构类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 中配置了两种默认结构类型：*员工*和工人*。通常情况下，*员工* 结构类型适用于发放固定薪资的员工，其工资类型为 *固定月薪*；而 *工人* " +"结构类型适用于按小时支付工资的员工，其工资类型为 *时薪*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "包含所有结构类型的列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"单击 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮，以创建新的结构类型。大部分字段已预先填充，但所有字段均可编辑。编辑完成后，单击 :guilabel:`保存` " +"按钮以保存更改，或单击 :guilabel:`丢弃` 按钮以删除条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "结构" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "*薪资结构*是指员工在特定*结构*内获取薪资的不同方式，并由各种规则具体定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "公司对每种薪资类型的结构数量需求取决于薪资获取的不同方式以及薪资计算方式。例如， `奖金`便是一种可增添的常见结构。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "查看每种结构类型的所有不同结构，请前往:menuselection:`工资册 --> 配置 --> 结构`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "所有可用的薪资结构。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" +"每种 :ref:`结构类型 `都列出了与之相关的各种结构，而每个结构都包含了一组定义规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "单击结构查看其:guilabel:`薪资规则`，而这些规则用于计算员工的工资单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "“固定工资”工资结构详情。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" +"每个结构都有一套*工资规则*，用于会计核算。这些规则通过本地化进行配置，并影响 *会计* 应用程序，因此只在必要时才可修改默认规则或创建新规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" +"查看所有规则，请前往:menuselection:`工资单应用程序 --> 配置 --> " +"规则`。单击结构（比如，:guilabel:`固定工资`），查看该结构的所有规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "每种工资结构类型的规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "要新建规则，请单击 :guilabel:`创建`，屏幕中将显示新建规则表单。在相应字段中输入信息，然后单击:guilabel:`保存`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "输入新建规则的相关信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "规则模块的必填字段包括：" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`：输入规则名称。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr ":guilabel:`类别`：从下拉菜单中选择该规则适用的类别，或输入新类别。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr ":guilabel:`代码`：输入用于此新规则的代码。建议与会计部门协商代码的使用，因为这将影响会计部门的工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr ":guilabel:`工资结构`：从下拉菜单中选择该规则适用的薪资结构，或输入新的薪资结构。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`适用条件`：在 :guilabel:`一般` 选项卡中，从下拉菜单中选择适用条件为 :guilabel:`Always True`" +" （始终适用）、 :guilabel:`Range` （适用于特定范围，可在选择项下方输入）或者 :guilabel:`Python " +"Expression`（适用于 Python 表达式，可在选择项下方输入代码）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`金额类型`：在 :guilabel:`一般` " +"选项卡中，从下拉菜单中选择金额类型为:guilabel:`固定金额`、:guilabel:`百分比 (%)` 或者:guilabel:`Python " +"代码`。然后，根据所选类型输入固定金额、百分比或 Python 代码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "规则参数" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"目前，:menuselection:`工资单应用 --> 配置` 菜单中的:guilabel:`规则参数` " +"功能模块仍在开发中，仅适用于比利时市场的特定场景。待该模块发展成熟并向更多市场推广时，将更新相关文档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "其他输入类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:262 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" +"创建工资单时，有时需要针对特定情况添加其他条目，如费用、报销或扣除。前往 :menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置 --> 其他输入类型` " +"，即可配置其他输入项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "工资单的其他输入类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. If the input " +"type applies to all structures, leave the :guilabel:`Availability in " +"Structure` field blank. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "新建输入类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "工资包配置程序" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" +"在:menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置` 菜单中， :guilabel:`工资包配置程序` " +"下方所列选项都将影响员工的潜在工资。这些选项（:guilabel:`补贴`、:guilabel:`个人信息`以及 :guilabel:`简历`） " +"规定了员工的工资包中可提供的福利。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" +"根据员工输入的信息（如扣除额、受抚养人等），工资会进行相应调整。求职者在公司网站上申请工作时，:guilabel:`工资包配置程序` " +"下方的选项将直接影响求职者看到的内容，以及求职者输入信息时自动填充的内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:294 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "补贴" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"在向潜在员工提供职位时，除了工资外，还可以在 Odoo " +"中设置一些*补贴*，使提供的职位更具吸引力（如额外的休息时间、公司车辆使用权限、电话或网络费用报销等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "要查看补贴，请前往:menuselection:`工资单--> 配置 --> 补贴`。这些补贴按照:guilabel:`结构类型`分组。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "工资单的可用设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" +"要新建补贴，请单击:guilabel:`创建` 按钮。在该字段输入相关信息，然后单击:guilabel:`保存` " +"按钮以保存变更，或单击:guilabel:`丢弃` 按钮以删除条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "员工补贴列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "补贴模块的必填字段包括：" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`：输入补贴名称。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr ":guilabel:`补贴字段`：在下拉菜单中，选中该补贴所在的工资单字段选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`补贴类型`：从下拉菜单中选择补贴所属类型，选择其类型为 " +":guilabel:`月度实物收益`、:guilabel:`月度净收益`、:guilabel:`月度现金收益`或 :guilabel:`年度现金收益`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr ":guilabel:`工资结构类型`：从下拉菜单中选择该补贴适用的工资结构类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "个人信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo 中，每位员工都有一张*员工卡*，其中包含员工所有的个人信息、简历、工作信息和文档。要查看员工卡，请前往 " +":menuselection:`工资单` 应用主面板，并点击员工卡；或者前往 :menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置 --> " +"员工，并点击员工卡；也可前往 :menuselection:`员工` 应用查看员工卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "员工卡可被视为员工的人事档案。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" +"在*个人信息* 模块中，列出了可在员工卡上输入的所有字段。要访问该模块，请前往:menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置 --> 个人信息`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "输入显示在员工卡上的个人信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" +"要编辑个人信息条目，请从列表中选中该条目，然后单击 :guilabel:`编辑` 按钮，修改该条目。完成编辑后，单击 :guilabel:`保存` " +"按钮以保存信息，或单击 :guilabel:`丢弃` 按钮以取消编辑。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "新建个人信息条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" +"个人信息表单中最重要的两个字段是：:guilabel:`必填`和:guilabel:`显示类型`。勾选 :guilabel:`必填` " +"复选框，该字段将成为员工卡上的必填字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" +"使用 :guilabel:`显示类型` 下拉菜单，可以多种方式输入信息，包括 :guilabel:`文本` 框、可自定义的 :guilabel:`单选`" +" 按钮、:guilabel:`复选框`、:guilabel:`文件` 等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "完成信息输入后，单击:guilabel:`保存` 按钮以该保存条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "恢复" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" +"目前，:menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置` " +"菜单中的:guilabel:`简历`功能仍在开发中，仅适用于比利时市场的特定场景。待该模块发展成熟并向更多市场推广时，将更新相关文档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "合同" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" +" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " +"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgstr "在 Odoo 中，每位员工必须签订合同，才可领取薪资。合同概述了员工职位条款、补贴、工作时长以及所有其他岗位相关详细信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " +"application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " +"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" +" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " +"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " +"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." +" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" +"查看员工合同，请前往菜单栏中的 :menuselection:`工资单 --> 员工 --> 合同` " +"。所有员工合同及当前合同状态均显示在默认看板视图中。默认视图仅显示运行中及待签署的合同，已过期和已取消的合同将隐藏在视图中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with " +"issues." +msgstr "合同面板视图显示正在运行的合同和存在问题的合同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " +"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " +"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " +"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " +"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " +"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgstr "" +" *工资单* 应用程序中的合同列表与 *员工* 应用程序中的合同列表应保持一致。*工资单* " +"应用程序中的默认合同视图显示正在运行的合同和需要关注的合同，而 *员工* " +"应用程序中的默认合同视图则在看板视图中显示所有合同，按合同的运行阶段排列，与状态无关。通过更改筛选器，可查看所有合同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new contract" +msgstr "创建一个新的合同" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " +"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" +" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " +"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" +"要向员工支付工资，必须先签订有效合同。如需新建合同，请单击合同面板上的 :guilabel:`创建` " +"按钮。此时屏幕中将显示一个合同表单，可在其中输入信息，必填字段均以粗体下划线标出。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`合同相关方`：输入合同名称或标题，比如`约翰•史密斯合同`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " +"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " +"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " +"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " +"the company details." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`公司`：点击下拉菜单，选择合同适用的公司。在字段中输入公司名称，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建` ，以创建新公司；或者单击 " +":guilabel:`创建并编辑` 按钮，以创建新公司并编辑公司详细信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " +"be created by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`工资结构类型`：从下拉菜单中选择一种工资结构类型。默认的工资结构类型为 :guilabel:`员工` 或 " +":guilabel:`工人`结构。在该字段中输入结构名称，可创建新的工资结构类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " +"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " +"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " +":guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`开始日期`：合同开始的日期。点击下拉菜单选择日期，使用 :guilabel:`< >（箭头）` " +"图标导航至正确的年份和月份，然后点击所需 :guilabel:`日期`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr ":guilabel:`工作时间表`：从下拉菜单中选择一个工作时间表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " +"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " +"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " +"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" +" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`工作时间表` 下拉菜单将显示选定:guilabel:`公司`的所有工作时间。修改工作时间或将新的工作时间添加至此列表，请前往 " +":menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置 --> 工作时间` ，然后 :guilabel:`创建` " +"新的工作时间；或者点击现有工作时间，并单击 :guilabel:`编辑` 按钮进行编辑。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +msgstr ":guilabel:`员工`：合同适用的员工姓名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +msgstr ":guilabel:`部门`：合同适用的部门。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +msgstr ":guilabel:`工作岗位`：合同适用的特定工作岗位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " +":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`合同类型`：从下拉菜单中选择合同类型为 " +":guilabel:`CDI`、:guilabel:`CDD`或者:guilabel:`PFI` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " +"date." +msgstr ":guilabel:`CDI`是一种无固定期限合同，只有开始日期，没有结束日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +msgstr ":guilabel:`CDD` 是一个固定期限合同，有开始日期和结束日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " +"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +msgstr "guilabel: \"PFI \"是一种比利时特有的合同，用于雇用需要培训的员工，且涵盖专门的培训期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " +"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " +"icons, then click on the date." +msgstr ":guilabel:`结束日期`：如果合同有特定的结束日期，请单击下拉菜单，使用箭头图标导航至正确的月份和年份，然后单击所需日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " +"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +msgstr ":guilabel:`人力资源负责人`：如果人力资源部有特定人员负责该合同，请从下拉菜单中选中该人员。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " +"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +msgstr ":guilabel:`分析账户`：此字段允许在合同和特定分析账户之间建立链接，以便进行会计核算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +msgid "Contract details" +msgstr "合同详情" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "合同详情选项允许添加和编辑合同，并可将合同发送给员工进行审批和签字。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "新合同的可选选项卡中的合同详细信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"*Recruitment* application." +msgstr ":guilabel:`合同模板`：从下拉菜单中选择已有的合同模板。合同模板通常通过 *招聘* 应用程序创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +msgstr ":guilabel:`新合同文件模板`：从下拉菜单中选择要修改的新员工合同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating." +msgstr ":guilabel:`合同更新文件模板`：如需更新员工的现有合同，请从下拉菜单中选择合同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " +"employee contract can be entered for future reference." +msgstr ":guilabel:`备注`：备注字段是一个文本字段，用于输入与员工合同有关的任何备注，以便日后查阅。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +msgid "Modifying a contract" +msgstr "修改合同" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " +"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +msgstr "单击每行末尾的 :guilabel:`外部链接` 按钮，打开相应的合同模板并进行修改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" +" the contract as needed." +msgstr "弹出窗口显示所有合同详细信息，请根据需要修改合同字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the details for the contract." +msgstr "编辑合同详情" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +msgstr ":guilabel:`标签`：选择与合同相关的标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " +"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." +msgstr ":guilabel:`签名文档工作区`：这是存储签名的地方。请选择预先配置的工作区或创建新的工作区。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " +"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." +msgstr ":guilabel:`已签署文件标签`：选择或创建仅与已签署的合同相关的标签，而非与原始的未签署合同相关。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " +"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " +"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`重定向链接`：输入员工访问合同的重定向链接。重定向链接会将用户从一个 URL 重定向至另一个 " +"URL，在本例中，会将用户重定向至专门为其编写的最新合同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " +":guilabel:`On Invitation`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`签名权限`: 选择:guilabel:`所有用户` 或 :guilabel:`仅限受邀用户`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr ":guilabel:`所有用户`：组织中的所有用户均可签署合同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " +"contract." +msgstr ":guilabel:`仅限受邀用户`：仅限字段中所选用户签署合同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgstr ":guilabel:`受邀用户`：选择可签署该文档的成员。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " +":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " +"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`文档`：点击 :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(铅笔)`图标可替换所附文档。此时会弹出一个窗口，可选择另一个文件进行上传。注意上传的文件必须为 PDF 格式。要删除文件，请单击 " +":guilabel:`🗑️（垃圾桶）` 图标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " +"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " +":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." +msgstr "" +"编辑完成后，单击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮。所选合同模板的所有信息将填充到 :guilabel:`工资信息` " +"选项卡中的字段。如适用，将出现其他选项卡，如 :guilabel:`个人文档`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +msgid "Salary information" +msgstr "工资信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "新合同的可选选项卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +msgid "" +"This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " +"is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " +"fields may vary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " +"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " +"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " +"are set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " +"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " +"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " +"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " +"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " +"support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " +"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " +"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" +" :guilabel:`date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " +"the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +msgid "Save and send the contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" +" employee to be signed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " +"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " +"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " +"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " +"the employee so they can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +msgid "" +"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " +"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee so they can sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " +"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " +"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " +"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " +"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " +"times, and can compute time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 +msgid "Payslips" +msgstr "工资单" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, " +"and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once " +"payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by " +"check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` " +"application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All " +"Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for " +"employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission" +" payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21 +msgid "To pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the " +"payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that" +" have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual " +"payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the" +" :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of" +" the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the " +"individual payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41 +msgid "Create new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page " +"(:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips" +" --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-" +"left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the " +"necessary payslip information can be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in " +"with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by " +"**bold** lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired" +" employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other" +" fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a " +"selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the " +":guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` " +"fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form " +"in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On " +"this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater " +"than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to " +"select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this " +"process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract " +"for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the " +"selected employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure" +" type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract" +" for that specific employee appear as options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the " +"payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select " +"the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, " +"enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found " +"in the *Accounting* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every " +"entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can " +"be entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the " +"entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of " +"Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what " +"was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and " +":guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " +"automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " +"clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` " +"tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on " +"the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the " +":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up " +"window. Then, click on the desired date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting" +" Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged " +"in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and " +":guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the " +"payslip is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116 +msgid "Save and process new payslip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it " +"is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button " +"can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the " +"entry *and* compute the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, " +"and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any " +"modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the " +"desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to " +"have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and " +":guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " +"payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically " +"updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the" +" payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " +":guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which " +"the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against" +" must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top " +"of the payslip form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " +"entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " +"payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make " +"Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the " +"employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0 +msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 +msgid "All payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app" +" --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch " +"(in a default list view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view" +" all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " +"details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after" +" the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears " +"on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, " +":guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time " +"to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +msgid "" +"`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details " +"can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 +msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " +"separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " +"Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" +" clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " +"reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page," +" enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new" +" payslip ` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " +"clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, " +"click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible " +"payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the " +"payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all " +"payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click " +"on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips " +"to an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " +"each payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218 +msgid "Batches" +msgstr "批量" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " +"created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " +":guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its " +":guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "View displaying all batches created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " +"separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make" +" any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, " +"proceed to make any necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 +msgid "" +"After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`" +" button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which " +"payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242 +msgid "" +"All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees " +"section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results " +"by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the " +":guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the" +" respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or " +":guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the " +":guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the " +"pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " +"smart button to create a draft of the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say " +":guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-" +"up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +msgid "" +"On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible " +"via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. " +"Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " +"page, or back to the list of all batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the " +"batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280 +msgid "Create a new batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" +" (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank" +" payslip batch form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286 +msgid "" +"On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and" +" select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which" +" reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, " +"navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both " +"the start and end dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit " +"Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the " +"payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated " +"date is reflected in the accounting journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips " +"are written against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click " +"the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be " +"created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x " +"mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs " +"to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down " +"menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to " +"create the payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a " +":guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays " +"payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being " +"generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box" +" disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` " +"icon can be clicked to close the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any " +"payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate`" +" button again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to " +"the payslip batch form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the " +"payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button" +" to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the " +"proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select " +"the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter " +"the appropriate file name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, " +"or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 +msgid "Generate commission payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " +"Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To " +"generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or " +"batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the " +":guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in" +" which the necessary information **must** be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the commission details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " +":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " +"calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips " +"are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " +"appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " +"Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, " +"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " +":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. " +"Any file type is accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, " +"select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. " +":guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while " +":guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" +" Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "线形图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "条形图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "饼图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "工资附件" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`, provides a " +"visual overview of the individual time sheets of every employee, with each " +"day split into a morning shift and an afternoon shift." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Work Entries dashboard view showing all employee's work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the view so that only the entries for a single day, week, or month" +" are shown, click on one of the corresponding links for :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`, located at the top of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons " +"on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Today` button to adjust the " +"displayed dates. The arrows will adjust the date based on the type of time " +"selected. For example, if month is selected, the arrows will move one month " +"with each click of the arrow. If week or day is selected, the time will move" +" by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Adding a new work entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time or time " +"off, click :guilabel:`Add` to create a new work entry. A pop-up will appear," +" with several fields to fill in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, such as `Sick Time` or any other " +"short description. Select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` from the respective drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the date and time for the work entry in the :guilabel:`From` and" +" :guilabel:`To` drop-downs. First, select the date by navigating to the " +"correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, select the time by clicking on the :guilabel:`⏰ (clock)` icon, and " +"using the :guilabel:`⬆️ (up arrow)` and :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icons " +"for each section to enter the hour, minute, and second for the time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Period` will display the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` " +"and :guilabel:`From` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before clicking either :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`, " +"it is good to double check the :guilabel:`Period` to ensure the time stated " +"corresponds to the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:0 +msgid "Hours entered in the Period field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the " +"entry and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " +"create another :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60 +msgid "Regenerate work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After a work entry has been either added or modified, the work entries need " +"to be regenerated for the affected employee(s). Click on the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the main dashboard," +" and a pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Employee` to regenerate work entries for from the " +":guilabel:`drop-down menu`, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`To` fields so the correct date range is displayed. Click the " +":guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button and the work entries will be " +"recreated. Once finished, the pop-up will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:76 +msgid "Conflicts" +msgstr "冲突" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick " +"time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as " +"required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved " +"before payslips can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main " +":guilabel:`Work Entry` overview dashboard, located by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Work Entries --> Conflicts`, where only " +"conflicts needing resolution are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top left corner of " +"each individual entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the conflict" +" details in a pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93 +msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Details for a conflict appear in the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work Entry Name`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work " +"Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up. The :guilabel:`From` " +"and :guilabel:`To` date range, as well as the total time requested (in " +"hours), appear in the :guilabel:`Period` field on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If there is a conflict because a time-off request for the same time already " +"exists in the system, the time-off will be entered in the :guilabel:`Time " +"Off` field. Clicking the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the " +":guilabel:`Time Off` entry will bring up the duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The details for the time-off request appear in the pop-up. The request can " +"be modified if needed. Click either the :guilabel:`Validate` or " +":guilabel:`Refuse` button to approve or deny the request, then click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Edit and/or validate a duplicate time-off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the duplicate time-off request has been approved and saved, the screen " +"goes back to the conflict. Click :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` or " +":guilabel:`Approve Time Off` via the buttons in the top right to either " +"approve or deny the request. Repeat for all conflicts until there are no " +"conflicts to resolve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After conflicts have been resolved, work entries must be regenerated for " +"each employee by clicking the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, " +"and entering the corresponding information for each employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Regenerate Work Entries button on the Work Entries Regeneration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129 +msgid "Generating payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To generate payslips, navigate to the time period the payslips should be " +"generated for, either day, week, or month. When the desired pay period is " +"displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Generate Payslips button on the Work Entry dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears light " +"turquoise instead of dark turquoise), that indicates there are conflicts. " +"*Solve conflicts first* will appear as a warning when :guilabel:`Generate " +"Payslips` is moused over. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A batch entry will appear for the time period selected. The batch name " +"appears at the top in the :guilabel:`Name` field, typically listing the " +"month and year for the particular batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The date range the payslips apply to appears in the :guilabel:`Period` " +"field. The company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field, along with an " +"option to mark the payslips as a credit note. To make changes, click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button in the top left, make any changes, then click either" +" :guilabel:`Save` to accept the changes or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert to " +"the original data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Batch information that appears when making a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for " +"the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Payslips` button in the top right to view all the " +"payslips for the batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Payslips will have a status of *Waiting* until the :guilabel:`Create Draft " +"Entry` button has been clicked. After, the payslip status will change to " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payslips can be printed by clicking the box next to each payslip to print, " +"or clicking the box next to :guilabel:`Reference` to select all the payslips" +" at once. Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file will be created" +" with all the specified payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst-1 +msgid "Print button for printing the payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174 +msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "招聘" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "电子邮件模板" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "拒绝" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "快速添加" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "创建" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "“选项”选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "创建员工" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 +msgid "Job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " +"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " +"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" +" but have not yet been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" +" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " +"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +msgid "" +"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " +"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" +" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +msgid "" +"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " +"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " +"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " +"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" +" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " +"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +msgid "Edit a new job position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the job position card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"available jobs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +msgid "" +"All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " +"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " +"located." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: Select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " +"hired for this position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: Check the box to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +"when offering the job to a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: Select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " +"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " +":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " +"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " +"on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " +"will." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 +msgid "Create interview form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " +"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " +"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " +"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next the survey form loads. The :guilabel:`Survey Title` is pre-populated " +"based on the job description. Then, select the person " +":guilabel:`Responsible` for the survey from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:309 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " +"in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 +msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " +"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " +"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" +" an answer for each row" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:136 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question format will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " +"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " +"position(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " +"background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:241 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "答案" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another " +":guilabel:`Question Type` is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains " +"hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:164 +msgid "" +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question types, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:167 +msgid "" +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:171 +msgid "" +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the photo file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the :guilabel:`↕️ (Up-down arrows)` on the far left of each answer " +"line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers " +"appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "单行文本框" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Question Type`, only two checkboxes appear in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: Activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: This option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: Activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:203 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "矩阵" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:210 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` :guilabel:`Question Type`, there are two sets of " +"data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. " +"The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the " +"rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:383 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "描述" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:303 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:235 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: The :guilabel:`Answers` section is blank, with " +"no choices needed to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:245 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: A :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:247 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, :guilabel:`Numerical Value`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Datetime`: A :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be " +"verified as adhering to the parameters set in this section. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the :guilabel:`Minimum` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum` values in the corresponding fields. Depending on the " +":guilabel:`Question Type` selected, these fields may reference characters, " +"numbers, or dates. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given " +"does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, " +"enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: The first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:260 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "约束" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (:guilabel:`This question requires " +"an answer`). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts " +"to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The " +"text should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "布局" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if " +"there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field appears. Enter the text to appear in the " +":guilabel:`Comment Message` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have management " +"experience?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years" +" of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant " +"selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have management experience?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have management experience?` as the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the " +"triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:296 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "在线会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:298 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:317 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:319 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: Choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: Display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: Display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:331 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "时间和得分" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " +"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " +"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: Choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:339 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:344 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: If one of the scoring options was selected, " +"a :guilabel:`Required Score (%)` field appears. Enter the percentage the " +"candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be " +"written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: Check this box if the form is a " +"certification exam. When checked, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: If the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is checked, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the " +"email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant" +" passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of " +"the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "参与者" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:360 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " +"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:364 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " +"field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:368 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "在线会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter the access code that will allow the viewers " +"into the live exam session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " +"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:375 +msgid "" +"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:389 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "结束信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is complete the message entered in this tab is displayed for" +" the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "介绍人" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " +"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "新手入门" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "查看工作" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "链接" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "脸书" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "领英" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "给朋友发电子邮件" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "分数" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "优惠及返利" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "等级" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "警告" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Time Off" +msgstr "休息时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " +"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " +"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " +":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" +" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " +":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" +" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " +"` can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +msgid "" +"All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " +"sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " +"access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " +"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " +"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" +" use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " +"then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +msgid "Time off types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " +"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " +"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " +"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " +"can be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " +"top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " +"following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 +msgid "Time off requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " +"the time off type. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " +"requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" +" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"option is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " +"for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " +":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" +" time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" +" :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " +"the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " +"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " +"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" +" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " +"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " +"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " +"deducted from the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " +"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " +"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " +"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 +msgid "Allocation requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " +"employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " +"time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If " +":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " +"Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " +"allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " +"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " +"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " +"what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " +"allocation of this particular type of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must approve the " +"allocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " +"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" +" off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " +"*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 +msgid "Timesheets section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " +"mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " +"access the developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" +" entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " +"appear in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " +"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"or :guilabel:`Training`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 +msgid "Display option section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " +"application dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 +msgid "Accrual plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " +"specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" +" or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " +"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 +msgid "Create accrual plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," +" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " +"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " +"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " +"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " +"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " +"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " +":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" +" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " +"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " +"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " +"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " +"in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " +"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " +"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " +"their accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." +" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " +"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" +"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " +"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " +"accrual renews." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " +":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " +"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " +":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " +"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " +"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " +"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " +":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" +" with this plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" +" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" +" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " +"means any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 +msgid "" +"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" +" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" +" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Public holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" +" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 +msgid "" +"It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " +"the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" +" set as a public holiday (non-working days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +msgid "Create public holiday" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Public Holidays`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 +msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" +" the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "Enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " +"populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " +"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company's time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " +"time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " +"current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" +" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +"computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " +"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 +msgid "" +"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " +"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" +" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " +"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" +" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" +" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " +"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" +" have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " +"drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " +"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " +"type from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " +"a month view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " +"the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " +"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " +"appears on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" +" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +msgid "" +"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " +"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " +"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " +"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 +msgid "Allocate time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" +" to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " +"to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Approvals --> Allocations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +msgid "" +"This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" +" off that is being allocated to the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." +" Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation" +" is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" +" selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " +":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " +"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " +"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " +"field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +"the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " +":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " +"` is configured (in days or hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " +"assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " +"The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " +"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " +"department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "" +"Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " +":guilabel:`Department`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " +"explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 +msgid "" +"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " +"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " +"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " +"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " +"off requests for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " +"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"time off request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " +"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " +"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" +" pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " +"purple (if applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 +msgid "" +"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" +" click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " +"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " +"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " +"and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " +":guilabel:`Date` selections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " +"approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " +"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " +"be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " +"information, and submit the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +msgid "Request allocation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +msgid "" +"If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " +"off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " +"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 +msgid "" +"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" +" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +msgid "" +"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " +"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " +"all the allocations for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +msgid "" +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " +"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " +"allocation request form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " +"form, enter the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " +"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " +"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " +"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " +"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " +"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." +" This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " +"order to approve the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" +"sick time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 +msgid "Approvals" +msgstr "审批" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " +"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " +"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " +"specific type of time off is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " +":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 +msgid "Approve allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +msgid "" +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 +msgid "" +"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 +msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +msgid "" +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +msgid "" +"The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " +"highlighted in a specific color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" +" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " +"request in detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" +" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +msgid "Approve time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 +msgid "" +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " +"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"the *Time Off* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " +"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " +"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " +"are active and *not* in a draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " +":guilabel:`To Approve`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " +"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 +msgid "" +"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " +"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " +"department are then presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " +"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " +"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " +"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " +"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" +" gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 +msgid "" +"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" +" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " +"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " +"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " +"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " +"to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " +"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " +"allocations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "仪表板" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"(the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " +"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " +"increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +msgid "" +"To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +msgid "" +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " +"summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " +"available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 +msgid "" +"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " +"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " +"requests are shown as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 +msgid "" +"Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " +"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " +"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " +"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 +msgid "" +"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " +":ref:`time off form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +msgid "" +"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" +" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " +"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " +"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " +":guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +msgid "" +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 +msgid "My allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +msgid "" +"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 +msgid "" +"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +msgid "" +"A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " +"by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " +"are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " +"types are being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 +msgid "By employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +msgid "" +"To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +msgid "" +"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " +":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " +"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " +"top of the report to view the data differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +msgid "" +"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " +"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " +":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "By type" +msgstr "按类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " +"time off type in its own section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " +"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 +msgid "" +"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " +"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..423605eb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,2820 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2024 +# Jeffery CHEN , 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 +# Emily Jia , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "在线开发工具" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "Studio是一个工具箱，无需编码知识即可定制Odoo。例如，您可以在任何应用程序上添加或修改：" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr ":doc:`Fields `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr ":doc:`Views `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr ":doc:`Models `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr ":doc:`Automated actions `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr ":doc:`PDF reports `" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "审批规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "安全规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "或者，您可以:doc:`build an app from scratch `。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "`Odoo 教程：Studio`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "自动操作（自动化）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "自动操作用于根据用户操作（例如，字段设置为特定值时应用修改）或时间条件（例如，在记录上次更新后7天存档）触发自动更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "要使用Studio创建自动操作，从Studio的任何位置转到:guilabel:`自动化`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" +"创建自动操作时，应定义以下元素：:ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/model`、:ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/trigger`、:ref:`studio/automated-actions/apply-" +"on`和:ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "订阅模型中的自动操作示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "型号" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "选择要应用自动操作的模型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "默认情况下，您单击:guilabel:`自动化`时所在的模型是预选择的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "触发器" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "定义何时应用自动操作。有六个触发器可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "创建时" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "创建并保存记录时，即会触发该操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "更新时" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "编辑并保存之前保存的记录时，即会触发该操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "使用:guilabel:`触发器字段`规定更新时触发该操作的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" +"要检测记录何时更改状态，应定义:guilabel:`更新域之前`筛选器，该筛选器在更新记录之前检查是否满足条件。设置:ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`筛选器，该筛选器检查记录更新后是否满足条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" +"如果希望在设置联系人电子邮件地址时执行自动操作，应将:guilabel:`更新域之前`定义为`Email is not " +"set`，将:guilabel:`应用`域定义为`Email is set`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "更新时触发器示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "创建以和更新时" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "创建并保存记录或之后编辑并保存记录时，即会触发该操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "删除时" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "删除记录时，即会触发该操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "很少使用该触发器，因为存档记录通常比删除记录更可取。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "基于表单修改" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" +"对:ref:`Form view " +"`上的触发器字段值进行任何更改时，在保存记录前，即会触发该操作。仅在用户进行更改时，该触发器在用户界面上工作。如果字段通过另一操作而并非由用户更改，则该操作不运行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" +"该触发器只能与:ref:`Execute Python Code action `一同使用，因此需要进行开发。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "基于时间条件" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "达到触发字段的日期或日期和时间值时，即会触发该操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" +"要在:guilabel:`触发器日期`后触发该操作，应在:guilabel:`Delay after trigger " +"date`下添加分钟、小时、日或月数。要在此前触发该操作，应添加负数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" +"要在日历事件开始前30分钟发送提醒邮件，应选择:guilable:`触发器日期`下的:guilabel:`start（calendar " +"event）`，并将:guilalb:`Delay after Trigger Date`设置为**-30**:guilable:`minutes'。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "基于定时条件的触发器示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "在默认情况下，调度程序每4小时检查一次触发器日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "应用于" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "定义要应用该自动操作的模型记录。方式与在模型上应用筛选器的方式相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "操作" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "确定该自动操作的内容（服务器操作）。有8种操作类型可供选择。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "执行Python代码" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" +"该操作用于执行Python代码。可用变量在:guilable:`Python代码`选项卡（也用于编写代码）或:guilabel:`帮助`选项卡中描述。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "要允许该操作在网站上运行，勾选:guilable:`网站上可用`，并添加:guilabel:`网站路径`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "创建新记录" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "该操作用于在任何模型上创建记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "仅当您希望针对另一模型而非当前所在模型时，才需选择:guilable:`目标模型`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "要链接触发创建记录的记录，在:guilable:`链接字段`下选择一个字段，例如，当潜在客户转化为商机时，可以自动创建联系人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`要写入的数据` 选项卡：该选项卡用于规定新记录的值。选择:guilable:`字段`，选择:guilabel:`评估类型`：" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr ":guilabel:`值`：用于在:guilable:`值'列中直接给出字段的原始值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr ":guilable:`参考`：用于选择:guilabel:`记录`列下的记录，并让Studio在:guilalb:`值`列中添加内部ID。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" +"如果自动操作在项目中创建了新任务，则可以将:guilable:`字段`设置为:guilabel:`负责用户（项目）`，将:gullable:`评估类型`设置为“guilable:`参考`，将:guillable:`记录`设置为特定用户，以便将新任务分配给特定用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "创建新记录操作示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" +":guilable:`Python expression`：用于使用:guilabel:`值`列中的Python代码，动态定义字段的新创建记录的值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "更新记录" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "该操作用于为当前模型中任何记录的字段设置值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" +"填写:guilable:`要写入的数据`选项卡的过程与:ref:`studio/automative " +"actions/action/newrecord`中描述的过程相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "执行多个动作" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" +"该动作用于同时触发多个动作。要执行此动作，点击:guilabel:`动作`选项卡下的:guilable:`Add a " +"line`。在:guilalb:`子动作`弹窗中，单击:gullabel:`创建`，并配置动作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "发送电邮" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "该动作用于向链接至特定记录的联系人发送电子邮件。要执行该动作，选择或创建:guilable:`邮件模板`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "添加关注者" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "该动作用于向记录订阅现有联系人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "创建下一活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" +"该动作用于计划链接至记录的新活动。使用:guilable:`活动`选项卡进行设置，但不要选择:guilabel:`分配给`字段，而应选择:gullable:`活动用户类型`。如果活动需始终分配给同一用户，则应选择:guilable:`特定用户`，并将用户添加至:guilabel:`责任`下。要动态锁定链接至记录的用户，改为选择:guilable:`通用用户发件人记录`，并根据需要更改:guilabel:`User" +" field name`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" +"在潜在客户转化为商机后，您希望自动动作为负责潜在客户的用户发起呼叫。要执行该动作，将:guilable:`活动`设置为:guilabel:`呼叫`，并将:gullable:`活动用户类别`设置为:guilable:`通用用户发件人记录`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "创建下一活动动作示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "发送 SMS 文本消息" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "该动作用于向链接至记录的联系人发送短信。要执行该动作，选择或创建:guilable:`短信模板`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "如果希望将发送的消息记录在聊天窗口中，勾选:guilable:`记录为备注`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "字段和小组件" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" +"字段构成数据库的模型。如果将模型描绘为表格或电子表格，则字段就是记录中存储数据的列（或行）。字段还定义其存储的数据的类型。数据在:abbr:`UI（用户界面）`上的显示方式和格式由小组件定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "从技术角度看，Odoo有15种字段类型。您也可以在Studio的20种字段中进行选择，因为某些字段类型可以多次使用不同的默认小组件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" +":guilable:`新字段`只能添加至:ref:`studio/views/general/form`和:ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`视图。其他视图只能添加:guilabel:`现有字段` :dfn:`(fields already on the " +"model)`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "简单字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "简单字段包含基本值，如文本、数字、文件等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "非默认小组件（如可用）显示为以下项目符号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "文件（`char`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr ":guilable:`文本`字段用于包含任何字符的短文本。填写该字段时显示一行文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr ":guilable:`标记`：显示圈内值，类似于标记。该值不能在用户界面上编辑，但可以设置默认值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr ":guilabel:`复制到剪贴板`：用户可以点击按钮复制值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`电子邮件`：该值变为可点击的*电子邮件*链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr ":guilabel:`图片`：使用URL显示图片。该值不能手动编辑，但可以设置默认值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" +"与直接选择:ref:`Image " +"field`不同，因为使用:guilable:`文本`字段和:guilabel:`图片`小组件时，图片不会保存在Odoo中。例如，如果想节省磁盘空间，该功能就很有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`电话`：该值变为可点击的*电话*链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "勾选:guilabel:`启用短信`，添加直接从字段旁的Odoo发送短信的选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr ":guilabel:`URL`：该值变为可点击的URL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组件的文本字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "多行文本（`text`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr ":guilable:`多行文本`字段用于包含任何类型字符的较长文本。填写该字段时，用户界面上显示两行文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组件的多行文本字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "整数（`integer`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +":guilable:`整数`字段用于所有整数（:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a " +"decimal`）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr ":guilable:`百分比饼图`：显示百分比饼图值，通常为计算得出的值。该值无法在用户界面上编辑，但可以设置默认值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr ":guilabel:`进度条`：显示百分比条旁的值，通常为计算得出的值。该字段无法手动编辑，但可以设置默认值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`处理`：显示拖动手柄图标，用于在:ref:`List view `中手动排序记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组件的整数字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "小数（`float`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`小数`字段用于所有小数（:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "小数在用户界面上显示为两位小数，保存在数据库中时精度更高。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`货币`：类似于使用:ref:`Monetary field `。建议使用后者，因为功能更多。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr ":guilabel:`百分比`：在数值后显示百分比符号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr ":guilable:`百分比饼图`：显示百分比饼图值，通常为计算得出的值。该字段无法手动编辑，但可以设置默认值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr ":guilabel:`时间`：数值须为*小时:分钟*格式，最大分钟值为59。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组部件的小数字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "货币（`monetary`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr ":guilabel:`货币`字段用于所有货币值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" +"首次添加:guilable:`货币`字段时，如果模型上不存在:guilabel:`币种`字段，则会提示添加:gullable:`币种`字段。Odoo为您添加:guilable:`币种`字段。添加完成后，应再次添加:guilable:`货币`字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "货币字段及其币种字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "超文本标记语言（`html`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr ":guilabel:`超文本标记语言`字段用于添加可使用Odoo HTML编辑器编辑的文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr ":guilabel:`多行文本`：禁用Odoo HTML编辑器，以便允许编辑原超文本标记语言。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组件的超文本标记语言字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "日期（`date`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr ":guilabel:`日期`字段用于从日历选择日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr ":guilabel:`剩余天数`：当前日期距离所示选择日期的剩余天数（例如，*5天*）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组件的日期字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "日期和时间（`datetime`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr ":guilabel:`日期和时间`字段用于从日历选择日期，从钟表选择时间。如果未设置时间，则自动采用用户的当前时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr ":guilabel:`日期`：用于不在用户界面上显示的条件下记录时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr ":guilabel:`剩余天数`：显示当前日期距离所示选择日期的剩余天数（例如，*5天*）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组件的日期和时间字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "复选框（`boolean`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr ":guilabel:`复选框`字段用于值只能为是或否时，选中或取消选中复选框，以进行指示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr ":guilabel:`按钮`：显示为单选按钮。该小组件可在不切换至编辑模式的情况下工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr ":guilabel:`切换`：显示为切换按钮。该小组件可在不切换至编辑模式的情况下工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组件的复选框字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "选择（`selection`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr ":guilabel:`选择`字段用于用户从一组预定义值中选择一个值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr ":guilabel:`多个标记`：在水平排列的矩形内同时显示所有可选值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`优先级`：显示为星形符号而非数值，例如，可用于表示重要性或满意度。与选择:ref:`Priority field " +"`的效果相同，但后者已预定义了4个优先级值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr ":guilabel:`单选`： 同时显示所有可选值的单选按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "在默认情况下，单选按钮垂直排列。勾选:guilabel:`display horizontally`，以切换显示方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组件的选择字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "优先级（`selection`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`优先级`字段用于显示三星评级系统，用于指示重要性或满意度。字段类型为:ref:`Selection " +"field`，默认选中:guilabel:`优先级`小组件，并预定义4个优先级值。因此，:guilabel:`标记`、:guilable:`多个标记`、:guilabel:`单选`和:guilabel:`选择`小组件与:ref:`" +" Selection`中所述效果相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" +"要通过添加或删除值来更改可用星的数量，点击:guilable:`编辑值`。请注意，第一个值等于0星（即未作选择），因此，三星评级系统具有4个值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "优先级字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "文件（`binary`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr ":guilabel:`文件`字段用于上传任何类型的文件，或 签署表单（:guilabel:`签署`小组件）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`图片`：用户可以上传图片文件，图片将显示在:ref:`Form view " +"`中。与使用:ref:`Image field `具有相同效果。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`PDF查看器`：用户可以上传PDF文件，上传后，可以在:ref:`Form view " +"`中查看该文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`签署`：用户可以对表单进行电子签名。与选择:ref:`Sign field `具有相同效果。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "具有不同小组件的文件字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "图片（`binary`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`图片`字段用于上传图片，并在:ref:`Form view " +"`中显示图片。字段类型为:ref:`File field " +"`，默认选中:guilabel:`图片`小组件。因此，:guilabel:`文件`、:guilabel:`PDF查看器`和:guilabel:`签署`小组件与:ref:`File" +" `中所述效果相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" +"要更改上传图片的显示大小，在:guilable:`尺寸`选项下选择:guilabel:`小`、:guilale:`中`或:guilalb:`大`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "签署（`binary`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`签署`字段用于对表单进行电子签名。字段类型为:ref:`File field `，默认选中:guilabel:`签署`小组件。因此，:guilabel:`文件`、:guilabel:`图片`和:guilabel:`PDF查看器`小组件与:ref:`File" +" `中所述效果相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" +"要在用户须签名时为用户提供:guilable:`自动`选项，选择一个可用的:guilabel:`Auto complete with " +"`字段（仅模型中的:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`和:ref:`Related Field " +"`）。使用所选字段的数据自动生成签名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "关系字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "关系字段用于链接并显示另一模型中记录的数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "Many2One（`many2one`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Many2One`字段用于将另一记录（来自另一模型）链接至正在编辑的记录。来自另一模型的记录名称将显示在正在编辑的记录中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" +"在*销售订单*模型中，:guilable:`客户`字段为指向*联系人*模型的:guilabel:`Many2One`字段，允许**多个**销售订单链接至**一个**联系人（客户）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "显示many2one关系的图表" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "要防止用户在链接的模型中创建新记录，勾选:guilable:`禁用创建`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "要防止用户在弹窗中打开记录，勾选:guilable:`禁用打开`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "要帮助用户只选择正确的记录，点击:guilable:`域`，创建筛选器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr ":guilabel:`标记`：显示圈内值，类似于标记。该值不能在用户界面上编辑。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "One2Many（`one2many`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr ":guilabel:`One2Many`字段用于显示当前模型中的记录和另一模型中的多个记录间的现有关系。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "您可以在*联系人*模型中添加:guilable:`One2Many`字段，以查看**一个**客户的**多个**销售订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "显示one2many关系的图表" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" +"要使用:guilabel:`One2Many`字段，两个模型须使用:ref:`Many2One field " +"`链接。One2Many关系不独立存在：对现有Many2One关系进行反向搜索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "多行（`one2many`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr ":guilabel:`多行`字段用于创建有多行和多列的表格（例如，销售订单中的多个产品行）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" +"要修改列，点击:guilable:`多行`字段，然后点击:gullable:`编辑列表视图`。要编辑用户点击:guilable:`Add a " +"line`时弹出的表单，改为点击:gullable:`编辑表单视图`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "多行字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "Many2Many（`many2many`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Many2Many`字段用于将另一模型中的多个记录链接至当前模型中的多条记录。该多字段可以使用:guilabel:`Disable" +" creation`、:guilabel:`Disable opening`和:guilabel:`域`，与:ref:`Many2One fields " +"`相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" +"在*任务*模型中，:guilable:`受托人`字段为指向*联系人*模型的:guilabel:`Many2Many`字段，允许向单个用户分配**多个**任务，以及向**多个**用户分配给同一任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "显示many2many关系的图表" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr ":guilabel:`多个复选框`：用户可以通过多个复选框选择多个值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" +":guilable:`标签`：用户可以选择多个圈内值，也称为*标签*，与选择:ref:`Tags " +"field`具有相同效果。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "标签（`many2many`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`标签`字段用于显示另一模型中的多个圈内值，也称为*标签*。字段类型为:ref:`Many2Many " +"field`，默认选中:guilable:`标签`小组件。因此，:guilable:`复选框`和:guilabel:`Many2Many`小组件与:ref:`Many2Many`中所述效果相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "要显示具有不同背景颜色的标记，勾选:guilable:`使用颜色`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "标记字段示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "相关字段（`related`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr ":guilabel:`相关字段`本身不是关系字段；在模型间不创建任何关系。该字段通过现有关系从另一记录获取并显示信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" +"要在*销售订单*模型上显示客户的电子邮件地址，选择:guilabel:`客户`，然后选择:gullabel:`电子邮件`，以使用使用:guilable:`相关字段``partner_id.email`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "属性" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`不可见`：用户无需在用户界面上查看字段时，勾选:guilabel:`不可见`，以便根据具体情况只显示重要字段，有助于清理用户界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" +"在*联系人*模型的*表单*视图中，:guilabel:`职务`字段仅在选择:guilabel:`个人`时显示，因为该字段对:guilabel:`公司`联系人无用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`不可见`属性也适用于Studio。要查看Studio中的隐藏字段，点击视图中的:guilabel:`查看`选项卡，并勾选:guilabel:`显示不可见内容`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`要求`：如果用户在继续操作前须填写某字段，应勾选:guilabel:`要求`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`只读`：如果不允许用户修改某字段，应勾选:guilabel:`只读`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "您可以点击:guilabel:`有条件`并创建筛选器，以便选择仅对特定记录应用上述3个属性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr ":guilabel:`标签`：:guilabel:`标签`为用户界面中的字段名称。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" +"该字段与PostgreSQL数据库中使用的名称不同。要查看和更改后者，激活:ref:`Developer mode `，并编辑:guilabel:`技术名称`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`帮助提示工具`：要解释某字段的目的，在:guilabel:`帮助提示工具`下编写说明。鼠标悬停在字段标签上时，工具提示框将显示说明。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr ":guilabel:`占位符`：要提供如何填写字段的示例，在:guilabel:`占位符`写下内容，内容以浅灰色显示，而非字段值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr ":guilabel:`小组件`：要更改某字段的默认外观或功能，选择可用小组件中的一个。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`默认值`：要在创建记录时为某字段添加默认值，使用:guilabel:`Default value`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`：要限制可以看到字段的用户，应选择一个用户访问组。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "模型、模组和应用程序" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" +"模型决定数据库的逻辑结构、数据的存储、整理和操作方式。换言之，模型是可以与其他表格链接的信息表。模型通常代表一个业务概念，例如*销售订单*、*联系人*或*产品*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "模块和应用程序包含各种元素，如模型、视图、数据文件、网站控制器和静态网站数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "所有应用程序都是模块。较大的独立模块通常称为应用程序，其他模块则通常用作应用程序的附加组件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "建议功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" +"使用Studio创建新模型或应用程序时，您可以选择添加多达14个功能，以加快创建过程。这些功能将字段、默认设置和视图捆绑在一起，通常用于实现标准功能。多数上述功能可在之后添加，但提前添加可使模型创建过程更容易。此外，在某些情况下，上述功能会相互作用，以提高实用性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" +"使用启用的:ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture`和:ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages`功能创建模型时，会在 :ref:`Kanban view " +"`的卡布局中添加图片。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "看板视图中图片和管道阶段功能组合" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "详细联系方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`Contact details`会向:ref:`Form view " +"`添加链接至*联系人*模型及其两个:ref:`Related Fields " +"`：:guilabel:`电话`和:guilabel:`电子邮件`的:ref:`Many2One field " +"`。:guilabel:`联系人`字段也添加至:ref:`List " +"view `，且:ref:`Map view " +"`被激活。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "表单视图中的联系人详细信息功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "用户分配" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`User assignment`会向:ref:`Form view " +"`添加链接至*联系人*模型的:ref:`Many2One field " +"`，带以下:guilabel:`域`：`Share User is " +"not " +"set`仅允许选择*内部用户*。此外，:guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user`小组件用于显示用户头像。:guilabel:`责任`字段也添加至:ref:`List" +" view `。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "表单视图中的用户分配功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "日期和日历" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`日期和日历`会向:ref:`Form view " +"`添加:ref:`Date field `，并激活:ref:`Calendar view `。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "日期范围和甘特图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`Date range & Gantt`会向:ref:`Form view " +"`添加两个彼此相邻的:ref:`Date fields " +"`：一个用于设置开始日期，另一个用于设置结束日期，使用:guilabel:`daterange`小组件，并激活:ref:`Gantt" +" view `。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "渠道阶段" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`Pipeline stages`会激活:ref:`Kanban view `，并添加多个字段，包括：:ref:`Priority `和:guilabel:`看板状态`，以及3个阶段：:guilabel:`全新`、:guilabel:`正在进行`和:guilabel:`完成`。:guilabel:`Pipeline" +" status bar和:guilabel:`看板状态`字段添加至:ref:`Form view " +"`。:guilabel:`颜色`字段添加至:ref:`List view " +"`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Pipeline stages`功能可以之后添加。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`标签`会向:ref:`studio/views/general/form`和:ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`视图添加:ref:`Tags field `，在过程中创建带有预配置访问权限的*标签*模型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "图片" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`图片`会向:ref:`Form view " +"`的右上方添加:ref:`Image field `。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`图片`功能可以之后添加。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "行" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`多行`会向:ref:`Form view " +"`添加:guilabel:`标签`组件内部的:ref:`Lines field " +"`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "备注" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`笔记`会向:ref:`Form view " +"`添加采用表单完整宽度的:ref:`Html field " +"`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "货币价值" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`货币价值`会向:ref:`studio/views/general/form`和:ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`视图添加:ref:`Monetary field `。:ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph`和:ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot`视图也被激活。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "视图中添加或隐藏*币种*字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "公司" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`公司`会向:ref:`studio/views/general/form`和:ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`视图添加链接至*公司*模型的:ref:`Many2One field `。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "该功能仅适用于多公司环境。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "自定义排序" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`自定义排序`会向:ref:`List view `添加拖动手柄图标，用于手动完成记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "列表视图中的自定义排序功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "图表" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`聊天窗口`会向:ref:`Form view " +"`添加聊天窗口功能（发送信息、记录笔记和计划活动）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr ":guilabel:`聊天窗口`功能可以之后添加。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "表单视图中的聊天窗口功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "归档" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" +"选择:guilabel:`归档`会向:ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list`视图添加:guilabel:`归档`动作，并在默认情况下，从搜索和视图中隐藏已存档的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "导出和导入自定义项" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "使用Studio进行任何自定义时，会向数据库添加名为:guilabel:`Studio customize`的新模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "要导出自定义项，转到:menuselection:`主仪表板-->Studio-->自定义项-->导出`，下载包含所有自定义项的压缩文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" +"要向另一数据库导入并安装自定义项，连接至目标数据库，转到:menuselection:`主仪表板-->Studio-->自定义项-->导入`，在点击:guilabel:`导入`按钮前上传导出的压缩文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "在导入之前，确保目标数据库具有与源数据库相同的应用程序和模块。Studio不会将基础模块添加为导出模块的依赖项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "PDF报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "您可以使用Studio编辑已有PDF报告（例如订单和报价单）或创建新报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" +"要编辑标准 PDF 报告，强烈建议**复制**该报告并对复制版本进行更改，因为在 Odoo 升级后，对标准报告所做的更改将被覆盖。要复制报告，请转到 " +":menuselection:`Studio --> " +"报告`。将鼠标指针悬停在报告右上角，单击垂直省略号图标（:guilabel:`⋮`），然后选择:guilabel:`重复`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "复制 PDF 报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "默认布局" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" +"在Studio之外管理报告的默认布局。转到:menuselection:`设置-->公司：文件布局-->配置文件布局`。布局设置适用于所有报告，且仅适用于当前公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "使用:guilabel:`下载PDF预览`查看设置内容如何影响示例发票的布局。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "布局" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "有四种布局可供选择。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "明亮" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "明亮报告布局示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "盒装的" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "边框报告布局示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "粗体" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "加粗报告布局示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "条纹" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "条纹报告布局示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "字体" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "有七种字体可供选择。点击以下链接预览：`Google Fonts `_。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "`Lato `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "`Roboto `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" +"`Open Sans `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" +"`Montserrat `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "`Oswald `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "`Raleway `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "`Tajawal `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tajawal`支持阿拉伯语和拉丁语文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "公司标志" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "上传图片文件，以添加:guilable:`公司标志`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "这会将标志添加至*公司*模型中的公司记录内，转到:menuselection:`一般设置-->公司-->更新信息`，访问该记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "颜色" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "更改报告的主要和次要颜色，以突出显示重要元素。根据标志颜色自动生成默认颜色。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "布局背景" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "更改报告的:guilabel:`布局背景`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr ":guilabel:`空白`：不显示任何内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr ":guilabel:`几何`：背景显示几何图片。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr ":guilabel:`自定义`：上传并使用自定义背景图片。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "公司宣传语" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`公司宣传语`显示在:ref:`External reports `的页眉中。可以添加多行文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "公司详细信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`公司详细信息`显示在:ref:`External reports `的页眉中。可以添加多行文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "页脚" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" +"使用:guilabel:`页脚`字段将任何文本放入 :ref:`External reports' `页脚。可以添加多行文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "纸张格式" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" +"使用:guilabel:`纸张格式`字段更改报告的纸张大小。可以选择:guilabel:`A4`（21 cm x 29.7 " +"cm）或:guilabel:`美国信纸`（21.59 cm x 27.54 cm）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" +"您可以更改个别报告的 :guilabel:`纸张格式`。打开包含报告的应用程序，然后转到 :menuselection:`Studio --> 报告 " +"--> 选择或创建报告 --> 报告 --> 选择纸张格式`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "PDF报告默认布局配置弹窗" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "页眉和页脚" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" +"在Studio中创建新报告时，须首先选择三种报告样式的一种，仅用于确定页眉和页脚的显示内容。进入要添加新报告的应用程序，转到:menuselection:`Studio按钮-->报告-->新建`，选择:ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/internal`或:ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/blank`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "外部" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" +"页眉显示公司的:ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo`，以及在*公司*模型中设置的值：:guilabel:`公司名称`、:guilabel:`电话`、:guilabel:`电子邮箱`和:guilabel:`网址`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "要更改公司信息，转到:menuselection:`设置-->公司-->更新信息`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "外部页眉示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" +"页脚显示:ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/footer`、:ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/default-layout/details`和:ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/tagline`字段的设置值和页码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "外部页脚示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "内部" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "页眉显示用户的当前日期和时间、:guilabel:`公司名称`和页码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "无页脚。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "空白" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "无页眉和页脚。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "添加标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" +"打开已有报告或创建新报表后，转到:guilabel:`添加`选项卡，以添加或编辑元素。元素分为四类：:ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/block`、:ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/inline`、:ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`和:ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "阻塞" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "组件元素从新行开始，占据整个页面宽度。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "可以选择元素，并转到:guilabel:`选项`选项卡，以设置元素宽度。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr ":guilabel:`文本`：在默认情况下，以小字体添加任何文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr ":guilabel:`标题组件`：在默认情况下，以大字体添加任何文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr ":guilabel:`图片`：添加图片。可以从设备上传图片，从URL添加图片，或从数据库选择图片。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr ":guilabel:`字段`：动态添加字段值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr ":guilabel:`字段和标签`：动态添加字段值和标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`地址组件`：动态添加联系人（`res.partner`模型）的以下值，如有：*姓名*、*地址*、*电话*、*手机号码*和*电子邮箱*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "地址组件示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "内联" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "内联元素放在其他元素旁边，不从新行开始，宽度根据内容长度进行调整。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "选择元素，转到:guilabel:`选项`选项卡，设置元素宽度和边距。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "表格" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "表格元素用于创建数据表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Data table`：创建表格，动态添加显示模型中:ref:`Many2Many " +"`或:ref:`One2Many " +"`的*名称*值的首列。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "数据表示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`字段列`：向表格添加新列，为创建:guilabel:`Data table`显示:ref:`Related Field " +"`的值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr ":guilabel:`单元格文本`：在已有单元格内添加任何文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`单元格字段`：在已有单元格内添加用于创建:guilabel:`Data table`的:ref:`Related Field " +"`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`小计和总计`：添加已有:guilabel:`总计`字段的值。如果已有:guilabel:`税项`字段，未纳税金额和税费金额在得出总额之前相加。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "栏" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "列用于向同一行添加多个:ref:`blocks `元素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`两列`：向两个列添加任何内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`三列`：向三个列添加任何内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "报告选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "在:guilabel:`报告`选项卡下提供了几个配置选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`：更改报告名称。新名称应用于所有位置（Studio、:guilabel:`打印`按钮和PDF文件名）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Paper format`：更改报告的纸张尺寸。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Add in print`：将报告添加至记录的可用:guilabel:`🖶打印`按钮下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "“选项”选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "在报告中选择一个元素，以查看元素的选项，并进行编辑。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "文本元素选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "可以点击不同部分或分区（例如`div`、`table`等），同时选择和编辑多个元素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "最常用选项如下：" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`边距`：为元素的:guilabel:`top`、:guilabel:`right`、:guilabel:`bottom`和:guilabel:`left`添加边距。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr ":guilabel:`宽度`：设置元素的最大宽度。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Visible if`：设置显示元素的条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"` the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr ":guilabel:`从视图移除`：从报告视图移除元素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Text decoration`：粗体、斜体和下划线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr ":guilabel:`对齐`：报告文本居左、居中、居右对齐。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Font style`：使用默认字体样式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr ":guilabel:`颜色`：更改字体颜色和背景颜色。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "可能需要在要编辑的元素上方选择一个部分或分区，以查看上述选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "查看" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" +"视图是显示模型所含数据的界面。一个模型可以有多种视图，以便以不同方式显示相同数据在Studio中，视图分为四类： :ref:`general " +"`、:ref:`multiple records `、:ref:`timeline `和:ref:`reporting " +"`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "要更改模型的默认视图，转到:menuselection:`Studio-->视图-->下拉菜单（⋮）-->设置为默认值`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" +"可以使用内置XML编辑器修改视图。激活:ref:`Developer mode `，转到要编辑的视图，选择:guilabel:`视图`选项卡，点击:guilabel:` XML`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" +"如果使用XML编辑器编辑视图，应避免直接更改标准视图和继承视图进行更改，否则视图将被重置，在更新或模块升级后不会被保留视图。应始终确保选择正确的Studio继承视图。事实上，当通过拖放新字段在Studio中修改视图时，将自动生成特定的Studio继承视图及其XPath，后者定义更改的视图部分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "一般视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "除非另有规定，否则在视图的:guilabel:`视图'选项卡下可以找到下述设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "窗体" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr ":guilabel:`表单`视图用于创建和编辑记录，如联系人、销售订单、产品等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "要构建表彰，拖放:guilabel:`+添加`选项卡下的:guilabel:`选项卡和列`元素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "要防止用户创建、编辑或删除记录，取消勾选:guilabel:`可创建`、:guilabel:`可编辑`或:guilalb:`可删除`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "销售订单模型表单视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr ":guilabel:`活动`视图用于计划和概述链接至记录的活动（电子邮件、电话等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "在Studio中，仅能通过编辑XML代码更改此视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "潜在客户/商机模型的活动视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "搜索" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr ":guilabel:`搜索`视图添加至其他视图之上，以筛选、分组和搜索记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" +"要添加自定义:guilabel:`筛选器`并使用:guilabel:`分割符`进行构建，转到:guilabel:`+添加`选项卡，并将其拖放至:guilabel:`筛选器`下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "要在搜索下拉菜单下添加现有字段，转到:guilabel:`+添加`选项卡，并将其拖放至:guilabel:`自动填写字段`下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "看板视图中的项目模型搜索视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "多项记录视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "看板" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr ":guilabel:`看板`视图常用于通过跨阶段移动记录来支持业务流，或作为在*卡片*中显示记录的替代方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" +"如果存在:guilable:`看板`视图，在默认情况下，用于在移动设备而非:ref:`List view `上显示数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "要防止用户创建新记录，取消勾选:guilabel:`可创建`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "要直接在视图中创建记录，在极简表单中，启用:guilabel:`快速创建`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "要更改记录的默认分组方式，在:guilabel:`默认分组方式`下选择一个新组。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "项目模型的看板视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "列表" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr ":guilabel:`列表`视图用于一次查看多个记录、查找记录和编辑简单记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" +"要在视图中直接创建和编辑记录，在:guilabel:`可编辑`下选择:guilabel:`New record on " +"top`或:guilabel:`New record at bottom`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" +"这将防止用户从:guilabel:`列表`视图打开:ref:`Form view `中的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "要一次编辑多个记录，勾选:guilabel:`启用批量编辑`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "要更改记录的默认排序方式，在:guilabel:`排序方式`下选择一个字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" +"要添加拖动手柄图标，以便手动对记录进行重新排序，使用:guilabel:`手柄`小工具添加:ref:`Integer field " +"`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "拖动手柄图标，用于在列表视图中对记录进行手动排序" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "销售订单模型的列表视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "地图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr ":guilabel:`地图`视图用于在地图上显示记录，例如，在Field Service应用程序中用于计划不同任务间的行程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" +"链接至*联系人*模型的:ref:`Many2One field `需要激活该视图，因为联系人地址用于在地图上定位记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "在:guilabel:`联系人字段`下选择在地图上使用的联系人类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "要隐藏记录的名称或地址，勾选:guilabel:`隐藏名称`或:guilabel:`隐藏地址`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "在:guilabel:`其他字段`下选择要从其他字段添加的信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "要在不同记录间建议路由，勾选:guilabel:`启用路由`，并选择用于对路由记录进行排序的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "任务模型的地图视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "时间线视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" +"首次激活一个时间线视图时，需要选择模型中的:ref:`Date `或:ref:`Date & Time `字段，以定义在视图上开始和停止显示记录的时间。激活视图后，可以修改:guilabel:`开始日期字段`和:guilabel:`结束日期字段`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "日历" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr ":guilabel:`日历`视图用于纵览和管理日历中的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" +"要直接在视图中创建记录，而不打开:ref:`Form view " +"`，启用guilabel:`快速创建`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "此操作只适用于仅使用*名称*即可*快速创建*的特定模型。多数模型不支持快速创建和:guilabel:`表单`视图填写所需的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "要为日历中的记录设置颜色，在:guilabel:`颜色`下选择一个字段，与该字段值相同的所有记录将显示为设置颜色。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "由于颜色数量有限，同一颜色可能分配给不同的值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" +"要在日历顶部显示全天的事件，选择指定事件是否持续整天的:ref:`Checkbox field `。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" +"要选择显示事件的默认时间刻度，在:guilabel:`默认显示模式`下选择:guilabel:`日`、:guilabel:`周`、:guilabel:`月`或:guilabel:`年`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" +"还可以选择模型中规定事件时长的:ref:`Decimal `或:ref:`Integer `字段，使用:guilabel:`延迟字段`，以小时为单位显示事件的时长。但是，如果设置了:guilabel:`结束日期字段`，则不考虑:guilabel:`延迟字段`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "日历事件模型的日历视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "群组视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr ":guilabel:`群组`视图用于检查一段时间内记录的生命周期。例如，在订阅应用程序中用于查看订阅保留率。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "要在视图上默认显示测量值（即给定字段的聚合值），选择:guilabel:`测量字段`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" +"要选择默认情况下对结果进行分组的时间间隔，在:guilabel:`间隔`下选择:guilabel:`日`、:guilabel:`周`、:guilabel:`月`或:guilabel:`年`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" +"要更改群组:guilabel:`模式`，选择:guilabel:`Retention` :dfn:`the percentage of records " +"staying over a period of time, it starts at 100% and decreases with " +"time`或:guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of records moving out over a " +"period of time - it starts at 0% and increases with time`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"要更改:guilabel:`时间线`（即列）前进的方式，选择:guilabel:`Forward`（0~+15）或:guilabel:`Backward`（-15~0）。对于多数目的，使用时间线:guilabel:`向前`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "订阅模型的群组视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "甘特" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr ":guilabel:`甘特`视图用于预测和检查记录的总体进度。记录由时间刻度下方的进度条表示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "要防止用户创建或编辑记录，取消勾选:guilabel:`可创建`或:guilabel:`可编辑`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "要填写不应创建记录的（例如，周末）灰色单元格，勾选:guilabel:`显示不可用`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "基础模型须支持该功能，且不能使用Studio添加支持。支持项目、休息、计划和生产应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "要在底部显示总计行，勾选 :guilabel:`显示总计行`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "要在一行中折叠多条记录，勾选:guilabel:`折叠第一级`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "要选择记录的默认分组方式（例如，按员工或项目），在:guilabel:`默认分组方式`下选择一个字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" +"要定义查看记录的默认时间刻度，在:guilabel:`默认刻度`下选择:guilabel:`日`、:guilabel:`周`、:guilabel:`月`或:guilabel:`年`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "要为视图中的记录设置颜色，在:guilabel:`颜色`下选择一个字段，与该字段值相同的所有记录将显示为设置颜色。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "由于颜色数量有限，同一颜色可能分配给不同的值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" +"要规定各时间刻度除以的精度，选择 " +":guilabel:`日精度`下的:guilabel:`一刻钟`、:guilabel:`半小时`或:guilabel:`小时`，:guilabel:`周精度`下的:guilabel:`半天`或:guilabel:`全天`，以及:guilabel:`月精度`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "计划班次模型的甘特视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "报告视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "轴心" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`数据透视`视图用于以交互方式探索和分析记录中包含的数据。对于通过扩展和折叠不同级别的数据进行数字数据聚合、类别创建和数据深入探索尤其有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "要查看在单元格内聚合数据的所有记录，勾选:guilabel:`Access records from cell`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" +"要将数据划分为不同类别，选择:guilabel:`Column grouping`、:guilabel:`Row grouping - First " +"level`或:guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`下的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "要使用视图添加要测量的、不同类型的数据，在:guilabel:`测量`下选择一个字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "要显示构成单元格内聚合数据的记录计数，勾选:guilabel:`显示计数`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "采购报告模型的数据透视视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "图表" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr ":guilabel:`图表`视图用于显示条形图、折线图或饼图中记录的数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" +"要更改默认图表，在:guilabel:`类型`下选择:guilabel:`条形图`、:guilabel:`拆线图`或:guilabel:`饼图`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" +"要选择默认数据维度（类别），在:guilabel:`First dimension`下选择一个字段，如果需要，在:guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`下选择另一个字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "要选择使用视图测量的默认数据类型，在:guilabel:`测量`下选择一个字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" +"*仅适用于条形图*：要按值对不同数据类别进行排序，在:guilabel:`排序`下选择:guilabel:`升序`（从最低值到最高值） (from " +"lowest to highest value) or :guilabel:`降序`从最高值到最低值）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" +"*仅适用于条形图和饼图*：要查看在图表数据类别下聚合数据的所有记录，勾选:guilabel:`Access records from graph`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "*仅适用于条形图*：如果使用两个数据维度（类别），勾选:guilabel:`Stacked graph`，默认将两列显示在彼此顶部。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "图表视图中销售分析报告模型的条形图" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "仪表板" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr ":guilabel:`仪表板`视图用于显示多个报告视图和关键性能指标。视图中显示的元素取决于其他报告视图的配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "销售分析报告模型的仪表板视图"